Master Catalog Jergens PDF

www.jergensinc.
com
MASTER PRODUCT CATALOG

Manufacturing Efficiency.
Since our founding Jergens, Inc. has grown to comprise 3 distinct business units: Workholding Solutions,
Lifting Solutions and Specialty Fasteners. Building on its reputation of uncompromising quality standards,
Jergens is committed to helping its customers achieve leaner,more profitable manufacturing, and continues to
add products and engineered solutions for an integrated approach to “Manufacturing Efficiency.”
QUICK CHANGE FIXTURING..............................5 We manufacture over 80% of

what we sell right here in our
PRODUCTION VISES..........................................73 130,000 sq. ft. Cleveland, OH
facility, guaranteeing you high
POWER CLAMPING.........................................135 quality, competitive pricing and
immediate availability (or fast
LOCATING & WORKHOLDING turnaround times on special
COMPONENTS............................................... 203 items). We are a big user of our
own products and can set up
SPRING LOADED DEVICES............................ 299 lean cells to accommodate lot
sizes from 1 to 10,000, thanks
TOGGLE CLAMPS............................................317 to our own tooling components
and engineered products like
the Ball Lock Mounting System.
®
HANDWHEELS, KNOBS & HANDLES.............361
So when it comes to lean

MISCELLANEOUS FASTENERS...................... 423
manufacturing we practice what
we preach here at Jergens...
KWIK-LOK PINS.............................................. 435
Manufacturing Efficiency.
THREADED INSERTS...................................... 463
HOIST RINGS...................................................479
COMPANY INFORMATION
Jergens actively supports global, multinational

and internationally based customers with metric
dimensioned product offerings as well as many inch
threaded products that are common in aerospace and
industrial applications around the world. In important
manufacturing markets in Canada, Europe, Asia and
Latin America, Jergens representatives and stocking
distributors have represented Jergens for more than
30 years. Our international representatives are trained
technically on our products and provide expertise
to customers and sub dealers in applying Jergens
technologies to local industries. In recent years, two
Jergens Company Profile wholly owned affiliates were formed to serve the
Chinese and Indian markets. Jergens (Shanghai)
Jergens Inc. was founded in 1942 by Jack Schron, Sr.
Commercial Co., Ltd, opened in 2006 and Jergens
and his father Christy, to provide standard components
India Private Ltd., Navi Mumbai India opened in 2009.
for building jigs and fixtures. Today the fourth generation
These fully registered trading subsidiaries employ
of family involvement continues stronger than ever.
COMPAN Y INFORMATION
trained multi-lingual engineers and commercial
Throughout it’s sixty-year history the company has
managers who provide marketing and importing,
grown into four separate operating divisions: Tooling
warehousing, distribution and technical support to our
Component Division (TCD), Jergens Industrial Supply
customers, distributors and local representatives.
(JIS), Acme Industrial Company (AIC), and Advanced
Systems Group (ASG) Division of Jergens. While
Additionally, we offer a wide range of metalworking
all divisions are vital to the Jergens family, the TCD
tools, clamps, and supplies to manufacturers in
Division is the centerpiece of our manufacturing
Northeastern Ohio, through our JIS Division. Acme
capabilities. In June 1999, Jergens moved into a
Industrial, located in Carpentersville, Illinois, is a
new 110,000 square foot facility and prides itself by
premium manufacturer of precision drill bushings and
manufacturing over 80% of it’s product offering, as
keylocking thread inserts. Our ASG Division specializes
well as setting the standard for producing the highest
in products for light assembly ranging from torque-
quality components in our industry.
controlled electric screwdrivers to automation systems.
Jergens Tooling Component Division now comprises

In addition to our unique product designs, we lead
3 distinct business units: Workholding Solutions,
the industry with unparalleled customer service
Lifting Solutions and Specialty Fasteners. Building on
and delivery. Our website is a good example of our
its reputation of uncompromising quality standards,
commitment to be the most innovative company in our
Jergens is committed to helping its customers achieve
industry. Customers and distributors can check stock
leaner, more profitable manufacturing, and continues to
and order on-line, view the Jergens catalog, and even
add products and engineered solutions for an integrated
download 2D, 3D and solid model CAD drawings in a
approach to “Manufacturing Efficiency.”
variety of formats. Visit our website at
www.jergensinc.com for the latest news and product
Today, you’ll find our tooling components, fasteners
information, as well as links to our other divisions. The
and hoist rings at work in just about every industry
Jergens family thanks you for your business.
on every continent. And our innovative Quick Change
Workholding Solutions like Ball Lock Mounting System
®
have changed the way manufacturers worldwide think

about productivity.
Phone: 800-537-4367 or +1 216-486-5540 | Fax: +1 216-481-6193 | E-mail: info@jergensinc.com | www.jergensinc.com

3
COMPANY INFORMATION
Distribution of Jergens Products Bar Coding

Jergens is proud to be represented by a network of Jergens’ boxed and bagged products are fully bar coded
qualified distributors throughout the world. If you do not for automatic identification. The bar code labels contain the
know the name of the distributor nearest you, please call ASCII Code 39 format, which was chosen as being suitable
Jergens Customer Service at 1-877-486-1454 or visit for most bar code readers. Jergens’ bar codes will identify part
www.jergensinc.com. numbers and manufacturer’s codes.
Quality Policy Specials

Jergens, Inc. manufactures and supplies only quality Jergens, Inc. will modify any item that is similar to our
products. Our quality system is ISO 9001: 2008 Certified. standard component parts. Please contact your Jergens
Center-Pull and Side-Pull Hoist Rings are CE Certified. Distributor with your request for a quote. Prints or sketches
If there is a problem with any of our products, please contact should be furnished if possible.
your local Jergens Distributor or contact our Customer
Service Department. TCMA Standards
Products throughout this catalog meet the standards of the
Design Aids Tooling Component Manufacturers’ Association. The items
Jergens, Inc. offers several CAD drawing formats for use in are asterisked and are interchangeable with other tooling
fixture design. Our Fixture Pro software is available on CD.
®
component manufacturer’s products.
Our internet site (www.jergensinc.com) offers our complete
catalog with hot links to CAD drawings on most of our Material and Finish Specifications
COMPAN Y INFORMATION
products. We also offer 3D solid models of our products via Stressproof : A severely cold worked, furnace treated
®
the internet. steel bar. Produced by LaSalle patented process to obtain

high strength, free machinability, good wear, and minimum
Application Assistance warpage in the bar.
Jergens Inc. maintains a complete Technical Sales Alloy Steel - 4140 or equivalent
Department to work with you. Please feel free to call
upon their knowledge and experience. Application Low Carbon Steel - Free Machining 1215,
videos are available for the Ball Lock Mounting System,
® 1018, or equivalent
5-Axis Fixture Pro, Spinner-Grip Flange Nuts, and
® ™
52100: QQS-624
Hydraulic Vise Column products at www.jergensinc.com or Zinc Plate: ASTM B633, Type III, Class FE/ZN 5
www.youtube.com/users/jergensinc.
Cadmium Plate: AMS-QQ-P-416,
Class 3, Type 1
Engineering Changes
Product improvement is a continuing process at Jergens, Inc. Black Oxide: MIL-DTL-13924 and AMS-2485
Specifications and engineering data are subject to change Black Anodize: per Mil. Spec. MIL-A-8625,
without notice. If current information is critical to your Type II, Class 2 and AMS-2472
design, it is suggested that you contact the Jergens
Passivate: AMS 2700
Customer Service Department, or download the most
current drawing from our website*, to verify any Alternate Finishes available upon request.
dimensions or specifications.
* 3D Solid Models are available in multiple formats

from www.jergensinc.com
Jergens, Inc.
Manufacturing Number: 697830
FSCM #94882
ISO 9001: 2008
Registration #00010133
4 Jergens, Inc. | 15700 S. Waterloo Road | Cleveland, Ohio 44110-3898 USA

QUICK CHANGE FIXTURING
Repair Kits......................................................................... 37
Shanks............................................................................... 37
Shanks, Stainless Steel................................................... 39
Ball Lock® Mounting System (Inch) Subplates.......................................................................... 29
Ball Lock® for Rotary Indexers................................20–21 Subplates for Tooling Columns.................................... 34
Ball Lock® Accessories.................................................... 26 Tooling Columns, 4 sided............................................... 33
Commonly Asked Questions About the Ball Lock® Tooling Columns, T-Columns........................................ 32
Mounting System ...................................................... 8–9
Fast Acting Ball Lock® Shanks....................................... 26
Fixture Kits for HAAS...................................................... 18
Fixture Plates.....................................................................13
Fixture Plates for Multi-Purpose Subplates............... 10
Zero Point Mounting System
Fixture Plates for Tooling Columns.............................. 16 Clamping Bracket............................................................ 55
Jigsaw Interlocking Plates..............................................11 Pull Studs & Engagement Screws.......................... 48–49
QUICK CHANGE FIX TURING

Liners................................................................................. 23 Clamping Plates............................................................... 47
Liners, Stainless Steel..................................................... 25 Clamping and Positioning............................................. 46
Modular Grid Fixture Plates...........................................11 Flange Type Installation Module............................55–56
Multi-Purpose Subplates............................................... 10 Rapid-Clamping Cylinder.............................................. 57
Quick Change Kits............................................................17 Installation Clamping Modules..............................50–52
Receiver Bushings........................................................... 23 Raised/Mounted Clamping Module......................53–54
Receiver Bushings, Stainless Steel............................... 25 System Overview.......................................................42–45
Repair Kits......................................................................... 22
Set-Up Reduction Worksheet....................................... 19
Shanks............................................................................... 22
Shanks, Stainless Steel................................................... 24 Fixture Pro® 5-Axis Quick Change Fixturing
Subplates...........................................................................12 Bushings, QLS (Quick Lock System)............................. 70
Subplates for Tooling Columns.................................... 16 Chip Plug, QLS (Quick Lock System)............................ 70
Tooling Columns, 4 sided............................................... 15 ER Collett........................................................................... 68
Tooling Columns, T-Columns........................................ 14 Fixture Plates, Blank....................................................... 65
Ball Lock® Mounting System (Metric) Locating Keys................................................................... 71
Locating Pins.................................................................... 69
Ball Lock® for Rotary Indexers................................35–36 Machinable Blanks, Steel............................................... 65
Ball Lock® Accessories.................................................... 41 Pallet Changers, Drop & Lock™..................................... 66
Fast Acting Ball Lock® Shanks....................................... 41 Risers, Aluminum & Steel.........................................62–63
Fixture Plates.................................................................... 30 Self Centering 60mm Vise............................................. 66
Fixture Plates for Multi-Purpose Subplates............... 28 Shoulder Screws, QLS (Quick Lock System)............... 71
Fixture Plates for Tooling Columns.............................. 34 Subplates.......................................................................... 62
Jigsaw Interlocking Plates............................................. 28 Top Plates, Riser............................................................... 64
Liners................................................................................. 38 Top Tooling, Dovetail Vises........................................... 67
Liners, Stainless Steel..................................................... 40 System Overview.......................................................58–61
Modular Grid Fixture Plates.......................................... 28
Multi-Purpose Subplates............................................... 27
Quick Change Kits........................................................... 31
Receiver Bushings........................................................... 38
Receiver Bushings, Stainless Steel............................... 40
5
BALL LOCK MOUNTING SYSTEM
®
WORKHOLDING SOLUTIONS GROUP
We Put It All Together… In Seconds.

Maximize productivity levels and
dramatically increase throughput
with Ball Lock . ®
Looking to realize the full benefits of lean manufacturing? Then

you need the one system that puts it all together, so you can put
it all together…and that’s Ball Lock .®
Ball Lock is the industry’s most popular quick-change, fixturing-

®
flexible mounting system that can be configured to create lean-

QUICK CHANGE FIX TURING » BALL LOCK MOUNTING SYS TEM
optimized solutions for your most demanding needs.
The Ball Lock Mounting System is used as

®
a Quick Change Solution on the following:

®
• CNC Machines • Packaging Machines

• Palletized Fixtures • Assembly Machines
• Stamping • EDM
• Fabricating • Robotics
• Injection Molding • Welding Fixtures

®
Lean Manufacturing and Set Up Reduction Applications

Accurately Locate and Lock Fixture Plates to Subplates in Seconds…
With No Indicating Required.
Machining Cast Part

Previous Set Up Method: Set Up Using Ball Lock System:
®
Located part with dowel pins, bolted part to tomb- Mount parts to fixture plate while machining other
stone fixture. Indicated part to zero datum point. parts. Mount fixture plate to tombstone using Ball
Lock shanks. No indicating required because
®
system provides +0.0005 (±0.013mm)repeatability.

Previous Set-Up Time: Set Up Time With Ball Lock System:
®
15 minutes 60 seconds
CNC Machine Base:

Drilling and reaming forged part. Set Up Using Ball Lock System:
®
®
Previous Set Up Method: Parts are pre-mounted on fixture plate, which is

Fixture plate located with dowel pins bolted to then mounted to machine base using Ball Lock ®
machine base. Fixture plate and parts indicated. shanks. No need to indicate.
Previous Set Up Time: Set Up Time with Ball Lock System:

®
CNC Vertical Machining Center

Machining aircraft valve parts Set Up Using Ball Lock System:Using Ball
®
Previous Set Up Method:New Project. New Lock Jig Saw Plate on Multi-Purpose Subplate
®
Machine.No Prior History. enables operator to mount two more vises on

the fixture. No indicating needed.
Previous Set Up Time: Set Up Time With Ball Lock System: ®
New Set Up. 80 seconds setting up six vises.
Two-Sided Tombstone
Drilling and tapping cylindrical bodies. Set Up Using Ball Lock System:
®
Previous Set Up Method: Fixture plate mounted and located with Ball Lock ®
Fixture located and bolted to tombstone. Had to shanks. No need to indicate.

be indicated.
Previous Set Up Time: Set Up Time with Ball Lock System:

®

7
®
Locates
The Ball Lock System accurately positions
®
your fixtureplate with a repeatability of

±0.0005" (±0.013mm) or better, minimizing
the need to indicate your fixture.
Locks
The Ball Lock System securely holds fixture
®
plates to subplates with up to 20,000 lbs.

(9000 Kg) of hold-down force per shank.
The Ball Lock Mounting System is designed

®
bushings; then insert two locating shanks the fixture plate.
to speed the accurate locating and locking through the liners and into the receiver It is recommended that the use of
of fixture plates to subplates. The system bushings to provide accurate location. the Ball Lock Mounting System for
®
consists of three parts: a Locating Shank, 2 / turns of the set screw in each of the
1
2 locating and clamping of fixture plates
a Liner Bushing, and a Receiver Bushing. locating shanks provides positive holding be incorporated in a systematic
Using the Ball Lock Mounting System is
®
force. Additional Ball Lock Shanks are
®
process. All fixture plates should
a simple process: Install a subplate with inserted through clearance holes in the have two locating points positioned
receiver bushings on your machine table; fixture plate and set screws tightened for as far apart as possible. There is no
®
add your fixture plate with two locating liner additional holding force distributed across advantage to having more than two
The Ball Lock Mounting System

®
Commonly Asked Questions Q. How does it lock?
provides a method of quickly and A. Inside the shank are three balls that
accurately locating fixtures onto expand into a tapered groove in the
Q. What is the Ball Lock ®
machine tables. The Ball Lock ®

receiver bushing. This action draws
Mounting System?
Mounting System has done for the plates together. The locking balls
A. It is a means of locating and locking
machining centers what the Japanese are activated by turning a setscrew in
two flat surfaces together, normally a
SMED concept did for presses. the head of the shank, which pushes
fixture plate and a sub-plate.
Instead of single minute exchange a 4th ball to distribute the clamping
of dies, Ball Lock provides single
®
forces between the 3 locking balls.
Q. How does it locate?
minute exchange of fixtures. Fixtures
A. Similar to locating pins, two Ball
can often be exchanged in less than a Q. How many shanks are required
Lock shanks (pins) pass through two
®
minute and with position repeatability to locate and lock each fixture?
precision liner bushings on the fixture
of ±0.0005" (±0.013mm). Fixtures A. Only two shanks, passing through
plate and into two precision receiver
can be exchanged between different bushings in the fixture plates, are
bushings on the subplate.
machines when both are using the required for location. However,
Jergens Ball Lock Mounting System.
®
additional shanks passing through
clearance holes in the fixture plate
will provide additional holding force
distributed across the plate.

®
Ball Lock® Ball Lock®

Shank Liner Bushing Shank Liner Bushing
Fixture Plate Fixture Plate
Slip Fit Hole Socket Head Cap Press Fit Hole

Screws (3)
Machine
Table or
Subplate

Face Mount Drilled Hole
Bushing Subplate Counter-Bored Back Mount Bushing
Hole
Mounting Method With Mounting Method With

Face Mount Bushing Back Mount Bushing
®
locating points. If more than two flanged How accurate should positioning be? ±0.0005" (±0.013mm) of true position, both
shanks are required to provide additional The center distance of the receiver bushings liner bushings in the fixture plate should
holddown force, omit liner bushings in in the machine table, tombstone, or be primary liners and the center distance
the additional holes in the fixture plate and subplate should be as accurate as possible tolerance should be ±0.0002" (±0.005mm).
allow 0.030" (0.76mm) over the nominal ±0.0002" (±0.005mm) recommended. For a slightly looser fit, repeatability within
size. The additional clearance will insure Accurate location will assure ±0.0015" (±0.04mm) of true position,
that these holes have no influence on the interchangeability of numerous fixture use one primary and one secondary
locating holes. plates. For accurate repeatability within liner with a center distance tolerance of
±0.001" (±0.03mm).
Q. Is there a preferable location for with ¾" (18mm) of thread engagement Q. What if my plate is thinner than
the liner bushing? require 10 turns to lock. On CNC the recommended thickness?
A. System repeatability is improved machines, the repeatability of fixture A. By adjusting the depth of the
if the liners are located at opposite locations makes indicating of the counterbore for the receiver bushing
corners of a rectangular fixture plate. fixture unnecessary. in the subplate, you can still use the
For consistency, we recommend Ball Lock System. If there are any
®
locating the liner bushings at top left Q. How do I recess the fixtureplate questions on this type of application,
and bottom right. for a clear surface ? please call 1-877-426-2504.
A. Counterbore the fixture plate to a
Q. What are the advantages of diameter large enough to allow easy Q. Can I use the shanks in a heated
using the Ball Lock System over
®
removal of the shank. environment?
the conventional method of dowel Note: The thickness of the plate section A. The shank is made of alloy steel,
pins and cap screws? under the head of the shank is critical and heat treated to 40-45 Rc and should
must conform to mounting instructions .
A. Both locating and locking are with stand temperatures up to 400°F.
accomplished in the same motion. (200°C).
Ball Lock shanks require only 2.5
®
Note: Thermal expansion of fixture plates
turns to lock a 1/2–13 (M12) screw may affect the center distance tolerance
and repeatability.

9
®
I N C H F I X T U R E /S U B P L AT E S WORKHOLDING SOLUTIONS GROUP
Multi-Purpose Subplates
28706
40x20 Multi-Purpose Subplate
28801
Part Number Wt. (lbs)
49112 285
49406
The Jergens Multi-Purpose Subplate accommodates
a wide variety of fixture plates and vises. This
versatility facilitates using the same VMC for
28719
diverse products in repetitive runs, long and short
batch sizes.
28713 or 28715
• FreMax 15 Steel or Equivalent
™
28727
• Thickness: 1 1/4" ±0.005"

• Parallel within 0.001" 49112
17.0000 17.0000
12.0000 12.0000
(18) 20MM FACE MOUNT

BUSHINGS
INSTALLED
5/8" BORED HOLE 6.0000

FOR SINE
FIXTURE KEYS 20
(2) PLACES 12.0000
17.0000
(8) 25MM FACE MOUNT

BUSHINGS
INSTALLED
8.0000 8.0000 8.0000 8.0000

40
®
Fixture Plate Options for Multi-Purpose Subplates – Aluminum or Steel

Number of Fixture Receiver Required Number
Plates/Vises That Mount Bushing Receiver Ball Lock ®
of Shanks
Fixture Plate*/Vise Thickness of on Multi-Purpose Center Bushing Shank Required Per
Part Number Fixture Plate Subplate Distance Size Part Number Fixture Plate/Vise
28713 (14 x 14)

3/4" 2 12 x 12 20 mm 49601 4
Fixture Plate
28715 (16 x 16)
3/4" 2 12 x 12 20 mm 49601 4
Fixture Plate
28801 (16 x 16)
1 1/8"** 2 12 x 12 20 mm 49602 4
Modular Grid Plate
28706 Jigsaw
3/4" 4 8 x 12 20 mm 49601 3
Interlocking Plate
28727 (20 x 20)
1" 2 17 x 17 25 mm 49612 4
Fixture Plate
28719 (20 x 16)
3/4" 1 16 x 12 20 mm 49601 4
Fixture Plate
49406
3/4" 4 8 x 12 20 mm 49601 3
6" Jigsaw Base Vise
* See next page for dimensional data on fixture plates. Part numbers shown for aluminum plates, also available in steel.
** Counterbored to 1" at mounting holes.

BALL LOCK MOUNTING SYSTEM ®
WORKHOLDING SOLUTIONS GROUP I N C H F I X T U R E /S U B P L AT E S
Fixture Plates for Multi-Purpose Subplate

14x14x3/4" Fixture Plate 16x16 Modular Grid Fixture Plate
Aluminum Plate Steel Plate Steel Plate
Part Number Wt. (lbs) Part Number Wt. (lbs) Part Number Wt. (lbs)
28713 14 28813 42 28801 80
(2) 20MM CLEARANCE HOLES -0.000
.625 +0.0005 x .25 Deep
PRIMARY LINERS FOR HOLDDOWN
16x16x3/4" Fixture Plate
COUNTERBORE
• FreMax 15 Steel or equivalent
™
INSTALLED (2) PLACES
• Thickness: 1 1/8" ±0.005"

Aluminum Plate Steel Plate
Part Number Wt. (lbs) • Parallel within 0.001"
28715 18 • Mounts to subplates with Ball Lock ®
28815 55
Shank 49602 (20 x 1") 1/2-13
TAPPED HOLE
• Cast Aluminum or FreMax 15 Steel or equivalent
™
12.0000HOLES

(2) 20MM CLEARANCE -0.000
.625 +0.0005 x .25 Deep
• Thickness: 3/4" ±0.005" PRIMARY LINERS FOR HOLDDOWN
(2) PLACES 16.0000
COUNTERBORE
INSTALLED
• Parallel within 0.001" Steel
• Mounts to subplates with Ball Lock Shank 49601 (20 x 3/4")
®
12.0000
12.0000
1.50 1/2-13
Clearance holes for TYP TAPPED HOLE
12.0000
holddown (2) 12.0000
16.0000
places 16.0000
12.0000
5/8" Bored hole for
®
sine fixture keys
(2) places
6.000
(2) 20mm Primary 1.50
TYP
Liners Installed 12.0000
16.0000
Jigsaw Interlocking Fixture Plate 20x20x1" Fixture Plate

Aluminum Steel Plate Jergens Vise Aluminum Plate Steel Plate
Plate Part No Wt. Part No Wt. A B C D P/N Part Number Wt. (lbs) Part Number Wt. (lbs)
28705 6 — — 7.97 5.97 15.00 6.0000 49401 28727 38 28827 114
28706 11 28806 34 9.97 7.97 16.00 8.0000 49402
™

™
• Thickness: 1" ±0.005"
• Thickness: 3/4" ±0.005" • Parallel within 0.001" Steel
• Parallel within 0.001" Steel • Mounts to subplates with Ball Lock Shank 49612 (25 x 1") ®
• For use with narrow base 4" or 6" vise models

• Design allows close vise spacing for more parts per run
• Easily mounts to Subplates using the
Ball Lock Shank 49601 (20 x 3/4")
® 17.0000
• Useful for high density fixturing of small parts

Clearance
Clearance hole for
hole
holddown Clearance holes for
for holddown
holddown (2) places
17.0000 5/8" Bored hole

for sine fixture key
(2) places
A (2) 20mm Primary
D
Liners Installed 6.0000
B
12.0000
8.500
(2) 25mm Primary
Liners Installed

11
Ball Lock Standard Subplates ®
12.0000 16x16 Subplate
• • • • Part Number Wt (lbs)

• • 49101 81
12.0000 Equipped with four 20mm receiver bushings for use

5/8 Bored holes for
sine fixture keys with 14x14 or 16x16 fixture plates. Ideal for horizontal
(2) places machining centers or multiple pallet machining centers.
• Fremax™ 15 steel plate or equivalent

6.000
(2) 20mm face mount
• Thickness: 1-1/8" ±0.005"
bushings installed • Parallel within 0.001"
• • • •
• •
9.0000
1.600
12.5
25x16 Dual Station Subplate
Part Number Wt (lbs)
• • • • • • • • • • • • 49111 128
• • • • • •
12.0000 28713 or 28715

11.000
16 5/8 Bored holes for
sine fixture keys
(2) places
(12) 20mm face mount
6.000 bushings installed
28711
• • • • • • • • • • • •
2.0 • • • • • • 49111
®
6.000
12.0000
25
Equipped with twelve installed 20mm receiver bushings to
Aluminum Steel Plate Number Plate easily locate and mount Jergens Standard Fixture Plates:
Plate Part Part of Fixture Width and
Number Number Plates Length • Fremax™ 15 steel plate or equivalent
28713 28813 1 14"x14" • Thickness: 1-1/8" ±0.005"
28715 28815 1 16"x16" • Parallel within 0.001"
28711 28811 2 12"x14"

˚˚ ˚˚ 15x10 Bridgeport™ – Style Subplate

˚ 5/8 Bored holes for ˚ Part Number Wt (lbs)
sine fixture keys
49121 32
(2) places 2.50
(4)1/2 dia. for 8.0000 10 Equipped with four installed 16mm receiver bushings
mounting to table 2.50 and 1/2" mounting holes. Used with the Bridgeport™ style
(2) 16mm face mount fixture plates 28731 or 28831.
˚˚ bushings installed ˚˚ • Thickness: 3/4" ±0.005"
˚ ˚ • Parallel within 0.001"
3/4 12.0000
15
Ball Lock Quick Change Kits include all components needed in a single package. See page 17 for details.
®

®
Ball Lock Fixture Plates

®
• Cast Aluminum or FreeMax 15 Steel or equivalent

™
• Thickness tolerance ±0.005"

• Parallel within 0.001" Steel
• 6061–T-651 Aluminum plates, within .001 available upon request
Aluminum Ball Lock Fixture Plates with 2 Primary Liners Installed

®
Ball Lock
®
• Machined to close tolerances
Plate
Plate Part Plate Part Plate Thickness Shank • Repeatability ±0.0005" or better
Number Weight Number Weight Dimensions (in.) Shank Size Part • Reduces fixture set-up and
Aluminum (lbs) Steel (lbs) (in.) ±0.005 Dia. (mm) Number assembly time
28706 9 28806 34 9.97 x 16 3/4 20 49601 • Provided with 5/8" bored holes
28711 12 28811 36 12 x14 3/4 20 49601 for sine fixture keys

28713 14 28813 42 14 x14 3/4 20 49601 • For horizontal or vertical
28715 18 28815 55 16 x 16 3/4 20 49601 machining centers, Tool
28722 16 28822 48 12 x 14 1 25 49612 Room Mills, or multiple pallet
28724 19 28824 56 14 x 14 1 25 49612 machining centers
28726 24 28826 73 16 x 16 1 25 49612
28719 23 28819 68 20 x 16 3/4 20 49601
28727 38 28827 114 20 x 20 1 25 49612
28731 11 28831 32 15 x 10 3/4 16 49608
®
— — 28801 80 16 x 16 1 1/8 20 49602

Custom Sizes Available

Jergens will make Ball Lock fixture plate or subplates to your specifications.
®
Call 1-877-426-2504 for further information.
15x10x3/4" Fixture Plate Bridgeport Style ™

12x14x3/4" Fixture Plate
Aluminum Plate Steel Plate Aluminum Plate Steel Plate

Part Number Wt. (lbs) Part Number Wt. (lbs) Part Number Wt. (lbs) Part Number Wt. (lbs)
28731 11 28831 32 28711 12 28811 36
9.0000
Clearance Hole for

Holddown (2) Places
Clearance Hole for
5/8 Bored Holes for Holddown (2) Places
Sine Fixture Keys
(2) Places 8.0000 5/8 Bored holes for
sine fixture keys
12.0000 (2) places
4.000 (2) 16mm Primary
Liners Installed
6.000
(2) 20mm Primary
12.0000 Liners Installed

13
Fixture
Ball Lock T-Columns ® Plate
• Class 40 Cast Iron

• Also available in Aluminum
• Ball Lock Receiver Bushings and Liner Bushings installed
®
• Perpendicularity is 0.001" per foot
Tooling
Column
Custom Sizes Available with or without Ball Lock ®
We are able to quote you on your special requirement with or

without the Ball Lock Mounting System. Call 1-877-426-2504
®
for design specification information. Subplate

Cast Iron T-Columns With

See page 16 for Fixture Plates and Subplates
Ball Lock Receiver Bushings Installed
®
Pallet Part O P Wt.

Size (mm) Number C D E F G H I J K L M N (mm) (mm) (lbs)
400 69101 16.375 1 16 16 14 14 14 14 4 19.875 4.875 3.5 20 20 425
500 69111 22.375 1 20 20 19 17 17 17 4.7 25.875 5.375 3.5 25 25 700
630 69121 26.375 1.5 25 25 23 22 21 21 4 29.875 5.375 3.5 35 25 1125
®
*Note: Window sections are also available on T-Columns. Specify window size and location (Q and R Dimensions).
Corresponding Fixture Plates, Subplates and Ball Lock Shanks ®
Pallet T-Column Aluminum Steel Fixture Fixture Plate Subplate

Size Part Fixture Plate Fixture Plate Plate Ball Lock Shank
®
Shank Subplate Ball Lock Shank Shank
®
(mm) Number Part Number Part Number Size Part Number Size Part Number Part Number Size
400 69101 28717 28817 16 x 16 49601 20mm x 3/4 49102 49602 20mm x 1
500 69111 28745 28845 20 x 22 49612 25mm x 1 49103 49612 25mm x 1
630 69121 28746 28846 25 x 26 49612 25mm x 1 49104 49633 35mm x 1-1/2
Use Hoist Ring 23411, see page 484 for lifting and handling – Order separately.
Engineering Changes
Product improvement is a continuing process at Jergens. Specifications and engineering data are subject to change
after publishing. Contact Jergens Technical Sales Department to verify any dimensions or specifications.

®
Ball Lock 4-Sided Tooling Columns

®
Tooling
Column
• Class 40 Cast Iron Fixture
• Also available in Aluminum Plate
• Ball Lock Receiver Bushings and Liners installed
®
• Provides accurate fixturing base for CNC machining centers

• Perpendicularity is 0.001" per foot
Custom Sizes Available with or without Ball Lock®

We are able to quote you on your special requirement with or
without the Ball Lock Mounting System. Call 1-877-426-2504
®
for design specification information. Subplate

Cast Iron 4-Sided Tooling Columns With
®
See page 16 for Fixture Plates and Subplates
Pallet Part O P Wt.

Size (mm) Number A B C D E F G H I J K L M N (mm) (mm) (lbs)
400 69001 10 10 20 1 16 16 18 6.75 14 14 1.75 23.875 4.875 3.875 20 20 510
500 69011 12 12 25 1 20 20 22 8 17 17 1.625 28.875 5.375 3.875 25 25 736
®
630 69021 16 16 26 1.5 25 25 23 11.50 21 21 2 29.875 5.375 3.875 35 25 1122

®
®
400 69001 28741 28841 10 x 20 49601 20mm x 3/4 49102 49602 20mm x 1
500 69011 28742 28842 12 x 25 49612 25mm x 1 49103 49612 25mm x 1
630 69021 28743 28843 16 x 26 49612 25mm x 1 49104 49633
35mm x 1-1/2
Engineering Changes

15
®
Subplates For Tooling Columns and Fixture Plates

Standard Steel Subplates for Tooling Columns
Subplate Mounting holes can be provided per customer specification.
Supplied with Ball Lock Receiver Bushings installed. ®
5/8 Bored holes Ball Lock Pattern

®
Receiver Thickness of
for sine fixture B
B Part Pallet Size For Tooling A B Size Subplate Wt
keys (2) places Number (mm) Columns (in.) (in.) (mm) (in.) ±0.005 (lbs)
49102 400 69001, 69101 14 14 20 1 1/8 79
Receiver
49103 500 69011, 69111 17 17 25 1 1/4 137
Bushings
Installed 49103-C* 500 69101, 69001 14/17 14/17 20/25 1 1/4 137
— — 69111, 69011 Dual Dual Dual 1 1/4 —
A 49104 630 69021, 69121 21 21 35 1 3/8 240
*49103-C is a dual pattern subplate. Please contact Jergens Technical Service at 1-877-426-2504 for
design specific information.
Fixture Plates for Standard Tooling Columns and T-Columns

Supplied with 2 primary Ball Lock Liner Bushings installed. ®
Fixture Fixture Plate Ball Lock®

Pattern Liner
5/8 Bored holes Pallet Part Number For Tooling Plate Size Thickness H G Size
for sine fixture keys Size (mm) Aluminum (lbs) Steel (lbs) Columns Type (in.) ±0.005" (In.) (In.) (mm)
(2) places 400 28741 14 28841 43 69001 4-S 10x20 3/4 6.75 18 20
500 28742 28 28842 85 69011 4-S 12x25 1 8 22 25
Clearance Hole 630 28743 39 28843 118 69021 4-S 16x26 1 11.50 23 25
for Holddown
400 28717 18 28817 55 69101 T 16x16 3/4 14 14 20
(2) Places
500 28745 41 28845 125 69111 T 20x22 1 17 19 25
(2) Primary Liners 630 28746 61 28846 184 69121 T 25x26 1 22 23 25
Installed
®
Clearance Hole Fixture Plates for Tooling Column Subplates

for Holddown Supplied with 2 primary Ball Lock Liner Bushings installed. ®
(2) Places Ball Lock ®
Pallet Part Number Plate Dim. Fixture Plate Pattern Liner

Size For E F Thickness I J Size
5/8 Bored holes (mm) Aluminum (lbs) Steel (lbs) Subplate (In.) (in.) ±0.005" (In.) (In.) (mm)
for sine fixture I F 400 28717 18 28817 55 49102 16 16 3/4 14 14 20
keys (2) places
500 28727 38 28827 114 49103 20 20 1 17 17 25
630 28732 58 28832 177 49104 25 25 1 21 21 35
(2) Primary Liners
Installed
Aluminum
Aluminumand
andSteel
SteelExpansion
Expansion
(per
(per
inch)
inch)
Difference between Aluminum and Steel
0.00015
0.00015
J
E 0.000125
0.000125
0.0001
0.0001
(inches)
(inches)
0.000075
0.000075
0.00005
0.00005
0.000025
0.000025
00
00 55 1010 1515 2020 2525 3030
Change
Changein Degrees
in Degrees
FF
NOTE: Aluminum and steel expand at different rates. Please take this information into
consideration when creating your own Ball Lock fixture and subplates. ®

®
Quick Change Kits

The Jergens Ball Lock Quick Change Kits speed fixture changeover in
®
all types of manufacturing operations. Each kit includes two aluminum

fixture plates with two primary liner bushings installed; one steel
subplate with receiver bushings installed, and four 20mm Ball Lock ®
shanks with working loads of 3000 lbs. each. While one fixture plate is
on the machine, the operator can load parts on the other. This minimizes
downtime for true set-up reduction. To enable the subplate to be
mounted on a slotted table without the need to indicate the subplate,
sine fixture keys can be used. The sine fixture key bored holes are
oriented parallel to the receiver bushings on the subplate and to the
liner bushings on the fixture plate. These also allow the fixture plate
to be mounted on a toolroom mill

without the need to indicate it. This
is extremely useful when machining
location points on your fixture.
Everything You Need to Change Fixtures in Less Than One Minute
®
Aluminum Fixture Plate
5/8" Bored
Ball Lock Shank
®
Hole for Sine Quick Change Kits

Fixture Keys
Part No. Kit Includes
49001 2 - 28713 (14"x14"x3/4") aluminum
fixture plates with 20mm liner
bushings installed
1 - 49101 (16"x16"x1-1/8") steel subplate
with receiver bushings installed
4 - 49601 (20mm) Ball Lock Shanks®
49002 2 - 28715 (16"x16"x3/4") aluminum

Primary Liner bushings installed
Bushings (2 places) 1 - 49101 (16"x16"x1-1/8") steel subplate
Steel Subplate with receiver bushings installed
5/8" Bored
Hole for Sine 49004 Bridgeport™-Style
Fixture Keys 2 - 28731 (10"x15"x3/4") aluminum fixture
plates with 16mm liner bushings
installed
1 - 49121 (10"x15"x3/4") steel subplate
Receiver
Bushings
(4 places)

17
®
Pre-Engineered Ball Lock Fixture Kits for HAAS*

®
Ball Lock
Ba ck Mounting
System
Ball Lock® Mounting System

Jergens Introduces Another Piece to the Quick Change Puzzle
Ball Lock ®
Fixture Kits
For HAAS*
HAAS models:
• MINI MILL
• VF-E
• VF-O
• VF-1
• VF-OE
• VF-2
• VF-3
• VF-4
• VF-5
Changes Fixtures in 60 Seconds

Kits for other machine ...or Less
manufacturers available. *HAAS is a trademark of HAAS Automation, Inc.
Pre-Engineered HAAS Kits

available. PDF Catalog

Available at
www.jergensinc.com
These kits include:
• Steel Subplate with receiver bushings
• Aluminum Fixture Plate(s) with 2 primary liner bushings
• Pre installed receiver and Liner Bushings
• Ball Lock Shanks
®
• T-Slot nuts for mounting subplate to machine table

• 2 Sine Fixture Keys for accurate subplate locating
• Socket head cap screws
Benefits:
• Save time specifying and ordering
• Saves installation time and cost
• Eliminates potential installation errors
®
Try the Ball-Lock Wizard Configurator for Customized Workholding Solutions

®
http://jergens.configurators.com
Ask about these other machine manufacturers where

Ball Lock kits can be utilized.
®
Call customer support at 1- 877-426-2504

Acer Fanuc Robodrill Kira Mill Miyano
Bridgeport HAAS Kitamura Mori-Seiki
Brother Hardinge Leadwell OKK
Chevalier Hitachi MAG Okuma
Chiron Hitachi Seiki Makino Republic Lagun
DMG Hurco Matsuura Toyoda
Enshu Hyundai-Kia Mazak Tree
Excel Johnsford Milltronics YCI
*HAAS is a trademark of HAAS Automation, Inc.

®
Set-Up Reduction Worksheet

Benefits of Set-Up Reduction (Capacity)
Current Method Example (actual case study):

60 minutes
Minutes per set-up = minutes
Number of set-ups
1.5 set-ups
per 8 hour shift = set-ups
Total minutes of set-up per shift

(set-up minutes x number of set-ups) = minutes 90 minutes

Using the Ball Lock System ®
Minutes per set-up = minutes 8 minutes
Number of set-ups
1.5 set-ups
per 8 hour shift = set-ups
Total minutes of set-up per shift

12 minutes
®
(set-up minutes x number of set-ups) = minutes
Increased capacity per machine per shift 78 minutes

(current method – Ball Lock method)
®
= minutes
Savings per machine per shift = minutes 78 minutes
Increased capacity
1.3 hours
(number of minutes / 60) = hours
Benefits of Set-Up Reduction (Profit)

Machine cost per hour = $ $80.00

Increased production hours per shift
(increased capacity from above) = hours 1.3 hours

Savings (profit) per machine per shift
(machine cost per hour x increased = $ per machine $104.00 per machine
production hours) per shift per shift

19
®
Ball Lock For 4th Axis Rotary Indexers

®
Problem: Jergens’ Solution:

Rotary indexers increase the versatility of vertical machining Ball Lock Mounting System for Indexers provides a double
®
centers, yet they offer one major challenge: set-up is so time- solution.
consuming that it may limit a machine’s flexibility. In many cases,
First, Ball Lock mounting plates free up your machine for
®
machinists dedicate their 4th Axis tool to a single machine to additional work by allowing a fast and accurate installation
avoid the agony of an extended set-up and changeover. and removal of the complete indexer. Avoid hours of set up.
The Ball Lock System does it in minutes, with repeatability at
®
±0.0005" (±0.013mm). Low profile, positive clamping, proven

in over many years of field use.
Benefits: Second, the Ball Lock System provides your fixture plate
®
• Maximize indexer utilization changeover. By mounting the round subplate to the indexer
• Eliminate lengthy set-ups faceplate, you’ll “plug-in” new fixtures in record time
• Accurate fixture plate changover in seconds (less than 60 seconds).
Indexer Face Plate
Ball Lock ®
Subplate
Ball Lock ®
Shanks
Ball Lock ®
®
Fixture Plate
For Holding
Production
Workpiece
Ball Lock Fixture Plate

®
Workpiece For Mounting Indexer

to Subplate and
Machine Table
Subplates and fixture plates come with bushings pre-installed.

®
Round Ball Lock Fixture Plates and Subplates

®
Standard Round
Fixture Plate
Part Thickness Ball Lock
®
Ball Lock Weight
®
No. A B ±0.005" Liner Shank (lbs)

28707 8" 6" 3/4 16mm 49608 3.5
28708 10" 8" 1 20mm 49602 7.0
28709 12" 10" 1 20mm 49602 11.0
Subplate
Part Thickness Ball Lock Center Weight
®

No. A B ±0.005" Receiver Hole (lbs)
49107 8" 6" 3/4 16mm 1.00" 11.0
49108 10" 8" 1 20mm 2.00" 21.0
49109 12" 10" 1 20mm 2.00" 33.0
Cast Aluminum, FreeMax or Steel equivalent
™
Metric sizes also available; please call for information.

Custom Round Plates
Indexer:
®
Make:
Model:
Diameter:
Light Duty or Heavy Duty:
Through Hole Bore:
CNC Machine:
Make:
Model:
Weight Capacity:
Indexer Faceplate:
T-Slot Size:
Configuration/Orientation:
or
Drilled Tapped Hole Size:
Engineering Changes
Product improvement is a continuing process at Jergens. Specifications and engineering data are subject to change without
notice. If current information is critical to your design, it is suggested that you contact Jergens Technical Sales Department to
verify any dimensions or specifications.

21
®
I N C H B A L L LO C K C O M P O N E N T S
®
Locating and Clamping Shanks

• Material: Shank/Bushing, 4340 C
Liner, 52100
• Finish: Black Oxide
• Heat Treat: Shanks, RC 40-45 B
Bushings, RC 50-54
Liners, RC 62-64
D
• Operating Temperature Range
-20° to 400°F, -30° to 200°C
Stainless Steel available.

Ball Lock Repair Kits

®
Each Kit Includes: Any Ball Lock application requires at least two sets of
®
• Replacement Screw shanks, receiver bushings and liners. The liners are
• Locking Balls placed into the fixture plate to insure extremely accurate
• Drive Ball positioning. If more than two shanks are required (to
• O-Ring provide additional hold down force), omit the liner
bushing so that these additional holes will not interfere
with your primary locating holes.
See page 26 for Fast Acting Shanks.
Locating and Clamping Shank Dimensions

®
Shank Head of Shank Maximum Recommended

Fixture Shank
Diameter Plate Shank Length Hex Wrench Screw Hold-Down Screw Hold-Down Repair Kit
(mm) Thickness Part Height Diameter Under Head Size for Torque Force Torque Force Part
A ±0.005 Number B C D Set Screw (Ft/lb) (lbs) (Ft/lb) (lbs) Number
13 0.50 49605 0.25 0.87 1.08 3/32 1.2 750 1 625 49905
— 0.75 49606 — — 1.33 — — — — — 49906
16 0.50 49607 0.32 1.50 1.15 1/8 3 1200 2 800 49907
— 0.75 49608 — — 1.40 — — — — — 49908
20 0.75 49601 0.38 1.75 1.53 1/8 4 3000 3 2250 49901
— 1.00 49602 — — 1.78 — — — — — 49902
25 0.75 49611 0.38 2.00 1.70 5/32 9 7000 7 5444 49911
— 1.00 49612 — — 1.95 — — — — — 49912
30 0.75 49621 0.50 2.25 1.88 3/16 15 10000 12 8000 49921
— 1.00 49622 — — 2.13 — — — — — 49922
35 0.75 49631 0.50 2.25 1.97 1/4 25 15500 19 11780 49931
— 1.00 49632 — — 2.22 — — — — — 49932
— 1.50 49633 — — 2.72 — — — — — 49933
— 2.00 49634 — — 3.22 — — — — — 49934
50 0.75 49641 0.75 3.00 2.45 3/8 50 20000 38 15200 49941
— 1.00 49642 — — 2.70 — — — — — 49942
— 1.50 49643 — — 3.20 — — — — — 49943
— 2.00 49644 — — 3.70 — — — — — 49944

®
WORKHOLDING SOLUTIONS GROUP I N C H B A L L LO C K C O M P O N E N T S

®
Receiver Bushings
Two styles of receiver bushings are available. Note: Installed bushings should be approximately
Generally, the face mount receiver bushing is .012" below subplate surface.
utilized in blind hole applications (Slip Fit). See reference below for installation of back mount
The back mount receiver bushing is used in style bushings.
through hole applications (Light Press Fit).
Face Mount

Back Mount Face Mount Bushing Back Mount Bushing
Installation Instructions Installation Instructions
Installation Dimensions
Face Mount Back Mount
Actual
Face Actual Clearance Bore Depth Tap Bolt Circle Min. Back O.D. Depth Min.
Shank Mount O.D. Drill +0.0005 +0.002 Size & Diameter Subplate Shank Mount +0.0000 +0.000 C-Bore Subplate
Dia. Part +0.0000 Diameter -0.0000 -0.000 Depth1
3 PL Equally Thickness Dia. Part -0.0004 -0.002 ±0.006 Thickness
®
(mm) Number -0.0004 E F G H Spaced D (mm) Number A B C D
13 49506 1.3750 11/16 1.3750 0.469 8-32x5/16 0.984 3/4 13 49516 0.7870 .277 1.000 3/4
16 49507 1.4370 13/16 1.4370 0.469 8-32x5/16 1.125 3/4 16 49517 0.8760 .285 1.155 3/4
20 49501 1.6873 13/16 1.6873 0.637 10-32x3/8 1.362 1 20 49511 1.0950 .345 1.280 7/8
25 49502 2.0623 1 2.0623 0.799 1/4-28x1/2 1.644 1-1/4 25 49512 1.3763 .416 1.593 1
30 49503 2.2654 1 3/16 2.2654 0.871 1/4-28x3/4 1.876 1-3/8 30 49513 1.6264 .432 1.906 1-1/4
35 49504 2.6873 1 9/16 2.6873 0.904 5/16-24x7/8 2.178 1-1/2 35 49514 1.8764 .493 2.155 1-5/16
50 49505 3.4998 2 5/32 3.4998 1.239 3/8-24x1 2.916 2 50 49515 2.6269 .621 2.988 1-3/4
Cap Screws Supplied with Face Mount Bushings.
1
Liner Bushings for Fixture Plates

Locating repeatability will determine if one primary and one Note on Installation of Press Fit Liners &
secondary or two primary liners are needed. With two primary Back Mount Style Receiver Bushings:
liners, repeatability of ±0.0005" can be maintained if the two To alleviate the possibility of binding the
holes for receiver bushings are held to a centerline distance shank in the bore, the maximum interference
of ±0.0002" tolerance. fit between bore and bushing O.D. should not
exceed .0005".
Liner Dimensions
Primary Secondary Primary Secondary
Fixture Plate Shank Liner Liner Liner O.D. Fixture Plate Shank Liner Liner Liner O.D.
Thickness Diameter Part Part +0.0000 Thickness Diameter Part Part +0.0000
± 0.005 (mm) Number Number -0.0004 ± 0.005 (mm) Number Number -0.0004
.50 13 49705 49805 0.7518 1.00 30 49722 49822 1.7523
.75 13 49706 49806 0.7518 .75 35 49731 49831 1.7523
.50 16 49707 49807 1.0018 1.00 35 49732 49832 1.7523
.75 16 49708 49808 1.0018 1.50 35 49733 49833 1.7523
.75 20 49701 49801 1.3772 2.00 35 49734 49834 1.7523
1.00 20 49702 49802 1.3772 .75 50 49741 49841 2.5025
.75 25 49711 49811 1.3772 1.00 50 49742 49842 2.5025
1.00 25 49712 49812 1.3772 1.50 50 49743 49843 2.5025
.75 30 49721 49821 1.7523 2.00 50 49744 49844 2.5025

23
®
®
Stainless Steel Locating and Clamping Shanks

• Material: 17-4 PH Stainless Steel C
• Heat Treat: Rc 40-45
D
Ball Lock Repair Kits

®
®
• O-Ring provide additional hold down force), omit the liner
bushing so that these additional holes will not interfere
with your primary locating holes.
Stainless Steel Locating and Clamping Shank Dimensions

®
Shank Head of Shank Maximum Recommended

Fixture Shank
Diameter Plate Shank Length Hex Wrench Screw Hold-Down Screw Hold-Down Repair Kit
(mm) Thickness Part Height Diameter Under Head Size for Torque Force Torque Force Part
A ±0.005 Number B C D Set Screw (Ft/lb) (lbs) (Ft/lb) (lbs) Number
13 0.50 49605SS 0.25 0.87 1.08 3/32 1.2 750 1 625 49905SS
— 0.75 49606SS — — 1.33 — — — — — 49906SS
16 0.50 49607SS 0.32 1.50 1.15 1/8 3 1200 2 800 49907SS
— 0.75 49608SS — — 1.40 — — — — — 49908SS
20 0.75 49601SS 0.38 1.75 1.53 1/8 4 3000 3 2250 49901SS
— 1.00 49602SS — — 1.78 — — — — — 49902SS
25 0.75 49611SS 0.38 2.00 1.70 5/32 9 7000 7 5444 49911SS
— 1.00 49612SS — — 1.95 — — — — — 49912SS
30 0.75 49621SS 0.50 2.25 1.88 3/16 15 10000 12 8000 49921SS
— 1.00 49622SS — — 2.13 — — — — — 49922SS
35 0.75 49631SS 0.50 2.25 1.97 1/4 25 15500 19 11780 49931SS
— 1.00 49632SS — — 2.22 — — — — — 49932SS
— 1.50 49633SS — — 2.72 — — — — — 49933SS
— 2.00 49634SS — — 3.22 — — — — — 49934SS
50 0.75 49641SS 0.75 3.00 2.45 3/8 50 20000 38 15200 49941SS
— 1.00 49642SS — — 2.70 — — — — — 49942SS
— 1.50 49643SS — — 3.20 — — — — — 49943SS
— 2.00 49644SS — — 3.70 — — — — — 49944SS

®
WORKHOLDING SOLUTIONS GROUP I N C H B A L L LO C K C O M P O N E N T S

®
Stainless Steel Receiver Bushings

Two styles of receiver bushings are available. Note: Installed bushings should be approximately
Generally, the face mount receiver bushing is .012" below subplate surface.
utilized in blind hole applications (Slip Fit). See reference below for installation of back mount
The back mount receiver bushing is used in style bushings.
through hole applications (Light Press Fit).
Face Mount

Back Mount Face Mount Bushing Back Mount Bushing
Actual
Dia. Part +0.0000 Diameter -0.0000 -0.000 Depth1
3 PL Equally Thickness Dia. Part -0.0004 -0.002 ±0.006 Thickness
®
13 49506SS 1.3750 11/16 1.3750 0.469 8-32x5/16 0.984 3/4 13 49516SS 0.7870 .277 1.000 3/4
16 49507SS 1.4370 13/16 1.4370 0.469 8-32x5/16 1.125 3/4 16 49517SS 0.8760 .285 1.155 3/4
20 49501SS 1.6873 13/16 1.6873 0.637 10-32x3/8 1.362 1 20 49511SS 1.0950 .345 1.280 7/8
25 49502SS 2.0623 1 2.0623 0.799 1/4-28x1/2 1.644 1-1/4 25 49512SS 1.3763 .416 1.593 1
30 49503SS 2.2654 1 3/16 2.2654 0.871 1/4-28x3/4 1.876 1-3/8 30 49513SS 1.6264 .432 1.906 1-1/4
35 49504SS 2.6873 1 9/16 2.6873 0.904 5/16-24x7/8 2.178 1-1/2 35 49514SS 1.8764 .493 2.155 1-5/16
50 49505SS 3.4998 2 5/32 3.4998 1.239 3/8-24x1 2.916 2 50 49515SS 2.6269 .621 2.988 1-3/4
1
Stainless Steel Liner Bushings for Fixture Plates

Locating repeatability will determine if one primary and one Note on Installation of Press Fit Liners &
secondary or two primary liners are needed. With two primary Back Mount Style Receiver Bushings:
liners, repeatability of ±0.0005" can be maintained if the two To alleviate the possibility of binding the
holes for receiver bushings are held to a centerline distance shank in the bore, the maximum interference
of ±0.0002" tolerance. fit between bore and bushing O.D. should not
exceed .0005".
Liner Dimensions
Primary Secondary Primary Secondary
Fixture Plate Shank Liner Liner Liner O.D. Fixture Plate Shank Liner Liner Liner O.D.
Thickness Diameter Part Part +0.0000 Thickness Diameter Part Part +0.0000
± 0.005 (mm) Number Number -0.0004 ± 0.005 (mm) Number Number -0.0004
.50 13 49705SS 49805SS 0.7518 1.00 30 49722SS 49822SS 1.7523
.75 13 49706SS 49806SS 0.7518 .75 35 49731SS 49831SS 1.7523
.50 16 49707SS 49807SS 1.0018 1.00 35 49732SS 49832SS 1.7523
.75 16 49708SS 49808SS 1.0018 1.50 35 49733SS 49833SS 1.7523
.75 20 49701SS 49801SS 1.3772 2.00 35 49734SS 49834SS 1.7523
1.00 20 49702SS 49802SS 1.3772 .75 50 49741SS 49841SS 2.5025
.75 25 49711SS 49811SS 1.3772 1.00 50 49742SS 49842SS 2.5025
1.00 25 49712SS 49812SS 1.3772 1.50 50 49743SS 49843SS 2.5025
.75 30 49721SS 49821SS 1.7523 2.00 50 49744SS 49844SS 2.5025

25
®
®
Accessories
Tapered Caps Receiver Lifting Handles
Bushing Part
and Plugs Diameter Number
For easy handling of fixture plates up
Keep debris out of your to 500 lbs.
13 49201
subplate’s receiver 16 49202
bushings when not in 20 49203
Packaged
use. Polyethylene caps 25 49204 Part Number Length Ht. W Mounting Distance
10 per
snap in and out easily. pack. 30 49205 33701 4.21 1.42 0.83 3.68
35 49206
50 49207
Sine Fixture Keys

B B
Table Table Slot
A Slot Size A Size (mm)
Part +0.000 +0.000 Part +0.000 +0.000
Number -0.0005 -0.0005 C Number -0.0005 -0.013 C
39501 .625 1/2 1 39552 .625 14 1
Locate subplates or fixture 39502 .625 9/16 1 39553 .625 16 1
plates to slotted machine tables 39503 .625 5/8 1 39554 .625 18 1
without having to slot the plate. 39504 .625 11/16 1 39555 .625 20 1-1/8
Available in inch sizes from 1/2" 39505 .625 3/4 1-1/8 39556 .625 22 1-1/8
to 7/8" slots, and in metric sizes 39506 .625 13/16 1-1/8 — — — —
from 14mm to 22mm slots. 39507 .625 7/8 1-1/8 — — — —
NOTE: See page 221 for
dimensions.
®
Fast Acting Ball Lock Shanks ®
Fast Acting
Jergens Ball Lock Jergens Ball Lock ® ®
Shank w/Jergens Shank

Ball Lock

®
Fixture Thumb Screw Adjustable Handle
Shank Plate
• Fast acting thumb

Diameter
Thickness Part Number Part Number screws 2 1/2 turns.
(mm)
(in.) Assembly T-Screw Assembly Handle No tools needed.
Thumb
13 1/2 49605-S 43900 N/A — Screw
— 3/4 49606-S 43900 N/A —
16 1/2 49607-S 43904 49607-H 34314
— 3/4 49608-S 43904 49608-H 34315
20 3/4 49601-S 43904 49601-H 34315
— 1 49602-S 43905 49602-H 34316
25 3/4 49611-S 43907 49611-H 34328 • Handle can be
— 1 49612-S 43908 49612-H 34329 moved out of the
30 3/4 49621-S 43910 49621-H 34334 work area to avoid
— 1 49622-S 43911 49622-H 34335 interference.
35 3/4 49631-S 43913 49631-H 34339 Adjustable
— 1 49632-S 43913 49632-H 34339 Handle
— 1-1/2 49633-S 43914 N/A —
— 2 49634-S 43914 N/A —

BALL LOCK MOUNTING SYSTEM®
WORKHOLDING SOLUTIONS GROUP M E T R I C D I M E N S I O N S - M E T R I C F I X T U R E /S U B P L AT E S
METRIC
Multi-Purpose Subplates
1000x500 Multi-Purpose Subplate
58706
Part Number Wt. (Kg) 58801

59112 130
The Jergens Multi-Purpose Subplate 69406

accommodates a wide variety of fixture plates and
vises. This versatility facilitates using the same
VMC for diverse products in repetitive runs-long
and short batch sizes.
• FreMax 15 Steel or Equivalent

TM
58713 or 58715

• Thickness: 31.75mm ±0.13mm 58727
• Parallel within 0.025mm
59112
425 425
300 300
(18) 20MM FACE MOUNT
®
BUSHINGS I NSTALLED
150
16MM BORED HOLE 500

FOR SINE FIXTURE KEYS 300
(2) PLACES
425
(8) 25MM FACE MOUNT

BUSHINGS I NSTALLED
200
1000
Fixture Plate Options for Multi-Purpose Subplates – Aluminum or Steel

Number of Fixture Receiver Required ®
Number
Plates/Vise That Mount Bushing Receiver Ball Lock of Shanks
Fixture Plate*/Vise Thickness of on Multi-Purpose Center Bushing Shank Required Per
Part Number Fixture Plate Subplate Distance Size Part Number Fixture Plate/Vise
58713 (350 x 350) 20mm 2 300 x 300 20 mm 49651 4

Fixture Plate
58715 (400 x 400) 20mm 2 300 x 300 20 mm 49651 4
Fixture Plate
58801 (400 x 400) 30mm** 2 300 x 300 20 mm 49652 4
Modular Grid Plate
58706 Jigsaw 20mm 4 300 x 200 20 mm 49651 3
Interlocking Plate
58727 (500 x 500) 25mm 2 425 x 425 25 mm 49662 4
Fixture Plate
69406 20mm 4 300 x 200 20 mm 49651 3
150mm Jigsaw Vise
* See next page for dimensional data on fixture plates. Part numbers shown for aluminum plates, also available in steel.
** Counterbored to 25mm at mounting holes.

27
®
M E T R I C D I M E N S I O N S - M E T R I C F I X T U R E /S U B P L AT E S WORKHOLDING SOLUTIONS GROUP

METRIC
Fixture Plates for Use on Multi-Purpose Subplate

350x350x20mm Fixture Plate 400x400 Modular Grid Fixture Plate
Aluminum Plate Steel Plate Aluminum Plate
Part Number Wt. (Kg) Part Number Wt. (Kg) Part Number Wt. (Kg)
58713 6 58813 19 58801 38
400x400 Fixture Plate

™
• FreMax 15 Steel or equivalent
• Thickness: 28.57mm ±0.13mm
Aluminum Plate Steel Plate
Part Number Wt. (Kg) Part Number Wt. (Kg) • Parallel within 0.025mm Steel
58715 8 58815 25
(2) 20MM CLEARANCE HOLES 16MM X 6MM DEEP
PRIMARY LINERS FOR HOLDDOWN COUNTERBORE
(2) PLACES
™ INSTALLED
• Thickness: 20mm ±0.13mm

• Parallel within 0.025mm Steel
®
• Mounts to subplates with Ball Lock Shank 49651 (20x20mm)
300
M12 X 1.75
TAPPED HOLE
300 400
CLEARANCE HOLES
FOR HOLDDOWN
(2) PLACES
Mounts to Subplate
16MM BORED HOLE
300 FOR SINE FIXTURE KEYS with Ball Lock Shank
®
(2) PLACES
49652 (20x25mm)
(2) 20MM
150 PRIMARY LINERS
INSTALLED
50
TYP
300
400
Jigsaw Interlocking FixturePlate 500x500x25mm Fixture Plate

®

Part Number Wt. (Kg) Part Number Wt. (Kg) Part Number Wt. (Kg) Part Number Wt. (Kg)
58706 4 58806 12 58727 17 58827 48
™
™
• Material: Cast Aluminum or FreMax 15 Steel or equivalent • Thickness: 25mm ±0.13mm
• Thickness: 20mm ±0.13mm • Parallel within 0.025mm Steel
• Parallel within 0.025mm Steel • Mounts to Subplates using Ball Lock Shank 49662 (25x25mm)
®
• For use with narrow base 100mm or 150mm vise models

500
• Design allows close spacing of vises for more parts per run
® 425
• Mounts to Subplates using Ball Lock Shank 44651 (20x20mm)
• Useful for high density fixturing
CLEARANCE HOLES
CLEARANCE HOLE FOR FOR HOLDDOWN
(2) PLACES
HOLDDOWN
16MM BORED HOLE

FOR SINE FIXTURE KEYS
(2) PLACES
500 425
(2) 20MM
PRIMARY LINERS 150
250 INSTALLED 200
200 300 212.50
(2) 25MM
PRIMARY LINERS
INSTALLED
400

®
METRIC
Pre-Machined Ball Lock Steel Subplate ®
400 400 x400 Subplate

300
Part Number Wt. (Kg)
59101 37
Equipped with four 20mm receiver bushings for use

(4) 20MM
FACE MOUNT BUSHINGS with 350x350 or 400x400 (mm) fixture plates. Ideal for
INSTALLED
horizontal machining centers or multiple pallet machin-
ing centers.
400 300
16MM BORED HOLE ™

FOR SINE FIXTURE KEYS
(2) PLACES
• FreMax 15 steel plate or equivalent
150
• Thickness: 28.57mm ±0.13mm

650
650x400 Dual Station Subplate
25
Part Number Wt. (Kg)
250 325
59111 58
Equipped with twelve installed 20mm receiver

bushings to easily locate and mount Jergens
®
Standard Fixture Plates.
• Ideal for vertical machining centers
16MM BORED HOLE
FOR SINE FIXTURE KEYS • Thickness: 28.57mm ±0.13mm
(2) PLACES
400 300
(12) 20MM
150 FACE MOUNT BUSHINGS
INSTALLED
58713 or
58715
150
300
58711
Aluminum Steel Plate Number Plate
Plate Part Part of Fixture Width and
Number Number Plates Length (mm) 59111
58713 58813 1 350x350
58715 58815 1 400x400
58711 58811 2 300x350

™
˚˚ ˚˚ 250x375 Bridgeport - Style Subplate

˚ 16mm Bored Holes For ˚
Sine Fixture Keys Part Number Wt. (Kg)
(2) Places 63.5 59121 15
200 250
12mm Dia. For Mounting To Equipped with four installed 16mm receiver bushings and
Table (4) Places 63.5 ™
12mm mounting holes. Used with the Bridgeport style
(4) 16mm Face Mount fixture plates 58731 or 58831.
Bushings Installed
˚˚ ˚˚ • Thickness: 19.05mm ±0.13mm
˚ ˚
20
300
375
Ball Lock Quick Change Kits include all components needed in a single package. See page 31 for details.
®

29
BALL LOCK MOUNTING SYSTEM®

METRIC
Ball Lock Fixture Plates ®
™
• Cast Aluminum; or FreMax 15 Steel or equivalent
• Thickness ±0.13mm
• Parallel within .025mm Steel
• 6061–T-651 plates, flat within 0.03mm available upon request
Ball Lock Fixture Plates with 2 Primary Liners Installed

®
• Machined to close tolerances

Part Number

Plate Plate Ball Lock
®
Ball Lock
® • Repeatability ±0.013mm or better
Weight Weight Dimensions Thickness Shank Size Shank Part • Reduces fixture set-up and
Aluminum (Kgs) Steel (Kgs) (mm) ±0.13(mm) (mm) Number assembly time

58706 4 58806 12 250 x 400 20 20 49651 • Provided with 16mm bored holes
58711 5 58811 16 300 x 350 20 20 49651 for sine fixture keys

58713 6 58813 19 350 x 350 20 20 49651 • For horizontal or vertical
58715 8 58815 25 400 x 400 20 20 49651 machining centers, Tool Room
58727 17 58827 48 500 x 500 25 25 49662 Mills machines, or multiple pallet
— — 58801 38 400 x 400 28.57 20 49652 machining centers
58731 5 58831 15 375 x 250 20 16 49657
Custom Sizes Available ®

Jergens will make Ball Lock fixture plates or subplates to your
specifications. Call 1-877-426-2504 for further information.
375x250x20mm Fixture Plate Bridgeport Style ™

300x350x20mm Fixture Plate
®

Part Number Wt. (Kg) Part Number Wt. (Kg) Part Number Wt. (Kg) Part Number Wt. (Kg)
58731 5 58831 15 58711 5 58811 16
300
250
Clearance Hole For
Holddown (2) Places
Clearance Holes For

Holddown (2) Places
16mm Bored Holes For
Sine Fixture Keys 16mm Bored Holes
(2) Places 200 250 For Sine Fixture Keys
(2) Places
350 300
100 (2) 16mm Primary
Liners Installed
150
(2) 20mm Primary
300 Liners Installed
375

®
METRIC
Quick Change Kits
The Jergens Ball Lock Quick Change Kits speed fixture changeover in
®
all types of manufacturing operations. Each kit includes two aluminum

fixture plates with 2 primary liner bushings installed; one steel subplate
with receiver bushings installed, and four 20mm Ball Lock shanks ®
with working loads of 3000 lbs. each. While one fixture plate is on the
machine, the operator can load parts on the other. This minimizes
downtime for true set-up reduction. To enable the subplate to be
mounted on a slotted table without the need to indicate the subplate,
sine fixture keys can be used. The sine fixture key reamed holes are
oriented parallel to the receiver bushings on the subplate and to the
liner bushings on the fixture plate. These also allow the fixture plate
to be mounted on a toolroom mill

without the need to indicate it. This
is extremely useful when machining
location points on your fixture.
Everything You Need to Change Fixtures in Less Than One Minute
®
Aluminum
Fixture Plate
Quick Change Kits
®
16mm Bored 20mm Ball Lock
Hole for Sine Shank Part No. Kit Includes
Fixture Keys 59002 2-5 8715 (400x400x20) aluminum
bushings installed
9101 (400x400x25) steel subplate
1-5
4 - 20mm Ball Lock Shanks (49651)
®
(2) 20mm Primary Liner Custom Kits Available

Steel Subplate Bushings Installed Jergens manufactures ready to use kits including
®
16mm Bored Ball Lock subplate and fixture plates.

Hole for Sine For a special kit tailored to your CNC machine,
Fixture Keys please provide:
(4) 20mm
Receiver Name and Type of Machine __________________
Bushings Travel of Machine Table (x, y, z) _______________
Installed Dimensions of Machine Table (x and y) _________
Maximum Weight allowed on Machine Table _____
T-slot Width and Center to Center Distance ______

31
M E T R I C D I M E N S I O N S - M E T R I C T O O L I N G C O LU M N S WORKHOLDING SOLUTIONS GROUP

METRIC
Pre-Machined Ball Lock T-Columns ® Fixture

Plate
• Class 40 Cast Iron

• Also available in Aluminum
®
• Ball Lock Receiver Bushings and Liners installed
• Perpendicularity is 0.025 mm per 250 mm
Tooling
Custom Sizes Available with or without Ball Lock® Column
We are able to quote you on your special requirement
with or without the Ball Lock Mounting System.
®
Call 1-877-426-2504 for design specification information. Subplate

Cast Iron T-Columns With

® See page 34 for Metric Fixture Plates and Subplates
Pallet Part O P Wt.

Size (mm) Number C D E F G H I J K L M N (mm) (mm) (Kg)
400 69151 410 25 400 400 350 350 350 350 100 500 125 90 20 20 190
500 69161 560 25 500 500 475 425 425 425 120 650 137.5 90 25 25 310
630 69171 660 40 630 630 575 550 525 525 100 750 137.5 90 35 25 500
M12
®
*Note: Window sections are also available on T-Columns. Specify window size and location (Q and R Dimensions).

®
®
400 69151 58717 58817 400 x 400 49651 20 x 20 59102 49652 20 x 25
500 69161 58745 58845 500 x 550 49662 25 x 25 59103 49662 25 x 25
630 69171 58746 58846 625 x 650 49662 25 x 25 59104 49683 35 x 40
Engineering Changes

®
WORKHOLDING SOLUTIONS GROUP M E T R I C D I M E N S I O N S - M E T R I C T O O L I N G C O LU M N S
METRIC
Pre-Machined Ball Lock 4-Sided Tooling Columns ®
Tooling
• Class 40 cast iron Column
• Also available in Aluminum Fixture
®
• Ball Lock Receiver Bushings and Liner Bushings installed Plate
• Perpendicularity is 0.025 mm per 250 mm
Custom Sizes Available with or without Ball Lock®

We are able to quote you on your special requirement
with or without the Ball Lock Mounting System.
®
Call 1-877-426-2504 for design specification information.

Subplate

Cast Iron 4-Sided Tooling Columns With
®
See page 32 for Metric Fixture and Subplates
Pallet Part O P Wt.

Size (mm) Number A B C D E F G H I J K L M N (mm) (mm) (Kg)
400 69051 250 250 505 25 400 400 450 150 350 350 40 600 125 95 20 20 225
500 69061 300 300 630 25 500 500 550 175 425 425 40 725 137.5 95 25 25 320
®
630 69071 400 400 655 40 630 630 575 275 525 525 45 750 137.5 95 35 25 495
M12

®
®
400 69051 58741 58841 250 x 500 49651 20 x 20 59102 49652 20 x 25
500 69061 58742 58842 300 x 625 49662 25 x 25 59103 49662 25 x 25
630 69071 58743 58843 400 x 650 49662 25 x 25 59104 49683 35 x 40
Engineering Changes
Product improvement is a continuing process at Jergens. Specifications and engineering data are subject to
change after publishing. Contact Jergens Technical Sales Department to verify any dimensions or specifications.

33
®

METRIC
Subplates for Tooling Columns and Fixture Plates

Standard Steel Subplates for Tooling Columns
Subplate Mounting holes can be provided per customer specification.
Supplied with Ball Lock Receiver Bushings installed. ®
16mm Bored holes Ball Lock Pattern ®

for sine fixture B
B Part Pallet Size For Tooling A B Size Subplate Wt
keys (2) places Number (mm) Columns (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) ±0.13 (Kgs)
59102 400 69151, 69051 350 350 20 28.57 31
Receiver
Bushings 59103 500 69161, 69061 425 425 25 31.75 59
59103-C* 500 69151, 69051 350/425 350/425 20/25 31.75 59
— — 69161, 69061 Dual Dual Dual — —
A 59104 630 69171, 69071 525 525 35 34.92 124
Fixture Plates for Standard Tooling Columns and T-Columns

®
Supplied with 2 primary Ball Lock Liner Bushings installed.
16mm Bored holes Fixture Fixture Plate Ball Lock Pattern Liner
®
for sine fixture keys Pallet Part Number For Tooling Plate Size Thickness H G Size
(2) places Size (mm) Aluminum (Kg) Steel (Kg) Columns Type (mm) (mm) ±0.13 (mm) (mm) (mm)
400 58741 7 58841 19 69051 4-S 250x500 20 150 450 20
500 58742 13 58842 36 69061 4-S 300x625 25 175 550 25
630 58743 18 58843 50 69071 4-S 400x650 25 275 575 25
400 58717 8 58817 25 69151 T 400x400 20 350 350 20
Primary 500 58745 19 58845 53 69161 T 500x550 25 425 475 25
Liners
630 58746 27 58846 63 69171 T 625x650 25 550 575 25
Fixture Plates for Tooling Column Subplates

®
®
Supplied with 2 primary Ball Lock Liner Bushings installed.
Ball Lock ®
Pallet Part Number Plate Dim. Fixture Plate Pattern Liner

16mm Bored holes Size For E F Thickness I J Size
for sine fixture keys (mm) Aluminum (Kg) Steel (Kg) Subplate (mm) (mm) ±0.13 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
(2) places I F
400 58717 8 58817 25 59102 400 400 20 350 350 20
500 58727 17 58827 48 59103 500 500 25 425 425 25
Primary 630 58732 27 58832 76 59104 630 630 25 525 525 35
Liners
Aluminum and Steel Expansion

(per cm )
J
E 0.0015
0.00125
0.001
( mm )
0.00075
0.0005
0.00025
0
0 2.8 5.4 8.4 11.2 14 16.8
Change in Degrees C
NOTE: Aluminum and steel expand at different rates. Please take this information into consider-
®
ation when creating your own Ball Lock fixture and subplates.

®
METRIC
Ball Lock For 4th Axis Rotary Indexers
®
Problem: Jergens’ Solution:

Rotary indexers increase the versatility of vertical machining Ball Lock Mounting System for Indexers provides a double
®
centers, yet they offer one major challenge: set-up is so time- solution.
consuming that it may limit a machine’s flexibility. In many cases,
First, Ball Lock mounting plates free up your machine for
®
machinists dedicate their 4th Axis tool to a single machine to additional work by allowing a fast and accurate installation
avoid the agony of an extended set-up and changeover. and removal of the complete indexer. Avoid hours of set up.
The Ball Lock System does it in minutes, with repeatability at
®
±0.0005" (±0.013mm). Low profile, positive clamping, proven

in over many years of field use.
Benefits: Second, the Ball Lock System provides your fixture plate
®
• Maximize indexer utilization changeover. By mounting the round subplate to the indexer
• Eliminate lengthy set-ups faceplate, you’ll “plug-in” new fixtures in record time

• Accurate fixture plate changover in seconds (less than 60 seconds).
Indexer Face Plate
Ball Lock ®
®
Subplate
Ball Lock ®
Shanks
Ball Lock ®
Fixture Plate
For Holding
Production
Workpiece
Ball Lock Fixture Plate

®
Workpiece For Mounting Indexer

to Subplate and
Machine Table
Subplates and fixture plates come with bushings pre-installed.

35
®

METRIC
Round Ball Lock Fixture Plates and Subplates

®
Standard Round
Fixture Plate (mm)
® ®
Part Ball Lock Ball Lock Weight
No. A B Thickness Liner Shank (Kgs)
58707 200 150 20 16 49657 1.6
58708 250 200 25 20 49652 3.2
58709 300 250 25 20 49652 5.0
Subplate(mm)
®
Part Ball Lock Center Weight
No. A B Thickness Receiver Hole (Kgs)
59107 200 150 20 16 25 5.0

59108 250 200 25 20 50 9.6
59109 300 250 25 20 50 15.0
Cast Aluminum, FreeMax or Steel equivalent
™
Note: Equivalent system available in inch dimensions.

Custom Round Plates
Indexer:
Make:
Model:
Diameter:
Light Duty or Heavy Duty:

®
Through Hole Bore:

CNC Machine:
Make:
Model:
Weight Capacity:
Indexer Faceplate:
T-Slot Size:
or
Drilled Tapped Hole Size:
Engineering Changes
Product improvement is a continuing process at Jergens. Specifications and engineering data are subject to change without
notice. If current information is critical to your design, it is suggested that you contact Jergens Technical Sales Department to
verify any dimensions or specifications.

®
WORKHOLDING SOLUTIONS GROUP M E T R I C D I M E N S I O N S - M E T R I C B A L L LO C K C O M P O N E N T S

®
METRIC
Locating and Clamping Shanks
• Material: Shank/Bushing, AISI 4340 C
Liner, 52100
• Heat Treat: Shanks, RC 40-45 B
Bushings, RC 50-54
Liners, RC 62-64
• Operating Temperature Range: D

-30°C to 200°C
• Stainless Steel available
U.S. Patents: 3,498,653

4,135,418
A
Repair Kits
®
• O-Ring provide additional hold down force), omit the liner bushing
®
so that these additional holes will not interfere with your
primary locating holes.
See page 41 for Fast Acting Shanks.
Locating and Clamping Shank Dimensions

Head of Shank
Shank Fixture Hex Maximum Recommended
Shank
Diameter Plate Shank Wrench Size Screw Holddown Screw Holddown Repair Kit
Height Diameter
(mm) Thickness Part For Torque Force Torque Force Part
A ±0.13mm Number B C D Set Screw (N.m) (KN) (N.m) (KN) Number
13 13 49655 6 22 27.6 2.5 1.2 3.3 1 2.7 49955
— 20 49656 — — 34.6 — — — — — 49956
16 20 49657 8 32 36.5 3 4.5 5.3 3 3.5 49957
— 25 49658 — — 41.5 — — — — — 49958
20 20 49651 10 40 39.5 3 5.3 13.3 4 10 49951
— 25 49652 — — 44.5 — — — — — 49952
25 20 49661 10 45 44.0 4 11 30 9 23 49961
— 25 49662 — — 49.0 — — — — — 49962
30 20 49671 13 50 49.0 5 18 44 15 35 49971
— 25 49672 — — 54.0 — — — — — 49972
35 20 49681 13 60 51.0 6 33 68 25 52 49981
— 25 49682 — — 56.0 — — — — — 49982
— 40 49683 — — 71.0 — — — — — 49983
— 50 49684 — — 81.0 — — — — — 49984
50 20 49691 20 75 64.0 10 65 88 50 67 49991
— 25 49692 — — 69.0 — — — — — 49992
— 40 49693 — — 84.0 — — — — — 49993
— 50 49694 — — 94.0 — — — — — 49994

37
®
M E T R I C D I M E N S I O N S - M E T R I C B A L L LO C K C O M P O N E N T S
®
METRIC
Receiver Bushings
Two styles of receiver bushings are available. Installed bushings should be approximately 0.3mm below subplate surface.
Max. Corner
Radius 0.5mm

Max. Corner H – Tap 3 Holes
Radius 0.5mm Equally Spaced
Face Mount Bushing On Bolt Circle Dia. Back Mount Bushing

Generally, the face mount receiver bushing is utilized in blind hole The back mount receiver bushing is used in through hole
applications (Slip Fit). applications (Light Press Fit).
Actual
Dia. Part -0.01 Diameter +0.003 -0.025 Depth
1
3 PL Equally Thickness Dia. Part +0.03 -0.025 ±0.15 Thickness
13 49556 35 13.5 35 11.91 M4x0.7 x 7 25 20 13 49566 20 6.92 26 20
16 49557 37 21.0 37 11.91 M4x0.7 x 7 29 20 16 49567 22 7.24 29 20
20 49551 45 21.0 45 16.21 M5x0.8 x 9 35 25 20 49561 28 8.74 33 25
25 49552 55 25.5 55 20.32 M6x1.0 x 10 42 30 25 49562 35 10.54 41 25
30 49553 60 30.5 60 22.15 M6x1.0 x 11 48 35 30 49563 42 10.95 49 30
35 49554 70 40.0 70 22.99 M8x1.25 x 17 56 40 35 49564 48 12.50 55 35
50 49555 92 55.0 92 31.50 M10x1.5 x 18 75 50 50 49565 67 15.75 76 45
®
1
Liner Bushings for Liner Dimensions

Fixture Plates Shank
Fixture Plate
Thickness
Primary Liner Secondary Liner
Liner O.D.
Diameter +0.13 +0.00
(mm) Part Number I.D. Part Number I.D. - 0.01
- 0.13
13 13 49755 13.01 49855 13.04 19.040
— 20 49756 — 49856 — 19.040
16 20 49757 16.01 49857 16.04 25.042
— 25 49758 — 49858 — 25.042
20 20 49751 20.01 49851 20.04 35.042
Locating repeatability will determine if one primary — 25 49752 — 49852 — 35.042
and one secondary or two primary liners are needed. 25 20 49761 25.01 49861 25.04 35.042
With two primary liners, repeatability of ±0.013 mm can — 25 49762 — 49862 — 35.042
be maintained if the two holes for receiver bushings are 30 20 49771 30.01 49871 30.04 45.042
held to a centerline distance of ±0.005 mm tolerance. — 25 49772 — 49872 45.042
35 20 49781 35.01 49881 35.04 45.042
Note on Installation of Press Fit Liners & — 25 49782 — 49882 — 45.042
— 40 49783 — 49883 — 45.042
Back Mount Style Receiver Bushings:
— 50 49784 — 49884 — 45.042
To alleviate the possibility of binding the
50 20 49791 50.01 49891 50.04 63.546
shank in the bore, the maximum interference 63.546
— 25 49792 — 49892 —
fit between bore and bushing O.D. should not 63.546
— 40 49793 — 49893 —
exceed 0.013 mm. — 50 49794 — 49894 — 63.546

®

®
METRIC
Stainless Steel Locating and Clamping Shanks
C
• Material: 17-4 PH Stainless Steel
B
• Operating Temperature Range:

-30°C to 200°C
D
U.S. Patents: 3,498,653

4,135,418
A
Replacement Kits
®
• O-Ring provide additional hold down force), omit the liner bushing
®
so that these additional holes will not interfere with your
primary locating holes.
Stainless Steel Locating and Clamping Shank Dimensions

Head of Shank
Shank Fixture Hex Maximum Recommended
Shank
Diameter Plate Shank Wrench Size Screw Holddown Screw Holddown Repair Kit
Height Diameter
(mm) Thickness Part For Torque Force Torque Force Part
A ±0.13mm Number B C D Set Screw (N.m) (KN) (N.m) (KN) Number
13 13 49655SS 6 22 27.6 2.5 1.2 3.3 1 2.7 49955SS
— 20 49656SS — — 34.6 — — — — — 49956SS
16 20 49657SS 8 32 36.5 3 4.5 5.3 3 3.5 49957SS
— 25 49658SS — — 41.5 — — — — — 49958SS
20 20 49651SS 10 40 39.5 3 5.3 13.3 4 10 49951SS
— 25 49652SS — — 44.5 — — — — — 49952SS
25 20 49661SS 10 45 44.0 4 11 30 9 23 49961SS
— 25 49662SS — — 49.0 — — — — — 49962SS
30 20 49671SS 13 50 49.0 5 18 44 15 35 49971SS
— 25 49672SS — — 54.0 — — — — — 49972SS
35 20 49681SS 13 60 51.0 6 33 68 25 52 49981SS
— 25 49682SS — — 56.0 — — — — — 49982SS
— 40 49683SS — — 71.0 — — — — — 49983SS
— 50 49684SS — — 81.0 — — — — — 49984SS
50 20 49691SS 20 75 64.0 10 65 88 50 67 49991SS
— 25 49692SS — — 69.0 — — — — — 49992SS
— 40 49693SS — — 84.0 — — — — — 49993SS
— 50 49694SS — — 94.0 — — — — — 49994SS

39
®
M E T R I C D I M E N S I O N S - M E T R I C B A L L LO C K C O M P O N E N T S
®
METRIC
Stainless Steel Receiver Bushings

Two styles of receiver bushings are available. Installed bushings should be approximately 0.3mm below subplate surface.
Max. Corner
Radius 0.5mm

Max. Corner H – Tap 3 Holes
Radius 0.5mm Equally Spaced
Face Mount Bushing On Bolt Circle Dia. Back Mount Bushing

Generally, the face mount receiver bushing is utilized in blind hole The back mount receiver bushing is used in through hole
applications (Slip Fit). applications (Light Press Fit).
Actual
Dia. Part -0.01 Diameter +0.003 -0.025 Depth
1
3 PL Equally Thickness Dia. Part +0.03 -0.025 ±0.15 Thickness
13 49556SS 35 13.5 35 11.91 M4x0.7 x 7 25 20 13 49566SS 20 6.92 26 20
16 49557SS 37 21.0 37 11.91 M4x0.7 x 7 29 20 16 49567SS 22 7.24 29 20
20 49551SS 45 21.0 45 16.21 M5x0.8 x 9 35 25 20 49561SS 28 8.74 33 25
25 49552SS 55 25.5 55 20.32 M6x1.0 x 10 42 30 25 49562SS 35 10.54 41 25
30 49553SS 60 30.5 60 22.15 M6x1.0 x 11 48 35 30 49563SS 42 10.95 49 30
35 49554SS 70 40.0 70 22.99 M8x1.25 x 17 56 40 35 49564SS 48 12.50 55 35
50 49555SS 92 55.0 92 31.50 M10x1.5 x 18 75 50 50 49565SS 67 15.75 76 45
®
1
Stainless Steel Liner Liner Dimensions

Bushings for Fixture Shank
Fixture Plate
Thickness
Primary Liner Secondary Liner
Liner O.D.
Plates Diameter
(mm)
+0.13
- 0.13 Part Number I.D. Part Number I.D.
+0.00
- 0.01
13 13 49755SS 13.01 49855SS 13.04 19.040
— 20 49756SS — 49856SS — 19.040
16 20 49757SS 16.01 49857SS 16.04 25.042
— 25 49758SS — 49858SS — 25.042
20 20 49751SS 20.01 49851SS 20.04 35.042
— 25 49752SS — 49852SS — 35.042
25 20 49761SS 25.01 49861SS 25.04 35.042
Locating repeatability will determine if one primary — 25 49762SS — 49862SS — 35.042
and one secondary or two primary liners are needed. 30 20 49771SS 30.01 49871SS 30.04 45.042
With two primary liners, repeatability of ±0.013 mm can — 25 49772SS — 49872SS 45.042
be maintained if the two holes for receiver bushings are 35 20 49781SS 35.01 49881SS 35.04 45.042
held to a centerline distance of ±0.005 mm tolerance. — 25 49782SS — 49882SS — 45.042
— 40 49783SS — 49883SS — 45.042
Note on Installation of Press Fit Liners & — 50 49784SS — 49884SS — 45.042
50 20 49791SS 50.01 49891SS 50.04 63.546
Back Mount Style Receiver Bushings:
— 25 49792SS — 49892SS — 63.546
To alleviate the possibility of binding the
— 40 49793SS — 49893SS — 63.546
shank in the bore, the maximum interference 63.546
— 50 49794SS — 49894SS —
fit between bore and bushing O.D. should not
exceed 0.013 mm.

®

®
METRIC
Accessories Lifting Handles
For easy handling of fixture plates up
Tapered Caps to 500 lbs.
Receiver
and Plugs Bushing Part
Diameter Number
Keep debris out of your
13 49201 Part Number Length Ht. W Mounting Distance
subplate’s receiver
16 49202 33701 107mm 36mm .38 Kg 93.47mm
bushings when not in
20 49203
use. Polyethylene caps Packaged
10 per 25 49204
snap in and out easily.
pack. 30 49205
35 49206
50 49207
Sine Fixture Keys

Shank Slot
Part Size Size Weight Recommended
Number A B C (Kg) Hole Diameter
39550 16 10 25 .04
39551 16 12 25 .04
39552 16 14 25 .05
®
16mm Shank Size:
39553 16 16 25 .05
16.01 ± 0.01
39554 16 18 29 .05
39555 16 20 29 .06
39556 16 22 29 .06
39557 20 24 35 .07 Locate subplates or fixture plates
20mm Shank Size:
39558 20 28 35 .10 to slotted machine tables without
20.01 ± 0.01
39559 20 32 40 .10 having to slot the plate. Available
in sizes from 12mm to 32mm slots.
Fast Acting Ball Lock Shanks ®
®
Fast Acting Ball Lock Shanks

Shank with
® Shank with
Ball Lock
Fixture Thumb Screw Adjustable Handle • Fast acting thumb
Shank
Plate
Diameter Thickness Part Number Part Number screws 2 1/2 turns.

(mm)
(mm) Assenbly T-Screw Assenbly Handle No tools needed.
Thumb
13 13 49655-S 43971 49655-H 34360 Screw
— 20 49656-S 43972 49656-H 34361
16 20 49657-S 43974 49657-H 34365
— 25 49658-S 43975 49658-H 34365
20 20 49651-S 43974 49651-H 34365
— 25 49652-S 43975 49652-H 34365
25 20 49661-S 43977 49661-H 34378 • Handle can be
— 25 49662-S 43978 49662-H 34379 moved out of the
30 20 49671-S 43980 49671-H 34385 work area to avoid
— 25 49672-S 43980 49672-H 34385 interference.
35 20 49681-S 43985 49681-H 34393 Adjustable
— 25 49682-S 43985 49682-H 34393 Handle

41
ZERO POINT MOUNTING SYSTEM
Features of the Jergens Zero Point Mounting System

• Positioning and clamping in one operation
• High repeatability and accuracy
• Low cost solution for quick pallet changing Typical applications for the
Jergens Zero Point System:
• Milling
• Assembly
• Welding
QUICK CHANGE FIX TURING » Z E R O P O I N T M O U N T I N G S Y S T E M
• Injection Molding
• Grinding
• Measuring
Pull Studs can also be Best results with large and Jergens Zero Point clamping Through different dimensions,
installed directly into the heavy workpieces. systems are made exclusively the advantage of the Zero
workpieces, making 5-sided of rust-free materials and so Point clamping system are
processing possible. are ideally suited for use in optimally used.
the food-service area as well
as in the pharmaceutical and
chemical industry.

Pull Studs and Engagement Screws Pages 48–49
Clamping Plates with Built-In Modules Pages 46–47

Clamping Modules Pages 50–52
• Machine tables
• Plates
• 4-axis/5-axis machining
• Columns
• Pallets
Surface/Mounted Clamping Modules Pages 53–54
• For large & heavy workpieces

• Pull Studs installed
directly into workpiece
Flange Type Module with Centering Page 55–56

& Cover Rings
• Used to fasten surface-mounted clamping modules
on the machine table
• Hydraulic release with or without blowout
Horizontal Rapid-Clamping Module Page 57
• For easy handling of heavy fixtures

43
Jergens’ Zero Point Mounting System –

Cut Set-up Times by Up to 90%.
Fix, Position and Clamp in a Single Step with
Jergens’ Zero Point Mounting System.
Jergens is proud to introduce the best-engineered Zero Point

Mounting System (ZPS) on the market. This revolutionary
technology cuts set-up time by up to 90% by combining fixing,
positioning and clamping in a single operation. Available with
either pneumatic or hydraulic release, these positive locking
locating modules allow operators to quickly change out large

and small machine fixtures with extreme accuracy and minimal
effort. Other features include:
• Repeatability <0.005mm (0.0002")

• Minimizes set-up time
K40
• Hardened stainless (AISI 440B) ø148mm
steel construction K20
ø112mm
• Integrated safety system
K10
• Compact design ø78mm
K5
• Positive locking ø45mm
• High retaining force
Pull-in / Locking Force Pull-in / Locking Force Pull-in / Locking Force Pull-in / Locking Force
up to 40kN / 9000lbs. up to 20kN / 4530lbs. up to 10kN / 2290lbs. up to 5kN / 1100lbs.
Smart Features for Process Improvement

Reduce set-up times and increase both accuracy and repeatability with design features
exclusive to the Jergens ZPS:
Self Guiding
The self-guiding, tapered profile of the mounting stud allows

heavy plates to be installed more easily.
Alignment
Unique design eliminates the need for perfect lifts on entry

and exit.

Mechanical Locking System
Experience high holding force without the need to maintain

hydraulic pressure.
Large Ball Diameter
Provides increased strength and even load distribution.

No Ball Cage
Free movement of the bearing balls reduces friction.
Form Fit Ball Channel
Tapered contact areas eliminate point loads and

reduce failures.
Three-Point Load Distribution
Equal load spacing optimizes force distribution.
Integrated Safety System
Process-sure clamping module can always be opened,

eliminating the need to forcibly remove modules if a failure
should occur.

45
Clamping and Positioning

On each fixture use:
• 1 – Zero Point Pull Stud ZERO POINT PULL STUD
• 1 – Timing Pull Stud
• The Zero Point and Timing Stud
should be perpendicular
• Use any combination of clearance CLEARANCE PULL STUD
and/or protection Pull Stud FOR HOLD DOWN

CLEARANCE PULL STUD

FOR HOLD DOWN
TIMING PULL STUD
Dimensions for machining pull stud mountings
Size ØD1 ØM S1 S2
K5 10 M6 2.5 12
K10 15 M8 3.5 16
K20 25 M12 5.5 23
K40 25 M16 5.5 30
Note:
• Pull Stud with internal thread for clamping from above
• Pull Studs with different diameter D1, preventing interchange of the
Zero Point, timing and clearance Pull Stud during installation.
• Pull Stud for series production, (notch type), Floating Pull Stud for
compensation of thermal expansion
• Automatic lifting of the pallet / fixture
Figure:
Shown with Pull Stud and engagement screw

2-Way Clamping Station

Hydraulic Unlocking
Repeatability < 0.005 mm (0.0002")

Part Pull-In/Locking Force
Number Size up to kN / (lbs) A B HA K L L1 ØN R S SM Kg
303289 20 2 x 20 / (2 x 4500) 196 396 10 19 45 180 20 G1/4 46 200 21.9
303297 40 2 x 40 / (2 x 9000) 296 546 15 26 57 250 25 G1/4 61 320 59.5
All linear dimensions in (mm)
Note: On request, we can incorporate mounting holes to your requirements in the base plate. Other dimensions, gauges and number of clamping module layouts on request.
4-Way Clamping Station

Hydraulic Unlocking
Part Size Pull-In/Locking Force

Number up to kN / (lbs) A B HA K L L1 ØN R S SM Kg
303321 20 4 x 20 / (4 x 4500) 396 396 10 18 148 180 20 G1/4 46 200 44.0
303339 40 4 x 40 / (4 x 9000) 546 546 15 26 217 250 25 G1/4 61 320 110.0
Note: On request, we can incorporate mounting holes to your requirements in the base plate. Other dimensions, gauges and number of clamping module layouts on request.

47
Pull Studs
K5 Modules
Hardened Stainless Steel, for hydraulic and
pneumatic clamping modules
Zero Point Timing Clearance Protection Pull Stud

Part Engagement
Number Size Description ØDN ØD1 ØD2 H H1 M T g Screw PN
306019 K5 Zero Point Stud 15.0 10 6 12.7 10.2 — 2.5 15 306092
306035 K5 Timing Stud 15.0 10 6 12.7 10.2 — 2.5 15 306092
306050 K5 Clearance Stud 14.8 10 6 12.7 10.2 — 2.5 15 306092
306076 K5 Protection Plug 14.8 — — 10.2 — M 6 8.0 12 —
K10 Modules Part Engagement

Hardened Stainless Number Size Description ØDN ØD1 ØD2 H H1 M T g Screw PN
Steel, for hydraulic 303610 K10 Zero Point Stud 22.0 15 8 19 16 — 3 30 303578
303636 K10 Timing Stud 22.0 15 8 19 16 — 3 30 303578
and pneumatic
304519 K10 Clearance Stud 21.8 15 8 19 16 — 3 30 303578
clamping modules 304535 K10 Protection Plug 21.8 — — 16 — M 8 12 30 —

and pneumatic 303156 K20 Timing Stud 32.0 25 12 28 23 — 5 110 303222
303164 K20 Clearance Stud 31.8 25 12 28 23 — 5 110 303222
clamping modules
303172 K20 Protection Plug 31.8 — — 23 — M8 16 110 —

and pneumatic 303198 K40 Timing Stud 40.0 25 16 34 29 — 5 180 303230
303206 K40 Clearance Stud 39.8 25 16 34 29 — 5 180 303230
clamping modules
303214 K40 Protection Plug 39.8 — — 29 — M8 20 180 —

Pull Stud With Internal Thread

Hardened for hydraulic and pneumatic clamping modules
Part
Number Size Description ØDN ØD1 ØD2 M S1 U T g
427021 K20 Zero Point Stud 32.0 25 37 M12 5.5 18 5 136
427047 K20 Timing Stud 32.0 25 37 M12 5.5 18 5 136
427062 K20 Clearance Stud 31.6 25 37 M12 5.5 18 5 136
Floating Pull Stud

Hardened for hydraulic and pneumatic clamping modules

Part
Number Size Description ØDN ØD2 H1 g
340059 K10 Zero Point Stud 21.8 12.0 16 25
305912 K20 Timing Stud 31.8 15.5 23 80
426882 K40 Clearance Stud 39.8 20.0 29 160
Note: The floating pull stud is supported by bearings so that it is axially mobile and is used
when large distance and angle tolerances between the stud holes have to be compensated.
The stud has only a holding function and does not take on any lateral load.
Engagement Screw For Floating Pull Stud

Strength class 10.9
Part
Number Size Description ØD2 M L L1 L2 L3 g
340034 K10 Zero Point Stud 11.0 M8 35 6 16.1 12.9 24
305938 K20 Timing Stud 13.5 M10 50 9 23.1 17.9 55
426908 K40 Clearance Stud 17.0 M12 59 10 29.1 19.9 100
Horizontal Engagement Screws Engagement Screws For Pull Studs

Strength class 10.9 Strength class 10.9
For horizontal rapid clamping cylinder on page 57 For installation and surface mounted clamping modules
Part
Part Number Size M L L1 g
Number Size M L L1 g
306092 K5 M6 25 3.4 18
303248 K20 M12 56 10.5 100
303578 K10 M8 37 6.0 30
303255 K40 M16 73 13.0 200
303222 K20 M12 54 9.0 70
303230 K40 M16 69 10.0 130

49
Threaded Clamping Modules (K5)

Screw-In Version
Hydraulic Unlocking
Cover and piston hardened.
With a small footprint for installation in base

plates, machine tables, clamping profiles,
columns and towers, swivel bridges, machine
pallets and clamping pallets.
• Installation diagrams on request
Hardened Stainless Steel

Part Size Pull-In/Locking Holding Force
Number Force up to kN / (lbs) kN / (lbs) ØD ØDN ØD1 H HA ØLK T g
480244 K5 5 / (1100) 13 / (2900) M45 x 1 15 39 19.8 5.8 36 14 300
Note: Threaded clamping module with a low installation height of 19.8 mm and an installation diameter of 45 mm (M45 x 1).
Hydraulic supply and pressure is only needed for unclamping (min. 50 bar / 725psi, max. 60 bar / 870psi). The threaded clamping module is mechanically locked
in the clamped position. The unique mechanical locking system results in virtually no vibration even with extensive machining forces. Further more, there are no
cumbersome lines or dangers of leakage. The contact surface is the upper surface of the housing. The hydraulic design has 1 connection: 1 x unclamping
Screw-in Version
Pneumatic Unlocking
pallets and clamping pallets. Pneumatic
modules are optimally suited for use in the
food, pharmaceutical and chemical industries,
as well as in oil-free applications.

Part Size Pull-In/Locking Holding Force
Number Force up to kN / (lbs) kN / (lbs) ØD ØDN ØD1 H HA ØLK T g
480343 K5 1.5 / (330) 13 / (2900) M45 x 1 15 39 19.8 5.8 36 14 300
Note: Threaded clamping module with a low installation height of 19.8 mm and an installation diameter of 45 mm (M45 x 1).
Pneumatic pressure is needed for unclamping ( min 8 bar/ 116 psi, max 12 bar/ 175 psi). For clamping process pneumatic pressure of min 5 bar / 75 psi, max 6
bar / 90 psi is required briefly in order to achieve defined pull-in force. The threaded clamping module is mechanically locked in the clamped position. The unique
mechanical locking system results in virtually no vibration even with extensive machining forces. Further more, there are no cumbersome lines or dangers of leakage.
The pneumatic design has 2 connections: 1 x unclamping / 1 x clamping.

Installation Clamping Modules (K10, K20, K40)

Hydraulic Unlocking
With a small foot-print for installation in base


Part Pull-in/locking Holding force
Number Size force up to kN / (lbs) kN / (lbs) Blow out ØD ØDN ØD1 H HA ØLK M T Kg
480228 K10 10 / (2250) 25 / (5620) Yes 78 22 50 30 7 60 M5 23 0.45
480186 K20 20 / (4500) 55 / (12350) Yes 112 32 78 44 10 88 M6 34 1.40
480525 K40 40 / (9000) 105 / (23600) Yes 148 40 102 57 15 118 M8 42 3.40
Note: Threaded installation clamping modules have high holding and pull-in forces with very small installation dimensions.
Hydraulic supply and pressure is only needed for unclamping (min. 50 bar / 725psi, max. 60 bar / 870psi). The threaded clamping module is mechanically locked in the
clamped position. The unique mechanical locking system results in virtually no vibration even with extensive machining forces. Further more, there are no cumbersome
lines or dangers of leakage. The contact surface is the upper surface of the housing. The hydraulic design has 1 connection: 1 x unclamping
Pneumatic Unlocking


Part Pull-In/Locking Holding Force
Number Size force up to kN / (lbs) kN / (lbs) Blow out ØD ØDN ØD1 H HA ØLK M T Kg
480202 K10 8 / (1800) 25 / (5620) Yes 78 22 50 30 7 60 M5 23 0.45
480160 K20 17 / (3800) 55 / (12350) Yes 112 32 78 44 10 88 M6 34 1.40
480541 K40 30 / (6700) 105 / (23600) Yes 148 40 102 57 15 118 M8 42 3.40
Note: The installation clamping modules have high holding and pull-in forces with very small installation dimensions.
Pneumatic pressure is needed for unclamping ( min 8 bar/ 116 psi, max 12 bar/ 175 psi). For clamping process pneumatic pressure of min 5 bar / 75 psi, max 6
bar / 90 psi is required briefly in order to achieve defined pull-in force. The installation clamping module is mechanically locked in the clamped position. The unique
mechanical locking system results in virtually no vibration even with extensive machining forces. Further more, there are no cumbersome lines or dangers of leakage.
The pneumatic design has 2 connections: 1 x unclamping / 1 x clamping.

51
Installation Clamping Modules (K10, K20) with Indexing

Low Pressure Pneumatic Unlocking
Repeatability < 0.005 mm (0.0002”)
With a small fooprint for installation in base

pallets and clamping pallets
Part Pull-in/Locking Holding Force Weight

Number Size Force up to [kN] [kN] Blow Out [Kg] ØD ØDN ØD1 H HA K F6 ØLK M T
511139 K10.3 10 25 Yes 1.4 112 22 78 35 10 8 88 6xM6 25
511154 K20.3 17 55 Yes 2.6 138 32 102 49 15 10 115 8xM6 34
Note: The installation clamping modules have high holding and pull-in forces with very small insatallation dimensions. Pneumatic pressure is needed for
unclamping ( min 4.5 bar/ 66 psi). The installation clamping module is mechanically locked in the clamped position. The unique mechanical locking system
results in virtually no vibration even with extensive machining forces. Further more, there are no cumbersome lines or dangers of leakage.
The pneumatic design has 1 connection for unclamping and 1 optional connection for blowout.

Surface/Mounted Clamping Modules (K5)

Hydraulic Unlocking
For mounting on machine tables, clamping

profiles, columns and towers, measuring
machines, assembly stations.

Stainless Steel

Number Size Force up to kN / (lbs) kN / (lbs) ØB ØD ØDB ØDN HA K R g
480566 K5 5 / (1100) 13 / (2900) 5.8 62 54 15 26 15 G1/8 300
Note: Hydraulic supply and pressure is only needed for unclamping (min. 50 bar / 725psi, max. 60 bar / 870psi). The installation clamping module is mechanically
locked in the clamped position. The unique mechanical locking system results in virtually no vibration even with extensive machining forces. The contact surface is the
upper surface of the housing. The hydraulic design has 1 connection: 1 x unclamping
Pneumatic Unlocking

machines, assembly stations.

Number Size Force up to kN / (lbs) kN / (lbs) ØB ØD ØDB ØDN HA K R g
480582 K5 1.5 / (330) 13 / (2900) 5.8 62 54 15 26 15 G1/8 300
Note: Pneumatic pressure is needed for unclamping ( min 8 bar/ 116 psi, max 12 bar/ 175 psi). For clamping process pneumatic pressure of min 5 bar / 75 psi, max 6 bar / 90
psi is required briefly in order to achieve defined pull-in force. The installation clamping module is mechanically locked in the clamped position. The unique mechanical locking
system results in virtually no vibration even with extensive machining forces. The pneumatic design has 2 connections: 1 x unclamping / 1 x clamping.

53
Surface/Mounted Clamping Modules (K10, K20, K40)

Hydraulic Unlocking

machines,assembly stations in connection
with clamping bracket on page 55.

Number Size Force up to kN / (lbs) kN / (lbs) Blow out ØD ØDB ØDN HA K R Kg
480608 K10 10 / (2250) 25 / (5620) Yes 78 77.5 22 30 16.50 G1/8 0.90
480624 K20 20 / (4500) 55 / (12350) Yes 112 110.0 32 50 28.25 G1/4 2.70
480640 K40 40 / (9000) 105 / (23600) Yes 148 146.0 40 62 32.50 G1/4 3.80
Note: Hydraulic supply and pressure is only needed for unclamping (min. 50 bar / 725psi, max. 60 bar / 870psi). The installation clamping module is mechanically
locked in the clamped position. The unique mechanical locking system results in virtually no vibration even with extensive machining forces. Further more, there
are no cumbersome lines and no danger of leakage. The contact surface is the upper surface of the housing. The hydraulic design has 1 connection: 1 x unclamping
Pneumatic Unlocking
For mounting on machine tables,

clamping profiles, columns and towers,
measuring machines,assembly stations
in connection with clamping bracket
on page 55.

Number Size Force up to kN / (lbs) kN / (lbs) Blow out ØD ØDB ØDN HA K R Kg
480665 K10 8 / (1800) 25 / (5620) Yes 78 77.5 22 30 16.50 G1/8 0.90
480681 K20 17 / (3800) 55 / (12350) Yes 112 110.0 32 50 28.25 G1/4 2.60
480707 K40 30 / (6700) 105 / (23600) Yes 148 146.0 40 62 32.50 G1/4 6.40
Note: Pneumatic pressure is needed for unclamping ( min 8 bar/ 116 psi, max 12 bar/ 175 psi). For clamping process pneumatic pressure of min 5 bar / 75 psi, max 6 bar /
90 psi is required briefly in order to achieve defined pull-in force. The installation clamping module is mechanically locked in the clamped position. The unique mechanical locking
system results in virtually no vibration even with extensive machining forces. The pneumatic design has 2 connections: 1 x unclamping / 1 x clamping.

Clamping Bracket for Surface/Mounted Clamping Modules

Black Nitrided
Clamping flanges are used to fasten

raised/mounted clamping modules on the
machine table. See pages 53–54.
• Special clamping flanges for various T-slot
tables
• Clamping flange and housing
manufactured as a single piece

Stainless Steel
Part Pieces
Number Size Per Module ØD ØDB H ØLK M g
303495 10 2 114 77.5 7.75 94 8.5 180
302901 20 2 164 110.0 13.00 136 11.0 400
302919 40 2 202 146.0 16.00 172 13.0 550
Flange Type Installation Modules with

Centering and Cover Rings
Features:
• Oil supply by pipes or manifolds
• Integrated centering
• Provided as assembled unit
Benefits:
• Simple design and manufacturing of adaptor plate
• Weight saving due to less thickness for adaptor plate
• Easy to adapt to existing mounting angles and cubes
Installation comparison
Standard Clamping Module Flange Type Module Installation Module
Oil
Cover Ring Oil
Centering
Ring
Oil Supply by Pipes No seal face needed Sealing face

Base Plate O-ring
Oil Supply by Manifold centering only

55
Flange Type Installation Modules with Centering

and Cover Rings
Hydraulic Release

Number Size force up to kN / (lbs) kN / (lbs) Blow out ØDA ØDN ØD1 HA K ØLK M R T Kg
480301 K10 10 / (2250) 25 / (5620) Yes 100 22 67 24 9 90 M5 G1/8 5.9 1.35
480269 K20 20 / (4500) 55 / (12350) Yes 136 32 100 35 13 124 M6 G1/8 8.9 3.76
480723 K40 40 / (9000) 105 / (23600) Yes 180 40 120 45 15 163 M8 G1/8 11.9 4.97
Note: Combines features of the Threaded Module and Raised/Mounted module. Especially designed when installation space is limited and base plate or angle plate has
relatively thin dimensions. The positioning of the module is simple and accurate when using the precision flange diameter. Hydraulic supply is possible by manifolds or
pipes/hoses. Hydraulic supply and pressure is only needed for unclamping (min. 50 bar / 725psi, max. 60 bar / 870psi). The module is mechanically locked in the clamped
position. The unique mechanical locking system results in virtually no vibration even with extensive machining forces. The hydraulic design has 1 connection: 1 x unclamping
Pneumatic Release

Number Size force up to kN / (lbs) kN / (lbs) Blow out ØDA ØDN ØD1 HA K ØLK M R T Kg
480327 K10 8 / (1800) 25 / (5620) — 100 22 67 24 9 90 M5 G1/8 5.9 1.35

480285 K20 17 / (3800) 55 / (12350) — 136 32 100 35 13 124 M6 G1/8 8.9 4.97
480749 K40 30 / (6700) 105 / (23600) — 180 40 120 45 15 163 M6 G1/8 11.9 4.97
Note: Combines features of the Threaded Module and Raised/Mounted module. Especially designed when installation space is limited and base plate or angle plate has
relatively thin dimensions. The positioning of the module is simple and accurate when using the precision flange diameter. Pneumatic supply is possible by manifolds or
pipes/hoses. Pneumatic pressure is needed for unclamping ( min 8 bar/ 116 psi, max 12 bar/ 175 psi). For clamping process pneumatic pressure of min 5 bar / 75 psi, max
6 bar / 90 psi is required briefly in order to achieve defined pull-in force. The installation clamping module is mechanically locked in the clamped position. The unique mechanical
locking system results in virtually no vibration even with extensive machining forces. The pneumatic design has 2 connections: 1 x unclamping / 1 x clamping.

Horizontal Rapid-Clamping Cylinder

Hydraulic Unlocking
• For easy handling of heavy fixtures

• Makes palletization very quick by hooking
into a hole at the top and moving downwards
• No searching for the holes
• No damage to Zero Point bore or pull studs

Part Pull-In/Locking Holding Advance Motion, Hydr.
Number Size Force up to kN / (lbs) Force kN / (lbs) Blow Out Suspension Piston Kg
303065 K20 20 / (4500) 55 / (12350) — — 2.1
306217 K20 20 / (4500) 55 / (12350) — Yes 2.1
303107 K40 40 / (9000) 105 / (23600) — — 5.2
306258 K40 40 / (9000) 105 / (23600) — Yes 5.2
Dimensions (mm)
Part Number ØD ØDN ØD1 ØD2 H HA ØLK ØLK1 M M1 T T1

303065 112 32 78 40 109 10 88 60 M6 M6 56.5 99
306217 112 32 78 40 109 10 88 60 M6 M6 56.5 99
303073 112 32 78 40 109 10 88 60 M6 M6 56.5 99
306233 112 32 78 40 109 10 88 60 M6 M6 56.5 99
303107 148 40 102 48 144 15 118 76 M8 M6 73 129
306258 148 40 102 48 144 15 118 76 M8 M6 73 129
303115 148 40 102 48 144 15 118 76 M8 M6 73 129
306274 148 40 102 48 144 15 118 76 M8 M6 73 129
Note: As standard, there is a manaul or hydraulic advance motion of the suspension piston.
Release Mode Clamped Mode

57
FIXTURE PRO 5-AXIS QUICK CHANGE FIXTURING
®
Maximize the Benefits of Your 5-Axis Machine
Getting your spindle and cutting tool close to the workpiece without running into obstructions is a
challenge on a 5-axis machine. Jaws and other vise components, and even the machine table itself, can
restrict your access and prevent you from machining multi-sided parts. Your only choice is stopping the
machine and repositioning your part…
...until now.
QUICK CHANGE FIXTURING » FIXTURE PRO 5-AXIS QUICK CHANGE FIXTURING
The basis of the

system is very simple:
Raise the part,
Rigidly clamp it,
and RAPIDLY
change it out.
®
Jergens’ unique modular system features a variety of riser sizes and styles to get your part off the table and allow
unrestricted access. This system was built with rigidity in mind, from uniquely designed pull studs to 5-axis vises and dovetail
clamps. This added rigidity helps maintain accuracy, even in your most aggressive roughing and finishing operations.
Best of all, you can integrate this system with our best-selling Ball Lock Mounting System, for quick change
®
capabilities even at the subplate level.

®
System Features & Benefits
Modular approach designed for 5-axis machining

• Unrestricted access to the part

• E xtremely customizable to
your application
Uniquely designed pull studs and

vises with high clamping forces
• Added rigidity for aggressive operations
• Higher cutting rates
®
Quality construction – Components made
from high strength steel and aluminum
• Long life & durability
Integration of unique quick change elements

at virtually every level of your setup
• Complete part to part changeover in under 60 seconds
• Maximizes your machine table
• Provides additional productivity gains

59
®
How Does It Work?
Step 1: Know your Machine Table

Jergens’ 5-Axis Quick Change Fixturing System provides incredible flexibility. The Fixture Pro System
®
can mount to any machine or rotary table. Contact Jergens customer service at 877-426-2504 to help
you select the components for your application.
Step 2: Select your Subplate
Subplates can be configured with either the Ball Lock Mounting System or
®
the QLS for quick fixture changeover at the subplate level.

®
Step 3: Select your

Mounting Components
• Center locating pins

• Timing pins
• QLS bolts
• Locating Keys
Step 4: Select your Riser,

Top Plates and Mini Pallet
Get your part off the table and allow tool clearance by selecting the right riser for your application.
Rectangle, square, cone and mini risers are available in a variety of sizes. Adapter plates and the
patent pending Drop & Lock Pallet Changer allow for lightning fast part to part changeover.
™

®
STEP 5: SELECT YOUR Top Tooling

Choose from a variety of incredibly strong clamping products,
from dovetail vises to self-centering vises specially designed for
5-axis workholding applications.

5-Axis Vise or Dovetail Vise
Quick Change Element! Drop & Lock™ Pallet Changer
You can use a simple adapter plate instead

of the Drop & Lock™ Pallet Changer
®
Choose from a range of risers
Accessories and hardware help you customize
Quick Change Element! Choose from a variety of standard

subplates. Configure with Ball Lock® or QLS for quick change
capabilities at the subplate level.
Feature Focus:
The Drop & Lock Pallet Changer ™
Install pull studs into your

Simply install 2 or 4 pull studs into the fixture or vise.
bottom of your fixture or vise and literally
drop it into the pallet changer. In less
than two quick turns of a hex wrench, Drop your fixture or vise
you can switch out your workpiece into the Vise Adapter.
without re-indicating.
Two quick turns of a hex
Drop it, lock it, and go! wrench and you’re ready to
machine. No re-indicating!

61
®
5-Axis Subplates ØA A
• Material: 1018 Steel A
• Thickness Tolerance ±0.005

• Flat & Parallel within .0005"/Ft. (.013mm) Round Square
• Includes Pre-Installed QLS Bushings
Thickness
Part A B of Subplate Mounting Weight
Number Style (mm) (mm) (mm) Locating Type Mounting Grid lbs (Kgs)
5SP130 Round 130 130 35 Center (50H7), Timing Pin 12mm SHCS 12mm x 50mm 6.3 (2.86)
5SP250 Round 250 250 35 Center (50H7), Timing Pin 12mm SHCS 12mm x 50mm 26.5 (12)
5SP310 Round 310 310 35 Center (50H7), Timing Pin 12mm SHCS 12mm x 50mm 41.89 (19) VMC 250mm
B
Thickness
Part A B of Subplate Mounting Weight Used for mounting risers &
other Fixture Pro® items to
5SP400S Square 400 400 35 Center (50H7), Timing Pin 12mm SHCS 12mm x 50mm 88 (39.9) a Vertical Machining Center
5SP500S Square 500 500 35 Center (50H7), Timing Pin 12mm SHCS 12mm x 50mm 139.3 (63.2) B
®
Thickness
Part A B of Subplate Mounting Weight A
5QP130020 VMC 130 250 35 Center (12mm), Timing Pin 12mm SHCS 12mm x 50mm 19.86 (9.01) VMC 130mm
5QP250020 VMC 250 340 35 Center (12mm), Timing Pin 12mm SHCS 12mm x 50mm 51.75 (23.47)
5-Axis Risers, Mini & Barbell Style – Steel or Aluminum

ØD
Fixture Pro 5-Axis Risers raise,
® ØD
position and locate the part off the

machine or rotary table so the part is C
accessible for machining all 5 sides. C
Mounts to tables with Sine Fixture

Keys, Fixture Pro Machine Keys,
®
ØA
SHCS or QLS Grids. ØA
• Material: 1018 Steel

• Thickness Tolerance ±0.002 (.05mm) Aluminum Mini 130mm Barbell
• Flat & Parallel within:
.0005"/Ft. (.013mm) Mini Risers – Designed for use
• Finish: Black Oxide or Aluminum with small pallet machine tools and
the 75mm platform top tooling.
Part Number A B C D Locating Keyway, Weight lbs (Kgs)

Steel Aluminum Style (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Timing Pin Mounting Type Mounting Grid Steel Aluminum
5RS130001 5RS130004 Mini 130 — 75 70.3 Center (50H7) QLS, 12mm SHCS 12mm x 50mm 8.21 (3.72) 2.84 (1.29)
5RS130002 5RS130005 Barbell Low 130 — 75 130 Center (50H7) QLS, 12mm SHCS 12mm x 50mm 12.82 (5.82) 4.44 (2.01)
5RS130003 5RS130006 Barbell Tail 130 — 125 130 Center (50H7) QLS, 12mm SHCS 12mm x 50mm 16.8 (7.62) 5.82 (2.64)
5RS250001 5RS250005 Barbell Low 250 — 75 250 Center (50H7) QLS, 12mm SHCS 12mm x 50mm 88.6 (40.2) 20.5(9.3)
5RS250002 5RS250006 Barbell Tail 250 — 125 250 Center (50H7) QLS, 12mm SHCS 12mm x 50mm 93.3 (42.3) 25.34 (11.5) 250mm Barbell

®
5-Axis Risers, Flanged, Rectangle or Square Style – Steel or Aluminum

Fixture Pro 5-Axis Risers raise, position and locate the part off the machine or rotary table
®
so the part is accessible for machining all 5 sides. Mounts to tables with Sine Fixture Keys,
Fixture Pro Machine Keys, SHCS or QLS Grids.
®

• Thickness Tolerance ±0.002 (.05mm)
.0005"/Ft. (.013mm)
• Finish: Black Oxide Square and Rectangle Risers – For use with 3-axis VMC’s
or Aluminum and 4-axis HMC’s to reduce spindle dead zones. Mounts to
table using T-Slots with SHCS & Jergens Sine Fixture Keys,
or Fixture Pro Locating Pins and Keys.
®

Tapered Flanged
Aluminum Riser
Straight Flanged Tapered Flanged

Steel Riser Steel Riser SQ Riser & Pallet Rectangle Steel Riser
®
D
ØD ØD D
C
C C C
A
ØA
ØA A
B
B
Straight Flanged Riser Tapered Flanged Riser Square Riser Rectangle Riser

5RS250003 5RS250007 Tapered Flanged 250 — 75 130 Center (50H7) QLS, 12mm SHCS 12mm x 50mm 36.8 (16.7) 12.75 (5.78)
5RS250004 5RS250008 Tapered Flanged 250 — 125 130 Center (50H7) QLS, 12mm SHCS 12mm x 50mm 53.2 (24.1) 18.42 (8.36)
5RS150001 5RS150002 Rectangle 250 300 100 150 Center (50H7) QLS, 12mm SHCS 12mm x 50mm 87.0 (39.5) 30.67 (13.9)
5RS250009 5RS250010 Square 250 250 100 250 Center (50H7) QLS, 12mm SHCS 12mm x 50mm 77.3 (35.1) 28.0 (12.7)
Rotary Table Risers

5RS200007* 5RS200010* Straight Flanged 200 — 75 130 Center (50H7) QLS, 12mm SHCS 12mm x 50mm 24.0 (10.9) 8.4 (3.8)
5RS200008* 5RS200011* Straight Flanged 200 — 125 130 Center (50H7) QLS, 12mm SHCS 12mm x 50mm 36.0 (16.4) 12.4 (5.6)
* 200mm risers are designed to work with rotary tables. If intended for use on Fixture Pro subplates, 4 extra mounting holes are needed.
®
Call 877-426-2504 for assistance.

63
®
5-Axis Riser Top Plates

Convert the riser into a QLS grid for precision
mounting of any workholding fixture, including the
entire family of Fixture Pro Top Tooling. Available
®
in square or round styles.
A A

• Flat & Parallel within: .0005"/Ft. (.013mm)
• Includes: Hardened Bushings
Part A Thickness of Mounting Mounting Weight

Number Style (mm) Plate (mm) Locating Type Grid lbs (Kgs)
5TP130002 Round 130 35 Center, Timing Pin 8mm SHCS 12mm x 50mm 7.09 (3.22)
5TP250002 Round 250 35 Center, Timing Pin 8mm SHCS 12mm x 50mm 27.02 (12.26)
5TP130001 Square 130 35 Center, Timing Pin 8mm SHCS 12mm x 50mm 8.97 (4.07)
5TP250001 Square 250 35 Center, Timing Pin 8mm SHCS 12mm x 50mm 34.81 (15.79)
®
5-Axis Vise Adapter Plates Convert the Jergens 5-axis vise into a QLS grid for
precision mounting of any Fixture Pro modular system ®
part that requires a match with the QLS grid.

A B
(MOUNTING
CONFIGURATION
FOR VISE)

• Vise Adapter Pin Required 5LP25M10
Part A B Thickness of Mounting Mounting Weight

Number Style (mm) (Vise Part. No.) Plate (mm) Locating Type Grid lbs (Kgs)
5VA130001 Round 130 80000, 80400 35 QLS, Dowel Pin 12mm SHCS 12mm x 50mm 6.9 (3.1)
5VA250001 Round 250 80100 35 Center, Timing, QLS 12mm SHCS 12mm x 50mm 27 (12.2)
5VA130002 Round 130 80000, 80400 35 Quick Change Stud 20mm QCS 60mm x 60mm 7.4 (3.4)
5VA250002 Round 250 80100 35 Quick Change Stud 20mm QCS 120mm x 120mm 27.5 (12.5)
Vise Locator Adapter Pin 5LP25M10 Available. Please call 877-426-2504 for more information.

®
5-Axis Blank Fixture Plates

Mount fixtures that already have mounting holes
that do not match the QLS grid. Available in round
and square styles.


Part A Thickness of Mounting Weight

Number Style (mm) Plate (mm) Locating Type lbs (Kgs)
5FP130002 Round 130 35 Center, Timing Pin 12mm SHCS 7.41 (3.36)
5FP250002 Round 250 35 Center, Timing Pin 12mm SHCS 28.65 (13)
5FP130001 Square 130 35 Center, Timing Pin 12mm SHCS 9.62 (4.36)
5FP250001 Square 250 35 Center, Timing Pin 12mm SHCS 36.78 (16.68)
5-Axis Machinable Blanks
®
Designed for 2nd operation machining. Blanks can
be machined to accept parts and clamping systems.
A A
• Material: 1018 Steel/6061 Aluminum

• Thickness: ±0.005 (.13mm)
B B
• Includes: Hardened Bushing

C C
• Pull Studs Not Included
Steel Part Aluminum Style A B C Locating Mounting Mounting Grid Weight Steel Weight Alum Pull Stud Pull Stud
Number Part Number (mm) (mm) (mm) Type (lbs /kg) ( lbs/kg) Size Part Number
5MB130002 5MB130004 Square 130 30 60 Quick Change Studs 20mm QCS 60mm x 60mm 9.9 ( 4.5) 3.4 (1.6) 20 5QP020
5MB130003 5MB130005 Round 130 30 60 Quick Change Studs 20mm QCS 60mm x 60mm 7.7 (3.5) 2.7 (1.2) 20 5QP020
5MB130006 - Square 130 75 60 Quick Change Studs 20mm QCS 60mm x 60mm 21.6 (9.8) 20 5QP020
- 5MB130007 Square 130 130 60 Quick Change Studs 20mm QCS 60mm x 60mm - 13.0 (5.9) 20 5QP020
5MB160002 5MB160004 Square 160 30 60 Quick Change Studs 20mm QCS 60mm x 60mm 15.2 (6.9) 5.2 (2.4) 20 5QP020

65
®
5-Axis Drop & Lock Pallet Changer ™

HEX SIZE F
C
HEX SIZE F
Mount parts or fixtures
C
quickly to a machine. A
Available in Round and D
Square styles. Drop a A
Fixture or Vise into the D
Pallet Changer using the
Fixture Pro pull stud system.
®
With two quick turns of a hex wrench it’s E B
ready to machine. Drop it, Lock it, and go!

E
• Material: A2 Steel
• Hardness: 58-62 Rc
• Flatness: Ground .0002"/Ft.

• Thickness Tolerance: ±0.002
Pull Studs • Material: A2 Steel
• Finish: Black Oxide • Hardness: 50-54 Rc
Adapt any machinable part or fixture directly to
the part. Use with our quick change Drop & Lock ™
Pallet Changer.
Hex Pull Stud

Part Configuration A B C D E Size F Weight Size Part
Number Style of Pins (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Locating Mounting Type lbs (Kgs) (mm) Number
5QP130002 Round 4 130 — 30 60 60 8 Center, Timing Pin, QLS QLS, 12mm SHCS 5.8 /2.6 20 5QP020
5QP250002 Round 4 250 — 30 120 120 8 Center, Timing Pin, QLS QLS, 12mm SHCS 23.9 /10.8 20 5QP020
5QP130001 Square 4 130 130 30 60 60 8 Center, Timing Pin, QLS QLS, 12mm SHCS 7.2 / 3.3 20 5QP020
5QP250001 Square 4 250 250 30 120 120 8 Center, Timing Pin, QLS QLS, 12mm SHCS 30.4 / 13.8 20 5QP020
5QP130003 Round 2 130 — 30 — 60 8 Center, Timing Pin, QLS QLS, 12mm SHCS 6.0 / 2.7 20 5QP020
®
5QP130004 Square 2 130 130 30 — 60 8 Center, Timing Pin, QLS QLS, 12mm SHCS 7.6 / 3.5 20 5QP020
Self Centering 60mm Vise
Part Pull Clamping Force Weight L W H A B C D E F

Number Studs Size (kN/Torque Nm) (Kg) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
SCV13001 60mm 15/50 5.6 170 130 67.6 60 60 25 100 16 100
SCV13002 4 Included 60mm 15/50 5.6 170 130 67.6 60 60 25 100 16 100

®
5-Axis Top Tooling – 130mm Dovetail Vises

Mounts directly to a rotary table, Fixture Pro Riser or any QLS Grid. Reduces
®
distortion of parts. Requires 0.060" or less material to clamp.

Cutting a 10° angle cut in the bottom surface of a machinable part allows for
extremely high clamping forces while leaving all 5 sides accessible. The heavy
duty 130mm version has higher torque and tilting moments than the standard
130mm Fixture Pro Dovetail Vise. ®
Light Duty Dovetail cutter (part number 5DC3) available.
• Material: 1018 Steel ØA

.002"/Ft. (.05mm) B D

• Includes: Hardened
Bushings C C
• Includes Center
Heavy Duty Locator Pin
Part A B C D Mounting Mounting Weight Dovetail

Number Description (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Locating Type Grid lbs (Kgs) Cutter P/N
5DV130002 130mm L.D. Dovetail Vise, Steel 130 25 75 50 Center, Timing Pin, QLS 12mm SHCS 12mm X 50mm 7.36 (3.34) 5DC3
5DV130003 130mm H.D. Dovetail Vise, Steel 130 25 75 65 Center, Timing Pin, QLS 12mm SHCS 12mm X 50mm 7.21 (3.27) 5DC3
Center, Timing Pin, QLS 12mm SHCS 12mm X 50mm
5DV130004 130mm H.D. Dovetail Vise, Steel 130 25 75 65 6.2 (2.8) 5DC3
(& Quick Change Stud) (& 20mm QCS) (60mm X 60mm)
®
5-Axis Top Tooling – Block Dovetail Vises
Mounts directly to a rotary table, Fixture
Pro Riser or any QLS Grid. Reduces
®
distortion of parts. Requires 0.060" or

less material to clamp.
By cutting a 10° angle cut in the bottom
surface of a machinable part it allows
for extremely high clamping forces while
leaving all 5 sides accessible.
Dovetail cutter (part number 5DC3) available.
C C
D
• Material: 1018 Steel D

C
• Flatness: .002"/Ft.
• Flat & Parallel within: E
.002"/Ft. (.05mm) B
E
• Includes: Hardened Bushings B G
B
G
See additional 5-Axis top tooling F A
on pages 122–133 A A
Part A B C D E F G Mounting Mounting Weight Dovetail

Number Description (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Locating Type Grid lbs (Kgs) Cutter P/N
5DV200 Dovetail Pre-Cut Vise, Steel 120.7 130 50 16.5 76.2 63.5 62.5 Center, Timing Pin, QLS 12mm SHCS 12mm X 50mm 7.4 (3.3) 5DC3
5DV400 Dovetail Pre-Cut Vise, Steel 120.7 130 50 16.5 76.2 63.5 100.6 Center, Timing Pin, QLS 12mm SHCS 12mm X 50mm 7.2 (3.3) 5DC3
5DV600 Dovetail Pre-Cut Vise Steel 130 200 50 151.4 — — 151.4 Center, Timing Pin, QLS 12mm SHCS 12mm X 50mm 19.7 (8.9) 5DC3
5MB250 Machinable Blank Steel 120.7 130 50 16.5 76.2 63.5 — Center, Timing Pin, QLS 12mm SHCS 12mm X 50mm 8.0 (3.6) 5DC3

67
®
5-Axis ER Collet Fixtures ER130 Series
• Hardened alloy steel

• Excellent workholder for cylindrical parts
• Use with your existing ER Collets
• Direct interface with other Jergens Fixture-Pro®
products
• Optional mounting styles available
ER70 Series
®
Tightening (ft/lbs)
Collet A B C D E F G H I Wt. lbs.
Part Number over/under 1/16"
Size (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (kg)
(2 mm) Collets ID
5ER07001 16 70 61.0 25 12 56 M6 12 N/A N/A 1.9 (0.9) 42/30

5ER07002 20 70 61.9 25 12 56 M6 12 N/A N/A 1.9 (0.9) 59/24
5ER07003 25 70 62.4 25 12 56 M6 12 N/A N/A 2.1 (0.9) 77/77
5ER13001 25 130 77.0 30 50 100 M12 12 18 20 6.3 (2.9) 77/77
5ER13002 32 130 78.0 30 50 100 M12 12 18 20 6.7 (3.0) 100/100
5ER13003 40 130 80.0 30 50 100 M12 12 18 20 7.3 (3.3) 130/130
Please call 877-426-2504 for special order of Multi-Platform Fixture

®
5-Axis Locating Pins Locates subplates to machine rotary tables, risers to subplates,
and mounts Fixture Pro Top Tooling directly to a rotary table.
®
Center Locating Pins - Metric • Material: 1018 Steel

• Tolerance: ±0.0002 (.005mm)
Part A B Weight
Thread
Number (mm) (mm) lbs (Kgs)
5LP1220 12 20 M6 0.03 (.014)
5LP1224 12 24 M6 0.04 (.018)
5LP1225 12 25 M6 0.04 (.018)
B
5LP1230 12 30 M6 0.05 (.023)
Center Locating Pins - Inch

A
Part A B Weight Extraction
Thread
Number (mm) (mm) lbs (Kgs) Tool
5LP50075 0.5 0.75 1/4-20 0.03 (.014) 5HW004
5LP500100 0.5 1 1/4-20 0.04 (.018) 5HW004 Center Locator Pins
5LP500125 0.5 1.25 1/4-20 0.05 (.023) 5HW004
Center Locator Pins, Long SCREW SIZE C

B
Part A B C Weight
Number (mm) (mm) Screw Size lbs (Kgs)
5LP5050 50 50 M12, 1/2 SHCS 1.49 (.68)
A
5LP5070 50 70 M12, 1/2 SHCS 2.11 (.96)
®
5LP5090 50 90 M12, 1/2 SHCS 2.73 (1.24)
5LP50110 50 110 M12, 1/2 SHCS 3.35 (1.52)
Center Locator Pins, Long
Diamond Timing Pins - Metric

Part A B
Thread Weight lbs (Kgs)
Number (mm) (mm) DIAMOND RELIEF
5LP1220001 12 20 M6 0.03 (.014 B
5LP1224001 12 24 M6 0.04 (.018)

5LP1225001 12 25 M6 0.04 (.018)
5LP1230001 12 30 M6 0.05 (.023) A
Diamond Timing Pins - Inch

Part A B Weight
Thread Extraction Tool Diamond Timing Pins
Number (mm) (mm) lbs (Kgs)
5LP50075001 0.5 0.75 1/4-20 0.03 (.014) 5HW004
5LP500100001 0.5 1 1/4-20 0.04 (.018) 5HW004
5LP500125001 0.5 1.25 1/4-20 0.05 (.023) 5HW004
Center Step Locator SCREW SIZE E

D
Part A B C D E Weight
Number (mm) (mm) in. (mm) (mm) Screw Size lbs (kg)
5LP1255020 50 20 1.25 (31.75) 40 M12, 1/2 SHCS 0.8 (.36) C A
5LP12512 1.25” (31.8 mm) 12 .472 (12) 27 N/A 0.2 (0.10)

5LP5050001 50 22 2.00 (50.8) 50 M12, 1/2 SHCS 1.5 (0.7)
5LP5050002 50 26 1.5 (38.1) 50 M12, 1/2 SHCS 1.2 (0.52)
Center Step Locator

69
®
5-Axis Quick Locating System (QLS) Bushings

Part A B C Weight
Number (mm) (mm) (mm) lbs (Kgs) • Hardened and Ground
5BS1210 16 12 10 .01 (.005) • Concentric within 0.0002" (0.005mm)
5BS1212 16 12 12 .02 (.009)
5BS1216 16 12 16 .02 (.009)
5BS1232 16 12 32 .05 (.023)
C
Part A B C Weight
Number (in) (in) (in) lbs (Kgs)
5BS500375 0.75 0.5 0.375 .01 (.005) B A

5BS500500 0.75 0.5 0.5 .02 (.009)
5BS500625 0.75 0.5 0.625 .02 (.009)
5BS5001375 0.75 0.5 1.375 .05 (.023)
5-Axis Quick Locating System (QLS) Chip Plug*

Part A B C D Thread Size Weight
Number (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) lbs (Kgs)
5PL12002 12 7 14.5 11.8 M12 X 1.75 .02 (.01)
5PL23002 23 14 14.5 11.8 M12 X 1.75 .04 (.02)
5PL30002 30 16 14.5 11.8 M12 X 1.75 .05 (.023)
®
Part A B C D Thread Size Weight

Number (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) lbs (Kgs)
* O-ring included. 5PL500001 0.5 0.3 0.57 0.50 1/2-13 .03 (.014)
5PL500002 1.0 0.6 0.57 0.50 1/2-13 .05 (.023)
Aluminum Chip Plug

Part C’Bore Hole C D Weight Chip Plug Extractor
Number Size (mm) (mm) (mm) (lbs/kgs) Part Number
5PL12001 12 12.98 11.96 0.004 (0.002) HW004
5PL15001 15 15.98 14.96 0.007 (0.003) HW004
5PL16001 16 16.97 15.95 0.008 (0.004) HW004
5PL17001 17 18.01 16.99 0.009 (0.004) HW004
5PL18001 18 19.02 18.01 0.011 (0.005) HW004
5PL19001 19 20.02 19 0.012 (0.005) HW004
5PL20001 20 20.98 19.96 0.013 (0.006) HW004
5PL25001 25 25.98 25.97 0.021 (0.010) HW004

®
5-Axis Quick Locating System (QLS) Shoulder Screws

Part A B C D E Hex Size F Thread Size G Weight
Number (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) lbs (Kgs)
5SH1220 12 20 40 47 18 8 M12 X 1.75 .09 (.04)
• Hardened and Ground
5SH1225 12 25 45 52 18 8 M12 X 1.75 .1 (.045)
• “A” Diameter
±0.0003" (0.008mm) 5SH1230 12 30 50 57 18 8 M12 X 1.75 .11 (.05)
5SH1235 12 35 55 62 18 8 M12 X 1.75 .12 (.054)
5SH1240 12 40 60 67 18 8 M12 X 1.75 .13 (.06)
5SH1245 12 45 65 72 18 8 M12 X 1.75 .14 (.064)
5SH1250 12 50 70 77 18 8 M12 X 1.75 .15 (.07)
D

C
Part A B C D E Hex Size F Thread Size G Weight
B Number (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) lbs (Kgs)
5SH50075 0.5 0.75 1.375 1.625 0.74 0.313 1/2-13 .09 (.04)
5SH500100 0.5 1 1.625 1.875 0.74 0.313 1/2-13 .1 (.045)
F E
5SH500125 0.5 1.25 1.875 2.125 0.74 0.313 1/2-13 .11 (.05)
5SH500150 0.5 1.5 2.125 2.375 0.74 0.313 1/2-13 .13 (.06)
5SH500175 0.5 1.75 2.375 2.625 0.74 0.313 1/2-13 .14 (.064)
THREAD SIZE G A
5SH500200 0.5 2 2.625 2.875 0.74 0.313 1/2-13 .15 (.07)
®
5-Axis Locating Keys
A B C Weight
Used to adapt any of the Fixture Pro elements with
®
Mounts to Riser
Part Number bottom keyway slots for alignment to your machine table
Size (mm) in (mm) in (mm) (mm) lbs (kgs)
slots. Unique design accommodates socket head cap
5LK1301812 130 .472 (12) .709 (18) 25.26 .02 (.009) screws, which will tighten a T-nut to the T-slot in your
5LK1301814 130 .551 (14) .709 (18) 25.26 .02 (.009) machine.
5LK1301816 130 .630 (16) .709 (18) 25.26 .02 (.009)
A
5LK1301818 130 .709 (18) .709 (18) 25.26 .03 (.014)
5LK13018500 130 .500 (12.7) .709 (18) 25.26 .02 (.009)
5LK13018562 130 .562 (14.3) .709 (18) 25.26 .02 (.009)
5LK13018625 130 .625 (15.9) .709 (18) 25.26 .02 (.009)
B
5LK13018687 130 .687 (17.4) .709 (18) 25.26 .03 (.014) 130
5LK2501812 250 .472 (12) .709 (18) 48 .04 (.018)
5LK2501814 250 .551 (14) .709 (18) 48 .05 (.023)
5LK2501816 250 .630 (16) .709 (18) 48 .05 (.023)
5LK2501818 250 .709 (18) .709 (18) 48 .06 (.027)
5LK25018500 250 .500 (12.7) .709 (18) 48 .05 (.023) C
5LK25018562 250 .562 (14.3) .709 (18) 48 .05 (.023)

5LK25018625 250 .625 (15.9) .709 (18) 48 .05 (.023)
5LK25018687 250 .687 (17.4) .709 (18) 48 .06 (.027) 250
• Case Hardened: 60 Rc
• Thickness Tolerance: +0, -.0005
Fixture Pro components allow you to mount directly to a T-slot with our special through-hole machine keys, QLS bushings, and QLS
®
shoulder screws. All hardware mounting methods can quickly be converted over and mounted to a different machine tool the next
time you use the components.

71
NOTES
NOTES

PRODUCTION VISES
Vises Bock Quick Change Fixturing

Introduction to Design............................................. 74–75 Introduction....................................................................114
VMC/HMC Solutions..............................................76–77 System Overview................................................... 115–116
Ball Lock® Mounting System................................78–79 Twin Vises.........................................................................117
Production Vises Jaw System......................................................................118
4" (100 mm) Production Vises................................ 80–81 Twin Vise Data.................................................................119
6" (150 mm) Production Vises..................................82–83 Locator Plates................................................................. 120
Self Centering Vises................................................. 84 DexLoc™ Locator Pins................................................... 120
4" (100 mm)................................................................ 84–85 Mono-Quad System...................................................... 121
6" (150 mm)................................................................ 86–87
Accessories....................................................................... 87
5-Axis Production Vises
Production Vise Columns
4" (100 mm) Production Vise Introduction................................................................... 122
PRODUC TION VISES

4 Sided............................................................................ 88 Self Centering................................................................. 123
3 Sided............................................................................ 89 Jaws /Accessories................................................124–125
6" (150 mm) Production Vise Fixed................................................................................. 126
4 Sided............................................................................ 90 Jaws/Accessories........................................................ 127
3 Sided............................................................................ 91 Quick Clamping Block.................................................. 128
12 Station Hex.................................................................. 92 Super Compact Clamp.................................................. 129
12 & 16 Station Multi Quads....................................93–94 Jaws/Accessories................................................130–131
Hydraulic Production Vises......................................95 Vise with Reversible and Interchangeable Inserts.... 132
4" (100 mm)................................................................ 96–97 Jaws/Accessories........................................................ 132
6" (150 mm).................................................................97–98 Pallet Clamps........................................................................... 133
Hydraulic Vise Columns............................................99
4" (100 mm) 4 sided....................................................... 100
4" (100 mm) 3 sided....................................................... 101
6" (150 mm) 4 sided....................................................... 102
6" (150 mm) 3 sided....................................................... 103
Column Subplates......................................................... 104
Hydraulic Vise Accessories..................................105–106
Vise Accessories............................................... 107–112
Jaw Selections.................................................107–109
Ball Lock® Shanks/Plates...................................... 110–111
Sine Fixture Keys/T-Slot Nuts.......................................112
Heavy Duty Machine Vise....................................... 113
73
PRODUCTION VISES
Jergens Production Vise System

Self-Centering Vises Production Vise Columns
2, 4, 6, 8, 12 and 16 station
models available.
• Quick, simple fixturing for concentric machining
Dual Station Vises

PRODUC TION VISES
6" (150mm) MonoQuad
Maximum Holding Power 4" (100mm) MonoQuad

• Jaws machined to the contour of your workpiece
maximizing holding force. • Quick change reverseable soft jaws
• Single station adapter plate included
• Multiple base designs to meet any requirement
Fastest Quick Change Jaw System

PRODUCTION VISES
Jergens Production Vises

Features and Benefits:
Easy to remove
Wide/Full jaw travel center fixed jaw
Benefit: Larger workpiece Benefit: Quick change over
holding capacity to single station vise for
larger parts Fully machinable and
reversible jaws
Benefit: More workholding
Fastest quick
flexibility per jaw set.
change jaw system Machine “Pockets” into the
Benefit: Reduce set-up vise jaws, in the shape of your
times and parts change workpiece.
over
PRODUC TION VISES

Chip and fluid flow
through base
Rigid construction with Benefit: Easier to keep clean,
hardened and ground no more clogging
stainless steel rails
Fully sealed lead Benefit: High accuracy and
screw assembly repeatability Multiple mounting
Benefit: Lower maintenance base configurations
and repair problems/cost available
Benefit: Increased flexibility
and use with existing
equipment and hardware

75
PRODUCTION VISES
Vertical Machine Solutions
Narrow Base Production Vises Ball Lock Base Production Vises

®
Pages 81 & 83 Pages 80 & 82

The small footprint allows maximum density of vises on your The mounting flange is cut into a jigsaw pattern to allow
fixture or table. Best choice for applications where parts are vises to nest closely together. Designed for use with Jergens
held in multiple vises. Ball Lock Mounting System.
®
PRODUC TION VISES
Universal Base Production Vises Self Centering Vises (3 Base Styles)

Pages 81 & 83 Pages 84–87
The mounting flange has slotted holes to allow Self-Centering vises provide quick, simple fixturing for
mounting on any machine table. concentric machining of different sized workpieces.
Indexer Systems Hydraulic Vise

Page 89 Pages 96–98
Indexer solutions can be customized to your Innovative compact design. Reduced set-up time.
requirements. Choose either three or four sided columns. Internal Slide Assembly with Hydraulic Clamping Cylinder.
Bock Brand Quick Change System 5-Axis Production Vises

Pages 114–121 Pages 122–133
Bock Brand vises combine with alpha-numeric locator plates 5-Axis production vises and accessories rigidly clamp parts
and Dex-Loc pins for maximum quick change efficiency.
™
without obstructing access to multiple part faces.

PRODUCTION VISES
Horizontal Machine Solutions
3-Sided Production Vise Columns 4-Sided Production Vise Columns

Pages 89 & 91 Pages 88 & 90
For machining 3 faces of production parts on HMC's. Large Available with bases to fit directly onto machine table pallets
spindle noses can access the workpiece. Allows for up to or to a Ball Lock sub-plate.
®
240° workpiece accessibility.
PRODUC TION VISES

6-Sided Production Vise Columns 4-Sided Production Vise Multi-Columns
Page 92 Pages 93 & 94
Increase the number of parts per load, while maintaining Multiple columns mounted on a single base provide 12 or 16
a small footprint. Available with bases to fit directly onto workstations. Available with bases to fit directly onto your
machine tables or to a Ball Lock sub-plate.
®
machine table or to a Ball Lock sub-plate.
®
Hydraulic Vise Columns Multi-Vise Fixtures

Pages 99–105 Pages 81, 83, 85, 87 & 97
Innovative compact design. Reduced set-up times, To maximize productivity, mount multiple narrow body vises
faster workpiece change overs. onto a single fixture plate. Mount the fixture plate onto the
tombstones with the Jergens Ball Lock Mounting System.
®

77
PRODUCTION VISES
Ball Lock Fixture Mounting System for

®
Jergens Production Vises
Locates
The Ball Lock System accurately positions
®
your fixture plate...to within ±0.0005" (±0.013mm)

repeatability or better, minimizing the
need to indicate your fixture.
PRODUC TION VISES
Locks
The Ball Lock System securely holds fixture
®
plates to subplates with up to 20,000 lbs (88kN)

of hold-down force per shank.
The Ball Lock Mounting System

®
Commonly Asked Questions Q. How does it lock?
provides a method of quickly and A. Inside the shank are three balls that
accurately locating fixtures onto Q. What is the Ball Lock ®
expand into a tapered groove in the
machine tables. The Ball Lock ®
Mounting System? receiver bushing. This action draws
Mounting System has done for A. It is a means of locating and locking the plates together. The locking balls
machining centers what the Japanese two flat surfaces together, normally a are activated by turning a setscrew in
SMED (Single Minute Exchange of fixture plate to a sub-plate. the head of the shank, which pushes
Die) concept did for presses. Instead a 4th ball to distribute the clamping
of SMED, Ball Lock provides single
®
Q. How does it locate? forces between the 3 locking balls.
minute exchange of fixtures. Fixtures A. Similar to locating pins, two Ball
can often be exchanged in less than Lock shanks (pins) pass through two
®
Q. How many shanks are required
a minute with position repeatability precision liner bushings on the fixture to locate and lock each fixture?
of ±0.0005" (±0.013mm). Fixtures plate and into two precision receiver A. Only two shanks, passing through
can be exchanged between different bushings on the subplate. bushings in the fixture plates, are
machines when both are using the required for location. However,
Jergens Ball Lock Mounting System.
®
additional shanks passing through
clearance holes in the fixture plate
will provide additional holding force
distributed across the plate.

PRODUCTION VISES
Unmatched Setup Speed

and Workholding Flexibility
PRODUC TION VISES

Q. Is there a preferable location for with ¾" (18mm) of thread engagement Q. What if my plate is thinner than
the liner bushing? requires 10 turns to lock. On CNC the recommended thickness?
A. System repeatability is improved machines, the repeatability of fixture A. By adjusting the depth of the
if the liners are located at opposite locations makes indicating of the counterbore for the receiver bushing
corners of a rectangular fixture plate. fixture unnecessary. in the subplate, you can still use the
For consistency, we recommend Ball Lock System. If there are any
®
locating the liner bushings at top left Q. How do I recess the fixtureplate questions on this type of application,
and bottom right. for a clear surface ? please call 1-877-426-2504.
A. Counterbore the fixture plate to a
Q. What are the advantages of diameter large enough to allow easy Q. Can I use the shanks in a heated
using the Ball Lock System over
®
removal of the shank. environment?
the conventional method of dowel Note: The thickness of the plate section A. The shank is made of alloy steel,
pins and cap screws? under the head of the shank is critical and heat treated to 40-45Rc and should
A. Both locating and locking are must conform to mounting instructions . with stand temperatures up to 400°F.
accomplished in the same motion. (200°C).
Ball Lock shanks require only 2.5
®
Note: Thermal expansion of fixture plates
turns to lock a 1/2–13 (M12) screw may affect the center distance tolerance
and repeatability.

79
7.50
PRODUCTION VISES 3.00

[73]
[190]
1.68
0.38
[10]
0.96 3.438
[24] [87.5]
1.22 WORKHOLDING SOLUTIONS GROUP

[30]
Production Vises – 4" (100mm)

7.00
[176]
2.20 2.50 7.50
[56] [64] [190]
0.50 3.00 0.38
4.00 1.68 [10]
Machinable Area [12] [73]
0.81 [100]
[20]
0.96 3.438
0.25 [24] [87.5]
[6]
1.22
[30]
.80 MAX.
[20 MAX.]
15.00 .25
7.00
[380] [6.4] Vise2.20
With Hard2.50 Jaw Carrier Set
[176]
Vise With Machinable Soft Jaws and

[56]
hardened
[64]
steel inserts
0.50 4.00
Machinable Area [12]
0.81 [100]
Features and Benefits: [20]
Clamping Force 0.25
[6]
• Compact design in 3 extruded aluminum base • Supplied with aluminum soft jaws, fully Jergens 4" (100mm)
styles for easy setup and to reduce weight on machineable and reversible. Additional
worktable. jaws can be ordered separately, see page Torque Clamping Force
• Fully sealed, patented lead screw assembly 108. Alternate jaw types can be ordered ft. lbs N•m lbs kgf
for long maintenance free service. Openings with the vise base by adding the following
20 27 3,600 1,630
allow chips to flow out of the vise base. suffix to the part numbers:.80 MAX.
• Hardened stainless steel rails, ground within -H for Jaw Carrier Set with
[20 Hardened
MAX.]
30 41 4,500 2,040
±0.001" (0.025mm) provide precise location, Steel Inserts 40
15.00
54 5,300 2,400
.25
PRODUC TION VISES
[380] [6.4]
resist wear and provide strong support to jaws. -S for machineable Steel Jaws 50 68 6,200 2,800
-T for extra Tall aluminum jaws sets 60 81 7,200* 3,250*
-W for extra Wide aluminum jaw sets *Recommended Maximum
Maximum Clamping Range With Shaped Jaws
Dual Station: 6.75" (170mm)
Single Station: 14.40" (365mm)
Ball Lock Base ®
Mounting Dimensions
The Ball Lock Base Vise is for use with the Jergens Ball Lock
® ®
Quick Change Mounting System. The base has a “jig saw”

15.00
pattern to allow the vises to be mounted close to each other.
12.00
For more information about Ball Lock , see pages 78–79. ®
6.00
20mm
Inch 4.00
Primary
Liners
(2) Plcs
Ball Lock Shank

®
Shank 1.22
3.00
Part No. Wt. Part No. Size 6.00 7.92

0.75
3.370 ±0.001
49405 31 lbs 49601 20mm x 3/4"
Clearance
Hole For
Holddown
380
300
150
20mm
Primary
100 Liners
(2) Plcs
Metric 30
75
Ball Lock Shank

®
Shank 150 200
20
Part No. Wt. Part No. Size 85.6
69405 14 Kg 49651 20mm x 20mm

Clearance
Hole For
Holddown

PRODUCTION VISES

Narrow Base
Part Wt.
Number lbs/Kg
49401 30/14
The Narrow Base Vise can be mounted as a stand-alone vise with

traditional strap clamps. The narrow base has 2 locating holes for 12mm
dowel pins and 2 locating holes for sine fixture keys to align vise in
T-slots. Keys for inch and metric T-slots shown on page 112. Recessed
mounting holes (3) are also provided for top mounting to fixture plates
with socket head cap screws. Tapped mounting holes (6) are provided
for bottom mounting. The slim design allows a high density of vises on
machine tables, tombstones, or columns. Maximize flexibility by utilizing
NARROW BASE PRODUCTION VISE
the Jergens Ball Lock Quick Change Mounting System.
®
See page 78.
4" / 100MM
Mounting Holes (3) Plcs:

• Easy to mount to Ball Lock or other fixture plates
®
17/32" 4.921
[13.5]
[125] Mounting Holes
4.00 4.688 3.937 M10 x 1.5 Tap:
Locating Holes (2) Plcs: [100] (6) Plcs
[100] .472 [120]
[12] 0.500 2.953
[12] [75]
0.984
1.22 [25]
[30] 1.975
[50]
PRODUC TION VISES

3.370 ±0.001
[85.6]
1.550
[40]
0.500
[12] Locating Holes
.6255 (4) Plcs For
Sine Fixtures Keys
Mounting Dimensions
Universal Base
Part Wt.
Number lbs/Kg
49471 31/14
The Universal Base Vise is easily mounted directly to machine

tool tables. Slotted mounting holes will match almost any table slot
pattern. Location holes are provided for Jergens Sine
UNIVERSAL BASEFixture Keys, VISE
PRODUCTION
4" / with
to provide easy and accurate alignment 100MMtable slots.
• Easy to mount directly to machine tables 6.00

Mounting Holes (2) Plcs:
17/32" Slotted Mounting Holes:
[150] [13.5] 17/32" (4) Plcs
3.13 2.50 [13.5]
[80] [63.5]
4.00
[100]
1.22
[30]
2.063
[52.5]
7.00 6.00
[175] [150]
3.370
[85.6]
1.25
[32]
Mounting Dimensions
Locating Holes:
.6255 (4) Plcs For
Sine Fixture Keys
[16]

81
10.00
[248]
PRODUCTION VISES
0.50
[12]
4.00 0.96 4.50
[100] [24] [114]
1.45
[38] WORKHOLDING SOLUTIONS GROUP

10.50
10.00
[254]
[248]
3.75 3.00 0.50
[88] [78] [12]
Machinable
Area 0.60 5.00 4.00 0.96 4.50
1.00 [15] [127]
[25] [100] [24] [114]
0.25
[6] 1.45
[38]
1/4
0.80
[20]
20.00
[508]
[6.4] Vise With Hard Jaws Carrier Set
and hardened steel inserts
Vise With Machinable Soft Jaws 10.50
[254]
3.75 3.00
[88] [78]
Clamping Force
Machinable
Area 0.60 5.00
1.00 [15] [127]
Features and Benefits: [25]
Jergens 6" (150mm)
0.25
• Compact design in 3 extruded aluminum base • Supplied with aluminum soft jaws, fully [6]
styles for easy setup and to reduce weight on machineable and reversible. Additional Torque Clamping Force
worktable. jaws can be ordered separately, see page ft. lbs N•m lbs kgf
• Fully sealed, patented lead screw assembly 108. Alternate jaw types can be ordered
20 27 3,600 1,630
for long maintenance free service. Openings with the vise base by adding the following
allow chips to flow out of the vise base. suffix to the part
0.80numbers:
30 41 4,500 2,040
20.00
1/4
[6.4]
• Hardened stainless steel rails, ground within

[20]
-H for Jaw Carrier Set with Hardened 40 54 5,300 2,400
[508]
±0.001" (0.025mm) provide precise location, Steel Inserts 50 68 6,200 2,800

resist wear and provide strong support to jaws. -S for machineable Steel Jaws 60 81 7,200 3,250
PRODUC TION VISES
-T for extra Tall aluminum jaws sets 70 95 8,400 3,800

-W for extra Wide aluminum jaw sets 80 108 9,200 4,150
90 122 10,100* 4,550*
Maximum Clamping Range With Shaped Jaws *Recommended Maximum
Dual Station: 9.2" (233mm)
Single Station: 19.5" (495mm)
Ball Lock Base ®
The Ball Lock Base Vise is for use with the Jergens Ball Lock Quick
® ®
Mounting Dimensions
Change Mounting System. The base has a “jigsaw” pattern to allow the
vises to be mounted close to each other. For more information about 20.00
Ball Lock , see pages 78–79.

®
12.00
6.00
Inch 6.00
20mm
Primary
Ball Lock Shank
®
Shank 1.45
Liners
(2) Plcs
4.00
Part No. Wt. Part No. Size 8.00 9.92

0.75
49406 68 lbs 49601 20mm x 3/4" 3.370 ±0.001
Clearance
Hole For
Holddown
508
300
150
150
20mm
Primary
Metric 38
Liners
(2) Plcs
100
200 250
Ball Lock Shank
®
Shank 85.6
Part No. Wt. Part No. Size 20
69406 31 Kg 49651 20mm x 20mm

Clearance
Hole For
Holddown

PRODUCTION VISES

Narrow Base
Part Wt.
Number lbs/Kg
49402 66/30
The Narrow Base Vise can be mounted as a stand-alone vise or mounted

to a fixture plate. The slim design allows a high density of vises on machine
tables, tombstones, or columns. Maximize flexibility by utilizing the Jergens
Ball Lock Quick Change Mounting System. See
®
pages BASE
NARROW 78–79.PRODUCTION VISE
6" / 150MM
• Easy to mount to Ball Lock or other fixture plates
®
Mounting Holes:
M10 x 1.5 Tap 7.874
(6) Plcs [200]
6.000 4.921
[150] [125]
1.125 2.952
6.00 [28] [75]
[150]
1.45
[38]
1.968 TYP.
[50]
3.370 ±0.001
[85.6]
PRODUC TION VISES

Locating Holes (4) Plcs: Locating Holes (2) Plcs:
.6255 For Sine Fixture Keys .472
Mounting Through Holes (4) Plcs: [12]
17/32
[13.5]
Mounting Dimensions
Universal Base
Part Wt.
Number lbs/Kg
49472 68/31
The Universal Base Vise is easily mounted directly to machine tool

tables. Slotted mounting holes will match almost any table slot pattern.
Location holes are provided for Jergens Sine Fixture Keys,
to provide easy and accurate alignmentUNIVERSAL PRODUCTION VISE
with table slots.
6" / 150MM
• Easy to mount directly to machine tables 7.874

Locating Holes:
.6255 (4) Plcs
[200] For Sine Fixture Keys
3.875 2.50
[100] [63.5]
1.45 6.00
[38] [150]
3.937
8.50 8.50 3.00 [100]
1.250 [216] [216] [75]
[32] 9
3.370 ±0.001 [225]
[85.6]
20.0
[508]
Slotted Mounting Holes (4) Plcs:
Mounting Holes (6) Plcs: 17/32"
17/32 [13.5]
[13.5]
Mounting Dimensions

83
PRODUCTION VISES
Self-Centering Precision Production Vises

MACHINABLE AREA
4.00 5.68 4.00 5.00 8.055 5.00
(100) (142) (100) (125) (203) (125)
.25
(6.4)
15.00 20.00
(381) (508)
17.688 22.688
(449) (577)
4" (100mm) Self-Centering Vises 6" (150mm) Self-Centering Vises
Features and Benefits: Technical Specifications: Clamping Force

• Self-Centering vises provide quick, simple Maximum jaw opening (Unmachined jaws) Jergens 4" (100mm) & 6" (150mm)
fixturing for concentric machining of 4" (100mm) model: 5.6" (142mm) Self-Centering Vises
different sized workpieces. 6" (150mm) model: 8" (200mm)
• Adjustable gib design increases accurracy. Torque Clamping Force
Repeatability: 0.0002" (0.005mm)
• Compact design in 3 extruded aluminum ft. lbs N•m lbs kgf
Maximum Clamping Force: 4600lbs (2000kgf)
base styles for easy setup and to reduce 20 27 1100 500
Centering accuracy per 1 inch (25mm) of jaw
weight on worktable. 30 41 1500 680
• Fully sealed, patented lead screw travel: 0.0002" (0.005mm)
40 54 2200 1000
assembly for long maintenance free
PRODUC TION VISES
Maximum Clamping Range 50 68 2700 1220

service. Openings allow chips to flow out of With Shaped Jaws 60 81 3100 1400
the vise base. 4" Vise: 13" (330mm)
• Hardened stainless steel rails, ground 70 95 3800 1720
6" Vise: 17.5" (440mm) 80 108 4200* 1900*
within ±0.001" (0.025mm) provide precise
location, resist wear and provide strong *Recommended Maximum
support to jaws.
• Supplied with aluminum soft jaws, fully
machineable and reversible. Additional
jaws can be ordered separately, see page -H for Jaw Carrier Set with Hardened Steel Inserts
108. Alternate jaw types can be ordered -S for machineable Steel Jaws
with the vise base by adding the following -T for extra Tall aluminum jaws sets
suffix to the part numbers: -W for extra Wide aluminum jaw sets
Self-Centering Vises – 4" (100mm)

Universal Base
• Easy to mount directly to machine tables
• Slotted mounting holes fit most machinable centers
17/32"(13.5) MTG. HOLES
0.6255"(15.888) LOCATING HOLES Part Number Wt. (lbs)

6.00"
(152.4)
(2) PLACES
6.00"
17/32"(13.5) MTG. HOLES
(2) PLACES
(4) PLACES 17/32"(13.5) SLOTTED MTG. HOLES 0.6255"(15.888) LOCATING HOLES (152.4)
49471SC 3.125"
(79.38) 38 2.50"
(63.5)
(4) PLACES (4) PLACES
3.125" 2.50"
17/32"(13.5) SLOTTED MTG. HOLES
(4) PLACES
4.00" (79.38) (63.5)
(101.6) 4.00"
(101.6)
1.22"(31.0)
2.063"(52.40) 1.22"(31.0)
2.063"(52.40)
6.00"
(152.4) 6.00"
3.370"(85.60) (152.4)
±0.001"(0.03) 3.370"(85.60)
±0.001"(0.03)
1.25"(31.75)
1.25"(31
7.00"
(177.8) 7.00"
(177.8)
4.00 5.68 4.00

4.00 5.68 4.00
• Shown in Universal Base, also available in Narrow Bases and Ball Lock Mounting Base. ®
15.00
15.00
17.688
17.688

PRODUCTION VISES

Ball Lock ®
• Integrates with the Jergens Ball Lock mounting system ®
• Jigsaw pattern allows for “nesting” on Jergens Ball Lock subplates ®
12" 12"
20MM PRIMARY LINERS
(2) PLACES
6" 4.00" 6"
Inch 1.22" 1.22"
Part Number Wt. lbs 3"
49405SC 36 3.370"
±0.001"
3.370"
±0.001"
6"
LEARANCE HOLE 0.75" CLEARANCE HOLE

FOR HOLD DOWN FOR HOLD DOWN
7.92"
PRODUC TION VISES

300 300
20MM PRIMARY LINERS
(2) PLACES
4.00 5.68 150 4.00 100 4.00 5.68 150 4.00
Metric 30 30
Part Number Wt. Kg 75
69405SC 17 85.6
150
85.6
LEARANCE HOLE 20 CLEARANCE HOLE

FOR HOLD DOWN FOR HOLD DOWN 15.00
15.00
17.688 200 17.688
Narrow Base
4.00 • Designed for 4.00
5.68 stand alone or fixture plate mounting 4.00 5.68 4.00
• Slim design enables high density mounting

49401SC 34
M10 TAPPED MTG. HOLES
6.00" (6) PLACES 6.00"
(152.4) (152.4)
4.921" 4.921"
(125.00) 15.00 (125.00) 15.00
3.937" 4.00" 0.472"(12.00) LOCATING HOLES 4.688" 3.937" 4.00"
(100.00) 17.688 (101.6) (2) PLACES (119.08) (100.00) 17.688
(101.6)
953" 2.00" 2.953"
5.00) (50.8) (75.00)
0.6255"(15.888) LOCATING HOLES
50"(12.7) (6) PLACES 0.50"(12.7)
1.22"(31.0) 1.22"(31.0)
3.370"(85.60) 0.984"(25.00) 3.370"(85.60)

±0.001"(0.03) ±0.001"(0.03)
1.550"(39.37)
0.50"(12.7) 17/32"(13.5) MTG. HOLES 0.50"(12.7)

(5) PLACES
4.00" 4.00" 4.00"

(101.6) (101.6) (101.6)

85
PRODUCTION VISES

Universal Base
• Slotted mounting holes fit most machinable centers

3.5) MTG. HOLES
(6) PLACES 49472SC 70 17/32"(13.5) MTG. HOLES
(6) PLACES
8.50"(215.9)
0.6255"(15.888) LOCATING 7.874" 6.00"
) HOLES (6) PLACES (200.00) (152.4)
3.875" 2.50"(63.5)
(98.43)
6.00" 6.00"
(152.4) (152.4)
1.448"(36.78) 3.00" 1.448"(36.78)

(76.2)
7.874"
(200.00)
3.370"(85.60) 3.370"(85.60)
±0.001"(0.03) ±0.001"(0.03)
1.25" 1.25"
(31.75) (31.75)
9.00" 9.00"
(228.6) (228.6)
LES 17/32" (13.5)SLOTTED MTG. HOLES
(4) PLACES
5.00
Ball Lock Base ®
5.00 8.055 5.00
• Integrates with the Jergens Ball Lock mounting system

®
PRODUC TION VISES
• Jigsaw pattern allows for “nesting” on Jergens Ball Lock subplates ®
20.00
22.688
20MM PRIMARY LINERS

12"
(2) PLACES
6"
6.00"
Inch
1.448"
4"
Part No. Wt. lbs
49406SC 66 3.370" 8"
±0.001"
0.75" CLEARANCE HOLE
FOR HOLD DOWN
9.92"
20MM PRIMARY LINERS

300
(2) PLACES
150
150
Metric 38
100
Part No. Wt. Kg
69406SC 30 85.6 200
20 CLEARANCE HOLE
FOR HOLD DOWN
250

PRODUCTION VISES

Narrow Base
49402SC 64
• Designed for stand alone or fixture plate mounting

• Slim design enables high density mounting
7.874" 7.874"
(200.00) (200.00)
M10 TAPPED HTG. HOLES
4.921" 4.921"
125.00) (6) PLACES (125.00)
.00" 6.00" 4.00"
01.6) (152.4) (101.6)
2" 0.6255"(15.888) LOCATING HOLES 2.952"
8) 6.00" (74.98) 6.00"
(152.4) (6) PLACES 1.125" (152.4)
(28.58)
1.448" 1.448"
(36.78) (36.78)
3.938"(100.00)
3.370"(85.60) 3.370"(85.60)
±0.001"(0.03) ±0.001"(0.03)
0.472"(12.00) LOCATING HOLES

1.125"(28.58) (2) PLACES 1.125"(28.58)
17/32"(13.5) MTG. HOLES

(7) PLACES
Self Centering Vise Accessories
PRODUC TION VISES

5.00" 5.00" 5.00"
(127) (127) (127)
Jaws with Adjustable Gib Screw*

• Better location accuracy than conventional Jergens Quick Change Vise Jaws
20.00"
(508)
22.688"
(576.28)
GIB ADJUSTMENT SCREW (BOTH ENDS)

GIB PINS 3/16" HEX.
*Jergens Standard Jaws fully compatible, see complete selection on page 108.
To order Jergens Production Vise Jaws with Adjustable Gib Screw, use standard jaw part no. followed by "SC".
Handle
Self-Centering Vise Handle
One Piece Included with 4" (100mm) & 6" (150mm) Self-Centering Vises
)
m
0m
12" (
300m
(5
m)
2"
Part No.
49442SC
• Ergonomic hinge handle.

• Specification: Chrome Plated Steel, 9/16 Hex Socket

87
PRODUCTION VISES
Production Vise Columns – 4" (100mm)

1.22 1.23
• 3 or 4-Sided Columns [30] .56 [30]
• Multiple mounting systems [14]
• Fastest quick-change jaw system

• Full jaw travel
• Hardened stainless steel rails Machinable area
support jaws and resist wear
• Fully sealed lead screw assembly .25
[6] 3.00
• Supplied with machinable soft jaws .50
[12] [73]
• Available with hard jaws 7.50
2.50 [190]
[64]
Clamping Force 7.00
17.56
[446] .96
[176] [24]
Jergens 4" (100mm) 2.20
[56] .81 .38 TYP
Torque Clamping Force [20]
8.50
[10]
[216]
ft. lbs N•m lbs kgf
4.00
20 27 3,600 1,630 [100] 3.44
[87.5]
30 41 4,500 2,040
40 54 5,300 2,400 1.00 1.00
[25] [25]
50 68 6,200 2,800
60 81 7,200* 3,250*
Column With Soft Jaws Column With Hard Jaws
*Recommended Maximum
PRODUC TION VISES

4-Sided
Ball Lock ®
The 4-Sided Columns have eight stations for Mtg. Pattern

holding parts. Two standard bases and custom
mounting patterns are available. The universal
base mounts directly to most HMC tables using Q
the provided mounting holes on 80mm or
100mm centers.
Further reduce set-up times by adding the H J
Jergens Ball Lock Mounting System to your

®
HMC. Exchange your vise columns and any

other fixture in less than a minute. Location of all
fixtures will repeat within ±0.0005" (±0.013mm)
or better. Please contact Jergens Customer
Service for more information.
4-Sided 4" Vise Columns

Base Base Ball Lock Mounting Mounting ®
Wt. Ball Lock Shank
®
Mounting Part No. H J Q Width Length Mtg Pattern Pattern 1* Pattern 2* (lbs) Part No. Size
Ball Lock
®
49403 9.56 4.00 2.80 15.75 15.75 14 x 14 n/a n/a 132 49602 20mm x 1"
Universal 49475 9.56 4.00 2.80 11.81 11.81 n/a 80mm 100mm 122 — —
4-Sided 100mm Vise Columns Metric Bases

Base Base Ball Lock Mounting Mounting ®
Wt. Ball Lock Shank
®
Mounting Part No. H J Q Width Length Mtg Pattern Pattern 1* Pattern 2* (Kg) Part No. Size
Ball Lock
®
69403 240 100 70 400 400 350 x 350 n/a n/a 60 49652 20mm x 25mm
Universal 49475 240 100 70 300 300 n/a 80mm 100mm 55 — —
* Bases on Universal Columns are provided with two sets of mounting holes, to fit grids or T-Slots on 80mm and 100mm centers.
Custom mounting patterns and base sizes are available upon request.

PRODUCTION VISES

3-Sided
The 3-Sided Columns have six workstations, Ball Lock
®
and may provide greater access to three or Mtg. Pattern

more sides of your work pieces. This design is
especially beneficial on machining centers with 120˚
large spindles. No need to sacrifice tool rigidity for
access, by having tools extended too far from the
tool holders. The universal base mounts directly
to most HMC tables using the provided mounting
holes on 80mm or 100mm centers.
H
Further reduce set-up time with the Jergens Ball Q

Lock Mounting System to your HMC. Exchange
®
your vise columns and all other fixtures in less

than a minute. Location of all fixtures will repeat
within ±0.0005" (±0.013mm)or better.
J
Tri-column design allows up
to 240° accessibility
Base Base Ball Lock
®
Mounting Mounting Wt. Ball Lock Shank
®
PRODUC TION VISES

Ball Lock
®
49409 9.55 4.00 4.22 15.75 15.75 14 x 14 n/a n/a 125 49602 20mm x 1"

Base Base Ball Lock
®
®
Ball Lock
®
69409 225 100 90 400 400 350 x 350 n/a n/a 57 49652 20mm x 25mm
Indexer Systems
Maximize the productivity of your Vertical
Machining Center. Jergens Production Columns
can be mounted onto most any indexer. Columns
can be attached directly to an indexer or become
part of a quick-change system by adding the
Jergens Ball Lock Mounting System. Contact
®
Jergens Technical Service for help designing

a system for your application.
• Add capabilities to your VMC

• Reduce set-ups
• Mounts to most rotary table/indexer
• Hold 4, 6, or 8 parts in each load.
• Use standard jaws and accessories

89
PRODUCTION VISES

• 3 or 4-Sided Columns 1.45 1.75
• Multiple mounting systems [37] .56 [38]
[14]
• Full jaw travel
• Hardened stainless steel rails support jaws and resist wear
• Fully sealed lead screw assembly Machinable Area
• Supplied with machinable soft jaws
• Available with hard jaws .25
[6] 4.00
.60
Clamping Force [15]
[100]
Jergens 6" (150mm) 10.00

3.00
[78] [248]
Torque Clamping Force 10.00 22.56 .96
[254] [573]
lbs ft. N•m lbs kgf [24]
3.50
20 27 3,600 1,630 [88] 1.00 .50 TYP
[25] [12]
11.00
30 41 4,500 2,040 [280]
40 54 5,300 2,400
5.00
50 68 6,200 2,800 [127] 4.50
[114]
60 81 7,200 3,250
70 95 8,400 3,800 1.00
[25]
80 108 9,200 4,150
90 122 10,100* 4,550*
PRODUC TION VISES
*Recommended Maximum Column With Soft Jaws Column With Hard Jaws

4-Sided Ball Lock
®
The 4-Sided Columns are the workhorses of the Jergens Mtg. Pattern
Production Vise Columns. They have eight stations for holding

your parts. Two standard bases are available. The universal
Q
base will mount directly to most HMC tables, using the
provided mounting holes on 80mm or 100mm centers.
Further reduce set-up times by adding the Jergens Ball Lock ®

H J
Mounting System to your HMC. Exchange your vise columns

and any other fixture in less than a minute. Location of all
fixtures will repeat within ±0.0005" (±0.013mm) or better.
4-Sided 6" (150mm) Vise Columns

Base Base Ball Lock ®
®
Ball Lock ®
49412 11.50 6.00 2.75 15.75 15.75 14 x 14 n/a n/a 244 49602 20mm x 1"
Ball Lock ®
49404 11.50 6.00 2.75 19.68 19.68 17 x 17 n/a n/a 258 49612 25mm x 1"

Base Base Ball Lock ®
®
Ball Lock ®
69412 290 150 70 400 400 350 x 350 n/a n/a 111 49652 20mm x 25mm
Ball Lock ®
69404 290 150 70 500 500 425 x 425 n/a n/a 117 49662 20mm x 25mm
* Bases on Universal Columns are provided with two sets of mounting holes, to fit grids or T-Slots on 80mm and 100mm centers. Custom mounting
patterns and base sizes are available upon request.

PRODUCTION VISES

3-Sided
®
Ball Lock
The 3-Sided Columns have only six workstations, Mtg. Pattern
but provide much greater access to three or more
sides of your work pieces. This design is especially 120˚
beneficial on machining centers with large spindle
noses. No need to sacrifice tool rigidity for access,
by having tools extended too far from the tool
holders. The universal base will mount directly to
most HMC tables, using the provided mounting H
holes on 80mm or 100mm centers.
Q
Further reduce your set-up time by adding the
Jergens Ball Lock Mounting system to your HMC.
®
Exchange your vise columns and all other fixtures

in less than a minute. Location of all fixtures will
repeat within ±0.0005" (±0.013mm)or better. J
Tri-column design allows up
to 240° accessibility
PRODUC TION VISES

Base Base Ball Lock
®
®
Ball Lock
®
49408 12.57 6.00 5.12 15.75 15.75 14 x 14 n/a n/a 252 49602 20mm x 1"
Ball Lock
®
49410 12.57 6.00 5.12 19.68 19.68 17 x 17 n/a n/a 266 49612 25mm x 1"
Base Base Ball Lock
®
®
Ball Lock
®
69408 318 150 130 400 400 350 x 350 n/a n/a 115 49652 20mm x 25mm
Ball Lock
®
69410 318 150 130 500 500 425 x 425 n/a n/a 121 49662 25mm x 25mm
Custom mounting patterns and base sizes are available upon request. .

91
PRODUCTION VISES
Ball Lock ®
Mtg. Pattern

J
12 Station Hex
H
Jergens Hex Production Vise Columns provide 12 stations to maximize
K
the number of parts per load. Available with bases to fit directly onto your
machine table, or to a Ball Lock sub-plate.
®
• Reduce part processing costs by machining 3 sides of 12 parts

• Increase unattended machine time
• Improve part throughput
• One piece column with hardened steel guide ways
• Full jaw travel permits clamping a larger variety of parts
R
Ball Lock ®
Mtg. Pattern
D
A J
S
C B
H
P
K
PRODUC TION VISES
Hex Production Vise Columns (Inch & Metric) R
 Ball Lock Base

®
Universal Base Ball Lock Base
®
Universal Base
Dimensions 49413 49414 49477 49478 69413 69414 69477 D 69478
Vise Size 4" /100mm 6"/150mm 4" /100mm 6"/150mm 100mm 150mm 100mm 150mm
A Max Jaw Opening* 2.25 3.50 2.25 3.50 56 88 56 88
B Max Jaw Opening (1 station)* 7.00 10.00 7.00 10.00 178 254 178 A 254
C Fixed Jaw Width 2.50 3.00 2.50 S 3.00 64 78 64 B
78
C
D Moveable Jaw Length 4.00 5.00 4.00
P
5.00 100 127 100 127
E Base to Center of Fixed Jaw 8.50 11.00 8.50 11.00 241 305 241 305
H Overall Width 11.81 16.91 11.81 16.91 300 432 300 432
J Jaw Width 4.00 6.00 4.00 E 6.00 100 150 100 150
K Outside Rail to Rail 9.37 14.01 9.37 14.01 238 356 238 356
N Base Plate Thickness 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 25 25 25 25
P Overall Height 17.56 22.56 17.56 22.56 446 573 446 573
N
R Top Plate Thickness 0.56 0.56 0.56 0.56 14 14 14 14
S Center to Face 1.25 1.50 1.25 1.50 32 39 32 39
  Base Length & Width 15.75 19.68 15.75 19.68 400 500 400 500
  Ball Lock Mounting Pattern
®
14x14 17x17 n/a n/a 350x350 425x425 n/a n/a
  Mounting Pattern 1** n/a n/a 80mm 80mm n/a n/a 80mm 80mm
  Mounting Pattern 2** n/a n/a 100mm 100mm n/a n/a 100mm 100mm
  Weight 206 lbs 355 lbs 206 lbs 355 lbs 94 Kg 161 Kg 94 Kg 161 Kg
* Larger parts can be clamped by machining jaws to fit workpiece.
** Bases on Universal Columns are provided with two sets of mounting holes, to fit grids or T-Slots on 80mm and 100mm centers.

Ball Lock ®
PRODUCTION VISES
Mtg. Pattern
K Q

12 & 16 Station Multi-Quads
Jergens Multi-Quad Production Vise Columns • Machine more parts per set-up
provide 12 or 16 stations to maximize the • Reduce changeover time
number of parts per load. Available with bases • Hold larger parts
to fit directly onto your machine table, or to a • Reduce cost per part
Ball Lock sub-plate.
®
• Run longer without operator involvement
H
Ball Lock ® Ball Lock ®

Mtg. Pattern Mtg. Pattern
K Q K Q
R
D
C B P
J
PRODUC TION VISES

N
H H
12 Station 16 Station
Inch Multi-Quad Production Vise Columns

12 Station R 16 Station
D
   
Dimensions Ball Lock Base
®
Universal Base Ball Lock Base ®
Universal Base
49415 49416 49479 49480 49417 49418 49481 49482
A
Vise Size 4"/100mm 6"/150mm 4"/100mm 6"/150mm  4"/100mm 6"/150mm 4"/100mm 6"/150mm
A Max Jaw Opening (2 station)* 2.25 3.50 2.25 3.50  2.25 3.50 2.25 3.50
C B P
B Max Jaw Opening (1 station)* 7.00 10.00 7.00 10.00 7.00 10.00 7.00 10.00
S
C Fixed Jaw Width 2.50 3.00 2.50 3.00  2.50 3.00 2.50 3.00
E
D Moveable Jaw Length 4.00 5.00 4.00 5.00  4.00 5.00 4.00 5.00
E Base to Center of Fixed Jaw 8.50 11.00 8.50 11.00  8.50 11.00 8.50 11.00
H Overall Width 11.81 16.91 11.81 16.91  11.81 16.91 11.81 16.91
J Jaw Width 4.00 6.00 4.00 6.00   4.00 6.00 4.00 6.00
N
K Outside Rail to Rail 9.37 14.01 9.37 14.01  9.37 14.01 9.37 14.01
N Base Plate Thickness 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00  1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
P Overall Height 17.56 22.56 17.56 22.56  17.56 22.56 17.56 22.56
Q Clearance 2.80 2.75 2.80 2.75 2.80 2.75 2.80 2.75
R Top Plate Thickness 0.56 0.56 0.56 0.56  0.56 0.56 0.56 0.56
S Center to Face 1.25 1.50 1.25 1.50  1.25 1.50 1.25 1.50
  Base Length & Width 15.75 19.68 15.75 19.68  15.75 19.68 15.75 19.68
®
14x14 17x17 n/a n/a  14x14 17x17 n/a n/a
  Mounting Pattern 1** n/a n/a 80mm 80mm  n/a n/a 80mm 80mm
  Weight (lbs) 190 380 190 380  360 720 360 720
** Bases on Universal Columns are provided with two sets of mounting holes, to fit grids or T-Slots on 80mm and 100mm centers. Custom mounting
patterns and base sizes are available upon request. Contact Jergens Technical Service for more information.

93
PRODUCTION
Ball Lock VISES
Mtg. Pattern
K Q

12 & 16 Station Multi-Quads
Jergens Multi-Quad Production Vise Columns • Machine more parts per set-up
provide 12 or 16 stations to maximize the • Reduce changeover time
number of parts per load. Available with bases • Hold larger parts
to fit directly onto your machine table, or to a • Reduce cost per part
Ball Lock sub-plate.
®
H • Run longer without operator involvement
Ball Lock Ball Lock

Mtg. Pattern Mtg. Pattern
K Q
R
D
C B P
E
PRODUC TION VISES
N
H
12 Station 16 Station
Metric Multi-Quad Production Vise Columns

12 Station R 16 Station
D
Dimensions
    Ball Lock Base
®
Universal Base Ball Lock Base16 StationUniversal Base
®
69415 69416 69479 69480 69417 69418 69481 69482

A
Vise Size 100mm 150mm 100mm 150mm  100mm 150mm 100mm 150mm
A Max Jaw Opening (2 station)* 56 88 56 88  56 88 56 88 C B P
B Max Jaw Opening (1 station)* 176 254 176 254 176 254 176 254
S
C Fixed Jaw Width 64 78 64 78  64 78 64 78
E
D Moveable Jaw Length 100 127 100 127  100 127 100 127
E Base to Center of Fixed Jaw 216 280 216 280  216 280 216 280
H Overall Width 383 470 383 470  383 470 383 470
J Jaw Width 100 150 100 150   100 150 100 150
N
K Outside Rail to Rail 243 330 243 330  243 330 243 330
N Base Plate Thickness 25 25 25 25  25 25 25 25
P Overall Height 446 573 446 573  446 573 446 573
Q Clearance 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70
R Top Plate Thickness 14 14 14 14  14 14 14 14
S Center to Face 32 39 32 39  32 39 32 39
  Base Length & Width 400 500 400 500  400 500 400 500
®
350x350 425x425 n/a n/a  350x350 425x425 n/a n/a
  Weight (Kgs) 86 172 86 172  164 326 164 326
** Bases on Universal Columns are provided with two sets of mounting holes, to fit grids or T-Slots on 80mm and 100mm centers. Custom
mounting patterns and base sizes are available upon request. Contact Jergens Technical Service for more information.

PRODUCTION VISES
Hydraulic Production Vises

• Innovative compact design
• Internal hydraulics
Hydraulic Power Sources Available
• 4,700 lbs (2,100 Kg) clamping force
• Operates on lower input pressure
• Fully machinable jaws
• Hardened stainless steel wear rails
• Easy-Flow base design
™
PRODUC TION VISES

Technical Specifications:
Hydraulic Clamping Stroke: 1/4" (6.3mm)
Operating Volume: 0.4 Cu In (6.7 cm ) 3
Jergens hydraulic vises are available
Maximum Input Pressure: 4000 P.S.I. (275 bar) in 3 different base configurations.
Minimum Input Pressure: 500 P.S.I. (35 bar) They offer the same unique features
Input Port: #4 SAE (7/16-20 UNF-2B)
as Jergens manual vises.
Clamping Force (lbs) = Input Pressure x 1.19
Clamping Force (Kg) = Input Pressure Bars x 7.67
Clamping Force
Operation: Input Pressure Clamping Force
Using the Jergens Hydraulic Vise handle part number 49445, PSI Bars lbs kgf
tighten vise jaws so the workpieces touch the fixed jaw. Next, 500 35 595 268
turn the handle back 1/2 turn and activate the hydraulic cylinder. 1,000 70 1,190 537
Handle included with vise. 2,000 140 2,380 1,075
Note: Only use the Jergens Hydraulic Vise Handle Part No. 49445 3,000 210 3,570 1,612
for adjustment purpose, do not use to operate vise. 4,000 275* 4,760* 2,110*
*Recommended Maximum

95
PRODUCTION VISES
Hydraulic Production Vises – 4" (100mm)

Universal Base
Part Wt.
Number lbs/Kg
49483 35/16
UNIVERSAL HYDRAULIC PRODUCTION VISE
• Easy to mount directly to machine tables 4" / 100MM
• Slotted mounting holes fit most machines
Slotted Mounting Holes:
6.00 Mounting Holes : 17/32" (4) Plcs
[150] 17/32" (2) Plcs [13.5]
3.125 2.50 [13.5]
[80] [63.5]
4.00
[100]
1.22
[30] 2.063
[52.5]
7.00 3.96 6.00
3.370±0.001 [175] [100] [150]
[85.6]
1.25
[32]
Locating Holes:
15.00 .6255 (4) Plcs For
[380] Sine Fixture Keys
16.51
[420]
PRODUC TION VISES
Ball Lock Base ®
• Designed for use with the Jergens Ball Lock mounting system
®
• Jigsaw pattern allows for “nesting” on Jergens Ball Lock subplates®
12.00
6.00
Inch
4.00
1.22 20mm Primary Liners

Ball Lock Shank
®
Shank (2) Plcs 3.00
Part No. Wt. Part No. Size 7.92 3.96 6.00

3.370±0.001 0.75 Clearance Hole
49485 32 lbs 49601 20mm x 3/4" For Holddown
15.00
16.51
300
150
100
Metric 30 20mm Primary Liners

(2) Plcs 75
Ball Lock Shank

®
Shank 200 100 150
20
Part No. Wt. Part No. Size 85.6 Clearance Hole
For Holddown
69485 15 Kg 49651 20mm x 20mm
380
420

PRODUCTION VISES

Narrow Base NARROW BASE HYDRAULIC PRODUCTION VISE
4" / 100MM
• Slim design enables high density mounting 6.000
[150]
4.921
Locating Holes: [125]
.6255 (6) Plcs 4.688 3.937
For Sine Fixture Keys
[120] [100]
2.000 2.953
Locating Holes: [50] [75]
4.00 .472 (2) Plcs
[100] 0.50
[12]
[12]
1.22
[30]
0.984
3.96 [25]
3.370 ±0.001 [100]
1.55
[85.6] [40]
Mounting Holes: 0.50

.531 (5) Plcs
[13.5] [12] Mounting Holes:
Part Wt.
15.00
[380]
M10 x 1.5 Tap (6) Plcs Number lbs/Kg
16.51 49487 30/14
[420]

Universal Base
PRODUC TION VISES

• Slotted mounting holes fit most machines
8.500
[216]
SLOTTED MOUNTING HOLES (4) Plcs:
7.874 17/32"
[13.5]
[200]
3.875 2.500 MOUNTING HOLES (6) Plcs:

[100] [63.5] 17/32"
6.00 [13.5]
[150]
1.448
3.000
[38] [75]
9.00 5.96 7.874
3.370 ±.001 [225] [150] [200]
[85.6]
1.25
[32]
Part Wt.
20.00 LOCATING HOLES:
Number lbs/Kg
[508] .6255 (4) Plcs For
Sine Fixture Keys 49484 65/29
21.83
[555]
Narrow Base
• Slim design enables high density mounting on fixture plates
7.874
LOCATING HOLES (2) Plcs:
[200]
.472"
[12] 4.921
[125]
6.00 4.00
[150] [100]
6.00 MOUNTING HOLES: 1.125 2.952
[150] M10 Tap (6) Plcs [28] [75]
1.448
[38] 1.969
5.96 [50] 3.938
3.370±.001 [150] [100]
[85.6]
1.125 LOCATING HOLES:

MOUNTING HOLES (7) Plcs: .6255 (6) Plcs
17/32"
[28]
For Sine Fixture Keys Part Wt.
[13.5] 20.00 Number lbs/Kg
[508]
21.83
49488 60/27
[555]

97
PRODUCTION VISES

Ball Lock Base ®
• Designed for use with the Jergens Ball Lock mounting system
®
• Jigsaw pattern allows for “nesting” on Jergens Ball Lock subplates

®
12.00
6.00
Inch 6.00
Ball Lock Shank

®
Shank 1.448 20mm Primary Liners 4.00
Part No. Wt. Part No. Size .75

(2) Plcs
9.92 5.96 8.00
3.370 ±.001
49486 62 lbs 49601 20mm x 3/4" Clearance Hole
For Holddown
20.00
21.83
PRODUC TION VISES
300
150
Metric
150
Ball Lock Shank

®
Shank 38 20mm Primary Liners 100
(2) Plcs
Part No. Wt. Part No. Size 20 250 150 200
85.6
69486 28 Kg 49651 20mm x 20mm Clearance Hole
For Holddown
508
555

PRODUCTION VISES
Hydraulic Vise Column

• Innovative compact design.
• Consistent clamping force:
595 – 4,760 lbs
268 – 2,110 Kgs
• Available in 4" (100mm) and 6" (150mm) sizes,
3-sided and 4-sided models.
Rotary Hydraulic Union Dual

Passage
Allows vise to rotate while hoses
remain stationary.
Individual Control Valves

Fully Machinable and Reversible Operate Vises one at a time.
Aluminum/Steel Jaws
More workholding flexibility per jaw set.
PRODUC TION VISES

Built-in Accumulator with
Check Valves
Fastest Quick-Change
Permits easy disconnection when
Jaw Mechanism. clamped.
Reduce set-up times, faster
workpiece change over.
Clamping Force
Measured at Jaws
Input Pressure Clamping Force
psi bars lbs Kg
500 35 595 268
Hydraulic Vise Column Kits Include: 1,000 70 1,190 537
• Control Valves for each side. 2,000 140 2,380 1075
• Rotary Coupler Dual Passage. 3,000 210 3,570 1612
• Internal Accumulator. Shown with base for 4,000* 275* 4,760 2110
• Pressure Gauge:
500–4000 PSI (35–275 Bar). *Recommended Maximum
• Adjustment Handle included
with all columns. Other bases offered. Download Cad Models!
www.jergensinc.com
Technical Specifications:
Hydraulic Clamping Stroke: 1/4" (6.3 mm) total for both sides.
Operating Volume: 0.4 cu in (6.6 cm ) – per station.
3
Input Pressure: 500–4000 psi (35–275 bar).

Dual station with center jaw for location; Cannot be used as a single station vise.
Setup & Operation:

1) Prepare machinable aluminum jaws or steel jaws to fit the workpiece.
2) Using the Jergens Hydraulic Vise adjustment handle to tighten vise jaws until
the workpieces touch the fixed jaw.
3) Next, turn the handle back 1/2 to 2 revolutions to set opening. See page 106 for Air Powered
4) Actuate the hydraulic source to operate control valves for each face. Hydraulic Pump

99
Q
H J
PRODUCTION VISES
Hydraulic Vise Tooling Columns – 4" (100mm) Tank*

Pressure
• Individual valving allows each vise to operate independently.
• Hydraulic vise ensures repeatable results with minimal
effort when compared to manual vises.
• Fast quick-change jaw mechanism.
• Hydraulic Vise Columns supplied with 4" (100mm) wide
machinable aluminum jaws. Extra wide jaws, extra tall jaws
and hardened jaw sets and all steel jaws are standard 4.00
(101.6)
options. 3-sided and four-sided models available.
• All Jergens vises include machinable, reversible jaws;
hardened stainless steel rails; and fully sealed lead 2.25 (57.2)
21 3/4"
screw assembly. (552.5)
2.50 (63.5)
18 5/16"
Standard and Custom (465.1) 2.25 (57.2)
Bases Available
8.50
(215.9)
* Tank Quick Disconnect Sleeve Part Number 718241 4.00 (101.6)
1.00 (25.4)
Column With Soft Jaws

PRODUC TION VISES
(Hard Jaws available )
4-Sided – 4" (100mm) wide THE INFORMATION CONTAINED

JERGENS INC. ANY REPRODUCT
PERMISSION OF JERGENS INC. I
Ball Lock ® Liner Bushings

The 4-Sided Columns have eight stations for holding 20mm (2 places)
workpieces. Two standard bases are shown and custom
mounting patterns and special base dimensions available.
The universal base will mount directly to most HMC tables,
Q
using the provided mounting holes on 80mm or 100mm
centers.
H J
Further reduce set-up times by adding the Jergens Ball
®
Lock Mounting System to your HMC. Exchange your vise
columns and any other fixture in less than a minute. Location
of fixtures will repeat within ±0.0005" (0.013mm) or better.
Top View with Ball Lock Base shown ®

Part Base Base
®
Ball Lock Mounting Mounting Ball Lock Shank
®
Wt.
Mounting Number H J Q Width Length Mtg Pattern Pattern 1*
Pattern 2* Part No. (lbs)
Ball Lock 51403 9.56 4.00 2.80 15.75 15.75 14 x 14 n/a n/a 49602
®
150
Universal 51475 9.56 4.00 2.80 11.81 11.81 n/a 80mm 100mm N/A4.00 148

2.25
21 3/4"
Part Base Base
®
Ball Lock Mounting Mounting Ball Lock Shank
®
Wt.
Mounting Number H J Q 18 5/16"
Width Length Mtg Pattern Pattern 1*
Pattern 2* Part No.
2.50 (Kgs)
Ball Lock 51453 242.8 101.6 71.1 400 400 350 x 350 n/a n/a 49652
®
68
Universal 51475 242.8 101.6 71.1 300 300 n/a 80mm 100mm N/A2.25 67
* Bases on Universal Columns are provided with two sets of mounting holes, to fit grids
8.50 or T-Slots on 80mm and
100mm centers. Custom mounting patterns and base sizes are available upon request. 4.00
1.00
THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DRAW
PRODUCTION VISES
Hydraulic Vise Tooling Columns

3-Sided – 4" (100mm) wide
Ball Lock Liner Bushings
®
20mm (2 places)
• Provide greater access to three or more sides Ball Lock Liner Bushings
®
of the workpiece. 20mm (2 places)

• Design is beneficial on machining centers with
large spindle noses.
• Reduce any sacrifice of tool rigidity for access.
• The universal base will mount directly Hto most
HMC tables, using the provided mounting holes Q
on 80mm or 100mm centers.

• Further reduce set-up times by adding the
Jergens Ball Lock Mounting System to
® H
your HMC. Exchange your vise columns J
and all other fixtures in less than a minute. Q
Location of all fixtures will repeat within

±0.0005" (0.013mm) or better.
4.00
J
Top View with Ball Lock Base shown ®
Allows for up to 240°
21 3/4"
2.25
accessibility.
PRODUC TION VISES

18 5/16"
2.50
3-Sided 4" Vise Columns 2.25
Wt.
® ®
Part Base 8.50
Base Ball Lock Mounting Mounting Ball Lock Shank
Mounting Number H J Q Width Length Mtg Pattern Pattern 1* Pattern 2* (lbs)
4.00
Part No.
Ball Lock® 51409 9.55 4.00 4.22 15.75 15.75 14 x 14 n/a n/a
51409 49602
MADE FROM MODEL MATERIAL:
160
Universal 51473 9.55 4.00 4.22 11.81 11.81 n/a 80mm 100mm N/A
1.00 WEIGHT: 156.023 LBS CLEVELAND, OH, U.S.A.
TOLERANCES
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
FINISH:
145 HEAT TREAT:
4.00 .XX
.XXX
.XXXX
.005
.002
.0005
FRACTIONAL .015

ANGULAR
FINISH
2
125 MICRO 4" HYD TRI ASSEMBLY 20MM Ball Lock
THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
CAD GENERATED DRAWING, SCALE DRAWN CHECKED DATE DWG. NO.
JERGENS INC. ANY REPRODUCTION IN PART OR WHOLE WITHOUT T HE WRITTEN
PERMISSION OF JERGENS INC. IS PROHIBITED. Copyright Jergens, Inc. 2005 DO NOT MANUALLY UPDATE 1:3 ELC 10/3/2008 51409 SHT 1 OF 2
21 3/4"
Wt.
® ®
Part Base Base Ball Lock Mounting 2.25 Mounting Ball Lock Shank
Mounting Number H J Q 18 5/16"Width Length Mtg Pattern Pattern 1* Pattern 2* Part No. (Kgs)
Ball Lock 51459 242.6 101.6 107.2
®
400 400 350 x 350 n/a 2.50 n/a
49652 72
Universal 51473 242.6 101.6 107.2 300 300 n/a 80mm 100mm N/A 66
* Bases on Universal Columns are provided with two sets of mounting holes, to fit grids or T-Slots2.25
on 80mm and
100mm centers. Custom mounting patterns and base sizes are available upon request.
8.50
4.00
MADE
1.00 WEIGHT
T
UNLESS OT
.XX
.XXX
.XXXX
FRACTIO
ANGUL
FINISH
THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
JERGENS INC. ANY REPRODUCTION IN PART OR WHOLE WITHOUT T HE WRITTEN CAD GEN
PERMISSION OF JERGENS INC. IS PROHIBITED. Copyright Jergens, Inc. 2005 DO NOT

101
H J
PRODUCTION VISES
Hydraulic Vise Tooling Columns – 6" (150mm) Tank*

Pressure
• Individual valving allows each vise to operate independently.

• Hydraulic vise ensures repeatable results with minimal
effort when compared to manual vises.
• Fast quick-change jaw mechanism.
• Hydraulic Vise Columns supplied with 6" (150mm) wide
machinable aluminum jaws. Extra wide jaws, extra tall jaws 5.00” (127mm)
and hardened jaw sets and all steel jaws are standard
options. 3-sided and four-sided models available.
• All Jergens vises include machinable, reversible jaws; 3.026” (76.86mm)
hardened stainless steel rails; and fully sealed lead
screw assembly.
26 3/4" 23 5/16" 2.99” (75.95mm)
(679mm) (592mm)
Standard and Custom 3.026” (76.86mm)

Bases Available
11.00”
(279.4mm)
* Tank Quick Disconnect Sleeve Part Number 718241 5.00” (127mm)
1.00” (25.4mm)
Column With Soft Jaws

PRODUC TION VISES
(Hard Jaws available)
4-Sided – 6" (150mm) wide Ball Lock Liner Bushings

®
20mm (2 places)
The 4-Sided Columns have eight stations for holding
workpieces. Two standard bases are available. The universal
base will mount directly to most HMC tables, using the
Q
provided mounting holes on 80mm or 100mm centers.
®
Further reduce set-up times by adding the Jergens Ball Lock
Mounting System to your HMC. Exchange your vise columns H J
and any other fixture in less than a minute. Location of
fixtures will repeat within ±0.0005" (0.013mm) or better.
Top View with Ball Lock Base shown

®

®
Part Base Base Ball Lock Mounting Mounting Wt.
®
Ball Lock Shank
Mounting Number H J Q Width Length Mtg Pattern Pattern 1* Pattern 2*
Part No. (lbs)
Ball Lock
®
51412 11.50 6.00 2.75 15.75 15.75 14 x 14 n/a n/a 49602 270
Ball Lock
®
51404 11.50 6.00 2.75 19.68 19.68 17 x 17 n/a n/a 49612 285
Universal 51476 11.50 6.00 2.75 15.75 15.75 n/a 80mm 100mm N/A 270
4-Sided 150mm Vise Columns Metric Bases (Kgs)

Ball Lock
®
51462 292.1 152.4 69.9 400 400 350 x 350 n/a n/a 49652 122
5.00
Ball Lock
®
51454 292.1 152.4 69.9 500 500 425 x 425 n/a n/a 49662 130
Universal 51476 292.1 152.4 69.9 400 400 n/a 80mm 100mm N/A 122
* Bases on Universal Columns are provided with two sets of mounting holes, to fit grids or T-Slots on 80mm and
3.026
26 3/4" 23 5/16" 2.99
3.026
11.00
5.00
PRODUCTION VISES
WORKHOLDING SOLUTIONS GROUP 51408
REV. DATE REV REVISION RECOED DR

®
20mm (2 places) SHT 2 OF 2
Hydraulic Vise Tooling Columns Q
3-Sided – 6" (150mm) wide

H

®
20mm (2 places)
The 3-Sided Columns have six workstations to

provide greater access to three or more sides
J
of the workpiece. This design is especially
beneficial on machining centers with large
Q
spindle noses. This can reduce any sacrifice
of tool rigidity for access, by having tools
extended too far from the tool holders. The H
universal base will mount directly to most HMC

tables, using the provided mounting holes on
80mm or 100mm centers.
5.00
Further reduce set-up times by adding the

Jergens Ball Lock Mounting System to 3.026
®
your
26 11/16"
HMC. Exchange your vise columns
23 5/16" 2.99 J
and all other fixtures in less than a minute.
Location of all fixtures will repeat within 3.026 Top View with Ball Lock Base shown
®
Allows for up to
±0.0005" (0.013mm) or better. 240° accessibility.
11.00
PRODUC TION VISES

5.00

1.00 MADE FROM MODEL MATERIAL:
51408
® ®
Ball Lock Mounting Mounting Ball Lock Shank Wt.
CLEVELAND, OH, U.S.A.
Part Base Base

WEIGHT: 303.504 LBS
FINISH: HEAT TREAT:
Part No.
TOLERANCES
Mounting Number H J Q Width Length Mtg Pattern Pattern 1* Pattern 2* UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
.XX .005
(lbs)
.002
49602
.XXX
Ball Lock 51408 12.57 6.00 5.12 15.75 15.75 14 x 14 n/a n/a
®
300
.XXXX .0005
FRACTIONAL .015
ANGULAR 2
FINISH 125 MICRO 6" HYDRAULIC TRI --
Ball Lock 51410 12.57 6.00 5.12 19.68 19.68 17 x 17 n/a n/a 49612
®
THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE
JERGENS INC. ANY REPRODUCTION IN PART OR WHOLE WITHOUT T
PERMISSION OF JERGENS INC. IS PROHIBITED.
PROPERTY OF
HE WRITTEN
Copyright Jergens, Inc. 2006
CAD GENERATED DRAWING,
DO NOT MANUALLY UPDATE
320
SCALE
1:3
DRAWN
ELC
CHECKED DATE
10/15/2008
DWG. NO.
51408
SHT 1 OF 2
Universal 51474 12.57 6.00 5.12 19.68 19.68 n/a 80mm 100mm N/A 320
5.00

3.026 ®
Ball Lock Mounting Mounting Ball Lock Shank Wt.
®
Part Base Base
Mounting Number H 26J
11/16" Q Width Length Mtg Pattern Pattern 1* Pattern 2* Part
No. (Kgs)
Ball Lock 51458 319.3 152.4
®
130 400 400 350 x 350 n/a 2.99 n/a
49652 136
23 5/16"
Ball Lock 51460 319.3 152.4 130 500 500 425 x 425 n/a n/a 49662
®
145
Universal 51474 319.3 152.4 130 500 500 n/a 80mm 100mm N/A 145
3.026
* Bases on Universal Columns are provided with two sets of mounting holes, to fit grids or T-Slots on 80mm and
11.00
5.00
1.00

103
PRODUCTION VISES
Hydraulic Vise Tooling Columns Standard Subplates
5/8" (16mm) Bored holes

for sine fixture keys B
B
(2) places
Receiver
Bushings
A
A
Standard Steel Subplates for Vise Columns

Part Pallet Size For Vise A B Size Subplate Wt
Number (mm) Columns (in.) (in.) (mm) (in.) (lbs)
49102 400 51403, 51409 14 14 20 1.125 79
PRODUC TION VISES
51412,51408
49103 500 51404, 51410 17 17 25 1.25 137
49103-C 500 All above 14 14 20 1.25 137
Combination Subplate 17 17 25
Metric Steel Subplates for Vise Columns

Part Pallet Size For Vise A B Size Subplate Wt.
Number (mm) Columns (mm) (mm) (mm) (in.)(Kg)
59102 400 51453, 51459 350 350 20 28.57 31
51462, 51458
59103 500 51454, 51460 425 425 25 31.75 59
59103-C 500 All above 350 350 20 31.75 59
Combination Subplate 425 425 25
PRODUCTION VISES
Hydraulic Production Vise Accessories

Pre-Fill Boosters Kit
Jergens Booster Kit provides a complete compact Specifications

power source for hydraulic vises. The kit includes a
Part Number 61705
Jergens 30:1 pre-fill self-bleeding booster with filter
Reservoir
regulator, 4 way push button actuation valve, plumbed Capacity (cu. in.) / Liters 50 / 0.8
with all fittings and hoses. High Pressure
Volume (cu. in.) / cm
3 3 / / 61
3
4
This air operated booster provides enough hydraulic Minimum

Input (psi) / bar 40 / 2.7
volume to power up to 8 Jergens Hydraulic vises.
Maximum
Input (psi) / bar 125 / 8.6
• Self Bleeding
Boost Ratio 30:1 / 30:1
• Easy View Reservoir
Maximum
• 30:1 Boost Ratios Output (psi) / bar 3,750 / 258.5
Weight (lbs) / Kg 28 / 13
Kit 61725 Includes
• Jergens Pre-Fill Booster 61705 (see above)
Patent No. 3839866 • Filter Regulator
• Actuator Valve
Part Number
61725
PRODUC TION VISES

Handle
• Ergonomic design
• Aluminum handle
Part Number
• 1/4" Steel Drive Hex for Jergens Hydraulic Vises
49445
Handle for Hydraulic Vises, 4" (100mm) and 6" (150mm)
Rotary Hydraulic Union M5 X 0.8 TAP THRU

Dual Passage, Ports 1/4 NPT 0.09 3.41
1.026 0.375 AREA 2.75
(4) PLACES
2 3/8"
FOR TANK LINE
LOCATION
7/32 DRILL THRU
(4) PLACES
Part Number
2.75 0.938
61999
0.60 AREA
TANK FOR PRESSURE
PORT LINE LOCATION
PRESSURE P T
PORT 35° 1.066 0.65
1/4 NPT PORTS Pressure (psi) Bars Torque (in. lbs) Nm

Max input pressure of Tank Port: 150 psi (10 bar) 0 0 10 1.1
P
Max input pressure of Pressure Port: 4000 psi (275 bar) 2000 140 25 2.8
T
Max RPM: 30 4000 275 40 4.5

105
PRODUCTION VISES
Hydraulic Production Vise Accessories Specifications

Air-Powered Hydraulic Pumps
Part Number 61755
Shoebox Pumps
™
Reservoir Capacity 300 cu. in. (4.9 liter)
The “Shoebox” Pump is a low cost, Minimum Input 25 psi (1.7 Bar)
compact unit used on smaller Maximum Input 125 psi (8.5 Bar)
hydraulic circuits. Its small size Boost Ratio 36:1
offers the versatility of mounting on
Maximum Output 4500 psi (306 Bar)
wheels (such as a workcart) and
moving the pump from workstation Free Flow 100 cu.in./min.
to workstation. The “Shoebox” is @ 100 psi (6.8 Bar) (1.64 liter/min.)
a cost effective power source for Weight 24 lbs (11Kg)
hydraulic tooling column vises.
Note: Do not use more than 4,000 PSI
input pressure on Jergens Vises
61755 Performance Curve*

120
(1.97)
IN /MIN (LTR/MIN)
LIQUID FLOW
80
Part Number (1.31)
61759
Kit Includes 40
(0.655)
61755 36:1 Pump
3
61643 Remote four-way zero-leakage 0

PRODUC TION VISES
valve with subplate

1 000 2000 3000 4000 5000
(69) (138) (207) (276) (345)
60703 6000psi (414 Bar) gauge
OUTPUT PRESSURE, PSI (BAR)
Quick Disconnect Couplers

Hydraulic Coupler Air Couplers Adapters & Elbows
Sleeve Nipple Sleeve Nipple Adapter for BSP Elbows
1/4 NPT Female 1/4 NPT Male 1/8 NPT Female 1/8 NPT Male 1/4 Male NPT 1/4 NPT x 1/4 Tube
61916 61966 61904 61950 1/4 Female BSP
1/4 NPT Female 1/4 NPT Male 60221 61004
Hydraulic couplers have dual checks.
61905 61951
1/4 NPT Female
61954
Air couplers have checks on sleeves only.
Air Hose Low Pressure Air Hose

Hose I.D. 1/4" 3/8" 1/2"
Low pressure flexible PVC air hose is sold by the foot in Hose
bulk lengths. Order the total footage and number of push- Part Number 61106 61108 61110
on fittings required by using the number to the right. Fitting
Part Number 61107 61109 61111
Hydraulic Hose High Pressure Hydraulic Hose

Length 12" 18" 24" 36" 72"
Part Number
4000 psi 61201 61202 61203 61204 61205
Part Number
7000 psi 61211 61212 61213 61214 61215
*Also available in 5000 psi.
Hydraulic Hose (Build Your Own)
High pressure hose is supplied assembled and to lengths
indicated. Lengths are measured from end of coupling to end Length 25' Hose Ends Hose Ends
of coupling. Hose is 3/8" ID and available in 4000 psi or 7000 Part Number 61221 61226 61227
2750 psi 1/4 Hose 1/4 Npt Male 1/4 37° JIC
psi rating. 3/8" female tubing fittings on each end.
Swivel Female
PRODUCTION VISES
Jergens Production Vise System

Flexible Clamping – Flexible Production
Variable batch sizes? Many different types of workpieces? Frequent set-ups?
The Jergens Production Vise System is the answer for these manufacturing flexibility issues!
Extra Wide Jaws Dual Station with Hard Jaw
Full Face Vise Plate Single Workpiece with Hard Jaws
PRODUC TION VISES

Aluminum jaws can be Hard coated base made of
completely milled, therefore high-strength, light-weight,
a high degree of adaptability aluminum extrusion.
to the workpiece shape. Guideway Rails made of
For clamping, stop, and hardened stainless steel.
supporting surfaces.
Completely sealed lead screw The clamping system

assembly for trouble-free consists of only a
operation, power transmission few components, for
through inserted steel nut, large quick dismantling and
slide stroke. minimum maintenance.
Aluminum or steel jaws suitable for milling:

• Milling of stop, supporting and clamping surfaces
• Quick set-up for formed parts and workpieces with complex clamping contours
• Significant reduction in expenditure on fixtures
Jaws change in a few seconds:

• Rapid changeover from one workpiece to the next
• Machine downtimes are minimized
High versatility:
• The clamping element can be made available for simple and complex clamping applications in a very short time

107
PRODUCTION VISES
Production Vise Jaws

C C D D C C D D F
F
E E
E E
A A A
A
B B B G G
B
Soft Jaws
Soft Jaws Hard
Hard Jaw Jaw Carrier
Carrier Set Set
• Standard Jaws are machinable aluminum. with hardened steel
with hardened steel inserts inserts
Jaws for 4" (100mm) Production Vises

Part Number Description A B C D E F G
(1)
49420 Standard Machinable Soft Jaw Set (3pcs.) 3.95 1.22 4.00 2.50 2.20  
49421* Pair of Std Moveable Jaws Only (2pcs.) 3.95 1.22 4.00      
49422 Std Fixed Jaw Only (1pc.) 3.95 1.22   2.50    
49423 Extra Wide Machinable Soft Jaw Set (3pcs.) 5.95 1.22 4.00 2.50 2.20  
49424* Pair of Wide Moveable Jaws Only (2pcs.) 5.95 1.22 4.00      
49425 Wide Fixed Jaw Only (1pc.) 5.95 1.22   2.50    
PRODUC TION VISES
49450 Extra Tall Machinable Soft Jaw Set (3pcs.) 3.95 2.00 5.00 2.50 1.70  
49451* Pair of Tall Moveable Jaws Only (2pcs.) 3.95 2.00 5.00      
49452 Tall Fixed Jaw Only (1pc.) 3.95 2.00   2.50    
49426 Hard Jaw Carrier Set (3pcs.) (2)
3.95 1.22 3.44 .96  2.88  
(2)
Steel Jaw Plates not included
49428* Pair of Moveable Hard Jaws Only (2pcs.) 3.95 1.22 3.44      
49427 Fixed Hard Jaw Only (1pc.) 3.95 1.22   .96    
49429 Hardened Steel Jaw Insert (4pcs.) (3)
4.00       .35 1.23
Steel Jaw Plates have black-oxide finish, and are hardened to Rc 54/58.
(3)

Mounted Dimensions
(1)
Jaws for 6" (150mm) Production Vises

Part Number Description A B C D E F G
(1)
49430 Standard Machinable Soft Jaw Set (3pcs.) 5.95 1.45 5.00 3.00 3.50  
49431* Pair of Std Moveable Jaws Only (2pcs.) 5.95 1.45 5.00      
49432 Std Fixed Jaw Only (1pc.) 5.95 1.45 3.00    
49433 Extra Wide Machinable Soft Jaw Set (3pcs.) 7.95 1.45 5.00 3.00 3.50  
49434* Pair of Wide Moveable Jaws Only (2pcs.) 7.95 1.45 5.00      
49435 Wide Fixed Jaw Only (1pc.) 7.95 1.45 3.00    
49455 Extra Tall Machinable Soft Jaw Set (3pcs.) 5.95 2.50 6.00 3.00 3.00  
49453* Pair of Tall Moveable Jaws Only (2pcs.) 5.95 2.50 6.00      
49454 Tall Fixed Jaw Only (1pc.) 5.95 2.50 3.00    
49436 Hard Jaw Carrier Set (3pcs.) (2)
5.95 1.48 4.50 .96 4.00  
(2)
Steel Jaw Plates not included
49438* Pair of Moveable Hard Jaws Only (2pcs.) 5.95 1.48 4.50      
49437 Fixed Hard Jaw Only (1pc.) 5.95 1.48 .96    
49439 Hardened Steel Jaw Insert Set (4pcs.) (3)
6.00       .48 1.75

(3)
Steel Jaw Plates have black-oxide finish, and are hardened to Rc 54/58.
Mounted Dimensions
(1)

Note: Steel available for all soft jaw sets, add -S to the base part number. Example: 49420-S
*For Self Centering Vises. Moveable jaw sets available with gibs for tighter tolerances within rails. Add "SC" to part number.
Example: 49421SC
PRODUCTION VISES
Production Vise Accessories

Jaws & Fixture Plates
Jaws
• Standard fully machinable soft jaws, as supplied on
the Production Vises and Columns
• Extra Wide fully machinable soft jaws. (-W)
• Extra Tall fully machinable soft jaws. (-T)
• Hard Jaw Carriers are drilled and tapped to
accept hard jaw plates. (-H)
• Hard Jaw Plates are hardened steel plates that bolt
onto the hard jaw carriers. (-H)
Machinable Soft Jaws
Jaws are offered three ways:
(Standard Sets included with Vises)
• Jaw Sets include two moveable jaws and one fixed jaw.
• Moveable Jaws are sold in pairs
A
• Fixed Jaws are sold separately.
Hard Jaw Carriers
Quick Change Fixture Plates C With Steel Inserts*
Fixture plates provide an alternative to holding parts in the jaws. Build dedicated
fixtures on the plates, and then just snap onto a vise or column. Switch between
jaws and fixture plates without removing the vise or column from the machine.
B A
PRODUC TION VISES

C
D
Quick Change
E Fixture Plate
B
Quick Change Fixture Plates for 4" (100mm) Production Vises

Part No. Description A B C D E
49446 Standard Fixture Plate 4 14.90 1.475 .25 .50
D
49448 Wide Fixture Plate 6 14.90 1.475 .25 .50
E
Quick Change Fixture Plates for 6" (150mm) Production Vises
Part No. Description A B C D E
49447 Standard Fixture Plate 6 19.90 1.475 .25 .688
49449 Wide Fixture Plate 8 19.90 1.475 .25 .688
Vise Conversion Plates

Part No. Vise Size
Vise Handles Vise Work Stop
49440 4"/100mm
Part No. Vise Size Part No. Type 49441 6"/150mm
49442 4"/100mm 49444 Double Pivot NOTE: Conversion plates
include mounting screws.
49443 6"/150mm 49459 Single Pivot
• Ergonomic Design • Easily mounts to side • Allows for easy conversion
of twin vise from twin station to single
• 5/8" Hex Size station vise
• Allows for precise
part location • Hard coat anodized aluminum

109
PRODUCTION VISES
Production Vise Ball Lock Accessories – Inch ®
Ball Lock Shanks ®
Shank
Shank Fixture Plate Standard with
  Diameter Thickness Shank Thumbscrew
Jigsaw Fixture Plate
Clearance hole 20 3/4 49601 49601-S
for holddown
20 1" 49602 49602-S
25 3/4 49611 49611-S
25 1" 49612 49612-S
Standard Thumb
6.0000 Shank Screw
12.0000
Jigsaw Interlocking Fixture Plates
Plate Jig Saw Plate Outer Use With Wt.
Part No. Pattern Thickness Dimensions Vise No. (lbs)
28705 6 x 12 3/4 8 x 15 49401 9
28706 8 x 12 3/4 10 x 16 49402 9
PRODUC TION VISES
Ball Lock Fixture Plates for Multiple Production Vises

®
Jergens manufactures standard Ball Lock Fixture Plates for various

®
Multiple Vise Fixture Plate

applications. A small sample is listed below. These fixture plates will accept
multiple Jergens Production Vises. However, the Jergens Ball Lock Mounting ®
Clearance holes for System can provide the greatest benefits, when designed for your specific
holddown (2) Plcs applications and your machine tools. Please contact Jergens Technical
Service to select the proper fixture and sub-plate for your applications.
5/8" Bored hole
(2) Plcs Plate Ball Lock ®
Shank Plate Outer Vises/ Use With Wt.
Part No. Pattern Diameter Thickness Dimensions Plate Vise No. (lbs)
28713 12 x 12 20mm 3/4 14 x 14 2 49401 14
28715 12 x 12 20mm 3/4 16 x 16 2 49401 18
Primary Liners 28727 17 x 17 25mm 1" 20 x 20 3 49401 38
(2) Plcs
28727 17 x 17 25mm 1" 20 x 20 2 49402 38
*28742 8 x 22 25mm 1" 12 x 25 2 49401 28
*Fits Jergens Tooling Column 69011
Ball Lock Sub-Plates for Ball Lock Vises, Columns, and Fixture Plates
® ®
Jergens manufactures standard sub-plates for popular of fixture plates and vises to be used on the same machine.
machine tools. Three standard plates are shown. These However, the Jergens Ball Lock Mounting System can provide
®
sub-plates will accept Jergens Ball Lock Vises, Columns

®
the greatest benefits, when designed for your specific applica-
and Fixture Plates. Some of the sub-plates have multiple tions and your machine tools. Please contact Jergens Techni-
mounting patterns that will allow multiple sizes and styles cal Service to select the proper sub-plate for your machine.
Plate Machine Table Ball Lock

®
Part Number Type Size Pattern Applications

49102 HMC 400mm 14x14 Vise Columns, Tooling Columns, Other
49103-C HMC 500mm 17x17&14x14 Vise Columns, Tooling Columns, Other
49112 VMC 20x40 Multiple Patterns Jigsaw Vises & Plates, Multiple Vise Fixtures, Other
PRODUCTION VISES
Production Vise Ball Lock Accessories – Metric ®
Ball Lock Shanks ®
Shank
Shank Fixture Plate Standard with
  Diameter Thickness Shank Thumbscrew
Jigsaw Fixture Plate
Clearance hole 20 20 49651 49651-S
for holddown
20 25 49652 49652-S
25 20 49661 49661-S
25 25 49662 49662-S
Standard Thumb
150 Shank Screw
300
Jigsaw Interlocking Fixture Plates
Plate Jig Saw Plate Outer Use With Wt.
Part No. Pattern Thickness Dimensions Vise No. (Kg)
58706 200 x 300 20 250 x 400 49402 4
PRODUC TION VISES

Ball Lock Fixture Plates for Multiple Production Vises
®
Jergens manufactures standard Ball Lock Fixture Plates for various

®
Multiple Vise Fixture Plate

applications. A small sample is listed below. These fixture plates will accept
multiple Jergens Production Vises. However, the Jergens Ball Lock Mounting ®
Clearance holes for System can provide the greatest benefits, when designed for your specific
holddown (2) Plcs applications and your machine tools. Please contact Jergens Technical
Service to select the proper fixture and sub-plate for your applications.
16mm Bored hole
(2) Plcs Plate Ball Lock ®
Shank Plate Outer Vises/ Use With Wt.
Part No. Pattern Diameter Thickness Dimensions Plate Vise No. (Kg)
58713 300 x 300 20mm 20 350 x 350 2 49401 6
58715 300 x 300 20mm 20 400 x 400 2 49401 8
Primary Liners 58727 425 x 425 25mm 25 500 x 500 3 49401 18
(2) Plcs
58727 425 x 425 25mm 25 500 x 500 2 49402 18
58742 175 x 550 25mm 25 300 x 625 2 49401 12
Ball Lock Sub-Plates for Ball Lock Vises, Columns, and Fixture Plates
® ®
Jergens manufactures standard sub-plates for popular of fixture plates and vises to be used on the same machine.
machine tools. Three standard plates are shown. These However, the Jergens Ball Lock Mounting System can provide
®
sub-plates will accept Jergens Ball Lock Vises, Columns

®
the greatest benefits, when designed for your specific applica-
and Fixture Plates. Some of the sub-plates have multiple tions and your machine tools. Please contact Jergens Techni-
mounting patterns that will allow multiple sizes and styles cal Service to select the proper sub-plate for your machine.
Plate Machine Table Ball Lock

®
Part Number Type Size Pattern Applications

59102 HMC 400mm 350 x 350 Vise Columns, Tooling Columns, Other
59103-C HMC 500mm 350 x 350 Vise Columns, Tooling Columns, Other
425 x 425
59112 VMC 500 x 1000 Multiple Patterns Jigsaw Vises & Plates, Multiple Vise Fixtures, Other

111
PRODUCTION VISES
Production Vise Accessories

Sine Fixture Keys for Vises
Inch – 5/8" Shanks for Inch T-Slots
Table
Shank Slot
Part Size Size Wt.
Number A B C (lbs)
39501 0.625 0.4995 1 .09
39502 0.625 0.562 1 .11
39503 0.625 0.6245 1 .11
39504 0.625 0.687 1 .11
Locate subplates or fixture plates to T-slotted 39505 0.625 0.7495 1 1/8 .13
machine tables. Available in inch sizes for 1/2" 39506 0.625 0.812 1 1/8 .14
to 7/8" slots, and in metric sizes for 12mm to 39507 0.625 0.8745 1 1/8 .15
22mm slots.
Metric – 5/8" Shanks for Metric T-Slots
Table
Shank Slot
Part Size Size (mm) Wt.
Number A B C (Kg)
39561 0.625 12 1 .04
39562 0.625 14 1 .04
39563 0.625 16 1 .05
PRODUC TION VISES
39564 0.625 18 1 1/8 .05

39565 0.625 20 1 1/8 .06
39566 0.625 22 1 1/8 .07
Note: Complete offering of Inch/Metric Sine Fixture Keys available on page 220-221.
Inch
T-Slot Nuts T-Slot Wt.
Part Width (lbs)
Number Thread A B C D E 10 Pcs.
*43302** 3/8-16 7/16 11/16 7/32 1/2 7/8 0.50
*43303** 3/8-16 1/2 7/8 9/32 1/2 7/8 0.70
*43301 3/8-16 9/16 7/8 1/4 1/2 7/8 0.70
*43305** 1/2-13 9/16 7/8 11/32 5/8 1 1/8 1.20
*43306 1/2-13 5/8 1 11/32 5/8 1 1/8 1.50
*43304 1/2-13 11/16 1 1/8 7/16 3/4 1 1/4 2.10
*43308** 5/8-11 11/16 1 1/8 7/16 3/4 1 1/4 1.14
*43309 5/8-11 3/4 1 1/4 15/32 3/4 1 1/4 1.60
*43307 5/8-11 13/16 1 1/4 9/16 1 1 1/2 3.11
*Conforms to TCMA. **Not Hardened
Metric
T-Slot Wt.
Part Width (Kg)
Number Thread A B C D E 10 pcs.
43372 M10 x 1.5 12 19 7 13 25 0.25
43373 M10 x 1.5 14 22 9 16 29 0.35
43374 M10 x 1.5 16 25 9 16 29 0.35
43375 M12 x 1.75 14 22 9 16 29 0.60
43376 M12 x 1.75 16 25 9 16 29 0.75
43377 M12 x 1.75 18 29 11 19 32 1.1
43378 M16 x 2.0 18 29 11 19 32 0.57
43379 M16 x 2.0 20 32 14 25 38 0.80
43380 M16 x 2.0 22 35 14 25 38 1.56
Note: Complete offering of T-Slot Nuts available on page 264
PRODUCTION VISES
WORKHOLDING SOLUTIONS GROUP JERGENS - BOCK QUICK CHANGE SYSTEM
Heavy Duty Machine Vise

Characteristics
Jergens’ newest machine vise is built to be more
than tough enough for your most demanding,
rugged applications, while delivering exacting
precision and versatility.
• Made in USA
• Single Station
• Available in 6” and 8”
• Cast Iron Base
• Soft jaws are interchangeable with common
PRODUC TION VISES » JERGENS - BOCK QUICK CHANGE SYS TEM

industry styles
Part
J01 J02 J03 J04
Number
80075 8.000 10.750 13.500 16.250
80082 9.850 13.250 17.300 20.500
Part Full
Size A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q
Number Opening
80075 6” 10” 6.78 7.652 0.688 5.97 8.345 5.50 1.54 2.875 2.00 1.485 1.735 16.75 3.00 0.725 2.00 8.25 7.94
80082 8” 10” 8.00 7.00 0.812 6.50 11.50 7.00 1.865 3.312 2.875 1.965 2.22 21.625 3.675 1.075 3.06 11.00 10.00

113
PRODUCTION VISES
JERGENS - BOCK QUICK CHANGE SYSTEM WORKHOLDING SOLUTIONS GROUP
FAST • FLEXIBLE • PRODUCTIVE

PRODUC TION VISES » JERGENS - BOCK QUICK CHANGE SYSTEM
Bock Workholding for machining centers is a

complete workholding system designed from
the ground up to be FAST, FLEXIBLE and
PRODUCTIVE.
FAST in setting up new and repeat jobs. Bock’s Twin

Vises can be positioned and repositioned on the Bock
Locator Plate with speed and accuracy. Quick change
jaws snap on and off in seconds.
FLEXIBLE by being able to hold a great variety of

part sizes and shapes. Bock’s quick change jaws are
machined to nest your parts and can hold a great
variety of sizes and shapes.
PRODUCTIVE by reducing spindle down-time to a

minimum. The combination of short setup times, the
ability to move setups away from the machine and
fast loading keeps your spindle cutting, not waiting.
PRODUCTION VISES
System Overview
1 Bock Twin Vise System
The Bock Twin Vise is the key component of the complete Bock
Workholding system. A variety of body styles made from high-strength
aluminum, ground steel guides, snap-on quick-change machinable
aluminum jaws and a solid clamping screw and third hand mechanism
combine for fast, flexible and productive milling.

2 DexLoc Locator Pins ™
Patented DexLoc™ double-expanding locator pins allow for fast and accurate
location of twin vises on locator plates.
3 Bock Locator Plate System

Bock Locator Plates are a great platform to quickly and accurately mount
your Twin Vises in a number of different positions. Locator/mounting holes
with alpha-numeric identifiers and Bock’s DexLoc™ double-expanding
locators give you +/- .0005" repeatability.

115
PRODUCTION VISES
4 Bock Jaw System

An assortment of snap-on jaws and face plates gives you the ability to hold most parts.
5 Bock Mono-Quad System

Bock Mono-Quad vises are the extension of the Bock System for horizontal machining centers.
Available in models that can hold 6, 8, 12 and 16 parts in one clamping to give you maximum productivity.
PRODUCTION VISES
Bock Twin Vise System
Exact positioning of
Third-hand function center jaw using locator
for fast sequential pins; removing center Aluminum jaws
Screw on loading of parts jaws allows the holding can be milled out
guideways made of one single large part to meet each part’s
from hardened steel holding and locating
requirements

Sturdy mechanical
lead screw
Hard-coated high-
strength aluminum
base for lighter
weight
Three different base Generous cut-

styles for your specific outs to prevent
mounting needs chip and coolant
accumulation
Bock’s Twin Vises are available in 100mm (4") and 150mm (6") models,
with three different base types:
Standard interlocking Straight base Slim-Line

base for fast mounting on for use on Bock Locator for high density mounting
Bock Locator Plates Plates or with toe clamps on Bock Locator Plates

117
PRODUCTION VISES
Bock Jaw System

1 2 3
Bock Machinable Jaws are made from high-strength aircraft grade anodized aluminum.
Once machined to hold a specific part they become quick-change dedicated fixtures ideal for holding even complex shapes.
STANDARD JAWS QUICK CHANGE TALL JAWS WIDE JAWS UNIQUE SNAP-ON
snap on and off in FACE PLATES to hold larger parts. to hold several MECHANISM
seconds and can be can be converted smaller parts or holds the jaws
machined to nest to snap-on snap- wide parts. from below the
most any part. off fixtures holding bed and allows
many small parts. the industry’s
most generous
machining area.
To order jaws, please refer to page 109.
PRODUCTION VISES
Bock Twin Vises

• Screw-on guideways made from hardened steel
• Third-hand function for fast sequential loading of parts
• Exact positioning of center jaw using locator pins; removing center jaws allows the holding of one single large part
• Aluminum jaws can be milled out to meet each part’s holding and locating requirements.
• Sturdy mechanical lead screw
• Generous cut-outs to prevent chip and coolant accumulation
• Three different base styles
• Hard-coated, high-strength, lighter weight aluminum base
Base Types:
Dimensions and Capacities – Soft Jaw
TV4S TV100S TV6S TV150S
Dimensions in mm in mm
A Jaw Capacity* 2.20 56 3.50 89
B Single Station Capacity* 7.00 178 10.00 254
C Fixed Jaw Width 2.50 64 3.00 76
D Jaw Carrier Length 4.00 102 5.00 127
E Jaw Plate Thickness 0.25 6 0.25 6 Standard Interlocking

F Base Length 15.00 381 20.00 508
G Jaw Overhang 0.10 3 — —
H Base Width 7.00 177 9.00 227
O Base Height 4.63 118 4.88 124
J Jaw Width 4.00 102 6.00 152
K Height Base to Rail 3.37 86 3.37 86
L Lead Screw 0.80 max 20 max 0.80 max 20 max
M Height 1.25 32 1.50 38
N Base Flange Thickness 1.25 32 1.25 32

Straight Base
P Non Machineable Area 0.81 21 1.00 25
Q Non Machineable Area 0.50 13 0.60 15
R Base Width 7.00 177 9.00 227
S Center Distance 6.00 150 8.00 200
T Center Line to End 7.50 191 10.00 254
U Center to Bolt Hole 1.00 25 1.00 25
V Center Bolt/dowel 4.00 100 2.00 50
W Center Line to bolt hole 3.00 75 2.00 50
Weight 30 lbs 14 Kg 65 lbs 30 Kg

Slim-Line
* unmachined jaw capacity

119
PRODUCTION VISES
Bock Brand Locator Plate System

Bock Locator Plates give you the ability to mount and locate Bock Twin Vises, and
to change their size, type, number and position in minutes. Using Bock’s DexLoc ™
Double-Expanding Locator Pins gives you repeatability of +/- .0005".

Bock Locator Plates are made from precision machined aluminum or steel with a grid of
locating/mounting holes. Each hole is identified by a letter and a number.
Bock Twin Vises with standard interlocking base gives you great flexibility at tremendous
setup speeds while Bock SlimLine Twin Vises give you the possibility to mount vises very
close to each other for maximum number of parts in the machine.
Each Locator Plate is custom-made for your particular application. Need a prompt
quote? Call (877) 426-2504 with your specifications.
Bock Brand Locator Plates

Part Compatible Thickness Size
• Repeat setups to within +/- .001" Number Machine (in) (in) Material
• Locator Plates are available in a wide array 933804 HAAS VF-2 1.42 14 x 36 Aluminum
of sizes, both in inch and metric dimensions. 933956 Robodrill 1.42 15.35 x 27.5 Aluminum
• Jergens Bock Brand Locator Plates are 934204 Mazak VTC200B 1.42 20 x 57.5 Aluminum
made of hard coated aluminum for a
934340 HAAS VE-2YT 1.42 18 x 36 Aluminum
durable surface
• Alpha-numeric coded holes for an accurate
and repeatable baseline reference
• Every hole precision bored to fit Dex-Loc locating pins and threaded through for maximum versatility
™
• Brass protection plugs included for every hole

• Eliminate time consuming "dialing in" for every setup
DexLoc Locator Pins

™
Standard
Patented DexLoc double-
™
Hex Key Size (in)

expanding locator pins allow for Part
Number Diameter Height Top Bottom
fast and accurate location of twin
vises on locator plates. 29404 5/8 1-1/4 7/32 3/16
• Self-centering pins relocate
within +/- .0005" Metric
• Available in a wide variety of Part
Hex Key Size (mm)
standard sizes and materials Number Diameter Height Top Bottom
29454 16 32 6 5
To order DexLoc Locator Pins in other sizes,
™
please refer to page 209.
PRODUCTION VISES
Bock Mono-Quad System
This complete range of Mono-Quad vises are designed to hold a multitude of parts and
give access to several part sides in one clamping – a tremendous productivity booster on
your horizontal machining center or on an indexer.
Hold 6 parts with 240°, 8 parts with 180°, 12 parts with 120°, or 16 with 90° tool access.
Mono-Quad vises are made with a high-strength aluminum column and use the same steel
guides, screw mechanism and jaws as Bock’s Twin Vises.
Available in 100mm (4") and 150mm (6") models and with custom base plates to fit your
machine’s pallet.

To order, please refer to pages 88–94.

121
PRODUCTION VISES
JERGENS 5-A XIS WORKHOLDING SOLUTIONS GROUP
PRODUC TION VISES » JERGENS 5 -A XIS
5-Axis Machining Designed

to Improve Productivity
by Providing:
• High Clamping Force
• Accurate Repeatability
• Fast Set-Up and Changeovers
• High Productivity Capacity
• For Complex Components/Materials
5-Axis Workholding Solutions
PRODUCTION VISES
WORKHOLDING SOLUTIONS GROUP JERGENS 5-A XIS
Versatile range
5-Axis Self Centering Vises
Sealed of jaws
Leadscrew
Shown with
This series is suitable for many clamping tasks on 5-Axis machining centers optional jaws.
and pallet systems. Whether the workpieces are angular or round, the
concentric clamping system provides the same zero position.
The compact design, high stability and versatile selection of jaws (grip jaws,
plain jaws, soft jaws, pendulum jaws, V-Type jaws) are additional features
tailored for 5-Axis machining.
The 40, 60, 100 and 125 clamping systems are suitable for I.D. to O.D. clamping.
• Designed for 5-Axis machining
• Free access to the workpiece, allowing the use of short standard tools
• Simple, robust construction, smooth surfaces for easy cleaning
• Also suitable as a module for standard devices Chip Cleanout
• Comprehensive jaw selection
Long inside Hardened Steel
guideways Base
Customized design for positioning and fastening in the base on request.

Part Clamping Force*
* Weight Dimensions (mm) Hex
Number Size (kN/Torque Nm) (Kg) L W H** d1* g g1 g2 h1** h2 l1* l2 l3 (mm)
81600 40mm 7.5 / 23 2.0 100 40 53 6H7 x8 – – M6 x 8 – – 80 40.0 30 13 Male
80000 60mm 15 / 50 3.8 170 60 70 10F7 – M10 x 11 M8 x 12 – 12 100 36.0 42 12 Male
80100 100mm 25 / 80 18.0 260 100 100 25 x 5/ M10 x 14 M8 x 11 – M10 x 14 – 14 200 80.0 70 14 Male
80200 125mm 35 / 200 49.0 465 125 130 25 x 5/ M10 x 14 M12 x 16 – M12 x 16 98 27 200 82.5 66 19 Male
Note: Vise handles included with each Jergens 5-Axis Vise * Tolerance ±0.01mm
** Kg x 2.205= lbs Nm x 8.85= in. lbs ** Tolerance ±0.02mm
40mm Supplied 60mm

with jaws.
SW
H**
h2
L W
l2 l2 g1 g2
l3
View from below View from below

l1** d1
100mm 125mm
g
g
SW
H**
SW
H**
h1**
h2
h2
L W
L W
l2 l2 l2 d1* d1* g2
g2
d1*
l3
I3
View from below View from below

l1**
l1**

123
PRODUCTION VISES
5-Axis Self Centering Jaws
Reversible step jaw, 2 steps, hardened

f
Dimensions (mm) Clamping
Range
j
h
a*
Part Number Vise(s) l w h a* f j min./max. (mm)

l 80010 80000 49 60 23 18 3 5 6 – 150
w 80110 80100 60 100 30 25 3 5 6 – 204
e Reversible step jaw with interchangeable grip insert

d
Clamping
Dimensions (mm)
j
Range
Part Number Vise l w h a* d e j min./max. (mm)
h
a*
l w
80210 80200 86 125 72 62 6x 5 10 10 – 400
d10
Soft jaw for milling workpiece contours

w l Dimensions (mm)

= MAX Part Number Vise(s) l w h f
f
MILLING
h
80015 80000 42 60 25 8
DEPTH 80115 80100 64 100 35 18
80215 80200 88 125 55 32
f e
j
i
Pendulum jaw with interchangeable insert, hardened

a**
h
For safe clamping of one workpiece with non-parallel clamping surfaces

or two workpieces with different tolerances.
l
Range
Part Number Vise(s) l w h a** e f i j min./max. (mm)
80120 80100 56 100 54 50 4.5 6 2.5 4 12 – 204
w
80220 80200 88 125 66 62 4.5 6 2.5 4 12 – 400
V-Type jaw with clamping inserts

Range
Part Number Vise(s) l w h a min./max. (mm)
80030 80000 60 60 70 40 D10-76 (1)
80130 80100 64 100 70 38 D12-80 (2)
(1) = D10 – 20, D20 – 58, D58 – 76
(2) = D12 – 26, D25 – 54, D53 – 80
* Tolerance ±0.01mm
** Tolerance ±0.02mm
PRODUCTION VISES
5-Axis Self Centering Step Jaws
l
Step Jaw with Hardened Jaw Insert (Wide)
Clamping Dimensions (mm)
Range

Part Number Vise(s) l w h a* c* e f i j k min./max.
80035 80000 56 60 34 30 4.5 6 2.5 4 60 12 – 126
80135 80100 / 80900 56 100 54 50 35 4.5 6 2.5 4 100 12 – 204
l 80235 80200 88 125 66 62 42 4.5 6 2.5 4 125 12 – 400
l
Step Jaw with Hardened Jaw Insert (Medium)
Range


80040 80000 56 60 34 30 4.5 6 2.5 4 35 12 – 126
80140 80100 / 80900 56 100 54 50 35 4.5 6 2.5 4 65 12 – 204
l 80240 80200 88 125 66 62 42 4.5 6 2.5 4 80 12 – 400
l Step Jaw with Hardened Jaw Insert (Narrow)

Range

80145 80100 / 80900 56 100 54 50 35 4.5 6 2.5 4 32 12 – 204
l * Tolerance ±0.01mm
5-Axis Self Centering Accessories

Positioning Pins, Various Diameters, Positioning Pins, Various Diameters,
for Grid Plate, set of 2 for Table with T-Slots, Set of 2
Part Number Vise(s) Ø (mm) Part Number Vise(s) Ø (mm)
80060 80000 10/12 80065 80000 10/14
80160 80100 / 80200 25/12 80260 80100 / 80200 25/14
80165 80100 / 80200 25/16 80265 80100 / 80200 25/18
Clamping Claws, Set of 4,

Torque wrench Socket Including Screws
Part Number Vise(s) Torque (Nm) Part Number Vise(s) Torque (Nm) Part Number Vise(s) Torque (Nm)
80070 80000 5 – 60 80071 80000 12 80050 80000 M10
80170 80100 20 – 120 80171 80100 14 80053 80000 M12
80270 80200 40 – 200 80271 80200 19 80150 80100 M12
80250 80200 M12
80253 80200 M16

125
PRODUCTION VISES
Jergens 5-Axis Fixed Jaw Vise

Designed especially for multi-face machining with a single clamping
operation. Ideal for machining complicated workpieces in a single
clamping operation, such as in mold making. These vises are small,
but have a large holding capacity. A variety of jaw options increase the
range of applications. Grip jaws and V-type jaws enhance the retention
force of the workpiece. The hydraulic version provides automatic power
clamping with exact force.
• Designed for 5-Axis machining
• Free access to the workpiece, allowing the use of short standard tools
• Simple and robust construction, smooth surfaces, easy cleaning Shown with
• Also suitable as a module for standard devices optional jaws.
• Comprehensive jaw selection
Part Clamping Force*

* Weight Dimensions (mm) Hex
Number Size (kN/Torque Nm) (Kg) Stroke L W H** d1 g g1 g2 h2 l1** l2 l3 14* (mm)
80300 40mm 8.0 / 15 Nm 1.3 – 117 40 44 6H7 M5 x 6 – M6 x 7 – 80 40 30 10 6 Female
80400 60mm 15.0 / 25 Nm 3.3 – 168 60 57 10F7 M6 x 10 M10 x 11 M8 x 12 12 100 36 42 17 8 Female
80500 60mm Hyd 15.0 / 260 bar 3.8 4 185 60 57 10F7 M6 x 10 M10 x 11 M8 x 12 12 100 36 42 17 8 Female
** Kg x 2.205= lbs Nm x 8.85= in. lbs ** Tolerance ±0.02mm
40mm
View from below
Hydraulic Drive Unit

60mm / 60mm Hyd 60 HVD
Plug-type connector Ø 10
View from below
PRODUCTION VISES
5-Axis Jaws for Fixed Jaw Vises
Step Jaw, Reversible

Part Number Part Number Range
Fixed jaw Movable jaw Vise(s) l l1 w h a* f j min./max.
80310 80315 80300 40 34 40 15 12 3 3 6 – 70
80410 80415 80400 65 35 60 23 18 3 5 6 – 106
l1 only for movable jaw
Fixed Jaw Movable Jaw
Fixed jaw
Block Jaw, Soft for Milling Workpiece Contours

Dimensions (mm)
Part Number Part Number
Fixed jaw Movable jaw Vise l l1 w h f
Movable jaw
80420 80425 80400 65 35 60 25 11
l1 only for movable jaw * Tolerance ±0.01mm
5-Axis Fixed Jaw Accessories

Positioning Pins, Various Positioning Pins, Various Diameters,
Diameters, for Grid Plate, set of 2 for Table with T-Slots, Set of 2
Part Number Vise(s) Ø (mm) Part Number Vise(s) Ø (mm)
80060 80400 / 80500 10/12 80065 80400 / 80500 10/14
Torque Wrench Socket Socket Wrench

Part Number Vise(s) Torque (Nm) Part Number Vise(s) SW Part Number Vise SW
80070 80300 / 80400 5 – 60 80380 80300 6 80531 80500 8
80430 80400 8
Clamping Claws, set of 4,

Including Screws
Part Number Vise(s) Thread
80050 80400 / 80500 M10
80053 80400 / 80500 M12

127
PRODUCTION VISES
5-Axis Quick Clamping Block

The Jergens 5-Axis Quick Change System (QCB) is an ideal partner for
the Jergens 5-Axis Clamping System. The QCB changes the workpiece
position on 5-Axis machining centers. This helps reduce interference for
the tool. Optional extra Optional extra
centering bolt positioning
Optional extra keyblock
Rapid and precise change of clamping elements optimize efficiency. The QCB 1 keyblock
QCB with its integral mechanical Zero-Point Clamping System provides

you with the ability to increase productivity and lower costs.
Optional extra Optional extra Optional

keyblock centering bolt extra
positioning
keyblock
QCB 2
Optional
extra
Optional extra Optional extra positioning
keyblock centering bolt keyblock
QCB 3 * Tolerance ±0.01mm
Socket Feeding force Weight

Model Part Number L W H* g l1* l2 l3 l4 Wrench (kN / Nm) (Kg)
QCB 1 80600 225 80 72 KM12 100 100 8 12 / 60 9
QCB 2 80700 260 225 65 KM12 200 50 80 63 13 2x 20 / 80 18
QCB 3 80800 464 225 80 KM12 200 150 160 189 13 3x 20 / 80 42
Accessories: Fastening and Positioning 80655 Adapter Plate

Centering Bolts for QCB 1, 2, 3 for QCB 1 with Self-

Centering Chuck DIN 6350-1

Part Number Ø mm L

with pull-in bolt, plate 170 x 80 mm
80610 D 30 g6 25 / 48
80615 D 32 g6 25 / 48
80620 D 50 g6 25 / 48
80625 D 50 g6 18 / 41

80715 Adapter Plate

Centering Bolts, Set for QCB 2 with Self-

Centering Chuck DIN 6350-1

Part Number Models

with pull-in bolt, plate 320 x 160 mm
80630 QCB 1 / 80000 + 81000
80710 QCB 2 / 80100 + 81100

80810 QCB 3 / 80200

Positioning Keyblock with Screw

Part Number T-Slot (mm)
80640 DIN 6322, 1 pc. 14 80716 Adapter Plate for QCB 2
with pull-in bolt, parallelism 0.008/100 mm
Positioning pin for QCB 2, 1 pc. can be customized by the user

Part Number Ø (mm)
80065 10/14
Keyblock with Screws 80656 Adapter Plate for QCB 1

Part Number T-Slot (mm) with Pull-In Bolt, Parallelism 0.008/100 mm
80650 DIN 508, 4 pcs. 14 can be customized by the user
PRODUCTION VISES
5-Axis Compact Vises

New machining technologies and manufacturing methods call for the development
of new solutions in clamping technology. The Jergens 5-Axis Compact Vise, with
its short base and easy movement of the fixed jaw, is ideal for 5-sided machining.
The well balanced design of the guide between the base and the moveable jaw
allows the use of high clamping jaws, for performing machining operations close
to the workpiece.
The base is made from cast steel for rigidity and dimensional stability. All sides
are hardened and ground. Shown with
optional jaws.
Part Clamping Force* Dimensions (mm) Hex

* Weight
Number Size (kN/Torque Nm) (Kg) Stroke L W H* d1* g g1 g2 h2 l1* l2 l3 (mm)
81000 80mm Man 25/ 60 Nm 8.8 – 206 80 85 10F7 M6 x 10 M10 x 11 M10 x 16 18 100 60 60 12 Female
81100 120mm Man 40/100 Nm 18.4 – 260 120 100 25 x 5/ M10 x 14 M8 x 15 M12 x 18 18 200 100 80 14 Female
81200 80mm Hyd 20/310 bar 9.0 4 227 80 85 10F7 M6 x 10 M10 x 11 M10 x 16 18 100 60 60 12 Female

81300 120mm Hyd 40/270 bar 20.4 4 282 120 100 25 x 5/ M10 x 14 M8 x 15 M12 x 18 18 200 100 80 14 Female
** Kg x 2.205= lbs Nm x 8.85= in. lbs
80mm / 80mm Hyd

g • High degree of freedom for spindle
SW
and tools; low risk of collision
• Well suited for short standard tools
H*
• Repeatable and controllable clamping

h2
forces of up to 25 kN Compact 80 and

L W 40 kN Compact 120
• Jaw with a special grip for maximum
l2 l2 g2 d1 holding force (factor 3 as compared
with standard jaw)
g1
l3
View from below
l1*
Figure:
120mm / 120mm Hyd Hydraulic drive unit
C80, C120
Plug-type connector Ø 10
View from below

129
PRODUCTION VISES
5-Axis Compact Vise Jaws
Precision Step Reversible Jaw for 81000 / 81200

l
Dimensions mm Clamping
Range
Part Number l w h a* c* f G j k min./max.
81010 60 50 48 45 30 2.5 M6 x 10 3 25 5 – 155
81015 60 50 48 45 30 2.5 M6 x 10 3 50 5 – 155
81020 60 80 48 45 30 2.5 M6 x 10 3 80 5 – 155
l
Precision Step Reversible Jaw for 81100 / 81300

Clamping
Dimensions (mm)
Range
Part Number l w h a* c* f G g1 j k min./max.
81110 79 84 55 35 35 4 M8 x 14 M4 x 7 20 40 8 – 200
81120 79 84 55 35 35 4 M8 x 14 M4 x 7 20 84 8 – 200
81125 79 120 55 35 35 4 M8 x 14 M4 x 7 20 120 8 – 200
Special Grip Jaw for 81000 / 81200

Provides maximum retaining force
l
Range
Part Number l w h a** f G j k min./max.
81025 63 50 48 45 3.5 M6 x 10 3 25 7 – 151
81030 63 50 48 45 3.5 M6 x 10 3 50 7 – 151
81040 63 80 48 45 3.5 M6 x 10 3 80 7 – 151
l
Special Grip Jaw for 81100 / 81300

Provides maximum retaining force
Clamping
Dimensions (mm)
Range
Part Number l w h a** c** f G g1 j k min./max.
81130 81 84 55 52 35 3.5 M8 x 14 M4 x 7 3 40 7 – 195
81135 81 84 55 52 35 3.5 M8 x 14 M4 x 7 3 84 7 – 195
81140 81 120 55 52 35 3.5 M8 x 14 M4 x 7 3 120 7 – 195
Soft Jaws
Dimensions (mm)
Part Number Vise(s) l w h Material
81045 81000 / 81200 97 80 53 Steel C 45
81050 81000 / 81200 97 80 53 Aluminium
81145 81100 / 81300 97 120 53 Steel C 45
81150 81100 / 81300 97 120 53 Aluminium
* Tolerance ±0.01mm
** Tolerance ±0.02mm
PRODUCTION VISES
5-Axis Compact Vise Accessories

Positioning Pins, Various
Diameters, for Grid Plate, set of 2
Part Number Vise(s) Ø (mm)
80060 81000 / 81200 10/12
80160 81100 / 81300 25/12
80165 81100 / 81300 25/16
Positioning Pins, Various Diameters,

for Table with T-Slots, set of 2
Part Number Vise(s) Ø (mm)
80065 81000 / 81200 10/14
80260 81100 / 81300 25/14
80265 81100 / 81300 25/18
Clamping Claws, set

with M10 Fastening Screws
Part Number Vise(s) Qty.
81075 81000 / 81200 4
81180 81100 / 81300 6
Double Clamping Claws, set

with M10 Fastening Screws
Part Number Vise(s) Qty.
81080 81000 / 81200 4
81185 81100 / 81300 6
Torque Wrench
Clamping
Part Number Vise(s) Force (Nm)
80070 81000 5 – 60
80170 81100 20 – 120
Socket for Torque Wrench

Part Number Vise(s) SW
81060 81000 12, 3/8"
81160 81100 14, 1/2"
Workstops
C80 Part Number Vise(s)
81090 81000 / 81200
81195 81100 / 81300
C120

131
PRODUCTION VISES
Jergens 5-Axis Fixed Jaw Vise with Reversible

and Interchangeable Inserts
With reversible (1 face flat, 1 face with grip) and interchangeable inserts,
as well as round inserts (with grip), this vise allows machining of both
machined and un-machined parts. Insert design minimizes change over
time and an all-steel construction guarantees a long service life and high
stability. With pre-drilled holes in the base for positioning and fastening,
the vise is ideal for use with Jergens’ Zero Point System and Ball Lock ®
Quick Change System.

• Suitable for clamping both un-machined and machined parts
• Interchangeable inserts allow machining of the 6th face with minimal set up
• Free access to the workpiece, allowing the use of standard tools
• Minimal clamping edge reduces material losses
Clamping
Part Force Weight Stroke
Number Size (kN/Nm) (Kg) (mm) S S1 L B H d1 g g2 h1 h2 l1 l2 l3 j SW
80900 100mm 25/60 19.6 96 18-204 6-192 285 100 100 25 x 5/M10 x 14 M8 x 15 M10 x 15 50 14 200 80 70 4 12
Stroke
Jergens 5-Axis Fixed Jaw Vise Accessories
Clamping Claws Torque Socket for Workpiece

Set of 4 pieces, with nuts Wrench Torque Wrench Stop
Part Part Torque Part Width Part
Number Vise Thread Number Vise (Nm) Number Vise Across Flats Number Vise
80150 80900 M12 80070 80900 5 – 60 81060 80900 12 81195 80900
PRODUCTION VISES
Jergens 5-Axis Pallet Clamps

Jergens pallet clamps (comprised of clamping jaws with a grip structure) can be used either for concentric clamping
or for clamping to the fixed jaw. These pallet clamps are an effective, affordable clamping solution.
• 2 designs available: concentric clamping or clamping to a fixed jaw

• Highest quality, compact, all-steel construction
• Precise clamping 69 – 119
• Easy to dismantle and clean
Fixed Pallet Clamp 51 – 99

Clamping to the fixed jaw
Clamping jaws with a grip structure

5 – 53
Part Jaw Width Clamping Clamping Clamping Weight
81
Number Clamping Principle (mm) Force (kN) Width (mm) Step (mm) (Kg)
81400 Against the fixed jaw 80 20 at 60 Nm 5 – 119 4x4 6.9 170
Concentric Pallet Clamp

Concentric clamping
Clamping jaws with a grip structure 17 – 79
75 – 139
Part Jaw Width Clamping Clamping Clamping Weight

Number Clamping Principle (mm) Force (kN) Width (mm) Step (mm) (Kg)
76
81500 Concentric clamping 80 20 at 60 Nm 15 – 139 4x4 6.4

170

133
NOTES
NOTES
POWER CLAMPING
Power Clamping
Air Circuit Controls – 2-Hand No Tie Down.............. 191 Repair Kits....................................................................... 201
Booster Clamping Kit.................................................... 181 Rotary Couplers............................................................. 196
Boosters, High Pressure/Volume............................... 179 Swing Cylinder Arms..................................................... 138
Boosters Installation Kits............................................. 180 Swing Cylinder – Bottom Flange................................ 137
Boosters, Pre-Fill............................................................ 176 Swing Cylinder – Top Flange....................................... 136
Boosters, Pre-Fill Accessories...................................... 177 Tubing, Steel...................................................................200
Boosters, Standard & Accessories.............................. 178 Valves, Air Circuit...................................................190–191
Clamps, Toe............................................................144–145 Valves, Flow Control.............................................189, 194
Cylinders, Block.....................................................158–159 Valves, Flow Limit...........................................................174
Cylinders, Double Acting............................................. 155 Work Supports.......................................................146–147
Cylinders, Flange Mount.............................................. 160 Air-Powered Hydraulic Pumps............................183–184
Cylinders, Hollow Rod..........................................148–149 Block Clamp.................................................................... 172
POWER CL AMPING
Cylinders, Intensifier............................................. 161–162 Breadbox™ Pump.......................................................... 184
Cylinders, Miniature...................................................... 150 Proximity Switch....................................................168–169
Cylinders, Single Acting............................................... 154 Pump Kits and Accessories..................................183–186
Cylinders, Swing....................................................136–141 Sensor Interlock............................................................. 167
Cylinders, Threaded..............................................150–152 Shoebox™ Pump............................................................ 183
Fittings.....................................................................198–199 Staylock Clamps.....................................................164–175
Hoses – Air & Hydraulic................................................200 Valves, Flow Limit...........................................................174
Hydraulic Fluids............................................................. 195 Valves and Subplates for
Hydraulic Gauges.......................................................... 191 Air Powered Hydraulic Pumps................................. 186
Hydraulic Intensifier..................................................... 182
Inserts, Toe...................................................................... 144
Jam Nuts.......................................................................... 153
Manifolds........................................................................ 196
Mounting Brackets - Cylinders.................................... 156
Mounting Plates............................................................ 143
Oil Reservoirs................................................................. 195
Pallet Decoupler Valve................................................. 188
Piston Buttons................................................................ 153
Pumps, Air – Breadbox™ .............................................. 184
Pumps, Manual.............................................................. 187
Pumps, Shoebox™ ........................................................ 183
Power Pac, Pre-Fill......................................................... 181
Quick Disconnects Air & Hydraulic............................200
135
POWER CLAMPING
Swing Cylinder – Top Flange/Manifold Mount

H
#2 SAE PORT I
2 PLACES J J
G
TOTAL STROKE
S ROTATING STROKE
R 90°
A CLAMPING STROKE
Q M
O K
N
T BHCS L
B
UNCLAMP PORT
(DBL ACTING ONLY)
D
P P 28° CLAMP PORT
#4 SAE PORT TYP.
UNCLAMP PORT E F 2 PLACES C*
(DBL ACTING ONLY) 3 PLACES
CLAMP PORT
• Clamping capacity from 1,100-5,000 lbs. max. These popular and highly adaptable
• Versatile manifold mount or conventionally plumbed swing style cylinders contain built in
The piston rotates 90° to the right, • Single and Double Acting available features, which allow users to simplify
but may be ordered with 90° left • Available in three body sizes the design process. They are directly
rotation (add - LH to clamp part • Assortment of Clamping Arms interchangeable with competitive
no.) or no rotation (add - SP to
clamp part no.)
(sold separately) See page 138 products.
POWER CL AMPING
• Popular top flange mounting design
Single Acting Double Acting Part No. *Counter Bore Size

Specifications 60660 60662 60664 60670 60672 60674 60660 60670 1/4" S.H.C.S.
Maximum Output Force (lbs) 1100 2600 5000 1100 2600 5000 60662 60672 5
/16" S.H.C.S.
Stroke (in) Total .79 1.16 1.66 .76 1.16 1.66 60664 60674 3/8" S.H.C.S.
Rotating .48 .66 1.03 .45 .64 1.03 * Mounting Hole Counter Bore
Clamping .31 .50 .63 .31 .52 .63
Operating Volume Clamp (cu in) .23 .72 1.95 .23 .72 1.98
Operating Volume Unclamp (cu in) N/A N/A N/A 0.46 1.43 4.00 WARNING:
Minimum Operating Pressure (psi) 750 750 750 500 500 500 All swing cylinders must be used with
Maximum Operating Pressure (psi) 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 flow limit valves to dampen the rotat-
Effective Piston Area (sq in) .30 .62 1.18 .30 .62 1.18 ing action. Please see maximum flow
rate shown below. See page 142.
CAUTION! DON’T ALLOW SWING ARM TO CONTACT THE WORKPIECE OR FIXTURE WHILE ROTATING.
Top Flange Mount

Single Double
Acting Acting
Part No. Part No. A B D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T
60660 60670 1.43 0.623 0.38 2.57 1.03 5.28 2.31 1.16 0.88 2.06 1.32 0.34 1.03 0.56 .845 1.23 0.66 0.136 3/8-24 x 5/8
60662 60672 1.75 0.874 0.41 3.35 1.06 6.78 2.69 1.35 1.00 2.53 1.63 0.44 1.25 0.53 1.05 1.53 1.00 0.196 1/2-20 x 3/4
60664 60674 2.37 1.247 0.54 4.40 1.48 9.33 3.60 1.80 1.38 3.35 2.12 0.60 1.72 0.75 1.41 2.04 1.38 0.196 5/8-18 x 1
A ± .01
E ± .005
TYP. B TAP
3 PLACES
Manifold Mounting Dimensions - Top Flange
Single Double C ± .005
Acting Acting
F ± .01
Part No. Part No. A B C D E F G D ± .005
.13
60660 60670 1.476 1/4-20 0.340 1.030 0.880 0.560 0.845 .09
60662 60672 1.809 5/16-18 0.440 1.250 1.000 0.530 1.050 UNCLAMP FEED HOLE .13
(DBL ACTING ONLY) .09
60664 60674 2.433 3/8-16 0.600 1.720 1.375 0.750 1.410 CLAMP FEED HOLE
G ± .01 TYP.
Inch to metric fittings available – see page 199.
POWER CLAMPING
Swing Cylinder – Bottom Flange/Manifold Mount

UNCLAMP PORT H
(DBL ACTING ONLY)
I
UNCLAMP PORT #4 SAE PORT
TOP & BOTTOM C J J
2 PLACES 5 PLACES
(DBL ACTING ONLY)
UNCLAMP PORT TOTAL STROKE H

R S
(DBL ACTING ONLY)
ROTATING STROKE 90°
I
UNCLAMP PORT CLAMPING STROKE
TOP & BOTTOM P O#4 SAE PORT C J J
2 PLACES 5 PLACES
(DBL ACTING ONLY) L
A M
TOTAL STROKE
R S K
ROTATING STROKE 90°
M
CLAMPING STROKE
P O
P O CLAMP PORT B L
D A M
N
Q K
#2 SAE PORT F E
CLAMP PORT 4 PLACES T BHCS M
TOP & BOTTOM G
P O CLAMP PORT B
D N
Q
• Clamping
CLAMP PORT
capacity from 1,100-5,000 lbs. max.
#2 SAE PORT
4 PLACES
F E C
T BHCS
4 PLACES I
• Manifold mounting or standard plumbing UNCLAMP
TOP & BOTTOM G
PORT J
• Single and Double Acting available TOP & BOTTOM H RAD.
J
(DBL ACTING ONLY)
• Highly adaptable flange mount design
C
(Clamping Arms sold separately) P
4 PLACES I
The piston rotates 90° to the right, M
L
UNCLAMP PORT
but may be ordered with 90° left Bottom Flange Swing Cylinders offer TOP & BOTTOM H RAD.
J
K
rotation (add - LH to clamp part versatility as a through hole bottom (DBL ACTING ONLY) J
POWER CL AMPING
no.) or no rotation (add - SP to M
clamp part no.)
mount or top plate mounting device. P
P
L
M
CLAMP PORT
Single Acting Double Acting TOP & BOTTOM Q K
Specifications 60661 60663 60665 60671 60673 60675 BASE FOR 60665 & 60675
M
P
Maximum Output Force (lbs) 1100 2600 5000 1100 2600 5000
CLAMP PORT
Stroke (in) Total .79 1.16 1.66 .76 1.16 1.66 TOP & BOTTOM Q
Rotating .48 .66 1.03 .45 .64 1.03
BASE FOR 60665 & 60675
Clamping .31 .50 .63 .31 .52 .63
Operating Volume Clamp (cu in) .23 .72 1.96 .23 .72 1.98
Operating Volume Unclamp (cu in) N/A N/A N/A 0.46 1.43 4.00 WARNING:
Minimum Operating Pressure (psi) 750 750 750 500 500 500 All swing cylinders must be used with
Maximum Operating Pressure (psi) 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 flow limit valves to dampen the rotat-
Effective Piston Area (sq in) .30 .62 1.18 .30 .62 1.18 ing action. Please see maximum flow
CAUTION! DON’T ALLOW SWING ARM TO CONTACT THE WORKPIECE OR FIXTURE WHILE ROTATING. rate shown below. See page 142.
Bottom Flange Mount

Single Double
Acting Acting
Part No. Part No. A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T
60661 60671 1.50 0.623 0.28 0.63 2.40 1.25 5.29 2.50 0.75 0.56 2.00 1.00 0.81 0.99 0.56 0.56 1.13 0.66 0.136 3/8-24 x 5/8
60663 60673 1.87 0.874 0.34 0.63 3.18 1.25 6.78 3.00 0.94 0.69 2.50 1.25 1.00 1.21 0.75 0.75 1.25 1.00 0.196 1/2-20 x 3/4
60665 60675 2.50 1.247 0.41 0.74 4.39 1.50 9.34 3.39 1.27 0.94 3.12 1.56 1.25 – – 0.75 1.38 1.38 0.196 5/8-18 x 1
A ± .01
B TAP
E ± .005 5 PLACES
Manifold Mounting Dimensions - Bottom Flange TYP.
Single Double C ± .005

Acting Acting
Part No. Part No. A B C D E F G F ± .01 D ± .005
60661 60671 1.540 1/4-20 0.560 0.990 0.810 1.130 0.562
60663 60673 1.920 5/16-18 0.690 1.210 1.000 1.250 0.750 .13 .13 UNCLAMP FEED HOLE
CLAMP FEED HOLE .09 .09 (DBL ACTING ONLY)
60665 60675 2.550 3/8-16 0.940 – 1.250 1.375 0.750
G ± .01 TYP.

137
POWER CLAMPING
B G
Swing Cylinder Arms

B
F
D
• Material: Cast 4140 G
639423 A E
• Heat Treatment: Hardened A
639420 and Drawn Rc 32-36 D
H
F
H
C
Single Arms - Standard Length C
I
E
I
Part No. A B C D E F G H I
60930 1 1/2 1/2 1 5/16-24 5/16-18 31/64 1 3/32 .6255/.6275 27/32
60931 2 3/4 1 3/8 3/8-24 3/8-16 43/64 1 9/16 .8755/.8775 1 5/32
60932 2 1/2 1 1/4 1 7/8 5/8-18 5/8-11 7/8 1 7/8 1.2505/1.2525 1 21/32
B G
B
G
• Material: Cast 4140 B

• Heat Treatment: Hardened F
and Drawn Rc 32-36
D
POWER CL AMPING
639423 A G
E D
A D
639420 F
639426 A H
H
C F E
H
C I I E
C
Single Arms - Long I
60933 5 3/8 1/2 1 5/16-24 31/64 21/32 1/2 .6255/.6275 27/32
60934 6 3/8 3/4 1 3/8 3/8-24 43/64 13/16 5/8 .8755/.8775 1 5/32
60935 6 1/2 1 1/4 1 7/8 5/8-18 7/8 1 1/4 3/4 1.2505/1.2525 1 21/32
B
G
• Material: Cast 4140 B

• Heat Treatment: Hardened F
and Drawn Rc 32-36
D
D
G
E F
639426 A H
A
639420 C E
I H
C I
Double Arms - Long
60936 8 3/4 1/2 1 5/16-24 31/64 21/32 1/2 .6255/.6275 7/8
60937 10 3/4 3/4 1 3/8 3/8-24 43/64 13/16 5/8 .8755/.8775 1 13/64
60938 11 1 1/4 1 7/8 5/8-18 7/8 1 1/4 3/4 1.2505/1.2525 1 45/64
B
G
D
POWER CLAMPING
Swing Cylinder - Application Information

• Arm length can effect clamping pressure - See Chart and Data Medium Cylinders (2,600#) p/n’s 60662, 60672, 60663, & 60673
• Weight should be considered when utilizing modified or input pressure (psi) max. arm length (in)
special arms, other than those provided by Jergens. Excessive
1,666 6.0
weight and length may damage external rotating components.
• Speed of operation is a major consideration. All swing 1,750 5.7
cylinders MUST BE USED WITH FLOW LIMIT VALVES to show 2,000 5.0
the rotation action. 2,250 4.4
• Full second rotation time is recommended. 2,500 4.0
• Care should be used when select hydraulic power sources - 2,750 3.6
be aware of maximum operating pressures. 3,000 3.3
3,250 3.1
Swing Cylinder Arm Ratings 3,500 2.9
Small Cylinders (1,100#) p/n’s 60660, 60670, 60661, & 60671 3,750 2.7
input pressure (psi) max. arm length (in) 4,000 2.5
1,500 5.0 4,250 2.4
1,750 4.3 4,500 2.2
2,000 3.8 4,750 2.1
2,250 3.3 5,000 2.0
2,500 3.0
2,750 2.7 Large Cylinders (5,000#) p/n’s 60664, 60674, 60665, & 60675
3,000 2.5 input pressure (psi) max. arm length (in)
1,923 6.5
POWER CL AMPING
3,250 2.3
3,500 2.1 2,000 6.3
3,750 2.0 2,250 5.6
4,000 1.9 2,500 5.0
4,250 1.8 2,750 4.5
4,500 1.7 3,000 4.2
4,750 1.6 3,250 3.8
5,000 1.5 3,500 3.6
3,750 3.3
4,000 3.1
4,250 2.9
4,500 2.8
4,750 2.6
5,000 2.5
Max. Arm Length vs. Pressure

7
60660, 60661, 60670 & 60671
6 60662, 60663, 60672 & 60673
60664, 60665, 60674 & 60675

MAX. ARM LENGTH (IN)
1
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000
CLAMPING PRESSURE (PSI)

139
POWER CLAMPING
Swing Cylinders
These versatile swing cylinders/clamps can be used as single
or double acting rotating clamps, or push/pull cylinders. The
piston in the Swing Cylinders rotate 90 to the right, but may
°
easily be changed to 90 left rotation, or to no rotation at all.

°
WARNING:
All swing cylinders must be used with flow limit valves to
dampen the rotating action. Please see maximum flow
rate shown below. See page 142.
• Standard with an arm

• Can be mounted using four #10 cap screws or the 1"-12 thread
on the O.D. of the cylinder
• Optional components include the threaded mounting bracket
and jam nut shown below
• Can be used as a non-rotating clamp
• Maximum recommended flow rate is 20 cubic inches per minute
per clamp (approximately 1 second clamp time)
• Note: Arm length can affect clamping pressures.
See chart at right for more information.
POWER CL AMPING
• Available in Fixture Pro Design Software

®
Specifications
Clamp Return
60680
Swing Cylinder (pull) (push)
Operating Volume (cu in) .18 .33
Effective Piston Area (sq in) .24 .44
Minimum Operating Pressure (psi) 120 –
Maximum Operating Pressure (psi) 3000 3000
Maximum Output Force (lbs) 730 1320
Stroke (in): Full .75 .75
Rotating .50 .50
Clamping .25 .25
Weight (lbs) 1 1
Accessories
Double Arm
Mounting Block
Part
Description Number
Mounting Block 60953
Hex Jam Nut 60964 See page 153.
Optional Double Arm 60923
POWER CLAMPING
Swing Cylinders
Large
• Standard without an arm.

• Socket Head Cap Screw is included.
• Single or double arms are available.
• Can be mounted using four 3/8" cap screws,
or the 1 7/8"-16 O.D. thread of the cylinder.
• Optional components include a jam nut or a mounting
bracket to replace old Jergens part number 60621.
• Can be used as a non-rotating clamp.
• Maximum recommended flow rate is 90 cubic inches per
minute per clamp. (Approximately 1 second clamp time.)
• Note: Arm length can affect clamping pressures.
See chart, page 140, for more information.
®
Specifications
Clamp Return
WARNING: 60681 Swing Cylinder
(pull) (push)
All swing cylinders Operating Volume (cu in) 1.5 2.7
must be used with Effective Piston Area (sq in) .98 1.77
POWER CL AMPING
flow limit valves Minimum Operating Pressure (psi) 200 —
(see page 142) to Maximum Operating Pressure (psi) 3000 3000
dampen the Maximum Output Force (lbs) 2900 5300
rotating action. Stroke (in): Full 1.5 1.5
Please see Rotating 1 1
maximum flow Clamping .50 .50
rate shown above. Weight (lbs) 5 5 Jam Nut
Part
Number
60967
See page 153.
Accessories
Single Arm Double Arm Mounting Bracket
Part Part Part
Number Number Number
60921 60922 60954

141
POWER CLAMPING
Swing Clamps
Jergens Swing Clamps are designed to swing 80° away from the workpiece
to allow easy accessibility for part insertion or removal. Swing Clamps may
be used in any attitude. The clamping arm may be positioned to swing
either to the left or right by repositioning one cap screw. The right hand
swing is standard.
• Right or Left Hand Swing
• 4800 lbs. Clamping Force
• Operates in any position
• Clamp arm has 1/4" of vertical travel
• Can be used with flood coolant
®
Specifications
Part Number 60685 IMPORTANT:
Operating Jergens Swing Clamps are
POWER CL AMPING
Volume (Cu. In.) 1.6 built to operate on pre-fill

Minimum Operating systems allowing much larger
Pressure (psi) 80* circuits to be used. To use a
Maximum Operating Jergens Swing Clamp with a
Pressure (psi) 3000 standard booster or with any
Maximum Output other power source you must
Force (lbs.) 4800 use the Flow Limit Valve
shown below.
Weight (lbs.) 9.25
*80 psi to swing, 200 psi to clamp.
Flow Limit Valves

The Flow Limit Valve restricts the flow of oil to dampen the
rotating action of the Swing Clamp. Flow Limit Valves are not
needed with 36:1 or 71:1 Air Powered Hydraulic Pumps.
(Part Number 61755 or 61756).
Part
Number
61648
POWER CLAMPING
Swing Clamp
Application
POWER CL AMPING
For hydraulic clamping directly on the machine table, use Jergens Swing Clamps
and Mounting Plates. The workpiece is positioned using Threaded Cylinders and
fixed stops. Manifolds at the edges of the table, with hydraulic quick disconnects,
allow any number of clamps to be used.
Mounting Plates
• Material: Low Carbon Steel
• Available in Fixture Pro®
Design Software
Part Mounting plates are subplates for

Number Swing Clamps and are designed to
60971 save fixturing cost and allow versatil-
ity in set-ups. Mounting Plates may
be bolted directly to your machine
table and moved to any location on
the table. Each mounting plate has
pre-drilled mounting holes or can be
easily adapted to your machine table
or application.

143
POWER CLAMPING
Toe Clamps
Features
• Single Acting
• Low Profile
• Direct Mounting
• 3/16" Stroke
• 3000 lbs. Force
• Steel or Brass Toe Insert Available
®
U.S. Patents:
No. 4406445
Specifications
POWER CL AMPING
Part Number 60631

Operating Volume (cu. in.) .115
Minimum Operating
Pressure (psi) 200
Maximum Output
Force (lbs.) 3000
Overall Stroke 3/16
A washer (60636), to prevent damage by the
cap screw, is included with each clamp.
Toe Insert is not supplied with the Toe Clamp.

See below to order the Toe Inserts.
Toe Inserts
Part Number Insert
60633 Steel
60632 Brass
Force in Pounds
Hydraulic
Pressure A B
1500 900 750
3000 1800 1500
5000 3000 2500
POWER CLAMPING
Toe Clamp
Application
POWER CL AMPING
A Toe Clamp is used in applications where clamps cannot be on top
of the workpiece due to the fact that the cutter must pass over that area.
The clamp holds the workpiece against stop and down on the table.
T-Slot mounting gives clamping versatility.

145
POWER CLAMPING
Work Supports
Bolt Size Height

Part Thru Tapped Tap E Port
Number A A B C Min Max F G H I J K L M N
60513 1/4 5/16-24 .50 1/4-20 2.45 2.70 .49 2.36 1.12 .81 1.75 9/16-18 .5 1.5 2
Hydraulically-locked Work Supports differ from Specifications

clamps and vises in that they do not actually
Part
POWER CL AMPING
exert force upon the workpiece. Rather, they

Number 60513 60512
are used to support the part being machined, Operating
offering resistance to any clamping forces acting Volume (cu. in.) .04 .06
counter to the direction of travel of the piston. Support to Pressure
Ratio 1.6:1 3.3:1
In a typical application, a large, thin casting is Minimum Operating
located on several tooling point pads for posi- Pressure (psi) 500 500
tioning. Work Supports will automatically adjust Maximum Operating
Pressure (psi) 3000 3000
to support the delicate sections of the casting.
Maximum Support
When hydraulic pressure is applied, the float-
Capacity (lbs.) 5000 10000
ing pistons within the Work Support are locked Plunger Spring Start 2 14
in position and resist any downward movement Force (lbs.) Finish 7 40
exerted on the casting. After the casting is Weight (lbs.) 2.0 5.5
removed, the floating pistons return to their fully-
raised position. A
1/4-20 X 3/8
B
C
11/32 DIA.
• Available in Fixture Pro
®
O
Design Software D K
E
BLEED PORT
GF 9/16-18 PORT
I
J H
Part G
Number A B C D E F Min Max H I J K L O
60512 3 9/16 1 3/8 2 3/4 .990 5/8 3.69 4.15 4.65 4 3/16 2 3/32 3/8 3 1 7/8 1.07
POWER CLAMPING
Work Support
Applications
The workpiece is located and clamped on the right end by a Jergens Swing
Clamp. The Work Support resists the machining forces applied to the other end
of the casting. Variations between castings are compensated for by the floating
support plunger in the Work Support.
POWER CL AMPING
The top and bottom surfaces of the large casting must be machined to be
flat, parallel, and at a fixed distance from each other. Jergens Work Supports
eliminate deflection at the outer edge while compensating for variations
between castings. A Jergens Hollow Rod Cylinder, stud and “C” washer
are used to hold the casting.

147
POWER CLAMPING
Hollow Rod Cylinders
Hollow Rod Cylinders are ideal

for converting existing fixtures
to power clamping. Replaces
clamps which use double cams,
flange nuts, draw bars, or other
mechanical devices. Generally,
no special machining is re-
quired, just a longer stud.
Specifications
Part Number 60403 60401 60405
60404 60402
60413 60410
60414 60411
Specifications 60412
Operating Stroke (in.) .24 .31 .64
Operating Volume (cu. in.) .3 .7 3.2
Effective Piston Area (sq. in.) .96 1.9 5
POWER CL AMPING
Min. Oper. Pressure (psi)* 100 100 100

Max. Oper. Pressure (psi) 5000 5000 5000
Max Output Force (lbs.) 4800 9850 25000
* With Spring Installed
Hollow Rod Cylinders can either push or pull. Two styles are available,
either Through Hole or Tapped Hole. In the Through Hole style, the piston
rod is hollow to accept a bolt. The Tapped Hole cylinders accept a bolt
threaded into the piston. Because of the piston design, the Tapped Hole
style cannot gain stroke. Removing the return springs make the Hollow Rod
Cylinders suitable for air operation.
®
Through Hole Cylinders

Part Rod Dia.
Port Wt.
Number A B C† D E F G H J Size (lbs)
*60403 13/32 1 15/16 1 7/8 5/16 1 5/8 10-32 3/4 1/2 7/8 7/16-20 1.0
*60404 17/32 1 15/16 1 7/8 5/16 1 5/8 10-32 3/4 1/2 7/8 7/16-20 1.0
60401 21/32 2 1/2 2 3/16 5/16 2 7/32 10-32 7/8 3/8 1 1/4 9/16-18 2.5
60402 25/32 2 1/2 2 3/16 5/16 2 7/32 10-32 7/8 7/8 1 1/4 9/16-18 2.5
60405 1 1/64 4 3 9/16 5/8 3 1/2 1/4-28 No Boss 2 1/8 9/16-18 10.5
*Cannot increase stroke
† Measured over piston in the retracted position.
Tapped Hole Cylinders

Thd.
Part Depth Port Wt.
Number A B C D E F G H J Size (lbs)
60413 3/8-16 1 15/16 1 13/16 5/16 1 5/8 10-32 3/4 1/2 7/8 7/16-20 1.0
60414 1/2-13 1 15/16 1 13/16 5/16 1 5/8 10-32 3/4 1/2 7/8 7/16-20 1.0
60410 1/2-13 2 1/2 2 3/16 5/16 2 7/32 10-32 7/8 7/8 1 1/4 9/16-18 2.5
60411 5/8-11 2 1/2 2 3/16 5/16 2 7/32 10-32 7/8 7/8 1 1/4 9/16-18 2.5
60412 3/4-10 2 1/2 2 3/16 5/16 2 7/32 10-32 7/8 7/8 1 1/4 9/16-18 2.5
POWER CLAMPING
Hollow Rod Cylinder

Applications
Typical, low cost conversion from manual clamping to Hollow Rod

Cylinders can be accomplished by using the existing drill jig clamps
POWER CL AMPING
and changing the stud to a longer length. Besides clamping faster
than the manual method, the Hollow Rod Cylinders allow for uniform
clamping forces on all strap clamps.
The Hollow Rod Cylinder is ideal for “close

to the machine base” strap clamping. By
mounting the clamps under the work table,
a manual clamping set-up can be easily
and economically converted to hydraulic
clamping.

149
POWER CLAMPING
Threaded Cylinders
Pressure Points
Jergens Pressure Points may be used with any power source and are de-
signed to be used in restricted areas where space is at a minimum. Pressure
Points can be used to eliminate part distortion during machining operations
or to hold large diameter castings or rings in place while machining the upper
surface. Pressure Points have hardened tool steel tips (50-60Rc). Jam nuts are
included. Not suitable for air operation.
Specifications • Available in Fixture Pro Design Software

®
Part Number 61512 61514

Operating
Stroke (in.) 3/16 3/16
Operating
Volume (cu. in.) .037 .037
Effective Piston
Area (sq. in.) .20 .20
Minimum Operating
Maximum Operating
Part Part
Maximum Output Number Number
1000 1000
POWER CL AMPING
Force (lbs.) 61512 61514

Weight (lbs.) .5 .6
Miniature Cylinders
Small, fully-threaded bodies ensure easy mounting and simple length
adjustments. Their small size provides high workholding forces in tight plac-
es. Threaded Cylinders have hardened piston rods, steel bodies, alloy springs
and Teflon back-up rings which ensure trouble-free operation and long life.
®
Not suitable for air operation. For mounting, see brackets on page 156.
Jam nuts are included.
Specifications • Available in Fixture Pro Design Software

®

Operating
Stroke (in.) 3/16 1/2
Operating
Volume (cu. in.) .018 .049
Effective Piston
Area (sq. in.) .096 .196
Minimum Operating
Maximum Operating
Maximum Output
Force (lbs.) 960 1960
Weight (lbs.) .5 .7
Part Body End

Number Stroke Thread A B C D E F Port
60461 3/16 1/2-20 1 13/16 1 9/16 1/4 3/16 3/8 7/16 1/16-27 NPTF
60462 1/2 3/4-16 2 3/8 2 5/16 1/4 21/32 5/8 1/8-27 NPTF
POWER CLAMPING
Manifold Mount Cylinders

• Provides for clean installation
• Eliminates exposed fittings and plumbing
• Well suited for use in custom design fixtures
Specifications
Part Number 60481 60482 60483 60484 60485 60486
Operating
Stroke (in.) 3/16 1/2 1/2 1 1/2 1
Operating
Volume (cu. in.) 0.017 0.098 0.393 0.785 0.884 1.767
Effective Piston
0.093 0.196 0.785 0.785 1.767 1.767
Area (sq. in.)
A F Minimum Operating
C B
D
I
Pressure (psi) 200 200 200 200 200 200
Maximum Operating
Pressure (psi) 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000
ØH Ø G ØE
Maximum Output
STROKE
Force (lbs.) 465 980 3925 3925 8835 8835
1/4-28 UNF-2B X 1/4 DEEP
60483 THRU 60486 Weight (lbs.) 0.5 0.7 1 1.5 2 2.5
Part No. Body Thread Stroke A B C D E Dia. F G Dia. H Dia. I Hex.

60481 9/16-18 UNF 3/16 1 13/32 .375 1/2 1/8 3/8 1/4 3/16 .48 3/4
60482 3/4-16 UNF-2A 1/2 1 23/32 .375 9/16 1/8 41/64 3/8 1/4 .66 7/8
POWER CL AMPING
60483 1 5/16-12 UN-2A 1/2 2 1/2 .615 3/4 1/4 1 7/32 5/16 3/4 1.19 1 1/2
60484 1 5/16-12 UN-2A 1" 3 .615 3/4 1/4 1 7/32 5/16 3/4 1.19 1 1/2
60485 1 7/8-12 UN-2A 1/2 2 1/2 .615 3/4 1/4 1 47/64 5/16 1 1/4 1.75 2 1/8
60486 1 7/8-12 UN-2A 1" 3 .615 3/4 1/4 1 47/64 5/16 1 1/4 1.75 2 1/8
SAE STRAIGHT THREAD PORT

PER SAE J514
J MIN.
Part No. SAE No. Thread Size Thread Depth J K L M
C BORE DIA. .031 MAX.
60481 6 9/16-18 UNF 1/2 .970 1/2 1.09 1/4
60482 8 3/4-16 UNF-2A 9/16 1.19 11/16 1.41 5/16
L MIN.
RECOMMENDED 60483 16 1 5/16-12 UN-2A 3/4 1.91 1 7/32 2.00 1/2
CROSS DRILL
DRILL DEPTH LOCATION 60484 5/16"15
1 11/16"
1 5/16-12 UN-2A 3/4 1.91 1 7/32 2.50 1/2
1 1/8" 60485
5/8" 24 1 7/8-12 UN-2A 3/4 2.56 1 13/16 2.00 9/16
HEX 5/16" 3/4"
M DIA. DRILL
60486 24 1 7/8-12 UN-2A 3/4 2.56 1 13/16 2.50 9/16
K MIN.
DRILL DIA. Ø.78 Ø1/2" Ø1/2"
7/8-14 UNF-2A 3/16" 3/16"
Pressure Points #10 SAE STRAIGHT

THREAD PORT Specifications
PER SAE J514
Ø1.344
(7/8-14 UNF 2AX21/32 DEPTH)
MIN.
1/64" Operating
Stroke (in.) 3/16 3/16
RECOMMENDED
1.468 MIN.
CROSS DRILL
DRILL DEPTH LOCATION Operating
Volume (cu. in.) 0.049 0.049
3/8 DIA. DRILL Effective Piston
Ø 13/16" MIN. DRILL
Area (sq. in.) 0.261 0.261
1 11/16" 5/16" Minimum Operating
1 1/8" 5/8" Pressure (psi) 400 400
HEX 5/16" 3/4"
Maximum Operating
Ø.78 Ø1/2" Ø1/2"
Maximum Output
Force (lbs.) 1305 1305
7/8-14 UNF-2A 3/16" 3/16"
Weight (lbs.) 0.5 0.5
61522 61524
#10 SAE STRAIGHT
THREAD PORT
PER SAE J514
(7/8-14 UNF 2AX21/32 DEPTH)
Ø1.344
MIN.
1/64"
RECOMMENDED
1.468 MIN.
Phone: 800-537-4367 or +1 216-486-5540
DRILL DEPTH | Fax: CROSS
+1 DRILL
216-481-6193 | E-mail: info@jergensinc.com | www.jergensinc.com
LOCATION
151
POWER CLAMPING
Threaded Cylinders
Heavy-Duty
Specifications - Inch
Part Number 60463 60464 60465 60466
Operating
1/2 1 1/2 1
Stroke (in.)
Operating
.392 .785 .883 1.767
Volume (cu. in.)
Effective Piston
.785 .785 1.767 1.767
Area (sq. in.)
Minimum Operating
200 200 200 200
Pressure (psi)
Full-threaded bodies ensure easy mounting and simple
Maximum Operating
length adjustments. Their small size provides high work 5000 5000 5000 5000
Pressure (psi)
holding forces in tight places. Threaded Cylinders have
Maximum Output
hardened piston rods, steel bodies, alloy springs and 3925 3925 8835 8835
Force (lbs.)
Teflon back-up rings which ensure trouble-free op-
®
Weight (lbs.) 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5

eration and long life. Not suitable for air operation. For
mounting, see bracket and jam nuts on page 153.
Specifications - Metric
• Compact Design
Part Number 63213 63214 63215 63216
• Easy Installation
Operating
POWER CL AMPING
• Side and Rear Ports 13 25 13 25

Stroke (mm)
• Tapped Piston
Operating
6.4 12.8 14.5 29
Volume (cu. Cm.)
Effective Piston
5 5 11.4 11.4
Area (cm2)
Maximum Oper.
340 340 340 340
Pressure (bars)
Minimum Oper.
14 14 14 14
Pressure (bars)
Maximum Output
1780 1780 4007 4007
Force (kg)
Weight (kg) .45 .68 .90 1.13
Inch
Part Body Input Ports

Number Stroke Thread A B C D E F End Side
60463 1/2 1 5/16-16 3 1/4 2 7/8 2 3/4 1/4-28 x 1/4 1 7/32 7/16-20 SAE 1/8-NPT
60464 1 1 5/16-16 3 3/4 3 3/8 2 1/2 3/4 1/4-28 x 1/4 1 7/32 7/16-20 SAE 1/8-NPT
60465 1/2 1 7/8-16 3 1/4 2 7/8 2 1 1/4 1/4-28 x 1/4 1 25/32 7/16-20 SAE 1/8-NPT
60466 1 1 7/8-16 3 3/4 3 3/8 2 1/2 1 1/4 1/4-28 x 1/4 1 25/32 7/16-20 SAE 1/8-NPT
Cylinders are supplied with a plug installed in the side port.
To use side port, remove plug and install part number 61060 (7/16-20 pipe plug) to plug end port.
Metric
Part Body Input Ports

Number Stroke Thread A B C D E F End Side
63213 13 M36 x 1.5 82 73 51 19 M6 x 1.0 x 6 31 1/4 - 19 BSP 1/8 - 28 BSP
63214 25 M36 x 1.5 95 86 64 19 M6 x 1.0 x 6 31 1/4 - 19 BSP 1/8 - 28 BSP
63215 13 M48 x 1.5 82 73 51 32 M6 x 1.0 x 6 44 1/4 - 19 BSP 1/8 - 28 BSP
63216 25 M48 x 1.5 95 86 64 32 M6 x 1.0 x 6 44 1/4 - 19 BSP 1/8 - 28 BSP
Cylinders are supplied with a plug installed in the side port.
POWER CLAMPING
Threaded Cylinders
Piston Buttons
1/4 - 28 Thread
Hardened steel buttons for use

60471 60472 60473
on 60463 thru 60466 cylinders.
Threaded Cylinders
Block Mountings
Inch
Part Number A B C D E F G Wt. (lbs)
60950 1/2-20 1 3/8 3/4 5/8 15/16 1/4 1/4 .125
60951 3/4-16 1 5/8 1 1/8 1 1 1/8 1/4 1/4 .375
POWER CL AMPING
60959 7/8-14 2 3/4 1 1/2 1 1/2 3/8 21/64 .40
60956 1 5/16-16 3 1 1/4 1 13/16 2 1/8 7/16 25/64 1.27
60957 1 9/16-16 3 1/4 1 1/2 2 2 7/16 7/16 25/64 1.95
• Finish: Black Oxide 60958 1 7/8-16 4 2 2 3/8 3 1/2 33/64 —
Metric
Part Number A B C D E F G Wt. (kg)
60997 M36 x 1.5 6H 82.6 38.1 50.8 62 12 10.8 .86
60998 M48 x 1.5 6H 101.6 38.1 60.3 76 12 13 1.13
Flange Mountings
B
Inch
Part Number A B C D E Wt. (lbs)
60952 1 5/16-16 1 5/8 1/2 1 1/4 17/64 .18
60955 1 9/16-16 2 1 1 1/2 17/64 .56
• Material: Low Carbon Steel 60954 1 7/8-16 2 1/4 1 1 3/4 21/64 .625
• Finish: Black Oxide Metric
Part Number A B C D E Wt. (kg)
60995 M36 x 1.5 6H 50.8 25.4 38 6.7 .30
60994 M48 x 1.5 6H 63.5 25.4 50 8.8 .42
Jam Nuts Part

Number 60961 60962 60963 60964 60965 60966 60967
Thread 1/2-20 3/4-16 7/8-14 1-12 1 5/16-16 1 9/16-16 1 7/8-16
Thickness 5/16 3/8 5/16 35/64 25/64 25/64 7/16
Width Across Flats 3/4 1 1/8 1 5/16 1 5/8 1 7/8 2 1/4 3

153
POWER CLAMPING
Standard Cylinders
Single Acting
These single-acting, spring-return cylinders will operate on
air or oil; all have a 1" stroke.
Single-acting cylinders are especially applicable to large circuits where

cylinders are plumbed into the air side of the circuit and used to align
parts in the fixture prior to hydraulic clamping. These applications are
primarily pushing type operations where the cylinder return spring pulls
only the piston rod.

®
NOTE: Not recommended for applications where coolant

or chips are prevalent. Use double acting style
(next page) for these applications
Specifications
Part Number 60301 60307 60303
Operating
Stroke (in.) 1 1 1
POWER CL AMPING
Operating
Volume (cu. in.) .44 1.22 3.14
Effective Piston
Area (sq. in.) .44 1.22 3.14
Minimum Operating
Pressure (psi) 32 25 25
Maximum Operating
Pressure (psi) 3000 3000 3000
Maximum Output
Force (lbs.) 1320 3660 9300
Weight (lbs.) .5 1 3
Bore Tolerances: +.0005

-.0010
Dimensions
Part Tap
Number A B C D E G K
60301 1.000 2 3/8 2 5/8 1 15/64 1/4-20 x 1/2 7/16 3/8
60307 1.500 2 3/8 2 5/8 1 47/64 3/8-16 x 3/4 7/16 1/2
60303 2.500 2 3/8 2 5/8 2 47/64 3/8-16 x 3/4 7/16 3/4
POWER CLAMPING
Standard Cylinders
Double Acting
Double Acting Cylinders can be used for clamping, holding posi-

tioning, staking, punching...anywhere that a heavy duty cylinder is
needed. If the cylinder is mounted in the fixture (as opposed to using
mounting brackets), the fixture should be bored to between .0005 and
.0010 over the “A” dimension. Doing so will prevent an out-of-round
condition of the cylinder body which could damage the piston. They
may be returned by air or by hydraulic pressure.

®
Specifications
Part Number 60345 60341 60350 60351 60360 60361
Operating
Stroke (in.) 1 1 2 2 3 3
Operating
Volume (cu. in.) 1.1 3.14 2.2 6.28 3.31 9.42
Effective Piston -Push 1.1 3.14 1.1 3.14 1.1 3.14
Area (sq. in.) -Pull .912 2.699 .956 2.699 .956 2.699
Minimum Operating
20 20 20 20 20 20
POWER CL AMPING
Pressure (psi)
Maximum Operating
Pressure (psi) 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
Maximum Output
Force (lbs.) 3300 9300 3300 9300 3300 9300
Weight (lbs.) 2.5 4.5 3.5 6.0 4.75 6.2
Dimensions
Return
Part Tap Port
Number A B C D E F G H J K
60345 1.500 2 7/16 3 1/8 2 15/32 3/8-16 x 3/4 7/16-20 31/32 1 9/32 1/4 1/2
60341 2.500 2 11/16 3 3/8 2 31/32 3/8-16 x 3/4 7/16-20 31/32 1 9/32 1/4 3/4
60350 1.500 3 1/2 4 1/2 2 15/32 1/4-20 x 1/2 9/16-18 1 7/32 2 11/32 1/4 7/16
60351 2.500 3 3/4 4 23/32 2 31/32 3/8-16 x 3/4 9/16-18 1 3/16 2 11/32 1/4 3/4
60360 1.500 4 1/2 5 1/2 2 15/32 1/4-20 x 1/2 9/16-18 1 7/32 3 11/32 1/4 7/16
60361 2.500 4 3/4 5 23/32 2 31/32 3/8-16 x 3/4 9/16-18 1 3/16 3 11/32 1/4 3/4

155
POWER CLAMPING
Standard Cylinders
Mounting Brackets Mounting Brackets are designed to save you time and money
when laying out your fixture.
All Mounting Brackets are made of low carbon steel, which

is not heat-treated. This allows you to custom fit or weld the
brackets into your fixture. The cylinder clamping area is concen-
tric to the OD of the various cylinders to avoid distortion of the
cylinder walls which may cause damage to the piston.
Spacers may be used to add height to the cylinders when using
Jergens Mounting Brackets.
• Bore Tolerances: +.0005
-.0010
®
(2 Bolts
Part Tap Supplied) Wt.

Number A B C D E F G H I (lbs)
60901 1 1/4 3 3/4 2 3/8 1 1/2 1.00 1/2-13 3/4 2 3/8-16 x 4 2.75
POWER CL AMPING
60902 1 1/4 4 3 1/2 2 1/8 1.50 3/4-10 1 2 1/2-13 x 4 1/2 3.5

60903 1 1/4 4 1/2 4 3/8 3 1/4 2.50 3/4-10 1 1/2 2 5/8-11 x 5 4.75
(2 Bolts
Part Tap Supplied) Wt.

Number A B C D E F G H I J (lbs)
60904 1 1/4 3 3/4 2 3/8 1 1/2 1.00 1/2-13 3/4 2 2 9/16 3/8-16 x 1 1/2 2.7
60905 1 1/4 4 3 1/8 2 1/8 1.50 3/4-10 1 2 2 1/2 1/2-13 x 1 1/2 3.5
60906 1 1/4 4 1/2 4 3/8 3 1/4 2.50 3/4-10 1 1/2 2 2 7/16 5/8-11 x 1 1/2 4.7
(2 Bolts
Part Supplied) Wt.

Number A B C D E F G (lbs)
60907 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 3/8 1 1/2 1.00 3/4 3/8-16 x 1 3/4 .95
60908 1 1/4 2 3 1/8 2 1/8 1.50 1 1/2-13 x 2 1/4 1.50
60909 1 1/4 3 4 3/8 3 1/4 2.50 1 1/2 5/8-11 x 3 1/4 2.75
POWER CLAMPING
Threaded Cylinder
Applications
By replacing step blocks or similar
mechanical devices with a threaded
cylinder, manual clamping is easily
adaptable into a more productive
hydraulic clamping set-up.
This principle of “building block”

components can be combined with
various Jergens cylinders, standard
components and mounting blocks or
strap clamps; thus allowing an almost
infinite method of production clamping.
Standard Cylinder
Applications
Holding Fixture
A Single Acting Cylinder is used to locate and clamp the workpiece in a
POWER CL AMPING
channel fixture. The cylinder rod automatically returns when the booster
pressure is released.
Vise Fixture
A Double Acting Cylinder is being used to operate a Vee Jaw in the above
fixture. Hydraulic pressure is used to clamp and unclamp the jaw. Air
pressure, used to return the Double Acting Cylinder, is connected to the
air return line of the Booster. Jergens Double Acting Cylinders will operate
with as little as 10 psi of air pressure or up to 3000 psi of hydraulic pressure.

157
POWER CLAMPING
Block Cylinders
Single Acting Horizontal
• Vertical and Horizontal Styles

• Simple Mounting
• Compact Design
Dimensions (Horizontal Style)

Part
Number A B C D E F G H J K L M N
60372* 1 3/4 1 3/4 2 7/16 11/16 7/8 7/8 1 3/8 1 15/32 9/32 3/16 2 1/2 .194
Dimensions (Vertical Style)

POWER CL AMPING
Mtg.
Part Screw Mtg.
Number A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Size Thread
60371* 1 3/4 1 3/4 2 1/2 11/16 1 7/8 1 1/8 5/16 1 11/16 1/4 1 13/16 1/4-28 .194 1 9/16 #10 1/4-20
UNF UNC
60373 2 1/2 2 1/2 3 3/16 1 1/2 1 11/32 1 1/4 — — 2 3/32 7/16 2 11/16 3/8-24 .257 1 15/16 5/16 3/8-16
UNF UNC
60374 3 1/2 3 4 2 1 1/2 1 3/4 1 3/4 7/8 — — 3 3/8 1/2-20 — 2 1/4 5/16 3/8-16
UNF UNC
*Not recommended for applications where coolant or chips are prevalent.
Single Acting Vertical

Specifications (Both Styles)
Part Number 60371 60372 60373 60374
Operating
Stroke (in.) 5/8 5/8 1/2 1/2
Operating
Volume (cu. in.) .77 .77 1.1 1.96
Effective Piston -Push 1.22 1.22 1.77 3.14
Area (sq. in) -Pull Spring Spring Spring Spring
Return Return Return Return
Maximum Operating
Pressure (psi) 5000 5000 5000 5000
Maximum Output
6100 6100 8850 15700
Force (lbs.)
Weight (lbs.) Approx. 2 2 5 11
Mounting Location X As Y X
Position Shown Position Position
“X” refers to double mounting hole style.
“Y” refers to single mounting hole style.
POWER CLAMPING
Block Cylinders
Heavy Duty Double Acting
• Simple Mounting
• Compact Design
• High Output Forces
Specifications
POWER CL AMPING
Part Number 60381 60382 60383 60384
Operating
Stroke (in.) 1/2 1 1/2 1
Operating
Volume (cu. in.) .88 1.77 1.57 3.14
Effective Piston -Push 1.77 1.77 3.14 3.14

Area (sq. in) -Pull .98 .98 1.37 1.37
Minimum Operating
Pressure (psi) 20 20 20 20
Maximum Operating
Pressure (psi) 5000 5000 5000 5000
Maximum Output
Force (lbs.) 8850 8850 15700 15700
Weight (lbs.) Approx. 4 4.8 10.5 12.1

Mounting Location Y Position X Position
“X” refers to double mounting hole style.
“Y” refers to single mounting hole style.
Dimensions

Part
Number A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Stroke Q
60381 2 1/4 2 5/16 3 2 7/16 1 1 1/8 1 11/32 — — 5/16 5/16 2 3/32 .257 1 15/16 1/2 3/8-24 UNF-2B
60382 2 1/4 2 13/16 3 2 15/16 1 1 1/8 1 11/32 — — 5/16 5/16 2 3/32 .257 1 15/16 1 3/8-24 UNF-2B
60383 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 3/4 3 3/8 1 1/2 1 5/8 1 1/2 1 3/4 3/4 — — — — 2 1/4 1/2 1/2-20 UNF-2B
60384 3 1/4 3 3/4 3 3/4 3 7/8 1 1/2 1 5/8 1 1/2 1 3/4 3/4 — — — — 2 1/4 1 1/2-20 UNF-2B

159
POWER CLAMPING
Flange Mount Cylinders
• Easy Mounting
• Heavy Duty
• High Output Forces
POWER CL AMPING
• Long Lasting
®
The Jergens Heavy Duty Flange Mount

Specifications
Cylinders mount through holes on the flange
of the cylinder body. This feature eliminates Part Number 62721 62722
the need for separate mounting brackets. The Operating
Stroke (in.) 1/2 1
cylinders can provide high forces for clamping,
Operating
lifting and pressing. Not recommended with Volume (cu. in.) 1.9 3.9
flood coolant applications. Effective Piston
Area (sq. in.) 3.9 3.9
Minimum Operating
Maximum Operating
Maximum Output
Force (lbs.) 19880 19880
POWER CLAMPING
Intensifier Cylinders
Intensifier Cylinders are combination air-hydraulic cylinders. An air

powered cylinder is driven into a small oil reservoir which produces a
nominal 8:1 or 30:1 power boost ratio, depending upon air pressure
and the cylinder used. These miniature, self-contained power sources
are ideal where fast action (100 operations per minute), a short stroke
and high power are needed.
Specifications
Operating
Stroke (in.) 1/4 1/4
Force (lbs.) at
• 8:1 and 30:1 Boost Ratios Inlet Air Pressure 950 3700
• Self-Contained 125 psi Max.
• Fast Acting 100 psi 700 2900
• Air Controlled 75 psi 450 2100
POWER CL AMPING
• Easy Recharge Without Disassembly 50 psi 250 1300
®
25 psi Min. 50 450
Ratio 8:1 30:1
For Mounting Brackets see page 156.
Dimensions
Across Across
Part Thread Flats Tap Flats Port
Number A B C D E F G H J K
60596 7 1/4 2 13/16 1 9/16-16 1 3/4 23/32 2 3/4 5/16-24 x 1/2 7/8 9/16-18
60598 9 5/16 3 15/16 1 7/8-16 2 1/2 23/32 2 1/2 3/4 5/16-24 x 1/2 7/8 9/16-18

161
POWER CLAMPING
Intensifier Cylinder
Applications
Positioning Clamping
A series of plates are gang loaded into the fixture. Installed in a Jergens Mounting Bracket, the
Air operation of the intensifier assures fast and Intensifier Cylinder provides efficient, versatile,
positive positioning of the plates, after which the yet economical clamping.
multiple hydraulic cylinders are used to clamp.
POWER CL AMPING
Crimping Circuit Diagrams

The intensifiers may be installed at any A filter/regulator and a 3-way hand valve are all
attitude. Mounted in a vertical attitude that is required to control an Intensifier Cylinder.
(as shown), up to 1 1/2 tons of force is Installation is as simple as an air cylinder but the
available for crimping, punching, or notching. resulting force is much greater.
POWER CLAMPING
How to Design Your Own Hydraulic System

1. Calculate the force used to hold the workpiece during machining.
To convert the torque applied to a fastener into holding force use the following formula:
P = T
KD
Where: P = Holding Force (lbs.)
T = Torque (in. lbs.)
D = Nominal Thread Diameter (in.)
K = Friction Factor
(K Varies with material, finish, and lubrication, .19 to .25)

Example: 1/2-13 bolt tightened to 30 ft. lbs
(360 in. lbs.) provides 3600 lbs. of force.
P = 360 = 3600
(.2 x .5)
2. Calculate the force required at each work unit.

POWER CL AMPING
Total Force
= Force per unit
Number of work units
3. Select the style of work unit to be used at each location. Select units which can be easily mounted and will allow access for
loading and unloading of the workpiece.
4. Compare the force required by each work unit with the maximum force available from the unit selected. If the required force is
greater than the available force, substitute larger work units or increase the number of work units to be used.
5. Calculate the hydraulic pressure required to provide the force needed at each work unit. To determine pressure, divide the force
required at the work unit by the effective piston area of the unit selected.
Force
= Pressure
Area
The unit requiring the highest pressure determines the requirement for the entire system.
6. Determine the total volume of oil required to operate all of the work units (Volume = Piston Area x Stroke).
Operating volume requirements for work units are listed in the specifications chart for the item.
7. Select a power source which will provide the required pressure, using the available air pressure. To determine if a power
source will provide the required pressure from available air pressure, multiply the available air pressure by the boost ratio
of the power source.
Example: (90 psi air pressure) (15:1 boost ratio) = 1350 psi hydraulic pressure
The power source must also provide the total volume of oil required by the system. When using a standard booster, the high
pressure volume of the unit must exceed the system requirement.
8. If you need help, call Jergens Technical Sales at: 1-877-426-2504.

163
POWER CLAMPING
Staylock Clamps
Stays Mechanically Locked–
Even When Disconnected from
Hydraulic Pressure
StayLock Clamps ...the Hydraulic clamp

with the mechanical advantage! With
StayLock Swing Clamp on a conventional power clamping, when
Tombstone Fixture pressure is put to the clamp, it clamps...
The Swing Clamp rotates 80° take the pressure away (on purpose or
away from the workpiece, not), it unclamps. With the StayLock
allowing easy loading and Clamp's patented internal locking
unloading of the part. In this
mechanism, hydraulic pressure is needed
application, the tombstone is
mounted on a double pallet to clamp...and to unclamp!
machining center. When the
pallet rotates, the StayLock
Clamp remains clamped. There
is no need for an accumulator
in the hydraulic system. Nor
is there a chance of hydraulic
hoses getting tangled or
POWER CL AMPING
accidentally cut while the part

is being machined. StayLock StayLock Rocker Clamp
Swing Clamps are available Holding a Die
in left-hand or right-hand
swing styles. The Rocker Clamp is ideal
for quick change clamping
on dies, molds, and fixture
plates where a standard height
subplate is employed. Because
of the unique body design of
the Rocker Clamp, it can easily
be adapted with a T-slot nut
mounted on the bottom. This
enables the Rocker Clamp to
slide in and out, making part
removal easier, plus it allows
for various widths of subplates
or fixture plates to be used.
StayLock Block Clamp on a

Tombstone
The Block Clamp is a multi-
purpose utility clamp, utilized,
as any StayLock Clamp can
be, in either the horizontal or
vertical clamping positions.
In this application, the Block
Clamp (at the top of the
tombstone) is replacing step
blocks and tedious manual
clamping.
POWER CLAMPING
Staylock Clamps
Positive Mechanical Lock Most Commonly Asked Questions

Jergens StayLock Clamps offer a breakthrough in clamping Q. Does the StayLock Clamp lose pressure?
flexibility! These mechanically locked clamps are activated
and released by hydraulic pressure. Once activated, the A. No, it does not. Because of a patented mechanical lock, a
clamps automatically lock and will not release until hydrau- positive locking wedge is activated when pressure is applied
lic pressure is applied to the release port. to the clamp port. There is no need to maintain hydraulic
pressure; therefore, the power source can be disconnected.
Once clamped, you can: There is no pressure to lose.
• disconnect your hydraulic power source
Q. How do I lock StayLock Clamps in place?
• move the fixture, with the part still clamped, to other machines
POWER CL AMPING
• not worry about your part unclamping due to hydraulic power A. Applying hydraulic pressure to the clamp port of a StayLock
failure, a cut line, or leaks in the hydraulic system Clamp drives two internal wedges together. The two wedges
form a mechanical lock and will not retract until hydraulic
Patented positive mechanical lock minimizes: pressure is applied to the release port.
• reclamping Q. Can these clamps be used with air?
• set-up costs
• parts accidentally becoming unclamped A. No. Air pressure does not apply enough force to lock or
unlock the internal wedge mechanism.
Jergens StayLock Clamps can provide solutions to many Q. How much hydraulic pressure is needed to
clamping problems. They are designed for use on: activate the clamps?
• palletized fixtures
A. The minimum pressure required on most of the StayLock
• transfer machines
Clamps is 500 psi. The minimum and maximum pressure re-
• machining centers
quirements are specified for each clamp on the following pages.
• any power clamping application
• quick change on molds and dies Q. What is needed to set up a hydraulic system using
StayLock Clamps?
Use the StayLock Clamps with Jergens Air-Operated Hydraulic A. Typically, a system includes several clamps (depending on
Pumps (described on pages 183– 184). One Hydraulic Pump individual requirements); a power source; a four-way,
can service several machines because there is no need to three-position, zero-leakage control valve (see page 186);
maintain hydraulic pressure when clamping StayLock Clamps. and hydraulic hose and fittings. There is no need for an
Once StayLock Clamps are in a clamping position, the hydraulic accumulator in the system.
hoses can be disconnected, and the part will remain clamped
indefinitely. Once the machining cycle is completed, applying Q. Can an air/oil booster be used with StayLock Clamps?
hydraulic pressure to the release port unclamps the part. A. No. Boosters typically are used with standard hydraulic
clamps because pressure is needed to activate and
CUT AWAY VIEW OF TYPICAL STAY LOCK CLAMP maintain the clamp in the clamping position. With a
Booster set-up, there is only one hydraulic line that provides
PISTON the pressure needed. StayLock Clamps need pressure to
PISTON
PISTON
clamp and unclamp; therefore, a Booster would not provide
PLUG
PLUG the needed pressure to the release port to unclamp the part.
Q. Can I get technical assistance from Jergens when
designing a StayLock Clamping system?
A. Yes. Jergens will assist you by providing a CAD schematic
BODY drawing of your system, including all of the part numbers
needed to order the system.
LOCKING LOCKING
ANGLE PIN For assistance, call 1-877-426-2504.

165
POWER CLAMPING
Staylock Clamps
Die/Mold Clamps
Four models of Die/Mold Clamps are available. Part number whether the clamp is locked or not. Sensor Interlocks are
62801 provides 4000 lbs. of output pressure. It is only available as an accessory for part numbers 62801 and
available in the T-Slot mounting style. The T-Slot mount 62802. Part number 62804 is similar to part number 62802,
allows the clamp to be mounted on a machine base via a except it has a greater clamping range. It does not have
T-Slot nut, thus allowing the clamp to slide to and from mounting holes for the Sensor Interlock. Die/Mold Clamps
the workpiece. Part number 62802 provides 10,000 lbs. of are available with Viton seals for high temperature applica-
®
clamping force. It employs standard mounting bolts for tions.

permanent mounting to the machine base, subplate, or Ideal for:
fixture plate. Part number 62803 also provides 10,000 lbs.
of clamping force. This clamp is provided with a Sensor • Injection molding machines
Interlock which, when wired to a control panel, indicates • Die casting machines
• Punch presses
• Machining centers
POWER CL AMPING
U.S. Patents:
No. 4,511,127
No. 4,471,293

62802 62803 with Sensor Interlock
Specifications
62801 62802 62803 62804 • Available in Fixture Pro
®
Part Number
Design Software
Operating Volume (cu. in.) 1 1 1 1
Min Operating Pressure (psi) 500 500 500 500
Max Operating Pressure (psi) 2000 5000 5000 5000
Force to Pressure Ratio 2:1 2:1 2:1 2:1
Clamping Range (in.) 1.03/.95 1.03/.95 1.03/.95 1.15/.97
Max Output Force (lbs) 4000 10000 10000 10000
Weight (lbs) 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5

62801 T-Slot Style 62804
POWER CLAMPING
Staylock Clamps
Die/Mold StayLock Clamp Applications

®
The Die/Mold Clamp is mounted (either

permanently, or by using T-Slots) on Injection Molding
Punch Press the injection molding machine platen.
The mold is mounted on subplates. By Press
standardizing on subplates with the
same height and width, several different
molds can be used on one injection
molding machine. The mold is lowered
into the machine, the Die/Mold Clamps
are activated, hydraulic connections are
removed, and the job is run. A Sensor
Interlock can be added to indicate to
the operator that the Die/Mold Clamp is
clamping. If molds are used that have a
clamping slot, either a StayLock
Retractable Clamp or a StayLock
Rocker Clamp can be used.
Die/Mold Clamps are mounted on the
Punch Press table either permanently or
by using T-Slots. The top and bottom dies
are slid into place, hydraulic connections
POWER CL AMPING
are removed and the job is run.
At changeover time, the hydraulic quick
disconnect fittings are reconnected, the
die is removed and replaced with the
next die, and the process is repeated.
In some applications on punch presses,
the Die/Mold Clamp may create a shut
height problem. If this is the case, the
StayLock Rocker Clamp is an
excellent substitute.
Sensor Interlock
The Sensor Interlock (62816) can be mounted on the Die/Mold
Clamp and is used to indicate that the clamping piston is engaged
or disengaged. Because of the minimal movement of the clamping
piston, some applications may require more than a visual method of
determining if the Die/Mold Clamp is in the clamping position. The
Sensor Interlock is a normally open, 110 volt, 6 amp switch. It is
supplied with a six foot long wire and mounting hardware to mount
in the control panel of a machine. The switch contacts on the Sensor
Interlock will only close when the clamping piston is within the
®
clamping range of the Die/Mold Clamp. It is included with Part
Design Software Number 62803.
Part
Number
62816

167
POWER CLAMPING
Staylock Clamps
Large Capacity Mold Clamp The Jergens Large Capacity Mold Clamp is
used on molding machines and wherever heavy
clamping forces are required. It has a clamping
force of 28,000 lbs. The clamp can be mounted
either individually or in series on a manifold.
C'BORED FOR 3/4" SHCS

4 REQ'D.
CLAMP
PORT
3
CLAMPING
2 PISTON
1
Specifications 9
1
Part Number 62806 2
Operating Volume (cu. in.) 7 3
Minimum Operating
POWER CL AMPING
Pressure (psi) 500

Maximum Operating
Pressure (psi) 3500 RELEASE
PORT
Force to Pressure Ratio 8:1
Clamping Stroke .38
Maximum Output
Force (lbs.) 28,000 M12 X 1.0 FOR OPTIONAL
PROXIMITY SWITCH 4.96
Weight (lbs.) 43 2 1.34
7/16-20UNF
SAE PORTS
4
PORTS
2.56
1.15 .06
REMOVE 1/8 NPT PLUG FOR

MANIFOLD MOUNTING 1 DIA. .375
STROKE
MOLD
M5 X .8 X 10MM DEEP
(WILL ACCEPT #10-32)
ADAPTER
PLATE
ROLLERS Part Number

STAYLOCK 62817
CLAMP
Proximity Switch
SENSOR The Proximity Switch indicates the clamp’s piston
position. A single switch is required for each Large
Typical StayLock Manifold Layout Capacity Clamp. Stainless steel construction with
on Injection Molding Machine 16' cord, 10-30 VDC.
POWER CLAMPING
Staylock Clamps
Retractable Clamps
Jergens StayLock Retractable Clamps are designed to allow
quick change of molds in injection molding machines and die
casting machines. The locking arm, which retracts into the clamp
body for easy loading and unloading of a mold, is adaptable
to clamp many standard mold slots. The Retractable Clamp is
double acting and includes alternate clamp and release ports
for easier hydraulic plumbing set-up. A Proximity Switch, which
indicates the Retractable Clamp is in the extended or retracted
position, is also available (see below).
U.S. Patents: High temperature version available, contact Technical Sales

No. 4,511,127 for more information
No. 4,471,293
Specifications
RELEASE
PORT Part Number 62852
9/16-18
SLOT FOR 5/8 SHCS ALTERNATE
WASHERS INCLUDED RELEASE PORT
Operating Volume (in )
3
1.6
2 PL (NORMALLY PLUGGED)
Minimum Operating
500
POWER CL AMPING
Pressure (psi)
4 1.5 4 1/2
Maximum Operating
CLAMP
Pressure (psi) 2500
PORT
9/16-18 3/4
1.04
ALTERNATE
CLAMP PORT Clamping Stroke .13
(NORMALLY PLUGGED)
Maximum Output
Force (lbs.) @ 2500 (psi) 5000
1 1/16 1.56
Weight (lbs.) 23
1.56 3 3/8
7/8 1 1/16
3/4
7.02
7.17
M12 1/2-20
LED
Proximity Switch
The Proximity Switch senses the position of the
clamping arm within the Retractable Clamp.
Two Proximity Switches are required for each
clamp. They have a stainless steel housing and
are mounted in the Retractable Clamp. One
Switch senses the arm extended; the other, the
40 mm
arm retracted. A sixteen foot cord is included
with each Proximity Switch, 35-250 VAC.
70 mm
Part Number
62857

169
POWER CLAMPING
Staylock Clamps
Rocker Clamps Compact design and dual mounting capability make the
Jergens StayLock Rocker Clamp versatile for many applica-
tions. The Rocker Clamps come in two styles. Part number
Part Number
62841 is typically used with standard height subplates upon
62841
which the die, mold, or fixture plate is mounted. Part
number 62842 has an adjustable spindle which adapts to
the height of the workpiece. Both styles of Rocker Clamps
have drilled and tapped holes on the bottom of the clamp for
mounting T-Slot nuts for use on slotted tables. This method
of mounting allows the operator to slide the clamp to and
from the workpiece for easier part loading and unloading. Bolt
down mounting holes are also provided. For mounting appli-
cations, contact the Jergens Technical Sales Department.
Ideal for:
U.S. Patents:
• Holding dies on punch presses
No. 4,511,127
No. 4,471,293 • Molds on injection molding machines
• Dies on die casting machines
• Use on hydraulic fixtures
®
POWER CL AMPING
Part Number Specifications

62842 Part Number 62841 62842
Operating
Volume (cu. in.) .67 .67
Minimum Operating
Maximum Operating
2,000 2,000
Pressure (psi)
Force to Pressure Ratio 1.9:1 1.9:1
Clamping Range (in.) .92 to 1.00 .10*
Maximum Output
Force (lbs.) @2,000 psi 3,800 3,800
*After adjustment for height.
Part Number
62841
1 11/16
11/16
3/8-16 x 5/8
2 PLACES
Part Number
Mounting holes for T-Slot applications.
62842
POWER CLAMPING
Staylock Clamps
Mini-Rocker Clamps
The StayLock Mini-Rocker Clamp is

designed for small parts workholding.
Like the other StayLock Clamps, the
Mini-Rocker can be mounted at any
angle. Clamping forces range from 200
lbs. to 700 lbs. The Mini-Rocker can be
used as a single clamp; or because of
POWER CL AMPING
its unique port arrangement, it can be
manifold mounted.
Specifications
Socket Toggle Screw Part Number 62845* 62846**
Operating
Part Number .08 .08
Volume (cu. in.)
33302
Minimum Operating
Set Screw/Jam Nut not included. 500 500
Pressure (psi)
See page 246.
Maximum Operating
Pressure (psi) 3,500 3,500
Force to Pressure Ratio .2:1 .2:1
Clamping Range .09 .09
Clamping Force @ 3500 psi 700 lbs 700 lbs
Clamping Force @ 1000 psi 200 lbs 200 lbs
* Includes four plugs & two O-Rings, SAE style,
for manifold mounting
Optional Toggle Pad
** Includes two plugs
(Shown in picture)
Part Number
43502
See page 247.

171
POWER CLAMPING
Staylock Clamps
Block Clamps
Jergens StayLock Block Clamps are multi-purpose
utility clamps designed for many versatile applica-
tions. Block Clamps may be mounted for either
vertical or horizontal clamping. They may be used
with strap clamps or similar workholding devices for
maximum adaptability (see illustration below). The
Block Clamp plunger has a 1/4 - 28 thread on the I.D.
for use with various contact points.

®
#6 SAE STR. THD. PORT

(9/16-18 UNF-2B THD.)
(4)
U.S. Patents:
No. 4,511,127
No. 4,471,293 DRILL & C'BORE FOR
5/8 SOC HD CAP SCREWS
POWER CL AMPING
(4)
2"
1" 1 3/16" 2 1/8"
Specifications Inch
Part Number 62831 2 1/8"
Operating Volume (cu. in.) 1.1
7/8"
Minimum Operating
Pressure (psi) 500
5 3/8" 3 1/8"
Maximum Operating 1/4-28 X 1/2 DEEP
Pressure (psi) 5,000 9/16 FLATS FOR WRENCH

Clamping Stroke (in.) .18
Maximum Output
Force (lbs.) @ 5,000 psi 10,000 1/4-19 ISO PIPE PORT
(2)
Weight (lbs.) 6.5
DRILL & C'BORE FOR
Specifications Metric M16 MOUNTING SCREWS

(4)
Part Number 63816

Operating Volume (cu. cm) 18 50
30.5 54
25
Minimum Operating
Pressure (kg/cm )
2 14
Maximum Operating
Pressure (kg/cm )
2 350 66.7
54
Force to Pressure Ratio 12.8:1
22.2
Clamping Stroke (mm) 4.7
Maximum Output 136.5 79.5
Force (kg) @ 351(kg/cm )
2 4,500
M6 X 1.0 X 12MM DEEP
Weight (kg) 2.93 14MM FLAT FOR WRENCH
POWER CLAMPING
Staylock Clamps
Toe Clamps
U.S. Patents:
Low Toe Style No. 4,511,127
Part Number No. 4,471,293
62811
Specifications
Part Number 62811
Part Number 62812 Jergens StayLock Toe Clamps are designed for edge gripping of parts when
Operating Volume (cu. in.) .5 the clamp height must be kept at a minimum, such as in a milling operation.
Minimum Operating They are available in Low Toe (62811) or High Toe (62812) styles.
POWER CL AMPING
Pressure (psi) 500
Toe Clamps provide two directional clamping forces: one pushes the work-
Maximum Operating
3,000 piece against a positive stop, the other pushes it down against the table or
Pressure (psi)
fixture. A brass or steel insert is available on the low toe style Toe Clamp.
Hydraulic Force in Pounds
The inserts must be ordered separately.
Pressure (psi) A* B*
1,500 1,200 800 IMPORTANT: Jergens 62811 Toe Clamp is supplied without toe insert.
3,000 2,500 1,800 Please order one of the inserts below.
Clamping Stroke .09
Maximum Output Part Number Insert
Force (lbs.) @3,000 psi 2,500
60633 Steel
Weight (lbs.) 6.7
60632 Brass
• Two special washers which prevent
damage by the cap screws are included
with each toe clamp. To order washers
separately, order Part Number 60636.
• Toe is moved back by spring.
®
High Toe Style Part Number

62812

173
POWER CLAMPING
Staylock Clamps
Swing Clamps (Metric)
Jergens StayLock Swing Clamps are designed to be used when
accessible loading and unloading of a workpiece is required. The
clamping arm rotates 80° away from the workpiece. The Swing
Clamp operates in any position and is sealed so it can be used
with coolant applications.
Important: When using the High Volume Air-Powered Hydraulic
Pumps (61761 and 61762), the Flow Limit Valve (shown below)
must be used to limit the flow of hydraulic oil going to the clamp
port of the Swing Clamp. This will extend the life of the clamp by
minimizing the clamp arm from slamming into the clamping position.
U.S. Patents:
No. 4,511,127
No. 4,471,293
POWER CL AMPING
Specifications
Part Number (Right Swing) 63801
Part Number (Left Swing) 63802
Operating Volume (cm3) 20.5
Minimum Operating
Pressure (bar) 6*/7
Maximum Operating
Pressure (bar) 200
Force to Pressure Ratio 8.5:1
Clamping Stroke (mm) 5.5
Maximum Output Force (kN)
@ 200 bar 18
Effective Piston Area (cm2) 8.6
Weight (kg) 5.5 The Flow Limit Valve restricts the flow of oil to dampen the rotating action of
*5.4 bar to swing, 7 bar to clamp. the Swing Clamp. It is recommended that the Flow Limit Valve be used with
the High Volume Air-Powered Hydraulic Pump (61761 or 61762). It is not
needed with the lower volume “Shoebox” Pumps (61755 or 61756).
Flow Limit Valves

1/4-19 ISO PIPE
3/8-19 ISO PIPE

37.7
52.5 22 HEX
Part Number
63603
®
POWER CLAMPING
Staylock Clamps
Swing Clamps
Jergens StayLock Swing Clamps are designed to be used when
accessible loading and unloading of a workpiece is required. The
clamping arm rotates 80° away from the workpiece. The Swing
Clamp operates in any position and is sealed so it can be used
with coolant applications.
Important: When using the High Volume Air-Powered Hydraulic
Pumps (61761 and 61762), the Flow Limit Valve (shown below)
must be used to limit the flow of hydraulic oil going to the clamp
port of the Swing Clamp. This will extend the life of the clamp by
minimizing the clamp arm from slamming into the clamping position.
RELEASE
9/16-18 PORTS
U.S. Patents: 2 1/2 CLAMP
No. 4,511,127
No. 4,471,293
POWER CL AMPING
8 0° SWING
RIGHT HAND
Specifications 17/32
3/8-16 THREAD 2 3/4 4 9/16
Part Number (Right Swing) 62823
Part Number (Left Swing) 62824
1 1/16
Operating Volume (cu. in.) 1
4 3/32
Minimum Operating
Pressure (psi) 80*/300 2 29/32 1 1/8
Maximum Operating
Pressure (psi) 3,000
1 1/8
Force to Pressure Ratio 1.3:1 5/8
Clamping Stroke (in.) .18 Clamp Arm Has 3/16" Of
Maximum Output Force (lbs.) Vertical Travel
@ 3,000 psi 3,900
The Flow Limit Valve restricts the flow of oil to dampen the rotating
Weight (lbs.) 11
action of the Swing Clamp. It is recommended that the Flow Limit
*80 psi to swing, 300 psi to clamp. Valve be used with the High Volume Air-Powered Hydraulic Pump
(61761 or 61762). It is not needed with the lower volume "Shoebox"
Pumps (61755 or 61756).
Flow Limit Valves
Part Number
61648
®

175
POWER CLAMPING
Pre-Fill Boosters
• Self Bleeding
• Easy View Reservoir
• 15:1, 30:1, and 54:1 Boost Ratios
These units offer many more advantages than conventional

boosters, while maintaining the same basic simplicity. The pre-fill
booster has two automatic cycles. The first cycle pre-fills the work
circuit using low pressure with a large reservoir to provide volume.
The second cycle then automatically provides high pressure, as
needed. These units also provide automatic bleeding of the work
circuit. This self-bleeding feature negates the need to “bleed the
lines” after it is set up.
The pre-fill booster is ideal for any general use production system
requiring maximum efficiency with minimum effort! Pre-fill boosters
must be used in the upright (vertical) position.
• Installation Kits Available. See page 180.

• See page 177 for Rapid Exhaust and Rapid Advance Kits,
Handles, and Mounting Bases.
POWER CL AMPING
Patent No. 3839866
Specifications
Part Number 61704 61705 61706
Reservoir
Capacity (cu. in.) 50 50 55
High Pressure
Volume (cu. in.) 7 1/2 3 3/4 2
Minimum
Input (psi) 40 40 40
Maximum
Input (psi) 125 125 75
Boost Ratio 15:1 30:1 55:1
Maximum
Output (psi) 1875 3750 4100
Weight (lbs.) 28 28 28
POWER CLAMPING
Boosters
Circuit Diagrams
Graphic
Schematic
POWER CL AMPING
Accessories
Rapid Exhaust and Advance Kits Handle
Rapid Rapid
Exhaust Advance
Part Part Part
Number Number Number
62214 62215 62621
These kits include everything needed to Convert your Pre-Fill Booster to a

convert a standard Pre-Fill Booster to portable power source. The 62621
high speed operation. Fittings, pre- handle is for use when the hydraulic
bent tubing, and the quick exhaust gage is mounted on the top of the
valve are included. booster.
Valve Only
61641

177
POWER CLAMPING
Standard Boosters
Standard Boosters are ideal for permanent fixtures, special

machines or O.E.M. applications.
The volume of oil available to operate the work circuit de-

pends upon the high pressure capacity of the booster. Work
circuits using standard boosters require manual bleeding.
• Easy to view reservoir

• 15:1 and 30:1 boost ratios
• May be mounted vertically or horizontally
Specifications
Part Number 61709 61710 61711
Reservoir
Capacity (cu. in.) 15 15 18
High Pressure
Volume (cu. in.) 4 7 1/2 3 3/4
Minimum
Input (psi) 20 20 20
Maximum
Input (psi) 125 125 125
POWER CL AMPING
Boost Ratio 15:1 15:1 30:1

Maximum
Output (psi) 1875 1875 3750
Height (H) 10 7/16 14 7/16 14 7/16
3/8" TUBE FITTING PROVIDED

FOR EACH INLET AND OUTLET PORT.
Accessories
Mounting Bases Rapid Exhaust Kit
Part Part Installation Kits

Number Number
See page
60973 62215 180
Base 60973 can be used to mount Jergens Boosters The Rapid Exhaust Kit includes a valve, muffler,
61709 thru 61711 in a horizontal position. and fittings needed to convert Booster numbers
61709 thru 61711 to high speed operation.
Valve Only
61641
POWER CLAMPING
High Pressure/Volume Boosters
• Available in 26:1, 37:1, and 64:1 boost ratios.

• High output pressure
• High pressure volume
Unit must be used only

in the horizontal position Specifications
Part Number 61720 61721 61722
POWER CL AMPING
Reservoir Capacity (cu. in.) 17 17 17
High pressure Volume (cu. in.) 12.9 9.1 5.3
Minimum Input (psi) 10 10 10
Maximum Input (psi) 125 125 125
Boost Ratio 26:1 37:1 64:1
Maximum Output (psi) 3250 4625 8000
Length (L) 19 11/16 19 5/8 19 1/2
Circuit Diagrams
GRAPHIC SCHEMATIC

179
POWER CLAMPING
Boosters Installation Kits

Jergens offers four kits to simplify the installation of your 62204 — This kit should be used when the protection of a pilot
Jergens booster. The kits may be used with any Jergens check valve is not required, as in punching or staking applications.
booster.
62205 — This kit is the same as kit 62203 except the hand valve
62203 — This kit is recommended for most applications. has been eliminated. Use this kit when the system will be activated
The kit includes everything needed to connect your air by a foot valve, solenoid or pilot operated valve.
line to the booster and everything needed to connect the
booster to your fixture. 62206 — This kit should be used for punching or other applications
where no check valve is required and the system will be activated
by a foot valve.
POWER CL AMPING
Quick
4-Way Air Pilot Hydraulic Disconnect
Filter/ Hand Hose Check Hose Couplings Fittings
Regulator Valve Muffler (18 Ft.) Valve (6 Ft.) 61915 as
61617 61615 62613 61108 61629 61205 61965 Req’d.
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
See page 189 See page 190 See page 189 See page 200 See page 194 See page 200 See page 200
Selection Data
Jergens recommends the use of a gage
Part Items Included
Number In Kit kit with any standard booster.
62203 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8
62204 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8
62205 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8
62206 1, 3, 4, 6, 8
Gage Kit
Part PSI
Number
60711 3000 psi
60712 6000 psi
60713 10000 psi
POWER CLAMPING
3 Second
Clamping Kit
To simplify the installation of Jergens power clamps, Jergens offers its
3 Second Clamping Kit. The Kits contain everything required to
convert your shop air pressure to hydraulic power for your clamping
fixture.
61717 —This kit contains a 61711 booster, control valve, gage, hoses
and fittings. This kit should be used for fixtures which will remain on a
machine for long periods of time, such as a vise on a milling machine.
61719 —This kit contains a 61705 booster, control valve, filter-regulator,

pilot check valve, quick disconnects and all hose and fittings required.
This kit should be used on machines where the fixture changes
frequently. The 61705 booster eliminates the need to bleed each fixture
after it is connected. To change the fixture, simply switch the hydraulic
hose from one fixture to the other using quick disconnect fittings.
Selection Data
Part Included in Kit
POWER CL AMPING
Number Booster Accessories*
61717 61711 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9
61719 61705 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8
61716 61710 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9
61718 61704 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8
*As shown on page 176.
Pre-Fill Power Pacs

Jergens Pre-Fill Power Pacs provide a complete portable power
source. Everything required to power and control your hydraulic
fixture is included. Connect your shop air to the filter/regulator, and
your fixture to the hydraulic hose. The self bleeding feature and the
hydraulic quick disconnects (provided) make these units the ideal
power sources for job shops and production lines.
• Completely Assembled
• Self Contained
• Portable
• Self Bleeding
• Fast Set-Up
Selection Data
Part Included In Power Pac
Number Booster Accessories*
61714 61704 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8
61715 61705 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8
*As shown on page 176.

181
POWER CLAMPING
Hydraulic Intensifier
This unit is designed to be used on any machine
tool with its own hydraulic system where higher
pressures are needed. Jergens Intensifiers will
pre-fill your circuit at approximately 200 psi
maximum. Once the Intensifier sequences over to
its high pressure mode, it will deliver one cubic inch
of working oil at seven times the input pressure.
Specifications
Part Number 61701
High Pressure
Volume (cu. in.) 1
Minimum
Input (psi) 50
Maximum
Input (psi) 710
Boost Ratio 7:1
Maximum
Output (psi) 5000
Prefill (psi)
Adjustments 50-200
Weight (lbs.) 4.4
POWER CL AMPING
Circuit Diagrams
POWER CLAMPING

Shoebox Pumps ™
Jergens Air-Powered Hydraulic Pumps are used as a power source to acti-
vate Hydraulic Clamps. Shop air is introduced into the Filter/Regulator and
converted to hydraulic pressure. These pumps are available in two styles: the
High Volume Pump (61761 and 61762) with Boost Ratios of 20:1 and 50:1
and the standard, more compact “shoebox” pump (61755 and 61756) with
Boost Ratios of 36:1 and 71:1. The Air-Powered Hydraulic Pumps are easy to
use, energy efficient, versatile and affordable. They are completely self-
contained and do not require any external reservoirs or motors.
NOTE: See page 186 for Valve and Subplate options.
120
(1.97)
IN3/MIN (LTR3/MIN)
LIQUID FLOW
80
(1.31)
The “Shoebox” Pump is a low cost, compact unit used
on smaller hydraulic circuits. Its small size offers the ver- 40
(0.655)
satility of mounting on wheels (such as a workcart) and
moving the pump from workstation to workstation. Like
0
the High Volume Pump, this pump allows independent 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
control of multiple workstations. (69) (138) (207) (276) (345)
OUTPUT PRESSURE, PSI (BAR)
Specifications
POWER CL AMPING
Reservoir Capacity (cu.in.) 300 300 60
Minimum Input (psi) 25 25 (0.983)
IN3/MIN (LTR3/MIN)
Maximum Input (psi) 125 85

LIQUID FLOW
Boost Ratio 36:1 71:1 40

(0.655)
Maximum Output 4500 6000
Free Flow (psi)
@100 psi (cu.in./min.) 100 50 20
(0.328)
Weight (lbs.) 24 24
0
A ten cubic inch accumulator (Part Number 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000
62601) is available to increase the clamping (138) (276) (414) (552) (689)
speed if needed. Contact our Technical Sales OUTPUT PRESSURE, PSI (BAR)
Department for details. * Air Drive Pressure (SOLID Lines) /
Air Drive Flow (DASHED Lines)
Pump Kits
The 61757 Pump Kit includes a 61755 Pump (36:1 Ratio), a 61642 Four-Way, Zero-Leakage Valve, a 61647
Subplate, and a 60703 gauge (6000 psi). The valve, subplate and gauge are supplied mounted on the pump.
The 61758 Pump Kit includes a 61756 Pump (71:1 Ratio), a 61642 Four-Way,
Zero-Leakage Valve, a 61647 Subplate, and a 60706 gauge (10,000 psi). The valve,
subplate and gauge are supplied mounted on the pump.
Part Number 61757 includes: Part Number 61758 includes:

61755 36:1 Pump 61756 71:1 Pump
61642 Four-way, 61642 Four-way,
zero-leakage valve zero-leakage valve
61647 Subplate 61647 Subplate
60703 6000 psi gauge 60706 10,000 psi gauge

183
POWER CLAMPING

Breadbox Pumps ™
High Volume Air-Powered Hydraulic Pump

The Jergens High Volume Air-Powered Hydraulic Pump converts
standard and accessible low pressure shop air to hydraulic pres-
sure up to 5000 psi. These pumps offer large reservoir capacities
and allow independent control of multiple work stations. They are
designed to provide high volume output throughout the pump’s
entire pressure range.
Specifications
61761 Performance Curve
Reservoir Capacity (cu.in.) 440 440
KGS/CM 2
Minimum Input (psi) 40 40

POWER CL AMPING
700 14 28 42 56 70 84 98 112 126 140

11470 Maximum Input (psi) 125 100
600 Boost Ratio 20:1 50:1
9831
Maximum Output (psi) 2500 5000
OUTPUT VOLUME
500
8192 Free Flow
700 300
CM /MIN
400 @ 100 psi (cu.in./min.)

IN /MIN
6554
Weight (lbs) 100 100
300
3
4916
3
200
3277 A ten cubic inch accumulator (Part Number
100 62601) is available to increase the clamping
1638
0
speed if needed. Contact our Technical Sales
0 Department for details.
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
LB/IN 2
OUTPUT PRESSURE
61762 Performance Curve

KGS/CM 2
300 35 70 105 140 175 210 246 281 316 351

4916
250
4096
OUTPUT VOLUME
200
3277
CM /MIN
150
IN /MIN
2458
100
3
1638
3
50
819
0
0
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000
LB/IN 2
OUTPUT PRESSURE
POWER CLAMPING
Typical Hydraulic Circuit

Application
POWER CL AMPING
Typical Installation — Two Station Milling Operation
Circuit Diagram

185
POWER CLAMPING
Valves and Subplates

for Air Powered Hydraulic Pumps
Zero-Leakage Valve For inline applications, use the 61642 Valve mounted on a 61646
Subplate (Order Part Number 61643). This set-up is also recommended
for use with High Volume Air-Powered Hydraulic Pumps (61761,
61762) in StayLock and standard applications. For D03 manifold
mounting, directly on the pump, the 61647 Subplate and 61642 Valve
are recommended. Because the Jergens Air-Powered Hydraulic
Pump provides only the necessary hydraulic pressure to clamp and
unclamp the StayLock Clamps, the Four-Way, Zero-Leakage Valve is
Part Number recommended to prevent the unnecessary running of the pump, thus
61642 minimizing pump maintenance and wear.
Subplate for Shoebox Pump

Port A
9/16-18 • For 61642 (D03 Pad)
POWER CL AMPING
Port B
9/16-18
Gauge Port 1/4 NPT Part Number

61647
Inline Subplate
3/4 SAE (4 Places)
3 3/8
2 7/8 7/32 DIAMETER

FOR #10 BOLTS
Part Number 2 7/8
61646 3 3/8
Valve and Inline Subplate Assembly

3
61642
4 3/16
61646
Part Number
61643
1 5/8
Inch to metric fittings available – see page 199 (except 61642).
POWER CLAMPING
Manual Pumps
Application
Typical Manual Pump application on a boring mill. The clamping is a self-contained set-up
for rotary indexing for large multi-side castings.
Circuit Diagram
POWER CL AMPING

187
POWER CLAMPING
Pallet Decoupler Valve

The Pallet Decoupler Valve allows hydraulically clamped tooling
fixtures to maintain pressure when disconnected from their power
Part
Number source. The built-in pre-charged accumulator maintains pressure
62605 within a hydraulic system, compensating for slow leaks. The Pallet
Decoupler Valve adds a level of security to fixtures that must be
disconnected from a power source while being moved. Ideal for use
with palletized fixtures and machining centers.
• Manifold
• Accumulator
• Hydraulic Connections
• Hydraulic Gauge
• Manual Ball Valve
Accumulator
POWER CL AMPING
Part Max. Pre-Charge Weight

Number Pressure Pressure Volume (lbs)
62603 3600 psi 1500 psi 5 cu. in. 1.5
*Other Accumulators and pre-charge pressure are available
upon request.
5.14
ø2.56
PORT 9/16-18
To order components separately

Male Quick Coupler Hydraulic
Ball Valve Disconnect Sleeve Gage
61639 61965 61915 60703
POWER CLAMPING
Air Circuit Controls

Filter/Regulators
The filter element removes the solid Specifications

impurities and condensates before
the compressed air enters the
Port Size 1/4 NPT 3/8 NPT
regulator. The regulator valve
SCFM Rating 53 SCFM 80 SCFM
supplies a preset pressure
Weight (lbs) 1.6 3.2
regardless of main circuit pressure
as long as pressure in the main
circuit is higher than that in the
secondary.
Gauges
Specifications
160 PSI
When sizing a pressure gauge, the
Part Number 60701 60702 60705
POWER CL AMPING
maximum output of the system
Thread Size 1/8 NPT 1/4 NPT 1/4 NPT
should be approximately 2/3 of the
Location Back Bottom Back
gauge capacity.
Weight (lbs) .16 .25 .25
Mufflers
Used to reduce air flow noise. Specifications

Installation is recommended at Part Number 62612 62613
exhaust ports of Air Control Valves. Thread Size 1/4 NPT 3/8 NPT
Weight (lbs) .06 .22
Flow Control Valve
Manually adjusted control of input Specifications

pressures. Allows the regulation of Part Number 61603
pressures into a work circuit. Reverse Port Size 1/4 NPT
flow is unrestricted. Used for throttling Weight (lbs) .31
or metering a circuit so that actuator
speed meets work requirements.

189
POWER CLAMPING

2-Way and 3-Way Valves
Specifications 2-way valves are in-line ball valves.

They are used as a shut-off valve in
Part Number 61601 61634 simple circuits.
Type 2-way 3-way
Port Size 3/8 NPT 1/8 NPT 3-way valves are similar to 2-way
Weight (lbs) .81 .22 valves but have a third port which is
generally used as a vent or exhaust.

61601 61634
POWER CL AMPING
4-Way Valves A variety of directional control valves are offered. Manual valves are
normally two position, detented. Solenoid valves are 115V-60 Hz;
other voltages are available.
Specifications
Part Number 61615 61620 61621 61630 61631*
Actuator Type Hand Solenoid Solenoid Treadle Pedal
Return Actuator Hand Spring Solenoid Treadle Spring
Port Size 3/8 NPT 3/8 NPT 3/8 NPT 3/8 NPT 3/8 NPT
CV Rating 1.5 1.0 1.0 2.3 2.3
Weight (lbs) 2.75 5.0 5.5 4.0 3.5
*Foot Guard for 61631 Valve; Part Number 61632
Part Number Part Number Part Number

61615 61620 & 61621 61630 & 61631
POWER CLAMPING

2-Hand No Tie Down
Requires the operator to use both hands when Specifications

activating a work circuit. Two counterbored finger Part Number 61304
buttons are installed at a minimum center distance.
Medium Clean, dry compressed air only
Working Range 50 to 100 psi
TemperatureRange -30 to 180 F
0 0
Air Flow
10 CFM at 100 psi
(with Modular Valves)
Exhaust To atmosphere through holes in plate
Mounting 7/32 holes provided in subplate
Materials Clear Acrylic, brass
Filtration 40 Micron required
Lubrication Recommended
Hydraulic Circuit Controls
POWER CL AMPING
Gauges
Selection Data
Part Number
3000 Psi 6000 Psi 10000 Psi
Gauge Only 60704 60703 60706
Block Only 61055 61055 61055
Gauge Kit* 60711 60712 60713
* Gauge, Block and Fittings included in kits. All
Gauges 1/4" NPT, bottom ported.
Recommended as a visual pressurized monitor-
ing gauge to be used on all pressuring systems.
When sizing a pressure gauge, the maximum

output of the system should equal approximately
2/3 of the gauge capacity.
Gauges are filled with glycerine in order to

dampen internal movement.
Gauge blocks facilitate the installation of pres-

sure gauges on standard boosters.

191
POWER CLAMPING

2-Way Valves
2-way valves are in-line ball valves. They are Specifications
used as a shut-off valve in simple circuits.
Port Size 1/4 NPT 3/8 NPT
Pressure
Rating (psi) 3000 5000
Dimensions
Part
Number A B C
61610 2 11/16 2 5/8 5 1/4
61639 3 2 4 1/4
4-Way Valves
A variety of directional control valves are offered. Manual valves are normally two
position, detented. Solenoid valves are 115V-60 Hz; other voltages are available.
POWER CL AMPING
Specifications
Part Number 61643 61644 61636 61637 61638
Actuator Hand Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Air
Type (115 VAC) (115 VAC) (115 VAC)
Return Hand Solenoid Spring Solenoid Spring
Actuator (115 VAC) (115 VAC)
Port Size 3/4-16 DO3 MT6 3/4-16 3/4-16 3/8 NPT
Flow Rating 5 GPM 3 GPM 5 GPM 5 GPM 12 GPM
Pressure
Rating (psi) 5000 6000 5000 5000 5000
For 4-Way, Zero Leakage Weight (lbs) 3.75 3 6.75 7.3 17.5
Valves, see page 186.
3.31
2.83
7/32 THRU
3/6-16 THREAD
3”
4 1/4”
61638 61643
Dimensions
Part
Number A B C D
61636 3 1/4 5 5/64 5 21/32 —
61637 3 1/4 5 5/64 — 8 3/8
61644 2 3/8 — — 8 3/16
POWER CLAMPING
Hydraulic Circuit Controls Allow individual cylinders or clamps

Pressure Reducing Valve to operate at different pressures from
the same power source.
Specifications
Part Number 61619
Port Size 3/8 NPT
Pressure Rating (psi) 5000
Regulating Range (psi) 500-4500
Pressure Switch
Senses pressure in a circuit and may be used to Specifications
start or shut down a system. A pressure switch
Part Number 61633
can be used to remove the cutting tool and turn off
POWER CL AMPING
Port Size 1/4 NPT
machine in the event of loss of clamping pressure.
Regulating Range (psi) 350-5000
Sequence Valve
With adjustable opening pressure, this valve may Specifications
be used to control the sequence of work devices Part Number 61640
in a common circuit. Port Size 9/16-18
Sequence Range* (psi) 500-3000
* Factory Adjusted to sequence at 1000 psi.

193
POWER CLAMPING

Pilot Operated Check Valve
Specifications A two-way valve used to lock pressure in a

working circuit. Automatic free return flow is
Part Number 61629
provided via air pilot operation. Designed so
Hydraulic
that loss of shop air line pressure will have
Ports 3/4-16
Pilot Port 7/16-20 no effect on the hydraulic circuit in booster
Pressure applications.
Rating (psi) 5000
Specifications
• Minimum operating pressure
500 psi Part
• 50:1 differential pressure Number
• Pilot not to exceed 125 psi Valve only 61629
Valve with
Installation Kit 62211*
* Includes hose, fittings and valves
Check Valve
POWER CL AMPING
Specifications Allows pressure flow in

one direction only.
Part Number 61607
Port Size 3/8 NPT
Pressure
Rating (psi) 5000
Flow Rating CV .83
Weight (lbs) .63
Flow Control Valve

Specifications Used to control the flow
of pressure in a system,
Part Number 61609 to slow the movement of
Port Size 3/8 NPT individual cylinders, or
Pressure decrease shock.
Rating (psi) 5000
Flow Rating CV .78
Weight (lbs) .63
• Recommended for use with

Jergens Swing Clamps
POWER CLAMPING
Oil Reservoirs
Can be used with air pressure on top of oil to do work in your
system, such as returning double acting cylinders with hydraulic
pressure. The acrylic reservoir allows easy monitoring of oil level.
Special baffle plates in the top of the reservoir distribute incom-
ing air pressure evenly against the top surface of the oil.
Part Capacity Side End Wt

Number A B (Cu. In.) Ports Ports (lbs)
61750 2 7/8 9 1/2 18 9/16-18 9/16-18 3.0
61751 4 13/16 8 1/2 55 NONE 9/16-18 6.8
• Maximum air operating pressure rating 125 PSI.
POWER CL AMPING
Hydraulic Fluids
Hydraulic Oil Food Grade Hydraulic Oil
Jergens Hydraulic Oil is special- Jergens Food Grade Hydraulic Oil
ly formulated to minimize foam- is a blend of food grade lubricants
ing and to protect metal parts designed for use as a hydraulic
from rust. It is an aircraft type oil media in food packaging and other
with high wetting out and film similar equipment. It is composed
strength characteristics. of 100% chemically produced
synthetic lubricants and contains
Its viscosity is 170/190 at 100 F °
no petroleum hydrocarbons.
and it maintains functional
characteristics down to 25 F °
Its viscosity is 140 SUS at 100 F °
below zero. and 725 SUS at 35 F. °
One Quart.........................60801 One Quart.......................... 60813

One Gallon........................60802 One Gallon......................... 60812
Five Gallon....................... 60803 55 Gallon Drum..................60811
55 Gallon Drum............... 60804

195
POWER CLAMPING
Manifold
Strip
Dimensions
Number End
Part Of Side Ports Ports Wt.
Number Ports A B C D E F G H J K (lbs)
61801 4 1/4 1 1/2 5/8 7/8 3/8 1 3/4 13/64 3 7/8 1 1/64 3/4 .75
61802 8 1/4 1 1/2 5/8 7/8 3/8 5 1/4 13/64 7 3/8 1 1/64 3/4 1.50
NOTE: Maximum operating pressure is 3000 PSI for all aluminum manifolds.
Hex
The six port hex manifold, with
SAE straight thread ports, can be
mounted in the center of several
work units or used with a 61031
POWER CL AMPING
union (see page 199) to mount

the manifold directly to the output
port of your Jergens Booster.
• Material: Aluminum Part

• Finish: Black Oxide Number
61805
Rotary Coupler
Single and Dual Passage
Specifications
Maximum Air
Pressure (psi) 150
Maximum Vacuum (Hg.) 28"
Maximum Hydraulic
Pressure (psi) 3000
Maximum Temperature 250 F
0
Maximum Speed (rpm) 250
Dimensions
Rotor Rotor
Part Thread Tap Tap Port Hex Hex Tap Lockup Wt.
Number A B1 B2 C1 C2 D E F G H1 H2 I J (lbs)
61997 3/8 1/4 — 1 1/2 — 3 1/4 1 1/8 5/8 5/16 7/8 — — 1 25/32 .5
NPT NPT
61998 3/4 1/2 1/4 2 3/4 1 1/2 7 11/16 1 15/16 7/8 1/4 1 3/8 7/8 1/4 2 7/8 3.0
NPT NPT NPT NPT
POWER CLAMPING
Installation Tips for Plumbing Hydraulic Systems

Hose Fittings
The use of hydraulic hose is only recommended when the need for Pipe Thread Fittings
flexibility exists. Generally, the only hydraulic hose in an application Upon installation, apply a good sealing compound on threads of
is that used to connect the power source to the fixture. fitting only. When Teflon tape is used, overlap threads 1-1/2 to two
turns tightly in direction of thread. Be careful not to extend tape over
All hydraulic hoses expand under pressure. This uses costly end of fitting. Do not overtighten pipe threads as they may put
energy as well as volume. Some hoses expand at a greater rate unnecessary strain on pressure vessels.
than others, even though size remains the same.
Straight Thread Fittings (SAE J514)
Generally speaking, an 8 foot length of hydraulic hose will expand These fittings require no sealing material as the built-in
at a rate absorbing one cubic inch of high pressure oil at o-ring provides a positive seal. The threads are a Class 2 straight
3000 p.s.i. thread with no taper. Before installation, be sure to lubricate the
o-ring. Tighten these fittings to approximately 50-150 ft./lbs.
When applying hose, the following is recommended:
The Tube Flare
Do Not: Cut tube squarely and remove any burrs. Split flares may be
• Overextend bend radius of hose. caused by the tube being too hard, opening up of scratches
• Put unnecessary strain at fitting ends. and draw marks, or failure to deburr tube end.
• Subject hose to abrasive conditions.
• Use hose that hasn’t been identified. Place nut, then sleeve onto tube with open end of nut and toe
end of sleeve toward end of tube.
POWER CL AMPING
Do:
• Use a minimum size of 3/8" I.D. Flare to standard 37° angle (maximum diameter of flare is equal
• Check with factory for alternate brands. to maximum diameter of sleeve). A correct flare should extend
• Use firesleeve protective covering in applications beyond the inside diameter of toe on sleeve but not beyond
where flame is present (like weld fixtures). outside diameter of toe on sleeve.
• Make sure power source has enough high pressure
volume to compensate for hose expansion. Never attempt to spring tube to force alignment using the fitting
installed. This can damage the flare and wrinkle, kink or flatten
Tubing the tube. This can be avoided by using the correct tools.
Whenever possible use 3/8" diameter steel fluid line tubing for
hydraulic lines. This is a low carbon, soft tube and readily available.
Depending on the application, two types are recommended:
• 3/8" diameter x .049 wall thickness for pressures to 3000 p.s.i.

• 3/8" diameter x .065 wall thickness for pressures to 5000 p.s.i.
When rigid tubing is applied to air circuitry, use copper tube. This will
reduce the corrosive effect of water most likely found in your air lines.
Caution: Do not use copper in a high pressure hydraulic circuit!

197
POWER CLAMPING
Fittings
37° Flare Fittings Male Connectors
Sleeve Part Number Thread Type Thread/ Tube
Part Number Item Tube 61007 Pipe 1/8 NPT x 1/4 Tube
61001 Sleeve 1/4 61054 Pipe 1/8 NPT x 3/8 Tube
61028 Pipe 3/8 NPT x 1/4 Tube
Nuts 61034 Pipe 3/8 NPT x 3/8 Tube
Part Number Item Tube 61048 Pipe 3/8 NPT x 1/2 Tube
61002 Nuts 1/4 61009 Straight 7/16-18 x 1/4 Tube
61046 Straight 3/4-16 x 3/8 Tube
Caps 61047 Straight 3/4-16 x 1/2 Tube
Part Number Item Tube
61056 Caps 1/4
61057 Caps 3/8
Male Elbows
Part Number Type Thread/ Tube
61003 Pipe Thread 1/8 NPT x 1/4 Tube
Plugs
POWER CL AMPING

61058 Plugs 1/4
61059 Plugs 3/8
61072 45 Elbow 3/8 NPT x 3/8 Tube
Reducer 61005 Straight Thread 7/16-20 x 1/4 Tube
61029 Straight Thread 9/16-18 x 1/4 Tube
61063 Reducer 1/4 Tube 3/8 Female
Tee Nut Fittings Male Branch Tees

Part Number Thread Tube Part Number Type Thread/ Tube
61051 Swivel Nut Branch Tees 1/4 61014 Pipe Thread 1/8 NPT x 1/4 Tube
61062 Swivel Nut Branch Tees 3/8 61027 Pipe Thread 1/4 NPT x 3/8 Tube
61023 Union Tee 3/8 61043 Pipe Thread 3/8 NPT x 1/2 Tube
61032 Male Run Tees 7/16-20 x 1/4 Tube
61061 Male Run Tees 9/16-18 x 3/8 Tube
Flareless Fittings
These fittings are the most common Male Male Union
types needed to plumb Pressure Points Ferrule Nut Connector Elbow Tee
and Screw Pumps. Use 1/8" Heavy Duty 1/8 Tube 1/8 Tube 1/8 NPT x 1/8 Tube 1/8 Tube 1/8 Tube
High Pressure, Fluid Line Steel Tube. 60201 60202 60204 60205 60207
POWER CLAMPING
Fittings
Adapters Elbows
Part Number Thread Type Male Female Part Number Thread
61075 Pipe 1/16 NPT 1/4 NPT 61095 1/8 NPT Female —
61076 Pipe 1/8 NPT 1/4 NPT 61070 1/8 NPT Straight —
60221 Mixed 1/4 NPT 1/4 BSP 61096 1/4 NPT Female —
61082 Mixed 7/16-20 1/4 NPT 61071 1/4 NPT Straight —
61081 Mixed 9/16-18 1/4 NPT 61097 3/8 NPT Female —
60211 Mixed 9/16-18 3/8 Tube 61066 3/8 NPT Male —
60217 Mixed 3/8 Tube 1/4 NPT 61098 1/2 NPT Female —
60222 Mixed 3/8 NPT 3/8 BSP 61065 3/4-16 Male 3/8 NPT Female
61035 Mixed 3/4-16 1/4 NPT
61036
61077
Mixed 3/4-16 3/8 NPT
Tees
Metric 7/16-20 1/8 ISO
Part Number Thread
61078 Metric 9/16-18 1/4 ISO
61087 1/8 NPT Female
61079 Metric 3/4-16 3/8 ISO
61150 Mixed 7/16-20 1/8 BSPP
61151 Mixed 7/16-20 1/4 BSPP
61153 Mixed 9/16-18 3/8 BSPP
61152 Mixed 9/16-18 1/4 BSPP
POWER CL AMPING
61154 Mixed 3/4-16 1/4 BSPP
61155 Mixed 3/4-16 3/8 BSPP
Reducers/Expanders Nipples
Part Number Thread Type Male Female Part Number Thread
61074 Pipe 1/4 NPT 1/8 NPT 61083 1/8 NPT
61025 Pipe 3/8 NPT 1/4 NPT 61084 1/4 NPT
61038 Pipe 1/2 NPT 3/8 NPT 61085 3/8 NPT
61067 Pipe 3/4 NPT 3/8 NPT 61086 1/2 NPT
61039 Pipe 3/4 NPT 1/2 NPT 61052 1/8 NPT x 3/8 NPT
61033 Straight 9/16-18 7/16-20 61053 1/4 NPT x 3/8 NPT
61080 Straight 7/16-20 9/16-18 60210 9/16-18 Union
61037 Straight 3/4-16 9/16-18 61031 3/4-16 Union
Plugs
Part Number Thread
61091 1/8 NPT
61092 1/4 NPT
61093 3/8 NPT
61094 1/2 NPT
61060 7/16-20
61068 9/16-18
61069 3/4-16

199
POWER CLAMPING
Quick Disconnect Couplers

Hydraulic Coupler Air Couplers
Sleeve Nipple Sleeve Nipple
3/8 NPT Female 3/8 NPT Female 1/8 NPT Female 1/8 NPT Male
61915 61965 61904 61950
1/4 NPT Female 1/4 NPT Male 1/4 NPT Female 1/4 NPT Male
61905 61951
61916 61966
1/4 NPT Female
Hydraulic couplers have dual checks. 61954
Air couplers have checks on sleeves only.
Flexible Hose
Low pressure air hose is sold by the foot in bulk
lengths. Order the total footage and number of push- Low Pressure Air Hose
on fittings required by using the number to the right.
Hose I.D. 1/4 3/8 1/2
Hose
Part Number 61106 61108 61110
Fitting
Part Number 61107 61109 61111
Thread Size 7/16-20 9/16-18 3/4-16
POWER CL AMPING
Hydraulic Hose High Pressure Hydraulic Hose

Length 12" 18" 24" 36" 72"
Part Number
4000 psi 61201 61202 61203 61204 61205
Part Number
7000 psi 61211 61212 61213 61214 61215
*Also available in 5000 psi.
High pressure hose is supplied assembled and to

lengths indicated. Lengths are measured from end of
coupling to end of coupling. Hose is 3/8" ID and
available in 4000 psi or 7000 psi rating. 3/8" female
Hydraulic Hose (Build Your Own)
tubing fittings on each end. Length 25' Hose Ends Hose Ends
Part Number 61221 61226 61227
2750 psi 1/4 Hose 1/4 Npt Male 1/4 37° JIC
Swivel Female
Simple Tools: Adjustable wrench and saw with steel blade.
Steel Tubing
Whenever possible, 3/8" diameter steel tubing should Steel Tubing
be used for hydraulic lines. Jergens tubing is low Part Number Description

carbon soft tube with .065 wall thickness. The tubing 60209 3/8 DIA. x 5 Ft.
is rated at 5000 psi.
POWER CLAMPING
Hydraulic Product Repair Kits with Replacement Seals

Hydraulic Part Repair Kit Hydraulic Part Repair Kit Hydraulic Part Repair Kit Hydraulic Part Repair Kit Hydraulic Part Repair Kit
Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number
60302 62102 60414 62195 — 62162 (3) 61709 62109 62824 62184
60303 62103 60461 62125 60651 62105 (2) 61710 62109 62831 62187
60307 62102 60462 62126 — 62162 (3) 61711 62110 62841 62185
60340 62104 60463 62127 60660 62360 61714 62107 62842 62185
60341 62105 60464 62128 60661 62360 61715 62108 62845 62303
60345 62189 60465 62129 60662 62362 61720 62173 62846 62303
60350 62120 60466 62130 60663 62362 61721 62174 62852 62199
60351 62121 60511 62139 60664 62364 61722 62175 63101 62101
60360 62120 60512 62140 60665 62364 61736 62159 63103 62103
60361 62121 60513 62194 60670 62360 61737 62160 63107 62102
60371 62167 60554 62151 60671 62360 61755 62197 63113 62105
60372 62167 60555 62151 60672 62362 61756 62198 63117 62104
60373 62168 60593 62145 (1) 60673 62362 61761 62144 63123 62106
60374 62169 60594 62146 (1) 60674 62364 61762 62144 63201 62134
60381 62170 60595 62147 (1) 60675 62364 61997 62165 63202 62134
60382 62170 60596 62177 60680 62190 61998 62166 63212 62126
60383 62171 60597 62178 60681 62196 62721 62161 63213 62127
60384 62171 60598 62179 60685 62131 62722 62161 63214 62128
60401 62106 60601 62102 (2) 61501 62133 62801* 62172 63215 62129
60402 62106 — 62162 (3) 61612 62134 62802* 62172 63216 62130
60403 62195 60602 62103 (2) 61514 62134 62803* 62172 63302 62140
60404 62195 — 62162 (3) 61623 62163 62804* 62172 63303 62194
60405 62124 60621 62154 61629 62123 62805 62301 63801 62184
POWER CL AMPING
60410 62106 60622 62155 61640 62164 62806 62302 63802 62184
60411 62106 60631 62156 61701 62132 62811 62183 — —
60412 62106 60650 62104 (4) 61704 62107 62812 62183 — —
60413 62195 — 62189 (5) 61705 62108 62823 62184 — —
(1) Special tools required: use 62148 tool for 60556, use 62149 tool for 60597 or 60598.
(2) Cylinder Kit (3) Mechanical Kit (4) Kit for cylinder with 3/8" piston (5) Kit for cylinder with 1/2" piston
(*) Tool kit 62176 required for 62801, 62802, 62803, 62804
Recommendation – when replacing seals in hydraulic cylinders, we recommend replacing all seals at the same time.
Technical Assistance
Jergens maintains a qualified staff whose primary
responsibility is to provide technical assistance to
our distributors and customers.
Your direct connection number for dimensional

questions, circuit assistance and troubleshooting is:
1-877-426-2504
OR
E-mail: workholding@jergensinc.com

201
TH E DIF F ERE NCE
Swing Cylinders
OURS THEIRS
Squared Tracks and Pin Engagement V-grooves and Ball-bearing Engagement

Internal piston is driven by a pin designed Internal piston is driven by a ball bearing
for close tolerance with squared track. that rolls in a rounded track on only two
Larger load-bearing surface results in a points. Less surface contact leads to
more durable assembly. more wear and reduced product life.
JERGENS CLAMPING SWING CYLINDERS VS. OTHER CLAMPING SWING CYLINDERS

Precision machined for close tolerance between piston groove Less surface area between bearing and track combined with
and pin. Better fit results in smoother motion and a more durable severe conditions within the clamp body result in deforming
swing cylinder assembly. of the bearing and assembly breakdown.
Free-floating pin design matches the shape of the groove. More Ball bearings can “pop out” of the track—a common failure of
contact area and less wear “keeps the pin in the pocket.” traditional swing clamps—causing the piston to seize.
Heavy-duty, low-friction rod seal features “double-lip” sealing— Seals may be more prone to wear and “dry run.” Failure of
virtually leak-free even under severe operating conditions. Plus, traditional seals is the primary failure of swing cylinder clamps.
lubricant is retained in the cavity formed by secondary lip—
increases performance and quiets operation.
High-pressure, low-friction, bi-directional piston seal is easier to Breakdown of traditional seals is the primary failure of swing
turn and reduces leaks. cylinder clamps. Galled seals cause contaminants, accelerating
breakdown and increasing downtime.
The Standard Components with the Highest Standards ™

15700 S. Waterloo Road • Cleveland, OH 44110 • 877-426-2504 • www.jergensinc.com
LOCATING COMPONENTS
Locating Components
Adjustable Jack Screws................................................ 218
Adjustable Locating Buttons...................................... 218
Alloy Steel Pull Dowel Pins................................. 206–207
Bullet Nose Dowels....................................................... 225
Bullet Nose Pins............................................................. 226
Drift Handles.................................................................. 219
Fixture Jacks................................................................... 218
Fixture Keys, Sine................................................. 220–221
Fixture Keys, Standard................................................. 219
Flat Feet........................................................................... 216
Jig Feet............................................................................ 215
LOC ATING COMPONENTS

Jig Legs............................................................................ 216
Lanyards.......................................................................... 210
Locating Pins......................................................... 222–223
Locating Pin Liners........................................................ 224
Locating Pin Lock Screws............................................. 224
Pilot Locating Pins......................................................... 225
Precision Expanding Dowels.......................................209
Pull Dowel Pins, Alloy Steel................................ 206–207
Pull Dowels.....................................................................208
Rest Buttons........................................................... 211–213
Rest Buttons, Carbide Insert....................................... 213
Rest Buttons, Threaded................................................ 213
Rest Pads......................................................................... 214
Screws, Adjustable Jack............................................... 218
Slotted Locator Bushings............................................. 210
Stripper Bolts, Kwik-Strip.................................... 204–205
Tooling/Inspection Balls......................................227–229
Work Support Jacks, Manual....................................... 217
203
LOCATING COMPONENTS
Kwik-Strip Stripper Bolts

®
A New Perspective on Stripper Plates

Today's more complex dies require more time to service.
The advantage of time saving devices such as ball and roll
lock punches is minimized unless the stripper plate can be
removed first.
The patented Jergens Kwik-Strip Stripper Bolts provide

an inexpensive, simple method of stripper plate removal.
The stripper can be removed with the die still mounted
in the press!
Installation
Step 1: Drill a through hole 1/32" larger than the nominal
body diameter of the bolt to be used.
Step 2: Using a Jergens Drill Jig, drill the auxiliary 1/4" hole.
The 1/4" hole may be located radially at any position
on the periphery of the body hole. Drill the 1/4" hole
slightly deeper than the proposed counterbore.
Step 3: Using a standard counterboring tool, counterbore to

required depth. See counterbore selection chart for
proper size.
Step 4: Drill and counterbore the stripper plate for a socket

head cap screw. Step 1 Step 2 Step 3
Installation in Existing Dies

To convert an existing die for use with Jergens Kwik-Strip
Stripper Bolts, simply mill a 1/4" slot down the side of the stripper
counterbore, then drill and counterbore the stripper plate.
If the same size thread must be maintained, the through hole Step 4
and counterbore in the punch holder will have to be increased.
Disassembly in the Press

Block the stripper plate in position, remove the cap screws
using a hex wrench, then carefully remove stripper plate.
Replace stripper plate after completion of required service.
LOCATING COMPONENTS
Kwik-Strip Stripper Bolts

®
• Material: Alloy Steel

®
Selection of Sizes

Size selections should be based upon thread size. For example,
if your application calls for a 1/2" stripper bolt (with a 3/8" thread)
use a 5/8" Kwik-Strip bolt (with a 3/8" thread). Kwik-Strip bolts may be
shortened by 1/4" and still have sufficient thread depth for the cap screw.
Part Thread Wt.

Number A B C D E F G Size (lbs)
46601 1/2 2 5/16 .409 57/64 3/4 1 5/16-18 .14
46602 1/2 2 1/2 5/16 .409 57/64 3/4 1 5/16-18 .17
46603 1/2 3 5/16 .409 57/64 3/4 1 5/16-18 .20
46604 1/2 3 1/2 5/16 .409 57/64 3/4 1 5/16-18 .23
46605 1/2 4 5/16 .409 57/64 3/4 1 5/16-18 .26
46606 1/2 4 1/2 5/16 .409 57/64 3/4 1 5/16-18 .29
46607 1/2 5 5/16 .409 57/64 3/4 1 5/16-18 .32
46608 5/8 2 3/8 .472 1 1/64 7/8 1 1/8 3/8-16 .18
46609 5/8 2 1/2 3/8 .472 1 1/64 7/8 1 1/8 3/8-16 .23
46610 5/8 3 3/8 .472 1 1/64 7/8 1 1/8 3/8-16 .27
46611 5/8 3 1/2 3/8 .472 1 1/64 7/8 1 1/8 3/8-16 .32
46612 5/8 4 3/8 .472 1 1/64 7/8 1 1/8 3/8-16 .36
46613 5/8 4 1/2 3/8 .472 1 1/64 7/8 1 1/8 3/8-16 .41
46614 5/8 5 3/8 .472 1 1/64 7/8 1 1/8 3/8-16 .45
46615 3/4 2 1/2 .534 1 9/64 1 1 1/4 1/2-13 .26
46616 3/4 2 1/2 1/2 .534 1 9/64 1 1 1/4 1/2-13 .33
46617 3/4 3 1/2 .534 1 9/64 1 1 1/4 1/2-13 .39
46618 3/4 3 1/2 1/2 .534 1 9/64 1 1 1/4 1/2-13 .46
46619 3/4 4 1/2 .534 1 9/64 1 1 1/4 1/2-13 .52
46620 3/4 4 1/2 1/2 .534 1 9/64 1 1 1/4 1/2-13 .59
46621 3/4 5 1/2 .534 1 9/64 1 1 1/4 1/2-13 .65


205
LOCATING COMPONENTS
Alloy Steel Pull Dowel Pins

Jergens Offers 3 Styles of Precision Ground Pull Dowels
Spiral Groove Features, Applications & Benefits

(Grooves Help to Relieve Trapped Air) • Internally threaded hole allows
removal of pull dowels with a
standard screw.
• Standard Round Pull Dowels

are typically used in applications
featuring a through hole.
± • Spiral Groove Pull
±± Dowels feature a groove
cut to allow trapped air
to be released.
• Flat Vent Pull Dowels feature a

ground flat on one side to release
trapped air.
• Spiral Groove and Flat Vent Pull

Dowels are typically used in blind

Flat Vent hole applications.
(Ground Flat Helps to Relieve Trapped Air)
• All of Jergens Precision Ground
Pull Dowels are constructed of
heat treated alloy steel.
±
±±
Standard Round
(Non-Vented)
±
±±
LOCATING COMPONENTS
Precision Ground Pull Dowels

Spiral Groove Flat Vent Standard Round Nominal Actual Length Internal Thread Technical Data
Material:
31800 31400 31600 1/4 .2502 1/2 8 - 32
31801 31401 31601 1/4 .2502 3/4 8 - 32 Alloy Steel
31802 31402 31602 1/4 .2502 1 8 - 32
Length Tolerance:
31803 31403 31603 1/4 .2502 1-1/4 8 - 32
31804 31404 31604 1/4 .2502 1-1/2 8 - 32 ± .010"
31805 31405 31605 1/4 .2502 1-3/4 8 - 32
Core Hardness:
31806 31406 31606 1/4 .2502 2 8 - 32
31807 31407 31654 1/4 .2502 2-1/4 8 - 32 47 - 58 Rockwell C
31808 31408 31607 1/4 .2502 2-1/2 8 - 32
Diameter Tolerance:
31809 31409 31608 5/16 .3127 3/4 10 - 32
31810 31410 31609 5/16 .3127 1 10 - 32 ± .0001"
31811 31411 31610 5/16 .3127 1-1/4 10 - 32
Surface Hardness:
31812 31412 31611 5/16 .3127 1-1/2 10 - 32
31813 31413 31612 5/16 .3127 2 10 - 32 60 - 64 Rockwell C
31814 31414 31613 5/16 .3127 2-1/4 10 - 32
Recommended Hole Size:
31815 31415 31614 5/16 .3127 2-1/2 10 - 32
31816 31416 31615 3/8 .3752 3/4 10 - 32 .0005" under Nom. Dia.
31817 31417 31616 3/8 .3752 1 10 - 32
Surface Finish:
31818 31418 31617 3/8 .3752 1-1/4 10 - 32
31819 31419 31618 3/8 .3752 1-1/2 10 - 32 8 Micro-Inch
31820 31420 31619 3/8 .3752 1-3/4 10 - 32
Specification:
31821 31421 31620 3/8 .3752 2 10 - 32
31822 31422 31621 3/8 .3752 2-1/4 10 - 32 ASME B18.8.2

31823 31423 31622 3/8 .3752 2-1/2 10 - 32
31824 31424 31623 3/8 .3752 3 10 - 32
31825 31425 31624 7/16 .4377 1 1/4 - 20
31826 31426 31625 7/16 .4377 1-1/2 1/4 - 20
31827 31427 31626 7/16 .4377 2 1/4 - 20
31828 31428 31627 1/2 .5002 3/4 1/4 - 20
31829 31429 31628 1/2 .5002 1 1/4 - 20
31830 31430 31629 1/2 .5002 1-1/4 1/4 - 20
31831 31431 31630 1/2 .5002 1-1/2 1/4 - 20
31832 31432 31631 1/2 .5002 1-3/4 1/4 - 20 Spiral Groove
31833 31433 31632 1/2 .5002 2 1/4 - 20
31834 31434 31633 1/2 .5002 2-1/4 1/4 - 20
31835 31435 31634 1/2 .5002 2-1/2 1/4 - 20
31836 31436 31635 1/2 .5002 3 1/4 - 20
31837 31437 31636 1/2 .5002 3-1/2 1/4 - 20
31838 31438 31637 1/2 .5002 4 1/4 - 20
31839 31439 31638 5/8 .6252 1-1/4 1/4 - 20
31840 31440 31639 5/8 .6252 1-1/2 1/4 - 20
31841 31441 31640 5/8 .6252 2 1/4 - 20 Flat Vent
31842 31442 31641 5/8 .6252 2-1/4 1/4 - 20
31843 31443 31642 5/8 .6252 2-1/2 1/4 - 20
31844 31444 31643 5/8 .6252 3 1/4 - 20
31845 31445 31644 5/8 .6252 4 1/4 - 20
31846 31446 31645 3/4 .7502 1-1/2 5/16 - 18
31847 31456 31655 3/4 .7502 1-3/4 5/16 - 18
31848 31447 31646 3/4 .7502 2 5/16 - 18
31849 31448 31647 3/4 .7502 2-1/2 5/16 - 18
31850 31449 31648 3/4 .7502 3 5/16 - 18
31851 31450 31649 3/4 .7502 4 5/16 - 18 Standard Round
31856* 31451 31656 1 1.0002 1-3/4 5/16 - 18
31852* 31452 31650 1 1.0002 2 5/16 - 18
31853* 31453 31651 1 1.0002 2-1/2 5/16 - 18
31854* 31454 31652 1 1.0002 3 5/16 - 18
31855* 31455 31653 1 1.0002 4 5/16 - 18
*3/8-16 Internal Thread

207
LOCATING COMPONENTS
Pull Dowels
Metric

• Heat Treat: Case Hardened
®
Flat ground on the side for air

release in blind holes.
Part Part
Number A L T Number A L T
31751 8 20 M5 x 1.0 31775 12 50 M6 x 1.0
31753 8 30 M5 x 1.0 31776 12 60 M6 x 1.0
31755 8 40 M5 x 1.0 31777 12 70 M6 x 1.0
31759 10 20 M6 x 1.0 31780 16 40 M8 x 1.25
31761 10 30 M6 x 1.0 31782 16 50 M8 x 1.25
31763 10 40 M6 x 1.0 31783 16 60 M8 x 1.25
31765 10 50 M6 x 1.0 31784 16 70 M8 x 1.25
31767 10 70 M6 x 1.0 31787 20 50 M10 x 1.6
31769 12 20 M6 x 1.0 31788 20 60 M10 x 1.6

31771 12 30 M6 x 1.0 31789 20 70 M10 x 1.6
31773 12 40 M6 x 1.0 Button head screw not included.
LOCATING COMPONENTS
Precision Expanding Dowels

• Material: Alloy Steel, case hardened to 50-55 Rockwell C
• Self-Centering and Repeatable within +/- 0.0005" (0.013mm) B
• Top and bottom half of dowel expand seperately
• Patented
L
L1
A
Inch
Recommended Hex Key Sizes EXPANDIN
Nominal Nominal 1-
Part Hole Diameter A Diameter B Diameter L1 Bottom Top
Diameter Length (L)
Number
Inch Inch
EXPANDING DOWELS +0.001/-0.000" +0.000/-0.001" +0.000/-0.010" ±0.005" Step 1 Step 2

29401 1-8-10
1/4 1/2 0.250 0.249 0.245 0.428 5/64 3/32
29402 3/8 3/4 0.375 0.374 0.370 0.634 1/8 5/32
29403 1/2 1 0.500 0.499 0.495 0.881 5/32 3/16
29404 5/8 1 1/4 0.625 0.624 0.620 1.162 3/16 7/32
29405 3/4 1 1/2 0.750 0.749 0.745 1.390 1/4 5/16
29406 1 2 1.000 0.999 0.995 1.758 3/8 1/2
Metric
Recommended Hex Key Sizes
Nominal Nominal
Part Hole Diameter A Diameter B Diameter L1 Bottom Top
Diameter Length (L)
Number
(mm) (mm)
+0.025/-0.00mm +0.00/-0.025mm +0.00/-0.25mm ±0.13mm Step 1 Step 2
29451 10 20 10 9.98 9.88 17.45 3 4

29452 12 25 12 11.98 11.89 22.48 4 5
29453 14 28 14 13.97 13.89 24.74 4 5
29454 16 32 16 15.98 15.90 29.51 5 6
29455 20 38 20 19.98 19.89 35.31 6 8
Installation Instructions
Step 1 Step 2
Remove the top screw, insert Replace the top screw,
the dowel into the locating slide the locating hole of
hole of the first part, and the second part over the
expand the bottom half with dowel and expand
a hex wrench. top half with a hex wrench.

209
LOCATING COMPONENTS
Lanyards • To attach lanyard to L or T Pins order Split Ring 890000

• To permanently attach Lanyard to L or T Pins add -C to Lanyard part number
• For Lanyard &Tab drawings see page 452
Ordering Lanyards When Supplied Separately Without Pins Lanyard

Lanyards with Tabs Table 1 Tab Hole Size Lanyards without Tabs Loop/Eyelet
Round Tab Oval Tab Tab Mounting Hole Diameter
Length Stainless Inch mm Size Letter Length 2 Loops 1 Loops (Pin) For Screw Size
Steel Aluminum
inch mm 0.131 3.3 P inch mm #10 M5
4 102 890054* 890104* 0.196 4.9 Q 4 102 890204 890254 890304 890404
6 152 890056* 890106* 0.257 6.5 R 6 152 890206 890256 890306 890406
8 203 890058* 890108* 0.283 7.1 S
† †
8 203 890208 890258 890308 890408
10 254 890060* 890110* 0.320 8.1 T
† †
10 254 890210 890260 890310 890410
12 305 890062* 890112* 0.379 9.6 U
† †
12 305 890212 890262 890312 890412
16 406 890066* 890116* 0.406 10.3
†
V †
16 406 890216 890266 890316 890416
20 508 890070* 890120* 0.468 11.8 W
† †
20 508 890220 890270 890320 890420
24 610 890074* 890124* 0.515 13.1 Y
† †
24 610 890224 890274 890324 890424
Substitute the asterisk (*) with the (†) These sizes only available
proper hole size letter from Table 1. in stainless steel round tabs
Slotted Locator Bushing

Press Fit C/2

Roll Pin
Part Pin Dia Dia
Number Dia A B C D
24301 3/16 .1876/.1882 0.312 0.75 0.400 A
C Dia
+.0004
+.0001
24302 1/4 .2501/.2507 0.375 0.75 0.400
A/2
24303 1/4 .2501/.2507 0.375 1 0.400
24304 5/16 .3126/.3132 0.437 1 0.400 B Dia
C/2
24305 3/8 .3751/.3757 0.5 1 0.400 Roll Pin
24306 1/2 .5001/.5007 0.625 1 0.400 D Concentric
Ground Lead
24307 1/2 .5001/.5007 0.625 1 0.900
A +.0004
24308 5/8 .6251/.6257 .075 1.25 0.900 A Dimension Centered
C Dia
+.0001
Within ±.0001 of C Dia.
24309 3/4 .7501/.7510 0.812 1.5 1.0000
• Use with L Pins to align two A/2
24310 7/8 .8751/.8760 1 1.5 1.0000
holes without binding. B Dia
24311 1 1.0001/1.0010 1.062 1.5 1.0000
• Available for 3/16" through 1"
diameter pins (6mm-25mm in
Press Fit Metric D Concentric
Ground Lead
metric sizes).
• Tool Steel, heat treated Part Pin Dia Dia
+.001 A Dimension Centered
A -.001
to Rc 58-62 Number Dia A B C D Within ±.0001 of C Dia. C Dia
Over Knurl
• Supplied with Roll Pin: 24351 6mm 6.00/6.03 9.0 20.000 9.0
Locate within ±.002" of 24352 8mm 8.00/8.03 11.0 24.000 9.0
B Dia
slot centerline. 24353 10mm 10.00/10.03 13.0 24.000 9.0
24354 12mm 12.00/12.03 15.0 24.000 14.0
24355 16mm 16.00/16.03 18.0 30.000 12.0
24356 20mm 20.00/20.03 22.0 35.999 19.0 +.001
A -.001 C Dia
24357 25mm 25.00/25.03 27.0 40.000 19.0 D 16-Pitch
Over Knurl
Diamond
Knurl
Knurled B Dia

Part Pin Dia Dia
Number Dia A B C D
24331 3/16 0.188 0.312 0.565 .50
24332 1/4 0.25 0.375 0.64 .50 16-Pitch
D
24333 5/16 0.313 0.437 0.765 .50 Diamond
Knurl
24334 3/8 0.375 0.5 0.89 .50

LOCATING COMPONENTS
Rest Buttons
Ground and Unground The Closest Tolerances in the Industry...
Jergens is proud of the close tolerances of the original location. Where replacement
held on the “B” dimension of our Ground is not going to be a problem, we recommend
Rest Buttons. When it becomes necessary the use of the Unground Buttons, which
through constant wear to replace rest have a +.010 (.25mm) grinding stock to
buttons, they can be replaced with the be ground after the fixture is assembled.
assurance of being within .0005 (.013mm)
• Material:
Ground, Low Carbon Steel Part Part Wt.
Number Number (lbs)
Unground, 52100
“B” Ground† “B” Unground† A B C D 10 Pcs.
— 45719 1/4 1/4 15/32 .1885-.188 .05
• Heat Treat:
34701* 45721 3/8 1/4 15/32 .1885-.188 .08
Ground, Case Hardened
34702* 45722 3/8 3/8 19/32 .1885-.188 .16
75-77 R30N
34703* 45723 3/8 1/2 23/32 .1885-.188 .16
Unground, 58-62 Rc
® 34704* 45724 1/2 1/4 23/32 .251-.2505 .16
Design Software 34705* 45725 1/2 3/8 27/32 .251-.2505 .21
34706* 45726 1/2 1/2 31/32 .251-.2505 .31
34707* 45727 5/8 1/4 23/32 .376-.3755 .31
34708* 45728 5/8 3/8 27/32 .376-.3755 .47

— 45729 5/8 7/16 29/32 .376-.3755 .50
34709* 45730 5/8 1/2 31/32 .376-.3755 .55
34710* 45731 5/8 5/8 1 3/32 .376-.3755 .62
34711 45732 5/8 3/4 1 7/32 .376-.3755 .78
— 45733 7/8 3/8 31/32 .501-.5005 .68
34712 45734 7/8 7/16 1 1/32 .501-.5005 .78
— 45735 7/8 1/2 1 3/32 .501-.5005 .94
34713* 45736 7/8 5/8 1 7/32 .501-.5005 1.10
34714 45737 7/8 3/4 1 11/32 .501-.5005 1.25
†“B” dimension for ground
— 45738 1 3/8 1 3/32 .626-.6255 1.20
style is +.0005/-.000,
34715 45739 1 7/16 1 5/32 .626-.6255 1.45
unground +.010/+.015
34716* 45740 1 1/2 1 7/32 .626-.6255 1.65
— 45741 1 5/8 1 11/32 .626-.6255 2.00
— 45742 1 3/4 1 15/32 .626-.6255 2.50
— 45743 1 1/4 3/8 1 7/32 .751-.7505 1.80
— 45744 1 1/4 7/16 1 9/32 .751-.7505 2.10
— 45745 1 1/4 1/2 1 11/32 .751-.7505 2.50
34717* 45746 1 1/4 5/8 1 15/32 .751-.7505 3.10
34718 45747 1 1/2 3/4 1 31/32 1.001-1.0005 6.90
*Conforms to TCMA
Rest Buttons “B” Ground† “B” Unground†

Metric Part
Number
Part
Number A B C D
Ground and Unground 34751 45771 10 6 12 5
34754 45774 13 6 18 6
34757 45777 16 6 18 10
34758 45778 16 10 22 10
34759 45780 16 12 25 10
34763 45786 22 16 31 12
34766 45790 25 12 30 16
†“B” Dimension for ground style is +.013/-.000mm, ungrounded style is +.25/+.38mm.

211
LOCATING COMPONENTS
Threaded Rest Buttons

• Heat Treat: Case Hardened 75-77 R30N
• Thread: 2A-UNF
®
Thread into job instead of press fit. “B” dimension

left with .010-.015 for finishing after assembly.
For cutter setting blocks on milling fixtures, grind
to your own specifications. Case hardened to
approximately .030 deep.
Part Number Part Number wt/lbs

w/o Sensor w/ Sensor Thread 10 pcs
Hole Hole A (in.) B (in.) C (in.) D Pitch d1 in (mm) d2 in. (mm)
21501 21501-SH 3/8 1/4 5/8 1/4-28 Fine 0.04 (1.0mm) 0.06 (1.5mm) 0.16
21521 21521-SH 3/8 1/4 5/8 1/4-20 Coarse 0.04 (1.0mm) 0.06 (1.5mm) 0.16
21502 21502-SH 3/8 3/8 3/4 1/4-28 Fine 0.04 (1.0mm) 0.06 (1.5mm) 0.16
21522 21522-SH 3/8 3/8 3/4 1/4-20 Coarse 0.04 (1.0mm) 0.06 (1.5mm) 0.16
21503 21503-SH 3/8 1/2 7/8 1/4-28 Fine 0.04 (1.0mm) 0.06 (1.5mm) 0.16
21523 21523-SH 3/8 1/2 7/8 1/4-20 Coarse 0.04 (1.0mm) 0.06 (1.5mm) 0.16
21504 21504-SH 1/2 1/4 11/16 3/8-24 Fine 0.06 (1.5mm) 0.13 (3.2mm) 0.24
21524 21524-SH 1/2 1/4 11/16 3/8-16 Coarse 0.06 (1.5mm) 0.13 (3.2mm) 0.24
21505 21505-SH 1/2 3/8 13/16 3/8-24 Fine 0.06 (1.5mm) 0.13 (3.2mm) 0.31
21525 21525-SH 1/2 3/8 13/16 3/8-16 Coarse 0.06 (1.5mm) 0.13 (3.2mm) 0.31
21506 21506-SH 1/2 1/2 15/16 3/8-24 Fine 0.06 (1.5mm) 0.13 (3.2mm) 0.47
21526 21526-SH 1/2 1/2 15/16 3/8-16 Coarse 0.06 (1.5mm) 0.13 (3.2mm) 0.47
21507 21507-SH 1/2 3/4 1 3/16 3/8-24 Fine 0.06 (1.5mm) 0.13 (3.2mm) 0.47
21527 21527-SH 1/2 3/4 1 3/16 3/8-16 Coarse 0.06 (1.5mm) 0.13 (3.2mm) 0.47
21508 21508-SH 3/4 3/8 15/16 1/2-20 Fine 0.06 (1.5mm) 0.17 (4.3mm) 0.78
21528 21528-SH 3/4 3/8 15/16 1/2-13 Coarse 0.06 (1.5mm) 0.17 (4.3mm) 0.78
21509 21509-SH 3/4 1/2 1 1/16 1/2-20 Fine 0.06 (1.5mm) 0.17 (4.3mm) 0.94
21529 21529-SH 3/4 1/2 1 1/16 1/2-13 Coarse 0.06 (1.5mm) 0.17 (4.3mm) 0.94
21510 21510-SH 3/4 3/4 1 1 9/16 Fine 0.06 (1.5mm) 0.17 (4.3mm) 1.56
21530 21530-SH 3/4 1 1 9/16 1/2-13 Coarse 0.06 (1.5mm) 0.17 (4.3mm) 1.56
21511 21511-SH 1 1/2 1 3/16 5/8-18 Fine 0.06 (1.5mm) 0.17 (4.3mm) 1.72
21531 21531-SH 1 1/2 1 3/16 5/8-11 Coarse 0.06 (1.5mm) 0.17 (4.3mm) 1.72
21512 21512-SH 1 1 1/2 2 3/16 5/8-18 Fine 0.06 (1.5mm) 0.17 (4.3mm) 4.10
21532 21532-SH 1 1 1/2 2 3/16 5/8-11 Coarse 0.06 (1.5mm) 0.17 (4.3mm) 4.10
LOCATING COMPONENTS
Threaded Rest Buttons

Metric
• Thread: Class 6g
Part Number Part Number Across

w/o Sensor W/ Sensor Flats E wt/lbs
Hole Hole A (mm) B (mm) C (mm) D (mm) d1 (mm) d2 (mm) 10 pcs
21551 21551-SH 10 6 14 M6x1.0 8 1.0 1.5 0.10
21554 21554-SH 13 6 14 M10X1.5 10 1.5 3.2 0.20

21558 21558-SH 16 10 25 M12X1.75 14 1.5 4.3 0.60
21561 21561-SH 25 12 30 M16X2.0 20 1.5 4.3 1.52
Carbide Insert
Rest Buttons • Material: Body, Low Carbon Steel
Insert, Carbide
®
Wt.
Part (lbs)
Number A B C D E 10 Pcs.
34901 1/2 .250 23/32 .2505/.2510 3/8 .25
34902 5/8 .250 23/32 .3755/.3760 3/8 .42
34903 5/8 .375 27/32 .3755/.3760 3/8 .58
34904 3/4 .4375 1 1/32 .5005/.5010 1/2 .92
34905 1 .4375 1 5/32 .6255/.6260 3/4 1.80
Metric Carbide Insert

Rest Buttons
• Material: Body, Low Carbon Steel
Insert, Carbide
Part
Number A B C D E
34951 13 6 18 6 10
34953 16 10 22 10 10
34955 25 12 30 16 19

213
LOCATING COMPONENTS
Rest Pad
Jergens Feature:
By holding close tolerances on the
“D” dimension, when replacement
becomes necessary, your original
tolerances are maintained within
.0005 (.013)

+0.0005
• Finish: Black Oxide Part
-0.000 Wt.
Number A B C D E F G H (lbs)
® 35901 1 1 2 .475 3/8 1/2 #10 1 1/2 .22
35902 1 1/2 1 1/2 2 1/2 .600 1/2 1/2 1/4 2 .58
35904 1 2 3 1/2 .720 5/8 3/4 5/16 2 3/4 .63
Rest Pads are designed to be used when
35905 1 3 4 1/2 .720 5/8 3/4 5/16 3 3/4 .84
you need a larger hardened wearing
35906 1 4 5 1/2 .720 5/8 3/4 5/16 4 3/4 1.06
surface for heavy duty applications.
Rest Pads can also be used as hardened
work rests or as wear plates on your jigs
and fixtures. Metric

+0.013
Part -0.000
Number A B C D E F G H
35951 25 25 50 12 10 13 M5 38
35952 25 38 64 15 13 13 M6 50
35954 25 50 89 18 16 19 M8 70
Rest Pad Rest Pads are designed to be used when

you need a larger hardened wearing
surface for heavy duty applications.
Rest Pads can also be used as hardened
work rests or as wear plates on your jigs
and fixtures.
+0.0005
Part
-0.000 Wt.
Number A B C D E F G H I J (lbs)
• Material: Low Carbon Steel 35903 2 2 3 .725 1/2 1/2 1/4 2 1/2 1/2 1 1.06
• Heat Treat: C
ase Hardened
75-77 R30N Metric
®
+0.013
Part -0.000
Number A B C D E F G H I J
35953 50 50 75 18 12 13 M6 64 13 25
LOCATING COMPONENTS
Jig Feet
Jergens Feature:
• Cap Screw included By holding close tolerances on the
• Heat Treat: C
ase Hardened “B” dimension, when replacement
75-77 R30N becomes necessary, your original
® tolerances are maintained within
.0005 (.013)
+0.0005 Socket Head Wt.

Part -0.000 Capscrew (lbs)
Number A B C D 10 Pcs.
25701* 5/8 3/8 1/4-20 x 3/8 9/32 .31
25702* 5/8 1/2 1/4-20 x 1/2 9/32 .31
25703* 5/8 5/8 1/4-20 x 5/8 9/32 .47
25704* 5/8 3/4 1/4-20 x 3/4 9/32 .55
25705 5/8 7/8 1/4-20 x 7/8 9/32 .62
25706 5/8 1 1/4-20 x 1 9/32 .78
25707* 7/8 1/2 5/16-18 x 1/2 11/32 .78
25708* 7/8 5/8 5/16-18 x 5/8 11/32 .94
25709* 7/8 3/4 5/16-18 x 3/4 11/32 1.03

25710 7/8 7/8 5/16-18 x 7/8 11/32 1.12
25711* 7/8 1 5/16-18 x 1 11/32 1.15
25712 7/8 1 1/8 5/16-18 x 1 1/4 11/32 1.17
25713 7/8 3/4 3/8-16 x 3/4 13/32 1.11
25714* 1 1/4 3/4 3/8-16 x 3/4 13/32 2.50
25715 1 1/4 7/8 3/8-16 x 7/8 13/32 2.70
25716* 1 1/4 1 3/8-16 x 1 13/32 3.30
25717* 1 1/4 1 1/2 3/8-16 x 1 1/2 13/32 5.00
25718 1 1/4 2 3/8-16 x 2 13/32 6.60
25719 1 5/8 1 1/4 1/2-13 x 1 1/2 17/32 7.00
25720 1 5/8 1 3/4 1/2-13 x 1 3/4 17/32 9.80
25721 1 5/8 2 1/4 1/2-13 x 2 1/2 17/32 13.75
*Conforms to TCMA
Metric Jig Feet
+0.013 Socket Head

Part -0.000 Capscrew
Number A B C D
25751 16 10 M6 x 10 7
25752 16 12 M6 x 12 7
25754 16 20 M6 x 20 7
25757 22 12 M8 x 12 9
25759 22 20 M8 x 20 9
25761 22 24 M8 x 25 9
25766 32 24 M10 x 25 11

215
LOCATING COMPONENTS
Jig Legs
The Jergens Jig Legs are ideal for cutting costs in simple jig plates.
They assure lasting accuracy in your jig plate with a larger bearing surface
at the top the the leg. The large diameter rest button provides more bearing
surface for spot facing or counterboring on the bottom side. Both legs and
rest buttons are hardened for long life.

• Cap Screw Included
®
Part Cap Screw Wt.

Number A B C D F (lbs)
25301 1 5/8 1/4-20 5/8 1/4-20 x 1 .13
25302 2 5/8 1/4-20 5/8 1/4-20 x 1 .20
25303 3 5/8 1/4-20 7/8 1/4-20 x 1 .28
25304 4 7/8 3/8-16 7/8 3/8-16 x 1 3/4 .81

25305 5 7/8 3/8-16 7/8 3/8-16 x 1 3/4 1.00
25306 6 7/8 3/8-16 7/8 3/8-16 x 1 3/4 1.10
Flat Feet
• Material: Low Carbon Steel Jergens Feature:
By holding close tolerances on the
• Cap Screw Included “B” dimension, when replacement
®
becomes necessary, your original
tolerances are maintained within
.0005 (.013mm)
+0.0005 Flat Head Wt.

Part -0.000 Screw (lbs)
Number A B C 10 Pcs
19301 1/2 1/8 8-32 x 3/8 .06
19302 1/2 1/4 8-32 x 1/2 .16
19303 5/8 1/4 10-32 x 5/8 .21
19304 7/8 3/8 1/4-20 x 3/4 .62
19305 1 1/4 3/8 5/16-18 x 3/4 1.25
19306 1 5/8 3/8 3/8-16 x 3/4 2.20
Metric
+0.013 Flat Head
Part -0.000 Screw Wt. (Kg)
Number A B C 10 Pcs
19351 13 3 M4 x 10 .03
19352 13 6 M4 x 12 .09
19353 16 6 M5 x 16 .11
19354 22 10 M6 x 20 .33
19355 31 10 M8 x 20 .47
LOCATING COMPONENTS
Work Support Jacks

The Jergens Spring Loaded Work Jacks provide consistent support
and rigidity to odd shaped workpieces. They are designed to prevent
workpiece deflection under forces created during machining operations.
Precision mated locking jaws grip the jackpost from both sides creating
a vise-like action.
• Load capacities 300-4500 lbs.

• Rugged design
• Quality construction
• Dual jaw locking action
• Rubber boot or dust cap models available
Riser Optional on Part

Number 25207 & 25208
1/4" 25211
1/2" 25212
3/4" 25213

25201 If risers are not used, hole must be provided in fixture base:
1.12" dia. x .50" deep for Part No.'s 25207 & 25208
Part Load Type Of Type Of Jackpost

Number Rating Dust Driver Dia. Tap J
Protector A B C D E F G H Mean Ht. Travel
300 lbs at
25201 10 ft-lbs Cap Slotted , See Detailed View for Dimensions 1.75 ±.19
Torque
Cap .750 3/8-16
25203 1400 lbs 3.75 2.00 2.00 3.00 1.38 11/32 1.13 3.31 ±.25
Hex .44 Deep
Cap .750 3/8-16
25207 2500 lbs 3.75 2.00 1.12 3.00 1.38 11/32 .56 2.38 ±.25
Hex .44 Deep
Cap .937 1/2-13
25205 4500 lbs 4.54 2.50 2.50 3.50 1.88 13/32 1.63 4.13 ±.38
Hex .59 deep

217
LOCATING COMPONENTS
Fixture Jacks
Designed as a positive locking jack for irregular clamping to
achieve various heights requiring a positive pressure stop.
Adjustable to fit height irregularities of milling operations.
Available in either a smooth radius head or a hardened
tool steel serrated gripping surface. Elevates vertically, no
rotation. Outer diameter of bushing ground for press-fit.
• Material: B
ushing, Low Carbon Steel
Radius Stem, Low Carbon Steel
Serrated Stem, 4140
• Finish: B
ushing, Black Oxide
Radius Stem, Black Oxide
Serrated Stem, Black Oxide
• Heat Treat: B ushing, Case Hardened
74-77 R30N
Radius Stem, Case Hardened
Serrated Stem, Rc 45-48
®
Part Part Press D

Number Number Fit Thread Wt.
Radius Serrated A B C Min. Max. E F G H Size (lbs)
24901 25101 5/8 1 3/16 3/16 9/16 1 1/2 1 1/4 5/32 3/8 3/8-16 .19
24902 25102 1 1 5/8 3/16 7/8 2 7/16 1 5/16 15/32 7/16 7/16 5/8-11 .55
24903 25103 1 1/2 2 3/4 3/16 7/8 3 1/2 1 3/4 13/16 1/2 9/16 1-8 1.90

Adjustable Jack Screws • Material: Low Carbon Steel

• Heat Treat: Screw/Stem Case Hardened 87-92 R15N

Part Wt. Lock Nut
Number A B C (lbs) (Not Included)
25001 3/8-16 1-1/4 1-1/8 0.15 28101
25003 3/8-16 2 1-1/8 0.18 28101
25005 1/2-13 1-5/8 1-1/8 0.20 28102
25007 1/2-13 2-1/2 1-1/8 0.25 28102
25009 5/8-11 2 1-3/8 0.34 28103
25011 5/8-11 3 1-3/8 0.43 28103

Adjustable Locating Buttons • Material: Low Carbon Steel

Part Thread

Number Size A B C D E F G
A
21401 10-32 1 1/4 3/16 1/8 1/8 3/4 1/8
D 21402 1/4-28 1 1/2 3/8 1/4 3/16 3/16 1 1/8 3/16
B
E F 21403 5/16-24 1 3/4 7/16 5/16 1/4 1/4 1 1/4 3/16
HEX
21404 3/8-24 2 1/2 3/8 1/4 1/4 1 1/2 1/4
ØC
21405 1/2-20 2 1/2 5/8 1/2 5/16 5/16 1 7/8 5/16
21406 5/8-18 3 3/4 5/8 3/8 3/8 1 1/4 3/8
THREAD SIZE
G SPHER. RAD. 21407 3/4-16 3 1/2 7/8 3/4 7/16 7/16 2 5/8 7/16
LOCATING COMPONENTS
Standard Fixture Keys
• Material: C-1018
®
-0.0005 Socket Wt.

Part -0.0010 Head Screw (lbs)
19701* .5000 1/2 3/4 1/4 .14
19702* .5625 1/2 3/4 1/4 .65
19703* .6250 1/2 3/4 5/16 .68
19704* .6875 1/2 1 5/16 .98
19705 .7500 1/2 1 1/4 5/16 1.10
19706 .8125 1/2 1 1/4 5/16 1.25

*Conforms to TCMA
Metric
-0.0013 Socket
Part -0.0026

Head Screw
Number A B C D
19751 12 13 19 M5
19752 14 14 22 M6
19753 16 13 22 M6
19754 18 14 22 M6
19755 20 13 22 M6
19756 22 13 32 M6
Drift Handles
Part Wt.
Number (lbs)
22901 1.0

• Material: AISI-S7
• Finish: Black Oxide Part Wt.
• Heat Treat: Rc 44-48 Number (lbs)
®
22902 1.1
Design Software 22903 1.2

219
LOCATING COMPONENTS
Compare The Jergens Sine Fixture Key Method To The Standard Method
Construct a fixture to mill slots in castings A, B, and C. The locator pins to be common.
A B C
Present Method Jergens Method

A total of 11.2 hours was required to complete this fixture It took only 5 1/2 hours to complete this fixture with bored
base with finished edge, milled fixture key slots, bored loca- sine fixture key holes and bored locator pin holes
tor pin holes and drilled and tapped set screw holes.
PRESENT METHOD TIME JERGENS METHOD TIME
1. Finish one edge. .5 hours 1. Eliminated.

2. Locate on jig bore and bore locating 2. One set-up serves for
point and two locator pin holes 1.75 hours establishing locator holes and 4.5 hours
sine fixture keys.
3. Relocate, position and mill two fixture
key slots. 1.75 hours 3. Eliminated.
4. Relocate and, by use of sine bar or 4. Eliminated
other positioning device, establish 5. Eliminated.
and mill two fixture key slots. 2.35 hours 6. Eliminated.
5. For opposite slots-same as above 2.35 hours 7. Inspect on original set-up. 1.0 hours
6. Drill and tap six holes for holding

fixture keys in slots. 1.5 hours
7. Set up and perform inspection-if
inaccurate, reroute for reworking. 1.0 hours
TOTAL TIME REQUIRED 11.2 hours TOTAL TIME REQUIRED 5.5 hours
ON THIS PARTICULAR FIXTURE - SAVE OVER 50% OF SET-UP TIME!
LOCATING COMPONENTS
Sine Fixture Keys

Jergens Feature:
Full 360° contact for more
accurate locating.
• Material: 4140
• Heat Treat: 26-30 Sine Fixture Keys locate jigs and fixtures on machine tool tables and
®
position the part in one operation. They eliminate the need to slot fixture
Design Software bases, make step fixture keys, or drill and tap keys. Simply ream two
• Reduce fixture costs holes, depending upon the shank size shown in the table below.
• Cut extra set-up time
• Completely interchangeable The unique expansion shaft allows the key to be locked in the fixture
• Fits many table slot sizes from either the top or the bottom using a standard hex wrench.
Shank Slot
Part Size Size Wt. Recommended
Number A B C (lbs) Hole Diameter
39501 .625 .4995 1 .09
39502 .625 .562 1 .11
39503 .625 .6245 1 .11
39504 .625 .687 1 .11 .625 Shank Size:
39505 .625 .7495 1 1/8 .13 0.6255 ± 0.0005
39506 .625 .812 1 1/8 .14

39507 .625 .8745 1 1/8 .15
39509 .750 .9995 1 3/8 .22 .75 Shank Size:
39510 .750 1.062 1 3/8 .23 0.7505 ± 0.0005
Metric Sine Fixture Keys

Shank Slot
Part Size Size Wt. Recommended
Number A B C (kg) Hole Diameter
39550 16 10 25 .04
39551 16 12 25 .04
39552 16 14 25 .05
16mm Shank Size:
39553 16 16 25 .05
16.01 ± 0.01
39554 16 18 29 .05
39555 16 20 29 .06
39556 16 22 29 .06
39557 20 24 35 .07
20mm Shank Size:
39558 20 28 35 .10
20.01 ± 0.01
39559 20 32 40 .10
Metric Slot/Inch Shank

Slot
Shank Size
Used primarily for adapting existing Part Size (Mm) Wt. Recommended
Number A B C (lbs) Hole Diameter
fixtures with inch locating holes to
metric table slots. 39561 .625 12 1 .09
39562 .625 14 1 .09
39563 .625 16 1 .11
0.6255 ± 0.0005
39564 .625 18 1 1/8 .11
39565 .625 20 1 1/8 .14
39566 .625 22 1 1/8 .15


221
LOCATING COMPONENTS
Locating Pins‑Slip Fit

Round
• Sizes range from1/8" to 1" head diameters
• Concentricity in both diameters is held within .0002
• For special applications we will grind the “A”
dimension to your specifications
• Quick turnaround on specials
• May be used in bushing applications or press fit
with Lock Screws.
Wt.
Part Number (lbs)
Round A B C D F G H 10 Pcs.
29101* .1245 5/16 1 3/16 7/16 5/8 33/64 1/32 .31
29102 .1401 5/16 1 3/16 7/16 5/8 33/64 1/32 .31
29103* .1558 5/16 1 3/16 7/16 5/8 33/64 3/64 .31
29104 .1714 5/16 1 3/16 7/16 5/8 33/64 3/64 .31
29105* .1870 5/16 1 3/16 7/16 5/8 33/64 1/16 .31
29106 .2026 5/16 1 3/16 7/16 5/8 33/64 1/16 .31
29107* .2183 5/16 1 3/16 7/16 5/8 33/64 5/64 .31
29108 .2339 5/16 1 3/16 7/16 5/8 33/64 3/32 .31
29109* .2495 5/16 1 3/16 7/16 5/8 33/64 3/32 .31
29110 .2651 5/16 1 3/16 7/16 5/8 33/64 3/32 .31
29111* .2808 5/16 1 3/16 7/16 5/8 33/64 3/32 .36

29112 .2964 5/16 1 3/16 7/16 5/8 33/64 3/32 .36
29113* .3120 5/16 1 3/16 7/16 5/8 33/64 3/32 .36
29114* .3115 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 7/8 41/64 1/8 .90
29115 .3271 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 7/8 41/64 1/8 .90
• Heat Treat: C
ase Hardened 29116* .3428 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 7/8 41/64 1/8 .90
74-77 R30N 29117 .3584 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 7/8 41/64 1/8 .90
®
29118* .3740 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 7/8 41/64 1/8 .90
Design Software 29119 .3896 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 7/8 41/64 1/8 .90
29120* .4053 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 7/8 41/64 1/8 .90
29121 .4209 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 7/8 41/64 1/8 .90
29122* .4365 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 7/8 41/64 1/8 .90
29123 .4521 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 7/8 41/64 1/8 .95
29124* .4678 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 7/8 41/64 1/8 .95
29125 .4834 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 7/8 41/64 1/8 1.00
29126* .4990 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 7/8 41/64 1/8 1.00
29127* .4980 3/4 1 15/16 11/16 1 1/8 49/64 3/16 2.0
29128* .5293 3/4 1 15/16 11/16 1 1/8 49/64 3/16 2.0
29129* .5605 3/4 1 15/16 11/16 1 1/8 49/64 3/16 2.5
29130* .5918 3/4 1 15/16 11/16 1 1/8 49/64 3/16 2.5
29131* .6230 3/4 1 15/16 11/16 1 1/8 49/64 3/16 2.5
29132* .6543 3/4 1 15/16 11/16 1 1/8 49/64 3/16 2.5
29133* .6855 3/4 1 15/16 11/16 1 1/8 49/64 3/16 2.5
29134* .7168 3/4 1 15/16 11/16 1 1/8 49/64 3/16 2.5
29135* .7480 3/4 1 15/16 11/16 1 1/8 49/64 3/16 2.5
29136* .7480 1 2 5/8 1 1 1/2 61/64 9/32 5.0
29137* .7793 1 2 5/8 1 1 1/2 61/64 9/32 5.0
29138* .8105 1 2 5/8 1 1 1/2 61/64 9/32 5.0
29139* .8418 1 2 5/8 1 1 1/2 61/64 9/32 5.0
29140* .8730 1 2 5/8 1 1 1/2 61/64 9/32 5.0
29141* .9043 1 2 5/8 1 1 1/2 61/64 9/32 5.0
29142* .9355 1 2 5/8 1 1 1/2 61/64 9/32 5.0
29143* .9668 1 2 5/8 1 1 1/2 61/64 9/32 5.0
29144* .9980 1 2 5/8 1 1 1/2 61/64 9/32 5.0
* Conforms to TCMA
See page 224 for Liners and Lock Screws.
LOCATING COMPONENTS
Locating Pins‑Slip Fit

Relieved
• Sizes range from 1/8" to 1" head diameters
• Concentricity in both diameters is held within .0002
• For special applications we will grind the “A”
dimension to your specifications
• Quick turn-around on specials
• May be used in bushing applications or press fit
with lock screws.
Wt.
Part Number (lbs)
Relieved A B C D F G H 10 Pcs.
29301* .1245 5/16 1 3/16 7/16 5/8 33/64 1/32 .31
29302 .1401 5/16 1 3/16 7/16 5/8 33/64 1/32 .31
29303* .1558 5/16 1 3/16 7/16 5/8 33/64 3/64 .31
29304 .1714 5/16 1 3/16 7/16 5/8 33/64 3/64 .31
29305* .1870 5/16 1 3/16 7/16 5/8 33/64 1/16 .31
29306 .2026 5/16 1 3/16 7/16 5/8 33/64 1/16 .31
29307* .2183 5/16 1 3/16 7/16 5/8 33/64 5/64 .31
29308 .2339 5/16 1 3/16 7/16 5/8 33/64 3/32 .31
29309* .2495 5/16 1 3/16 7/16 5/8 33/64 3/32 .31
29310 .2651 5/16 1 3/16 7/16 5/8 33/64 3/32 .31

29311* .2808 5/16 1 3/16 7/16 5/8 33/64 3/32 .36
29312 .2964 5/16 1 3/16 7/16 5/8 33/64 3/32 .36
29313* .3120 5/16 1 3/16 7/16 5/8 33/64 3/32 .36
29314* .3115 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 7/8 41/64 1/8 .90
29315 .3271 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 7/8 41/64 1/8 .90
• Heat Treat: Case Hardened 29316* .3428 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 7/8 41/64 1/8 .90
74-77 R30N 29317 .3584 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 7/8 41/64 1/8 .90
®
29318* .3740 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 7/8 41/64 1/8 .90
Design Software 29319 .3896 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 7/8 41/64 1/8 .90
29320* .4053 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 7/8 41/64 1/8 .90
29321 .4209 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 7/8 41/64 1/8 .90
29322* .4365 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 7/8 41/64 1/8 .90
29323 .4521 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 7/8 41/64 1/8 .95
29324* .4678 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 7/8 41/64 1/8 .95
29325 .4834 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 7/8 41/64 1/8 1.00
29326* .4990 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 7/8 41/64 1/8 1.00
29327* .4980 3/4 1 15/16 11/16 1 1/8 49/64 3/16 2.0
29328* .5293 3/4 1 15/16 11/16 1 1/8 49/64 3/16 2.0
29329* .5605 3/4 1 15/16 11/16 1 1/8 49/64 3/16 2.5
29330* .5918 3/4 1 15/16 11/16 1 1/8 49/64 3/16 2.5
29331* .6230 3/4 1 15/16 11/16 1 1/8 49/64 3/16 2.5
29332* .6543 3/4 1 15/16 11/16 1 1/8 49/64 3/16 2.5
29333* .6855 3/4 1 15/16 11/16 1 1/8 49/64 3/16 2.5
29334* .7168 3/4 1 15/16 11/16 1 1/8 49/64 3/16 2.5
29335* .7480 3/4 1 15/16 11/16 1 1/8 49/64 3/16 2.5
29336* .7480 1 2 5/8 1 1 1/2 61/64 9/32 5.0
29337* .7793 1 2 5/8 1 1 1/2 61/64 9/32 5.0
29338* .8105 1 2 5/8 1 1 1/2 61/64 9/32 5.0
29339* .8418 1 2 5/8 1 1 1/2 61/64 9/32 5.0
29340* .8730 1 2 5/8 1 1 1/2 61/64 9/32 5.0
29341* .9043 1 2 5/8 1 1 1/2 61/64 9/32 5.0
29342* .9355 1 2 5/8 1 1 1/2 61/64 9/32 5.0
29343* .9668 1 2 5/8 1 1 1/2 61/64 9/32 5.0
29344* .9980 1 2 5/8 1 1 1/2 61/64 9/32 5.0
* Conforms to TCMA
See page 224 for Liners and Lock Screws.

223
LOCATING COMPONENTS
Locating Pin Liners

Wt.
Part (lbs)
Number A B C 10 Pcs.
28501 .3129 .5017 1/2 .16
.3126 .5014
28502 .5005 .7518 3/4 .47
.5002 .7515
28503 .7506 1.0018 1 .94
.7503 1.0015
28504 1.0007 1.3772 1 3/8 2.80
1.0004 1.3768
Locating Pin Shoulder Liners


Wt.
Part (lbs)
40901 .3129 .5017 1/2 5/8 3/32 .16
.3126 .5014
40902 .5005 .7518 3/4 7/8 3/32 .47
.5002 .7515
40903 .7506 1.0018 1 1 1/8 1/8 .94
.7503 1.0015
40904 1.0007 1.3772 1 3/8 1 1/2 1/8 2.65
1.0004 1.3768
Locating Pin Lock Screws

• Thread: 2A-UNC
Wt.
Part (lbs)
Number A B C D E F 10 Pcs.
10101 1/4 .135 3/8 3/8 5/8 5/16-18 .16
LOCATING COMPONENTS
Bullet Nose Dowels

F
E ØC
D
ØA+.0000
-.0005 ØG
+.0000
ØB -.0003
.03
Bullet Nose Dowels are used for aligning Bullet-Nose Dowels

two pieces of a fixture together.
Part
• Pin and head centric within .0005 TIR Number A B C D E F G
• Bushing ID and OD concentric within .0003 TIR 29221 .2499 .2516 .280 1/2 .12 .90 1/8
• Material: Low carbon steel 29222 .3124 .3141 .344 1/2 .16 .94 5/32
• Heat Treat: Case hardened 72-82 R30N 29223 .3749 .3766 .407 1/2 .19 1.03 3/16
• Ground finish 29224 .4999 .5017 .532 1/2 .19 1.09 1/4

Bullet-Nose Dowel Liners (Bushings)
Part
Number A B C D
40921 .2501 .5017 5/8 3/8
40922 .3126 .5017 5/8 3/8
40923 .3751 .6267 3/4 1/2
40924 .5001 .7518 7/8 5/8
Pilot Locating Pins H

G
E
ØC
F
+.0000 +.000
ØB -.0003 ØD ØA -.001
• Material: Low carbon steel Pilot Locating Pins

• Heat Treat: Case hardened 72-82 R30N
• Ground finish Part
29231 .249 .4078 9/16 5/32 9/32 3/32 15/32 27/32
29232 .312 .5017 5/8 3/16 9/32 3/32 15/32 27/32
29233 .624 .8768 1 5/16 3/8 1/8 7/8 1 5/8

225
LOCATING COMPONENTS
Bullet Nose Pins
Bullet-Nose Bullet-Nose
Pins – Round Pins – Relieved
C E ØF
D C E
D ØF
+.0000
+.0000
ØB +.0000
-.0003 ØA -.0003 ØB ØA
-.0003
+.0000
-.0003 60˚
Bullet-Nose Pins – Round Bullet-Nose Pins – Relieved

Part Part
Number A B C D E F Number A B C D E F
29201 .2499 .4078 3/8 1/16 7/32 9/16 29211 .2499 .4078 3/8 1/16 7/32 9/16
29202 .3124 .5017 3/8 1/16 9/32 5/8 29212 .3124 .5017 3/8 1/16 9/32 5/8
29203 .3749 .6267 1/2 1/16 5/16 3/4 29213 .3749 .6267 1/2 1/16 5/16 3/4
29204 .4998 .7518 1/2 1/16 13/32 7/8 29214 .4998 .7518 1/2 1/16 13/32 7/8
29205 .7498 1.0018 3/4 1/8 9/16 1 1/8 29215 .7498 1.0018 3/4 1/8 9/16 1 1/8
29206 .9998 1.3771 3/4 1/8 3/4 1 1/2 29216 .9998 1.3771 3/4 1/8 3/4 1 1/2

Bullet Nose Pins are used for aligning two pieces of a fixture
together. The round and relieved style are used in conjunction
with a matching bushing to locate radially on the round pin.
The flats on the relieved pin prevents binding, yet allows a Bullet Nose Bullet Nose
Relieved Pin Bullet Nose Liners Round Pin
high degree of accuracy to be maintained.
• Material: Low carbon steel

• Heat Treat: Case hardened 72-82 R3ON
• Ground finish
Bullet Nose Pins Liners (Bushings)

Part
Number A B C D E
40911 .2501 .4078 9/16 7/16 1/16
40912 .3126 .5017 5/8 7/16 1/16
40913 .3751 .6267 3/4 7/16 1/16
40914 .5001 .7518 7/8 1/2 1/16
40915 .7502 1.0018 1 1/8 1/2 1/8
40916 1.0002 1.3771 1 1/2 1 11/16 1/8

LOCATING COMPONENTS
Inspection Balls
Premium Short Shank
E THREAD
+0.0000 +0.0000 Weight
Part -0.0002 -0.0002 ±0.0002 Thread Dia. (lbs)
ØA Number A B C D E F 10 Pcs.
ØB ØF 29060 0.2500 0.1247 0.2000 0.58 1/4 .1
29061 0.3750 0.1872 0.3000 0.75 3/8 .1
29062 0.3750 0.3125 0.3000 0.74 8-32 1/2 .3
C 29063 0.5000 0.2497 0.3125 0.63 6-32 1/2 .3
29064 0.5000 0.2497 0.4000 0.93 6-32 1/2 .3
• Material: 8620 Steel D
29065 0.5000 0.2497 0.5000 0.88 6-32 1/2 .3
• Case Hardened
29066 0.5000 0.3750 0.3750 1.31 10-24 5/8 .6
• Used as reference points for inspection applications in
29067 0.6250 0.3122 0.4500 1.08 8-32 5/8 .6
conjunction with Coordinate Measuring Machines to
29068 0.6250 0.3750 0.4500 1.42 10-24 5/8 .7
accurately measure the workpiece.
29069 0.6875 0.3750 0.5000 1.47 10-24 3/4 .9
• Concentricity of Ball to Shank - 0.0001 T.I.R.
29070 0.7500 0.3750 0.5625 1.53 10-24 3/4 1.3
• One-piece construction
29071 1.0000 0.5000 0.7000 1.64 10-24 1 2.5

Precision Slip Fit • Used as reference points for inspection applications in conjunction with
Coordinate Measuring Machines to accurately measure the workpiece.

• Concentricity of Ball to Shank - 0.0002 T.I.R.
• Hardened and ground steel (440 Stainless)
• Two-piece construction
+0.0000 Weight
Part ±0.0005 -0.0002 ±0.0002 Dia (lbs)
ØA Number A B C D F 10 Pcs.
29075 0.2500 0.1247 0.2000 9/16 1/4 .1
ØB ØF 29076 0.3750 0.1872 0.3000 3/4 3/8 .1
29077 0.5000 0.2497 0.4000 15/16 1/2 .3
29078 0.6250 0.3122 0.4500 1 1/16 5/8 .6
C 29079 0.7500 0.3747 0.5000 1 1/4 3/4 1.0
D 29080 0.8750 0.4372 0.6000 1 7/16 3/4 .7
29081 1.0000 0.4997 0.7000 1 5/8 1 2.4

One Piece with Shoulder Slip Fit

+0.0000 Weight
• One Piece Construction Part ±0.0002 -0.0004 ±0.0002 Dia (lbs)
• Close Tolerances – 0.0002 T.I.R. Number A B C D F 10 Pcs.
• 8620 Steel Hardened Rc58-62 29041 .2500 .1250 .2000 9/16 1/4 .1
29042 .3750 .1875 .3000 3/4 3/8 .1
29043 .5000 .2500 .4000 15/16 1/2 .3
29044 .5000 .2500 .5000 1 3/8 1/2 .4
29045 .7500 .3750 .5000 1 1/4 3/4 1.0
Press Fit
ØA ±0.0002 +0.0003 Wt.
Part Dia -0.0000 ±0.0002 Dia (lbs)
Number A B C D F 10 Pcs.
ØB ØF
29085 0.2500 .1253 .2000 9/16 1/4 .1
29086 0.3750 .1878 .3000 3/4 3/8 .1
C 29087 0.5000 .2503 .4000 15/16 1/2 .3
29088 0.5000 .2503 .5000 1 3/8 1/2 .4
D
29089 0.7500 .3753 .5000 1 1/4 3/4 1.0

227
LOCATING COMPONENTS
Construction Balls-Tapped, One-Piece Construction

• Heavy-Duty, Resists Lateral Forces
• Close Tolerances – 0.0002 T.I.R.
• 8620 Steel Hardened Rc58-62
Inch
+0.0000 Weight
Part ±0.0002 -0.0004 ±0.0002 Dia. (lbs)
Number A B C D E F 10 Pcs
F THREAD 29051 0.5000 0.2500 .3125 5/8 .490 6-32 x 1/4 .3
ØA
29052 0.5000 0.2500 .3125 5/8 .490 Not Tapped .3
Metric
ØB ØE
+0.000 Weight
Part ±0.005mm -0.010mm ±0.005mm Dia. (kgs)
Number A B C D E F 10 Pcs
C 29090 6mm 3mm 6mm 16mm 6mm Not Tapped .05
29091 10mm 5mm 10mm 20mm 10mm Not Tapped .15
D
29092 12mm 6mm 12mm 22mm 12mm Not Tapped .15
Tooling Balls - Standard Tolerance, One-Piece Construction

• One Piece Construction

• Close Tolerances – 0.0002 T.I.R.
• 8620 Steel Hardened Rc58-62
+0.0000 Weight
ØA Part ±0.0002 -0.0004 (lbs)
Number A B D 10 Pcs
29031 .2500 .1250 9/16 .1
ØB 29032 .3750 .1875 3/4 .1
29033 .5000 .2500 15/16 .3
29034 .5000 .2500 1 1/2 .3
D 29035 .5000 .3750 1 1/2 .8
Tooling/Inspection Ball Covers

• Mounts directly to the fixture with two number 10 (M4) screws.
• Fits most tooling balls up to 3/4".
Mounting Mounting
Part Hole-Center to Center Hole Overall
Number ±0.005 Diameter Height
29049 1.875 7/32 1.590
Carbide Part Number

• Two-piece construction
• Used as reference points for inspection applications in
29099
conjunction with Coordinate Measuring Machines to
Ø.1250 ± .0003
accurately measure the workpiece.
• Concentricity of Ball to
Ø.1255 /.1253 Ø.19 Shank - 0.0002 T.I.R.
• Hardened and ground
• Material: Ball - Carbide
.1563 ±.0002 .28 Shank - 440 Stainless
• Weight per 10 pcs. 0.1 lbs.
LOCATING COMPONENTS
Tooling Balls
Fixture Balls (plain shank)
These Tooling balls are assembled by a welding technique that retains
the initial high precision and fine finish of the balls.
• Material: Type 440-C Stainless Steel

hardened to Rc 58-62 B
• Eccentricity, ball to shank, Part A +0.0000 C
0.0002 T.I.R. maximum Number ±0.0001 -0.0003 ±0.005
• Two Piece Welded Construction 29001 0.2500 0.1247 0.560
NOTE: The weld between the ball 29002 0.3750 0.1872 0.750
and the shank is made so that 29003 0.5000 0.2497 0.940
ØA
the ball will drop off if subjected 29004 0.6250 0.3122 1.060
to unusually heavy lateral forces. ØB 29005 0.7500 0.3747 1.250
This prevents setup and inspection 29006 0.8750 0.4372 1.440
errors that might occur because of 29007 1.0000 0.4997 1.620
accidental bending of the shank. D *Metric available if requested

Checking Balls (with reference shoulders)
B
PART A
High precision stainless steel+.0000
checking balls are D made to closer tolerances and
NUMBER
avoid excessive± .0001
side forces. The accurately .005 shoulder provides for positive
±located
-.0003

positioning, re-positioning, or replacement.
29001 .2500 .1247 .560
B
• Material: Type.3750
29002 440-C Stainless Steel
.1872 .750 Part +0.0000 C D
hardened to Rc 58-62 Number A -0.0002 ±0.0002 -0.005
29003 .5000 .2497 .940
• Eccentricity, ball to shank, 0.0002 T.I.R. maximum *29010 0.1250 0.1255 0.0938 0.375
29004 .6250 Construction
• Two Piece Welded .3122 1.060 29011 0.2500 0.1247 0.2000 0.560
29005 .7500 .3747 1.250 29012 0.3750 0.1872 0.3000 0.750
A DIM
29013 0.5000 0.2497 0.4000 0.940
29006
1/8 thru 5/8 ±.00002 .8750 .4372 1.440
29014 0.6250 0.3122 0.4500 1.060
3/4 thru 1" ±.00005
29007 1.0000 .4997 1.620 29015 0.7500 0.3747 0.5000 1.250
ØB 29016 0.8750 0.4372 0.6000 1.440
29003
29017 1.0000 0.4997 0.7000 1.620
TOOLING BALLS
C *29010 is supplied with tungsten carbide ball only,
FIXTURE BALLS (PLAIN SHANK) with Rockwell hardness 91.5 - 92.5
PG 2.29D **Metric available if requested
PART Checking
A
Balls
B
+.0000
(with reference
C Dshoulder and tapped shank)
NUMBER ± .0002
This Checking Ball can be pulled into ± .005from below without
a hole or bushing
-.0002
applying pressure on the ball (accomplished by using a cap screw in the
29010 .1250 .1255 .0938 .375
tapped hole in the shank).
29011 .2500 .1247 .2000 .560
29012 • Material:
.3750Type 440-C Stainless Steel
.1872 .3000hardened.750
to Rc 58-62
• Eccentricity, ball to shank, 0.0002 TIR max.
29013 .5000 .2497 .4000 .940
• Two Piece Welded Construction
29014 .6250 .3122 .4500 1.060
29015 .7500 .3747 6-32.5000
UNC-2B TAP 1.250
3/16 DEEP
29016 .8750 .4372 .6000 1.440
.96
29017 1.0000 .4997 .7000 1.620 Part
Ø.5000 ±.0002 Number
29021
29013 Ø.2499±.0001 Ø1/2"
CHECKING BALLS
WITH REFERENCE SHOULDER
.3125 ±.0002 PG 2.29

229
Jergens Workolding Solutions Group...

Your Uptime Consultants
To compete in today’s global industry you need to accommodate shorter lead
times, smaller batch sizes and frequent set up changes.
Get more savings by changing what’s

UNDER the spindle, not ON it.
Shave 90% from your set up times by implementing a quick change fixturing system for a fraction of the cost
of your cutting tool investment. Jergens’ workholding efficiency improvement process helps:
• Increase spindle uptime

• Speed implementation of lean manufacturing
• Improve productivity
• Optimize workholding
• Reduce downtime
• Maximize cost savings
• Eliminate setup
errors and inefficiencies
• Faster part-to-part changeover
“The applications of the Ball Lock ®
System are basically limitless – you’re

completely free from the design
limitations of common tooling. We have
increased utilization rates 75% – 90%.”
Jergens Ball Lock Customer

®
WORKHOLDING COMPONENTS
Workholding Components
Adjustable Clamp Heels............................................................ 274 Nuts, Spinner-Grip™................................................................... 261
Adjustable Clamp Rests.............................................................273 Nuts, Stainless Steel...................................................................263
Adjustable Step Blocks..............................................................284 Nuts, T-Slot...................................................................................264
Assemblies, Spherical Flange...................................................260 Plastic Pad Covers.......................................................................246
Bolts, Dovetail..............................................................................258 Revolving Clamp Assemblies, Long Bushing Type..............238
Bolts, Swing.................................................................................. 241 Revolving Clamp Assemblies, Short Bushing Type.............238
Bolts, T...........................................................................................258 Revolving Clamp Base................................................................238
Bolts, T-Slot...................................................................................257 Rod Ends....................................................................................... 242
Bolts, T-Strap................................................................................253 Screw, Half Turn...........................................................................243
Clamp Assemblies, Double Cam..............................................234 Screws, Hand Knob.....................................................................236
Clamp Assemblies, Flange Nut.................................................233 Screws, Quarter Turn..................................................................243
Clamp Assembly, Heel Pad........................................................232 Screws, Socket Shoulder.................................................. 240–241
Clamp Assemblies, Hook...........................................................239 Screws, Thumb............................................................................244
Clamp Assemblies, Knob...........................................................235 Set-Up Kits, Die............................................................................286
Clamp Assemblies, Miniature Flat...........................................232 Set-Up Kits...........................................................................285–286
Clamp Assemblies, Miniature Radius......................................232 Single Cams..................................................................................237
Clamp Assemblies, Radius End Flange Nut...........................233 Step Blocks...................................................................................284
Clamp Assemblies, Radius Swing............................................233 Strap Pads.....................................................................................237
Clamp Assemblies.............................................232–235, 238–239 Straps, Heel..................................................................................283
Clamp Rests..................................................................................236 Straps, Miniature Flat.................................................................273
Clamping Kits...............................................................................286 Straps, Miniature Radius............................................................272
Clevis Pins.....................................................................................252 Straps, Padded............................................................................. 275
Collars, Steel Shaft......................................................................253 Straps, Plain.................................................................................. 274
Double Cams................................................................................237 Straps, Radius..............................................................................277
Finger Handles.............................................................................236 Straps, Slotted Radius................................................................277
Forged Adjustable Clamp.........................................................282 Straps, Taper Nose...................................................................... 279
Forged Straps, U Clamp............................................................. 281 Straps, Tapped Radius................................................................272
Forged Straps, Finger Clamp.................................................... 281 Straps, Tapped............................................................................. 278
Forged Straps, Gooseneck Clamp...........................................280 Studs, Alloy Steel................................................................254–255
Forged Straps, Heel Clamp........................................................280 Studs, Fixture...............................................................................256
Guide Blocks................................................................................236 Studs, Set-Up................................................................................256
Replaceable Grippers........................................................ 270–271 Studs.....................................................................................254–256
Tapered Hardened Steel............................................... 270–271 Tee Strap Bolts.............................................................................253
Tapered Carbide Steel............................................................ 270 Toe Clamp, Kits................................................................... 287–288
I.D. Expansion Clamp................................................................. 291 Toe Clamps, Large.......................................................................288
Leveling Mounts..........................................................................250 Toe Clamps, Small.......................................................................287
Leveling Pads......................................................................248–249 Toggle Pads.................................................................................. 247
Micro Clamps, Adjustable.........................................................290 Toggle Screws, Adjustable Torque..........................................245
Micro Clamps, Edge....................................................................296 Toggle Screws, Hand Knob.......................................................245
Micro Clamps, Expanding.........................................................293 Toggle Screws, Socket Toggle..................................................246
Micro Clamp, Knife Edge...........................................................292 Toggle Screws, Thumb...............................................................246
Micro Clamp, Low Profile...........................................................289 U-Straps, Long Slot..................................................................... 276
Micro Clamps, Machinable Expanding...................................294 Washers, “C”.................................................................................266
Micro Clamps...............................................................................292 Washers, Equalizing “C”.............................................................266
Micro Clamps, T-Slot...................................................................295 Washers, Equalizing Swing “C” Assembly.............................. 267
Micro Clamps, Toe.......................................................................295 Washers, Equalizing Swing “C”................................................266
Modular Mini Vise.......................................................................297 Washers, Flat................................................................................265
Nuts, Acorn...................................................................................263 Washers, Heavy Duty Flat..........................................................265
Nuts, Check...................................................................................262 Washers, Heavy Duty Square................................................... 267
Nuts, Coupling.............................................................................262 Washers, Self Aligning...............................................................268
Nuts, Equalizing Hex Head........................................................260 Washer, USAE...............................................................................269
Nuts, Flange.................................................................................259 Yokes..................................................................................... 251–252
Nuts, Heavy Duty Hex................................................................260
Nuts, Knurled Equalizing...........................................................263
Nuts, Knurled Lock......................................................................262
Nuts, Spherical Flange............................................................... 261
231
Clamp Assemblies
Miniature Flat
Fast-acting clamp for light-duty holding.

Includes strap, knurled thumb screw,
spherical washer, stud, plain flat washer,
three hex jam nuts and spring. Features
free swinging adjustments for positioning
the assembly without interference.
Part Thread Wt.

Number A B C D E F Size (lbs)
12901 5/8 1/4 1/8 1 1/2 1 9/16 11/16 10-24 .19
12902 5/8 1/4 1/8 2 1 9/16 15/16 1/4-20 .22
12903 9/16 1/4 1/8 2 1/2 1 9/16 1 3/16 1/4-20 .25
Miniature Radius
A light-duty clamp assembly for clamping
close to the edge. Complete with radius strap,
double jam nuts with spherical washers,
finger tip, quick-action knurled thumb screw
heel rest, stud, spring and washer. The latter
allows free swinging and lateral adjustments
for easier set-ups.
Part Thread Wt.

Number A B C D E F G Size (lbs)
13101 1/2 1/2 1/4 1 1/2 7/16 1 9/16 9/16 10-24 .20
13102 1/2 1/2 1/4 1 3/4 9/16 1 9/16 11/16 10-24 .22
13103 1/2 1/2 1/4 2 11/16 1 9/16 13/16 10-24 .24
Heel Pad
In one movement this clamp assembly

can be moved into place and tightened;
recommended where hand pressure
clamping is suitable for the application.
Part Thread Wt.

Number A B C D E F G H Heel Pad J Size (lbs)
13301 5/8 5/8 1/2 2 5/8 1 15/16 25/32 3/4 13701 1/2 1/4-20 .38
13312 9/16 7/8 11/16 2 1/2 3/4 2 9/16 15/16 1 13703 5/8 5/16-18 .69
13306 13/16 1 1/4 7/8 3 1/2 1 2 7/8 1 7/16 1 13703 1/2 3/8-16 1.38
13308 13/16 1 1/4 7/8 4 1/2 1 5/8 2 7/8 1 13/16 1 13703 1/2 3/8-16 1.68
13313 1 1/4 1 1/2 1 4 1/2 1 1/4 3 7/8 1 15/16 1 1/2 13705 1 1/8 1/2-13 2.20
Clamp Assemblies
Heavy-duty clamping with spherical flange nut and spherical washer for greater flex-
Flange Nut ibility. Extra long, true milled slot allows more clearance for placing and removing work.
Brass and plastic pads are available, see page 237.
Part Thread Wt.

Number A B C D E F G* Size (lbs)
12701† 3/4 5/8 1/2 2 5/8 1 5/8 7/8 1/4-20 .27
12703 1 1/2 1 1/4 7/8 3 1/2 1 1/8 2 15/16 1 7/16 3/8-16 1.12
12705 1 1/2 1 1/4 7/8 4 1/2 1 5/8 2 15/16 1 15/16 3/8-16 1.38
12707 1 1/8 1 1/2 1 1/8 4 1/2 1 1/4 3 2 1/8 1/2-13 2.12
12710 1 1/8 1 1/2 1 1/8 6 2 3 2 7/8 1/2-13 2.62
12711 2 5/8 1 3/4 1 3/8 5 1 1/2 5 1/16 2 1/8 5/8-11 3.50
12713 2 5/8 1 3/4 1 3/8 7 2 1/2 5 1/16 3 1/8 5/8-11 4.12
12714 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 1/2 5 1 1/2 4 3/8 2 1/8 3/4-10 4.12
12716 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 1/2 7 2 1/2 4 3/8 3 1/8 3/4-10 4.87
*G dimension represents an optimum dimension.
Use where great clamping pressures are † Does not include finger handle. See page 236.
needed and vibration is a problem.
Radius End Flange Nut Heavy-duty clamping of plain surfaces with spherical flange nut and spherical washer for
angular flexibility. Long, true milled slot allows greater clearance for placing and removing
work. Spring-loaded stud for quick release.
Part Thread Wt.
14103† 7/8 5/8 3/8 2 5/8 1 5/8 7/8 1/4-20 .25
14104† 7/8 5/8 3/8 2 1/2 1 1 5/8 7/8 1/4-20 .28
14117† 1 1/8 7/8 1/2 2 1/2 3/4 2 1/4 15/16 5/16-18 .75
14118† 1 1/8 7/8 1/2 3 1/2 1 1/4 2 1/4 15/16 5/16-18 .85
14105 1 3/4 1 1/4 5/8 3 1/2 1 1/8 2 15/16 1 7/16 3/8-16 1.10
14119 1 3/4 1 1/4 5/8 4 1/2 1 5/8 2 15/16 1 7/16 3/8-16 1.20
14108 1 1/2 1 1/2 3/4 4 1/2 1 1/4 3 1 7/8 1/2-13 2.00
14110 1 1/2 1 1/2 3/4 6 1 1/2 3 1 7/8 1/2-13 2.44
14111 3 1/8 1 3/4 7/8 5 1 1/2 5 1/16 2 5/8-11 3.25
14113 3 1/8 1 3/4 7/8 7 2 1/2 5 1/16 2 5/8-11 3.88
14114 2 1/4 1 3/4 1 5 1 1/2 4 3/8 2 1/8 3/4-10 3.88
14116 2 1/4 1 3/4 1 7 2 1/2 4 3/8 2 1/8 3/4-10 4.85
† Does not include finger handle. See page 236.
Radius Swing Clamp

Features fast-action, light-duty holding of plain surface work where quick movements
are required in a restricted space. Radial milled slots allows for 90° swing. Ideally
suited for placing and removing workpiece.
Part Thread Wt.

Number Size A B C D E F G (lbs)
14123* 1/4-20 7/8 5/8 3/8 2 1 1 5/8 11/16 .25
14125 3/8-16 1 3/4 1 1/4 5/8 3 1/2 1 1/2 2 15/16 1 1/4 1.10
14128 1/2-13 1 1/2 1 1/2 3/4 4 1/2 1 13/16 3 1 15/16 2.00
14131 5/8-11 3 1/8 1 3/4 7/8 5 2 1/16 5 1/16 2 3/16 3.25
14134 3/4-10 2 1/4 1 3/4 1 5 2 1/16 4 3/8 2 3/16 3.88
*Does not include finger handle. See page 236.

233
Clamp Assemblies
Double Cam Features fast-action, light-duty holding of
plain surface work where quick movements
are required in a restricted space. Long end
slot for lateral adjustment. Spring-loaded
stud member under sturdy double-cam lever.
Plastic and brass pads available for protect-
ing workpiece, see page 237.
Part Thread Wt.

Number A B C D E G* H Size (lbs)
12501† 5/8 5/8 1/2 2 5/8 7/8 2 1/2 1/4-20 .40
12502 1 5/16 1 1/4 7/8 3 1/2 1 1/8 1 7/16 3 7/16 3/8-16 1.50
12503 1 1 1/2 1 1/8 4 1/2 1 1/4 1 7/8 5 1/2-13 3.00
12504 2 1/8 1 3/4 1 3/8 5 1 1/2 1 15/16 5 1/16 5/8-11 4.70
Double Cam Clamp Assemblies W/Radius Nose Strap

Same fast-action as Standard

Part Thread Wt.
Double Cam Clamp but with a Number A B C D E G* H Size (lbs)
radius strap. 12511† 3/4 5/8 3/8 2 5/8 7/8 2 1/2 1/4-20 0.35
12512† 3/4 5/8 3/8 2 1/2 1 7/8 2 1/2 1/4-20 0.40
12513† 1 1/8 7/8 1/2 2 1/2 3/4 1 1/4 3 7/16 5/16-18 1.25
12514† 1 1/8 7/8 1/2 3 1/2 1 1/4 1 1/4 3 7/16 5/16-18 1.40
12515 1 1/2 1 1/4 5/8 3 1/2 1 1/8 1 7/16 3 7/16 3/8-16 1.50
12516 1 1/2 1 1/4 5/8 4 1/2 1 5/8 1 7/16 3 7/16 3/8-16 1.80
12517 1 3/8 1 1/2 3/4 4 1/2 1 1/4 1 7/8 5 1/2-13 3.00
12518 1 3/8 1 1/2 3/4 6 2 1 7/8 5 1/2-13 3.40
12519 1 5/8 1 3/4 7/8 5 1 1/2 1 15/16 5 1/16 5/8-11 4.70
Double Cam Clamp Assemblies W/Double

End Radius Nose Strap
Part Thread Wt.

Number A B C D E H Size (lbs)
12523 1 3/8 1 1/2 3/4 4 1 1/4 5 1/2-13 2.50
Double Cam Clamp featuring a 12524 1 3/8 1 1/2 3/4 5 1 1/4 5 1/2-13 3.00
radius at both ends of the strap. 12526 1 5/8 1 5/8 7/8 6 1 1/2 5 1/16 5/8-11 5.30
Clamp Assemblies
Knob
Designed for light-duty clamping, the hand knob eliminates wrenching for faster
work changes. Spherical washer allows for clamping irregular surfaces.
• Interchangeable pad option

• Steel pad standard, brass and plastic pads are available, see page 237
• Pads machinable to part configuration
Part Thread Wt.

13501† 3/4 5/8 1/2 2 5/8 2 5/16 1 1/4-20 .35
13503 1 1/2 1 1/4 7/8 3 1/2 1 1/8 3 19/32 1 7/16 3/8-16 1.22
Knob Clamp Assemblies w/Radius Nose Strap
Part Thread Wt.

Number A B C D E G* H Size (lbs)
13512† 7/8 5/8 3/8 2 1/2 1 2 1/4 7/8 1/4-20 .32
13515 1 3/4 1 1/4 5/8 3 1/2 1 1/8 3 1/2 1 7/16 3/8-16 1.10
13516 1 3/4 1 1/4 5/8 4 1/2 1 5/8 3 1/2 1 7/16 3/8-16 1.30

235
Clamp Assemblies Components

Finger Handles
Wt.
Part (lbs)
19501 3/4 1/4 10-32 1/4 .08
19502 1 3/16 3/8 5/16-18 5/16 .31
Clamp Rests
Wt.
Part Thread (lbs)
Number A B C D E F G Size 10 Pcs.
21301 3/4 3/8 5/32 5/64 11/64 1/2 13/32 10-24 .19
21302 1 1/4 7/16 5/32 5/64 11/64 1 29/32 1/4-20 .22
21307 1 7/8 1/2 7/32 3/16 7/32 1 15/32 1 5/16 5/16-18 .60
21308 3 1/4 1/2 7/32 3/16 7/32 2 27/32 2 11/16 5/16-18 1.25
21303 2 1/2 9/16 11/32 5/32 11/32 2 1 13/16 3/8-16 .70
21313 3 7/8 9/16 11/32 5/32 11/32 3 3/8 3 3/16 3/8-16 2.80
21304 2 3/8 7/8 11/32 3/16 1/2 1 11/16 1 1/2 1/2-13 1.88
21314 3 7/8 7/8 11/32 3/16 1/2 3 3/16 3 1/2-13 3.50
21315 2 5/8 7/8 11/32 3/16 1/2 1 15/16 1 11/16 5/8-11 2.25
21305 3 27/32 7/8 11/32 3/16 1/2 3 5/32 2 15/16 5/8-11 3.60
21316 2 3/4 7/8 11/32 3/16 1/2 2 1/16 1 7/8 3/4-10 2.75
• Finish: Black Oxide
21306 3 1/2 7/8 11/32 3/16 1/2 2 13/16 2 3/8 3/4-10 4.70
• Thread: 2A-UNC
Clamp Assembly Guide Blocks
Soc. Hd. Wt.

Part Cap (lbs)
Number A B C D E F G H I J 10 Pcs.
13701 7/8 3/4 5/16 1/8 7/32 5-40 1/8 1/2 3/16 1/2 .06
13703 1 1/8 1 1/2 3/16 9/32 8-32 3/16 5/8 1/4 5/8 .12
13705 1 5/8 1 1/2 5/8 1/4 13/32 1/4-20 1/4 1 3/8 7/8 .38
• Material: Low Carbon Steel • Mounting Screws Supplied with Heel.
Hand Knob Screws

• Material: Stem, Stressproof ®
Head, Cast Iron

• Finish: Stem, Black Oxide Wt.
Head, Zinc Plate Part Radius (lbs)
Number A B C D E F G 10 Pcs.
• Thread: 2A-UNC
13901 1/4-20 3/4 11/64 1/4 1 1/8 7/8 1/8 .78
13902 5/16-18 1 1/16 7/32 5/16 1 1/2 1 1/4 1.57
13903 3/8-16 1 3/16 1/4 5/16 2 1 1/8 1/4 1.87
13904 1/2-13 1 5/8 3/8 3/8 2 1/2 1 1/2 3/8 4.00
13905 5/8-11 1 3/4 15/32 3/8 3 2 3/8 12.50
Designed for applications where thumb screws are too light, and a heavier,
larger unit is needed. Cast iron knob, dog point end.
Strap Pads‑Steel, Plastic & Brass
• Material: Steel, Low Carbon Steel Plastic Pads

Plastic, Paper Filled Bakelite Resistant to oil and cutting fluids,
Brass allows high clamping pressures,
• Finish: Steel Pad Only, Black Oxide yet protects the soft materials
• Heat Treat: Steel Pad Only, from being scratched or marred.
Case Hardened 74-77 R30N
Steel Pads Plastic Pads Brass Pads

Wt. Wt. Wt.
Part (lbs) Part (lbs) Part (lbs)
Number 10 Pcs. Number 10 Pcs. Number 10 Pcs. A B C D E F
17101 .05 17102 .02 17103 .06 5/8 9/64 11/32 1/8 1/4 5-40
17104 .16 17105 .03 17106 .18 7/8 3/16 1/2 3/16 3/8 8-32
17107 .40 17108 .08 17109 .43 1 1/4 5/16 5/8 1/4 1/2 10-24
17110 .90 17111 .16 17112 .93 1 1/2 3/8 3/4 3/8 5/8 1/4-20
17113 1.50 — — — — 1 3/4 1/2 3/4 1/2 3/4 1/4-20
Double Cams
Forged, heat-treated for abrasion-resistance and longer life. Designed for quick
change clamping which requires greater holding pressures than are available with
single cams. Mean clamping point pressure angle is from 3 1/2 to 4 , which makes
° °
for stronger workholding.

Part Wt.
Slip standard pipe over handle for more
Number A B C D E F G L (lbs)
leverage. Snug fit at handle collar and end.
18101 2 1/2 3/16 17/64 5/8 3/8 1/4 .437 .015 .14
• Finish: Black Oxide 18102 3 7/16 5/16 25/64 7/8 19/32 23/64 .679 .019 .34
• Material: C1020 18103 5 3/8 33/64 1 1/8 5/8 15/32 .755 .031 .83
• Heat Treat: Case Hardened 74-77 R30N 18104 5 1/16 5/8 41/64 1 1/4 7/8 5/8 1.040 .043 1.00
Single Cams
A
C
D B
15˚
30˚
L
LOCKING RANGe
• Finish: Black Oxide Part Wt.

• Material: 1018
Number A B C D E G L (lbs)
• Heat Treat: Case Hardened Rc 58-62 12101 2 3/8 5/32 3/16 3/8 3/16 17/32 .015 0.62
12102 3 1/4 1/4 1/4 7/16 1/4 21/32 .022 1.40
12103 4 1/2 5/16 3/8 3/4 3/8 29/32 .031 4.00
12104 5 3/8 1/2 7/8 7/16 1 5/64 .031 6.90

237
Revolving Clamp Quick hold-down of workpiece with hand

tightening, then loosen and revolve out of
Malleable cast iron body. Case-hardened
swivel pad uses “tru-center” feature to
Assemblies the way. Saves time for moderate-duty
clamping.
maintain even, in-line pressure on work-
piece.
Long Bushing Type • Body Material: Malleable ASTM A47, GR32510

• Bushings: Hardened & Ground Rc 56-60
Part Wt.
Number A B D E F L M (lbs)
.5610/
35119 2 1 1/2 3 1 1/2 5/16-18 .5595 5/8 0.8
.6235/
35103 2 1 1/2 3 1/4 1 1/2 3/8-16 .6220 3/4 0.8
.8735/
35116 3 3/8 3 5 2 1/4 1/2-13 .8720 1 1/4 4.5
1.1235/
35106 3 3/4 3 5 2 1/4 5/8-11 1.1220 1 1/2 4.8
1.1235/
35109 3 3/4 4 5 2 1/4 5/8-11 1.1220 1 1/2 5.0
Short Bushing Type • Body Material: Malleable ASTM A47, GR32510

• Bushings: Hardened & Ground Rc 56-60
Part Number Base

Clamp Clamp Wt. Part
Only w/ Base A B D E F (lbs) Number
35117 35118 2 1 1/2 2 1 1/2 5/16-18 0.7 35113
35101 35102 2 1 1/2 3 1/4 1 1/2 3/8-16 0.7 35110
35114 35115 3 3/8 3 5 2 1/4 1/2-13 4.3 35112
35104 35105 3 3/4 3 3 2 1/4 5/8-11 4.5 35111
35107 35108 3 3/4 4 5 2 1/4 5/8-11 4.8 35111
Revolving Clamp Base

(for use with Short Bushing Type only)
• Stop pin supplied with each base.
Mtg.
Part Bold Size Wt

35113 3/4 1 1 7/16 1 1/2 1 #10 5/16-18 0.5
35110 7/8 1 1 7/16 1 1/2 1 #10 3/8-16 0.6
35112 1 1/8 1 3/8 2 1/4 2 1/4 1 1/4 1/4 1/2-13 1.2
35111 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 1/4 2 1/4 1 1/4 3/8 5/8-11 1.7

Hook Clamp Assemblies 829

Moderate to heavy-duty holding power in close quarters.
When released, the hook clamp swings quickly and easily
out of the way for fast maneuvering of work. Spring-loaded
shank for speedy clamp release.
• Material: Cast Steel Body, 4140

• Stud: Furnished
Max.
Part Stud Size Wt. Torque
Number A B C D E F G H (Ft/lbs)
J K (lbs)
41901* 11/16 5/16-18 x 2 1/2 7/8 .624/.625 3/8 1 3/8 5/16 3/4 5/8 3/8 .21 25
41908 1 3/8-16 x 4 1 5/8 .874/.875 9/16 2 1/4 3/4 1 1/4 3/4 5/8 .59 40
41902* 1 1/2-13 x 4 1 5/8 .874/.875 9/16 2 1/4 5/8 1 1/8 15/16 5/8 .64 100
41903 1 7/16 5/8-11 x 5 1 13/16 1.124/1.125 7/8 2 3/4 7/8 1 3/8 1 3/16 3/4 1.38 180
*Conforms to TCMA
Hook Clamp Assemblies 829

Alternative to the above assembly, features flush-mounted
socket screw instead of acorn nut. Designed for limited
space applications and moderate holding power.
• Material: Cast Steel Body, 4140

• Screw: Furnished
Max.
Part Cap Screw Wt. Torque
Number A B C D E F G H K (lbs) (Ft/lbs)
41904* 11/16 5/16-18 x 1 3/4 7/8 .624/.625 3/8 1 3/8 1/4 5/8 3/8 .14 25
41905* 1 3/8-16 x 3 1 5/8 .874/.875 9/16 2 1/4 5/8 1 1/16 5/8 .44 40
41907 1 1/2-13 x 3 1 5/8 .874/.875 9/16 2 1/4 5/8 1 1/8 5/8 .47 100
41906 1 7/16 5/8-11 x 3 1/2 1 13/16 1.124/1.125 7/8 2 3/4 13/16 1 9/16 3/4 1.00 180
*Conforms to TCMA

239
Socket Shoulder Screws

Nylon Locking
Socket Shoulder Screws are held to much closer tolerances than on standard Strip-
per Bolts. The “B” dimension is always a plus to eliminate the binding on movable
plates. The “A” dimension is held closer for bearing-type locating. You’ll get more
positive holding power and greater turning leverage. Ideal for all sliding mechanisms.
Nylon locking element is incorporated in all Jergens Shoulder Screws.
• Material: 4140
• Thread: 2A-UNC Thread Hex Wt.
Diameter Part Size Size (lbs)

A B Number C D E F G 10 Pcs.
.249 1/4 41701* 10-24 3/8 13/16 3/8 1/8 .09
.249 3/8 41702* 10-24 3/8 15/16 3/8 1/8 .12
.249 1/2 41703* 10-24 3/8 1 1/16 3/8 1/8 .13
.249 5/8 41704* 10-24 3/8 1 3/16 3/8 1/8 .15
.249 3/4 41705* 10-24 3/8 1 5/16 3/8 1/8 .16
.249 7/8 41706* 10-24 3/8 1 7/16 3/8 1/8 .19
.374 1/4 41707* 5/16-18 1/2 1 9/16 3/16 .30
.374 3/8 41708* 5/16-18 1/2 1 1/8 9/16 3/16 .32
.374 1/2 41709* 5/16-18 1/2 1 1/4 9/16 3/16 .38
.374 5/8 41710* 5/16-18 1/2 1 3/8 9/16 3/16 .41
.374 3/4 41711* 5/16-18 1/2 1 1/2 9/16 3/16 .45
.374 7/8 41712* 5/16-18 1/2 1 5/8 9/16 3/16 .48
.499 3/8 41713* 3/8-16 5/8 1 5/16 3/4 1/4 .68
.499 1/2 41714* 3/8-16 5/8 1 7/16 3/4 1/4 .73
.499 5/8 41715* 3/8-16 5/8 1 9/16 3/4 1/4 .78
.499 3/4 41716* 3/8-16 5/8 1 11/16 3/4 1/4 .86
.499 7/8 41717* 3/8-16 5/8 1 13/16 3/4 1/4 .93
.624 1/2 41718* 1/2-13 3/4 1 5/8 7/8 5/16 1.22
.624 5/8 41719* 1/2-13 3/4 1 3/4 7/8 5/16 1.36
.624 3/4 41720* 1/2-13 3/4 1 7/8 7/8 5/16 1.41
.624 7/8 41721* 1/2-13 3/4 2 7/8 5/16 1.56
.624 1 41722* 1/2-13 3/4 2 1/8 7/8 5/16 1.85
.749 5/8 41723* 5/8-11 7/8 2 1 3/8 2.25
.749 3/4 41724* 5/8-11 7/8 2 1/8 1 3/8 2.47
.749 7/8 41725* 5/8-11 7/8 2 1/4 1 3/8 2.60
.749 1 41726* 5/8-11 7/8 2 3/8 1 3/8 2.75
.749 1 1/4 41727* 5/8-11 7/8 2 5/8 1 3/8 2.90
.999 1 41728 3/4-10 1 2 5/8 1 3/8 1/2 5.47
.999 1 1/2 41729 3/4-10 1 3 1/8 1 3/8 1/2 6.56
.999 2 41730 3/4-10 1 3 5/8 1 3/8 1/2 7.66
*Conforms to TCMA
Socket Head Shoulder Screws

Stainless Steel

Wt.
Part Diam. Hex Size (lbs)
41801 1/4 1/4 10-24 3/8 13/16 3/8 1/8 .09
41802 1/4 3/8 10-24 3/8 15/16 3/8 1/8 .12
41803 1/4 1/2 10-24 3/8 1 1/16 3/8 1/8 .13
41804 1/4 5/8 10-24 3/8 1 3/16 3/8 1/8 .15
• Material: 303 Stainless 41805 1/4 3/4 10-24 3/8 1 5/16 3/8 1/8 .16
41806 1/4 1 10-24 3/8 1 9/16 3/8 1/8 .19
41807 3/8 1/4 5/16-18 1/2 1 9/16 3/16 .30
41808 3/8 3/8 5/16-18 1/2 1 1/8 9/16 3/16 .32
41809 3/8 1/2 5/16-18 1/2 1 1/4 9/16 3/16 .38
41810 3/8 5/8 5/16-18 1/2 1 3/8 9/16 3/16 .41
41811 3/8 3/4 5/16-18 1/2 1 1/2 9/16 3/16 .45
41812 3/8 1 5/16-18 1/2 1 3/4 9/16 3/16 .48
41813 1/2 3/8 3/8-16 5/8 1 5/16 3/4 1/4 .68
Socket Shoulder Screws are held to much closer 41814 1/2 1/2 3/8-16 5/8 1 7/16 3/4 1/4 .73
tolerances than on standard Stripper Bolts. The “B” 41815 1/2 5/8 3/8-16 5/8 1 9/16 3/4 1/4 .78
dimension is always a plus to eliminate the bind- 41816 1/2 3/4 3/8-16 5/8 1 11/16 3/4 1/4 .86
ing on movable plates. The “A” dimension is held 41817 1/2 1 3/8-16 5/8 1 15/16 3/4 1/4 .93
closer for bearing-type locating. You’ll get more 41818 5/8 1/2 1/2-13 3/4 1 5/8 7/8 5/16 1.22
positive holding power and greater turning leverage. 41819 5/8 5/8 1/2-13 3/4 1 3/4 7/8 5/16 1.36
Ideal for all sliding mechanisms. Nylon locking ele- 41820 5/8 3/4 1/2-13 3/4 1 7/8 7/8 5/16 1.41
ment is incorporated in all Jergens Shoulder Screws. 41822 5/8 1 1/2-13 3/4 2 1/8 7/8 5/16 1.85
Swing Bolts (Latch Bolt)

Thread Wt.
Part Size (lbs)
29501* 3/8-16 2 1/2 3/8 1 3/8 1/2 3/4 3/8 .93
• Material: 4140
29502 3/8-16 3 1/4 3/8 1 3/4 1/2 3/4 3/8 1.25
29513 1/2-13 2 5/8 3/8 1 1/2 5/8 1 7/16 1.95
29504* 1/2-13 3 1/8 1/2 1 3/4 5/8 1 7/16 2.04
• Thread: Class 2A-UNC
29505 1/2-13 4 1/8 1/2 2 1/4 5/8 1 7/16 2.64
29516 5/8-11 3 3/4 1/2 2 3/4 1 1/8 1/2 3.64
29507 5/8-11 3 1/2 5/8 1 3/4 3/4 1 1/8 1/2 3.67
29508 5/8-11 4 3/4 5/8 2 1/2 3/4 1 1/8 1/2 4.75
29509 3/4-10 4 3/8 3/4 2 1/2 7/8 1 3/8 11/16 6.10
29510 3/4-10 6 1/2 3/4 3 1/4 7/8 1 3/8 11/16 8.85
*Conforms to TCMA.
Not to be used for lifting.
Swing Bolts (Latch Bolt) Thread Wt.

Part Size (lbs)
Stainless Steel Number A B C D E F G 10 Pcs.
29601 3/8-16 2 1/2 3/8 1 3/8 1/2 3/4 1/2 1.1
• Material: 303 Stainless 29602 3/8-16 3 1/2 3/8 2 1/2 3/4 1/2 1.4
• Thread: Class 2A-UNC 29603 1/2-13 3 1/8 1/2 1 5/8 5/8 1 5/8 2.6
29604 1/2-13 4-1/8 1/2 2 1/2 5/8 1 5/8 3.0
29605 5/8-11 3 1/2 5/8 1 5/8 3/4 1 1/4 3/4 4.6
29606 5/8-11 4 3/4 5/8 2 1/2 3/4 1 1/4 3/4 5.5
*B dimension indicates minimum length.

241
Rod Ends
Threaded
Part Thread D Wt.
Number A B C Minimum E F (lbs)
35301* 1/4-20 2 3/16 3/4 1/4 1/2 .04
35302 1/4-20 2 1/4 3/4 1/4 1/2 .03
35318* 5/16-18 3 1/4 1 1/2 5/16 5/8 .08
• Material: Alloy Steel 35319* 5/16-18 3 5/16 1 1/2 5/16 5/8 .08
• Finish: Black Oxide 35303* 3/8-16 3 5/16 1 1/2 3/8 3/4 .11
• Heat Treat: 32-36 Rc 35320 3/8-16 4 5/16 1 3/4 3/8 3/4 .11
• Thread: Class 2A-UNC 35304 3/8-16 2 3/16 3/8 1 1/4 3/8 3/4 .08
* 150,000 PSI Tensile 35305* 3/8-16 3 3/8 1 1/2 3/8 3/4 .11
35306* 3/8-16 5 3/8 2 1/2 3/8 3/4 .12
Rod Ends are forged and finished for 35307* 1/2-13 3 3/4 3/8 1 1/2 1/2 1 .25
applications not requiring flat contact with 35308 1/2-13 2 11/16 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 1 .19
the head. All holes are reamed. Rod Ends can 35309 1/2-13 3 3/4 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 1 .24
be used with spherical flange assemblies, 35310 1/2-13 5 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 1 .31
flange nuts and clamp assemblies. 35311 5/8-11 3 11/16 5/8 2 5/8 1 1/4 .40
35312* 5/8-11 4 1/2 5/8 2 5/8 1 1/4 .46
35314* 5/8-11 6 5/8 2 1/2 5/8 1 1/4 .60
35315* 3/4-10 4 1/2 3/4 2 3/4 1 1/2 .73
35321* 3/4-10 6 3/4 2 1/2 3/4 1 1/2 1.00

35317 1-8 8 1 3 1 2 2.25
*Conforms to TCMA. Not to be used for lifting.
Rod Ends Part Ref. Ref.

Stainless Steel Number A B C D E F
35721 1/4-20 2 1/8 3/16 7/8 1/4 1/2
35722 1/4-20 2 1/8 1/4 7/8 1/4 1/2
35723 5/16-18 3 1/2 1/4 1 1/2 5/16 5/8
35724 5/16-18 3 1/2 5/16 1 1/2 5/16 5/8
35725 3/8-16 3 1/2 3/8 1 1/2 3/8 3/4
• Material: 303 Stainless 35726 3/8-16 5 3/8 2 1/2 3/8 3/4
• Thread Class 2A-UNC 35727 1/2-13 3 3/4 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 1
35728 1/2-13 5 1/2 2 1/2 1
35729 5/8-11 4 1/2 5/8 2 5/8 1 1/4
35730 5/8-11 6 5/8 3 5/8 1 1/4
35731 3/4-10 4 1/2 3/4 2 3/4 1 1/2
35732 3/4-10 6 3/4 2 1/2 3/4 1 1/2
Rod Ends
Part Number
Blank Forging
Standard
Stainless Ref. Wt.
Steel A B* E F (lbs)
35511 35701 1/4 2 1/4 1/2 .04
• Material: Standard, Alloy Steel Forging 35512 35702 3/8 5 3/8 3/4 .13
Stainless, 18-8 Forging 35513 35703 1/2 6 1/2 1 .44
* Not Heat Treated 35514 35704 5/8 6 5/8 1 1/4 .70
35515 — 3/4 6 3/4 1 1/2 1.8
35516 — 1 8 1 2 2.5
*B dimension indicates minimum length. Not to be used for lifting.
A F
Blank Rod Ends can be machined to your

specifications; please send prints for quotation.
B E
Maximum thread length 1/2" from head.
Quarter Turn Screws

The diamond on all four corners of the Jergens Quarter Turn and Half
Turn Screws, makes the opening and closing of jig lids easier. Ideally
suited for clamping lids, covers and swing-away type bushing arms.
Quarter Turn and Half Turn Screws may be machined for finishing
requirements.
Wt.
Part (lbs)
34501* 10-32 7/8 1 1/2 1/2 3/16 .31
34502* 1/4-20 1 1 1/4 5/8 3/4 1/4 .47
34503 1/4-20 1 1/2 1 3/4 5/8 3/4 1/4 .48
34504* 5/16-18 1 1/4 1 1/2 3/4 1 5/16 .90
34505 5/16-18 1 3/4 2 3/4 1 5/16 1.10
34506* 3/8-16 1 1/4 1 1/2 1 1 3/8 1.25
34507 3/8-16 1 3/4 2 1 1 3/8 1.45
34508* 1/2-13 1 1/2 1 3/4 1 1 1/4 1/2 2.35
34509 1/2-13 2 2 1/4 1 1 1/4 1/2 2.65
*Conforms to TCMA
Wt.
• Material: Stem, Low Carbon Steel Part (kg)
Head, Low Carbon Steel
• Finish: Black Oxide 34571 M5 x 0.8 22 25 13 13 5 .14
• Thread: 2A-UNC (inch); Class 6g (Metric) 34573 M6 x 1.0 25 32 16 19 6 .21
2A-UNF (10-32) 34575 M8 x 1.25 32 38 19 25 8 .41
34577 M10 x 1.5 32 38 25 25 10 .57
34579 M12 x 1.75 38 44 25 32 13 1.06
Half Turn Screws

Wt.
Part Thread (lbs)
34521 10-32 1 3/16 1-11/16 3/4 3/16 .3
• Material: Low Carbon Steel 34522 1/4-20 1-1/4 3/16 2 3/4 1/4 .3
• Finish: Black Oxide 34523 5/16-18 1-1/4 3/16 2-1/16 1 5/16 .3
• Thread: 2A-UNF (10-32) 34524 3/8-16 1-3/4 1/4 1-11/16 1-1/16 3/8 .3
2A-UNC (other sizes) 34525 1/2-13 1-3/4 1/4 2-3/4 1-1/4 1/2 .3
C B

243
Screws
Thumb Screws
• Materials: 1215 Steel with black oxide finish,
303 Stainless
• Thread: 2A-UNC
2A-UNF (10-32)
The half-dog point protects the threads in

case of peening.

Part No. Part No. Wt.
Steel Stainless A B C D E F G (lbs)
43901 — 10-24 1 9/16 1 1/4 1 1/16 3/64 1/8 3/4 .44
43902 — 10-24 1 5/16 1 5/8 1 7/16 3/64 1/8 3/4 .47
43903* — 10-24 2 5/16 2 1 13/16 3/64 1/8 3/4 .48
— 44001 10-32 1 3/16 1 3/4 7/32 3/16 3/4 .45
— 44002 10-32 1 7/16 1 1/4 1 7/32 3/16 3/4 .45
43900 — 10-32 1-3/4 1 1/2 1 3/8 7/32 3/16 3/4 .45
— 44004 1/4-20 1 5/16 1 25/32 3/32 11/64 1 .75
43904* 44005* 1/4-20 1 13/16 1 1/2 1 1/4 1/16 5/32 1 .78

43905* 44006 1/4-20 2 5/16 2 1 3/4 1/16 5/32 1 .86
43906* — 1/4-20 2 13/16 2 1/2 2 1/4 1/16 5/32 1 .91
43907 44008 5/16-18 2 1/8 1 3/4 1 7/16 5/64 13/64 1 1/8 1.30
43908 44009 5/16-18 2 5/8 2 1/4 1 15/16 5/64 13/64 1 1/8 1.36
43909 44010 5/16-18 3 1/8 2 3/4 2 7/16 5/64 13/64 1 1/8 1.50
43910* 44011 3/8-16 2 7/16 2 1 5/8 3/32 1/4 1 1/4 1.93
43911* 44012* 3/8-16 2 15/16 2 1/2 2 1/8 3/32 1/4 1 1/4 2.00
43912* 44013* 3/8-16 3 7/16 3 2 5/8 3/32 1/4 1 1/4 2.20
43913 — 1/2-13 2 15/16 2 1/2 2 1/8 1/8 11/32 1 1/4 2.55
— 44014 1/2-13 3 2 1/2 2 1/4 3/8 1 1/4 2.55
43914* — 1/2-13 3 7/16 3 2 5/8 1/8 11/32 1 1/4 2.80
— 44015 1/2-13 3 1/2 3 2 1/2 1/4 3/8 1 1/4 3.00
43915* — 1/2-13 3 15/16 3 1/2 3 1/8 1/8 11/32 1 1/4 3.10
— 44016 1/2-13 4 3 1/2 3 1/4 3/8 1 1/4 3.10
* Conforms to TCMA
Metric

Part Wt.
Number A B C D E F G (Kg)
43971 M5x0.8 30 25 20 1.2 3 20 0.20
43972 M5x0.8 45 40 35 1.2 3 20 0.21
43973 M5x0.8 55 50 45 1.2 3 20 0.22
43974 M 6 x 1.0 50 40 35 1.5 4 25 0.35
43975 M 6 x 1.0 60 50 45 1.5 4 25 0.39
43976 M 6 x 1.0 75 65 55 1.5 4 25 0.41
43977 M8 x 1.25 50 40 35 2.4 5 30 0.59
43978 M8 x 1.25 60 50 45 2.4 5 30 0.62
43979 M8 x 1.25 75 65 60 2.4 5 30 0.68
43980 M10 x 1.5 60 50 45 2.4 6 30 0.88
43981 M10 x 1.5 75 65 60 2.4 6 30 0.91
43982 M10 x 1.5 85 75 70 2.4 6 30 1.00
43983 M 12 x 1.75 90 75 70 3 11 30 1.27
43984 M 12 x 1.75 105 90 85 3 11 30 1.41
43985 M 12 x 1.75 80 65 55 3 11 30 1.25
Tru-Center Toggle Products™
The Jergens patented “Tru-Center” products are the only pad type
on the market to provide true center line clamping. The cut-away
drawing illustrates how this works. The center line of the pad and
the center line of the nut always intersect at the point of contact
between the pad and the workpiece.
Adjustable Torque Toggle Screws
Perfect for delicate and fine clamping. Once the end

holding force is reached, the head breaks free.
Larger radius, straight knurled head for easy turning.
Wt.
Part End Force (lbs)
Pad, 4140 Number A B C D E F (lbs) 10 Pcs.
• Finish: Stem, Black Oxide 31101 10-24 1 1/4 1 23/32 .140 3/16 0-50 1.7
Head, Chrome Plate 31102 1/4-20 1 1/2 1 23/32 .185 15/64 0-50 1.7
• Thread: 2A-UNC 31103 1/4-20 2 1/2 1 23/32 .185 15/64 0-50 1.8
• Pad: Angular movement either 31104 5/16-18 1 3/4 1 23/32 .240 9/32 0-50 1.9
side of center (total 16 )
° 31105 5/16-18 2 3/4 1 23/32 .240 9/32 0-50 2.1
31106 3/8-16 2 1 1/4 25/32 .294 11/32 0-60 3.0
31107 1/2-13 3 1 1/4 25/32 .400 7/16 0-60 4.2
Hand Knob Toggle Screws For clamping of irregular surfaces while the
swivel shoe prevents marring of polished
surfaces. Shoe is hardened for longer
life. The cast iron hand knob is included
for hand tightening. To remove pad for
installation, pull and turn counter-clockwise.
Wt.
Part (lbs)
Pad, 4140 36301 3/8-16 2 1 21/32 11/16 3/8 1 1/8 2 .21
Head, Cast Iron 36302 3/8-16 2 3/4 2 13/32 11/16 3/8 1 1/8 2 .24
• Finish: Stem, Black Oxide 36303 3/8-16 3 5/8 3 9/32 11/16 3/8 1 1/8 2 .25
Pad, Zinc Plate
36304 1/2-13 2 1/8 1 21/32 13/16 15/32 1 1/2 2 1/2 .44
Head, Cadnium Plate
36305 1/2-13 2 3/4 2 9/32 13/16 15/32 1 1/2 2 1/2 .48
• Thread: 2A-UNC
• Pad: Angular movement either side 36306 1/2-13 3 3/8 2 29/32 13/16 15/32 1 1/2 2 1/2 .52
of center (total 16 )
° 36307 1/2-13 4 3 17/32 13/16 15/32 1 1/2 2 1/2 .55
36308 5/8-11 3 2 17/32 15/16 1/2 2 3 1.38
36309 5/8-11 3 3/4 3 9/32 15/16 1/2 2 3 1.50
36310 3/4-10 4 7/8 4 11/32 1 1/8 19/32 2 3 1.56

245
Tru-Center Toggle Products

™
Socket Toggle Screws
E Wt.
Part Thread Size Hex (lbs)
• Material: 4140 Number A B C D Size 10 Pcs.
• Finish: Black Oxide 33301* 1/4-20 1/2 15/64 .185 1/8 .03
• Heat Treat: 38-42 Rc 33302* 1/4-20 1 15/64 .185 1/8 .09
• Screws may be inserted 33303* 5/16-18 3/4 9/32 .240 5/32 .09
without removing pads. 33304* 5/16-18 1 1/2 9/32 .240 5/32 .24
33305* 3/8-16 1 11/32 .294 3/16 .20
33306* 3/8-16 2 11/32 .294 3/16 .45
33307* 1/2-13 1 7/16 .400 1/4 .30
33308* 1/2-13 2 7/16 .400 1/4 .78
33310* 5/8-11 2 17/32 .507 5/16 1.25
*Conforms to TCMA
Toggle Thumb Screws

Same as our standard Thumb Thread Wt.
Screw only with the addition of our Part Size (lbs)
patented swivel pad on the end. Number A B C D E F 10 Pcs.
33501 10-24 1 3/4 5/16 3/16 .140 .31
• Material: Stem and Head 1215, 33502 10-24 1 1/2 3/4 5/16 3/16 .140 .47
Pad, 4140 33503* 1/4-20 1 1/2 1 5/16 15/64 .185 .78
• Finish: Black Oxide 33504* 1/4-20 2 1 5/16 15/64 .185 .94
• Thread: 2A-UNC 33505* 5/16-18 1 1/2 1 1/8 3/8 9/32 .240 1.05
33506* 5/16-18 2 1 1/8 3/8 9/32 .240 1.25
33507* 5/16-18 2 1/2 1 1/8 3/8 9/32 .240 1.40
33508* 3/8-16 1 1/2 1 1/4 7/16 11/32 .294 1.70
33509* 3/8-16 2 1 1/4 7/16 11/32 .294 1.88
33510* 3/8-16 2 1/2 1 1/4 7/16 11/32 .294 2.04
33511* 3/8-16 3 1 1/4 7/16 11/32 .294 2.20
*Conforms to TCMA
Plastic Pad Covers

Where soft material with fine
finished surfaces must be To Fit O.D. of To Fit O.D. of
clamped with relatively high Part Over O.D. Plastic Part Over O.D. Plastic
Number of Pad Pad Number of Pad Pad
pressures, we recommend the
32901 .140 .250 32907 9/16 .625
use of the Jergens Plastic Pad
32902 .185 .250 32908 5/8 .750
Covers. Resistant to oils and
32903 .240 .312 32909 11/16 .812
cutting compounds, they snap
32904 .294 .375 32910 13/16 .937
• Material: Nylon over the swivel end of our Hand
32905 .400 .500 32911 15/16 1.062
KnobToggle Screws, Socket
Toggle Screws, Toggle Thumb Plastic Pad Covers snap over outside diameter of Jergens swivel pads.
Screws, Toggle Pads and ad-
justable Torque Thumb Screws.
Tru-Center Toggle Products

™
Toggle Pads
Carbide Tipped Toggle Pads provide multiple point

contact to compensate for surfaces that are rough or
out-of-round. Points will embed themselves in the
workpiece, which assures positive gripping. It eliminates
possible radial load on the workpiece.
• Material: 4140 or Carbide Insert Tip

• Finish: Black Oxide Thread Across Wt.
Part Number Size Flats Plain Serrated (lbs)
• Heat Treat: Plain Pad Rc 36-40
Plain Serrated A B C C D E
10 Pcs.
• Thread: 2B-UNC
43502 43702 1/4-20 1/2 1/2 9/16 9/16 .055 .20
43503 43703 5/16-18 9/16 11/16 3/4 5/8 .055 .28
43504 43704 3/8-16 5/8 25/32 3/4 11/16 .055 .41
43505 43705 1/2-13 3/4 7/8 15/16 13/16 .055 .62
43506 43706 5/8-11 7/8 1 1 1/32 15/16 .086 .94
43507* 43707 3/4-10 1 1/16 1 5/32 1 1/4 1 1/8 .086 1.60
*Plastic Pad is not available for this item.
Toggle Pads
Metric
• Material: 4140 or Carbide Insert Tip

• Finish: Black Oxide Thread Across Wt.
Part Number Size Flats Plain Serrated (kg)
• Heat Treat: Plain Pad Rc36-40
Plain Serrated A B C C D E 10 Pcs.
• Thread class: 6h
43552 43752 M6 x 1.0 12 13 14.4 14 1.4 .09
43553 43753 M8 x 1.25 14 17 18.4 16 1.4 .13
43554 43754 M10 x 1.5 16 18 20.4 18 1.4 .19
43555 43755 M12 x 1.75 22 22 23.4 21 1.4 .28
43556 43756 M16 x 2.0 26 25 26.4 24 2.2 .43
43557 43757 M20 x 2.5 30 29 31.2 28 2.2 .73
Note: Metric Toggle Pads have two flats instead of a hex configuration on the head.

247
Leveling Pads Provides a greater surface area where

heavy loads are to be applied or where
ible or softer materials. Pad face swivels
and aligns with no damage to the uneven
heavy pressures must be exerted on flex- surfaces.
Tapped
• Material: 4140
• Finish: Zinc Plated
• Thread: UNC-2B
Thread Across Load

Part Size Flats Capacity Wt.
Number A B C D (lbs) (lbs)
32501 3/8-16 5/8 3/4 1 1/4 2300 .10
32502 1/2-13 3/4 1 1 7/8 4200 .22
32503 5/8-11 7/8 1 1/8 2 1/4 6600 .42

32504 3/4-10 1 1/16 1 7/16 3 10,000 .84
Swivels 6° each side of center
Metric Tapped
• Material: 4140
• Finish: Zinc Plated
• Heat Treat: Rc36-40
• Thread class: 6h
Thread Across Load

Number A B C D (kg) (kg)
32551 M10 x 1.5 16 21 32 1000 .05
32552 M12 x 1.75 22 27 48 1900 .10
32553 M16 x 2.0 26 31 57 2900 .19
32554 M20 x 2.5 30 39 76 4500 .38
Note: Metric Toggle Pads have two flats instead of a hex configuration
on the head.
Leveling Pads
Threaded
• Material: 4140
• Finish: Zinc Plated Pad
• Thread: UNC-2A
Thread Across Load

Number A B C D (lbs) (lbs)
32521 3/8-16 5/8 3/4 1 1/4 2300 .16
32522 1/2-13 3/4 1 1 7/8 4200 .37
32523 5/8-11 7/8 1 1/8 2 1/4 6600 .58
32524 3/4-10 1 1/16 1 7/16 3 10,000 1.22
Jam nut is furnished.
Metric Threaded
• Material: 4140
• Finish: Zinc Plated
• Heat Treat: Rc36-40
• Thread class: 6g
Thread Across Load

Number A B C D (kg) (kg)
32571 M10 x 1.5 16 21 32 1000 .07
32572 M12 x 1.75 22 27 48 1900 .17
32573 M16 x 2.0 26 31 57 2900 .26
32574 M20 x 2.5 30 39 76 4500 .55
Note: Metric Toggle Pads have two flats instead of a hex configuration on the head.

249
Leveling Mounts • Material: 1214 Steel

• Non-Skid Material: Neoprene
• Available with non-skid on base
• Available in stainless steel, or with a
• Case hardened, file hard delrin pad, and in larger sizes upon
• Swivels 20°, ±10° from center in all request.
directions
Tapped
Part Number Across Maximum Load

Flats (lbs)
Standard Non-skid A B C* D Standard Non-skid
32601 32651 10-32 3/4 17/32 3/8 700 550
32602 32652 1/4-20 1 45/64 1/2 1000 825
32606 32656 3/8-16 1 1/4 7/8 5/8 3750 2820

32608 32658 1/2-13 1 7/8 1 1/8 3/4 5000 3750
32610 32660 5/8-11 2 1/2 1 1/4 7/8 6000 5000
32612 32662 3/4-10 3 1 1/2 1 1/16 7400 6000
32616 32666 1-8 4 1 7/8 1 3/8 21000 16500
*Add 1/8" to C Dimension for non-skid style.
Threaded

Flats (lbs)
Standard Non-skid A B C* D E Standard Non-skid
32621 32671 10-32 3/4 1 17/32 3/8 1 700 550
32623 32673 1/4-20 1 1 61/64 1/2 1 1/4 1000 825
32626 32676 3/8-16 1 1/4 2 7/8 5/8 2 3750 2850
32629 32679 1/2-13 1 7/8 3 1/8 3/4 2 5000 3750
32632 32682 5/8-11 2 1/2 3 1/4 7/8 2 6000 4350
32635 32685 3/4-10 3 3 1/2 1 1/16 2 7400 5500
32640 32690 1-8 4 5 3/8 1 3/8 3 1/2 20000 16500
Yokes
Tapped
• Material: C-1021 Forging

• Thread: 2B
Jergens offers these yokes for attaching to threaded

linkage at stem end. The forged holes are reamed and
faced-off parallel inside and outside the yoke ends.
Part
Number Part Wt.
Coarse UNC Number UNF (lbs)
Pitch J Fine Pitch J A B C D E F G H 10 Pcs.
45501 10-32 1 9/16 1 9/16 5/16 7/16 3/16 3/8 3/16 .21
45302 1/4-20 45502 1/4-28 2 1 1/4 3/4 7/16 5/8 9/32 1/2 1/4 .62
45303 5/16-18 45503 5/16-24 2 1/4 1 7/16 13/16 1/2 3/4 11/32 19/32 5/16 .94
45304 3/8-16 45504 3/8-24 2 1/2 1 5/8 7/8 5/8 7/8 7/16 11/16 3/8 1.45
45305 7/16-14 45505 7/16-20 2 7/8 1 7/8 1 23/32 1 1/2 13/16 7/16 2.35
45306 1/2-13 45506 1/2-20 3 1 7/8 1 1/8 13/16 1 1/8 9/16 15/16 1/2 3.10
45307 1/2-13 45507 1/2-20 4 3/16 3 1/16 1 1/8 13/16 1 1/8 9/16 15/16 1/2 4.35
45308 5/8-11 45508 5/8-18 4 15/16 3 11/16 1 1/4 1 1/16 1 3/8 11/16 1 3/16 5/8 8.10
45309 3/4-10 45509 3/4-16 4 2 3/4 1 1/4 1 1/8 1 1/2 11/16 1 3/8 5/8 7.50
45310 3/4-10 — — 6 1/16 4 9/16 1 1/2 1 1/4 1 5/8 13/16 1 7/16 3/4 15.00
45312 1-8 — — 8 6 2 1 5/8 2 1/8 1 1/16 1 15/16 1 32.50

251
Yokes
Threaded

• Thread: 2A-UNC
This style yoke is similar to the above except the

stem is threaded for attaching to tapped linkage.
Wt.
Part (lbs)
Number K A B C D E F G H J 10 Pcs.
45902 1/4-20 1 3/4 5/8 1 1/8 1/4 3/4 1/2 5/8 9/32 1/4 .47
45903 5/16-18 2 3/4 1 1/4 5/16 3/4 19/32 3/4 11/32 5/16 .85
45904 3/8-16 2 1/8 27/32 1 9/32 3/8 3/4 11/16 7/8 7/16 3/8 1.10
45906 1/2-13 2 1/2 1 1/8 1 3/8 1/2 3/4 15/16 1 1/8 9/16 1/2 2.35
45907 5/8-11 2 7/8 1 7/16 1 7/16 5/8 3/4 1 3/16 1 3/8 11/16 5/8 4.20
45908 3/4-10 3 5/8 1 11/16 1 15/16 3/4 1 1/4 1 7/16 1 5/8 13/16 3/4 7.35
45910 1-8 4 1/2 2 1/2 2 1 1 1/8 1 15/16 2 1/8 1 1/16 1 17.50
Clevis Pins

• All Clevis Pins supplied with cotter pins.
Wt.
Part (lbs)
Number A B C D E F G H J K 10 Pcs.
32701 3/16 37/64 29/64 31/64 41/64 1/16 5/16 5/64 1/16 1/2 .08
32702 1/4 49/64 41/64 43/64 55/64 3/32 3/8 5/64 1/16 1/2 .15
32703 5/16 15/16 49/64 13/16 1 1/32 3/32 7/16 7/64 3/32 1/2 .30
32704 3/8 1 1/16 57/64 15/16 1 3/16 1/8 1/2 7/64 3/32 5/8 .45
32705 7/16 1 3/16 1 1/64 1 1/16 1 11/32 5/32 9/16 7/64 3/32 5/8 .60
32706 1/2 1 23/64 1 9/64 1 13/64 1 33/64 5/32 5/8 9/64 1/8 1 1.00
32707 5/8 1 39/64 1 25/64 1 29/64 1 13/16 13/64 13/16 9/64 1/8 1 1.18
32708 5/8 1 3/4 1 33/64 1 19/32 1 63/64 13/64 13/16 9/64 1/8 1 1.82
32709 3/4 1 29/32 1 41/64 1 23/32 2 5/32 1/4 15/16 11/64 5/32 1 1/2 3.00
32711 1 2 13/32 2 9/64 2 7/32 2 3/4 11/32 1 3/16 11/64 5/32 1 1/2 7.00
Steel Shaft Collars

• Finish: Zinc Plate
• Set Screws Furnished
• Tolerances on I.D. +.005
-.000
Wt.
Part (lbs)
40101 5/8 1/4 3/8 10-32 0.21
40102 5/8 5/16 3/8 10-32 0.21
40103 3/4 3/8 7/16 1/4-28 0.4
40104 7/8 1/2 1/2 1/4-28 0.6
40105 1 1/8 5/8 1/2 1/4-28 0.94
40106 1 1/4 3/4 1/2 5/16-18 1
40107 1 3/8 7/8 9/16 5/16-18 1.13
40108 1 1/2 1 9/16 5/16-18 1.5
40109 1 3/4 1 1/8 9/16 5/16-18 2
40110 2 1 1/4 11/16 3/8-16 3.5
40111 2 1/4 1 3/8 3/4 3/8-16 4
40112 2 1/4 1 1/2 3/4 3/8-16 4.3
40113 2 7/8 1 3/4 7/8 1/2-13 10.9
40114 3 2 7/8 1/2-13 9.5
Tee Strap Bolts
• Material: C-1021 Forging

• Thread: 2A-UNC
Thread
Part Size Wt.
Number A B C D E (lbs)
43101 1/4-20 2 1/2 1/4 1 1/2 1 1/4 .09
43102 3/8-16 5 3/8 4 1 3/4 .19
43103 1/2-13 6 1/2 5 3 .44

253
Alloy Steel Studs
Wt. Wt.
Thread Part (lbs) Thread Part (lbs)
A L Number N 10 Pcs A L Number N 10 Pcs.
1/4-20 1 1/2 37720 7/16 .21 5/8-11 2 1/2 38520 13/16 2.12
1/4-20 2 37721 11/16 .28 5/8-11 3 38521 1 1/16 2.55
1/4-20 2 1/2 37722 15/16 .35 5/8-11 3 1/2 38522 1 5/16 2.97
1/4-20 3 37723 1 .42 5/8-11 4 38523 1 9/16 3.40
• Material: 1/4-20 3 1/2 37724 1 .49 5/8-11 4 1/2 38524 1 3/4 3.82
Stressproof
® 1/4-20 4 37725 1 .56 5/8-11 5 38525 1 3/4 3.25
(125,000 psi Min.) 5/16-18 1 1/2 37920 7/16 .33 5/8-11 5 1/2 38526 1 3/4 4.68
Tensile 5/16-18 2 37921 11/16 .44 5/8-11 6 38527 1 3/4 5.10
(100,000 psi Min.)Yield 5/16-18 2 1/2 37922 15/16 .55 5/8-11 7 38529 1 3/4 5.90
• Finish: Black Oxide 5/16-18 3 37923 1 1/8 .66 5/8-11 8 38531 1 3/4 6.80
• Available in metric sizes. 5/16-18 3 1/2 37924 1 1/8 .77 5/8-11 9 38532 1 3/4 7.60
See the next page. 5/16-18 4 37925 1 1/8 .88 5/8-11 10 38533 1 3/4 8.50
3/8-16 1 1/2 38120 3/8 .54 5/8-11 12 38534 1 3/4 10.20
3/8-16 2 38121 5/8 .62 3/4-10 3 38721 15/16 3.75
3/8-16 2 1/2 38122 7/8 .77 3/4-10 3 1/2 38722 1 3/16 4.35
3/8-16 3 38123 1 1/8 .93 3/4-10 4 38723 1 7/16 5.00
3/8-16 3 1/2 38124 1 1/4 1.10 3/4-10 4 1/2 38724 1 11/16 5.60
3/8-16 4 38125 1 1/4 1.24 3/4-10 5 38725 1 15/16 6.20
Longer or special 3/8-16 4 1/2 38126 1 1/4 1.39 3/4-10 5 1/2 38726 2 6.90
studs are avail- 3/8-16 5 38127 1 1/4 1.55 3/4-10 6 38727 2 7.50
able upon request. 3/8-16 5 1/2 38128 1 1/4 1.71 3/4-10 7 38729 2 8.75
Please send your 3/8-16 6 38129 1 1/4 1.86 3/4-10 8 38731 2 10.00
print or sketch to our 3/8-16 7 38131 1 1/4 2.27 3/4-10 10 38733 2 12.50
C
ustomer Service 3/8-16 8 38133 1 1/4 2.48 3/4-10 12 38734 2 15.00
Department. 1/2-13 2 38321 5/8 1.10 7/8-9 4 38922 1 13/32 6.80
1/2-13 2 1/2 38322 7/8 1.37 7/8-9 5 38923 1 29/32 8.50
1/2-13 3 38323 1 1/8 1.65 7/8-9 6 38924 2 1/4 10.20
1/2-13 3 1/2 38324 1 3/8 1.92 7/8-9 8 38925 2 1/4 13.60
1/2-13 4 38325 1 1/2 2.20 7/8-9 10 38926 2 1/4 17.00
1/2-13 4 1/2 38326 1 1/2 2.47 7/8-9 12 38927 2 1/4 20.40
1/2-13 5 38327 1 1/2 2.75 1-8 4 39122 1 3/8 8.80
1/2-13 5 1/2 38328 1 1/2 3.02 1-8 5 39123 1 7/8 11.00
1/2-13 6 38329 1 1/2 3.30 1-8 6 39124 2 3/8 13.20
1/2-13 7 38331 1 1/2 3.85 1-8 8 39125 2 1/2 17.60
1/2-13 8 38333 1 1/2 4.40 1-8 10 39126 2 1/2 22.00
1/2-13 9 38334 1 1/2 4.95 1-8 12 39127 2 1/2 26.40
1/2-13 10 38335 1 1/2 5.50
1/2-13 12 38336 1 1/2 6.60
Studs
Metric
Thread Part Wt.

A L Number N kg
M6 x 1.0 50 37771 18 .04
M6 x 1.0 66 37772 25 .06
• Material: Stressproof
®
M6 x 1.0 81 37773 28 .06
862 Tensile (MPa) M6 x 1.0 96 37774 28 .09
689 Yield (MPa) M8 x 1.25 50 37971 18 .09
• Finish: Black Oxide M8 x 1.25 66 37972 25 .11
• Longer or special studs are M8 x 1.25 81 37973 32 .13
available on request M8 x 1.25 96 37974 32 .15
M8 x 1.25 111 37975 32 .18
M10 x 1.5 50 38171 16 .13
M10 x 1.5 66 38172 23 .18
M10 x 1.5 80 38173 30 .20
M10 x 1.5 95 38174 35 .24
M10 x 1.5 110 38175 35 .29
M10 x 1.5 125 38176 39 .31
M10 x 1.5 140 38177 39 .35
M10 x 1.5 155 38178 39 .40
M12 x 1.75 50 38371 16 .18
M12 x 1.75 66 38372 23 .24
M12 x 1.75 81 38373 31 .29
M12 x 1.75 95 38374 40 .33
M12 x 1.75 111 38375 40 .40
M12 x 1.75 125 38376 40 .46
M12 x 1.75 141 38377 40 .53
M12 x 1.75 156 38378 40 .55
M16 x 2.0 80 38571 29 .51
M16 x 2.0 95 38572 36 .59
M16 x 2.0 110 38573 44 .70
M16 x 2.0 125 38574 47 .81
M16 x 2.0 150 38575 47 1.00
M16 x 2.0 175 38576 47 1.17
M16 x 2.0 200 38577 47 1.36
M20 x 2.5 81 38771 30 .84
M20 x 2.5 96 38772 37 1.0
M20 x 2.5 111 38773 45 1.14
M20 x 2.5 126 38774 52 1.25
M20 x 2.5 151 38775 48 1.54
M20 x 2.5 176 38776 56 1.85
M20 x 2.5 201 38777 56 2.16
All Dimensions in Millimeters.

255
Fixture Studs
Stainless Steel
Part Stud Fit Nut Fit

Number A B C Thread
37601 1 7/32 1/2 10-32
37602 1 1/2 7/32 3/4 10-32
37603 2 7/32 3/4 10-32
37802 1 1/2 9/32 5/8 1/4-20
37804 2 9/32 3/4 1/4-20
• Material: 303 Stainless 37806 2 1/2 9/32 3/4 1/4-20
37808 3 9/32 1 1/4-20
38002 1 1/2 11/32 5/8 5/16-18
38004 2 11/32 1 5/16-18
38006 2 1/2 11/32 1 1/4 5/16-18
38008 3 11/32 1 3/8 5/16-18
38009 3 1/2 11/32 1 1/2 5/16-18
38010 4 11/32 1 1/2 5/16-18
38201 1 5/8 11/32 3/4 3/8-16
38202 2 11/32 1 3/8-16
38204 2 1/2 11/32 1 1/4 3/8-16

38206 3 11/32 1 3/8 3/8-16
38207 3 1/2 11/32 1 1/2 3/8-16
38208 4 11/32 1 1/2 3/8-16
Set-Up Studs
Stainless Steel
• Material: 303 Stainless

Part Thread Part Thread Part Thread
Number A L N Number A L N Number A L N
38421 1/2-13 2 3/4 38620 5/8-11 2 1/2 1 1/8 38821 3/4-10 3 1 3/8
38422 1/2-13 2 1/2 1 1/8 38621 5/8-11 3 1 3/8 38822 3/4-10 3 1/2 1 1/2
38423 1/2-13 3 1 3/8 38622 5/8-11 3 1/2 1 3/4 38823 3/4-10 4 1 3/4
38424 1/2-13 3 1/2 1 1/2 38623 5/8-11 4 1 3/4 38824 3/4-10 4 1/2 2
38425 1/2-13 4 1 1/2 38624 5/8-11 4 1/2 1 3/4 38825 3/4-10 5 2
38426 1/2-13 4 1/2 1 1/2 38625 5/8-11 5 1 3/4 38826 3/4-10 5 1/2 2
38427 1/2-13 5 1 1/2 38626 5/8-11 5 1/2 1 3/4 38827 3/4-10 6 2
38428 1/2-13 5 1/2 1 1/2 38627 5/8-11 6 1 3/4 38829 3/4-10 7 2
38429 1/2-13 6 1 1/2 38629 5/8-11 7 1 3/4 38831 3/4-10 8 2
38431 1/2-13 7 1 1/2 38631 5/8-11 8 1 3/4 38833 3/4-10 10 2
38433 1/2-13 8 1 1/2 38632 5/8-11 9 1 3/4 38834 3/4-10 12 2
38434 1/2-13 9 1 1/2 38633 5/8-11 10 1 3/4
38435 1/2-13 10 1 1/2 38634 5/8-11 12 1 3/4
38436 1/2-13 12 1 1/2

T-Slot Bolts
Jergens Feature:
Protect your expensive machine table
slots with Jergens T-Slot Bolts. The
completely finished machined head
provides at least 50% more bearing
surface under your table slot. T-Slot
Bolts outlast T-Bolts in wearability in
most applications.

• Finish: Black Oxide Thread
Part Size Wt.
• Heat Treat: Rc 34-38 Number A B C D E F G H (lbs)
• Thread: 2A-UNC
44101 1/2-13 2 7/8 5/16 1 1/2 9/32 1 1/4 .22
• Available in lengths up to 24" 44102 1/2-13 2 1/2 7/8 5/16 1 1/4 1/2 9/32 1 1/4 .25
44103 1/2-13 3 7/8 5/16 1 1/2 1/2 9/32 1 1/4 .27
44104 1/2-13 3 1/2 7/8 5/16 1 1/2 1/2 9/32 1 1/4 .30
44105 1/2-13 4 7/8 5/16 1 1/2 1/2 9/32 1 1/4 .33
44106 1/2-13 5 7/8 5/16 2 1/2 9/32 1 1/4 .37
44107 1/2-13 6 7/8 5/16 2 1/2 9/32 1 1/4 .44
44108 1/2-13 8 7/8 5/16 2 1/2 9/32 1 1/4 .53
44301 5/8-11 2 1 1/8 3/8 1 1/4 5/8 3/8 1 1/2 .39
44302 5/8-11 2 1/2 1 1/8 3/8 1 1/4 5/8 3/8 1 1/2 .41
44303 5/8-11 3 1 1/8 3/8 1 1/2 5/8 3/8 1 1/2 .44
44304 5/8-11 3 1/2 1 1/8 3/8 1 1/2 5/8 3/8 1 1/2 .50
44305 5/8-11 4 1 1/8 3/8 1 1/2 5/8 3/8 1 1/2 .55
44306 5/8-11 5 1 1/8 3/8 1 1/2 5/8 3/8 1 1/2 .62
44307 5/8-11 6 1 1/8 3/8 1 1/2 5/8 3/8 1 1/2 .72
44308 5/8-11 8 1 1/8 3/8 3 5/8 3/8 1 1/2 .85
44309 5/8-11 10 1 1/8 3/8 3 5/8 3/8 1 1/2 1.00
44310 5/8-11 12 1 1/8 3/8 3 5/8 3/8 1 1/2 1.25
44502 3/4-10 2 1/2 1 5/16 7/16 1 1/4 3/4 7/16 1 3/4 .64
44503 3/4-10 3 1 5/16 7/16 1 1/2 3/4 7/16 1 3/4 .70
44504 3/4-10 3 1/2 1 5/16 7/16 1 1/2 3/4 7/16 1 3/4 .77
44505 3/4-10 4 1 5/16 7/16 1 1/2 3/4 7/16 1 3/4 .85
44506 3/4-10 5 1 5/16 7/16 1 1/2 3/4 7/16 1 3/4 .95
44507 3/4-10 6 1 5/16 7/16 1 1/2 3/4 7/16 1 3/4 1.05
44508 3/4-10 8 1 5/16 7/16 3 3/4 7/16 1 3/4 1.25
44509 3/4-10 10 1 5/16 7/16 3 3/4 7/16 1 3/4 1.45
44510 3/4-10 12 1 5/16 7/16 3 3/4 7/16 1 3/4 1.75
44701 1-8 3 1/2 1 11/16 1/2 2 1 1/2 2 1/4 1.25
44702 1-8 4 1 11/16 1/2 2 1 1/2 2 1/4 1.50
44703 1-8 4 1/2 1 11/16 1/2 2 1/2 1 1/2 2 1/4 1.62
44704 1-8 5 1 11/16 1/2 2 1/2 1 1/2 2 1/4 1.75
44705 1-8 6 1 11/16 1/2 2 1/2 1 1/2 2 1/4 2.00
44706 1-8 8 1 11/16 1/2 3 1 1/2 2 1/4 2.40
44707 1-8 10 1 11/16 1/2 3 1 1/2 2 1/4 2.75
44708 1-8 12 1 11/16 1/2 3 1 1/2 2 1/4 3.10


257
T-Bolts
• Heat Treat: Rc 34-38
• Thread: 2A-UNC
• Available in lengths up to 24"
Thread Thread
Part Size Wt. Part Size Wt.
Number A B C D E (lbs) Number A B C D E (lbs)
42101 3/8-16 1 1/2 11/16 1/4 3/4 .07 42701 3/4-10 2 1/2 1 1/4 1/2 1 1/4 .48
42102 3/8-16 2 11/16 1/4 1 1/4 .08 42702 3/4-10 3 1 1/4 1/2 1 1/2 .55
42103 3/8-16 2 1/2 11/16 1/4 1 1/4 .09 42703 3/4-10 3 1/2 1 1/4 1/2 1 1/2 .61
42104 3/8-16 3 11/16 1/4 1 1/2 .11 42704 3/4-10 4 1 1/4 1/2 1 1/2 .66
42105 3/8-16 3 1/2 11/16 1/4 1 1/2 .12 42705 3/4-10 5 1 1/4 1/2 1 1/2 .78
42106 3/8-16 4 11/16 1/4 1 1/2 .14 42706 3/4-10 6 1 1/4 1/2 1 1/2 .90
42301 1/2-13 1 1/2 7/8 1/4 3/4 .12 42707 3/4-10 8 1 1/4 1/2 3 1.17
42302 1/2-13 2 7/8 1/4 1 1/4 .14 42708 3/4-10 10 1 1/4 1/2 3 1.38
42303 1/2-13 2 1/2 7/8 1/4 1 1/4 .17 42709 3/4-10 12 1 1/4 1/2 3 1.62
42304 1/2-13 3 7/8 1/4 1 1/2 .20 42901 1-8 4 1 11/16 11/16 2 1/2 1.25
42305 1/2-13 3 1/2 7/8 1/4 1 1/2 .22 42902 1-8 5 1 11/16 11/16 2 1/2 1.50
42306 1/2-13 4 7/8 1/4 2 .25 42903 1-8 6 1 11/16 11/16 2 1/2 1.75
42307 1/2-13 4 1/2 7/8 1/4 2 .27 42911 1-8 7 1 11/16 11/16 2 1/2 1.88
42308 1/2-13 5 7/8 1/4 2 .30 42904 1-8 8 1 11/16 11/16 3 2.00
42309 1/2-13 5 1/2 7/8 1/4 2 .33 42912 1-8 9 1 11/16 11/16 3 2.25
42310 1/2-13 6 7/8 1/4 2 .36 42905 1-8 10 1 11/16 11/16 3 2.50
42502 5/8-11 2 1 1/8 3/8 1 1/4 .28 42906 1-8 12 1 11/16 11/16 3 3.00
42503 5/8-11 2 1/2 1 1/8 3/8 1 1/4 .33 42907 1-8 14 1 11/16 11/16 3 3.50
42504 5/8-11 3 1 1/8 3/8 1 1/2 .37 43003 1 1/4-7 8 1 7/8 7/8 5 3.65
42505 5/8-11 3 1/2 1 1/8 3/8 1 1/2 .41 43004 1 1/4-7 9 1 7/8 7/8 5 4.00
42506 5/8-11 4 1 1/8 3/8 1 1/2 .44 43005 1 1/4-7 10 1 7/8 7/8 5 4.35
42507 5/8-11 5 1 1/8 3/8 1 1/2 .53 43006 1 1/4-7 12 1 7/8 7/8 5 5.05
42508 5/8-11 6 1 1/8 3/8 1 1/2 .61 43007 1 1/4-7 14 1 7/8 7/8 5 5.75
42509 5/8-11 8 1 1/8 3/8 3 .78 43008 1 1/4-7 16 1 7/8 7/8 5 6.45
42510 5/8-11 10 1 1/8 3/8 3 .97 43009 1 1/4-7 18 1 7/8 7/8 5 7.15
42511 5/8-11 12 1 1/8 3/8 3 1.13 43011 1 1/4-7 22 1 7/8 7/8 5 8.20
43012 1 1/4-7 24 1 7/8 7/8 5 9.25
Dovetail Bolts • Material: Alloy Steel

Dovetail Bolts can be used for • Finish: Black Oxide
clamping guide members on the • Heat Treat: Rc 34-38
front of press brakes. • Thread: 2A-UNC
Thread Wt.
Part Size (lbs)
17901 5/8-11 1 1/4 1 1/16 3/8 3/4 3/4 1 1/8 2.00
17902 5/8-11 2 1 1/16 3/8 1 1/8 3/4 1 1/8 2.30
17903 5/8-11 2 3/4 1 1/16 3/8 1 1/2 3/4 1 1/8 3.10
17904 5/8-11 3 3/4 1 1/16 3/8 1 1/2 3/4 1 1/8 5.15
17905 5/8-11 4 1/2 1 1/16 3/8 3/4 3/4 1 1/8 6.10
Flange Nuts
Where heavy clamping pressures and vibrations could cause trouble,
the wide face surface of the flange nut holds through with greater friction.
Carbon Steel
Coarse Pitch Fine Pitch Wt.
Part Part (lbs)

Number A Number A B C D E 10 Pcs.
19901 10-24 - - 5/16 3/8 1/2 7/64 0.15
• Material: Low Carbon Steel 19902* 1/4-20 20101 1/4-28 5/16 1/2 5/8 7/64 0.15
• Finish: Black Oxide 19903* 5/16-18 20102 5/16-24 3/8 9/16 3/4 7/64 0.19
• Heat Treat: Case Hardened 19904* 3/8-16 20103 3/8-24 1/2 11/16 7/8 1/8 0.51
• Thread: 2B-UNC 19905* 7/16-14 20104 7/16-20 9/16 3/4 15/16 1/8 0.62
19906* 1/2-13 20105 1/2-20 11/16 7/8 1 1/8 5/32 1.10
19907* 5/8-11 20106 5/8-18 13/16 1 1/16 1 3/8 3/16 1.75
19908* 3/4-10 20107 3/4-16 1 1 1/4 1 5/8 1/4 3.20
19909* 7/8-9 20108 7/8-14 1 1/8 1 7/16 1 3/4 1/4 4.20
19910* 1-8 20109 1-14 1 1/4 1 5/8 2 1/4 6.00
19911 1 1/8-7 20110 1 1/8-12 1 3/8 1 13/16 2 1/4 1/4 8.00
19912 1 1/4-7 20111 1 1/4-12 1 3/8 1 13/16 2 1/4 1/4 7.60
19913 1 1/2-6 20112 1 1/2-12 1 1/2 2 3/16 2 3/4 1/4 11.90
* Conforms to TCMA
Stainless Steel
Wt.
(lbs)
Part Number A B C D E 10 Pcs.
20002 1/4-20 5/16 1/2 5/8 3/32 .15
20003 5/16-18 3/8 9/16 3/4 3/32 .19
20004 3/8-16 1/2 11/16 7/8 1/8 .51
20006 1/2-13 11/16 7/8 1 1/8 5/32 1.10
20007 5/8-11 13/16 1 1/16 1 3/8 3/16 1.75
20008 3/4-10 1 1 1/4 1 5/8 1/4 3.20
Flange Nuts
Metric
Part Thread Wt.
• Finish: Black Oxide Number A B C D E (kg) 10 pcs.
19952 M6 x 1.0 8 10 16 2 .07
• Thread: Class 6h
19953 M8 x 1.25 10 13 19 2 .09
19954 M10 x 1.5 13 17 22 3 .23
19955 M12 x 1.75 17 19 25 5 .50
19957 M16 x 2.0 21 24 32 5 .79
19959 M20 x 2.5 25 30 38 6 1.45

259
Spherical Flange Assemblies

Same advantages as Spherical Washers but
with the addition of a nut to replace the top sec- Nut Washer Wt.
tion of the washers. Convex bottom of nut nests Part P/N P/N (lbs)
into the concave bottom section for full floating
39301 10-24 39701 41301 .12
action.
39302 1/4-20 39702 41302 .16
39303 5/16-18 39703 41303 .31
39304 3/8-16 39704 41304 .65
39305 1/2-13 39705 41305 1.45
39306 5/8-11 39706 41306 2.44
39307 3/4-10 39707 41307 4.10
39308 7/8-9 39708 41308 6.00
39309 1-8 39709 41309 8.10
39311 1 1/4-7 39711 41311 13.40
39312 1 1/2-6 39712 41312 15.70
Spherical Flange Assemblies

Metric • Material: Low Carbon Steel Across Washer

Part Flats P/N
Wt.
• Finish: Black Oxide (kg)
Number A B C 10 pcs.
39352 M6 x 1.0 10 41302 .07
39353 M8 x 1.25 13 41303 .14
39354 M10 x 1.5 17 41304 .30
39355 M12 x 1.75 19 41305 .66
39356 M16 x 2.0 24 41306 1.10
39357 M20 x 2.5 30 41357 1.80
Heavy Duty Hex Nuts Wt.

Part (lbs)
20711 1/4-20 7/16 7/32 .74
20712 5/16-18 1/2 17/64 1.10
20713 3/8-16 9/16 21/64 1.60
20714 1/2-13 3/4 7/16 3.75
20716 5/8-11 15/16 35/64 7.33
20717 3/4-10 1 1/8 41/64 11.90
20718 7/8-9 1 5/16 3/4 19.00
20719 1-8 1 1/2 55/64 28.30
• Grade 8, Hardness HRC of 28-38
Stainless Steel
Hex Head
Equalizing Nuts
Part
Number A B C D E F
12311 10-32 7/16 5/16 5/32 1/8 3/8
12312 1/4-20 1/2 5/16 5/32 1/8 7/16
12313 5/16-18 9/16 5/16 5/32 1/8 1/2
• Material: 303 Stainless 12314 3/8-16 11/16 3/8 3/16 3/16 5/8
Spherical Flange Nuts

Wt.
• Finish: Black Oxide Part (lbs)
• Heat Treat: Case Hardened Number A B C D E F 10 Pcs.
• Thread: 2B-UNC, Class 6h 39701 10-24 3/8 1/2 3/32 1/4 3/4 .10
39702* 1/4-20 1/2 5/8 3/32 1/4 1 .12
39703* 5/16-18 9/16 3/4 1/8 9/32 1 .21
39704* 3/8-16 11/16 7/8 1/8 13/32 1 1/2 .50
39705* 1/2-13 7/8 1 1/8 3/16 1/2 2 1.00
39706* 5/8-11 1 1/16 1 3/8 7/32 5/8 2 1/4 1.82
39707* 3/4-10 1 1/4 1 5/8 1/4 3/4 2 1/2 3.10
39708* 7/8-9 1 7/16 1 3/4 1/4 7/8 2 1/2 4.35
39709* 1-8 1 5/8 2 1/4 1 3 1/2 5.90
39711 1 1/4-7 1 13/16 2 1/4 5/16 1 1/16 4 7.20
39712 1 1/2-6 2 3/16 2 3/4 5/16 1 3/16 4 1/2 11.60
*Conforms to TCMA.
Part Wt.
Number A B C D E F (kg) 10 pcs.
39752 M6 x1.0 10 16 2 6 25 .05
39753 M8 x 1.25 13 19 3 7 25 .10
39754 M10 x 1.5 17 22 4 10 38 .23
39755 M12 x 1.75 19 25 5 13 51 .50
39756 M16 x 2.0 24 32 6 16 57 .83
39757 M20 x 2.5 30 38 6 19 64 1.41
Spinner-Grip Flange Lock Nuts

™
Part Number
• Free spinning installation eliminates the need to P
lain Finish Zinc Plated Stainless Steel Thread Size A B C
wrench the nut down the fastener.
19800 19820 19880 1/4-20 7/16 19/32 1/4
• Locks to the part, not to the threads.
19801 19821 19881 5/16-18 1/2 11/16 9/32
• Grade 8 strength and quality, and will work with
19802 19822 19882 3/8-16 9/16 3/4 11/32
any grade fastener.
19803 19823 19883 7/16-14 11/16 15/16 3/8
• Hardness of 28 – 38 HRC: more effective at
19804 19824 19884 1/2-13 3/4 1 7/16
maintaining clamp load under vibration.
19805 19825 19885 5/8-11 15/16 1 1/4 9/16
• Greater temperature range than nylon insert
19806 19826 19886 3/4-10 1 1/4 1 1/2 11/16
locknuts, and will not be effected by humidity.
Metric
• Flat washers are not needed, unless in a slotted
19807 19827 19887 M6-1.00 10 15.1 6.0
application.
19808 19828 19888 M8-1.25 13 19.0 8.8
• Spinner-Grips are not limited to 5 reuses, unlike
™
19809 19829 19889 M10-1.50 15 24.1 10.0

most prevailing torque lock nuts.
19810 19830 19890 M12-1.75 19 25.5 11.6
• Jergens maintains inventory of Zinc plated product,
19811 19831 19891 M16-2.00 24 38.0 17.2
as well as plain finished (un-plated) product so you
can specify your plating of choice. Note: Additional charges apply to plated product.
(Please allow 2 – 3 weeks lead time for plating.) Charges vary by plating type.

261
Coupling Nuts
Metric
Wt. Wt.
• Finish: Black Oxide Part (kg)
Part (lbs)
• Thread: 2B-UNC 18711* 3/8-16 1 11/16 .94 18761 M10 25 16 .05
18712* 1/2-13 1 1/4 7/8 2.00 18762 M12 32 19 .81
18713* 5/8-11 1 5/8 1 1/16 3.40 18763 M16 41 24 1.55
18714* 3/4-10 1 7/8 1 1/4 5.65 18764 M20 51 27 2.6
18715 7/8-9 2 1/4 1 7/16 8.60
18716 1-8 2 1/2 1 5/8 12.50
*Conforms to TCMA.
Knurled Lock Nuts

• Thread: 2B-UNC
Most convenient for quick thread locking on Wt.

your jig and fixture work. Straight knurled ra- Part (lbs)
dius provides sure, non-slip finger grip in oily
28101 3/8-16 1 3/8 3/4 .188 .62
conditions. Faces are square with threads
28102 1/2-13 1 1/4 7/16 1 .257 1.10
which assures a large locking surface.
28103 5/8-11 1 3/8 7/16 1 1/8 .257 1.10
28104 3/4-10 1 3/4 9/16 1 1/2 .316 2.50
28105 1-8 2 9/16 1 3/4 .316 3.10
Check Nuts
• Thread: 2B-UNC
Wt.
Part (lbs)
Multi-use Locknut for hand Number A B C D E 10 Pcs.
tightening applications 16901 10-24 3/4 7/32 1/2 5/32 .15
16902 1/4-20 3/4 7/32 1/2 5/32 .15
16903 5/16-18 3/4 5/16 1/2 1/4 .21
16904 3/8-16 3/4 5/16 1/2 1/4 .21
16905 1/2-13 1 3/8 3/4 1/4 .47
Acorn Nuts
Acorn nuts are used to cover threaded ends to protect

them from dirt, grit or damage to the thread.
Wt.
Part (lbs)
10501 5/16-18 5/8 5/8 .44
10502 3/8-16 3/4 3/4 .78
10503 1/2-13 15/16 7/8 1.25
10504 5/8-11 1 3/16 1 1/16 2.35
• Thread: 2B-UNC
Stainless Steel Nuts
• Material: 300 Series Stainless Steel
Part Number A B C
12321 10-32 3/8 1/8
12322 1/4-20 7/16 3/16
12323 5/16-18 1/2 9/32
12324 3/8-16 9/16 11/32
Stainless Steel Knurled

Equalizing Nuts
H
G-RADIUS
Part
For use with stainless steel equalizing 12301 3/4 3/16 3/8 3/4 13/64 1/4 1/8 10-32
“C” washer. See page 266. 12302 13/16 1/4 7/16 1 17/64 1/4 1/8 1/4-20

263
T-Slot Nuts • Material: Low Carbon Steel, 303 Stainless

• Available in metric sizes.
• Threads: 2B-unc (Inch); Class 6h (Metric) See below.
T-slot Wt.
Part Width (lbs)
Number Thread A B C D E 10 Pcs.
*43302** 3/8-16 7/16 11/16 7/32 1/2 7/8 0.50
*43303** 3/8-16 1/2 7/8 9/32 1/2 7/8 .070
43301 3/8-16 9/16 7/8 1/4 1/2 7/8 0.70
*43305** 1/2-13 9/16 7/8 11/32 5/8 1 1/8 1.20
*43306 1/2-13 5/8 1 11/32 5/8 1 1/8 1.50
*43304 1/2-13 11/16 1 1/8 7/16 3/4 1 1/4 2.10
*43308** 5/8-11 11/16 1 1/8 7/16 3/4 1 1/4 1.14
*43309 5/8-11 3/4 1 1/4 15/32 3/4 1 1/4 1.60
*43307 5/8-11 13/16 1 1/4 9/16 1 1 1/2 3.11
*43311** 3/4-10 13/16 1 1/4 9/16 1 1 1/2 3.60
43312 3/4-10 7/8 1 1/2 9/16 1 1 1/2 4.10
Jergens Feature: *43310 3/4-10 1 1/16 1 5/8 1 1/16 1 1/4 2 7.20
Jergens Table-Saver design provides 43313** 7/8-9 1 1 5/8 5/8 1 1/4 2 7.30
a safety-stop feature to prevent 43314 7/8-9 1 1/16 1 3/4 5/8 1 1/4 2 8.00
turning stud into tableways. *Conforms to TCMA.

**Not Hardened
Metric Stainless Steel

T-slot T-slot
Part Width Part Width
Number Thread A B C D E Material Number Thread A B C D E
43372 M10x1.5 12 19 7 13 25 Steel 43402 3/8-16 7/16 3/4 7/32 1/2 1
43373 M10x1.5 14 22 9 16 29 Steel 43403 3/8-16 1/2 7/8 1/4 5/8 7/8
43374 M10x1.5 16 25 9 16 29 Steel 43405 1/2-13 9/16 7/8 5/16 3/4 1 1/4
43375 M12x1.75 14 22 9 16 29 Steel 43406 1/2-13 5/8 1 3/8 3/4 1 1/4
43376 M12x1.75 16 25 9 16 29 Steel 43408 5/8-11 11/16 1 1/4 15/32 1 1 1/2
43377 M12x1.75 18 29 11 19 32 Steel 43409 5/8-11 3/4 1 1/4 17/32 1 1/4 1 1/2
43378 M16x2.0 18 29 11 19 32 Steel 43411 3/4-10 13/16 1 1/2 9/16 1 1 3/4
43379 M16x2.0 20 32 14 25 38 Steel 43410 3/4-10 1 1/16 1 5/8 9/16 1 1 3/4
43380 M16x2.0 22 35 14 25 38 Steel
43381 M20x2.5 22 35 14 25 38 Steel
43382 M20x2.5 24 38 16 25 44 Steel
43383 M20x2.5 28 41 18 29 51 Steel
Kwik-Turn T-Slot Nuts Part

Number Thread T-Slot A B C D E
Wt. (lbs)
10 pcs
43332** 3/8-16 7/16 .432 .432 11/16 1/2 7/32 0.27
• 1/4 turn design allows the
43333 3/8-16 1/2 .495 .495 7/8 1/2 9/32 0.45
Kwik-Turn to be installed
43334** 1/2-13 11/16 .683 .683 1-1/8 3/4 7/16 0.58
from the top of the T-Slot, in
43335 1/2-13 9/16 .562 .562 7/8 5/8 11/32 0.79
order to avoid uninstallation
43336 1/2-13 5/8 .620 .620 1 5/8 11/32 1.26
of set-ups when additional
43338** 5/8-11 11/16 .683 .683 1-1/8 3/4 7/16 1.08
nuts and studs are required
43339 5/8-11 3/4 .745 .745 1-1/4 3/4 15/32 1.44
• Material: Low Carbon Steel,
43345 3/4-10 1 .995 .995 1-5/8 1 5/8 3.50
• Threads: 2B-unc (Inch)
Jergens Feature: **Not Hardened
Jergens Table-Saver design provides a safety-stop

feature to prevent turning stud into tableways.
Flat Washers
• Material: Cold Rolled Low Carbon Steel,

303 Stainless
• Heat Treat: Carbon Nitride to 60
• Flat and parallel within .005
Stainless Steel
Wt.
Part Bolt (lbs) Part Bolt
Number A B C Size 10 Pcs.
Number A B C Size
31901 1/2 13/64 3/32 3/16 .04 32001 7/16 .196 5/64 3/16
31902* 5/8 9/32 1/8 1/4 .05 32002 5/8 17/64 3/32 1/4
31903* 3/4 11/32 1/8 5/16 .10 32003 11/16 11/32 1/8 5/16
31904* 7/8 13/32 1/8 3/8 .21 32004 7/8 25/64 1/8 3/8
31905* 1 1/8 17/32 1/8 1/2 .42 32005 1 1/8 17/32 1/8 1/2
31906* 1 3/8 21/32 1/8 5/8 .63 32006 1 1/4 21/32 1/8 5/8
31907* 1 5/8 25/32 5/32 3/4 1.10 32007 1 1/2 25/32 5/32 3/4
31908* 1 3/4 29/32 5/32 7/8 1.20
31909* 2 1 1/32 3/16 1 1.70
31910 2 1/2 1 9/32 9/32 1 1/4 2.20
*Conforms to TCMA
Heavy Duty Flat Washers

Jergens Feature:
Made from high-carbon through- hard-
ened steel which makes them up to
50% stronger than standard heavy
duty washers. Also more fracture resis-
tant under heavy loads.
• Material: High Carbon Steel

• Heat Treat: Rc 40-45 (Through Hardened)
• Flat & Parallel within .005 (.01mm)
Metric Dimensions
Wt.
Part Bolt (lbs) Part Bolt Wt. (kg)
Number A B C Size 10 Pcs. Number A B C Size 10 Pcs.
31967 5/8 9/32 3/16 1/4 0.72 31961 38 17 5.5 16 0.40
31968 3/4 11/32 3/16 5/16 0.79 31962 48 20 6.5 18 0.73
31969 7/8 13/32 3/16 3/8 0.87 31963 54 23 6.5 20 1.05
31960 1 1/2 17/32 7/32 1/2 1.00 31964 64 27 6.5 24 1.62
31961 1 1/2 21/32 7/32 5/8 0.88
31962 1 7/8 25/32 1/4 3/4 1.61
31963 2 1/8 29/32 1/4 7/8 2.31
31964 2 1/2 1 1/16 1/4 1 3.56
31965 2 1/2 1 5/16 1/4 1 1/4 3.98
31966 2 3/4 1 9/16 1/4 1 1/2 4.20


265
Washers
“C” Washers
Part Wt.

Number A B C (lbs)
17701* 3/4 9/32 1/4 .02
17702* 1 9/32 1/4 .04
17703* 1 1/4 9/32 1/4 .07
17704* 1 1/4 13/32 3/8 .09
17705* 1 1/2 13/32 3/8 .14
17706* 1 3/4 13/32 3/8 .20
The “C” Washers are ground • Material: Low Carbon Steel 17707* 1 7/8 17/32 3/8 .17
parallel on both surfaces with • Finish: Black Oxide 17708* 2 1/4 17/32 3/8 .35
a knurled O.D. • Heat Treat: Case Hardened 17709* 2 1/8 21/32 3/8 .32
• Faces: Ground Parallel 17710 2 1/2 21/32 3/8 .53
17711* 2 1/2 25/32 7/16 .55
*Conforms to TCMA
Equalizing Swing “C” Washer

Stainless Steel
Radius +.0000 +.0005

Part -.0015 -.0000
12341 1 1/8 13/64 9/16 5/64 3/16 3/8 .1870 .1875
12342 1 1/4 17/64 5/8 3/32 3/16 7/16 .1870 .1875
12343 1 1/2 21/64 3/4 1/8 1/4 1/2 .2495 .250
12344 1 3/4 25/64 7/8 1/8 1/4 5/8 .2495 .250
Equalizing “C” Washers

Stainless Steel
Part Wt.
Number A B C lbs
12331 3/4 7/32 3/16 .02
12332 7/8 9/32 3/16 .04
12333 1 11/32 1/4 .04
12334 1 1/4 13/32 5/16 .04
Washers
Swing “C” Washer Assembly
The Swing “C” Washer has a concave

center for self-locating around the stud,
which prevents creeping while tighten-
ing, and allows acceptance of the mat-
ing spherical flange nuts. The Spherical
Flange Nut assures that the washer
cannot back out either during clamping or
due to vibration during the operation. The
shoulder screw has a nylon lock to prevent
loosening of the screw during operation.
• Material: Low Carbon Steel

• Heat Treat: Case Hardened
Stud Part Number
Part Size Shoulder Spherical Wt.
Number A B C D E F G R Screw Flange Nut (lbs)
37301* 1 3/8 1/4 13/16 5/16-18 1/2 3/8 3/4 41707 39704 .12
37302 1 1/4 1/2 3/8 1 1/8 5/16-18 1/2 1/2 1 41708 39705 .30
37303* 1 1/2 5/8 3/8 1 5/16 3/8-16 5/8 9/16 1 1/8 41713 39706 .39
37304* 1 3/4 3/4 1/2 1 9/16 3/8-16 5/8 5/8 1 1/4 41714 39707 .72
*Conforms to TCMA
Heavy Duty Square Washers

Part ±.010 ±.010 Bolt
Number A B Size Thickness
31920 11/32 1 3/8 5/16 3/16
31921 13/32 1 3/8 3/8 3/16
31932 17/32 1 3/8 1/2 1/4
31933 17/32 2 1/2 1/4
31934 21/32 2 5/8 1/4
31935 13/16 2 3/4 1/4
31922 15/16 2 7/8 1/4
31936 13/16 2 1/2 3/4 1/4
31923 15/16 2 1/2 7/8 1/4
• Material: Low Carbon Steel 31937 1 1/16 2 1/2 1 1/4
• Finish: Black Oxide 31924 13/16 3 3/4 5/16
• Heat Treat: Case Hardened 31925 15/16 3 7/8 5/16
31926 1 1/16 3 1 5/16
31927 1 1/16 3 1 3/8
31928 1 5/16 3 1 1/4 3/8
31929 1 9/16 3 1 1/2 3/8

267
Washers
Self Aligning Washers (Two-Piece)
Upper
These washers are ideally suited for joining machine sections which are out of
parallel. They adjust themselves for a positive, firm base. With radius “E” and the
angular 14 combination, line contact is formed around the two mating washer
0
surfaces, allowing the two washers the ability to seek misalignment in the com-
panion clamping members. The heat treated I.D. of the bottom concave piece
is larger than the I.D. of the top convex section for free action. It is precision
ground and the sharp edges are removed.
Lower
Part Bolt Wt. Part Number
Number A B C D E Size (lbs) Upper Lower
41101 3/16 1/2 13/64 15/64 3/4 3/16 .01 41501 41301
41102 3/16 5/8 17/64 19/64 1 1/4 .01 41502 41302
41103 7/32 3/4 11/32 23/64 1 5/16 .01 41503 41303
41104 7/32 7/8 13/32 15/32 1 1/2 3/8 .03 41504 41304
41105 9/32 1 1/8 17/32 19/32 2 1/2 .08 41505 41305
41106 3/8 1 3/8 21/32 23/32 2 1/4 5/8 .13 41506 41306
41107 13/32 1 5/8 25/32 27/32 2 1/2 3/4 .20 41507 41307
41108 17/32 1 3/4 29/32 31/32 2 1/2 7/8 .33 41508 41308
41109 9/16 2 1 1/32 1 3/32 3 1/2 1 .41 41509 41309
41110 5/8 2 1/4 1 5/32 1 7/32 3 1/2 1 1/8 .77 41510 41310
41111 5/8 2 1/4 1 9/32 1 11/32 4 1 1/4 .62 41511 41311
41112 11/16 2 3/4 1 17/32 1 19/32 4 1/2 1 1/2 .85 41512 41312
Metric Two-Piece Assemblies Single Units


Part Bolt Wt. Part Number
• Finish: Black Oxide Number A B C D E Size (kg) Upper Lower
• Heat Treat: Case Hardened 41102 5 16 6.5 7.5 25 M6 .01 41502 41302
41103 5.5 19 8.5 9 25 M8 .01 41503 41303
41104 5.5 22 10.5 12 38 M10 .01 41504 41304
41105 7 28 13.5 15 51 M12 .03 41505 41305
41106 9.5 35 17 18 57 M16 .06 41506 41306
41157 10.5 41 21 21.5 63.5 M20 .09 41557 41357
Self Aligning Washers (Two-Piece)

Stainless Steel
Part Bolt Wt.

Number A B C E Size (lbs)
41202 3/16 5/8 9/32 3/4 1/4 .01
41203 1/4 3/4 11/32 1 5/16 .01
41204 1/4 7/8 13/32 1 1/4 3/8 .03
41205 5/16 1 1/8 17/32 1 1/2 1/2 .08
41206 5/16 1 3/8 21/32 1 3/4 5/8 .13
41207 3/8 1 5/8 25/32 2 1/4 3/4 .20
USAE Heavy Duty Flat Washers

™
USS + SAE = USAE

What is a USAE Washer?
TM
• It is a simple but effective idea that is long overdue.
• The Outside Diameter conforms to USS standards. This provides a washer

that is up to 36% larger than standard hardened washers.
More Contact Area = More Holding Power

• The Inside Diameter conforms to SAE standards. The small ID provides a
more precise fit on bolts, studs, etc.
• USAE Washers are also up to 37% thicker than standard hardened washers
for greater strength.
• Washers are made from mild steel. They are case hardened to 60 HRc and
have a black oxide finish.
• Bolt size is stamped on each washer for easy identification.
™

Part No. Bolt Size A (OD) B (ID) C (Thickness)
FW00001 1/4 3/4 9/32 9/64
FW00002 5/16 7/8 11/32 9/64
FW00003 3/8 1 13/32 9/64
FW00004 1/2 1-3/8 17/32 5/32
FW00005 5/8 1-3/4 21/32 5/32
FW00006 3/4 2 13/16 1/4
FW00007 1 2-1/2 1-1/16 1/4
*Tolerances for all dimensions are +/- .010"

269
Replaceable Grippers
Tapered – Hardened Steel
Jergens introduces a new concept in replaceable grippers. It is now

easier to modify soft top jaws, strap clamps, or fixtures to hold irregu-
larly shaped material. The grippers can be installed from one side,
using a combination center drill, a tap, and a box wrench. There is no
need to drill through holes from difficult to reach locations. Simply drill,
tap, and install.
Pointed Fine Serrated
• Material: 8620
• Available in FixturePro Design Software
TM
Hardened Steel Grippers

Part Number Hex Thread Center Drill To
Serrated Pointed A B C D E Drill Diameter
23801 23811 5/16 .093 .32 .19 8-32 No. 4 .310
23802 23812 1/2 .125 .46 .25 1/4-28 No. 6 .498
23803 23813 3/4 .187 .70 .38 3/8-16 No. 8 .745
Tapered – Carbide Tipped
• Material: Body 8620

Insert, Carbide
TM
Carbide Tipped Grippers

Part Hex Thread Center Drill To
Number A B C D E Drill Diameter
23822 1/2 .125 .46 .25 1/4-28 No. 6 .498
23823 3/4 .187 .70 .38 3/8-16 No. 8 .745
Replaceable Grippers
The Jergens Replaceable Grippers are available in Hardened High Speed Tool
Steel or with Carbide Inserts. The points of the grippers embed themselves into
the work piece giving greater holding power with less actual pressure. Jergens
Grippers may be held in place using either a set screw on the flat of the gripper
or the threaded hole in the back of the gripper.
Use Jergens Grippers to make hardened serrated jaws from Jergens soft top
jaws or add the grippers to Jergens strap clamps for extra holding power. Use
Jergens replaceable grippers anywhere that rough surfaces are being held in
position for machining.
ROUND GRIPPERS SQUARE GRIPPERS
• Material: Body, Low Carbon Steel Carbide Tipped Grippers
Insert, Carbide
• Finish: Zinc Plate Wt.
• Serrations: .09" x 90° Part (lbs)
Number Style A B C E 10 Pcs.
TM
23708 Round 3/8 3/8 5/16 10-32 x 7/32 .15

23707 Round 1/2 3/8 3/8 10-32 x 7/32 .20
23702 Round 1/2 1/2 3/8 10-32 x 11/32 .22
23703 Round 1/2 21/32 3/8 10-32 x 7/16 .30
23704 Round 5/8 3/8 1/2 1/4-28 x 7/32 .36
23705 Round 3/4 3/8 5/8 1/4-28 x 7/32 .44
23706 Square 1/2 3/8 13/32 10-32 x 1/4 .30
• Material: High Speed Tool Steel Hardened Tool Steel Grippers

• Heat Treat: Rc 60-62 Wt.
Part (lbs)
• Serrations: .09" x 90° Number Style A B C E 10 Pcs.
TM
23710 Round 3/8 3/8 3/8 10-32 x 3/8 .15

23711 Round 1/2 3/8 1/2 10-32 x 3/8 .20
23712 Round 1/2 1/2 1/2 10-32 x 1/2 .22
23713 Round 1/2 21/32 1/2 10-32 x .651 .30
23714 Round 5/8 3/8 5/8 1/4-28 x 3/8 .36
23715 Round 3/4 3/8 3/4 1/4-28 x 3/8 .44
23716 Square 1/2 3/8 1/2 10-32 x 3/8 .30

271
Miniature Straps – Radius
A light-duty strap with a specially

designed radius end provides maximum
pressure for extreme close-to-the-edge
clamping. Features a tapped hole in the
rear for knurled head thumb screw and a
long slot for lateral adjustment.

• Finish: Black Oxide Thread Wt.
• Heat Treat: Case Hardened Part Bolt Size (lbs)
Number Size A B C D E F W H L 10 Pcs.
Rockwell 30N Scale 59-69
29704 #10 or M5 7/32 7/16 5/16 10-24 3/16 1/4 1/2 1/4 1 1/2 .44
29705 #10 or M5 7/32 9/16 5/16 10-24 3/16 1/4 1/2 1/4 1 3/4 .44
29706 #10 or M5 7/32 11/16 5/16 10-24 3/16 1/4 1/2 1/4 2 .44
Tapped Radius Straps

Stainless Steel

Part Bolt
Number Size A B C D H J L S W
12211 #10 or M5 7/32 5/16 5/16 10-32 1/4 11/16 1 1/2 5/64 1/2
12212 #10 or M5 7/32 7/16 5/16 10-32 1/4 13/16 1 3/4 5/64 1/2
12213 1/4 or M6 9/32 1/2 3/8 1/4-20 5/16 7/8 2 3/32 5/8
12214 1/4 or M6 9/32 11/16 3/8 1/4-20 5/16 1 3/16 2 1/2 3/32 5/8
12215 5/16 or M8 11/32 1/2 7/16 5/16-18 3/8 1 3/16 2 1/8 3/4
12216 5/16 or M8 11/32 7/8 7/8 5/16-18 3/8 1 3/8 3 1/8 3/4
12217 3/8 or M10 13/32 3/4 9/16 3/8-16 1/2 1 5/16 3 1/8 7/8
12218 3/8 or M10 13/32 1 1/8 1/2 3/8-16 1/2 2 4 1/8 7/8

Miniature Straps – Flat
A “chisel nose”, flat strap for light-duty hold-

ing where clamping is restricted. Features a
tapped hole in back for heel rest and a drilled
hole for stud clearance.

• Finish: Black Oxide Thread Wt.
• Heat Treat: Case H ardened Part Size (lbs)
Rockwell 30N Scale 59-69 Number A B C D E F G W H L 10 Pcs.
29701 7/32 5/8 3/8 3/16 10-24 1/4 1/8 1/2 1/4 1 1/2 .47
29702 9/32 7/8 3/8 3/16 10-24 1/4 1/8 1/2 1/4 2 .62
29703 9/32 1 1/8 3/8 3/16 10-24 1/4 1/8 1/2 5/16 2 1/2 .94
Adjustable Clamp Rests
Stainless Steel
Part
Number A B C D E
12231 3/4 .190 1/2 10-32 1/16
12232 1 1/4 .190 1 10-32 1/16
12233 1 1/4 11/16 1/4-20 5/64
12234 1 1/2 1/4 1 3/16 1/4-20 5/64
12235 1 3/8 5/16 1 1/8 5/16-18 3/32
• Material: 303 Stainless 12236 1 7/8 5/16 1 5/8 5/16-18 3/32
12237 1 5/8 3/8 1 3/8 3/8-16 1/8
12238 2 1/8 3/8 1 7/8 3/8-16 1/8


273
Adjustable Clamp Heels

Part Thread Hex Key Wt.
Number Size A B C Size (lbs)
47213 3/8-16 2 5/8 1 1/4 3/16 .20
47214 3/8-16 3 5/8 1 1/4 3/16 .30
47215 3/8-16 4 5/8 1 1/4 3/16 .40
47201 1/2-13 3 5/8 1 1/2 1/4 .40
47202 1/2-13 4 5/8 1 1/2 1/4 .50
47203 1/2-13 5 5/8 1 1/2 1/4 .60
47204 5/8-11 4 3/4 1 3/4 5/16 .70
47205 5/8-11 5 3/4 1 3/4 5/16 .80
47206 5/8-11 6 3/4 1 3/4 5/16 .90
47207 3/4-10 5 7/8 2 3/8 1.20
47208 3/4-10 6 7/8 2 3/8 1.35
47209 3/4-10 7 7/8 2 3/8 1.50
47210 1-8 4 1 2 1/2 9/16 1.90
47211 1-8 6 1 2 1/2 9/16 2.30
Metric
Part Thread Hex Wt.

Number Size A B C Size (kg)
47263 M10 x 1.5 50 16 32 5 .09
• Material: Stud, Stressproof
®
47264 M10 x 1.5 75 16 32 5 .11

Pad, Low Carbon Steel 47265 M10 x 1.5 100 16 32 5 .11
• Finish: Black Oxide 47251 M12 x 1.75 75 16 38 6 .11
• Thread: 2B-UNC (Inch); 6h (Metric) 47252 M12 x 1.75 100 16 38 6 .13
47253 M12 x 1.75 125 16 38 6 .15
47254 M16 x 2.0 100 19 44 8 .25
47255 M16 x 2.0 125 19 44 8 .29
47256 M16 x 2.0 150 19 44 8 .32
47257 M20 x 2.5 125 22 50 10 .44
47258 M20 x 2.5 150 22 50 10 .46
47259 M20 x 2.5 175 22 50 10 .55
47260 M24 x 3.0 100 25 64 14 .44
47261 M24 x 3.0 150 25 64 14 .50
Plain Straps
• Material: Low Carbon Steel, 2024 Aluminum

Part Number Bolt Width Wt.
Steel Aluminum Size A B C Steel Aluminum H L (lbs)
33111 33001 1/4 or M6 9/32 5/8 3/8 5/8 3/4 3/8 2 .09
33113 — 5/16 or M8 11/32 3/4 9/16 7/8 — 1/2 2 1/2 .18
33114 33004 5/16 or M8 11/32 1 1/4 9/16 7/8 1 1/2 3 1/2 .25
33115 — 3/8 or M10 13/32 1 1/8 11/16 1 1/4 — 5/8 3 1/2 .61
33116 33006 3/8 or M10 13/32 1 5/8 11/16 1 1/4 1 1/2 5/8 4 1/2 .90
33117 — 1/2 or M12 17/32 1 1/4 7/8 1 1/2 — 3/4 4 1/2 1.12
33118 33008 1/2 or M12 17/32 2 7/8 1 1/2 2 3/4 6 1.60
33119 — 5/8 or M16 21/32 1 1/2 1 1/16 1 3/4 — 7/8 5 1.75
33120 — 5/8 or M16 21/32 2 1/2 1 1/16 1 3/4 — 7/8 7 2.60
33121 — 3/4 or M19 25/32 1 1/2 1 1/8 1 3/4 — 1 5 2.00
33122 — 3/4 or M19 25/32 2 1/2 1 1/8 1 3/4 — 1 7 2.90

Padded Straps
Jergens Feature:
The elongated slot allows for greater
clamping force on the part. A steel pad
is standard. Plastic or brass pads may
be ordered separately for both inch and
metric straps. See page 237.

• Finish: Low Carbon Steel
Part Bolt Wt.

Number Size A B C D E F G I J K M N W H L (lbs)
37101 1/4 or M6 9/32 5/8 3/8 1/4 1/8 1/4 1/8 9/64 9/64 11/32 — — 5/8 3/8 2 .09
37103 3/8 or M10 13/32 1 1/8 11/16 3/8 3/16 1/2 1/4 1/4 5/16 5/8 1/2 5/16-18 1 1/4 5/8 3 1/2 .65
37105 3/8 or M10 13/32 1 5/8 11/16 3/8 3/16 1/2 1/4 1/4 5/16 5/8 1/2 5/16-18 1 1/4 5/8 4 1/2 .83
37107* 1/2 or M12 17/32 1 1/4 7/8 3/8 1/4 5/8 3/8 5/16 3/8 3/4 1/2 5/16-18 1 1/2 3/4 4 1/2 1.24
37110* 1/2 or M12 17/32 2 7/8 3/8 1/4 5/8 3/8 5/16 3/8 3/4 1/2 5/16-18 1 1/2 3/4 6 1.63
37111* 5/8 or M16 21/32 1 1/2 1 1/16 3/8 1/4 3/4 1/2 3/8 1/2 3/4 3/4 5/16-18 1 3/4 7/8 5 1.88
37113* 5/8 or M16 21/32 2 1/2 1 1/16 3/8 1/4 3/4 1/2 3/8 1/2 3/4 3/4 5/16-18 1 3/4 7/8 7 2.63
37114* 3/4 or M20 25/32 1 1/2 1 1/8 3/8 1/4 3/4 1/2 3/8 1/2 3/4 3/4 5/16-18 1 3/4 1 5 2.12
37116* 3/4 or M20 25/32 2 1/2 1 1/8 3/8 1/4 3/4 1/2 3/8 1/2 3/4 3/4 5/16-18 1 3/4 1 7 2.88
*Carbide Gripper Kits are available, contact Technical Sales Department for details. Gripper Part #23704.
Padded Straps
Metric

• Finish: Low Carbon Steel
Metric
Part Bolt Wt
Number Size A B C D E F G M N W H I J K L (kg)
37151 M6 7 16 10 6 3 6 3 — — 16 9 4 4 9 50 .04
37153 M8 10 28 17 10 5 13 6 13 M8 32 16 6 8 16 89 .29
37157 M10 13 32 22 10 6 16 10 13 M8 38 19 8 10 19 114 .38
37161 M16 17 38 27 10 6 19 13 19 M8 44 22 10 13 19 127 1.19
37164 M20 20 38 29 10 6 19 13 19 M8 44 25 10 13 19 127 1.31

275
Long Slot U-Straps

• Thread: UNC-2B (Inch); 6h (Metric)
• Heat Treat: Case Hardened Rockwell 30N Scale 59-69
• Designed to be used with Adjustable
Clamp Heels, found on page 274, and
Clamp Assembly Heels on page 232
Part Bolt Thread Wt.

Number Size A B C D Size W H L (lbs)
47021 1/2 or M12 17/32 2 1/2 — — 1/2-13 1 1/2 3/4 4 1.18
47022 1/2 or M12 17/32 3 1/2 — — 1/2-13 1 1/2 3/4 6 1.92
47023 5/8 or M16 21/32 2 7/16 5/8 3/4 5/8-11 1 3/4 7/8 4 1.52
47024 5/8 or M16 21/32 3 15/16 5/8 3/4 5/8-11 1 3/4 7/8 7 2.73
47025 3/4 or M20 25/32 3 1/2 5/8 3/4 3/4-10 2 1 6 2.96
47026 3/4 or M20 25/32 5 5/8 3/4 3/4-10 2 1 1/4 8 3.99
47027 1 or M24 1 1/16 5 1/2 5/8 3/4 1-8 2 1/2 1 1/2 10 8.12
Long Slot U-Straps

Metric
• Thread: UNC-2B (Inch); 6h (Metric)
Clamp Heels, found on page 274, and
Clamp Assembly Heels on page 232
Part Bolt Thread Wt

Number Size A B C D Size W H L (kg)
47071 M12 13 64 — — M12 38 19 100 .54
47072 M12 13 89 — — M12 38 19 150 .87
47073 M16 17 62 16 19 M16 44 22 100 .70
47074 M16 17 100 16 19 M16 44 22 175 1.24
47075 M20 20 89 16 19 M20 50 25 150 1.34
47076 M20 20 127 16 19 M20 50 32 200 1.81
47077 M24 27 140 16 19 M24 64 38 250 3.68
Radius Straps
Jergens Feature:
The elongated slot allows for
greater clamping force on the part.

Part Bolt Wt.

Number Size A B C D E F G W H L (lbs)
36703 1/4 or M6 9/32 5/8 3/8 1/4 1/8 — — 5/8 3/8 2 0.09
36708 1/4 or M6 9/32 1 3/8 1/4 1/8 — — 5/8 3/8 2-1/2 0.11
36717 5/16 11/32 3/4 9/16 1/4 1/4 — — 7/8 1/2 2-1/2 0.20
36718 5/16 11/32 1-1/4 9/16 1/4 1/4 — — 7/8 1/2 3-1/2 0.25
36704 3/8 or M10 13/32 1-1/8 11/16 3/8 3/16 1/2 5/16-18 1-1/4 5/8 3-1/2 0.61
36719 3/8 or M10 13/32 1-5/8 11/16 3/8 3/16 1/2 5/16-18 1-1/4 5/8 4-1/2 0.71
36705 1/2 or M12 17/32 1-1/4 7/8 3/8 1/4 1/2 5/16-18 1-1/2 3/4 4-1/2 1.12
36714 1/2 or M12 17/32 2 7/8 3/8 1/4 1/2 5/16-18 1-1/2 3/4 6 1.56
36706 5/8 or M16 21/32 1-1/2 1-1/16 3/8 1/4 3/4 5/16-18 1-3/4 7/8 5 1.75
36715 5/8 or M16 21/32 2-1/2 1-1/16 3/8 1/4 3/4 5/16-18 1-3/4 7/8 7 2.44
36707 3/4 25/32 1-1/2 1-1/8 3/8 1/4 3/4 5/16-18 1-3/4 1 5 2.00
36716 3/4 25/32 2-1/2 1-1/8 3/8 1/4 3/4 5/16-18 1-3/4 1 7 2.70
Double End
Radius Strap
Part Bolt Wt
Number Size A B C H W L (lbs)
36728 1/2 or M12 17/32 1-1/4 1-3/8 3/4 1-1/2 4 0.80
36729 1/2 or M12 17/32 1-1/2 1-3/4 3/4 1-1/2 5 1.25
36730 5/8 or M16 21/32 1-1/2 2-1/4 7/8 1-3/4 6 2.20
Swing Style Radius Nose Straps
Part Bolt Wt
Number Size A B C D E F G W H L (lbs)
36723 1/4 5/16 11/16 1 1/8 1/8 n/a n/a 5/8 3/8 2 0.09
36724 3/8 7/16 1-1/4 1-1/2 1/4 3/16 1/4 5/16-18 1-1/4 5/8 3-1/2 0.61
36725 1/2 9/16 1-7/8 1-3/16 1/4 1/4 1/4 5/16-18 1-1/2 3/4 4-1/2 1.12
36726 5/8 11/16 2-3/16 2-1/16 1/4 1/4 1/4 5/16-18 1-3/4 7/8 5 1.75
36727 3/4 13/16 2-3/16 2-1/16 1/4 1/4 1/4 5/16-18 1-3/4 1 5 2.00

277
Tapped Straps
Jergens Feature:
The elongated slot allows for greater
clamping force on the part. A steel pad
is standard. Plastic or brass pads may
be ordered separately, see page 237.

• Thread: 2B-UNC
• Tapped for use with adjustable clamp heel
found on page 274
Thread
Part Bolt Size Wt.
Number Size A B C D E F G I J K W H L (lbs)
36911 1/4 or M6 9/32 5/8 3/8 1/4 1/8 7/32 1/4-20 9/64 9/64 11/32 5/8 3/8 2 .10
36913 5/16 or M8 11/32 3/4 9/16 3/8 3/16 1/4 5/16-18 3/16 3/16 1/2 7/8 1/2 2 1/2 .20
36914 5/16 or M8 11/32 1 1/4 9/16 3/8 3/16 1/4 5/16-18 3/16 3/16 1/2 7/8 1/2 3 1/2 .27
36915 3/8 or M10 13/32 1 1/8 11/16 1/2 1/4 3/8 3/8-16 1/4 5/16 5/8 1 1/4 5/8 3 1/2 .69
36916 3/8 or M10 13/32 1 5/8 11/16 1/2 1/4 3/8 3/8-16 1/4 5/16 5/8 1 1/4 5/8 4 1/2 .88
36917* 1/2 or M12 17/32 1 1/4 7/8 5/8 3/8 7/16 1/2-13 1/4 3/8 3/4 1 1/2 3/4 4 1/2 .70
36918* 1/2 or M12 17/32 2 7/8 5/8 3/8 7/16 1/2-13 1/4 3/8 3/4 1 1/2 3/4 6 .90
* Carbide Gripper Kits are available, contact Technical Sales Department for details. Gripper Part #23704.
Tapped Straps
Metric
• Thread: 6h
• Tapped for use with adjustable clamp heel
found on page 274
Thread
Part Bolt Size 6h Wt.
Number Size A B C D E F G I J K W H L (Kg)
36961 M6 7 16 9 6 3 5 M6 4 4 9 16 9 50 .05
36963 M8 9 19 14 9 5 6 M8 5 5 12 22 13 63 .11
36965 M10 10 28 17 13 6 9 M10 6 8 16 32 16 88 .37
36967 M12 13 31 22 16 9 11 M12 6 9 19 38 19 113 .47
* Carbide Gripper Kits are available, contact Technical Sales Department for details. Gripper Part #23704.
Taper Nose Straps

• Thread: UNC-2B
Clamp Heels, found on page 274

Number Size A B C D E F Size W H L (lbs)
47119 3/8 or M10 13/32 1/2 13/16 3/8 3/16 7/16 3/8-16 1 1/2 3 .55
47120 3/8 or M10 13/32 1 15/16 3/8 3/16 7/16 3/8-16 1 1/4 5/8 4 .75
47123 3/8 or M10 13/32 1 1/2 15/16 3/8 3/16 7/16 3/8-16 1 1/4 5/8 5 .90
47124 1/2 or M12 17/32 1/2 1 1/16 1/2 1/4 7/16 1/2-13 1 1/4 5/8 3 1/2 .80
47125 1/2 or M12 17/32 1 1/4 1 3/16 1/2 1/4 7/16 1/2-13 1 1/4 3/4 4 1/2 1.10
47126 1/2 or M12 17/32 2 1 5/16 1/2 1/4 7/16 1/2-13 1 1/4 7/8 6 1.60
47127 5/8 or M16 21/32 1/2 1 3/16 5/8 1/4 1/2 5/8-11 1 1/4 5/8 4 1.80
47128 5/8 or M16 21/32 1 1/4 1 3/16 5/8 3/8 1/2 5/8-11 1 1/2 3/4 5 2.20
47129 5/8 or M16 21/32 2 1 5/16 5/8 3/8 1/2 5/8-11 1 1/2 7/8 7 3.10
47130 3/4 or M20 25/32 3/4 1 5/16 5/8 3/8 9/16 3/4-10 1 1/2 3/4 5 2.85
47131 3/4 or M20 25/32 1 1/2 1 1/2 5/8 3/8 9/16 3/4-10 1 1/2 1 6 3.40
47132 3/4 or M20 25/32 2 1/4 1 5/8 5/8 3/8 9/16 3/4-10 1 3/4 1 1/8 8 4.70
47134 1 or M24 1 1/16 2 2 5/8 7/8 5/8 11/16 1-8 2 1 1/2 10 9.55
Metric Taper Nose Straps

• Thread: 6h
Clamp Heels, found on page 274

Number Size A B C D E F Size W H L (Kg)
47169 M10 11 13 21 10 5 11 M10 x 1.5 25 13 75 .30
47175 M12 13 33 30 13 10 11 M12 x 1.75 32 19 114 .60
47179 M16 17 50 33 16 10 13 M16 x 2.0 38 22 175 1.70
47182 M20 21 57 41 16 10 14 M20 x 2.5 44 29 200 2.53
47184 M24 26 50 67 22 16 17 M24 x 3.0 50 38 250 5.15

279
Forged Strap Clamps

Heel Clamp
• Material: C-1030 or C-1035
Standard & Tapped Heel Clamps

Part Number Bolt Wt.
Standard Tapped Size A B C D E F J K S* T (lbs)
37201 37202 5/8 or M16 4 3/4 1 5/8 11/16 11/16 1 21/32 1 3/16 1/2 1/2-13 1/2 1.00
37203 37204 5/8 or M16 6 7/8 1 3/4 11/16 1 3/8 2 5/16 1 1/4 9/16 5/8-11 5/8 1.75
37205 37206 3/4 or M20 8 1 1/8 2 1/8 13/16 2 3 1 1/2 3/4 3/4-10 3/4 3.75
37207 37208 7/8 or M20 10 1 3/8 2 1/2 15/16 2 3/4 3 5/8 1 3/4 15/16 7/8-9 7/8 7.00
*Applicable to Tapped Clamp Only
Metric Standard & Tapped Heel Clamps

Standard Tapped Size A B C D E F J K S* T (Kg)
37201 37252 M16 100 19 41 17 17 42 30 13 M12 x 1.75 13 .53
37203 37254 M16 150 22 44 17 35 59 32 14 M16 x 2.0 16 .94
37205 37256 M20 200 29 54 21 50 75 38 19 M20 x 2.5 19 2.0
37207 37258 M20 250 35 63 24 70 92 44 24 M24 x 3.0 22 3.8
Gooseneck Clamp D
H
C J R
L B
S K
M
F E T
A
• Material: C-1030 or C-1035
Standard & Tapped Gooseneck Clamps

Standard Tapped Size A B C D E F H J K L M R S* T (lbs)
37211 37212 5/8 4 3/4 1 5/8 11/16 1/4 1 7/8 3/8 1 3/16 1/2 13/16 3/4 1 7/16 5/8-11 1/2 1.00
37213 37214 5/8 6 7/8 1 3/4 11/16 1 2 1/2 7/16 1 1/4 9/16 15/16 1 1/8 1 9/16 5/8-11 5/8 2.00
37215 37216 3/4 8 1 1/8 2 1/8 13/16 1 5/8 3 3/16 9/16 1 1/2 3/4 1 1/8 1 1/4 2 1/16 5/8-11 1 4.25

Standard Tapped Size A B C D E F H J K L M R S* T (Kg)
37211 37262 M16 100 19 41 17 6 48 10 30 13 20 19 37 M16 x 2.0 13 .53
37213 37264 M16 150 22 44 17 25 63 11 32 14 24 28 40 M16 x 2.0 16 1.4
37215 37266 M20 200 29 54 21 41 81 14 38 19 28 32 52 M16 x 2.0 25 2.3
Forged Strap Clamps

Finger Clamp

• Material: C-1030 or C-1035 Part Bolt Wt.

Number Size A B C D E F G H J K (lbs)
37221 5/8 or M16 4 3/4 1 5/8 11/16 11/16 1 21/32 1/2 1/2 1 3/16 7/16 .75
37223 5/8 or M16 6 7/8 1 3/4 11/16 1 1/4 2 3/8 5/8 5/8 1 1/4 1/2 1.50
37225 3/4 or M20 8 1 1/8 2 1/8 13/16 1 3/4 3 1/8 3/4 3/4 1 1/2 5/8 3.00
Metric
Part Bolt Wt.
Number Size A B C D E F G H J K (Kg)
37221 M16 100 19 41 17 17 42 13 13 30 11 .40
37223 M16 150 22 44 17 32 59 16 16 32 13 .81
37225 M20 200 29 54 21 44 79 19 19 38 16 1.6
Forged Strap Clamps

“U” Clamp

Part Bolt Wt.

Number Size A B C D E F G H J (lbs)
• Material: C-1030 or C-1035 37231 5/8 or M16 4 3/4 1 3/4 11/16 9/16 1 7/16 9/16 1/2 1/2 1.00
37232 5/8 or M16 6 7/8 2 11/16 11/16 1 11/16 11/16 5/8 9/16 2.00
37233 3/4 or M20 8 1 1/8 2 3/8 13/16 13/16 2 13/16 3/4 11/16 4.00
37234 7/8 or M24 10 1 1/4 2 3/4 15/16 15/16 2 5/16 15/16 7/8 3/4 6.50
37235 1 or M24 12 1 3/8 3 1/4 1 1/16 1 1/16 2 11/16 1 1/16 1 13/16 9.00
Part Bolt Wt.

Number Size A B C D E F G H J (Kg)
37231 M16 100 19 44 17 14 37 14 13 13 .53
37232 M16 150 22 50 17 17 43 17 16 14 1.1
37233 M20 200 29 59 21 21 50 21 19 17 2.2
37234 M24 250 32 70 24 24 59 24 22 19 3.5
37235 M24 300 35 83 27 27 68 27 25 21 4.9

281
Forged Adjustable Clamps
Forged Adjustable Clamps automatically compensate for

clamping height changes within their clamping ranges
(see chart for ranges). The swivel bushing is permanently
mounted in the clamp which alleviates lost or missing parts. Forged Adjustable Clamp holding one side of a
The standard brass heel plate protects the machine table. hydraulic vise on a milling machine table.
• Material: 1137 Forged Steel, Heat Treated

• One Piece Construction Features high quality forging providing
• Versatile Clamping Height

• Made in U.S.A. superior clamping strength.
Part Bolt Clamping Maximum Max Holding* Wt.

Number Size Range W T L X Torque (ft-lbs) Force (lbs) (lbs)
19101 1/2 0-2 1 3/4 1 1/2 4 1/4 2 1/2 90 6800 1.1
19102 5/8 0-2 3/8 2 1 5/8 5 3 180 10600 1.7
19103 3/4 0-2 3/4 2 1/2 1 3/4 6 1/4 3 3/4 300 16000 3.0
19104 7/8 0-3 1/2 3 2 3/8 7 4 1/4 500 21800 5.3
19104 1 0-3 1/2 3 2 3/8 7 4 1/4 760 28600 5.3
Metric
Part Bolt Clamping Maximum Max Holding* Wt.
Number Size Range W T L X Torque (N.m) Force (Kgf) (Kg)
19101 M12 0-50 44 38 108 63 100 2800 0.60
19102 M16 0-60 50 41 125 75 260 5250 0.92
19103 M20 0-70 63 44 159 95 500 8250 1.60
19104 M24 0-89 75 60 175 108 870 11850 2.90
* Note: Holding forces are based on using Jergens heat treated alloy steel T-slot bolts,
Studs, T-nuts and Flange nuts in order at the recommended torque.
Accessories Available
T-Slot Bolts Flange Nuts T-Slot Nuts Studs Washers
Page 257 Page 259 Page 264 Page 254 Page 265
Steel Heel Straps

Coarse Pitch
The step teeth of the Coarse Pitch Steel Heel Straps match the Jergens Alumi-
num Step Blocks. These straps facilitate easier height adjustments on set-ups.
• Heat Treat: Case Hardened
Rockwell 30N 50-54 Part Bolt Wt.

Number Size A B C D E H L W (lbs)
46814 1/2 or M12 17/32 1/2 1 1/16 1/2 1/4 5/8 2 1/2 1 1/4 .46
46815 1/2 or M12 17/32 1 1/4 1 3/16 1/2 1/4 3/4 4 1 1/4 .65
46816 1/2 or M12 17/32 2 1 5/16 1/2 1/4 7/8 6 1 1/4 .95
46817 5/8 or M16 21/32 1/2 1 3/16 5/8 1/4 5/8 3 1 1/4 .66
46818 5/8 or M16 21/32 1 1/4 1 3/16 5/8 3/8 3/4 5 1 1/2 .93
46819 5/8 or M16 21/32 2 1 5/16 5/8 3/8 7/8 7 1 1/2 1.36
46820 3/4 or M20 25/32 3/4 1 5/16 5/8 3/8 3/4 4 1 1/2 1.39
46821 3/4 or M20 25/32 1 1/2 1 1/2 5/8 3/8 1 6 1 1/2 1.94
46822 3/4 or M20 25/32 2 1/4 1 5/8 5/8 3/8 1 1/8 8 1 3/4 2.48
Fine Pitch
• Material: Low Carbon Steel The step teeth of the Fine Pitch Steel Heel Straps match the Jergens Steel
• Finish: Black Oxide Step Blocks. These straps facilitate easier height adjustment on set-ups.
Rockwell 30N 50-54
Part Bolt Wt.
Number Size A B C D E H L W (lbs)
46834 1/2 or M12 9/16 1/2 1 1/16 1/2 1/4 1/2 2 1/2 1 1/8 .46
46835 1/2 or M12 9/16 1 1/4 1 3/16 1/2 1/4 3/4 4 1 1/4 .65
46836 1/2 or M12 9/16 2 1 5/16 1/2 1/4 7/8 6 1 1/4 .95
46837 5/8 or M16 11/16 1/2 1 3/16 5/8 1/4 5/8 2 1/2 1 1/4 .66
46838 5/8 or M16 11/16 1 1/4 1 3/16 5/8 3/8 3/4 4 1 1/2 .93
46839 5/8 or M16 11/16 2 1 5/16 5/8 3/8 7/8 6 1 1/2 1.36
46840 3/4 or M20 13/16 3/4 1 5/16 5/8 3/8 3/4 4 1 1/2 1.39
46841 3/4 or M20 13/16 1 1/2 1 1/2 5/8 3/8 1 6 1 5/8 1.94
46842 3/4 or M20 13/16 2 1/4 1 5/8 5/8 3/8 1 1/8 8 1 3/4 2.48

283
Adjustable Step Blocks

Aluminum — Coarse Pitch
1" & 2" Wide Adjustable Step Block Kits

Step blocks are made of aluminum to prevent damage to
machine table surfaces.
Tooth design has no sharp edges which helps to prevent

burrs and chip build-up in the steps. Blocks are completely
interchangeable with each other, and with the Jergens
Coarse Pitch Step Straps.
Standard (1" Width) Kit

21701 Heavy Duty (2" Width) Kit
Included in Kit:
21711
Included in Kit:
Qty Part
Per Number Step Wt.

Kit (Blocks Only) A B C Elevation (lbs) Qty Part
Per Number Step Wt.
8 21705 1 5/8 1 1/16 11/64 .03 Kit (Blocks Only) A B C Elevation (lbs)
8 21702 1 1 1 3/4 11/64 .09 8 21712 2 5/8 1 1/16 11/64 .06
4 21703 1 2 3/16 3 3/4 11/64 .39 8 21713 2 1 1 3/4 11/64 .18
16 21706 Protective Pad 11/64 .02 4 21714 2 2 3/16 3 3/4 11/64 .78
16 21715 Protective Pad 11/64 .04
Steel — Fine Pitch
Adjustable Step Block Kit Adjustable Step Block Kit

21821 Blocks are completely interchangeable with each other,
and with the Jergens Fine Pitch Step Straps.
Included in Kit:

Qty Part
Per Number Step Wt.
Kit (Blocks Only) A B C Elevation (oz)
8 21831 1 5/8 1 1/8 3/32 2
8 21832 1 1 1/16 1 3/4 3/32 4
4 21833 1 2 3/8 3 7/8 3/32 14
16 21706 Protective Aluminum Pad
Step Blocks sold individually.
60-Piece Set-Up Kits Each 60-Piece Set-Up Kit is supplied with either a non-marring wooden
base or a heavy duty steel holder. Tooth design has no sharp edges,
Aluminum Step Blocks which helps to prevent burrs and chips from building up on the steps.
The aluminum blocks will not mar precision machine tables.
Each Set-Up-Kit Includes:

• Six Table Saver T-Nuts • Twenty-four Studs:
• Six Flange Nuts Four each of 3", 4", 5", 6" 7", 8" lengths
• Six Step Heel Straps • Twelve Course Pitch Aluminum Step Blocks
• Four Coupling Nuts • One T-Slot Cleaner
• One Metal Holder
Part Number Stud

Metal T-Slot Thread Strap Wt
Holder Width Size Lengths (lbs)
45105 9/16 1/2-13 2 1/2, 4, 6 20
45106 5/8 1/2-13 2 1/2, 4, 6 20
45104 11/16 1/2-13 2 1/2, 4, 6 20
45108 11/16 5/8-11 3, 5, 7 30
Kit with Metal Holder 45109 3/4 5/8-11 3, 5, 7 30
45107 13/16 5/8-11 3, 5, 7 30
Metal kit holders are also sold seperately.
Same holder used for both kits.
1/2" Metal Holder 5/8" Metal Holder

45116 45117
60-Piece Set-Up Kits

Steel Step Blocks
Each 60-Piece Set-Up Kit is supplied with either a non-
marring wooden base or a heavy duty steel holder. The Part Number Stud
Metal T-Slot Thread Strap Wt.
fine pitch steel blocks are compatible with other standard
Holder Width Size Lengths (lbs)
step blocks and straps.
45205 9/16 1/2-13 2 1/2, 4, 6 20
NOTE: The fine pitch blocks are not compatible with the 45206 5/8 1/2-13 2 1/2, 4, 6 20
Jergens course pitch aluminum blocks. 45204 11/16 1/2-13 2 1/2, 4, 6 20
Each Set-Up Kit Includes: 45208 11/16 5/8-11 2 1/2, 4, 6 30
• Six Table Saver T-Nuts 45209 3/4 5/8-11 2 1/2, 4, 6 30
• Six Flange Nuts 45207 13/16 5/8-11 2 1/2, 4, 6 30
• Six Step Heel Straps
• Four Coupling Nuts
• Twenty-four Studs:
Four each 3", 4", 5", 6", 7", 8" lengths
• Twelve Fine Pitch Steel Step Blocks
• One Metal Holder

285
40-Piece Clamping Kit
Contains the same quality components as the larger kits

but without the step blocks and step heel straps. This
Clamping Kit includes taper nose straps, T-nuts, coupling
nuts, flange nuts, clamping heels and studs.
Stud
Part T-Slot Thread Strap Adjustable Wt.
Number Width Size Clamp Clamp Heel (lbs)
45022 † 7/16* 3/8-16 5/8 x 1 1/4 x 5 3/8-16 x 3 12
45023 † 1/2 3/8-16 5/8 x 1 1/4 x 5 3/8-16 x 3 12
Each Clamping Kit Includes: 45021 9/16 3/8-16 5/8 x 1 1/4 x 5 3/8-16 x 3 12
• Four Table Saver T-Nuts 45025 9/16* 1/2-13 7/8 x 1 1/4 x 6 1/2-13 x 4 20
• Twenty Studs: 45026 5/8 1/2-13 7/8 x 1 1/4 x 6 1/2-13 x 4 20

Four Each 4", 5", 6", 7", 8" lengths 45024 11/16 1/2-13 7/8 x 1 1/4 x 6 1/2-13 x 4 20
• Four Adjustable Clamp Heels 45028 † 11/16* 5/8-11 7/8 x 1 1/2 x 7 5/8-11 x 5 30
• Four Flange Nuts 45029 † 3/4 5/8-11 7/8 x 1 1/2 x 7 5/8-11 x 5 30
• Four Coupling Nuts 45027 † 13/16 5/8-11 7/8 x 1 1/2 x 7 5/8-11 x 5 30
• Four Taper Nose Straps 45031 13/16* 3/4-10 1 x 1 1/2 x 6 3/4-10 x 6 40
• One T-Slot Cleaner 45032 7/8 3/4-10 1 x 1 1/2 x 6 3/4-10 x 6 40
• One Wooden Holder (†) 45030 1 1/16 3/4-10 1 x 1 1/2 x 6 3/4-10 x 6 40
*T-Nuts not hardened due to thin wall.
† Includes Wood Holder.
Die Set-Up Kits

These Die Set-Up Kits can be used with any of the Jergens heavy duty
straps; however, the kits are best suited for use with forged strap
clamps found on pages 280 thru 282.
Each Kit includes:

Thread Part Stud
• Four Flange Nuts Size Number Lengths
• Four Heavy Duty Washers 1/2-13 44921 3, 4, 5, 6, 8
• Twelve Steel Step Blocks 5/8-11 44922 3, 4, 5, 6, 8
• Twenty Studs 3/4-10 44923 4, 5, 6, 8, 10
• One Wooden Holder
Toe Clamps
Small
Jergens Feature:
3° Taper Prevents Back-off
Toe Clamps are powerful, low profile clamps that grip on the side of
the workpiece leaving the top surface open. This minimizes interfer-
ence with cutting tools or measuring instruments. Ideal for use on
mills, planers, jig borers, drill presses, and faceplates.
• Steel or brass toe and

special washer are
included with each clamp
• Slotted for 5/16 or M8
Cap Screws
• Case hardened for
maximun wear
• Black Oxide finish
Part Toe Toe Wt. Toe
Number Material Style A B C D E F G (lbs) Only
46921 STEEL STANDARD 1 1/2 1/2 1/16 3/4 1/8 1 5/8 .24 46952
46961 BRASS STANDARD 1 1/2 1/2 1/16 3/4 1/8 1 5/8 .24 46946
46971 STEEL HIGH GRIP 1 1/2 1/2 1/16 3/4 5/8 1 5/8 .26 46948
46981 BRASS HIGH GRIP 1 1/2 1/2 1/16 3/4 5/8 1 5/8 .26 46950
46922 STEEL STANDARD 2 1/2 1/16 1 1/4 1/8 1 5/8 .30 46952
46962 BRASS STANDARD 2 1/2 1/16 1 1/4 1/8 1 5/8 .30 46946
46972 STEEL HIGH GRIP 2 1/2 1/16 1 1/4 5/8 1 5/8 .32 46948
46982 BRASS HIGH GRIP 2 1/2 1/16 1 1/4 5/8 1 5/8 .32 46950
46923 STEEL STANDARD 2 1/2 1/2 1/16 1 3/4 1/8 1 5/8 .35 46952
46963 BRASS STANDARD 2 1/2 1/2 1/16 1 3/4 1/8 1 5/8 .35 46946
46973 STEEL HIGH GRIP 2 1/2 1/2 1/16 1 3/4 5/8 1 5/8 .37 46948
46983 BRASS HIGH GRIP 2 1/2 1/2 1/16 1 3/4 5/8 1 5/8 .37 46950
* Replacement Parts available, contact customer service.
Small Toe Clamp Kits

Each Clamp Kit Includes:
• Six Toe Clamps:Two of each length (1 1/2", 2", 2 1/2")
• Six Low Grip Steel Toes
• Six Toe Clamp Nuts
• Six Protective Washers
• One T-Wrench
Toe lbs
Part Table Toe Clamp Per
Number Slot Clamps Nuts Washers Kit
44901 3/8 46921, 46922, 46923 46931 46942 3
44902 7/16 46921, 46922, 46923 46932 46942 3
44903 1/2 46921, 46922, 46923 46933 46942 3
44904 9/16 46921, 46922, 46923 46934 46942 3
44905 5/8 46921, 46922, 46923 46935 46942 3
Slotted for 5/16" or M8 Socket Head Cap Screws
* Replacement Parts available, contact customer service.

287
Toe Clamps
Large
Jergens Feature:
3° Taper Prevents Back-off
Toe Clamps are powerful, low profile clamps that grip on the side of the
workpiece leaving the top surface open. This minimizes interference with
cutting tools or measuring instruments. Ideal for use on mills, planers, jig
borers, drill presses, and faceplates.
• Steel or brass toe and special washer

are included with each clamp.
• Slotted for 1/2" or M12 Cap Screws
• Low Carbon Steel hardened for
maximum wear
• Black Oxide finish
Part Toe Toe Wt. Toe

Number Material Style A B C D E F G (lbs) Only

46926 STEEL STANDARD 3 1/4 13/16 1/8 2 1/4 1 1/2 7/8 1.0 46953
46966 BRASS STANDARD 3 1/4 13/16 1/8 2 1/4 1 1/2 7/8 1.0 46947
46976 STEEL HIGH GRIP 3 1/4 13/16 1/8 2 7/8 1 1/2 7/8 1.3 46949
46986 BRASS HIGH GRIP 3 1/4 13/16 1/8 2 7/8 1 1/2 7/8 1.3 46951
46927 STEEL STANDARD 4 11/16 13/16 1/2 2 3/4 1/4 1 1/2 7/8 1.4 46953
46967 BRASS STANDARD 4 11/16 13/16 1/2 2 3/4 1/4 1 1/2 7/8 1.4 46947
46977 STEEL HIGH GRIP 4 11/16 13/16 1/2 2 3/4 7/8 1 1/2 7/8 1.7 46949
46987 BRASS HIGH GRIP 4 11/16 13/16 1/2 2 3/4 7/8 1 1/2 7/8 1.7 46951
46928 STEEL STANDARD 6 5/8 13/16 1 3 3/4 1/4 1 1/2 7/8 2.0 46953
46968 BRASS STANDARD 6 5/8 13/16 1 3 3/4 1/4 1 1/2 7/8 2.0 46947
46978 STEEL HIGH GRIP 6 5/8 13/16 1 3 3/4 7/8 1 1/2 7/8 2.3 46949
46988 BRASS HIGH GRIP 6 5/8 13/16 1 3 3/4 7/8 1 1/2 7/8 2.3 46951
* 5/8 or M16 Cap Screw Slot and replacement parts available, contact customer service.
Large Toe Clamp Kits

Each Clamp Kit Contains:
• Six Toe Clamps: Two of each length (3 1/4", 4 11/16", 6 5/8")
• Four Low Grip Steel Toes
• Six Toe Clamp Nuts
• Six Protective Washers
• One T-Wrench
Toe lbs
Part Table Toe Clamp Per
Number Slot Clamps Nuts Washers Kit
44906 9/16 46926, 46927, 46928 46936 46943 11
44907 5/8 46926, 46927, 46928 46937 46943 12
44909 11/16 46926, 46927, 46928 46938 46943 12
44910 13/16 46926, 46927, 46928 46939 46943 13
44911 7/8 46926, 46927, 46928 46940 46943 14
44912 1 46926, 46927, 46928 46941 46943 15
Slotted for 1/2" or M12 Socket Head Cap Screws
* 5/8 or M16 Cap Screw Slotted Kits and replacement parts available, contact customer service.
Lo-Profile Micro Clamps ™
Problem: You require a clamping device

which can grip low on a work
piece, has exceptional horizontal
and vertical holding force, and
can be mounted below the fix-
ture plate surface.
Solution: Jergens new Lo-Profile Micro

Material: clamps are the answer!
• Available in tool steel or brass
• Extraordinary horizontal and vertical force
• Extremely low profile
• Very small foot print
• High resistance to pull-out
• Choose among three sizes with inch or metric screws
• Knife and blunt edge styles
Lo-Profile Micro Clamps ™
Part Clamp Screw Torque Max. Holding Total Clamps Per
Number Description A B C D* E Width Size (ft/lbs) Force (lbs) Throw Package
13201 Tool Steel, Knife Edge .150 .140 .375 .075 .260 .375 4-40 1.30 650 .0075 8
13202 Tool Steel, Blunt Edge .150 .140 .375 .075 .260 .375 4-40 1.30 650 .0075 8
13203 Brass, Blunt Edge .150 .140 .375 .075 .220 .375 4-40 .41 200 .0075 8
13211 Tool Steel, Knife Edge .200 .187 .500 .100 .390 .500 8-32 3.70 1500 .0160 8
13212 Tool Steel, Blunt Edge .200 .187 .500 .100 .390 .500 8-32 3.70 1500 .0160 8
13213 Brass, Blunt Edge .200 .187 .500 .100 .340 .500 8-32 2.00 400 .0160 8
13221 Tool Steel, Knife Edge .300 .280 .750 .150 .570 .750 1/4-20 14.50 3600 .0240 6
13222 Tool Steel, Blunt Edge .300 .280 .750 .150 .570 .750 1/4-20 14.50 3600 .0240 6
13223 Brass, Blunt Edge .300 .280 .750 .150 .440 .750 1/4-20 4.10 950 .0240 6
13224 Tool Steel, Knife Edge .400 .450 1.000 .250 .710 1.000 3/8-16 x 1” 30.00 6,000 0.050 4
13225 Tool Steel, Blunt Edge .400 .450 1.000 .250 .710 1.000 3/8-16 x 1” 30.00 6,000 0.050 4
13226 Tool Steel, Knife Edge .600 .640 1.500 .375 .710 1.500 1/2-13 x 1 1/4” 108.30 12,000 0.075 2
13227 Tool Steel, Blunt Edge .600 .640 1.500 .375 .710 1.500 1/2-13 x 1 1/4” 108.30 12,000 0.075 2
* Combination horizontal and vertical force.
Metric Lo-Profile Micro Clamps ™
Part Clamp Screw Max. Holding Torque Total Clamps Per

Number Description A B C D* E Width Size Force (N) (Nm) Throw Package
13251 Tool Steel, Knife Edge 3.81 3.55 9.52 1.90 9.52 M2.5 2800 1.8 .190 8
13252 Tool Steel, Blunt Edge 3.81 3.55 9.52 1.90 9.52 M2.5 2800 1.8 .190 8
13253 Brass, Blunt Edge 3.81 3.55 9.52 1.90 9.52 M2.5 875 .56 .190 8
13261 Tool Steel, Knife Edge 5.08 4.75 12.70 2.54 12.70 M4 6600 5.6 .406 8
13262 Tool Steel, Blunt Edge 5.08 4.75 12.70 2.54 12.70 M4 6600 5.6 .406 8
13263 Brass, Blunt Edge 5.08 4.75 12.70 2.54 12.70 M4 1750 2.8 .406 8
13271 Tool Steel, Knife Edge 7.62 7.11 19.05 3.81 19.05 M6 16000 22.5 .610 6
13272 Tool Steel, Blunt Edge 7.62 7.11 19.05 3.81 19.05 M6 16000 22.5 .610 6
13273 Brass, Blunt Edge 7.62 7.11 19.05 3.81 19.05 M6 4200 5.6 .610 6
13274 Tool Steel, Knife Edge 10.16 11.43 25.40 6.350 18.03 25.40 M10 x 25mm 26,000 40.6 1.270 4
13275 Tool Steel, Blunt Edge 10.16 11.43 25.40 6.350 18.03 25.40 M10 x 25mm 26,000 40.6 1.270 4
13276 Tool Steel, Knife Edge 15.24 16.26 38.10 9.520 19.56 38.10 M12 x 30mm 50,000 145.0 1.900 2
13277 Tool Steel, Blunt Edge 15.24 16.26 38.10 9.520 19.56 38.10 M12 x 30mm 50,000 145.0 1.900 2
* Combination horizontal and vertical force.

289
Adjustable Micro Clamps ™
Adjustable Micro Clamps decrease design and set-up

times for modular fixtures, work cubes, and standard
fixtures. Without changing hole locations, clamping range
from 12mm to 35mm can be achieved.
The clamps are available with either smooth or serrated
faces which make them ideal for clamping machined parts,
castings, and rough cut stock. The clamps work with a cam
Measured from the centerline, each action, always following the contour of the workpiece for
face of these low profile clamps maximum surface contact.
increases 1mm (.0394) from the
smallest to the largest face.
• Cam action
• Low profile
• Available in four sizes
• Heat treated and plated
• Serrated or smooth edges

• Adjustable clamps and stops
• Includes Cam Screw*
Distance Distance Distance Distance

From From From From
Face # Center Line Face # Center Line Face # Center Line Face # Center Line
1 .........12mm ( .4724) 7 .........18mm ( .7086) 13 .......24mm ( .9449) 19 .......30mm ( 1.1811) Locking Screw is 1/2-13
2 .........13mm ( .5118) 8 .........19mm ( .7480) 14 .......25mm ( .9842) 20 .......31mm ( 1.2205) for inch sizes and 12M for
3 .........14mm ( .5512) 9 .........20mm ( .7874) 15 .......26mm ( 1.0236) 21 .......32mm ( 1.2598) metric sizes; total distance
4 .........15mm ( .5906) 10 .......21mm ( .8268) 16 .......27mm ( 1.0630) 22 .......33mm ( 1.2992) of movement is .100".
5 .........16mm ( .6299) 11 .......22mm ( .8661) 17 .......28mm ( 1.1024) 23 .......34mm ( 1.3386)
6 .........17mm ( .6693) 12 .......23mm ( .9055) 18 .......29mm ( 1.1417) 24 .......35mm ( 1.3780)
Inch Metric
Part Number Part Number Description
68601 68651 1-6 smooth
68602 68652 7-12 smooth
68603 68653 13-18 smooth
68604 68654 19-24 smooth
68611 68661 1-6 serrated
68612 68662 7-12 serrated
68613 68663 13-18 serrated
68614 68664 19-24 serrated
All clamps include a cam screw.
Clamps are 10mm (.394) thick.
Part Max. Torque

Number Thread Holding Force
68202 Cam Screw 1/2-13 65 Ft/lbs. – 4000 lbs.
68199 Cam Screw M12 88N.M. – 17,800 N.
ID Expansion Clamp
The ID expansion clamp is the ideal way to hold parts on an inside diameter
for multiple machining on a vertical or horizontal machining center.
The larger diameter of the clamp is held to a close tolerance for precision
locating in a machined pocket on work cubes and fixture plates.
The customer machines the mild steel clamp to match the bore of the
part ensuring proper fit. Often times the clamps can be remachined
for different size jobs.
• Body Material: Mild Steel • Excellent for Palletized Setups
• Low Profile • Allows More Parts Per Workcube or Fixture Plate
• Ideal for Secondary Operations • Tighten with Hex Key or Hydraulic Pull Cylinders
on Lathe Parts (Drill clearance hole for
• Easily Machined to Size on longer bolt into hydraulic cylinder)
Lathe or Mill • Instructions included with each clamp
+.000 Holding
Part -.002 +
Torque Force Replacement
Number A B C D E F G H* I J (ft/lbs) (lbs) Screw
68401 .42 .30 .24 .12 .787 .29 .16 2-56 on .540 BHC 2-56 .16 .05 250 68900
68402 .86 .63 .59 .23 1.170 .49 .28 6-32 on .825 BHC 8-32 .30 3.6 950 68901
68403 .98 .75 .59 .23 1.240 .56 .48 6-32 on .910 BHC 1/4-20 .50 13.3 1900 68902
68404 .98 .75 .59 .23 1.476 .79 .53 6-32 on 1.140 BHC 5/16-18 .56 27.6 2500 68903
68405 1.13 .88 .69 .25 1.968 1.06 .71 8-32 on 1.550 BHC 3/8-16 .71 49.3 4500 68904
68406 1.25 1.0 .81 .25 2.205 1.39 .90 8-32 on 1.790 BHC 1/2-13 .71 120.0 5900 68905
68407 1.56 1.25 1.06 .31 2.736 1.65 1.15 10-32 on 2.200 BHC 5/8-11 .79 224.0 10000 68906
68408 1.56 1.25 1.06 .31 2.972 2.03 1.15 10-32 on 2.515 BHC 5/8-11 .79 224.0 10000 68906
68409 1.79 1.48 1.27 .31 4.232 3.06 1.15 1/4-20 on 3.646 BHC 5/8-11 .79 224.0 10000 68907
68410 1.79 1.48 1.27 .31 5.232 4.06 1.15 1/4-20 on 4.648 BHC 5/8-11 .79 224.0 10000 68907
68411 1.79 1.48 1.27 .31 5.232 6.89 1.15 1/4-20 on 4.648 BHC 5/8-11 .79 224.0 10000 68907
68412 1.79 1.48 1.27 .31 6.000 9.85 1.15 1/4-20 on 5.250 BHC 5/8-11 .79 125.0 6000 68907
Metric
+0.00 Holding
Part -0.05 Torque +
Force Replacement
Number A B C D E F G H* I J (Nm) (N.) Screw
68829 10.7 7.6 6.1 3.0 20.0 7.4 4.1 M2 on 13.7 BHC M2 4.1 .70 1,113 68909
68830 21.8 16.0 15.0 5.9 29.72 12.4 8.0 M3 on 20.95 BHC M4 7.2 5.00 4,228 68910
68831 24.9 19.0 15.0 5.9 31.5 14.2 12.2 M3 on 23.1 BHC M6 11.2 17.00 8,455 68911
68832 24.9 19.0 15.0 5.9 37.5 20.0 13.5 M3 on 29.0 BHC M8 13.2 34.00 11,125 68912
68833 28.6 22.2 17.5 6.4 50.0 27.0 18.0 M4 on 39.4 BHC M10 16.3 60.00 20,025 68913
68834 31.8 25.4 20.6 6.4 56.0 35.3 23.0 M4 on 45.5 BHC M12 20.3 150.00 26,255 68914
68835 39.6 31.8 27.0 7.9 69.5 42.0 29.3 M5 on 55.9 BHC M16 21.4 280.00 44,500 68915
68836 39.6 31.8 27.0 7.9 75.5 51.5 29.3 M5 on 63.9 BHC M16 21.4 280.00 44,500 68915
68837 45.5 37.6 32.3 7.9 107.5 77.7 29.3 M6 on 92.6 BHC M16 19.3 280.00 44,500 68917
68838 45.5 37.6 32.3 7.9 132.90 103.0 29.3 M6 on 188.06 BHC M16 19.3 280.00 44,500 68916
68839 45.5 37.6 32.3 7.9 132.90 175.0 29.3 M6 on 188.06 BHC M16 19.3 280.00 44,500 68916
68850 45.5 37.6 32.3 7.9 152.40 250.2 29.3 M6 on 133.35 BHC M16 19.3 170.00 26,000 68916
* (3) Mounting Screws Included
+
Minimum diameter the “F” dimension can be machined too.

291
Micro Clamps
™
• Low profile makes computer programming easier

• Cam action provides fast, strong clamping
• Small size allows more parts per load
Jergens Micro Clamps feature both high hold down forces and low profiles, which
™
• Requires only a tapped hole in your fixture
makes them ideal for building fixtures on Ball Lock fixturing plates. Two simple
®
• Available in stainless steel
components make them work: a hardened steel socket cap screw with an offset • Note clockwise rotation recomended workpiece
head and a hexagonal washer. A half turn tightens or loosens the workpiece. stop should be on the right of the Clamp.
Total Distance
Part Number Part Number of Measurement Key Size Maximum Holding
Steel Stainless A B C D E F G* Force (lbs)
68501 – 8-32 .350 .312 .110 .030 5/64 .150 205

68502 – 10-32 .340 .500 .160 .040 3/32 .250 350
68503 68513 1/4-20 .470 .625 .190 .040 1/8 .308 800
68505 5/16-24 .460 .812 .190 .040 3/16 .400 750
68506 68515 5/16-18 .460 .812 .190 .040 3/16 .400 750
68507 – 3/8-16 .710 .812 .250 .050 3/16 .400 2,000
68509 – 1/2-13 .900 1.000 .375 .100 5/16 .500 4,000
68511 – 5/8-11 1.125 1.187 .500 .100 3/8 .590 6,000
* This measurement is the correct location to drill and tap the hole from the edge of the work piece.
Metric
Total Distance
Part Number Part Number of Measurement Key Size Maximum Holding
Steel Stainless A B C D E F G* Force (N)
68571 – M4x0.7 9.6 7.93 2.8 .76 3 3.8 910
Replacement 68572 68551 M6x1.0 11.2 15.86 4.75 1.01 4 7.8 3,558
Screws available, 68573 68553 M8x1.25 15.0 20.61 4.75 1.01 5 10.15 3,355
contact customer 68574 – M10x1.5 19.0 20.61 6.35 1.52 7 10.15 8,895
service for more 68575 – M12x1.75 22.8 25.38 9.52 2.03 8 12.7 17,790
information. 68576 – M16x2.0 28.5 30.13 12.69 2.54 12 15.0 26,680
Knife Edge Clamps Knife edge clamps can be used for clamping Replacement Screws
rough cut stock, castings, or any material that re- available, contact customer
quires a hardened clamping element. Hardened service for more information.
steel, brass-plated.
Part Torque Max. Holding
Number A B C D E F G* (ft. lbs) Force (lbs)
68547 3/8-16 3/16 0.812 0.250 0.050 0.710 0.400 16.6 2,000
68548 1/2-13 5/16 1.000 0.375 0.100 0.900 0.500 52.0 4,000
68549 5/8-11 3/8 1.187 0.500 0.100 1.125 0.590 80.0 6,000
Metric (Nm) (N)
68840 M10 7M 1.52 20.60 6.35 19.0 10.15 28 8,895
68841 M12 8M 2.03 25.40 9.52 22.8 12.70 88 17,790
68842 M16 12M 2.54 30.15 12.70 28.5 15.00 135 26,680
Expanding Micro Clamps ™
Jergens Expanding Micro Clamps allow you to fixture more

parts on your fixture plates. The unique expanding design
can hold two parts at once when used with a positive stop.
• Minimizes tool changes
• Holds two parts with equilateral clamping action
• Ideal for clamping flat or round work pieces
• Reduces wasted space
• Aluminum Housing, Steel Wedge
F
*A shallow slot, a little wider than

D dimension, will insure clamp remains
in line with workpiece.
Maximum
Part Thread Maximum Holding Key
Number A B C D* E F Size Spread
†
Force (lbs) Size
68706 .240 .250 .320 .210 .100 .250 2-56 .265 200 5/64
68707 .360 .380 .470 .310 .185 .375 4-40 .395 310 3/32
68701 .485 .500 .625 .410 .220 .500 8-32 .540 500 9/64
68702 .735 .750 .940 .632 .375 .750 1/4-20 .800 1500 3/16
68703 .980 1.00 1.250 .820 .500 1.000 5/16-18 1.060 2000 1/4
68704 1.470 1.50 1.875 1.215 .750 1.500 1/2-13 1.590 3500 3/8
68705 1.960 2.00 2.500 1.625 1.000 2.000 5/8-11 2.100 6000 1/2
Metric
Maximum
Part Thread Maximum Holding Key
Number A B C D* E F Size Spread †
Force (N) Size
68716 6.1 6.9 8.1 5.3 3.6 6.4 M2 6.7 880 1.5
68717 9.1 9.7 11.9 7.9 4.7 9.5 M2.5 10 1,350 2
68711 12.3 14.5 15.9 10.4 5.6 12.7 M4 13.2 2,224 3
68712 18.6 19.0 23.8 16.1 9.5 19.0 M6 20.3 6,670 5 †
F is the distance needed
68713 24.8 25.9 31.7 20.8 12.7 25.4 M8 26.9 8,895 6 between workpieces for
68714 37.3 38.6 47.6 30.8 19.0 38.1 M12 39.9 15,565 10 clamp clearance. Drill and
68715 49.7 51.5 63.5 41.2 25.4 50.8 M16 53.0 26,690 14 tap mounting hole on the
center of F dimension.

293
Machinable Expanding Micro Clamps ™
The compact Machinable Expanding Micro Clamp is available with extra

™
material on the clamping jaw so it can be machined to conform to the

shape of your workpiece – enabling you to fixture unusual applications
easily. The specially designed steel wedge spreads the clamping force
uniformly on both sides of the aluminum channel. Clamps may be ordered
with a unique locking plate to make the clamp rigid while machining the
jaw to your specifications, without vibration.
• Material: Channel 7075-76 Alumnium

• Mounting Screws Included
• Compact Design
• Allows more parts to be mounted on Fixture
Part No. Part No. Mounting

With Without Screw
Locking Plate Locking Plate A* B C D E F† G **H I
68770 68771 1.125 0.50 0.62 0.420 0.18 0.18 0.400 2-56 8-32
68772 68773 1.500 0.75 0.94 0.632 0.37 0.26 0.624 6-32 1/4-20
68774 68775 2.000 1.00 1.25 0.820 0.50 0.39 0.812 6-32 5/16-18
68776 68777 3.000 1.50 1.87 1.215 0.75 0.62 1.200 10-32 1/2-13
68778 68779 4.000 2.00 2.50 1.625 1.00 0.80 1.625 1/4-20 5/8-11
* The distance needed between workpieces for clamp clearance, drill and tap mounting holes on the center of “A” dimension.
† The amount of machinable stock on jaws.
** Mounting Screws Included
Metric
Part No. Part No. Mounting
With Without Screw
Locking Plate Locking Plate A* B C D E F† G **H I
68870 68871 28.6 12.7 15.7 10.67 6.3 4.6 10.16 M2 M4
68872 68873 38.1 19.1 23.9 16.05 9.4 6.6 15.87 M4 M6
68874 68875 50.8 25.4 31.8 20.83 12.7 9.9 20.62 M4 M8
68876 68877 76.2 38.1 47.5 30.86 19.1 15.7 30.48 M5 M12
68878 68879 101.6 50.8 63.5 41.28 25.4 20.3 41.28 M6 M16
* The distance needed between workpieces for clamp clearance, drill and tap mounting holes on the center of “A” dimension.
† The amount of machinable stock on jaws.
** Mounting Screws Included

Micro Toe Clamps

™
This cam action fixture clamp provides positive down force while using
very little space on the fixture. Workpieces can be clamped in series
by using the back surface of a clamp to locate the next workpiece.
The hardened steel clamping element has both a smooth surface for
machined workpieces and a serrated clamping surface for rougher
work. The height of the clamp can be adjusted by milling the slot
deeper in the fixture plate.
Part Cam Distance of Mounting Torque Holding

Number A B C D E† F G H I Screw
Movement Screws (ft/lbs) Force(lbs)
68731 1.70 .75 .50 1.00 .090 .75 .25 .62 .845 68527 .050 5/16-18 x 3/4 LH 20.8 2000
68732 2.12 1.00 .45 1.32 .110 1.00 .38 .62 .960 68529 .100 3/8-16 x 3/4 LH 65.0 4000
68733 2.95 1.50 .99 2.00 .130 1.50 .50 1.25 1.70 68531 .100 1/2-13 x 1 1/4 SHCS 100.0 6000
† “E” is the distance needed between the front of the clamp base and the workpiece.
Metric
Part Cam Distance of Mounting Torque Holding
Number A B C D E† F G H Screw Movement Screws Included (N-m) Force(N)
68781 43.2 19.0 12.7 25.4 2.3 19.0 6.4 15.75 M10 1.6 M8 28.0 8900
68782 54.0 25.4 11.4 33.5 2.8 25.4 9.7 15.75 M12 2.0 M10 88.0 17800
68783 75.0 38.1 25.2 50.8 3.3 38.1 12.7 2.5 M16 M12
† “E” is the distance needed between the front of the clamp base and the workpiece.
This clamp is like the Micro Toe Clamp, only it is designed to be used
Micro T-Slot Toe Clamps
™ in the T-slots of machine tables. It provides positive down force while
maintaining a low profile. The hardened steel clamping element has
both a smooth surface for machined work pieces and a serrated
clamping surface for rougher work.
Inch
T-Slot Max. Torque/
Part
A B C D E F¹ F² Holding Force
Number Size (Ft Lbs/Lbs)
No T-nut or
68750 1.94 1.12 0.62 1.00 0.38 1.00 0.875 65/4,000
Mtg. Screw
68741 9/16 1.94 1.12 0.62 1.00 0.38 1.00 0.875 65/4,000
68742 5/8 1.94 1.12 0.62 1.00 0.38 1.00 0.875 65/4,000
68743 11/16 1.94 1.12 0.62 1.00 0.38 1.00 0.875 65/4,000
68744 3/4 1.94 1.12 0.62 1.00 0.38 1.00 0.875 65/4,000
Metric
T-Slot Max Torque/
Part
A B C D E F¹ F² Holding Force
Number Size (N.m./N.)
68791 14 50 28.5 15.7 25.4 9.6 25.4 22.2 88.00/17800
68792 16 50 28.5 15.7 25.4 9.6 25.4 22.2 88.00/17800
68793 18 50 28.5 15.7 25.4 9.6 25.4 22.2 88.00/17800
No T-nut or
68794 50 28.5 15.7 25.4 9.6 25.4 22.2 88.00/17800
Mtg. Screw
F¹ - The distance from the top of the back of the washer to the bottom of the clamp body.
F² - The distance from the top of the front of the washer to the bottom of the clamp body.
Metric
art Number
P T-Slot Size Part Number T-Slot Size
68750 No T-nut or Mtg. Screw 68791 14
68741 9/16 68792 16
68742 5/8 68793 18
68743 11/16 68794 No T-nut or Mtg. Screw
68744 3/4
Torque mounting bolt to 110 Ft/Lbs (150 N.m.)

295
Micro Edge Clamps

™
The Micro Edge Clamp offers increased

versatility through its unique elevated
clamping abilities.
• Workpiece is elevated for through milling
and drilling
• Cam action provides positive holddown force
• Provides flexible set-ups for hard to hold parts
• Works in plates, both with tapped hole layouts
or T-slot configurations
• Can be mounted vertically or horizontally
• Built-in stops locate workpiece for repeat
positioning
• Larger sizes are ideal for mold shop applications
• Tapered mounting slot prevents movement
when clamping pressure is applied
• Hardened steel clamping element,
low carbon steel body
G G
F F F F
C C C C
D D D D
E A E E E A
A A
B B B B
Closed slot style Open slot style
Inch
+.0000 Cam Screw

-.0005 Part Mounting

Part Number Item

A B C
D E F

G Number

Screw Slot

68721 Clamp 2.50 .75 .62 .4600 .31 .83 .53 68527 5/16 Closed
68722 Stop 2.50 .75 .75 .4600 .31 1.11 .53 N/A 5/16 Closed
68723 Clamp 3.75 1.12 .62 .4800 .37 1.68 .50 68529 1/2 Closed
68724 Stop 3.75 1.12 .87 .4800 .37 1.68 .50 N/A 1/2 Closed
68725 Clamp 4.21 1.50 1.62 1.3780 .37 1.82 N/A 68535 5/8 Open
68726 Stop 4.21 1.50 2.00 1.3780 .37 1.82 N/A N/A 5/8 Open
Metric
+.0000 Cam Screw

-.0130 Part Mounting

Part Number Item

A B C

D
E F G
Number Screw

Slot
68821 Clamp 63.5 19.1 15.8 11.68 8.0 21.1 13.5 68532 M8 Closed
68822 Stop 63.5 19.1 19.1 11.68 8.0 28.2 13.5 NA M8 Closed
68823 Clamp 95.3 28.5 15.8 12.19 9.4 42.7 12.7 68534 M12 Closed
68824 Stop 95.3 28.5 22.1 12.19 9.4 42.7 12.7 NA M12 Closed
68825 Clamp 107.0 38.1 41.2 35.00 9.4 46.2 NA 68535 M16 Open
68826 Stop 107.0 38.1 50.8 35.00 9.4 46.2 NA NA M16 Open
Modular Mini Vise
• Material: C-1018
Case Hardened 58-62 Rc
Part
Description Number
ixed Jaw Clamp 46711
F
Adj. Jaw Clamp 46721
T-Slot Nut 46731
The Jergens Modular Mini Vise provides accurate To use the Jergens Modular Mini Vise: position the fixed
location and positive holding. The bases are jaw clamp and tighten all three cap screws to secure
hardened and ground to the same height as the clamp. Position the adjustable clamp and tighten
Jergens Rest Pads for accurate location. The jaws the outside capscrews. Insert the workpiece and tighten
are serrated and hardened to provide positive holding. the center cap screw. The adjustable jaw will force the
These versatile clamps may be used as shown, or the workpiece down against the base and over against the
jaws may be reversed to allow the workpiece to rest fixed jaw clamp.
on the machine table or fixture base. The clamps can
be made part of a dedicated fixture by removing the The 46711 clamp has a fixed jaw for locating.
T-nuts and fastening the 3/8-16" cap screws directly The 46721 clamp has an adjustable jaw for clamping.
to the fixture. Each clamp is supplied with three 3/8-16" cap screws
and three 46731 T-nuts.
+.0000 Maximum Table

-.0005 Height Slot
A B C D E F G H I J
.7205 3 1 1/4 1-9/16 3/4 5/8 5/8 5/8 11/32 1

297
NOTES
NOTES
SPRING LOADED DEVICES
Spring Loaded Devices

Plungers:
Plungers, Spring................................................... 302–303
Plungers, Spring, Metric......................................304–305
Plungers, Shortie Spring..............................................306
Plungers, Shortie Spring
Stainless Steel.............................................................306
Plungers, Shortie Spring, Metric................................ 307
Ball Plungers...................................................................308
Ball Plungers, Stainless Steel......................................309
Ball Plungers, Metric.....................................................309
Plungers, Press Fit.........................................................309
SPRING LOADED DE VICES

Plungers, Special Spring and Ball............................... 310
Plungers, Hand Retractable Style...............................311
Plungers, Pull Ring Retractable.................................. 312
Plungers, L Handle Hand
Retractable Locking .................................................. 313
Plunger Wrenches......................................................... 307
Quick Reference Index................................................. 301
Spring Locating Pins.............................................314–315
Application Ideas........................................................ 315
Installation Data............................................................ 315
Installation Tools........................................................... 315
Eccentric Liners.............................................................. 315
Spring Stops................................................................... 316
Button Type................................................................. 316
Flat Button Type......................................................... 316
Tang Type..................................................................... 316
299
S P E C I A LT Y FA S T E N E R S G R O U P
Jergens Spring & Ball Plungers Last Longer

...And Here's Why!
Spring Plungers Extra Length Springs Ball Plungers

Spring Plunger tips are manufactured using for Longer Life
case hardened steel. This means they have The longer the spring, the longer its life.
a protective shell, about .10" deep. Jergens goes to extra lengths to minimize
the thickness of the base flanges on all of its
Jergens Spring and Ball Plungers have ac-
plungers. That allows us to use longer springs
curate end forces, are easy to install, and are
with less chance for fatigue and breakage.
competitively priced. They are manufactured
in the U.S.A. in a ISO 9001:2008 certified Improved Plunger to
quality system. Body Alignment
And if these aren’t enough reasons to specify The long base flange allows for a larger
Jergens Spring and Ball Plungers, here are a bearing surface. This means improved
few more: plunger-to-body alignment, truer travel, and
much improved side load characteristics.
Better Point of Contact
The Jergens plungers are turned and the Tighter Fit Resists
tips generated in one smooth continuing Contamination

process. This results in a constant radius Closer machining tolerances, minimum
tip, perfectly tangent to the point where plunger-to-body clearance, and smoother Positive Control of
the tip joins the shaft. Conventional two plunger finish make Jergens plungers
Spring Pressure
step, turn and grind operations, can leave fit more snugly in the plunger bore. This
Accurate spring alignment is maintained
ridges on the shaft at the tip junction and improves plunger alignment and provides
by using a stainless rivet with a long shank
can also produce out-of-round tips. These, extra resistance to contaminant entry. The
on larger sizes of Jergens Ball Plungers.
in turn, can gouge or score finely finished results: dirt and grit cannot get to the bearing
This precisely positions the spring for more
parts or can cause detent cams to hang surfaces to shorten the life of the plunger.
accurate ball travel and provides positive
up or stick.
Better Plunger Adjustment control of spring pressure. Conventional
The Solid Drive Design assures that dur- floating discs are easily misaligned, while
ing removal or adjustment of the plunger, the rotation of the inner ball on dual-ball
the whole plunger is moving, not just the plungers results in less wearability on both
set screw. This means no lost parts or the spring and the ball.
springs falling out of the plunger.
Longer Spring Life
By minimizing the lining pin head thick-
ness, Jergens is able to use the longest
possible springs. This, of course, means
less fatigue and longer spring life.
Uniform Ball Projection

The distance by which the ball projects
from the body of the plunger must be uni-
form from plunger to plunger. This unifor-
mity is maintained by precisely controlling
the crimping pressure applied to the neck
of the plunger. Accurate machine controls
plus rigid inspection procedures keep vari-
ances in ball projection to within ±.005".
S P E C I A LT Y F A S T E N E R S G R O U P
Quick Reference
Spring Plungers.....................302–305 Press Fit Plungers................309
Stainless Steel – Inch....................302 Stainless Steel Press

Fit Plungers..........................309
Delrin Tip – Inch............................303
Stainless Steel – Metric.................304

Special Spring and
Delrin Tip – Metric.........................305 Ball Plunger Request
Worksheet............................310
Shortie Spring Plungers........306–307

Retractable Plungers....311–313
Shortie Spring Plungers
Stainless Steel – Inch....................306 Hand Retractable Style......311
Shortie Spring Plungers – Metric..307 Pull Ring Style ................312
Locking Style...................313
Plunger Wrenches.........................307
Spring Locating Pins....314–315
Installation Data..............315
Ball Plungers.........................308–309 Application Ideas.............315
Ball Plungers – Inch.......................308 Eccentric Liners...............315
Ball Plungers – Metric...................309 Installation Tools..............315
Spring Stops........................316

301
Spring Plungers
Inch
• Material: Body – Low Carbon Steel, Black Oxide

or 303-Stainless Steel
Tip – Steel or Stainless Steel
• Thread: 2A-UNC
• 3D Solid Models are available in multiple formats
• Single unit construction from www.jergensinc.com
• No set screw to separate from plunger body • Conforms to TCMA dimensional standards
• Better reliability
• Steel tips are case hardened steel
Plunger tips are color coded to indicate light or heavy force:
• Close tolerance between tip and body
Silver = Steel Tip, Light Force
Black = Steel Tip, Heavy Force
Unlike conventional spring plungers, the body of a Jergens Solid Drive

Plunger is machined in one piece. The spring is assembled from the top so
that there is no need for a set screw. Solid Drive Plungers do not have a set
Hex drive in rear for screw which can loosen or separate from the plunger body. The advantage
spring plunger insertion. is no lost springs, no need for “easy-out” tools. When adjusting Solid Drive,
you can be sure the plunger body is turning and not a set screw.
Specials available, see page 310 for
Plunger Quote Request worksheet.
Without
Inch – Steel & Stainless Steel Tip With Locking Element Locking Element
SS Part Steel Part Thread Size Initial Force Final Force Hex SS Part Steel Part
Number Number A (lbs) (lbs) B C D Size E Number Number
27336 27321 6-32 0.5 1.5 17/32 1/16 0.046 3/64 27031 27221
26936 26921 6-32 1.5 4.5 17/32 1/16 0.046 3/64 27011 26821
27337 27322 8-32 0.7 2.3 5/8 3/32 0.070 5/64 27032 27222
26937 26922 8-32 2.7 7.3 5/8 3/32 0.070 5/64 27012 26822
27338 27323 10-32 1.3 2.7 3/4 1/8 0.093 3/32 27033 27223
26938 26923 10-32 2.9 11.1 3/4 1/8 0.093 3/32 27013 26823
27339 27324 1/4-20 1.0 4.0 1 3/16 0.119 1/8 27034 27224
26939 26924 1/4-20 3.0 13.0 1 3/16 0.119 1/8 27014 26824
27340 27325 1/4-28 1.0 4.0 1 3/16 0.119 1/8 27035 27225
26940 26925 1/4-28 3.0 13.0 1 3/16 0.119 1/8 27015 26825
27341 27326 5/16-18 1.5 4.5 1 3/16 0.135 5/32 27036 27226
26941 26926 5/16-18 3.0 15.0 1 3/16 0.135 5/32 27016 26826
27342 27327 3/8-16 2.8 7.2 1 1/8 3/16 0.186 3/16 27037 27227
26942 26927 3/8-16 5.5 14.5 1 1/8 3/16 0.186 3/16 27017 26827
27343 27328 1/2-13 2.7 9.3 1 1/4 1/4 0.248 1/4 27038 27228
26943 26928 1/2-13 6.6 17.4 1 1/4 1/4 0.248 1/4 27018 26828
27344 27329 5/8-11 3.5 10.5 1 1/2 5/16 0.310 5/16 27039 27229
26944 26929 5/8-11 10.5 25.5 1 1/2 5/16 0.310 5/16 27019 26829
27345 27330 3/4-10 5.5 14.5 1 3/4 5/16 0.374 3/8 27040 27230
26945 26930 3/4-10 6.7 37.3 1 3/4 5/16 0.374 3/8 27020 26830
— 27311* 1-8 10.0 25.0 2 13/32 1/2 0.499 3/8 — 27211*
— 26911* 1-8 16.0 68.0 2 13/32 1/2 0.499 3/8 — 26811*
* Not available in DRIVE construction.
NOTE: For easy insertion of Spring Plungers with locking elements, the tapped hole should be
countersunk at least .030-.045" (0.76-1.14mm) larger than the major diameter of the plunger.
Spring Plungers
Inch • Material: Body – L
ow Carbon Steel, Black Oxide
Tip – Delrin
• Thread: 2A-UNC
• Conforms to TCMA dimensional standards
• Single unit construction
• No set screw to separate from plunger body
• No need for “easy-out” tools Plunger tips are color coded to indicate light or heavy force:
• Better reliability White = Delrin Tip, Light Force
• Steel tips are case hardened steel Blue = Delrin Tip, Heavy Force
• Close tolerance between tip and body
Unlike conventional spring plungers, the body of a Jergens Solid Drive

Plunger is machined in one piece. The spring is assembled from the top
so that there is no need for a set screw. Solid Drive Plungers do not have
a set screw which can loosen or separate from the plunger body. The
advantage is no lost springs, no need for “easy-out” tools. When adjusting
Solid Drive, you can be sure the plunger body is turning and not a set

Hex drive in rear for
screw.
spring plunger insertion.
Specials available, see page 310 for

Plunger Quote Request worksheet.
Without
Inch – Delrin Tip With Locking Element Locking Element
SS Part Steel Part Thread Size Initial Force Final Force Hex SS Part Steel Part
Number Number A (lbs) (lbs) B C D Size E Number Number
30936 30921 6-32 0.5 1.5 17/32 1/16 0.046 3/64 30510 30821
30536 30521 6-32 1.5 4.5 17/32 1/16 0.046 3/64 30500 30421
30937 30922 8-32 0.7 2.3 5/8 3/32 0.070 5/64 30511 30822
30537 30522 8-32 2.7 7.3 5/8 3/32 0.070 5/64 30501 30422
30938 30923 10-32 1.3 2.7 3/4 1/8 0.093 3/32 30512 30823
30538 30523 10-32 2.9 11.1 3/4 1/8 0.093 3/32 30502 30423
30939 30924 1/4-20 1.0 4.0 1 3/16 0.119 1/8 30513 30824
30539 30524 1/4-20 3.0 13.0 1 3/16 0.119 1/8 30503 30424
30940 30925 1/4-28 1.0 4.0 1 3/16 0.119 1/8 30514 30825
30540 30525 1/4-28 3.0 13.0 1 3/16 0.119 1/8 30504 30425
30941 30926 5/16-18 1.5 4.5 1 3/16 0.135 5/32 30515 30826
30541 30526 5/16-18 3.0 15.0 1 3/16 0.135 5/32 30505 30426
30942 30927 3/8-16 2.8 7.2 1 1/8 3/16 0.186 3/16 30516 30827
30542 30527 3/8-16 5.5 14.5 1 1/8 3/16 0.186 3/16 30506 30427
30943 30928 1/2-13 2.7 9.3 1 1/4 1/4 0.248 1/4 30517 30828
30543 30528 1/2-13 6.6 17.4 1 1/4 1/4 0.248 1/4 30507 30428
30944 30929 5/8-11 3.5 10.5 1 1/2 5/16 0.310 5/16 30518 30829
30544 30529 5/8-11 10.5 25.5 1 1/2 5/16 0.310 5/16 30508 30429
30945 — 3/4-10 5.5 14.5 1 /34 5/16 0.374 3/8 30519 —
30545 — 3/4-10 6.7 37.3 1 3/4 5/16 0.374 3/8 30509 —

303
Spring Plungers
Metric
Tip – Steel or Stainless Steel
• Thread: 2A-UNC
The hex drive in the rear Unlike conventional spring plungers, the body of
of the spring plunger is a Jergens Solid Drive Plunger is machined in one
for plunger insertion. piece. The spring is assembled from the top so
that there is no need for a set screw. Solid Drive
Specials available, see
page 310 for Plunger Plungers do not have a set screw which can loosen
Quote Request worksheet. or separate from the plunger body. The advantage is
no lost springs, no need for “easy-out” tools. When
adjusting Solid Drive, you can be sure the plunger
body is turning and not a set screw.
Without
Locking
Metric – Steel & Stainless Steel Tip With Locking Element Element
SS Part Steel Part Thread Size Initial Force Final Force Hex Size SS Part Steel Part
Number Number A (kg) (kg) B C D E Number Number
30890 27250 M4 x 0.7 0.32 1.04 16 2.5 1.78 2.0 30880 27270
30490 26850 M4 x 0.7 1.22 3.29 16 2.5 1.78 2.0 30480 26870
30891 27251 M5 x 0.8 0.59 1.22 19 3.0 2.36 2.5 30881 27271
30491 26851 M5 x 0.8 1.31 5.00 19 3.0 2.36 2.5 30481 26871
30892 27252 M6 x 1.0 0.45 1.80 25 5.0 3.02 3.0 30882 27272
30492 26852 M6 x 1.0 1.35 5.85 25 5.0 3.02 3.0 30482 26872
30893 27253 M8 x1.25 0.68 2.03 25 5.0 3.43 4.0 30883 27273
30493 26853 M8 x1.25 1.35 6.75 25 5.0 3.43 4.0 30483 26873
30894 27254 M10 x 1.5 1.26 3.26 29 5.0 4.72 5.0 30884 27274
30494 26854 M10 x 1.5 2.48 6.53 29 5.0 4.72 5.0 30484 26874
30895 27255 M12 x 1.75 1.22 4.21 32 6.0 6.30 6.0 30885 27275
30495 26855 M12 x 1.75 2.97 7.83 32 6.0 6.30 6.0 30485 26875
30897 27257 M16 x 2.0 1.58 4.76 38 8.0 7.87 8.0 30887 27277
30497 26857 M16 x 2.0 4.73 11.48 38 8.0 7.87 8.0 30487 26877
30898 27258 M20 x 2.5 2.50 6.58 44 8.0 9.50 10.0 30888 27278
30498 26858 M20 x 2.5 3.05 16.95 44 8.0 9.50 10.0 30488 26878

Spring Plungers
Metric – Delrin Tip • Material: B
ody – Low Carbon Steel, Black Oxide
Tip – Delrin
• Thread: 2A-UNC
The hex drive in the rear

Unlike conventional spring plungers, the body of
of the spring plunger is
a Jergens Solid Drive Plunger is machined in one
for plunger insertion.
piece. The spring is assembled from the top so
Specials available, see that there is no need for a set screw. Solid Drive
page 310 for Plunger
Plungers do not have a set screw which can loosen
Quote Request worksheet.
or separate from the plunger body. The advantage is
no lost springs, no need for “easy-out” tools. When
adjusting Solid Drive, you can be sure the plunger
body is turning and not a set screw.

Without
Locking
Metric – Delrin Tip With Locking Element Element
Steel Part Thread Size Initial Force Final Force Hex Size Steel Part
Number A (kg) (kg) B C D E Number
30850 M4 x 0.7 0.32 1.04 16 2.5 1.78 2.0 30870
30450 M4 x 0.7 1.22 3.29 16 2.5 1.78 2.0 30470
30851 M5 x 0.8 0.59 1.22 19 3.0 2.36 2.5 30871
30451 M5 x 0.8 1.31 5.00 19 3.0 2.36 2.5 30471
30852 M6 x 1.0 0.45 1.80 25 5.0 3.02 3.0 30872
30452 M6 x 1.0 1.35 5.85 25 5.0 3.02 3.0 30472
30853 M8 x1.25 0.68 2.03 25 5.0 3.43 4.0 30873
30453 M8 x1.25 1.35 6.75 25 5.0 3.43 4.0 30473
30854 M10 x 1.5 1.26 3.26 29 5.0 4.72 5.0 30874
30454 M10 x 1.5 2.48 6.53 29 5.0 4.72 5.0 30474
30855 M12 x 1.75 1.22 4.21 32 6.0 6.30 6.0 30875
30455 M12 x 1.75 2.97 7.83 32 6.0 6.30 6.0 30475
30857 M16 x 2.0 1.58 4.76 38 8.0 7.87 8.0 30877
30457 M16 x 2.0 4.73 11.48 38 8.0 7.87 8.0 30477
30858 M20 x 2.5 2.50 6.58 44 8.0 9.50 10.0 30878
30458 M20 x 2.5 3.05 16.95 44 8.0 9.50 10.0 30478

305

Inch
• Material: Body – Low Carbon Steel, Black Oxide • Thread: 2A-UNC
Tip – Delrin or Steel • Available in metric sizes.
• Thread: 2A-UNC See page 307.
Without
Locking
Inch – Shortie Spring Plunger With Locking Element Element

Jergens Feature: Steel
Tip
Delrin Thread Size Initial Force Final Force
Tip A (lbs) (lbs) B C D
Steel
Tip
Delrin
Tip
Jergens Shortie Spring Plungers 27101 30701 6-32 0.5 1.5 3/8 1/16 0.046 27001 30601
are made to the same quality 26701 30301 6-32 0.5 3.5 3/8 1/16 0.046 26601 30201
standards as the Solid Drive 27102 30702 8-32 0.5 2.0 1/2 3/32 0.070 27002 30602
*Made with full standard spring 26702 30302 8-32 0.5 4.0 1/2 3/32 0.070 26602 30202
plunger stroke in a short body. 27103* 30703* 10-32 0.3 3.0 9/16 1/8 0.093 27003* 30603*
A screwdriver slot is substituted 26703* 30303* 10-32 0.5 5.0 9/16 1/8 0.093 26603* 30203*
for the hex drive due to the 27104 30704 1/4-20 0.3 3.5 5/8 3/16 0.119 27004 30604
smaller size. 26704 30304 1/4-20 0.5 6.0 5/8 3/16 0.119 26604 30204
27105 30705 5/16-18 0.5 4.5 5/8 3/16 0.135 27005 30605
26705 30305 5/16-18 0.5 10.0 5/8 3/16 0.135 26605 30205
27106 30706 3/8-16 1.5 7.5 11/16 3/16 0.186 27006 30606
26706 30306 3/8-16 1.0 12.0 11/16 3/16 0.186 26606 30206
27107 30707 1/2-13 1.7 8.5 13/16 1/4 0.248 27007 30607
26707 30307 1/2-13 2.5 15.0 13/16 1/4 0.248 26607 30207
27108 30708 5/8-11 2.0 10.5 1 1/8 5/16 0.310 27008 30608
26708 30308 5/8-11 3.5 26.0 1 1/8 5/16 0.310 26608 30208
*Thread: UNF
Shortie Spring Plungers Inch – Stainless Steel With Locking Element

Stainless Steel Part Number Thread Force, lbs.
(Short Travel) Stainless

Tip
Delrin
Tip
Size
A Initial Final B C D
27601 27621 8-32 .5 1.5 7/16 .052 .070
27602 27622 8-32 1.5 4.75 7/16 .052 .070
27603* 27623* 8-36 .5 1.5 7/16 .052 .070
27604* 27624* 8-36 1.5 4.75 7/16 .052 .070
27605 27625 10-32 .75 2.5 15/32 .065 .093
27606 27626 10-32 1.75 6.25 15/32 .065 .093
27607 27627 1/4-20 1.0 3.5 17/32 .078 .119
27608 27628 1/4-20 3.0 10.5 17/32 .078 .119
27609 27629 5/16-18 1.0 4.0 9/16 .084 .135
27610 27630 5/16-18 3.75 15.5 9/16 .084 .135
The slot in the rear of the Shortie Spring
27611 27631 3/8-16 1.5 5.0 5/8 .110 .186
Plunger is for insertion.
27612 27632 3/8-16 4.5 18.5 5/8 .110 .186
27613 27633 1/2-13 1.75 5.5 3/4 .151 .248
• Material:
Body, 303 Stainless 27614 27634 1/2-13 5.0 28.0 3/4 .151 .248
Spring, 303 Stainless *Thread: UNF
Nose, Stainless or Delrin Specials available, see page 310 for Plunger Quote Request worksheet.
• Thread: 2A-UNC

Metric

Tip – Delrin or Steel
Jergens Feature:
• Thread: Class 6g Jergens Shortie Spring Plungers
• 3D Solid Models are available in multiple formats are made to the same quality
from www.jergensinc.com standards as the Solid Drive
*Made with full standard spring
Plunger Tips are color coded to indicate light plunger stroke in a short body.
or heavy force. A screwdriver slot is substituted
White = Light Force for the hex drive due to the
Blue = Heavy Force smaller size.
*Carbon Steel body only
Metric – Shortie Spring Plungers With Locking Elements

Specials available, Thread Initial Force Final Force

see page 310 for Steel Tip Delrin Tip Size A (kg) (kg) B C D
Plunger Quote
Request worksheet. 27170 30770 M4 x 0.7 0.23 0.91 13.0 2.5 1.78
26770 30370 M4 x 0.7 0.23 1.81 13.0 2.5 1.78
27171 30771 M5 x 0.8 0.14 1.36 14.5 3.0 2.36
26771 30371 M5 x 0.8 0.23 2.27 14.5 3.0 2.36
27172 30772 M6 x 1.0 0.14 1.59 16.0 4.7 3.02
26772 30372 M6 x 1.0 0.23 2.72 16.0 4.0 3.02
27173 30773 M8 x 1.25 0.23 2.04 16.0 5.0 3.43
26773 30373 M8 x 1.25 0.23 4.54 16.0 5.0 3.43
27174 30774 M10 x 1.5 0.68 3.4 17.5 4.7 4.72
26774 30374 M10 x 1.5 0.46 5.44 17.5 5.0 4.72
27175 30775 M12 x 1.75 0.77 3.86 20.5 6.5 6.30
26775 30375 M12 x 1.75 1.13 6.80 20.5 6.5 6.30
27177 30777 M16 x 2.0 0.91 4.76 28.5 8.0 7.87
26777 30377 M16 x 2.0 1.59 11.79 28.5 8.0 7.87
Plunger Wrenches
Part Thread Size of Plungers
IMPORTANT: It is not recommended that a screwdriver Number Inch Metric
be used to insert ball or spring plungers from the ball or 27501 6-32 —
plunger end. The tip of the screwdriver will force the ball 27502 8-32 M4
or tip of the plunger below the surface of the end of the 27503 10-32 M5
plunger. This may compress the spring to a solid, causing 27504 1/4-20 M6
possible damage to the spring plunger. It is recommend- 27505 5/16-18 M8
ed that a Jergens Plunger Wrench be used or that a slot 27506 3/8-16 M10
be ground in the end of a screwdriver to clear the height 27507 1/2-13 M12
of the ball or tip for each size ball or plunger used. 27508 5/8-11 M16
27509 3/4-10 M20
27510 1-8 M25

307
Ball Plungers
Inch • Body Material: L ow Carbon Steel,
or 303 Stainless Steel
• Ball Material: Stainless, 440
• Spring Material: Stainless, 17-7 PH
• Finish: Black Oxide on Body
• Thread: 2A
• Dimensionally comforms to TCMA standards
Without
Inch – Coarse Thread (UNC) With Locking Element Locking Element
SS Part Steel Part Thread Size Initial Force Final Force SS Part Steel Part
Number Number A (lbs) (lbs) B C D Number Number
11102 10927 5-40 0.25 0.75 1/4 0.020 0.062 11002 10827
11201 10701 10-24 0.50 1.50 33/64 0.025 0.093 11221 10721
11211 10711 10-24 1.50 3.00 33/64 0.025 0.093 11231 10731
11202 10702 10-24 2.00 5.00 33/64 0.025 0.093 11222 10722
11108 10904 1/4-20 2.00 4.00 17/32 0.035 0.125 11008 10804
11109 10905 1/4-20 3.00 7.00 17/32 0.035 0.125 11009 10805
11110 10906 1/4-20 4.00 12.00 17/32 0.035 0.125 11010 10806
11111 10907 5/16-18 2.00 4.50 37/64 0.040 0.156 11011 10807
11112 10908 5/16-18 4.00 9.00 37/64 0.040 0.156 11012 10808
11113 10909 5/16-18 6.00 17.00 37/64 0.040 0.156 11013 10809
11114 10910 3/8-16 2.50 5.00 5/8 0.048 0.187 11014 10810 NOTE: For easy
11115 10911 3/8-16 5.00 10.00 5/8 0.048 0.187 11015 10811 insertion of Ball
11116 10912 3/8-16 6.00 21.00 5/8 0.048 0.187 11016 10812 Plungers with locking
11117 10913 1/2-13 3.00 6.00 3/4 0.072 0.281 11017 10813 elements, the tapped
11118 10914 1/2-13 6.00 12.00 3/4 0.072 0.281 11018 10814 hole should be
11119 10915 1/2-13 6.00 30.00 3/4 0.072 0.281 11019 10815 countersunk at least
11120 10916 5/8-11 4.50 9.00 1 0.096 0.375 11020 10816 .030-.045 (0.76-1.14mm)
11121 10917 5/8-11 9.00 18.00 1 0.096 0.375 11021 10817 larger than the major
11122 10918 5/8-11 7.00 50.00 1 0.096 0.375 11022 10818 diameter of the plunger.
Without
Inch – Fine Thread (UNF) With Locking Element Locking Element
Number Number A (lbs) (lbs) B C D Number Number
11101 10926 4-48 0.12 0.50 3/16 0.020 0.062 11001 10826
11103 10928 6-40 0.50 1.00 5/16 0.023 0.078 11003 10828
11104 10929 8-36 0.50 1.25 11/32 0.025 0.093 11004 10829
11105 10901 10-32 0.50 1.50 33/64 0.025 0.093 11005 10801
11106 10902 10-32 1.50 3.00 33/64 0.025 0.093 11006 10802
11107 10903 10-32 2.00 5.00 33/64 0.025 0.093 11007 10803
11203 10703 1/4-28 2.0 4.0 17/32 0.035 0.125 11223 10723
11212 10712 1/4-28 3.0 7.0 17/32 0.035 0.125 11232 10732
11204 10704 1/4-28 4.0 12.0 17/32 0.035 0.125 11224 10724
11205 10705 5/16-24 2.0 4.5 37/64 0.040 0.156 11225 10725
11213 10713 5/16-24 4.0 9.0 37/64 0.040 0.156 11233 10733
11206 10706 5/16-24 6.0 17.0 37/64 0.040 0.156 11226 10726
11207 10707 3/8-24 2.5 5.0 5/8 0.048 0.187 11227 10727
11214 10714 3/8-24 5.0 10.0 5/8 0.048 0.187 11234 10734
11208 10708 3/8-24 6.0 21.0 5/8 0.048 0.187 11228 10728
11209 10709 1/2-20 3.0 6.0 3/4 0.072 0.281 11229 10729
11215 10715 1/2-20 6.0 12.0 3/4 0.072 0.281 11235 10735
11210 10710 1/2-20 6.0 30.0 3/4 0.072 0.281 11230 10730
Ball Plungers
Metric • Body Materials: Low Carbon Steel, NOTE: For easy insertion of
Black Oxide or 303 Stainless Steel Ball Plungers with locking
• Ball: Stainless, 440 elements, the tapped hole
• Spring: Stainless, 17-7 PH should be countersunk at
• Thread: Class 6g least .030-.045 (0.76-1.14mm)
• 3D Solid Models are available in multiple larger than the major
formats from www.jergensinc.com diameter of the plunger.
Without
Metric – Steel & SS Tip With Locking Element Locking Element
Number Number A (kg) (kg) B C D Number Number
11051 10971 M4 x 0.7 0.23 0.56 9.00 0.60 2.38 10951 10871
11052 10972 M5 x 0.8 0.23 0.68 13.00 0.60 2.38 10952 10872
11053 10973 M5 x 0.8 0.68 1.35 13.00 0.60 2.38 10953 10873
11054 10974 M5 x 0.8 0.90 2.25 13.00 0.60 2.38 10954 10874
11055 10975 M6 x 1.0 0.90 1.80 13.50 0.90 3.18 10955 10875
11056 10976 M6 x 1.0 1.35 3.15 13.50 0.90 3.18 10956 10876
11057 10977 M6 x 1.0 1.80 5.40 13.50 0.90 3.18 10957 10877
11058 10978 M8 x1.25 0.90 2.03 15.00 1.00 3.97 10958 10878

11059 10979 M8 x1.25 1.80 4.05 15.00 1.00 3.97 10959 10879
11060 10980 M8 x1.25 2.70 7.65 15.00 1.00 3.97 10960 10880
11061 10981 M10 x 1.5 1.13 2.25 16.00 1.20 4.76 10961 10881
11062 10982 M10 x 1.5 2.25 4.50 16.00 1.20 4.76 10962 10882
11063 10983 M10 x 1.5 2.70 9.45 16.00 1.20 4.76 10963 10883
11064 10984 M12 x 1.75 1.35 2.70 19.00 2.00 7.14 10964 10884
11065 10985 M12 x 1.75 2.70 5.40 19.00 2.00 7.14 10965 10885
11066 10986 M12 x 1.75 2.70 13.50 19.00 2.00 7.14 10966 10886
11067 10987 M16 x 2.0 2.00 4.00 25.40 2.40 9.50 10967 10887
11068 10988 M16 x 2.0 4.00 8.10 25.40 2.40 9.50 10968 10888
11069 10989 M16 x 2.0 3.10 22.70 25.40 2.40 9.50 10969 10889

Press Fit Plungers
Heavy
Force
Stainless
Force
Steel Ball
(lbs)
Part Part Dia.
Number Number Initial Final A B C D E F
10832 11032 2 5 .188 .405 .058 .156 .250 .035
10834 11034 3 7 .250 .481 .070 .187 .312 .044
10836 11036 5 14 .375 .785 .110 .312 .500 .078
10838 11038 8 18 .500 1.130 .161 .437 .688 .088
Light
Force
Stainless
Steel Force Ball
Part Part (lbs) Dia.
Number Number Initial Final A B C D E F
10831 11031 1 2.5 .188 .405 .058 .156 .250 .035
• Body Material: Low Carbon Steel 10833 11033 1.5 3.5 .250 .481 .070 .187 .312 .044
• Ball Material: Stainless, 400 10835 11035 2.5 7 .375 .785 .110 .312 .500 .078
• Spring Material: 17-7 PH 10837 11037 4 9 .500 1.130 .161 .437 .688 .088
• Finish: Black Oxide on Body

309
Special Spring and Ball Plungers

If you don’t see the exact spring or ball plunger to meet your application requirements,
photocopy the form below, indicate your requirements, and mail to your Jergens Distributor or e-mail
Jergens Specialty Fasteners at fasteners@jergensinc.com.
PLUNGER QUOTATION REQUEST WORKSHEET
BALL
SHORTIE
SPRING A dim. (See note below) C dim.

B dim. D dim.
Application (describe):
Type of Plunger: Solid Drive Spring “Shortie” Ball Other (see sketch)
Thread or O.D. (Class 2A Threads unless Otherwise Specified)
Length of Plunger Travel:
Initial Force Required: Final Force Required:
Plastic Locking Patch: Required Not Required Tip/Ball Material:
Tip/Ball Finish: Body Material:
Body Finish: Spring Material:
Temperature Range:
Type of Environment (describe—corrosives, chemicals, contaminants, etc.):
Other Specifications:
Quantity Needed: Delivery By:

NAME: TITLE:
COMPANY: ADDRESS:
CITY: STATE: ZIP:
TELEPHONE: FAX:
Retractable Plungers
Hand Retractable Locking Style
• Improved design allows plunger pin to be
locked in fully retracted position
• Used in machining applications as positioners,
loading pins or indexing devices
• Plunger pin has slight taper on end to assure
easy alignment
• Zinc Plated Carbon Steel, 303 Stainless Steel
• Phenolic Nose Prevents Marring of Soft Material
• Supplied with locking element
Inch – Hand Retractable Locking Style Plungers

Steel Steel Phenolic Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
End Force (lbs) +.001
Part Nose Part Part Phenolic Nose -.002 Net Wt. (lbs) 10
Number Number Number Part Number A Start Full B C D E F Pcs.

27426 27523 27826 27527 1/4-20 0.5 2.5 1/2 1/8 .124 1/4 1/2 .3
27421 27515 27821 27519 1/4-20 1.0 5.0 1/2 1/8 .124 1/4 1/2 .3
27427 27524 27827 27528 5/16-18 0.75 3.0 5/8 3/16 .155 9/32 5/8 .5
27422 27516 27822 27520 5/16-18 1.5 6.0 5/8 3/16 .155 9/32 5/8 .5
27428 27525 27828 27529 3/8-16 0.75 4.0 3/4 7/32 .186 5/16 3/4 .7
27423 27517 27823 27521 3/8-16 1.5 8.0 3/4 7/32 .186 5/16 3/4 .7
27429 27526 27829 27530 1/2-13 1.25 5.0 7/8 1/4 .249 3/8 1" 1.3
27424 27518 27824 27522 1/2-13 2.5 10.0 7/8 1/4 .249 3/8 1" 1.3
Metric – Hand Retractable Locking Style Plungers

Steel Class 6g
End Force (kg) +.025
Part ISO -.050 Net Wt. (kg)
Number A Start Full B C D E F 10 Pcs.
27555 M6x1.0 0.225 1.135 12.50 3.17 3 6.3 12.7 .16
27551 M6x1.0 0.4 2.27 12.50 3.17 3 6.3 12.7 .16
27556 M8x1.25 0.34 1.36 16.00 4.75 4 7.0 15.8 .27
27552 M8x1.25 0.68 2.72 16.00 4.75 4 7.0 15.8 .27
27557 M10x1.5 0.34 1.815 19.00 5.50 5 7.9 19.0 .38
27553 M10x1.5 0.68 3.63 19.00 5.50 5 7.9 19.0 .38
27558 M12x1.75 0.565 2.27 22.00 6.35 6 9.4 25.4 .7
27554 M12x1.75 1.13 4.54 22.00 6.35 6 9.4 25.4 .7

311
Pull Ring Style
• For use in application with limited space

• Slight taper on end of plunger for easy alignment
Pull Ring – Short Locking Plungers

Steel Steel Phenolic Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Force, (lbs) +.001 Net Wt.
Part Nose Part Part Phenolic Nose -.002 (lbs)
Number Number Number Part Number A Initial Final B C D E F G H O.D 10 Pcs.

27441 27804 27800 27808 1/4-20 0.50 2.0 7/16 3/16 .156 1/4 1/32 5/32 9/32 3/4 .1
27442 27805 27801 27809 3/8-16 0.75 3.0 5/8 9/32 .250 3/8 1/8 3/16 7/16 3/4 .2
27443 27806 27802 27810 1/2-13 1.00 4.0 13/16 3/8 .312 1/2 5/32 1/4 9/16 1 .43
27444 27807 27803 27811 5/8-11 1.25 5.0 1 7/16 .375 5/8 5/32 5/16 11/16 1 .8
• For use in application with limited space

• Turn ring to lock and extend plunger
Pull Ring – Standard Length – Locking Plungers

Steel Steel Phenolic Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Force, (lbs) +.001 Net Wt.
Number Number Number Part Number A Initial Final B C D E F G 10 Pcs.
27446 27815 27812 27818 1/4-20 1.0 2.5 5/8 1/4 13/16 5/16 .156 1-1/8 .15
27447 27816 27813 27819 3/8-16 2.0 4.0 1 3/8 1-1/4 7/16 .233 1-11/16 .43
27448 27817 27814 27820 1/2-13 2.5 5.0 1-1/4 1/2 1-7/16 9/16 .312 2 .9
L Handle Hand Retractable Locking Style
• Hand retractable for easy removal or insertion
• Turn handle to unlock and extend plunger
• Locking element standard on all sizes

Locking Plungers – Long Reach – Standard Length
Steel Steel Phenolic Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Force (lbs) +.001 Net Wt.
Number Number Number Part Number A Initial Final B C D E F G H J 10 Pcs.
27436 27851 27836 27855 1/4-20 .50 2.5 .156 3/8 5/8 1-1/4 1/4 5/8 3/32 1/2 .15
27437 27852 27837 27856 3/8-16 .75 3.75 .250 9/16 1-1/16 2 3/8 15/16 9/64 11/16 .53
27438 27853 27838 27857 1/2-13 1.0 5.0 .312 3/4 1-1/8 2-1/8 1/2 1-1/4 3/16 3/4 1.03
27439 27854 27839 27858 5/8-11 1.0 5.0 .375 1 1-3/4 3 5/8 1-5/16 3/16 1-1/16 2.23
Locking Plungers – Long Reach – Short Length

Steel Steel Phenolic Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Force (lbs) +.001 Net Wt.
Number Number Number Part Number A Initial Final B C D E F G H J 10 Pcs.
27416 27859 27867 27863 1/4-20 .125 .50 .156 3/16 7/16 3/4 1/4 9/16 3/32 1/4 .1
27417 27860 27868 27864 3/8-16 .25 1.25 .250 5/16 5/8 1-1/8 3/8 3/4 9/64 3/8 .3
27418 27861 27869 27865 1/2-13 .50 2.0 .312 13/32 7/8 1-1/2 1/2 1 3/16 1/2 .7
27419 27862 27870 27866 5/8-11 .75 2.5 .375 1/2 1-1/8 1-7/8 5/8 1-3/16 3/16 5/8 1.35

313
Spring Locating Pins

The Jergens Spring Locating Pins are designed
for fixturing small parts in tight or compact space.
Ideal for positioning and chucking flat parts and
round parts and for profile clamping.
• Material: Body, aluminum

Pin, steel, plastic, or stainless steel
• Finish: Steel Pin, case hardened, zinc coated
Plastic Pin, delrin
Spring, steel
• Economical
• Easy to handle and mount
• Ideal for positioning flat or round pieces
• Maintains constant pressure on parts
• Minimizes fixturing space
Spring Locating Pins with Seal

Part Number +.001 Force

Steel Plastic Diameter -.000 P Installation
Pin Pin A B C D E
H8 (lbs) X Tool
36201 36221 .250 .118 .158 .276 .250 2.2 .035 36295
36202 36222 .250 .118 .158 .276 .250 4.5 .035 36295
36203 — .250 .118 .158 .276 .250 9.0 .035 36295
36204 36223 .438 .197 .236 .472 .438 4.5 .063 36296
36205 36224 .438 .197 .236 .472 .438 11.2 .063 36296
36206 — .438 .197 .236 .472 .438 21.5 .063 36296
36207 36225 .438 .236 .394 .472 .438 9.0 .071 36297
36208 36226 .438 .236 .394 .472 .438 17.0 .071 36297
36209 — .438 .236 .394 .472 .438 34.0 .071 36297
36210 36227 .500 .315 .512 .551 .500 11.2 .102 36298
36211 36228 .500 .315 .512 .551 .500 22.5 .102 36298
36212 — .500 .315 .512 .551 .500 45.0 .102 36298
36213 36229 .625 .394 .625 .709 .625 22.5 .126 36299
36214 36230 .625 .394 .625 .709 .625 45.0 .126 36299
36215 — .625 .394 .625 .709 .625 67.5 .126 36299
Spring Locating Pins with *Elastomer base

Part Number +.001 Force
Steel Plastic Stainless Diameter -.000 P Installation
Pin Pin Steel Pin A B C D E H8 (lbs) X Tool
36231 36251 36271 .250 .118 .146 .295 .250 2.2 .039 36295
36232 36252 36272 .250 .118 .146 .295 .250 4.4 .039 36295
36233 36253 36273 .438 .197 .287 .354 .438 6.7 .063 36296
36234 36254 36274 .438 .197 .287 .354 .438 13.5 .063 36296
36235 36255 36275 .438 .197 .287 .354 .438 20.0 .063 36296
36236 36256 36276 .438 .236 .406 .354 .438 4.4 .075 36297
36237 36257 36277 .438 .236 .406 .354 .438 6.7 .075 36297
36238 36258 36278 .438 .236 .406 .354 .438 13.5 .075 36297
36239 — 36279 .438 .236 .406 .354 .438 20.0 .075 36297
36240 36259 36280 .500 .315 .520 .512 .500 11.1 .106 36298
36241 36260 36281 .500 .315 .520 .512 .500 22.2 .106 36298
36242 36261 36282 .625 .394 .654 .625 .625 17.5 .134 36299
36243 36262 36283 .625 .394 .654 .625 .625 35.0 .134 36299
*Uses elastomer plastic spring
Spring Locating Pins

Installation Data
To determine mounting hole locations,
use the following formula:
S
L= +W+X
2
L = Location
S = Diameter of Locating Pin
W = Width of Workpiece
X = See Chart
Application Ideas

Position and hold Position and hold Position and hold from the Position and hold various
flat parts. round parts. inside to the outside. profiles of parts.
Eccentric Liners
Part
Number A B C D
36291 .250 .500 .390 .079
36292 .438 .687 .469 .079
36293 .500 .750 .547 .079
36294 .625 1.000 .705 .118
Eccentric Liners allow for adjustment of

spring pin tension due to part material varia-
tions, different tolerance requirements, or
force adjustment.
Installation Tools
Locating Spring Pin Installation Tools are
designed to make installation easier.
Refer to the charts on page 314 to

determine which tool to use.

315
Spring Stops
Button Type
• Material: Body, Zinc Aluminum Alloy ZA-12
Plunger, Low Carbon Steel Jergens Features:
• Heat Treat: P lunger Case Hardened Set screw allows for adjustable
74-77 R30N
plunger travel.
Angled mounting slot provides
a more secure hold.
End Force (Half-Depressed)

36101, 36104, 36107 – 10 lbs./6.8 kg
36102, 36105, 36111 – 14 lbs./13.6 kg
36103, 36106, 36109 – 32 lbs./18.14 kg
Flat Button Type Tang Type

Jergens Spring Stops Dimension Tables

Part. Stroke Wt. (lbs)
No. A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P 10 Pcs.
36101 15/16 11/16 21/32 0.14 0.35 21/32 3/8 1/8 7/32 7/32 13/32 — — — — — 0.2
Button
36102 1 1/2 1 1 1/8 0.2 0.54 29/32 9/16 3/16 5/16 9/32 5/8 — — — — — 0.9
36103 2 1 3/8 1 1/2 0.257 0.69 1 5/16 13/16 1/4 7/16 5/16 7/8 — — — — — 1.85
36104 15/16 11/16 21/32 0.14 0.35 21/32 5/8 1/8 7/32 7/32 13/32 3/16 7/8 1/4 7/16 15/64 0.2
Tang
36105 1 1/2 1 1 1/8 0.2 0.54 29/32 7/8 3/16 5/16 9/32 5/8 1/4 1 1/8 3/8 9/16 17/64 0.9
36106 2 1 3/8 1 1/2 0.257 0.69 1 5/16 1 1/4 1/4 7/16 5/16 7/8 3/8 1 1/2 1/2 3/4 21/64 1.85
36107 15/16 11/16 21/32 0.14 0.35 21/32 3/4 1/8 7/32 7/32 13/32 3/16 7/8 1/64 — — 0.2
Flat
36111 1 1/2 1 1 1/8 0.2 0.54 29/32 1 1/8 3/16 5/16 9/32 5/8 1/4 1 1/8 1/64 — — 0.9
36109 2 1 3/8 1 1/2 0.257 0.69 1 5/16 1 1/2 1/4 7/16 5/16 7/8 3/8 1 1/2 1/64 — — 1.85
Metric Dimensions (mm)

Part. Stroke Wt. (kg)
No. A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P 10 Pcs.
36101 23.8 17.5 16.7 3.6 8.9 15.1 9.5 3.2 5.6 5.6 10.3 — — — — — 0.09
Button
36102 38.1 25.4 28.6 5.1 13.7 21.4 14.3 4.8 7.9 7.1 15.9 — — — — — 0.41
36103 50.8 34.9 38.1 6.5 17.5 31 20.6 6.4 11.1 7.9 22.2 — — — — — 0.84
36104 23.8 17.5 16.7 3.6 8.9 15.1 15.9 3.2 5.6 5.6 10.3 4.8 22.2 6.4 11.1 6 0.09
Tang
36105 38.1 25.4 28.6 5.1 13.7 21.4 22.2 4.8 7.9 7.1 15.9 6.4 28.6 9.5 14.3 6.7 0.41
36106 50.8 34.9 38.1 6.5 17.5 31 31.8 6.4 11.1 7.9 22.2 9.5 38.1 12.7 19.1 8.3 0.84
36107 23.8 17.5 16.7 3.6 8.9 15.1 19.1 3.2 5.6 5.6 10.3 4.8 22.2 0.4 — — 0.09
Flat
36111 38.1 25.4 28.6 5.1 13.7 21.4 22.2 4.8 7.9 7.1 15.9 6.4 28.6 0.4 — — 0.41
36109 50.8 34.9 38.1 6.5 17.5 31 38.1 6.4 11.1 7.9 22.2 9.5 38.1 0.4 — — 0.84
TOGGLE CLAMPS
Toggle Clamps
Adjustable Spindle Assemblies.................................. 335
Conversion Chart.................................................. 358–360
Flush Mount.................................................................... 327
Hold Down Horizontal......................................... 324–326
Hold Down Vertical.............................................. 318–323
Pull Action...............................................................327–328
Squeeze Action.............................................................. 334
Straight Line.......................................................... 330–333
Vertical Pull Action........................................................ 329
Heavy Duty Clamps
Heavy Duty Cam Push Clamps
(HDC Series)........................................................ 356–358
Heavy Duty Cam Swing Clamps
TOGGLE CL AMPS
(HDC Series)........................................................ 355–356
Heavy Duty Magna Force Cam Clamps
(HDC Series)........................................................ 353–358
Heavy Duty Push-Pull Clamps
(HDP Series).........................................................347–351
Heavy Duty Vertical Clamps
(HDV Series)........................................................336–344
Horizontal Latch Clamps
(HDL Series)................................................................. 352
Vertical Cam Clamps
(JCV Series).........................................................345–346
317
TOGGLE CLAMPS
Hold Down Vertical

D H
This light duty U-Bar clamp accepts all 8-32

E
diameter spindles. It is supplied with a 70963
vinyl coated spindle assembly and washers.
G 11/64 DIA.
The vertical handle type is supplied with a L
blue vinyl handle.
• Holding capacity: 100 lbs. max.

• Weight: 2.5 oz.
A A*
• Handle moves 62°, bar 116° A A*
• U-Bar: 5/16" height, 3/16" inside width
• Horizontal spindle adjustment: 11/16" B
B*
• Spindle Thread: 8-32
J F
C
70310
Part S.S. Handle Bar Base

Number Part No. A B C D E F G H J Type Type Type
70310 71012 2 7/8 5/8 2 1/8 5/8 15/16 — 3/16 3/16 1 Vertical U-Bar Flange
70315 71013 3 1/16 7/8 2 1/8 5/8 — 3/16 3/16 3/16 1 Vertical U-Bar Straight
TOGGLE CL AMPS
70320 — 2 1/4 5/8 2 1/8 5/8 15/16 — 3/16 3/16 1 Tee U-Bar Flange
71014 — 2 11/16 7/8 2 1/8 5/8 — 3/16 3/16 3/16 1 Tee U-Bar Straight
*Straight base type dimension
Note: Width of tee handle is 1 5/8"
• U-Bar models include 2 flange washers
This small compact clamp is equipped with

a blue vinyl T-shaped grip handle; ideal for
moderate to light duty clamping. A
It is supplied with a 70917 vinyl coated
spindle assembly with washer. B
• Holding capacity: 150 lbs. C

• Weight: 2 oz.
3/16" DIA.
• Handle moves 175°, bar 92° HOLES
• U-Bar: 5/16" height, 7/32" inside width FOR 10-32
SCREWS
• Horizontal spindle adjustment: 5/8" E G
70280 • Spindle Thread: 10-32
• Spindle Number: 70917
F
D
Part S.S.
Number Part No. A B C D E F G
70280 71015 1 13/32 17/32 2 1/4 17/32 5/8 1/4 1 1/32
Note: Width of tee handle is 1 1/16"
For accessories see page 335. For interchangeability

with other toggle clamps, see page 358.
TOGGLE CLAMPS
Hold Down Vertical

H
D
E
This clamp has a narrow bar with a
stationary spindle that accepts all 1/4-20
G 13/64 DIA. L
diameter spindles. Each clamp is supplied
with a 70926 neoprene tipped spindle
assembly. The vertical handle type is
supplied with a blue vinyl handle.
A
A*
A
• Holding capacity: 200 lbs. max. A
• Weight: 6 oz.
B
• Handle moves 60°, bar 117° B*
• Solid Bar: 3/8" height, 7/32" wide

• Spindle Thread: 1/4-20 J F
70330 C
Part Handle Bar Base

Number A B C D E F G H J Type Type Type
70330 3 3/4 15/16 2 9/16 1/2 1 1/16 — 1/4 1/4 1 1/16 Vertical Solid Flange
70335 3 15/16 1 1/8 2 9/16 1/2 — 1/4 1/4 1/4 1 1/16 Vertical Solid Straight
70340 2 13/16 15/16 2 9/16 1/2 1 1/16 — 1/4 1/4 1 1/16 Tee Solid Flange
TOGGLE CL AMPS
71016 2 13/16 1 1/8 2 9/16 1/2 — 1/4 1/4 1/4 1 1/16 Tee Solid Straight
*Straight base type dimension • Solid arm models include a bolt retainer
Note: Width of tee handle is 2 9/16" • U-Bar models include 2 flange washers
H
D
This vertical clamp is equipped with a
1/4-20 spindle which has a tip, washers, E
and locknut for easy clamping. A blue
vinyl handle is included. Each clamp G 13/64 DIA. L
is supplied with a 70926 vinyl coated

spindle assembly with washer.
• Holding capacity: 250 lbs. A

A*
• Weight: 6 oz. A
A
• Handle moves 64°, bar 104°
• U-Bar: 3/8" height, 1/4" inside width B*
B
• Horizontal spindle adjustment: 1 1/8"

• Spindle Thread: 1/4-20
J F
• Spindle Number: 70926 C
70342

70342 4 15/16 3 1/2 1 1/16 — 1/4 1/4 1 3/4 Vertical U-Bar Flange
71017 4 1 1/8 3 1/2 — 9/32 1/4 1/4 1 3/4 Vertical U-Bar Straight
71018 2 13/16 1 1/8 3 1/2 — 9/32 1/4 1/4 1 3/4 Tee U-Bar Straight
71019 2 13/16 15/16 3 1/2 1 1/16 — 1/4 1/4 1 3/4 Tee U-Bar Flange
Note: Width of tee handle is 2 9/16" For accessories see page 335. For interchangeability
• Solid arm models include a bolt retainer

319
TOGGLE CLAMPS
Hold Down Vertical
This popular style of clamp includes solid D H

K
bar and U-Bar construction. Each clamp
accepts all 5/16-18 diameter spindles. E
Each clamp is supplied with a 70947
neoprene tipped spindle assembly. The G 9/32 DIA.
L
vertical handle type is supplied with a
blue vinyl handle.

• Weight: 11 oz.
A
• Handle moves 60°, bar 100° A*
A A*
70350 • U-Bar: 5/8" height, 21/64" inside width
• Horizontal spindle adjustment: 1 1/2" B* B
J F
C
TOGGLE CL AMPS

70350 5 5/8 1 1/4 4 3/4 1.25 — 5/16 1/4 2.25 Vertical Solid Flange
70355 5 15/16 1 9/16 4 3/4 — 1/4 5/16 — 2.25 Vertical Solid Straight
70360 4 1/16 1 1/4 4 3/4 1.25 — 5/16 1/4 2.25 Tee Solid Flange
70365 5 5/8 1 1/4 5 1/4 3/4 1.25 — 5/16 1/4 3.4375 Vertical Solid Flange
71021 5 5/8 1 9/16 4 1/8 3/4 — 1/4 5/16 1/4 3 7/16 Vertical Solid Straight
71023 4 1/16 1 1/4 4 1/8 3/4 1.25 1/4 5/16 1/4 3 7/16 Tee Solid Flange
70380 5 5/8 1 1/4 4 3/4 1.25 — 5/16 1/4 2.25 Vertical U-Bar Flange
70385 6 5/16 1 9/16 4 3/4 — 1/4 5/16 — 2.25 Vertical U-Bar Straight
70390 4 1/16 1 1/4 4 3/4 1.25 — 5/16 1/4 2.25 Tee U-Bar Flange
70395 5 5/8 1 1/4 5 1/2 3/4 1.25 — 5/16 1/4 3.75 Vertical U-Bar Flange
71024 4 5/8 1 9/16 3 3/4 3/4 — 1/8 5/16 1/4 2 1/4 Tee U-Bar Straight
71025 6 5/16 1 9/16 4 7/16 3/4 — 1/8 5/16 1/4 3 3/4 Vertical U-Bar Straight
71026 4 5/8 1 9/16 4 7/16 3/4 — 1/8 5/16 1/4 3 3/4 Tee U-Bar Straight
71027 4 1/16 1 1/4 4 7/16 3/4 1.25 — 5/16 1/4 3 3/4 Tee U-Bar Flange
*Straight base type dimension. Note: Width of tee handle is 3 5/8".

TOGGLE CLAMPS
Hold Down Vertical

This large capacity clamp is available in solid bar and U-Bar
construction. It accepts all 3/8-16 diameter spindles. The solid
bar clamp is supplied with a 70910 bolt retainer and 70915
neoprene tipped spindle assembly. The U-Bar style is supplied
A
with 2 flanged washers and the 70915 spindle assembly. The A*
vertical handle type is supplied with a blue vinyl handle.
• Holding capacity: 750 lbs. max. B*

B
• Weight: 1 lb., 5 oz.
J
• Solid Bar: 3/4" height, 5/16" wide C F
G
• U-Bar: 3/4" height, 7/16" inside width 21/64" DIA.
H
HOLES
• Horizontal spindle adjustment: 2 9/16" FOR 5/16"
E
SCREWS
70440 • Spindle Thread: 3/8 -16
D

70420 7 3/4 1 11/16 5 1/2 1 1/4 1 25/32 — 21/64 3/8 3 19/32 Vertical Solid Flange
70425 8 1/4 2 3/16 5 1/2 1 1/4 — 3/8 21/64 — 3 19/32 Vertical Solid Straight
70430 5 1/4 1 11/16 5 1/2 1 1/4 1 25/32 — 21/64 3/8 3 19/32 Tee Solid Flange
71028
TOGGLE CL AMPS
6 1/8 2 3/16 5 1/2 1 1/4 — 3/8 21/64 — 3 19/32 Tee Solid Straight
70440 7 3/4 1 11/16 5 1/2 1 1/4 1 25/32 — 21/64 3/8 3 17/32 Vertical U-Bar Flange
70445 8 1/4 2 3/16 5 1/2 1 1/4 — 3/8 21/64 — 3 17/32 Vertical U-Bar Straight
70450 5 1/4 1 11/16 5 1/2 1 1/4 1 25/32 — 21/64 3/8 3 17/32 Tee U-Bar Flange
71029 6 1/8 2 3/16 5 1/2 1 1/4 — 3/8 21/64 — 3 17/32 Tee U-Bar Straight
*Straight base type dimension. Note: Width of tee handle is 5".
G
This heavy duty clamp is available with solid bar and D Ø11/32"
K
U-Bar construction. It accepts all 1/2-13 diameter
spindles. The solid bar model is supplied with a E
70901 bolt retainer. The U-Bar model is supplied with

H
2-70902 flanged washers. Spindle assembly 70903
must be ordered separately for both models.

• Weight: 2 lbs., 7 oz. A
A*
• U-Bar: 7/8" height, 17/32" inside width B*
B

• Spindle Thread: 1/2-13 J F
70470 C

70460 9 2 7 1 1/4 1 25/32 — 3/8 3/8 5 Vertical Solid Flange
71030 9 1/2 2 1/4 7 1 1/4 — 3/8 3/8 — 5 Vertical Solid Straight
70470 9 2 7 1 1/4 1 25/32 — 3/8 3/8 5 Vertical U-Bar Flange
71031 9 1/2 2 1/4 7 1 1/4 — 3/8 3/8 — 5 Vertical U-Bar Straight


321
TOGGLE CLAMPS
Hold Down Vertical
This is the largest capacity vertical style clamp.

It’s available in solid bar or U-Bar construction
and accepts all 5/8-11 diameter spindles. The
solid bar is supplied with a 70940 bolt retainer.
The U-Bar is supplied with 2-70941 flanged wash-
ers. Spindle assembly 70942 must be ordered
separately. Each model is supplied with a
blue vinyl handle.

• Weight: 5 lbs., 2 oz.
• Solid Bar: 1 1/4" height, 3/8" wide
• U-Bar: 1 1/4" height, 21/32" inside width 1/2" DIA.
HOLES
• Horizontal spindle adjustment: 4" FOR 7/16"
70480 • Spindle Thread: 5/8-11 SCREWS
TOGGLE CL AMPS

70480 12 1/8 3 1/4 9 2 2 3/4 — 1/2 1/2 5 7/8 Vertical Solid Flange
71032 13 3/8 4 9 2 — 1 1/4 1/2 — 5 7/8 Vertical Solid Straight
70490 12 1/8 3 1/4 9 2 2 3/4 — 1/2 1/2 5 7/8 Vertical U-Bar Flange
71033 13 3/8 4 9 2 — 1 1/4 1/2 — 5 7/8 Vertical Solid Straight

TOGGLE CLAMPS
Hold Down Vertical
F
D
E G
C
A
TOGGLE CL AMPS
B
This clamp is available with a solid or U-Bar model.

It features both a horizontal and vertical mounting surface.
A neoprene tipped spindle assembly is included with both
models. A bolt retainer is furnished with the solid bar model.

Part Bar Wt
Number A B C D E F G H K Type (oz.)
70285 5 1/2 6 1/16 2 3/4 5/8 1 1 3/8 1 1/2 2 1/2 2 U-Bar 15
71037 5 1/2 6 7/16 2 3/4 5/8 1 1 3/8 1 1/2 2 1/2 — Solid 16


323
TOGGLE CLAMPS
Hold Down Horizontal
A
A*
B
B*
J
C
70210 I
G
F
H
• Holding capacity: 60 lbs.
The small size of this clamp is ideal • Weight: 1 oz. E
for jobs requiring minimal hold down • Handle moves 80°, bar 90°
force. Available in solid or U-Bar • Solid Bar: 3/32" height, 1/4" wide
construction. All models are supplied • U-Bar: 1/4" height, 3/16" inside width D
with 70962 nylon spindle assemblies • U-Bar horizontal spindle adjustment: 3/8" 11/64" x 17/64" K
OBLONG HOLES
and blue vinyl handles. • Spindle Thread: 8-32 FOR NO. 8
SCREWS
Part S.S. Bar Base

Number Part No. A B C D E F G H J I K Type Type
70210 — 3/4 13/32 2 3/4 5/8 5/8 — 5/32 5/32 11/16 — — Solid Flange
70211 — 3/4 13/32 2 3/4 5/8 — — 5/32 5/32 21/32 3/8 1/2 Solid 1/2 Flange-Left
71001 — 3/4 13/32 2 3/4 5/8 — — 5/32 5/32 21/32 3/8 1/2 Solid 1/2 Flange-Right
TOGGLE CL AMPS
70215 — 15/16 19/32 2 3/4 5/8 — 11/32 5/32 5/32 11/16 — — Solid Straight
70230 71002 3/4 5/16 2 21/32 5/8 5/8 — 5/32 5/32 11/16 — — U-Bar Flange
70231 — 3/4 5/16 2 3/4 5/8 — — 5/32 5/32 21/32 3/8 1/2 U-Bar 1/2 Flange-Left
71003 — 3/4 5/16 2 3/4 5/8 — — 5/32 5/32 21/32 3/8 1/2 U-Bar 1/2 Flange-Right
70235 — 15/16 1/2 2 21/32 5/8 — 11/32 5/32 5/32 11/16 — — U-Bar Straight
Note: J dimension goes all the way to end of the U-Bar models • U-Bar models include 2 flange washers
A A*
B* B
J
70260 C
F
G
This light duty clamp is designed with • Holding capacity: 150 lbs. H
a large clearance area between the • Weight: 3 oz. E
bar and handle when the clamps are • Handle moves 60°, bar 90°
in the full open position. A blue vinyl • U-Bar: 3/8" height, 7/32" inside width
D
handle is included. Includes vinyl • Horizontal spindle adjustment: 1 1/8"
coated spindle assembly. • Spindle Thread: 10-32
Part S.S.
Number Part No. A B C D E F G H J Base Type
70260 71004 1 13/32 3/4 4 3/8 17/32 11/16 — 5/32 1/8 1 5/8 Flange
71005 — 1 3/4 13/16 4 3/8 17/32 — 3/8 5/32 1/8 1 5/8 Straight
Note: J dimension goes all the way to end of the U-Bar models

TOGGLE CLAMPS
D H
G
This medium duty clamp

E
is ideal for limited space
70240 applications. It is supplied 13/64 DIA.
with a 70926 neoprene
tipped spindle assembly.
A A*
• Holding capacity: 200 lbs. B* B
• Weight: 5 oz.
J F
• U-Bar: 1/2" height, 17/64" inside width C
Part S.S. Bar Base

Number Part No. A B C D E F G H J Type Type
70240 71006 1 1/2 1 5 7/16 1 1/16 7/8 — 3/16 17/64 2 1/4 U-Bar Flange
70245 71007 1 45/64 1 1/4 5 7/16 1 1/16 — 15/32 3/16 17/64 2 1/4 U-Bar Straight
TOGGLE CL AMPS
71008 — 1 1/2 1 5 7/16 1 1/16 7/8 — 3/16 17/64 2 1/4 Soild Flange
71009 — 1 45/64 1 1/4 5 7/16 1 1/16 — 15/32 3/16 17/64 2 1/4 Solid Straight
D
G H
These medium and large capacity clamps E

have a large clearance area between F
M
the bar and the handle when the clamps
70262 are in the fully open position. A blue vinyl
handle is included. A A*
B* B
• For 70262 • For 70264
• Holding capacity: 200 lbs. • Holding capacity: 500 lbs.
• Weight: 7 oz. • Weight: 16 oz. J M DIA.
C
• Handle moves 76°, bar 92° • Handle moves 62°, bar 92°
• U-Bar: 1/2" height, 1/4" inside width • U-Bar: 9/16" height, 11/32" inside width
• Horizontal spindle adjustment: 1 21/32" • Horizontal spindle adjustment: 1 13/32"
• Spindle Number: 70926 • Spindle Number: 70947

Part Base
Number A B C D E F G H J K M Type
70262 2 15/16 6 15/32 1 1/32 1 3/32 23/32 7/32 3/32 2 3/8 1/4-20 7/32 Flange
70264 2 7/16 1 11/32 7 13/32 1 1/32 1 7/32 13/16 9/32 3/32 2 9/16 5/16-18 1/4 Flange
71010 2 9/16 1 3/16 6 15/32 1 1/32 — 23/32 7/32 3/32 2 3/8 1/4-20 7/32 Straight
71011 2 7/8 1 1/2 7 13/32 1 1/32 — 13/16 9/32 3/32 2 9/16 5/16-18 1/4 Straight
• U-Bar models include 2 flange washers For accessories see page 335. For interchangeability

325
TOGGLE CLAMPS
A
A*
B
B*
70250
C
Similar to model 70240, except larger in overall J F
size and capacity. Supplied with a 70947
neoprene tipped spindle assembly. G
H
• Holding capacity: 500 lbs. max. E

• Weight: 9 oz.
• Handle moves 65°, bar 90° 17/64" DIA. HOLES
D FOR 1/4" SCREWS
Part Bar Base

Number A B C D E F G H J Type Type
TOGGLE CL AMPS
70250 1 7/8 1 3/8 6 5/8 1 7/8 — 1/4 1/4 2 3/4 U-Bar Flange
70255 2 1/8 1 5/8 6 5/8 1 — 1/2 1/4 1/4 2 3/4 U-Bar Straight
*Straight base type dimension • U-Bar models include 2 flange washers
A
A*
B
B*
70270
This horizontal clamp is available with U-Bar
construction in a flanged or straight base. Supplied C
J F
with a 70915 neoprene tipped spindle assembly.
Both models supplied with a blue vinyl handle.
G
H

E
• U-Bar: 3/4" height, 7/16" inside width D
21/64" DIA. HOLES
FOR 5/16" SCREWS
Part Bar Base

Number A B C D E F G H J Type Type
70270 2 1/2 1 3/4 10 1/4 1 5/8 1 5/8 — 5/16 5/16 4 1/8 U-Bar Flange
70275 3 1/16 2 3/8 10 1/4 1 5/8 — 7/8 5/16 5/16 4 1/8 U-Bar Straight
*Straight base type dimension • U-Bar models include 2 flange washers

TOGGLE CLAMPS
Flush Mount
This clamp can be flush C
mounted using the hex
locknut or it can be mounted D
directly into tapped hole.
Either mounting allows 360° TRAVEL E
clamp rotation. The clamp B
A
locks in forward or reverse
position. It is furnished
with the hex locknut and
a blue vinyl handle.
70120 F
Holding
Part Travel Capacity Wt. Plunger
Number A B C D E F Thread (lbs) (oz.) Tapped
70118 2 7/8 3/4 2 7/16 3/8 15/16 1/4 5/8-18 200 3.5 1/4-20 x 19/32
70120 4 1 1/2 4 3/4 7/16 1 1/4 3/4-16 x 5/8 300 9 5/16-18 x 1
70140 5 1/4 2 5/8 6 11/16 5/8 1 1/2 1/4 1-14 x 7/8 700 27 3/8-16 x 1 1/4
TOGGLE CL AMPS
Pull Action
E
13/64" DIA.
F HOLES
D FOR NO. 10
SCREWS
C
9/32" DIA
2 HOLES
70570 FOR 1/4"
1 1/2" SCREWS
A
1/2" B
NARROW BASE
The adjustable hook is ideal for latching, locking or fastening doors, fixtures, pressure vessels,
covers, and hatches on storage tanks. The hook bar has a 4" pull and is threaded for convenient
adjustment. This clamp is furnished with a blue vinyl handle.
Note: Longer Hook Lengths Available Upon Request
Holding
Part Drawing Capacity Wt.
Number A B C D E F Movement (lbs) (oz.)
70570 1 7/16 3/4 8 5/16 3/4 1 3/8 5/16 4 375 10
70580 1 7/16 3/4 8 5/16 1 1/2 — 5/16 4 375 10
71039 2 5/8 1 13/16 13 1/4 1 1/8 2 3/8 1/2 6 1/8 990 16
Note: 70580 is a narrow base 1/2" wide


327
TOGGLE CLAMPS
Pull Action
H
K G
J
F
E
D
9/32" DIA.
A
HOLES
FOR 1/4"
SCREWS
70550
Ideal for locking and fastening on fixtures. Adjustable

stop permits positioning of handle to limit travel once
M
the clamp is installed. 4" drawing movement valuable L
for a wide range of applications.

C
Holding
Part Capacity Wt.
Number A B C D E F G H J K L M (lbs) (oz.)
70550 1 3/8 5 11/16 8 5/16 3/4 1 1/4 1 3/4 1/4 5/16 1/8 3/8 1 7/8 1 5/8 375 12
TOGGLE CL AMPS
70555 1 7/8 4 5/8 9 5/8 1 1/4 1 25/32 2 1/2 3/8 11/32 1/8 3/8 1 7/8 2 1/16 1,200 18
L
P F
K
M
7/32" DIA.
HOLES Q
FOR 3/16"
SCREWS
70560 R
O D H
A
The Jergens Latch Clamp is ideal for closure/release 17/64" DIA.
HOLES
applications on covers, lids, doors, guards, and I E FOR 1/4"
SCREWS
containers. The clamp's unique versatility is attributed B
G O
to its adjustable U-Bar design. The clamp is supplied
D
with a T-Handle vinyl grip and Latch Plate. N O
C*
Holding
Part S.S. H M Capacity Wt
Number Part No. A B C* D E F G (Dia.) I J K L (Dia.) N O P Q R (lbs) (oz.)
70558 71040 1 5/32 15/32 3 15/32 5/8 3/4 3/16 1/16 3/16 1 3/32 M4 x .7 17/32 25/32 3/16 7/16 7/32 13/32 1/4 1 1/32 360 2.5
70560 — 1 3/4 21/32 5 5/8 3/4 1 1/4 3/16 1/8 17/64 1 3/4 10-32 11/16 1 1/64 7/32 1/2 1/4 9/16 7/32 1 9/16 700 7
70562 — 2 3/4 15/16 6 3/4 1 5/8 1 1/2 5/16 5/32 11/32 2 1/8 M8 x 1.25 1 3/16 1 1/2 11/32 3/4 3/8 3/4 3/8 2 3/8 2000 21
*Adjusts 1/2"

TOGGLE CLAMPS
Vertical Pull Action

D
H
G
E
M
THREAD
J
B
F
This clamp is for vertical locking applications, where

it is preferable to mount the clamp on a lid. The U-bolt I
M DIA.
allows for easy adjustment and provide a positive
TOGGLE CL AMPS
connection with the latch plate (included).
• Handle moves 145°
Part U-Bolt Range U-Bolt Range

Number A B C D E F G H I J M
71041 1 5/8 1-1 7/8 15/16 1/2 7/8 7/16 1/4 1/4 3/16 3/16-1 3/32 7/32
71042 2 7/16 1 5/16-2 13/32 1 7/32 3/4 1 1/8 9/16 5/16 3/8 1/4 9/32-1 3/8 1/4
70565 3 7/32 1 25/32-3 3/16 1 21/32 1/4 19/32 3/4 3/8 1/2 5/16 11/32-1 25/32 11/32
Part Thread Holding Wt.

Number Size Capacity (lbs) (oz.)
71041 M4 x 0.7 305 4
71042 M6 x 1.0 550 11
70565 M8 x 1.25 990 25


329
TOGGLE CLAMPS
Straight Line
This straight-line extra heavy duty
clamp is constructed of malleable
iron castings and cold rolled steel.
The pivot joints are stainless steel.
The mounting base is precision B
machined for flatness. A blue vinyl

handle is included. J
G
• Holding capacity: 500 lbs. H
70810 • Weight: 14 oz.

• Plunger travel: 1 3/16" E
• Plunger tapped: 5/16-18 X 1 1/8" deep
D MOUNTING
HOLES
Part Mounting

Number B C D E G H J Holes
70810 1 4 3/4 1 3/8 1 5/8 5/16 5/16 2 1/4 9/32
70815 1 4 3/4 1 7/16 1 5/16 5/16 5/16 2 1/4 7/32
TOGGLE CL AMPS
Same construction as 70810

with larger capacity. The base
has 11/32" diameter holes
for 5/16" screws. A blue vinyl
handle is included.
B
J
• Plunger travel: 1 5/8"
C
70830 G
H
E
Part
Number B C D E G H J
70830 1 1/4 6 1/4 1 5/8 1 5/8 5/16 5/16 3 11/32" DIA.
D
HOLES
FOR 5/16"
SCREWS
TOGGLE CLAMPS
Straight Line
J
70850
C
Same construction as 70810 with three times the holding
capacity. Our most powerful straight line action toggle clamp. G
A blue vinyl handle is included. H

E
• Weight: 3 lb.
• Plunger tapped: 1/2-13 X 1 1/2" deep 11/32" DIA.
D HOLES
FOR 5/16"
Part
TOGGLE CL AMPS
SCREWS
Number B C D E G H J
70850 1 3/4 9 1/2 2 2 3/8 3/8 4 5/8
G
O
A
M
D
F
N L K
B
H
3/16 DIA.
3/16"
HOLES DIA. FOR
HOLES
70818 FOR 10-32 SCREWS
10-32 SCREWS
J C
This light duty clamp is equipped with an 8-32
tapped plunger. A blue vinyl handle is included.
• Holding capacity: 90 lbs. I J

• Weight: 1.5 oz.
• Plunger travel: 5/8"
• Plunger tapped: 8-32 X 15/32" deep
Part
Number A B C D F G H I J K L M N O
70818 1 7/32 2 21/32 1 1/16 1/2 15/32 1/4 7/32 5/16 5/8 3/32 1 11/32 13/16 1 9/32 7/16


331
TOGGLE CLAMPS
Straight Line
This popular plunger style clamp can
be used for push and pull clamping.
The rivet in the handle can be removed
allowing the clamp to be set in either the A
push or pull position. A blue vinyl handle
is included.
B
C
• Weight: 10 oz.
J
• Plunger tapped: 5/16-18 X 1" deep
70820 H
Part 7/32" DIA.

Number A B C D E G H J HOLES
FOR NO. 10
70820 3 5/16 31/32 5 7/16 1 3/8 1 5/8 9/32 9/32 1 15/16 SCREWS D
TOGGLE CL AMPS
The heavy duty construction of the clamp

is ideal for hard to hold applications.
The plunger locks in both push and
pull positions with maximum pressure.
A blue vinyl handle is included. A

• Weight: 1 lb., 12 oz. B
• Plunger tapped: 3/8-16 X 1" deep
J
C
70840
G
H
Part Base 11/32" DIA.

Number A B C D E G H J Type HOLES E
FOR 5/16"
70840 4 9/16 1 3/4 6 3/4 1 5/8 1 5/8 5/16 5/16 4 3/16 Flange SCREWS
D
TOGGLE CLAMPS
Straight Line
70860
C
H
The forged steel construction enables this powerful
plunger-style clamp to perform on rugged, heavy duty E
applications. Handle locks in both push and pull 11/32" DIA.
HOLES
positions. A blue vinyl handle is included. FOR 5/16"
SCREWS
D E
J
• Weight: 2 lbs., 2 oz.
• Plunger travel: 2"
TOGGLE CL AMPS
Part Base
Number A B C D E G H J Type
70860 2 7/8 13/16 7 1/16 1 3/8 1 5/8 1/2 5/16 5 1/16 Flange


333
TOGGLE CLAMPS
Squeeze Action — Forged Jaws

E - SPINDLE THREAD
These forged steel, squeeze

action, plier clamps can be used
in a wide range of applications.
B A
F Ideal for clamping, fixturing,
holding, processing, or position-
ing. All models are supplied with
spindle assemblies.
D
C 2 Spindle Version
2 Spindle Holding
Part Part Capacity Spindle Trigger Wt.
Number Number A B C D E F (lbs.) Type Release (oz.)
70710 71049 1 15/16 2 1/16 4 1/2 1 1/8 1/4-20 1 200 Standard No 5
70720 71050 1 7/8 2 13/16 6 1 3/4 5/16-18 1 1/4 350 Standard No 8
70730 — 2 11/16 2 7/8 8 1/16 2 9/32 5/16-18 1/2 700 Standard Yes 16
70740 70745 2 11/16 4 1/4 8 1/2 2 3/4 3/8-16 1 3/4 700 Standard Yes 19
70750 — 2 11/16 4 3/4 8 1/2 2 3/4 3/8-16 3 700 Standard Yes 22
Note: F dimension will be less if spindle and locknut are used.
TOGGLE CL AMPS
70710 70720 70730

Supplied with 70927 Spindle Assembly Supplied with 70946 Spindle Assembly Supplied with 70945
Spindle Assembly
71049 Supplied with 2 Spindle Assemblies 71050 Supplied with 2 Spindle Assemblies
(Not Shown) (Not Shown)
70740 70745 (not shown) 70750

Supplied with 70913 Supplied with (2) 70912 Supplied with 70913 and 70914
Spindle Assembly Spindle Assembly Spindle Assemblies
TOGGLE CLAMPS
Adjustable Spindle Assemblies

Hex Head Adjustable Spindle
Assemblies Part
Number Description
70962 8-32 x 27/32 Nylon Hex Head
70916 8-32 x 3/4 Hex Head*
Vinyl Coated Hex Head Ad- 70945 5/16-18 x 1 1/8 Hex Head
justable Spindle Assemblies 70946 5/16-18 x 1 3/4 Hex Head
70912 3/8-16 x 1 1/4 Hex Head
70913 3/8-16 x 3 Hex Head
70903 1/2-13 x 3 Hex Head
70942 5/8-11 x 4 1/2 Hex Head
Neoprene Cap-Flat Tipped 70963 8-32 x 1 1/4 Vinyl Coated Hex Head
Adjustable Spindle Assemblies 70927 1/4-20 x 1 1/2 Vinyl Coated Hex Head
70926 1/4-20 x 1 3/4 Neoprene Cap Flat Tipped
70949 5/16-18 x 3 Neoprene Cap Flat Tipped
Swivel Foot Adjustable
Spindle Assemblies 70915 3/8-16 x 3 1/4 Neoprene Cap Flat Tipped
70917 10-32 x 1 3/8 Neoprene Cap Flat Tipped
70948 5/16-18 x 2 3/4 Swivel Foot
70914 3/8-16 x 3 Swivel Foot
*Nuts not included
TOGGLE CL AMPS
Flanged Washers for U-Bar Clamps Only
Flanged Washers for U-Bar Clamps
Part
Number Description
70960 #8 For Vertical Handle Models
70925 1/4
70944 5/16
70911 3/8
70902 1/2
70941 5/8
Bolt Retainer Part

Bolt Retainers For Solid Bar Number Description
Clamps 70943 5/16
70910 3/8
70901 1/2
70940 5/8

335
TOGGLE CLAMPS
HDV Series Heavy Duty Vertical Clamps

TOGGLE CL AMPS
Features: Specifications:
All HDV series clamps are designed to be adaptable and durable, The main components are of steel, the forked lower handles
and to withstand abuse in heavy duty applications. being precision alloy steel castings, and all axles of hardened
The HDV series have a phosphated corrosion resistant finish. steel running in either hardened bushes or directly in the
close-toleranced holes of hardened parts. The clamps are
Models HDV660WW, HDV1500WW, HDV2600WW and finished chemi-black.
HDV5200WW comprise a basic toggle mechanism onto which
can be welded at the desired angle the clamping arm and handle
which can be specified as accessories. These models feature a Installation:
swivel base which is welded at the desired angle to the mecha- When welding the swivel base of the ‘Stub Nose’ models to the
nism, and then welded either directly to a fixture, or alternatively clamp mechanism ensure that the full length of the adjoining
to a base which is offered as an accessory for bolt mounting. surfaces are welded. Ensure that welding spatter does not enter
Models HDV660SW, HDV1500SW, HDV2600SW and HD- the slots which form the forward stop of the mechanism.
V5200SW share all the features of the above models, but with a The handle pivot bolt may be adjusted if required to remove
straight base which can be directly bolt mounted or welded to a excess free play from the mechanism.
fixture, or alternatively to the accessory base for bolt mounting.
Frequent lubrication will extend the life of the clamp.
Models HDV660SW, HDV1500SS, HDV2600SS and
HDV5200SS are similar to the type ‘T’ models, but with a handle
with a PVC grip fitted vertically, and a longer stub clamping arm
which can be modified and the spindle retainer supplied welded
in the desired position.
Models HDV660SW, HDV1500FA, HDV2600FA and HDV5200FA
feature a flanged base with holes for bolt mounting, a handle with
PVC grip fitted vertically, and a fixed spindle or setscrew position
which does not require welding.
TOGGLE CLAMPS
Hold Down Vertical
Model HDV660/WW
Arm: Stub nose for welded extension
Base: Swivel for welding in the desired position
Nominal Holding Force: 660 lbs.
Weight: 6 oz.
See “Features and Installation Information”

on page 336 for Installation Instructions.
See page 339 for accessories and handles.

Part Number
72120
TOGGLE CL AMPS
Model HDV660/SW
Base: Straight
Weight: 6 oz.


Part Number
72101
Model HDV660/FW
Base: Flanged
Weight: 7 oz.
Part Number
72102

337
TOGGLE CLAMPS
Hold Down Vertical
Model HDV660/SA
Arm: The spindle is adjustable along the arm
Base: Straight
Weight: 9 oz.
Supplied complete with: Set screw & nuts,
Flanged washer
Part Number
72103
TOGGLE CL AMPS
Model HDV660/FA
Base: Flanged
Weight: 9 oz.
Flanged washer
Part Number
72104
Model HDV660/FA2
Base: Flanged
Weight: 9 oz.
Flanged washer
Part Number
72105
TOGGLE CLAMPS
Hold Down Vertical

HDV660 Series Accessories
Part No. 72130
Handle: For welding at the desired angle
to HDV660/WW & HDV660/SW
Weight: 2 oz.
Part No. 72131
Grip: To fit Part No. 72130 handle
Weight: 0.5 oz.
Part No. 72132
Arm: For extending the stub arms
of HDV660/WW & HDV660/SW
Weight: 3 oz.
Part No. 72133
Base: For bolt mounting
HDV660/WW & HDV660/SW
Weight: 2 oz.
TOGGLE CL AMPS
Model HDV1500/WW
Arm: Stub nose for welded extensions
Nominal Holding Force: 1,543 lbs.
Weight: 1lb 7 oz.

Part Number
72121
Model HDV1500/SW
Base: Straight
Weight: 1lb 9 oz.

Part Number
72106

339
TOGGLE CLAMPS
Hold Down Vertical
Model HDV1500/SS
Arm: Solid arm
Base: Straight
Weight: 2 lbs 5 oz.
Supplied complete with: Spindle retainer,
Setscrew & nuts
See below for accessories and handles.
Part Number
72107
TOGGLE CL AMPS
Model HDV1500/FA
Arm: The spindle is in a fixed position
Base: Flanged
Weight: 2 lbs 9 oz.
Supplied complete with: Setscrew & nuts
Part Number
72108

Part No. 72140
Handle: For welding at the desired
angle to HDV1500/WW & HDV1500/SW
Weight: 5.3 oz.
Part No. 72141
Weight: 0.3 oz.
Part No. 72142
Arm: For extending the stub
arms of HDV1500/WW & HDV1500/SW
Weight: 5.5 oz.
Part No. 72143
VHDV1500/WW & HDV1500/SW
Weight: 3 oz.
TOGGLE CLAMPS
Hold Down Vertical
Model HDV2600/WW
Weight: 2 lbs 10 oz.

Part Number
72122
TOGGLE CL AMPS
Model HDV2600/SW
Base: Straight
Weight: 3 lbs 2 oz.


Part Number
72109
Model HDV2600/SS
Arm: Solid arm
Base: Straight
Weight: 4 lbs.
Setscrew & nuts
Part Number
72110

341
TOGGLE CLAMPS
Hold Down Vertical
Model HDV2600/FA
Base: Flanged
Weight: 4 lbs 4 oz.
Part Number
72111
TOGGLE CL AMPS

Part No. 72150
Handle: For welding at the desired
angle to HDV2600/WW & HDV2600/SW
Weight: 8 oz.
Part No. 72151

Weight: 0.3 oz.
Part No. 72152

Weight: 11 oz.
Part No. 72153

Weight: 4 oz.
TOGGLE CLAMPS
Hold Down Vertical
Model HDV5200/WW
Weight: 6 lbs 4 oz.

Part Number
72123
Model HDV5200/SW
TOGGLE CL AMPS
Base: Straight
Weight: 7 lbs 1 oz.


Part Number
72112
Model HDV5200/SS
Arm: Solid arm
Base: Straight
Weight: 8 lbs 3 oz.
Setscrew & nuts
Part Number
72113

343
TOGGLE CLAMPS
Hold Down Vertical
Model HDV5200/FA
Base: Flanged
Nominal Holding Force: 5,286 lbs
Weight: 9 lbs.
Part Number
72114
TOGGLE CL AMPS

Part No. 72170
Handle: For welding at the desired angle
to HDV5200/WW & HDV5200/SW
Weight: 10.3 oz.
Part No. 72171

Weight: 4 oz.
Part No. 72172

Weight: 1 lb 8 oz.
Part No. 72173

Weight: 7 oz.
TOGGLE CLAMPS
Vertical Cam Clamps
TOGGLE CL AMPS
Features: Specifications:
Cam clamps are similar to vertical clamps but the clamping force The main components are of zinc plated and passivated steel,
is generated not by a toggle linkage, but by the action of a roller the cam and its roller being case hardened to resist wear.
on a cam.
Rivets are of stainless steel, which burnishes and work-hardens
The cam action allows components of differing thickness to be with use, the rivets of models JCV550/FF and JCV770/FF rotat-
clamped without readjustment of the clamping spindle. ing in hardened bushes. The setscrews are made of steel.
Model JCV155/FF can clamp parts with thickness varying by up
to 1/16", and models JCV550/FF and JCV770/FF thickness
varying by up to 5/64".
A comfortable, cushioned PVC handle grip is fitted to all three

models of cam clamp.

345
TOGGLE CLAMPS
Vertical Cam Clamps
Model JCV/155/FF
Base: Flanged
Weight: 1.3 oz.

Part Number
72160
TOGGLE CL AMPS
Model JCV550/FF
Base: Flanged
Weight: 9 oz.
Part Number
72161
Model JCV770/FF
Base: Flanged
Weight: 1 lb 6 oz.
Part Number
72162
TOGGLE CLAMPS
Heavy-Duty & Long-Handled Push-Pull Clamps
• Low profile handle

• Heavy duty link
• Ribbed housing povides

extra protection against
side impact
• Locks in both foward
and rear position
TOGGLE CL AMPS
Specifications:
Features: The bases of all models, and the handles of models HDP1300,
These clamps are of exceptionally robust construction featuring HDP2600, HDP5500, and HDP11000 are machined cast iron.
cast and machined handles and bases. The clamps are designed The handles of the ‘L’ versions are of steel bar and mount in
with a low plunger height and with the mechanism guarded within housings which are either machined steel castings or machined
the base to avoid finger traps. from steel bar.
Models HDP1300, HDP2600, HDP5500, and HDP11000 have The plungers are of steel, and their precision ground diameter
handles of normal length for clamping. The long handled ‘L’ runs in a close-toleranced hole in the base casting.
versions (HDP1300/L, HDP5500/L, and HDP11000/L) have their All axles are of hardened steel and run in either the cast iron of
handles either to the front or rear of the clamp according to the the handle, or in the close-toleranced holes of hardened parts.
application and produce high forces which make them suitable
for clamping or for light work such as swaging, rivetting, press All models are supplied with a steel setscrew.
fitting components, etc. All models are fitted with a comfortable,
cushioned PVC handle grip.

347
TOGGLE CLAMPS
Part Number Model HDP1300

72201 Plunger: Locks at both extended &
retracted ends of the stroke
Base: Body mounting
Weight: 1 lb
Supplied complete with:
Setscrew & nut
TOGGLE CL AMPS
Part Number
Model HDP2600
Base: Body mounting
Weight: 3 lbs
Setscrew & nut
TOGGLE CLAMPS

Base: Body mounting
Weight: 8 lbs
Supplied complete with: Setscrew & nut
TOGGLE CL AMPS
Base: Body mounting

349
TOGGLE CLAMPS

Model HDP1300/L
With 31 lbs handle force the
output force is: lbs
Fully retracted 1,035
0.197 extended 242
0.394 ,, 154
0.591 ,, 165
0.787 ,, 176
1.00 ,, 187
1.180 ,, 322
1.219 ,, 419
Part Number Fully extended 1,277
72205
Plunger: Locks at both extended &
Base: Body mounting
Weight: 1 lb 2 oz.
TOGGLE CL AMPS
Model HDP2600/L
0.197 extended 368
0.394 ,, 198
0.591 ,, 161
0.787 ,, 154
1.00 ,, 159
Part Number 1.180 ,, 187
72206 1.377 ,, 220
1.573 ,, 242
1.769 ,, 330
1.887 ,, 485
1.926 ,, 639
Fully extended 2,048

Base: Body mounting
Weight: 3 lbs 6 oz.
TOGGLE CLAMPS

Model HDP5500/L
0.394 extended 220
0.787 ,, 159
1.180 ,, 132
1.573 ,, 154
1.970 ,, 194
2.364 ,, 260
2.758 ,, 419
2.836 ,, 507
72207 Fully extended 2,423

Base: Body mounting
Weight: 9 lbs 1 oz.
TOGGLE CL AMPS
Model HDP11000/L
0.394 extended 397
0.787 ,, 242
1.180 ,, 165
1.573 ,, 176
1.970 ,, 181
2.364 ,, 220
2.758 ,, 220
3.152 ,, 286
72208
3.743 ,, 551
3.821 ,, 683
3.900 ,, 991
Fully extended 2,665

Base: Body mounting

351
TOGGLE CLAMPS

Features:
Latch clamps are available in two sizes. Bracket holes will not elongate over
time. They have a small footprint for space constrained applications.
All latch clamps are fitted with PVC handle grips.
Specifications:
The HDL Series clamps have precision cast steel bases and latch brackets with
cast iron handles. The finish is black oxide.
Installation:
It is important that the clamp and latch bracket are in alignment when viewed from
both the top and the side to ensure that the clamp locks over center correctly.
The ‘U’ bolt should be adjusted to ensure an equal pull on either side.

TOGGLE CL AMPS
Model HDL4400
Weight: 3 lbs 1 oz.
Supplied complete with: Latch Bracket
as shown
Part Number
72301
Model HDL8800
Weight: 5 lbs 9 ozs.
Supplied complete with: Latch Bracket
as shown
Part Number
72302
TOGGLE CLAMPS
Magna Force Heavy Duty Cam Clamps
TOGGLE CL AMPS
■ Unique, patented range of cam clamps
■ Rugged build quality, ideal for machine shops
■ Clamping forces from 660 lbs to 11,000 lbs
■ Significant cost benefits over strap clamps in repetitive machining
■ A fraction of the cost of hydraulic workholding

353
TOGGLE CLAMPS
Heavy Duty Cam Clamps
Model HDC8800R (Clockwise)

HDC8800RB (Counter Clockwise)
Operating clamping force: 1,680 lbs (hand applied),
9,000 lbs (mallet applied)
Weight: 1.21 lbs
Part Number
72401
72402
TOGGLE CL AMPS
Part Number Model

72403 HDC11000R (Clockwise)
72404 HDC11000RB (Counter Clockwise)
Operating clamping force: 1,900 lbs (hand applied),
11,240 lbs (mallet applied)
Weight: 2.9 lbs
Part Applied Handle Clamping Clamping Force Daylight Clamping

Number Force (Hand Push) Force using Mallet Blows Travel Travel
72401 81 lbs 1686 lbs  8992 lbs 0.236 0.079
72402 81 lbs 1686 lbs  8992 lbs 0.236 0.079
72403 85 lbs 1910 lbs 11240 lbs 0.315 0.100
72404 85 lbs 1910 lbs 11240 lbs 0.315 0.100
TOGGLE CLAMPS
Part Number Model

72405 HDC675S (Clockwise)
72406 HDC675SB (Counter Clockwise)
Operating clamping force: 675 lbs (hand applied)
Weight: 0.4 lbs
Supplied complete with: Set screw & nuts
TOGGLE CL AMPS
Part Number Model
72407 HDC1800S (Clockwise)
72408 HDC1800SB (Counter Clockwise)
Operating clamping force: 1,120 lbs
(hand applied), 1,800 lbs (mallet applied)
Weight: 0.9 lbs

72405 47 lbs  674 lbs N/A 0.059 0.059
72406 47 lbs  674 lbs N/A 0.059 0.059
72407 81 lbs 1124 lbs 1800 lbs 0.070 0.070
72408 81 lbs 1124 lbs 1800 lbs 0.070 0.070

355
TOGGLE CLAMPS
Model
HDC2600S (Clockwise)
HDC2600SB (Counter Clockwise)
Operating clamping force:
Part Number 1,350 lbs (hand applied),
72409 2,700 lbs (mallet applied)
72410 Weight: 2 lbs

TOGGLE CL AMPS
Model HDC3300P
3,370 lbs (mallet applied),
1,350 lbs (hand applied)
Weight: 0.6 lbs
Set screw & nuts, Mounting
base and locknuts
Part Number
72411
Model HDC4400P
4500 lbs (mallet applied),
1,460 lbs (hand applied)
Weight: 1.3 lbs
Set screw & nuts
CMB24 Mounting base & locknuts
Part Number
72412

72409 85 lbs 1350 lbs 2700 lbs 0.098 0.079
72410 85 lbs 1350 lbs 2700 lbs 0.098 0.079
72411 81 lbs 1350 lbs 3370 lbs 0.205 0.087
72412 85 lbs 1460 lbs 4500 lbs 0.276 0.118
TOGGLE CLAMPS
Model HDC6750P
Operating clamping force: 6,750 lbs (mal-
let applied), 1,460 lbs (hand applied)
Weight: 3.4 lbs
Supplied complete with: Set screw & nuts.
Mounting base & locknuts
Part Number
72413
Model HDC3300PL
TOGGLE CL AMPS
Weight: 0.8 lbs
Supplied complete with: Set screw
& nuts, Mounting base & locknuts
Part Number
72414
Model HDC4400PL
Weight: 1.7 lbs
Mounting base & locknuts,
Nominal holding force: 4,500 lbs
Part Number
72415

72413 97 lbs 1460 lbs 6750 lbs 0.433 0.157
72414 81 lbs 3370 lbs N/A 0.205 0.087
72415 85 lbs 3820 lbs N/A 0.276 0.118

357
TOGGLE CLAMPS
Model HDC6750PL
Weight: 4.4 lbs
Supplied complete with: Set screw & nuts,
Mounting base & locknuts
Nominal holding force: 6,740 lbs
Part Number
72416

72416 97 lbs 4,500 lbs N/A 0.433 0.157
Conversion Chart Part Numbers

TOGGLE CL AMPS
Jergens Carr Lane Jergens Carr Lane Jergens Carr Lane Jergens Carr Lane
70118 CL-150-TPC 70380 CL-450-VTC 71019 — 72109 —
70120 CL-250-TPC 70385 CL-451-VTC 71020 — 72110 —
70140 CL-350-TPC 70390 CL-452-VTC 71021 — 72111 —
70210 CL-150-HTC 70395 CL-453-VTC 71022 — 72112 —
70211 CL-153-HTC 70420 CL-550-VTC 71023 — 72113 —
70215 CL-151-HTC 70425 CL-551-VTC 71024 — 70745 CL-254-PL-2
70230 CL-250-HTC 70430 CL-552-VTC 71025 — 70750 CL-454-PL
70231 CL-253-HTC 70440 CL-650-VTC 71026 — 70810 CL-100-PC
70235 CL-251-HTC 70445 CL-651-VTC 71027 — 70815 —
70240 CL-350-HTC 70450 CL-652-VTC 71028 — 70818 CL-50-SPC
70245 CL-351-HTC 70460 CL-750-VTC 71029 — 70820 CL-150-SPC
70250 CL-450-HTC 70470 CL-850-VTC 71030 CL-751-VTC 70830 CL-200-PC
70255 CL-451-HTC 70480 CL-950-VTC 71031 CL-851-VTC 70840 CL-250-SPC
70260 CL-260-HTC 70490 CL-1050-VTC 71032 — 70850 CL-300-PC
70262 — 70550 CL-150-PA 71033 — 71042 CL-210-PA
70264 — 70555 CL-170-PA 71034 — 70860 CL-350-SPC
70270 CL-550-HTC 70558 CL-100-PA 71035 — 71001 CL-152-HTC
70275 CL-551-HTC 70560 CL-200-PA 71037 CL-375-HTC 71002 CL-250-HTC-S
70280 CL-200-VTC 70562 CL-300-PA 71039 CL-350-PA 71003 CL-252-HTC
70285 CL-475-HTC 70565 CL-310-PA 71040 CL-100-PA-S 71004 CL-260-HTC-S
70310 CL-150-VTC 70570 CL-250-PA 71041 CL-110-PA 71005 —
70315 CL-151-VTC 70575 CL-352-PL-S 71049 CL-50-PL-2 71006 CL-350-HTC-S
70320 CL-152-VTC 70580 CL-251-PA 71050 — 71007 —
70330 CL-250-VTC 70710 CL-50-PL 72101 — 71008 CL-300-HTC
70335 CL-251-VTC 70720 CL-150-PL 72102 — 71009 —
70340 CL-252-VTC 70730 — 72103 — 71010 —
70342 CL-253-VTC 70740 CL-254-PL 72104 — 71011 —
70350 CL-350-VTC 71015 CL-200-VTC-S 72105 — 71012 CL-151-VTC-S
70355 CL-351-VTC 71016 — 72106 — 71013 —
70360 CL-352-VTC 71017 — 72107 — 71014 —
70365 CL-353-VTC 71018 — 72108 — — —
TOGGLE CLAMPS

Jergens De-Sta-Co Jergens De-Sta-Co Jergens De-Sta-Co Jergens De-Sta-Co
70118 602 70450 210-TU 71014 201-TB 72113 —
70120 604 70460 247-S 71015 305-USS 72114 —
70140 624 70470 247-U 71016 202-TB 72120 —
70210 205-S 70480 267 71017 202-UB 72121 —
70211 205-SL 70490 267-U 71018 202-TUB 72122 —
70215 205-SB 70550 301 71019 202-TU 72123 —
70230 205-U 70555 311 71020 207-TSB 72160 —
70231 205-UL 70558 323 71021 207-LB 72161 —
70235 205-UB 70560 331 71022 207-TLB 72162 —
70240 215-U 70562 341 71023 207-TL 72201 —
70245 215-UB 70565 344 71024 207-TUB 72202 —
70250 225-U 70570 351 71025 207-ULB 72203 —
70255 225-UB 70575 325 71026 207-TULB 72204 —
70260 123-U 70580 351-B 71027 207-TUL 72205 —
70262 217-U 70710 424 71028 210-TSB 72206 —
70264 227-U 70720 441 71029 210-TUB 72207 —
70270 235-U 70730 — 71030 247-SB 72208 —
70275 — 70740 462 71031 247-UB 72301 —
70280 305-U 70745 462-2 71032 268 72302 —
70285 317-U 70750 463 71033 268-U 72310 —
TOGGLE CL AMPS
70310 201 70810 — 71034 — 72311 —
70315 201-B 70815 603 71035 — 72314 —
70320 201-T 70818 601 71037 317-S 72401 —
70330 202 70820 605 71039 381 72402 —
70335 202-B 70830 608 71040 323-MSS 72403 —
70340 202-T 70840 610 71041 324 72404 —
70342 202-U 70850 — 71042 334 72405 —
70350 207-S 70860 630 71049 424-2 72406 —
70355 207-SB 71001 205-SR 71050 441-2 72407 —
70360 207-TS 71002 205-USS 72101 — 72408 —
70365 207-L 71003 205-UR 72102 — 72409 —
70380 207-U 71004 213-USS 72103 — 72410 —
70385 207-UB 71005 213-UB 72104 — 72411 —
70390 207-TU 71006 215-USS 72105 — 72412 —
70395 207-UL 71007 215-UBSS 72106 — 72413 —
70420 210-S 71008 215-S 72107 — 72414 —
70425 210-SB 71009 215-SB 72108 — 72415 —
70430 210-TS 71010 217-UB 72109 — 72416 —
70440 210-U 71011 227-UB 72110 — 72501 —
70445 210-UB 71012 201-SS 72111 — 72502 —
— — 71013 201-BSS 72112 — 72503 —

359
TOGGLE CLAMPS

Jergens Good Hand Jergens Good Hand Jergens Good Hand Jergens Good Hand
70118 36202 70460 10249 71015 13005-SS 72114 —
70120 36204 70470 10247 71016 12075 72120 —
70140 36224 70480 101JS 71017 — 72121 —
70210 201-A 70490 101-J 71018 — 72122 —
70211 201-AL 70550 43101 71019 — 72123 —
70215 201-AI 70555 — 71020 12146 72160 —
70230 201 70558 40323 71021 12147 72161 —
70231 201-L 70560 431 71022 12148 72162 —
70235 201-I 70562 40341 71023 12143 72201 —
70240 201-B 70565 40344 71024 12136 72202 —
70245 201-BI 70570 451 71025 12137 72203 —
70250 225-D 70575 80325 71026 12138 72204 —
70255 225-DI 70580 452 71027 12133 72205 —
70260 20752-B 70710 50350 71028 12300 72206 —
70262 21502-B 70720 50360 71029 12290 72207 —
70264 22502-B 70730 — 71030 10250 72208 —
70270 20235 70740 50380 71031 10248 72301 —
70275 — 70745 — 71032 — 72302 —
70280 13005 70750 50450 71033 — 72310 —
70285 20820 70810 304-C 71034 — 72311 —
TOGGLE CL AMPS
70310 101-A 70815 36003 71035 — 72314 —

70315 101-AI 70818 301-A 71037 — 72401 —
70320 101-AT 70820 302-F 71039 43810 72402 —
70330 12050 70830 304-E 71040 40323-SS 72403 —
70335 12055 70840 36010 71041 40324 72404 —
70340 12070 70850 304-H 71042 40334 72405 —
70342 12050-U 70860 36330 71049 — 72406 —
70350 12140 71001 201-AR 71050 — 72407 —
70355 12145 71002 201-SS 72101 — 72408 —
70360 12141 71003 201-R 72102 — 72409 —
70365 12142 71004 — 72103 — 72410 —
70380 12130 71005 — 72104 — 72411 —
70385 12135 71006 201-BSS 72105 — 72412 —
70390 12131 71007 — 72106 — 72413 —
70395 12132 71008 201-BS 72107 — 72414 —
70420 12275 71009 201-BSI 72108 — 72415 —
70425 12280 71010 — 72109 — 72416 —
70430 12295 71011 — 72110 — 72501 —
70440 12265 71012 101-ASS 72111 — 72502 —
70445 12270 71013 — 72112 — 72503 —
70450 12285 71014 101-AIT 72113 —
HANDWHEELS
Handwheels
Aluminum Angular Solid Handwheel....................... 363
Aluminum Angular Spoked Handwheel................... 362
Aluminum Finger Wheel.............................................. 370
Nylon Angular Three-Spoked Handwheel............... 369
Plastic Angular Solid Handwheel............................... 369
Plastic Three-Spoked Handwheel.............................. 365
Plastic Three-Spoked Handwheel
With Revolving Handle.............................................366
Plastic Two-Spoked Handwheel.................................364
Plastic Two-Spoked Handwheel
With Revolving Handles............................................364
With Revolving Fold-Away Handle......................... 365
Plastic Solid Handwheel...............................................368
HANDWHEEL S
Plastic Solid Handwheel With Finger Grips and
Revolving Fold-Away Handle................................... 369
Plastic Solid Handwheel
With Revolving, Fold-Away Handle........................ 367
Plastic Solid Handwheel With Revolving,
Spring Loaded, Fold-Away Handle......................... 367
361
HANDWHEELS
Aluminum Angular Spoked Handwheel

• Diameters from 4" to 23" and 100mm to 575mm
• Lightweight, 319 Aluminum Alloy
• Rims machined to run concentric with center drill
• Available with or without handle
• Special bores and keyways quoted upon request
• 3D Solid Models are available in multiple formats from www.jergensinc.com
Handwheels With Handle

Part Number
Number
Part Of Handwheel Handle

Number A B C D E F G Spokes Only Only
22308 4 1 1/2 5/8 1 5/8 1/4 1 1 3/16 2 22108* 21902
22301 6 2 3/4 2 9/16 5/16 1 7/16 1 1/2 3 22101* 21904
22302 8 2 1/2 7/8 2 15/16 3/8 1 7/8 2 3 22102* 21905
22303 10 3 7/8 3 5/16 7/16 2 1/8 2 3/8 3 22103* 21906
22304 12 3 3/8 7/8 3 5/16 7/16 2 3/16 2 1/2 3 22104* 21906
22305 14 3 13/16 1 3 5/16 7/16 2 17/32 2 3/4 5 22105* 21906
22306 18 4 7/8 1 1/4 3 5/16 7/16 3 1/16 4 1/8 5 22106* 21906
22307 23 7 1/8 1 1/4 3 5/16 7/16 4 3/8 4 1/2 6 22107* 21906
HANDWHEEL S
*Not tapped for handle
Metric Handwheels With Handle

Number Part Number
Part Of Handwheel Handle
Number A B C D E F G Spokes Only Only
22358 100 38 16 41 6 25 30 2 22108* 21952
22351 150 50 19 64 8 36 38 3 22101* 21954
22352 200 63 22 73 9 47 50 3 22102* 21955
22353 250 75 22 83 11 53 59 3 22103* 21956
22354 300 84 22 83 11 55 63 3 22104* 21956
22355 350 95 25 83 11 63 69 5 22105* 21956
22356 450 122 31 83 11 77 103 5 22106* 21956
22357 575 178 31 83 11 110 113 6 22107* 21956
HANDWHEELS
Aluminum Angular Solid Handwheel

• Diameters from 3" to 12" and 75mm to 300mm
• Lightweight, 319 Aluminum Alloy
• Rims machined to run concentric with center drill
• Available with or without handle
• Special bores and keyways quoted upon request
Handwheels With Handle

Part Number
Part Handwheel Handle
Number A B C D E F G Only Only
22702 3 1 11/16 5/8 1 5/8 1/4 1 7/32 1 1/4 22502* 21902
22703 4 1 7/8 5/8 1 5/8 3/16 1 7/16 1 1/2 22503* 21902
22704 5 2 11/16 2 1/16 3/16 1 1/4 1 1/2 22504* 21903
22705✝ 6 2 3/4 2 9/16 3/16 1 3/8 1 1/2 22505*✝ 21904
22706✝ 8 2 1/2 7/8 2 15/16 3/16 1 3/4 2 22506*✝ 21905
22707✝ 10 3 1/4 1 3 5/16 3/16 2 7/32 2 5/16 22507*✝ 21906
22708✝ 12 3 1/2 1 3 5/16 1/4 2 1/4 2 1/2 22508*✝ 21906
✝Finger grips formed behind solid wheel rim *Not tapped for handle
HANDWHEEL S
Metric Handwheels With Handle
Part Number
Part Ref. Handwheel Handle
Number A B C D E F G Only Only
22752 75 42 16 41 6 30 31 22502* 21952
22753 100 47 16 41 5 36 38 22503* 21952
22754 125 50 17 52 5 31 38 22504* 21953
22755 150 50 19 64 5 34 38 22505* 21954
22756 200 63 22 73 5 44 50 22506* 21955
22757 250 81 25 83 5 55 58 22507* 21956
22758 300 88 25 83 6 56 63 22508* 21956

363
HANDWHEELS

ELESA Original Design
• Material: High Impact Strength

Technopolymer
• Finish: Black Matte
• Hub: Black Oxide Steel
• Resistant to Solvents, Oils, Greases,
and other Chemical Agents
Handwheels Only
Part Fractional
22601 3.15 1.38 0.71 0.91 0.75 0.67 5/16 0.67 0.71 0.62
22602 3.90 1.46 0.79 0.98 0.75 0.67 3/8 0.67 0.71 0.63
22603 4.88 1.73 0.87 1.22 0.98 0.83 3/8 0.87 0.87 0.79
22604 6.30 2.01 0.98 1.57 1.14 0.98 1/2 1.06 1.02 0.94
22605 7.87 2.40 1.10 1.97 1.42 1.22 5/8 1.34 1.18 1.10
22606 8.84 2.76 1.26 2.32 1.57 1.34 5/8 1.50 1.32 1.30
HANDWHEEL S
22607 11.73 3.07 1.42 2.60 1.81 1.65 3/4 1.69 1.57 1.46
22608 14.67 3.23 1.50 2.72 1.81 1.65 3/4 1.69 1.57 1.46

With Revolving Handles

Technopolymer
Handwheels With Revolving Handle

Part
Number A B C D E F G H I J K L
22611 3.15 1.38 0.71 0.91 0.75 0.67 1.57 M6 0.312 0.67 0.71 0.63
22612 3.90 1.46 0.79 0.98 0.75 0.67 2.20 M6 0.375 0.67 0.71 0.63
22613 4.88 1.73 0.87 1.22 0.98 0.83 2.56 M8 0.375 0.87 0.87 0.79
22614 6.30 2.01 0.98 1.57 1.14 0.98 2.56 M8 0.500 1.06 1.02 0.94
22615 7.87 2.40 1.10 1.97 1.42 1.22 3.15 M8 0.625 1.34 1.18 1.10
22616 8.84 2.76 1.26 2.32 1.57 1.34 3.54 M10 0.625 1.50 1.38 1.30
22617 11.73 3.07 1.42 2.60 1.81 1.65 3.54 M10 0.750 1.69 1.57 1.46
22618 14.67 3.23 1.50 2.72 1.81 1.65 3.54 M10 0.750 1.69 1.57 1.46
HANDWHEELS

With Revolving Fold-Away Handle

Technopolymer
• Resistant to Solvents,
Oils, Greases, and other
Chemical Agents

Part
Number A B C D E F G H I J K
22621 3.15 1.38 .71 .91 .75 .67 1.96 .312 .67 .71 .62
22622 3.90 1.46 .79 .98 .75 .67 2.20 .375 .67 .71 .63
22623 4.88 1.73 .87 1.22 .98 .83 2.56 .375 .87 .87 .79
HANDWHEEL S
22624 6.30 2.01 .98 1.57 1.14 .98 2.56 .500 1.06 1.02 .94
22625 7.87 2.40 1.10 1.97 1.42 1.22 3.15 .625 1.34 1.18 1.10
22626 8.84 2.76 1.26 2.32 1.57 1.34 3.54 .625 1.50 1.38 1.30

• Material: High
Strength Reinforced
Duroplast
• Finish: Black Bright
• Resistant to Solvents,
Oils, Greases, and other
Chemical Agents
Part
Number A B C D E F G
22631 3.86 1.57 .55 .94 1.42 .79 .47
22632 4.88 1.77 .71 .94 1.42 .79 .47
22633 6.18 1.97 .87 1.26 1.50 .94 .59
22634 7.09 2.20 .94 1.57 1.69 1.22 .59
22635 7.80 2.20 .94 1.57 1.69 1.22 .59
22636 8.72 2.60 1.18 1.93 1.73 1.50 .59
22637 11.34 3.07 1.26 2.28 2.20 1.85 .71
22638 14.76 4.25 1.57 2.28 3.03 2.28 1.02

365
HANDWHEELS

With Revolving Handle
• Material: High Strength Reinforced

Duroplast
Part
Number A B C D E F G H I
22641 3.86 1.57 .55 1.57 M6 .94 1.42 .79 .47
22642 4.88 1.77 .71 1.97 M8 .94 1.42 .79 .47
22643 6.18 1.97 .87 2.56 M8 1.26 1.50 .94 .59
22644 7.09 2.20 .94 3.15 M10 1.57 1.69 1.22 .59
22645 7.80 2.20 .94 3.15 M10 1.57 1.69 1.22 .59
22646 8.72 2.60 1.18 3.54 M10 1.93 1.73 1.50 .59
22647 11.34 3.07 1.26 3.94 M12 2.28 2.20 1.85 .71
HANDWHEEL S
22648 14.76 4.25 1.57 3.94 M14 2.28 3.03 2.28 1.02

With Revolving Handle

Technopolymer
Part
Number A B C D E F G H I J K L M
22801 3.27 1.14 .98 .35 .75 .31 .82 1.57 M6 .312 .67 .71 .63
22802 4.02 1.34 1.18 .39 .98 .35 1.06 1.97 M6 .375 .87 .87 .79
22803 4.92 1.54 1.38 .43 1.10 .31 1.22 2.20 M6 .375 1.06 1.02 .94
22804 5.91 1.73 1.50 .47 1.18 .39 1.34 2.56 M8 .500 1.18 1.02 .94
22805 6.93 1.93 1.73 .51 1.38 .63 1.54 3.15 M10 .500 1.10 1.38 1.30
22806 7.87 2.09 1.97 .55 1.57 .51 1.73 3.54 M10 .625 1.42 1.57 1.50
22807 8.84 2.36 2.24 .66 1.88 .75 1.97 3.54 M10 .625 1.42 1.57 1.50
HANDWHEELS

With Revolving, Fold-Away Handle

Technopolymer
This type of handwheel with fold-away handle

has been designed for applications where
limited space or safety reasons demand that the
handle be folded back flat after manual use.
Part
22811 3.27 1.50 0.98 0.73 0.53 0.14 0.65 1.77 0.312 0.67 0.71 0.63
22812 4.02 1.34 1.18 0.39 0.98 0.35 1.06 1.97 0.375 0.87 0.87 0.79
22813 4.92 1.54 1.38 0.43 1.10 0.31 1.22 2.20 0.375 1.06 1.02 0.94
HANDWHEEL S
22814 5.91 1.73 1.50 0.47 1.18 0.39 1.34 2.56 0.50 1.18 1.02 0.94
22815 6.93 1.93 1.73 0.51 1.38 0.63 1.54 3.15 0.50 1.10 1.38 1.30
22816 7.87 2.09 1.97 0.55 1.57 0.51 1.73 3.54 0.625 1.42 1.57 1.50
22817 8.84 2.36 2.24 0.66 1.88 0.74 1.97 3.54 0.625 1.42 1.57 1.50

With Revolving, Spring Loaded, Fold-Away Handle
Technopolymer
This handwheel has a special spring loaded handle

which automatically folds down into the cavity of
the handwheel when the operator releases it. The
handle disengages only when the axial pressure
exerted by the operator ceases.
Part
22825 6.93 1.93 1.73 .51 1.38 .63 1.54 3.15 .500 1.10 1.38 1.30
22826 7.87 2.09 1.97 .55 1.57 .51 1.75 3.54 .625 1.42 1.57 1.50
22827 8.84 2.36 2.24 .66 1.88 .74 1.96 3.54 .625 1.42 1.57 1.50

367
HANDWHEELS

• Material: High Strength

Reinforced Duroplast
• Resistant to Solvents, Oils,
Greases, and other Chemical Agents
HANDWHEEL S
Part
22831 3.15 1.22 0.55 1.10 1.69 1.18 — — 1.10 0.79 0.63 0.39
22841* 3.15 1.22 0.55 1.10 1.69 1.18 1.57 M6 1.10 0.79 0.63 0.39
22832 3.94 1.57 0.59 1.38 2.13 1.54 — — 1.42 0.94 0.79 0.47
22842* 3.94 1.57 0.59 1.38 2.13 1.54 1.97 M6 1.42 0.94 0.79 0.47
22833 4.92 1.73 0.59 1.73 2.76 1.81 — — 1.5 1.26 0.94 0.59
22843* 4.92 1.73 0.59 1.73 2.76 1.81 2.56 M8 1.5 1.26 0.94 0.59
22834 5.91 1.89 0.71 1.73 2.76 1.89 — — 1.5 1.26 0.94 0.59
22844* 5.91 1.89 0.71 1.73 2.76 1.89 2.56 M8 1.5 1.26 0.94 0.59
22835 6.89 2.09 0.75 2.17 3.54 2.2 — — 1.69 1.57 1.22 0.59
22845* 6.89 2.09 0.75 2.17 3.54 2.2 3.15 M10 1.69 1.57 1.22 0.59
22836 7.87 2.24 0.83 2.17 3.54 2.36 — — 1.69 1.57 1.22 0.59
22846* 7.87 2.24 0.83 2.17 3.54 2.36 3.54 M10 1.69 1.57 1.22 0.59
22837 8.8 2.56 0.98 2.6 4.33 2.76 — — 1.73 1.93 1.5 0.59
22847* 8.8 2.56 0.98 2.6 4.33 2.76 3.54 M10 1.73 1.93 1.5 0.59
22838 11.85 2.95 0.98 3.7 5.83 3.23 — — 2.2 2.28 2.28 0.71
22848* 11.85 2.95 0.98 3.7 5.83 3.23 3.54 M10 2.2 2.28 2.28 0.71
* With Revolving Handle
Jergens offers 3D models

for all handles, knobs and handwheels
at www.jergensinc.com
HANDWHEELS
Plastic Solid Handwheel With Finger Grips

and Revolving Fold-Away Handle
• Material: High Strength Reinforced Duroplast
• Resistant to Solvents, Oils, Greases, and
other Chemical Agents
Part
22852 3.94 2.04 1.02 1.37 2.12 1.53 2.20 .94 1.29 .78 .47
22853 4.92 2.36 1.18 1.73 2.76 1.81 2.56 1.26 1.50 .94 .59
22854 5.91 2.48 1.26 1.73 2.76 1.89 2.56 1.26 1.50 .94 .59
22855 7.01 2.56 1.26 2.17 3.54 2.20 3.54 1.57 1.69 1.22 .59
22856 7.91 2.76 1.34 2.17 3.54 2.36 3.54 1.57 1.69 1.22 .59
22857 8.80 3.03 1.42 2.60 4.33 2.76 3.54 1.93 1.73 1.50 .59
Nylon Angular Three-Spoked Handwheel

• Material: Wheel, 6-6 Nylon
HANDWHEEL S
Hub, Cast Iron
• Finish: Wheel, Black
Hub, Black Oxide
• Threaded Brass Inserts have serrated O.D. for rigid union
with Handwheel.
• All Wheels have three spokes
Part
Number A B C E F G Thread Size
34051 4 1 3/32 9/16 15/16 15/16 1 1/16 M8 x 1.25
34054 6 1 13/32 23/32 1 3/16 1 3/8 1 3/8 M10 x 1.50
34055 8 1 13/32 7/8 1 3/8 1 29/32 1 17/32 M10 x 1.50
Plastic Angular Solid Handwheel A

• Material: Wheel, Acetal Co-Polymer
Hub, Cast Iron
• Finish: Wheel, Black
Hub, Black Oxide A E
• Threaded Brass Inserts have serrated O.D. for rigid union F
with Handwheel.
• Aluminum Center Plate can be imprinted with your company G
name, instructions, etc.
• 3D Solid Models are available in multiple formats A
from www.jergensinc.com B C
Part
Number A B C E F G Thread Size
34061 5 1 1/8 5/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/8 M8 x 1.25
34062 6 1 11/32 23/32 1 3/16 1 11/32 1 11/32 M10 x 1.50
34063 8 1 29/32 25/32 1 3/8 1 29/32 1 17/32 M10 x 1.50

369
HANDWHEELS
Aluminum Finger Wheel
• Material: 2024 Aluminum

• Finish: Black Anodize
• Knurled O.D. for better gripping
• Revolving handle and reamed hole are included
Finger Wheel With Handle

Part Number
Part Wheel Handle
Number A B C D F G H Only Only
22721 2 9/16 9/16 1 1/8 13/16 3/8 7/8 22521 21911
Metric Finger Wheel With Handle

Part Number
Part Wheel Handle
Number A B C D F G H Only Only
22771 50 14 14 28 20 10 22 22571* 21951
HANDWHEEL S
Aluminum • Material: 2024 Aluminum

• Finish: Clear anodized polished to a high luster
Finger Wheel • Outer rim is knurled
Finger Wheels
Part
Number A B C D E F H
21280 1 13/16 1/2 3/8 — 7/16 Blank
21281 2 1 1/8 13/16 9/16 — 9/16 Blank
21282 3 1 1/4 1 1/4 11/16 — 9/16 Blank
21285 1 13/16 1/2 3/8 5/8 7/16 1/4
21286 2 1 1/8 13/16 9/16 7/8 9/16 3/8
21287 3 1 1/4 1 1/4 11/16 7/8 9/16 5/8
Finger Wheels With Handle

Part
21291 2 1 1/8 13/16 9/16 — 9/16 1 9/32 Blank
21292 3 1 1/4 1 1/4 9/16 — 9/16 1 15/16 Blank
21296 2 1 1/8 13/16 9/16 7/8 9/16 1 9/32 3/8
21297 3 1 1/4 1 1/4 9/16 7/8 9/16 1 15/16 5/8
Note: Also available in Stainless Steel
KNOBS
Knobs
Aluminum Hand Knob..........................................375–376 Quick Lock Hand Knob................................................. 373
Aluminum Hand Knob With Stud............................... 375 Soft Touch Ball...............................................................380
Aluminum Palmgrip Knob........................................... 377 Soft Touch Oval Tapered Knob................................... 396
Brass Ball......................................................................... 379 Soft Touch Tapered Knob............................................ 397
Cast Iron Hand Knob..................................................... 374 Speed Bar Knob............................................................. 378
Knurled Knob................................................................. 392 Steel Knurled Control Knob........................................ 372
Knurled Knob With Stud.............................................. 392 Steel Knurled Control Knob With Stud...................... 373
Knurled Steel Knob....................................................... 377 Thermoplastic Fluted Knob......................................... 385
Plain Steel Ball................................................................ 379 Wing Nut......................................................................... 382
Plastic Ball.......................................................................380 Wing Nut With Stud...................................................... 382
Plastic Fluted Grip Knob............................................... 391
Plastic Fluted Grip Knob With Stud............................ 391
Plastic Fluted Knob....................................................... 385
Plastic Four Prong Knob............................................... 383
KNOBS
Plastic Four Prong Knob With Extended Prong......... 383
Plastic Knurled Torque Knob.......................................384
Plastic Knurled Torque Knob With Stud....................384
Plastic Knurled Knob....................................................386
Plastic Knurled Knob With Stud.................................386
Plastic Knurled Grip Knob............................................ 393
Plastic Latch Type Lobe Knob..................................... 393
Plastic Lift Knob............................................................. 395
Plastic Lobe Knob................................................. 387–389
Plastic Lobe Knob With Stud....................................... 390
Plastic Lobe Knob With Stainless Steel Stud............ 390
Plastic Oval Tapered Knob........................................... 396
Plastic Push/Pull Knob.................................................. 398
Plastic Tapered Knob.................................................... 395
Plastic T-Handle............................................................. 394
Plastic Three-Spoked Knob......................................... 398
Plastic Wing Knob......................................................... 381
Plastic Wing Knob With Stud...................................... 381
Polished Steel Ball......................................................... 379
371
KNOBS
Steel Knurled Control Knob

• Knurled Head
Part Hole
Number A B C D E Diameter
21200 3/4 5/8 1/2 1/4 3/8 3/16 Ream
21201 3/4 5/8 1/2 1/4 3/8 10-24 Tap
21202 3/4 5/8 1/2 1/4 3/8 10-24 Thru Hole
21203 3/4 5/8 1/2 1/4 3/8 1/4 Ream
21204 3/4 5/8 1/2 1/4 3/8 1/4-20 Tap
21205 3/4 5/8 1/2 1/4 3/8 1/4-20 Thru Hole
21206 1 3/4 5/8 1/4 1/2 1/4 Ream
21207 1 3/4 5/8 1/4 1/2 1/4-20 Tap
21208 1 3/4 5/8 1/4 1/2 1/4-20 Thru Hole
21209 1 3/4 5/8 1/4 1/2 5/16 Ream
21210 1 3/4 5/8 1/4 1/2 5/16-18 Tap
21211 1 3/4 5/8 1/4 1/2 5/16-18 Thru Hole
21212 1 1/2 1 3/4 5/16 5/8 5/16 Ream
21213 1 1/2 1 3/4 5/16 5/8 5/16-18 Tap
21214 1 1/2 1 3/4 5/16 5/8 5/16-18 Thru Hole
21215 1 1/2 1 3/4 5/16 5/8 3/8 Ream
KNOBS
21216 1 1/2 1 3/4 5/16 5/8 3/8-16 Tap

21217 1 1/2 1 3/4 5/16 5/8 3/8-16 Thru Hole
21218 2 1 1/8 1 3/8 5/8 3/8 Ream
21219 2 1 1/8 1 3/8 5/8 3/8-16 Tap
21220 2 1 1/8 1 3/8 5/8 3/8-16 Thru Hole
21221 2 1 1/8 1 3/8 5/8 1/2 Ream
21222 2 1 1/8 1 3/8 5/8 1/2-13 Tap
21223 2 1 1/8 1 3/8 5/8 1/2-13 Thru Hole
21224 2 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 9/16 3/4 1/2 Ream
21225 2 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 9/16 3/4 1/2-13 Tap
21226 2 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 9/16 3/4 1/2-13 Thru Hole
21227 2 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 9/16 3/4 5/8 Ream
21228 2 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 9/16 3/4 5/8-11 Tap
21229 2 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 9/16 3/4 5/8-11 Thru Hole
21230 3 1 3/4 1 3/4 5/8 1 5/8 Ream
21231 3 1 3/4 1 3/4 5/8 1 5/8-11 Tap
21232 3 1 3/4 1 3/4 5/8 1 5/8-11 Thru Hole
21233 3 1 3/4 1 3/4 5/8 1 3/4 Ream
21234 3 1 3/4 1 3/4 5/8 1 3/4-10 Tap
21235 3 1 3/4 1 3/4 5/8 1 3/4-10 Thru Hole
Note: Also available in Metric and Stainless Steel
KNOBS
Steel Knurled Control Knob With Stud

• Knurled Head
Part Stud
Number A B C D E Thread
21240 3/4 5/8 1/2 1/4 1/2 10-24
21241 3/4 5/8 1/2 1/4 1 10-24
21242 3/4 5/8 1/2 1/4 3/4 1/4-20
21243 3/4 5/8 1/2 1/4 1 1/4 1/4-20
21244 1 3/4 5/8 1/4 1 3/4 1/4-20
21245 1 3/4 5/8 1/4 1 3/4 5/16-18
21246 1 3/4 5/8 1/4 3 5/16-18
21247 1 1/2 1 3/4 5/16 1 3/4 5/16-18
21248 1 1/2 1 3/4 5/16 3 5/16-18
21249 1 1/2 1 3/4 5/16 1 3/4 3/8-16
21250 1 1/2 1 3/4 5/16 3 3/8-16
21251 2 1 1/8 1 3/8 1 3/4 3/8-16
21252 2 1 1/8 1 3/8 3 3/8-16
21253 2 1 1/8 1 3/8 1 3/4 1/2-13
21254 2 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 9/16 1 3/4 1/2-13
21255 2 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 9/16 3 1/2-13
KNOBS
21256 2 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 9/16 1 3/4 5/8-11
Quick Lock Hand Knob

Used to save time where a knob
must be completely removed from
the stud. After approximately one-
quarter turn of the hand knob, it can
be tilted on an angle and removed
from the stud. Recommended for
light duty applications.
• Material: 40 Grey Iron
• Thread: Class 2B-UNC
• 3D Solid Models are available in multiple
formats from www.jergensinc.com
Part Thread Size Wt.

33901 1/4-20 1 1/8 11/16 5/16 5/16 9/16 17/64 .06
33902 3/8-16 2 3/16 1 1/2 1/2 7/8 25/64 .27
33903 1/2-13 3 1 1/4 5/8 5/8 1 7/16 33/64 .72
33904 5/8-11 3 1 1/4 5/8 5/8 1 7/16 41/64 .69

373
KNOBS
Cast Iron

Part Hub
Number A B C D E Style F 10 Pcs.
Depth of Thread
Wt. (lbs)
Hand Knob 16305* 1 1/8 5/8 3/4 5/16 5/16 Blank — .78

16331* 1 1/8 5/8 11/16 5/16 5/16 1/4 Ream 1/2 .63
16330 1 1/8 5/8 11/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 Ream 1/2 .63
16306* 1 1/8 5/8 11/16 5/16 5/16 1/4-20 Tap 1/2 .63
16307 1 1/8 5/8 11/16 5/16 5/16 5/16-18 Tap 1/2 .63
16308* 1 1/2 11/16 15/16 7/16 3/8 Blank — 1.56
16309* 1 1/2 11/16 7/8 7/16 3/8 5/16 Ream 9/16 1.30
16310 1 1/2 11/16 7/8 7/16 3/8 3/8 Ream 9/16 1.30
16311* 1 1/2 11/16 7/8 7/16 3/8 5/16-18 Tap 9/16 1.30
• Material: #30 Grey Iron 16312 1 1/2 11/16 7/8 7/16 3/8 3/8-16 Tap 9/16 1.30
• Finish: Zinc Plate 16313* 2 3/4 1 3/16 1/2 1/2 Blank — 3.00
• Thread: 2B-UNC 16314* 2 3/4 1 1/8 1/2 1/2 3/8 Ream 11/16 2.75
• Ream: +.002 16315 2 3/4 1 1/8 1/2 1/2 1/2 Ream 11/16 2.70
-.000 16316* 2 3/4 1 1/8 1/2 1/2 3/8-16 Tap 11/16 2.75
• Hub: Available Blank, Reamed 16317 2 3/4 1 1/8 1/2 1/2 1/2-13 Tap 11/16 2.70
or Tapped
16318* 2 1/2 1 1/8 1 9/16 5/8 5/8 Blank — 7.00
• 3D Solid Models are
16319* 2 1/2 1 1/8 1 1/2 5/8 5/8 1/2 Ream 1 6.00
available in multiple formats
from www.jergensinc.com 16320* 2 1/2 1 1/8 1 1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 Ream 1 5.80
16321* 2 1/2 1 1/8 1 1/2 5/8 5/8 1/2-13 Tap 1 6.00
16322* 2 1/2 1 1/8 1 1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8-11 Tap 1 5.80
16323* 3 1 1/4 1 13/16 9/16 5/8 Blank — 11.25
16324* 3 1 1/4 1 3/4 9/16 5/8 5/8 Ream 1 1/8 10.00
16325* 3 1 1/4 1 3/4 9/16 5/8 3/4 Ream 1 1/8 8.20
16326 3 1 1/4 1 3/4 9/16 5/8 1/2-13 Tap 1 1/8 10.70
KNOBS
16327* 3 1 1/4 1 3/4 9/16 5/8 5/8-11 Tap 1 1/8 10.25

16328* 3 1 1/4 1 3/4 9/16 5/8 3/4-10 Tap 1 1/8 8.50
*TCMA Standard
*Part Depth of Thread

Number A B C D E Hub Style F
16305 28 16 19 8 8 Blank —
Cast Iron

16354
16355
28
28
16
16
17
17
8
8
8
8
6mm Ream
M6 x 1.0 Tap
12
12
Hand Knob 16308 38 17 23 11 9 Blank —
16359 38 17 22 11 9 8mm Ream 14
Metric 16361 38 17 22 11 9 M8 x 1.25 Tap 14
16313 50 19 30 13 13 Blank —
• Material: #30 Grey Iron 16364 50 19 28 13 13 10mm Ream 17
• Finish: Zinc Plate 16366 50 19 28 13 13 M10 x 1.5 Tap 17
• Thread: Class 6h 16318 63 29 39 16 16 Blank —
• Ream: -.000 16369 63 29 38 16 16 12mm Ream 25
+.05
16370 63 29 38 16 16 16mm Ream 25
• Blank Knobs are Zinc Plated
16371 63 29 38 16 16 M12 x 1.75 Tap 25
• 3D Solid Models are 16372 63 29 38 16 16 M16 x 2.0 Tap 25
from www.jergensinc.com 16323 75 32 45 14 16 Blank —
16374 75 32 44 14 16 16mm Ream 28
16375 75 32 44 14 16 20mm Ream 28
16377 75 32 44 14 16 M16 x 2.0 Tap 28
16378 75 32 44 14 16 M20 x 2.5 Tap 28
*Dimensions in millimeters
KNOBS
Aluminum Hand Knob

• Material: Aluminum
• Also available in black, red, blue, clear and gold anodized
Part
Number A B C D E
21000 1 7/8 1/2 1/2 Blank
21001 1 7/8 1/2 1/2 1/4-20 Tap
21002 1 7/8 1/2 1/2 1/4-20 Thru Hole
21003 1 7/8 1/2 1/2 1/4 Ream
21004 1 1/2 7/8 5/8 3/8 Blank
21005 1 1/2 7/8 5/8 3/8 5/16-18 Tap
21006 1 1/2 7/8 5/8 3/8 5/16-18 Thru Hole
21007 1 1/2 7/8 5/8 3/8 5/16 Ream
21008 2 1 13/16 1/2 Blank
21009 2 1 13/16 1/2 3/8-16 Tap
21010 2 1 13/16 1/2 3/8-16 Thru Hole
21011 2 1 13/16 1/2 3/8 Ream
21012 2 1/2 1 1/8 1 9/16 Blank
21013 2 1/2 1 1/8 1 9/16 1/2-13 Tap
21014 2 1/2 1 1/8 1 9/16 1/2-13 Thru Hole
KNOBS
21015 2 1/2 1 1/8 1 9/16 1/2 Ream
Note: Also available in metric sizes.
Aluminum Hand Knob

With Stud
• Material: Aluminum
• Also available in black, red, blue, clear and gold anodized
Part
Number A B C
21020 1 1/2 1 3/4 1/4-20
21021 1 1/2 3 1/4-20
21022 2 1 3/4 5/16-18
21023 2 3 5/16-18
21024 2 1/2 1 3/4 3/8-16
21025 2 1/2 3 3/8-16
21026 2 1/2 1 3/4 1/2-13
21027 2 1/2 3 1/2-13
Note: Also available in metric sizes.

375
KNOBS
Aluminum Hand Knob
Wt.
Part (lbs)
Number A B C D Hub Style F 10 Pcs.
21101 1 1/4 9/16 3/4 5/16 Blank — .21
21102 1 1/4 9/16 3/4 5/16 1/4 Ream 1/2 .16
21104 1 1/4 9/16 3/4 5/16 1/4-20 Tap 1/2 .16
21105 1 1/4 9/16 3/4 5/16 5/16-18 Tap 1/2 .16
21106 1 1/2 11/16 7/8 3/8 Blank — .47
21108 1 1/2 11/16 7/8 3/8 3/8 Ream 5/8 .31
21109 1 1/2 11/16 7/8 3/8 5/16-18 Tap 5/8 .31
21110 1 1/2 11/16 7/8 3/8 3/8-16 Tap 5/8 .31
21111 2 1/8 7/8 1 1/4 1/2 Blank — 1.10
21112 2 1/8 7/8 1 1/4 1/2 3/8 Ream 7/8 1.00
21113 2 1/8 7/8 1 1/4 1/2 1/2 Ream 7/8 1.00
21114 2 1/8 7/8 1 1/4 1/2 3/8-16 Tap 7/8 1.00
21115 2 1/8 7/8 1 1/4 1/2 1/2-13 Tap 7/8 1.00
21116 3 1 3/8 1 3/4 11/16 Blank — 3.80
• Material: 319 Aluminum Alloy 21118 3 1 3/8 1 3/4 11/16 5/8 Ream 1 1/4 3.30
• Thread: 2B-UNC 21119 3 1 3/8 1 3/4 11/16 3/4 Ream 1 1/4 3.10
• Ream: +.002 21120 3 1 3/8 1 3/4 11/16 1/2-13 Tap 1 1/4 3.40
-.000 21121 3 1 3/8 1 3/4 11/16 5/8-11 Tap 1 1/4 3.30
KNOBS
• 3D Solid Models are available in multiple 21122 3 1 3/8 1 3/4 11/16 3/4-10 Tap 1 1/4 3.10
Aluminum Hand Knob

Metric
*Part
Number A B C D Hub Style F
21101 31 14 19 8 Blank –
21152 31 14 19 8 6mm Ream 13
21154 31 14 19 8 M6 Tap 13
21155 31 14 19 8 M8 Tap 13
21106 38 17 22 9 Blank –
21158 38 17 22 9 10mm Ream 16
21159 38 17 22 9 M8 Tap 16
21160 38 17 22 9 M10 Tap 16
21111 53 22 32 12 Blank –
21162 53 22 32 12 10mm Ream 22
21163 53 22 32 12 12mm Ream 22
21164 53 22 32 12 M10 Tap 22
21165 53 22 32 12 M12 Tap 22
21116 75 34 44 17 Blank –
21168 75 34 44 17 16mm Ream 32
21169 75 34 44 17 20mm Ream 32
• Material: 319 Aluminum Alloy
21170 75 34 44 17 M12 Tap 32
• Thread: Class 6h
21171 75 34 44 17 M16 Tap 32
• Ream: +.05
21172 75 34 44 17 M20 Tap 32
-.000
KNOBS
Aluminum Palmgrip Knob Drawing: need high-resolution

• Finish: Tumble
• Thread: 2B-UNC or Class 6h
• Ream: +.002
-.000
• Metric Ream:
+.05
-.000
Full Depth of
Tap and Ream • 3D Solid Models are
Inch Metric
Part *Part

Number A B C D F Hub Style
Number A B C D F Hub Style
20901 1 1/2 27/32 7/8 3/8 — Blank 20901 38 19 22 34 — Blank
20902 1 1/2 27/32 7/8 1 5/16 3/4 1/4 Ream 20952 38 19 22 33 19 6mm Ream
20903 1 1/2 27/32 7/8 1 5/16 3/4 1/4-20 Tap 20953 38 19 22 33 19 M6 Tap
20904 2 1 7/8 1 19/32 — Blank 20904 50 25 22 40 — Blank
20905 2 1 7/8 1 1/2 3/4 3/8 Ream 20955 50 25 22 38 19 10mm Ream
20906 2 1 7/8 1 1/2 3/4 3/8-16 Tap 20956 50 25 22 38 19 M10 Tap
20907 2 3/4 1 3/16 1 1/8 1 31/32 — Blank 20907 69 30 29 49 — Blank
KNOBS
20908 2 3/4 1 3/16 1 1/8 1 7/8 1 1/4 1/2 Ream 20958 69 30 29 47 31 12mm Ream
20909 2 3/4 1 3/16 1 1/8 1 7/8 1 1/4 1/2-13 Tap 20959 69 30 29 47 31 M12 Tap
20910 3 1/2 1 1/4 1 1 13/16 — Blank 20910 88 31 25 45 — Blank
20911 3 1/2 1 1/4 1 1 3/4 1 1/4 1/2 Ream 20961 88 31 25 44 31 12mm Ream
20912 3 1/2 1 1/4 1 1 3/4 1 1/4 1/2-13 Tap 20962 88 31 25 44 31 M12 Tap
Knurled Steel Knob

Inch
Part
Number A B C D E F
27901 10-24 3/4 5/8 1/4 3/8 7/16
27902 1/4-20 1 3/4 1/4 1/2 5/8
27903 3/8-16 1 1/4 1 1/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
27904 1/2-13 1 1/2 1 1/4 1/2 3/4 1
27905 5/8-11 2 1 3/4 5/8 1 1/8 1 1/4
27906 3/4-10 2 1/2 2 1/4 5/8 1 5/8 1 1/2
• Material: Low Carbon Steel Metric

• Thread: 2B-UNC or Class 6h *Part
Number A B C D E F
27951 M5 x 0.8 19 16 6 9 11
27952 M6 x 1.0 25 19 6 13 16
27953 M10 x 1.5 31 28 13 16 19
27954 M12 x 1.75 38 31 13 19 25
27955 M16 x 2.0 50 44 16 28 31
27956 M20 x 2.5 63 57 16 41 38

377
KNOBS
Speed Bar Knob
Speed Bar Knobs offer the ultimate in strength to hold down covers and clamp
heavy work pieces. Insert bar between four vertical prongs for maximum lever-
age and holding force. One extra long prong is available on part numbers 40706
and 40707 for use with a crank handle.
• Material: Malleable ASTM 32510

• Finish: Mill
• Thread: 2B-UNC or Metric Class 6h
Inch
Part Wt.
Number A B C D E F G T (lbs)
40701 2 2 1/8 1 1/4 1 1/8 1/2 3/4 1/2 Blank 0.80
40711 2 2 1/8 1 1/4 1 1/8 1/2 3/4 1/2 3/8-16 0.76
40702 2 2 1/8 1 1/4 1 1/8 1/2 3/4 1/2 1/2-13 0.72
40712 2 2 1/8 1 1/4 1 1/8 1/2 3/4 1/2 5/8-11 0.68
40703 2 1/2 2 3/8 1 3/4 1 1/2 9/16 7/8 5/8 Blank 1.56
40713 2 1/2 2 3/8 1 3/4 1 1/2 9/16 7/8 5/8 1/2-13 1.48
KNOBS
40704 2 1/2 2 3/8 1 3/4 1 1/2 9/16 7/8 5/8 5/8-11 1.44
40705 2 1/2 2 3/8 1 3/8 1 1/2 9/16 7/8 5/8 3/4-10 1.44
40706 3 1/2 2 3/8 2 3/8 2 1/8 1/2 7/8 5/8 Blank 2.50
40715 3 1/2 2 3/8 2 3/8 2 1/8 1/2 7/8 5/8 7/8-09 2.38
40707 3 1/2 2 3/8 2 3/8 2 1/8 1/2 7/8 5/8 1-8 2.25
Metric
Part
Number** A B C D E F G T
40701 50 53 31 28 12 19 12 Blank
40752 50 53 31 28 12 19 12 M12
40703 63 59 44 38 14 22 16 Blank
40754 63 59 44 38 14 22 16 M16
40755 63 59 44 38 14 22 16 M20
40706* 88 59 59 53 12 22 16 Blank
40757* 88 59 59 53 12 22 16 M24
*Note: One extra long prong is available on part numbers 40706 and 40757
for use with a crank handle.
**Dimensions in millimeters
KNOBS
Plain Steel Ball • Material: Carbon Steel

Part
Number A B C
• Available Tapped or Blank 36511 1 1/2 Blank —
• 3D Solid Models are available in multiple 36512 1 1/2 3/8-16 5/8
36513 2 Blank —
36514 2 1/2-13 3/4
36515 2 5/8-11 7/8
Polished Steel Ball

• Material: Steel
• Finish: Polished Part
Number A B C
36520 3/4 10-32 3/8
36521 1 10-32 3/8
36522 1 1/4-20 1/2
KNOBS
36523 1 5/16-18 1/2
36524 1 3/8-16 1/2
36525 1 3/8 1/4-20 5/8
36526 1 3/8 5/16-18 5/8
36527 1 3/8 3/8-16 5/8
36528 1 3/8 1/2-13 5/8
36529 1 7/8 3/8-16 3/4
36530 1 7/8 1/2-13 3/4
36531 1 7/8 5/8-11 3/4
Brass Ball • Material: Brass

Part
Number A B C
• Finish: Polished 36540 3/4 10-32 3/8
• Water Resistant 36541 1 10-32 3/8
36542 1 1/4-20 1/2
36543 1 5/16-18 1/2
36544 1 3/8-16 1/2
36545 1 3/8 1/4-20 5/8
36546 1 3/8 5/16-18 5/8
36547 1 3/8 3/8-16 5/8
36548 1 3/8 1/2-13 5/8
36549 1 7/8 3/8-16 3/4
36550 1 7/8 1/2-13 3/4
36551 1 7/8 5/8-11 3/4

379
KNOBS
Plastic Ball
• Material: Plastic, Black
• Insert: Brass
• Finish: Tumble, Sand, & Buff
Black Brass
Part Insert
Number A B C D
31301 3/4 1/4 5/16 10-32
31316 3/4 1/4 5/16 1/4-20
31317 1 1/2 1/2 10-32
31302 1 1/2 7/16 1/4-20
31308 1 1/2 7/16 5/16-18
31303 1 1/2 1/2 3/8-16
31318 1 3/8 5/8 5/8 1/4-20
31309 1 3/8 5/8 7/16 5/16-18
31304 1 3/8 5/8 1/2 3/8-16
31310 1 3/8 5/8 1/2 3/8-24
31305 1 3/8 5/8 5/8 1/2-13
31311 1 3/8 5/8 5/8 1/2-20
31319 1 5/8 11/16 5/8 5/16-18
31314 1 5/8 11/16 1/2 3/8-16
KNOBS
31315 1 5/8 11/16 5/8 1/2-13

31320 1 7/8 3/4 7/16 5/16-18
31312 1 7/8 3/4 1/2 3/8-16
31306 1 7/8 3/4 5/8 1/2-13
31313 1 7/8 3/4 5/8 1/2-20
31307 1 7/8 3/4 3/4 5/8-18
Soft Touch Ball

• Material: Soft Touch Plastic
• Insert: Brass
• Also available in red, blue, yellow, and green
(250 piece minimum)
Part Insert
Number A B C D
31330 1 1/2 1 15/64 5/8 1/4-20 x 5/8
31331 1 1/2 1 15/64 5/8 5/16-18 x 5/8
This Ball Knob has a soft touch material 31332 1 1/2 1 15/64 5/8 3/8-16 x 5/8
which enables the operator to get a better 31333 1 1/2 1 15/64 5/8 1/2-13 x 5/8
grip on the knob for many different types of
operations.
KNOBS
Plastic Wing Knob

Metric
• Material: Glass-Fibre Reinforced
Black Technopolymer
• Insert: Brass with tapped blind hole
Part
Number* A B C D E
33776 26 13 11 M5 5
33777 32 15 13 M6 8
33778 40 17 15.5 M8 8
KNOBS
Plastic Wing Knob
With Stud • Material: Glass-Fibre Reinforced Black Technopolymer
ELESA Original Design • Finish: Black Matte
• Zinc-Plated Steel Stud with chamfered flat end
Inch
Part
Number A B C D E
33765 1.02 .51 .43 10-32 .500
33766 1.02 .51 .43 10-32 .750
33767 1.26 .59 .51 1/4-20 .500
33768 1.26 .59 .51 1/4-20 .750
33769 1.26 .59 .51 1/4-20 1.000
33770 1.57 .67 .61 5/16-18 .750
33771 1.57 .67 .61 5/16-18 1.000
Metric
Part
Number* A B C D E
33781 26 13 11 M5 16
33782 32 15 13 M6 16
33783 32 15 13 M8 16
33784 40 17 15.5 M8 25
33785 40 17 15.5 M10 30

381
KNOBS
Wing Nut
Elesa Orginal Design
• Material: Glass Fibre Reinforced Technopolymer

• Finish: Gray/Black Matte
• Insert: Brass With Tapped Hole
• Optional cap colors available upon request
(Black, Grey, Yellow, Blue & Red)
Part

34450 2.17 1.1 0.63 0.26 0.31 1/4-20 0.71
34451 2.17 1.1 0.63 0.26 0.31 5/16-18 0.71
34452 2.76 1.42 0.79 0.31 0.39 5/16-18 0.79
34453 2.76 1.42 0.79 0.31 0.39 3/8-16 0.79
KNOBS
Wing Nut With Stud


• Stud: Zinc Plated Threaded Steel With
Chamfered End
Part
34455 2.17 1.10 .63 .26 .31 5/16-18 1.00
34456 2.17 1.10 .63 .26 .31 5/16-18 1.50
34457 2.76 1.42 .79 .31 .39 3/8-16 1.00
34458 2.76 1.42 .79 .31 .39 3/8-16 1.50
KNOBS
Plastic Four Prong Knob

• Material: Plastic
• Finish: Tumble
• Insert: Brass
• Excellent gripping action for turning
and tightening uses: adjusting devices,
tripods, lawn mower height adjustments,
valve controls, etc.
Part Insert Thread

Number and Depth A B C D
32201 1/4-20 x 7/16 1 1/4 7/8 5/8 3/8
32270 5/16-18 x 7/16 1 1/4 7/8 5/8 3/8
32202* 1/4-20 x 1/2 1 1/4 7/8 5/8 3/8
32271 1/4-20 x 7/16 1 3/4 1 13/16 1/2
32203 5/16-18 x 7/16 1 3/4 1 13/16 1/2
32204* 5/16-18 x 5/8 1 3/4 1 13/16 1/2
32272* 1/4-20 x 5/8 1 3/4 1 13/16 1/2
32205 3/8-16 x 1/2 1 3/4 1 13/16 1/2
32206* 3/8-16 x 5/8 1 3/4 1 13/16 1/2
32207 3/8-16 x 1/2 2 1/4 1 1/8 1 9/16
32273 5/16-18 x 1/2 2 1/4 1 1/8 1 9/16
KNOBS
32208* 3/8-16 x 5/8 2 1/4 1 1/8 1 9/16
32274* 5/16-18 x 5/8 2 1/4 1 1/8 1 9/16
32209 1/2-13 x 5/8 2 1/4 1 1/8 1 9/16
32210* 1/2-13 x 5/8 2 1/4 1 1/8 1 9/16
*Indicates knobs with through clearance hole.
Plastic Four Prong Knob

With Extended Prong
• Material: Polypropylene
• Finish: Tumble
• Insert: Brass
Part
Number A B C D Insert
32260 3 1 1/4 7/8 5/8 1/4-20
32261* 3 1 1/4 7/8 5/8 1/4-20
32262 3 1 1/4 7/8 5/8 5/16-18
32263* 3 1 1/4 7/8 5/8 5/16-18
32264 3 1 1/4 7/8 5/8 3/8-16
32265* 3 1 1/4 7/8 5/8 3/8-16
* Through Hole Style

383
KNOBS
Plastic Knurled
Torque Knob
• Finish: Tumble
• Knurled edge for non-slip grip
• Insert Threads: Brass
Part Insert Thread

32324 8-32 x 5/16 3/4 9/16 5/8 —
32325 10-32 x 5/16 3/4 9/16 5/8 —
32328 1/4-20 x 3/8 3/4 9/16 5/8 —
32301 10-32 x 5/16 1 21/32 5/8 5/16
32303 1/4-20 x 3/8 1 21/32 5/8 5/16
32305 1/4-20 x 7/16 1 3/8 25/32 3/4 3/8
32308 5/16-18 x 7/16 1 3/8 25/32 3/4 3/8
32310 3/8-16 x 3/8 1 3/8 25/32 3/4 3/8
32311 5/16-18 x 7/16 1 7/8 1 1 1/2
32312 3/8-16 x 1/2 1 7/8 1 1 1/2
32315 Bushing* 1 7/8 1 1 1/2
*.377 I.D. x 1/2" O.D. x 1/2" long plain hole brass bushing, drilled and tapped
for one #10-32 set screw.
KNOBS
Plastic Knurled
Torque Knob With Stud
• Finish: Tumble
• Knurled edge for non-slip grip
• Stud Threads: Zinc Plated Steel
Part Stud Thread

Number and Length A B C D
32326 10-32 x 1/2 3/4 9/16 5/8 —
32327 10-32 x 1 3/4 9/16 5/8 —
32329 1/4-20 x 1/2 3/4 9/16 5/8 —
32330 1/4-20 x 1 3/4 9/16 5/8 —
32302 10-32 x 1 1 21/32 5/8 5/16
32304 1/4-20 x 1 1 21/32 5/8 5/16
32334 5/16-18 x 1 1 21/32 5/8 5/16
32306 1/4-20 x 1 1 3/8 25/32 3/4 3/8
32307 1/4-20 x 2 1 3/8 25/32 3/4 3/8
32331 5/16-18 x 1 1 3/8 25/32 3/4 3/8
32309 5/16-18 x 2 1 3/8 25/32 3/4 3/8
32332 3/8-16 x 1 1 3/8 25/32 3/4 3/8
32333 5/16-18 x 1 1 7/8 1 1 1/2
32313 3/8-16 x 1 1 7/8 1 1 1/2
KNOBS
Plastic Fluted Knob
Part Insert Thread Stud Thread

Number and Depth and Length A B C D
32320 1/4-20 x 7/16 — 1 3/8 27/32 27/32 25/64
32340 — 1/4-20 x 1 1 3/8 27/32 27/32 25/64
• Material: Plastic 32321 5/16-18 x 7/16 — 1 3/8 27/32 27/32 25/64
• Finish: Tumble 32341 — 5/16-18 x 1 1 3/8 27/32 27/32 25/64
• Insert Threads: Brass 32342 — 3/8-16 x 1 1 3/8 27/32 27/32 25/64
• Bushing: Brass 32343 — 1/4-20 x 1 1 3/4 1 1/16 1 1/16 1/2
• Stud Threads: Zinc Plated Steel 32322 5/16-18 x 7/16 — 1 3/4 1 1/16 1 1/16 1/2
• For heavy torque applications, clamping 32344 — 5/16-18 x 1 1 3/4 1 1/16 1 1/16 1/2
devices, adjusting rods 32323 3/8-16 x 1/2 — 1 3/4 1 1/16 1 1/16 1/2
• 3D Solid Models are available in multiple 32345 — 3/8-16 x 1 1 3/4 1 1/16 1 1/16 1/2
formats from www.jergensinc.com 32346 1/4-20 x 7/16 — 1 3/4 1 1/16 1 1/16 1/2
32316 3/8-16 x 1/2 — 2 3/8 1 5/16 1 1/4 5/8
32347 5/16-18 x 7/16 — 2 3/8 1 5/16 1 1/4 5/8
32317 — 3/8-16 x 1 2 3/8 1 5/16 1 1/4 5/8
32318 — 3/8-16 x 2 2 3/8 1 5/16 1 1/4 5/8
32348 — 5/16-18 x 1 2 3/8 1 5/16 1 1/4 5/8
32319 Bushing* — 2 3/8 1 5/16 1 1/4 5/8
KNOBS
*.377 I.D. x 1/2" O.D. x 1/2" deep plain brass bushing, drilled and tapped for one
#10-32 set screw.
Thermoplastic Fluted Knob
• Material: Thermoplastic
• Insert: Brass
• Textured surface resists scratches, nicks, and fingerprints
• A standard 1" stud is available, other lengths available
upon request.
Part
32350 3 1/4 1 3/8 2 3/4 1/4-20 x 5/8
32351 3 1/4 1 3/8 2 3/4 5/16-18 x 3/4
32352 3 1/4 1 3/8 2 3/4 3/8-16 x 7/8

385
KNOBS
Plastic Knurled Knob

• Material: High Impact

Part Set
Strength Technopolymer
Number A B C D E Screw F G H
33801 1.22 .87 .59 .35 1/4-20 — .47 — —
• Brass Insert with tapped
33802 1.57 .94 .67 .43 1/4 10-32 .55 .47 .67
or plain blind hole
33803 1.57 .94 .67 .43 1/4-20 — .47 — —
• Knobs with plain blind hole
33804 1.57 .94 .67 .43 5/16-18 — .51 — —
complete with set screw
33805 1.97 1.18 .79 .53 3/8 10-32 .79 .63 .98
33806 1.97 1.18 .79 .53 5/16-18 — .70 — —
Greases, and other
33807 1.97 1.18 .79 .53 3/8-16 — .67 — —
Chemical Agents
33808 2.36 1.38 .91 .59 3/8 1/4-20 .79 .63 1.18
33809 2.36 1.38 .91 .59 3/8-16 — .79 — —
33810 2.36 1.38 .91 .59 1/2-13 — .79 — —
KNOBS
Plastic Knurled Knob

With Stud
Part
Number A B C D E F
33811 1.22 .87 .59 .35 1/4-20 .500
33812 1.22 .87 .59 .35 1/4-20 .750
33813 1.57 .94 .67 .43 1/4-20 .750
• Material: High Impact Strength 33814 1.57 .94 .67 .43 1/4-20 1.00
Technopolymer 33815 1.57 .94 .67 .43 5/16-18 .750
• Finish: Black Matte 33816 1.57 .94 .67 .43 5/16-18 1.00
• Stud: Zinc Plated Steel with 33817 1.97 1.18 .79 .53 3/8-16 1.00
chamfered flat end 33818 1.97 1.18 .79 .53 3/8-16 1.25
• Resistant to Solvents, Oils, Greases, and 33819 2.36 1.38 .91 .59 3/8-16 1.00
other Chemical Agents 33820 2.36 1.38 .91 .59 3/8-16 1.25
KNOBS
Plastic Lobe Knob

Center Cap Center Cap
I
F
G J
C
D H
• Material: High Impact Strength Technopolymer
• Finish: Black
• Insert: Brass with tapped or plain blind hole A E
• Knobs with plain blind hole
• Resistant to Solvents, Oils, Greases, and other Chemical Agents B
Part Set Screw Mounting Holes (H)

Number A B C D E F G Plain Tapped I J
33840 0.98 0.75 0.51 0.28 0.31 — — — 10-32 — 0.39
33841 1.26 0.91 0.59 — 0.39 — — — 1/4-20 — 0.47
33842 1.26 0.91 0.59 0.47 0.39 0.2 10-32 1/4 — — 0.47
33843 1.57 1.06 0.67 — 0.47 — — — 1/4-20 — 0.71
33844 1.57 1.06 0.67 — 0.47 — — — 5/16-18 — 0.71
33845 1.57 1.06 0.67 0.47 0.47 0.24 10-32 1/4 — 0.55 —
KNOBS
33846 1.57 1.06 0.67 0.55 0.47 0.24 10-32 5/16 — 0.59 —
33847 1.97 1.26 0.75 — 0.55 — — — 5/16-18 — 0.79
33848 1.97 1.26 0.75 — 0.55 — — — 3/8-16 — 0.79
33849 1.97 1.26 0.75 0.55 0.55 0.28 10-32 5/16 — 0.63 —
33850 1.97 1.26 0.75 0.63 0.55 0.28 10-32 3/8 — 0.63 —
33851 2.48 1.46 0.87 — 0.63 — — — 3/8-16 — 1.02
33852 2.48 1.46 0.87 — 0.63 — — — 1/2-13 — 1.02
33853* 2.48 1.46 0.87 0.67 0.63 0.31 1/4-20 3/8 — 0.79 —
33854* 2.48 1.46 0.87 0.75 0.63 0.31 1/4-20 1/2 — 0.79 —
33855 2.91 1.71 1.02 0.75 0.87 0.31 1/4-20 1/2 — 0.79 —
33856 2.91 1.71 1.02 — 0.87 — — — 1/2-13 — 1.02
*Steel Insert
Plastic Lobe Knob

Metric
Elesa Original Design • Material: Duroplast
F
• Insert: Stainless Steel
• Resistant to Solvents, Oils, Greases, and other Chemical Agents
C
E Part
Number* A B C D E F
34121 32 23 19 11 M6 12
34122 40 27 21 12 M8 13
A D 34123 50 33 25 14 M10 17
34124 60 37 27 17 M12 20
B

387
KNOBS
Plastic Lobe Knob

H E
C
G B
I
F D
• Material: Black Duroplast
A • Metal Hub
Part
33751 2.01 1.14 .51 Blank — .79 .83 .71 .39
33752 2.01 1.14 .51 5/16 — .79 .83 .71 .39
33753 2.01 1.14 .51 5/16-18 — .79 .83 .71 .39
33755 2.72 1.30 .71 3/8 .71 1.18 .98 1.10 .47
33756 2.72 1.30 .71 3/8-16 .71 1.18 .98 1.10 .47
33758 3.23 1.57 .75 1/2 .71 1.38 1.18 1.34 .59
33759 3.23 1.57 .75 1/2-13 .71 1.38 1.18 1.34 .59
33760 3.90 1.73 .79 Blank — 1.42 1.34 1.34 .55
33761 3.90 1.73 .79 1/2 .84 1.42 1.34 1.34 .55
33762 3.90 1.73 .79 5/8-11 .84 1.42 1.34 1.34 .55
33763 5.07 1.85 .87 Blank — 1.57 1.34 1.42 .51
KNOBS
33764 5.07 1.85 .87 1/2 — 1.57 1.34 1.46 .51
Plastic Lobe Knob


• Insert: Brass with tapped through hole
Part
33831 1.26 0.91 0.59 0.39 0.39 1/4-20 0.47
33832 1.57 1.06 0.67 0.47 0.47 5/16-18 0.71
G
33833 1.97 1.26 0.75 0.59 0.55 3/8-16 0.79
33834 2.48 1.46 0.87 0.75 0.63 3/8-16 1.02
33835 2.48 1.46 0.87 0.75 0.63 1/2-13 1.02
C F
D 33836 2.91 1.17 1.02 0.67 0.87 1/2-13 1.02
A
E
B
KNOBS
Plastic Lobe Knob

Part Set Screw Mounting Hole (I) Wt.

Number A B C D E F G H Plain Tapped J lbs.
33884* 1.26 0.91 0.75 — — 0.43 — — — 1/4-20 0.39 0.04
33885* 1.57 1.06 0.83 — — 0.47 — — — 1/4-20 0.47 0.07
33886* 1.57 1.06 0.83 — — 0.47 — — — 5/16-18 0.51 0.06
33887* 1.57 1.06 0.83 0.47 0.67 0.47 0.28 10-32 0.250 — 0.55 0.07
33888* 1.57 1.06 0.83 0.63 0.79 0.47 0.28 10-32 0.312 — 0.63 0.06
• Material: 33889* 1.97 1.3 0.98 — — 0.55 — — — 5/16-18 0.71 0.11
Phenolic based 33890* 1.97 1.3 0.98 — — 0.55 — — — 3/8-16 0.67 0.10
Duroplast 33891* 1.97 1.3 0.98 0.59 0.99 0.55 0.31 10-32 0.312 — 0.79 0.14
• Insert: 33892* 1.97 1.3 0.98 0.63 0.99 0.55 0.31 10-32 0.375 — 0.79 0.13
Black oxide steel 33893 2.36 1.46 1.06 — — 0.67 — — — 3/8-16 0.67 0.16
or Brass 33894 2.36 1.46 1.06 — — 0.67 — — — 1/2-13 0.79 0.17
33895 2.36 1.46 1.06 0.67 1.02 0.67 0.35 1/4-20 0.375 — 0.79 0.21
KNOBS
33896 2.36 1.46 1.06 0.79 1.18 0.67 0.35 1/4-20 0.500 — 0.99 0.19
33897 2.75 1.73 1.18 — — 0.79 — — — 1/2-13 0.79 0.26
33898 2.75 1.73 1.18 0.79 1.18 0.79 0.43 1/4-20 0.500 — 0.99 0.27
33899 3.34 2.16 1.37 — — 1.18 — — — 5/8-11 0.86 0.38
*denotes brass insert.
Plastic Lobe Knob

• Materials: Glass reinforced polyamide based technopolymer • Lighter Design 1. Not drilled
• Finish: Black glossy • With plain or tapped hole 2. Plain through hole
3. Tapped through hole
• Black-oxide steel hub
Part Mounting Holes (I) Wt.

Number A B C D E F G H Plain Tapped J lbs.
340001 1.97 1.14 0.51 0.79 0.71 0.39 — — — — 0.83 0.16
340012 1.97 1.14 0.51 0.79 0.71 0.39 — — 0.312 — 0.83 0.14
340023 1.97 1.14 0.51 0.79 0.71 0.39 — — — 5/16-18 0.83 0.15
340031 2.40 1.18 0.53 0.98 0.94 0.43 — — — — 0.91 0.28
340041 2.76 1.30 0.71 1.18 1.14 0.47 — — — — 0.98 0.42
340052 2.76 1.30 0.71 1.18 1.14 0.47 0.03 0.71 0.375 — 0.98 0.37
340063 2.76 1.30 0.71 1.18 1.14 0.47 0.03 0.71 — 3/8-16 0.98 0.39
340071 3.15 1.57 0.75 1.38 1.34 0.59 — — — — 1.18 0.66
340082 3.15 1.57 0.75 1.38 1.34 0.59 0.03 0.71 0.500 — 1.18 0.61
340093 3.15 1.57 0.75 1.38 1.34 0.59 0.03 0.71 — 1/2-13 1.18 0.62

389
KNOBS
Plastic Lobe Knob With Stud

• Material: High Impact
Part
Strength Technopolymer
Number A B C D E F
33859 0.98 0.75 0.51 0.31 10-32 0.500
• Stud: Zinc Plated Steel with
33860 0.98 0.75 0.51 0.31 10-32 0.750
Chamfered Flat End
33861 1.26 0.91 0.59 0.39 1/4-20 0.500
33862 1.26 0.91 0.59 0.39 1/4-20 0.750
Greases, and other
33863 1.26 0.91 0.59 0.39 1/4-20 1.000
Chemical Agents
33864 1.57 1.06 0.67 0.47 1/4-20 0.500
33865 1.57 1.06 0.67 0.47 1/4-20 1.000
33866 1.57 1.06 0.67 0.47 5/16-18 0.750
33867 1.57 1.06 0.67 0.47 5/16-18 1.000
33868 1.97 1.26 0.75 0.55 5/16-18 1.000
33869 1.97 1.26 0.75 0.55 5/16-18 1.500
33870 1.97 1.26 0.75 0.55 3/8-16 1.000
33871 1.97 1.26 0.75 0.55 3/8-16 1.500
33872 2.48 1.46 0.87 0.63 3/8-16 1.250
33873 2.48 1.46 0.87 0.63 3/8-16 2.000
33874 2.48 1.46 0.87 0.63 1/2-13 1.500
33877 2.91 1.71 1.02 0.87 1/2-13 1.250
33878 2.91 1.71 1.02 0.87 1/2-13 2.000
Plastic Lobe Knob

KNOBS
With Stainless Steel Stud

Part
Number A B C D E F
34181 1.26 .91 .75 .43 1/4-20 .500
34182 1.26 .91 .75 .43 1/4-20 .750
34183 1.26 .91 .75 .43 1/4-20 1.00
34184 1.57 1.06 .83 .47 5/16-18 .750
34185 1.57 1.06 .83 .47 5/16-18 1.00
34186 1.57 1.06 .83 .47 5/16-18 1.25
34187 1.97 1.30 .98 .55 3/8-16 1.00
• Material: Duroplast
34188 1.97 1.30 .98 .55 3/8-16 1.25
34189 1.97 1.30 .98 .55 3/8-16 1.50
• Stud: Stainless Steel
34190 1.97 1.30 .98 .55 3/8-16 2.00
Metric
Part
Number* A B C D E F
34131 32 23 19 11 M6 16
34132 40 27 21 12 M8 20
34133 40 27 21 12 M8 30
34134 50 33 25 14 M10 20
34135 50 33 25 14 M10 40
34136 60 37 27 17 M12 30
KNOBS
Plastic Fluted Grip Knob

• Material: High Strength Technopolymer
• Insert: Brass with tapped blind hole
Part
34200 .79 .63 .47 .43 .24 8-32 .24
34201 .79 .63 .47 .43 .24 10-32 .24
34202 .98 .75 .63 .59 .31 10-32 .39
34203 .98 .75 .63 .59 .31 1/4-20 .31
34204 1.26 .87 .67 .83 .35 1/4-20 .39
34205 1.26 .87 .67 .83 .35 5/16-18 .39
Metric
Part
Number* A B C D E F G
34260 16 13 11 9 5 M4 6
34261 20 16 12 11 6 M5 6
34262 25 19 16 15 8 M6 8
34263 32 22 17 21 9 M8 10
Plastic Fluted Grip Knob
KNOBS
With Stud Part
ELESA Original Design 34210 0.63 0.51 0.43 0.35 0.2 8-32 0.375
34211 0.63 0.51 0.43 0.35 0.2 8-32 0.500
34212 0.79 0.63 0.47 0.43 0.24 8-32 0.500
34213 0.79 0.63 0.47 0.43 0.24 8-32 0.750
34214 0.79 0.63 0.47 0.43 0.24 10-32 0.500
34215 0.79 0.63 0.47 0.43 0.24 10-32 0.750
34216 0.98 0.75 0.63 0.59 0.31 1/4-20 0.500
34217 0.98 0.75 0.63 0.59 0.31 1/4-20 0.750
34218 0.98 0.75 0.63 0.59 0.31 1/4-20 1.000
34219 1.26 0.87 0.67 0.83 0.35 5/16-18 0.750
34220 1.26 0.87 0.67 0.83 0.35 5/16-18 1.000
34221 1.57 1.06 0.75 0.98 0.51 3/8-16 1.000
34222 1.97 1.12 0.87 1.22 0.53 3/8-16 1.000
Metric
Part
Number* A B C D E F G
34250 16 13 11 9 5 M4 10
34251 16 13 11 9 5 M5 10
34252 20 16 12 11 6 M5 16
• Zinc-Plated Steel Stud With Chamfered
34253 20 16 12 11 6 M6 16
Flat End
34254 25 19 16 15 8 M6 16
34255 25 19 16 15 8 M8 16
34256 32 22 17 21 9 M8 16
34257 32 22 17 21 9 M10 20

391
KNOBS
Knurled Knob
• Material: High Strength Technopolymer

Part
• Finish: Gray/Black Matte Number A B C D E F
• Insert: Brass With Tapped Blind Hole 34490 0.83 0.71 0.49 0.41 10-32 0.39
• Resistant to Solvents, Oils, Greases, 34491 0.98 0.89 0.57 0.55 1/4-20 0.47
and other Chemical Agents 34492 1.22 1.06 0.73 0.67 5/16-18 0.63
• Concave surface makes gripping easier.
KNOBS
Knurled Knob With Stud

• Material: High Strength Technopolymer Part

• Finish: Gray/Black Matte Number A B C D E F
• Stud: Zinc Plated Threaded Steel 34493 .83 .71 .49 .41 10-32 .750
With Chamfered End 34494 .98 .89 .57 .55 1/4-20 .750
• Resistant to Solvents, Oils, Greases, 34495 1.22 1.06 .73 .67 5/16-18 .750
• Concave surface makes gripping easier.
KNOBS
Plastic Latch Type Lobe Knob


• Stud: Zinc Plated Steel
• Available in Stainless Steel with left or
right swing style
Part Swing
Number A B C D E F G H Style
33881 1.97 1.30 .98 .55 .47 1.81 1.77 .47 Left
33882 2.36 1.46 1.06 .67 .47 1.81 1.77 .47 Right
Plastic Knurled Grip Knob

KNOBS
Mounting hole for
Ball & Spring
K
Technopolymer
• Black Oxide Steel Insert
Part
33741 1.89 1.38 .31 1.26 .39 1.34 .13 .375 .87 .87 .16 .55
33742 2.05 1.54 .35 1.46 .51 1.54 .17 .500 .87 .87 .16 .55
33743 2.28 1.61 .39 1.65 .43 1.73 .20 .500 1.06 1.02 .20 .63
33744 2.48 1.73 .43 1.89 .39 1.97 .24 .500 1.18 1.02 .20 .63

393
KNOBS
Plastic T-Handle
• Finish: Tumble
• Insert: Metal
• Also Available With Stud
• Ideal For High Torque Applications
• Textured Grip
Part
32126 2 1/2 1 1/4 3/4 5/8 5/16-18 x 3/4
A C
Part
B 32121 2 1 1/8 5/8 1/2 5/16-18 x 5/8
KNOBS
• Finish: Tumble
A
• For heavy-duty clamping and push/pull applications;
latch release with pull cables or rods; also for cabinet
B doors, access panel latches, etc.
D
C Part Insert Thread

32115 5/16-18 x 7/16 2 1/4 1 1/4 9/16 11/16
32116 1/4-20 x 7/16 2 1/4 1 1/4 9/16 11/16
Plastic T-Handle
Technopolymer
• Insert: Brass With Tapped Blind Hole
Part Ft.*
Number A B C D E F G lbs.
33711 1.57 0.51 1.18 0.79 0.51 1/4-20 0.63 560
33712 2.17 0.55 1.3 0.87 0.55 1/4-20 0.71 739
33713 2.64 0.63 1.46 0.98 0.63 5/16-18 0.79 1,008
33714 3.15 0.79 1.61 1.02 0.79 3/8-16 0.79 1,568
33715 3.66 0.83 1.77 1.12 0.83 1/2-13 0.79 1,795
*Max. Tensile strength / Pull Force
KNOBS
Plastic Tapered Knob
• Tapered shanks, enlarged heads provide good finger

clearance and excellent grasp for pulling
• Popular Applications: push-pull rods, palm switch knobs, palm grasp
knobs (for portable power tools), push buttons, drawer pulls, etc.
• Finish: Tumble
• Insert: Brass
Part Insert Thread

Number A B C and Depth
32213 1 1 1/4 1/2 1/4-20 x 7/16
32214 1 1 1/4 1/2 5/16-18 x 7/16
Plastic Lift Knob

• Finish: Tumble
• Insert: Brass
KNOBS
Part Insert Thread

Number A B C D and Depth
32217 1 3/8 7/8 5/8 5/8 1/4-20 x 7/16
Part Insert Thread

32215 1 1 3/16 9/16 11/16 10-32 x 5/16
32216 1 1 3/16 9/16 11/16 1/4-20 x 7/16


395
KNOBS
Plastic Oval Tapered Knob
• Finish: Tumble
• For shift levers, control levers, push/pull rods on machine tools, lawn and garden
equipment, jigs and fixtures, and for finger tip levers or lid knobs.
• Available with either brass insert, tapped plastic thread, or untapped through hole.
• Sand and Buff Finish available upon request
Part Hole

Number A B C D E Diameter
32211* 1 3/16 1 7/8 9/16 — — 5/16-18 x 3/4
32218** 1 3/16 1 7/8 9/16 — — 1/4-20 x 7/16
.380/.385
32212 1 3/16 1 3/4 9/16 9/16 5/16 through hole
(untapped)
.313/.318
32219 1 3/16 1 3/4 9/16 9/16 5/16 through hole
(untapped)
*Tapped plastic threads
**Brass insert
KNOBS
Soft Touch Oval Tapered Knob

• Finish: “Soft Feel” Black Matte
• Insert: Brass
• Cushioned vinyl covering helps to dampen vibrations
(250 piece minimum)
This Oval Tapered Knob has the original soft touch material
that helps in gripping. It is designed with an enlarged head and
tapered shaft for maximum push, pull, and turning.
Part Hole
Number A B C Diameter
32150 1 5/8 2 1/2 7/8 5/16-18 x 5/8
32151 1 5/8 2 1/2 7/8 5/16
32152 1 5/8 2 1/2 7/8 3/8-16 x 5/8
32153 1 5/8 2 1/2 7/8 3/8
KNOBS
Soft Touch Tapered Knob

• Insert: Brass
(250 piece minimum)
This Oval Tapered Knob has the original soft touch material
that helps in gripping. It is designed with an enlarged head and
tapered shaft for maximum push, pull, and turning.
Part Hole
Number A B C D Diameter
32160 1 1/2 2 1/2 15/16 1 1/2 1/4-20 x 5/8
32161 1 1/2 2 1/2 15/16 1 1/2 5/16-18 x 3/4
32162 1 1/2 2 1/2 15/16 1 1/2 3/8-16 x 5/8
KNOBS
Soft Touch Tapered Knob

• Insert: Brass
(250 piece minimum)
• A standard 1" stud is available, other lengths
available upon request.
Part Hole
Number A B C D Diameter
32180 1 5/8 2 1/2 7/8 2 1/8 1/4-20 x 5/8
32181* 1 5/8 2 1/2 7/8 2 1/8 1/4 x 1
32182 1 5/8 2 1/2 7/8 2 1/8 5/16-18 x 5/8
32183* 1 5/8 2 1/2 7/8 2 1/8 5/16 x 1
32184* 1 5/8 2 1/2 7/8 2 1/8 3/8 x 1
32170 1 3/8 2 1/8 13/16 1 3/4 5/16-18 x 5/8
32171 1 3/8 2 1/8 13/16 1 3/4 3/8-16 x 5/8
32172* 1 3/8 2 1/8 13/16 1 3/4 3/8 x 1
32173 1 3/8 2 1/8 13/16 1 3/4 1/2-13 x 5/8
32174* 1 3/8 2 1/8 13/16 1 3/4 1/2 x 1
*Cored Hole

397
KNOBS
Plastic Push/Pull Knob
• Material: Thermoplastic
• Finish: Matte
• Insert: Brass
• Also available with stud
Part
32225 1 3/8 7/8 5/8 5/8 8-32
32226 1 3/8 7/8 5/8 5/8 10-32
32227 1 3/8 7/8 5/8 5/8 1/4-20
32228 1 3/8 7/8 5/8 5/8 5/16-18
32229 1 3/8 7/8 5/8 5/8 3/8-16
Plastic Push/Pull Knob • Material: Plastic

• Finish: Tumbled
• Insert: Brass
KNOBS
Part Insert Thread

32220 1 11/16 1/2 7/16 8-32 x 5/16
32221 1 11/16 1/2 7/16 10-32 x 5/16
32222 1 11/16 1/2 7/16 1/4-20 x 7/16
32223 1 15/16 9/16 11/16 10-32 x 7/16
32224 1 15/16 9/16 11/16 1/4-20 x 7/16
Plastic Three-
Spoked Knob
ELESA Original Design Technopolymer
• Brass Insert with tapped blind hole
• Insert: Brass or Steel with plain blind hole
Part
Number A B C D E F G H I Insert
33731 2.48 1.10 1.02 — .70 .98 — 5/16-18 .62 Brass
33732 2.48 1.10 1.02 .59 .70 .98 .87 5/16 .62 Steel
33733 3.14 1.37 1.25 — .82 1.18 — 3/8-16 .67 Brass
33734 3.14 1.37 1.25 .59 .82 1.18 .98 3/8 .79 Steel
33735 3.93 1.65 1.41 — .98 1.41 — 1/2-13 .79 Brass
33736 3.93 1.65 1.41 .94 .98 1.41 1.29 1/2 .98 Steel
HANDLES, LEVERS & CRANKS
Handles, Levers & Cranks

Adjustable Handle........................................................ 415 Plastic Pull/Lift Handle................................................. 422
Adjustable Handle With Stud..................................... 415 Plastic Revolving Fold-Away Handle.........................405
Aluminum Balanced Crank Handle............................408 Plastic Revolving Heavy Duty
Aluminum Revolving and Solid Handle....................400 Handle With Steel Shank.......................................... 402
Aluminum Tubular Handle.......................................... 422 Plastic Revolving Handle With
Steel Through Shank................................................. 402
Aluminum & Malleable Clamping Levers..................411
Plastic Revolving Handle With Steel Shank..............403
Aluminum & Malleable Offset Handle...................... 410
Revolving Handle..........................................................403
Aluminum & Malleable Speed Handle...................... 407
Single Handle Locking Lever....................................... 410
Back Mounted Bridge Handle..................................... 420
Steel Clamp Lever..........................................................409
Balanced Crank Handle................................................408
Steel Solid and Revolving Balanced
Control Lever.................................................................. 419
HANDLES, LE VERS & CR ANKS

Crank Handle...............................................................408
Double Handle Locking Lever.....................................411
Ergonomic Style Steel Handles................................... 401
Fold-Away Handle.........................................................405
Forged Crank Handle....................................................409
Front Mounted Bridge Handle.................................... 420
Handle With Steel Shank............................................. 402
Machine Guard Handles............................................... 419
Metal Adjustable Handles...................................412–414
Plastic Adjustable Handle
With Stainless Steel Stud...........................................417
Plastic Button Head
Tapped Adjustable Handle...........................416, 418
Plastic Button Head
Adjustable Handle With Stud.......................416, 418
Plastic Button Head Adjustable
Tapped Handle With Stainless Steel Insert............417
Plastic Crank With
Revolving Fold‑Away Handle.............................. 406
Plastic Crank With Revolving Handle........................406
Plastic Folding Handle..................................................400
Plastic Fixed Handle......................................................400
Plastic Handle................................................................. 421
Plastic Heavy Duty Tapered Handle..........................404
Plastic Light Duty Tapered Handle............................404
399
Aluminum Revolving and Solid Handle

• Material: Handle, 2024 Aluminum
Stem, Low Carbon Steel
• Finish: Revolving Handle, Clear or Black Anodize
Stem for Revolving Handle, Zinc Plate
Solid Handle, Plain
Thread • 3D Solid Models are available in multiple formats
Size from www.jergensinc.com
Aluminum Revolving Handles Solid Handles

Part Number Thread Wt. Part Wt.

Clear Black A B C D Size (lbs) Number (lbs)
21901 21911 1 1/8 7/16 3/8 3/8 10-24 .02 — —
21902 21912 1 9/16 5/8 1/2 7/16 1/4-20 .03 10301 .03
21903 21913 2 7/8 9/16 1/2 5/16-18 .08 10302 .10
21904 21914 2 1/2 1 3/4 1/2 3/8-16 .19 10303 .15
21905 21915 2 7/8 1 1/8 15/16 1/2 1/2-13 .23 — —
21906 21916 3 1/4 1 1/4 15/16 1/2 1/2-13 .39 10304 .31
Metric
• Material: Handles: 2024 Aluminum

Clear Black Thread
Stem: Low Carbon Steel
Part Number* A B C D Size
• Finish: Clear or Black Anodize
21951 21961 28 11 9 9 M5 Stem: Zinc Plate
21952 21962 39 16 13 11 M6 • Thread: Class 6g
21953 21963 50 22 14 13 M8
21954 21964 63 25 19 13 M10
21955 21965 72 28 23 13 M12
21956 21966 82 31 23 13 M12
Plastic Folding Handle

• Material: Handle, 6-6 Nylon Stem, Steel
• Finish: Handle, Black Stem, Chrome Plated
• Folds out of the way
Part
Number A B C D E Thread Size
34070 2 1/4 25/32 25/32 7/8 1/2 M8 x 1.25
34071 3 25/32 25/32 7/8 9/16 M10 x 1.50
Plastic Fixed Handle

• Material: Handle, 6-6 Nylon Stem, Steel
• Finish: Handle, Black Stem, Chrome Plated
Part
Number A B C D E Thread Size
34075 2 9/32 5/8 9/16 5/16 1/2 M8 x 1.25
34076 2 15/32 7/8 11/16 23/32 9/16 M10 x 1.50
Ergonomic Style Steel Handles
KK CC LL
K C L
DD FF BB
D F B
K C L CC LL
K C L C L
D F B DD FF BB
D F B D F B
Revolving Handle Fixed Handle
Part C L
Number Style F (Thread) B C D L K

22000 CRevolving 10 - L24 1/2 3/8 0.32 1-7/8 1/4
hh LL
D 22001
F Revolving 1/4 - 20 5/8 1/2
B 0.40 2-1/4 5/16
22002 Revolving 5/16 - 18 13/16 9/16 0.51 2-13/16 h 3/8 L
D 22003
F Revolving 3/8 - 16 1 11/16
B 0.63 d13-3/8
d1 d d 7/16 DD
22011 Fixed 10 - 24 1/2 3/8 0.32 1-11/16 —
22012 Fixed 1/4 - 20 5/8 1/2 0.40
d1 d
2 — SIZE
HEX D
HEX SIZE
22013 Fixed 5/16 - 18 13/16 9/16 0.51 2-5/8 —
22014 Fixed 3/8 - 16 1 11/16 0.63 3-3/16 —
HEX SIZE
h L
h L
hh LL
d1 d D
I1 I1
h L
d1 d HEX SIZE D d1d1 dd DD
I1
HEX SIZE d1 d HEX

HEX SIZE
SIZE D
Metric Revolving Style Metric Fixed Style

HEX SIZE
Metric h L
I1
Part h L
d1 Number*
d Style d (Thread) L DD d1 h l
I1
22050 Revolving M6 54.5 16 10 11 5.5
d1 22051
d Revolving
HEX SIZE
M8 67 20 D 13 13 6
22052 Revolving M10 83 25 16 14 8
22053 Revolving M12 105.5 32 20 21 10.5
22054 HEX Revolving
SIZE M16 117 36 22 26 11
22055 Fixed M6 54 16 10 11 7
22056 Fixed M8 64 20 13 13 8
22057 Fixed M10 80 25 16 14 10
22058 Fixed M12 100 32 20 21 13
22059 Fixed M16 112 36 22 26 14

401
Plastic Revolving Heavy Duty Handle With Steel Shank

• Shank: Zinc Plated Steel or
Stainless Steel 303
With Steel Shank

Part
Number A B C D* E F
33621 1.57 .71 .59 M6 .51 .12
33622 1.97 .83 .67 M6 .51 .12
33624 2.56 .91 .75 M8 .59 .16
33625 3.15 1.02 .83 M10 .67 .20
33626 3.54 1.10 .87 M10 .67 .20
*Dimension in millimeters
With Stainless Steel Shank

Part
Number A B C D* E F
34101 1.57 .71 .59 M6 .51 .12
34102 1.97 .83 .67 M6 .51 .12
34103 2.56 .91 .75 M8 .59 .16
34104 3.15 1.02 .83 M10 .67 .20
34105 3.54 1.10 .87 M10 .67 .20
Plastic Revolving Handle With Steel Through Shank


• Shank: Matte Chrome Plated Steel
Part
Number A B C D E F
33601 1.57 .71 .59 1/4-20 .51 5/32
33602 1.97 .83 .67 5/16-18 .59 3/16
33604 2.56 .91 .75 5/16-18 .67 1/4
33605 3.15 1.02 .83 3/8-16 .71 1/4
33606 3.54 1.10 .87 3/8-16 .71 5/16
Plastic Revolving Handle With Steel Shank


Technopolymer
• Shank: Zinc Plated Steel
F other Chemical Agents
C D Part
Number A B C D* E F
33611 1.57 .71 .59 M6 .51 .12
33612 1.97 .83 .67 M6 .51 .12
E A B 33613 2.20 .87 .71 M6 .51 .12
33614 2.56 .91 .75 M8 .59 .16

33615 3.15 1.02 .83 M8 .59 .16
33616 3.54 1.10 .87 M10 .67 .20
Revolving Handle
Technopolymer
Part
Number A B C D E* F G
34471 2.56 .81 .59 .73 M6 .51 .12
34472 2.87 .87 .63 .75 M8 .59 .16
34473 3.39 .96 .69 .94 M8 .59 .16
34474 3.39 .96 .69 .94 M10 .67 .20
34475 3.74 1.04 .71 .98 M10 .67 .20

403
Plastic Heavy Duty Tapered Handle

• Use as grasp handles on portable tools or as machine
shift levers
• Inserts: Brass
With Tapped Holes

Part Insert Thread
Insert
32105 4 1/2 1 3/8 1 3/8-16 x 5/8
32106 4 1/2 1 3/8 1 3/8-24 x 5/8
32101 4 1/2 1 3/8 1 3/8-16 x 2
32107 4 1/2 1 3/8 1 1/2-13 x 5/8
32108 4 1/2 1 3/8 1 1/2-20 x 5/8
32103 4 1/2 1 3/8 1 1/2-13 x 1 1/4
32104 4 1/2 1 3/8 1 5/8-18 x 3/4
Plastic Light Duty Tapered Handle
• Use as grasp handles on small tools, utensils, and gauges

• Inserts: Brass
• Through hole style for use with a socket head cap screw
With Tapped Holes
Insert Part Insert Thread

32111 2 5/8 1 5/8 1/4-20 x 7/16
32112 2 5/8 1 5/8 5/16-18 x 7/16
32117 2 5/8 1 5/8 3/8-16 x 1/2
32118 3 7/8 1 1/8 3/4 1/4-20 x 1/2
32119 3 7/8 1 1/8 3/4 5/16-18 x 7/16
32109 3 7/8 1 1/8 3/4 3/8-16 x 5/8
32102 3 7/8 1 1/8 3/4 3/8-16 x 2
32110* 3 7/8 1 1/8 3/4 .500/.510 x 2
* Cored Hole
With Through Hole

Part Through
Number A B C D E Hole Size
32113 2 9/16 1 5/8 1/2 5/8 .251/.256
32114 3 11/16 1 1/8 3/4 3/4 2 5/8 .380/.385
Fold-Away Handle

Technopolymer
• Base: Sintered and Oxidized
Part
Number A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O
34481 2.56 3.27 3.17 .63 .81 .59 .75 .04 .06 M4 .20 .12 .12 .22 90°
34482 2.87 3.58 3.48 .63 .87 .59 .77 .04 .10 M4 .20 .12 .12 .22 90°
34483 2.87 3.82 3.66 .79 .87 .77 .85 .02 .02 M6 .24 .12 .12 .22 120°

34484 3.39 4.33 4.17 .79 .96 .77 .91 .02 .06 M6 .24 .12 .12 .28 120°
34485 3.74 4.69 4.53 .79 1.04 .77 .94 .02 .10 M6 .24 .12 .12 .28 120°
Plastic Revolving Fold-Away Handle


Technopolymer
• Stud: Black Oxide Steel Double Guide
Part
Number A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
33631 2.91 2.80 2.20 .75 .10 .63 .59 .04 M4 .20 .12 .12 .22 90°
33632 3.27 3.15 2.56 .79 .12 .63 .59 .04 M4 .20 .12 .12 .22 90°
33633 3.50 3.35 2.56 .87 .04 .79 .77 .02 M6 .24 .12 .12 .28 120°
33634 4.09 3.94 3.15 .94 .10 .79 .77 .02 M6 .24 .12 .12 .28 120°
33635 4.49 4.33 3.54 .94 .12 .79 .77 .02 M6 .24 .12 .12 .28 120°
33636 4.65 4.45 3.54 1.06 .04 1.02 .91 .06 M6 .28 .12 .12 .37 90°

405
Plastic Crank With Revolving Handle

O
D L • Material: Glass-Fibre Reinforced

C M Technopolymer
G • Finish: Black Matte
K • Ribbed Structure for heavy duty applications
H
N F • Hub: Black Oxide Steel
J E • Resistant to Solvents, Oils, Greases, and
I other Chemical Agents
A • Available in Ergostyle . See Ergostyle Section.
®
B • 3D Solid Models are available in multiple

Part
Number A B C D E* F G H I J K L M N O
33651 2.52 3.39 1.06 1.57 M6 .39 2.48 .91 .71 .39 .236 1.14 .71 1.30 .63
33652 3.15 4.13 1.18 1.97 M6 .51 2.99 1.02 .87 .39 .236 1.26 1.02 1.42 .67
33653 3.94 5.04 1.34 2.56 M8 .59 3.78 1.18 .94 .39 .315 1.46 1.10 1.57 .83
33654 5.11 6.37 1.57 3.15 M8 .79 4.52 1.37 1.10 .55 .394 1.73 1.18 1.93 .98
33655 6.30 7.80 1.77 3.54 M10 .91 5.12 1.57 1.34 .59 .394 1.93 1.18 2.17 1.06
33656 8.35 8.92 1.97 3.54 M10 1.02 5.35 1.77 1.57 .59 .472 2.09 1.18 2.36 1.22
Plastic Crank With Revolving Fold‑Away Handle

P K
L • Material: Glass-Fibre
C Reinforced Technopolymer
F O
J
• Ribbed Structure for heavy duty applications
G E
M D • Hub: Black Oxide Steel
I • Resistant to Solvents, Oils, Greases,
H
A • 3D Solid Models are available in multiple
B formats from www.jergensinc.com
Part
Number A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P
33662 3.15 4.13 1.18 .51 1.06 .59 1.02 .87 .39 .236 1.26 1.02 1.42 .67 .74 2.20
33663 3.94 5.04 1.34 .59 1.22 .79 1.18 .94 .39 .315 1.46 1.10 1.57 .83 .86 2.56
33664 5.11 6.37 1.57 .78 1.37 .79 1.37 1.10 .55 .394 1.73 1.18 1.93 .98 .86 2.56
33665 6.30 7.80 1.77 .91 1.57 .79 1.57 1.34 .59 .394 1.93 1.18 2.17 1.06 .94 3.15
33666 8.35 8.92 1.97 1.02 1.81 .91 1.77 1.57 .59 .472 2.09 1.18 2.36 1.22 1.06 3.54
Aluminum & Malleable Speed Handle
• Material: 319 Aluminum

Malleable ASTM A47, GR32510
• Finish: Mill
• Thread: 2B-UNC or class 6h
• Can be used with rod ends for clamping tank covers,
locking lids or any fast spin locking application
• With or without tapped or blank hole
• Three head widths

• “D” dimension is based on machined castings.
It may be slightly greater on blanks.
Part Number Dia

Aluminum Malleable A B C D E F G H J
39901 40301 4 1/2 1 1/8 1 1/2 1 Blank 11/16 3/4 7/16 1/2
39902 40302 4 1/2 1 1/8 1 1/2 1 3/8-16 11/16 3/4 7/16 1/2
39903 40303 4 1/2 1 1/8 1 1/2 1 1/2-13 11/16 3/4 7/16 1/2
39904 40304 6 1 1/2 2 1/8 1 1/2 Blank .94 7/8 5/8 3/4
39905 40305 6 1 1/2 2 1/8 1 1/2 1/2-13 .94 7/8 5/8 3/4
39906 40306 6 1 1/2 2 1/8 1 1/2 5/8-11 .94 7/8 5/8 3/4
39907 40307 8 3/4 2 3 2 Blank 1 3/16 1.02 7/8 .94
— 40308 8 3/4 2 3 2 3/4-10 1 3/16 1.02 7/8 .94
Part Number Dia

Aluminum Malleable A B C D E* F G H J
39901 40301 113 28 38 25 Blank 17 19 11 13
39952 40352 113 28 38 25 M10 17 19 11 13
39953 40353 113 28 38 25 M12 17 19 11 13
39904 40304 150 38 53 38 Blank 24 22 16 19
39955 40355 150 38 53 38 M12 24 22 16 19
39956 40356 150 38 53 38 M16 24 22 16 19
39907 40307 219 50 75 50 Blank 30 26 22 24
—- 40358 222 50 75 50 M20 30 26 22 24

407
Steel Solid and Revolving Balanced Crank Handle
C&C1
D
E
F
A
SOLID HANDLE DOES NOT REVOLVE
• Material: Steel Part Number Reamed

Center

• Finish: Bright Chrome Hole*
• 3D Solid Models are Solid Revolving A B C C1 D E F
11401 — 2 13/16 2 — 5/16 7/16 1/8
11402 11412 2 1/2 1 2 1/2 2 3/4 5/16 9/16 1/8
• Revolving Handle is a replacement 11403 11413 3 1/8 1 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/2 3/8 11/16 5/32
set for Bridgeport Style Mills 11404 11414 4 1 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/2 3/8 11/16 5/32
11405 11415 5 1 1/2 4 4 3/16 1/2 7/8 3/16
11406 — 6 1/8 1 1/2 4 — 1/2 7/8 3/16
* Center Hole is cross drilled on one side.
Dimension for Revolving Style
Aluminum Balanced Crank Handle

1/4 Jergens Aluminum Balanced Crank Handles are
good replacements for heavier steel handles. The
2° light-weight characteristics make table positioning
easier as no fall-off occurs after position has been
established. Light-weight Aluminum Balanced Crank
HANDLE
Handles are ideal for applications such as optical jig
B boring equipment and inspection instruments.
I
24° G • Material: 319 Aluminum Alloy
E
F • Finish: Grey Enamel
C D formats from www.jergensinc.com
Part Wt.
Number A B C D E F G H I J Handle (lbs)
11301 2 5/16 1 1/4 3/4 1/2 11/16 1/2 7/16 7/8 3/16 5/16 21902 .14
11302 3 1/16 1 11/16 1 5/8 7/8 5/8 1/2 1 1/4 1/4 3/8 21903 .30
11303 3 15/16 2 1/8 1 1/8 3/4 1 3/16 3/4 5/8 1 3/8 5/16 7/16 21904 .54
11304 4 11/16 2 9/16 1 3/8 7/8 1 5/16 1 3/4 1 5/8 5/16 1/2 21905 .75
11305 5 11/16 3 1/16 1 3/8 7/8 1 1/2 1 1 1 3/4 3/8 9/16 21905 .90
Forged Crank Handle

• Finish: Mill
Blank
Crank Handles Finished Crank Handles
Part Wt. Part Wt.
Number A B C D (lbs) Number E F G (lbs)
20501 2 1/2 3 3/4 1 1/4 .60 20301 1/2 Sq. 3/4 3/16 .50
20503 3 4 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/2 .97 20303 9/16 Sq. 3/4 1/4 .82
20504 3 1/2 4 3/16 1 1/16 1 5/16 .90 20304 1/2 Sq. 11/16 1/4 .74

20505 4 4 1/2 1 1/4 1 3/8 1.14 20305 9/16 Sq. 3/4 5/16 .97
20506 5 4 15/16 1 1/4 1 13/16 1.62 20306 5/8 Sq. 7/8 3/8 1.37
20507 6 5 1/16 1 1/4 1 15/16 1.62 20307 11/16 Sq. 15/16 3/8 1.25
20508 7 5 7/16 1 3/8 2 1/16 1.95 20308 3/4 Sq. 1 1/16 1/2 1.67
20509 8 6 1/16 1 9/16 2 7/16 3.00 20309 7/8 Sq. 1 1/4 1/2 2.44
20510 9 1/8 6 1/4 1 1/2 2 1/2 3.25 20310 7/8 Sq. 1 1/4 1/2 2.60
20511 10 7 1 3/4 3 4.37 20311 1 Sq. 1 3/8 9/16 3.62
Steel Clamp Lever

• Material: Lever, Low Carbon Steel
Ball, Plastic
• Finish: Lever, Satin Chrome Plate
Ball, Black
Part Hub
Number Style A B C D E
16601 1/4 Ream 5/8 7/16 2 1/4 3/4 1/8
16602 5/16-18 Tap 5/8 7/16 2 1/4 3/4 —
16603 5/16 Ream 25/32 9/16 2 3/4 13/16 1/8
16604 3/8-16 Tap 25/32 9/16 2 3/4 13/16 —
16605 3/8 Ream 1 3/4 3 1/2 15/16 5/32
16606 1/2-13 Tap 1 3/4 3 1/2 15/16 —
16607 1/2 Ream 1 1/4 7/8 4 3/8 1 1/4 3/16
TAP OR REAM
16608 5/8-11 Tap 1 1/4 7/8 4 3/8 1 1/4 —
16609 5/8 Ream 1 9/16 1 1/8 5 1/2 1 1/2 1/4
16610 3/4-10 Tap 1 9/16 1 1/8 5 1/2 1 1/2 —

409
Single Handle Locking Lever

• Thread: Class 2B-UNC
A fast and efficient means of clamping and
• Handles: Copper Brazed into the hubs
locking on jigs, fixtures, machine tools and
special applications where high clamping • Ream: + .001
- .000
force is necessary.
Part
Number A B C D E F G Hub Style
D 28901 1 1 1 1/2 2 1/4 1 — Blank
28902 1 1 1 1/2 2 1/4 1 11/16 3/8-16 Tap
F 28903 1 1 1 1/2 2 1/4 1 13/16 3/8 Ream
E 28904 1 1/4 1 1/8 1 11/16 3 3/8 1 — Blank
PLASTIC BALL 28905 1 1/4 1 1/8 1 11/16 3 3/8 1 3/4 1/2-13 Tap
BLACK
C 28906 1 1/4 1 1/8 1 11/16 3 3/8 1 7/8 1/2 Ream
B G
28907 1 1/2 1 1/4 2 4 1/2 1 3/8 — Blank
28908 1 1/2 1 1/4 2 4 1/2 1 3/8 15/16 5/8-11 Tap
TAP OR REAM 28909 1 1/2 1 1/4 2 4 1/2 1 3/8 1 1/16 5/8 Ream
Metric
Part
Number* A B C D E F G Hub Style
28901 25 25 38 50 6 25 - Blank
28952 25 25 38 50 6 25 17 M8 Tap
28953 25 25 38 50 6 25 20 8mm Ream
28904 31 28 42 75 9 25 - Blank
28955 31 28 42 75 9 25 19 M12 Tap
28956 31 28 42 75 9 25 22 12mm Ream
28907 38 31 50 100 13 34 - Blank
28958 38 31 50 100 13 34 23 M16 Tap
28959 38 31 50 100 13 34 27 16mm Ream
Aluminum & Malleable Offset Handle

• Finish: Mill
Aluminum Malleable
Part Wt. Part Wt.
Number A B C D (lbs) Number (lbs)
29901 4 1/2 1 3/4 1 .15 30101 .45
29902 6 1 1/2 1 1/4 1 3/4 .44 30102 1.24
29903 11 1 5/8 1 3/8 1 15/16 .78 30103 2.25
Double Handle Locking Lever

TAP OR REAM
• Thread: Class 2B-UNC or Class 6h
• Handles: Copper brazed into the hubs Part
• Ream: + .001 Number A B C D E F G Hub Style
- .000 28910 1 1 1 1/2 4 1/4 1 — Blank
• Metric Ream: 28911 1 1 1 1/2 4 1/4 1 11/16 3/8-16 Tap
+ .025 28912 1 1/4 1 1/8 1 11/16 6 3/8 1 — Blank
- .000
28913 1 1/4 1 1/8 1 11/16 6 3/8 1 3/4 1/2-13 Tap
• 3D Solid Models are
28914 1 1/2 1 1/4 2 8 1/2 1 3/8 — Blank

from www.jergensinc.com 28915 1 1/2 1 1/4 2 8 1/2 1 3/8 15/16 5/8-11 Tap
28916 1 1/2 1 1/4 2 8 1/2 1 3/8 1 1/16 5/8 Ream
Locking levers with double Metric

handles are used where it is
advantageous to clamp and lock Part
Number* A B C D E F G Hub Style
quickly with high clamping force.
28910 25 25 38 100 6 25 — Blank
28961 25 25 38 100 6 25 17 M8 Tap
28912 31 28 42 150 9 25 — Blank
28963 31 28 42 150 9 25 19 M12 Tap
28914 38 31 50 200 13 34 — Blank
28965 38 31 50 200 13 34 23 M16 Tap
28966 38 31 50 200 13 34 27 16mm Ream
Aluminum & Malleable Clamping Levers

• Finish: Mill
Aluminum Malleable
Part Wt. Wt.
Number A B C D (lbs) Number (lbs)
16501 2 1 1 1 1/8 .10 16701 .30
16502 4 1 1/2 2 2 1/8 .53 16702 1.50
16503 5 9/64 2 2 3/8 2 53/64 1.00 16703 2.80

411
Metal Adjustable Handles

For adjustable clamping or tightening controls for limited operating angles.
Adjustment of handle position occurs by pulling up on the handle, which
disengages the teeth from the locking mechanism, and turning to the desired
position. Releasing the handle allows for tightening or loosening.
Tapped Holes:
• Material: Handle, Die Cast Zinc
• Finish: Handle, Plastic Coated
Steel Parts, Black Oxide
• Color: Black Satin Finish
Stainless Steel Tapped Holes:

• Material: Handle, Die Cast Zinc Steel Parts, 303
Stainless Steel
• Finish: Handle, Plastic Coated Steel Parts, Bright
With Tapped Holes

Tapped Stainless
Part Tapped Part
Number Number A B C D E F G H I J K L M
40501 - 8-32 0.35 0.39 0.51 0.57 0.94 0.16 0.59 1.16 1.31 1.57 1.85 0.29
- 40602 10-24 0.35 0.39 0.51 0.57 0.94 0.15 0.59 1.16 1.31 1.57 1.85 0.29
40502 - 10-24 0.35 0.39 0.51 0.57 0.94 0.16 0.59 1.16 1.31 1.57 1.85 0.29
- 40603 1/4-20 0.35 0.39 0.51 0.57 0.94 0.15 0.59 1.16 1.31 1.57 1.85 0.29
40503 - 1/4-20 0.35 0.39 0.51 0.57 0.94 0.16 0.59 1.16 1.31 1.57 1.85 0.29
40504 40604 1/4-20 0.47 0.53 0.70 0.76 1.14 0.25 0.68 1.61 1.77 2.55 2.95 0.37
40505 40605 5/16-18 0.47 0.53 0.70 0.76 1.14 0.25 0.68 1.61 1.77 2.55 2.95 0.37
- 40606 5/16-18 0.55 0.62 0.84 0.90 1.47 0.39 0.94 2.08 2.24 3.14 3.60 0.45
40506 - 5/16-18 0.55 0.70 0.84 0.90 1.47 0.39 0.94 2.08 2.24 3.14 3.60 0.43
- 40607 3/8-16 0.55 0.62 0.84 0.90 1.47 0.39 0.94 2.08 2.24 3.14 3.60 0.45
40507 - 3/8-16 0.55 0.70 0.84 0.90 1.47 0.39 0.94 2.08 2.24 3.74 3.60 0.43
- 40608 3/8-16 0.66 0.74 1.00 1.08 1.67 0.39 1.06 2.40 2.55 3.74 4.28 0.53
40508 - 3/8-16 0.66 0.70 1.00 1.08 1.67 0.39 1.06 2.40 2.55 3.74 4.25 0.51
- 40609 1/2-13 0.66 0.74 1.00 1.08 1.67 0.39 1.06 2.40 2.55 3.74 4.28 0.53
40509 - 1/2-13 0.66 0.70 1.00 1.08 1.67 0.39 1.06 2.40 2.55 3.74 4.25 0.51
40510 40610 1/2-13 0.90 0.90 1.18 1.27 2.00 0.47 1.29 2.85 3.05 4.32 4.97 0.61
40511 40611 5/8-11 0.90 0.90 1.18 1.27 2.00 0.47 1.29 2.85 3.05 4.32 4.97 0.61



For adjustable clamping or tightening controls for limited
operating angles. Adjustment of handle position occurs by
pulling up on the handle, which disengages the teeth from
the locking mechanism, and turning to the desired position.
Releasing the handle allows for tightening or loosening.

• Material: Handle, Die Cast Zinc
• Finish: Handle, Plastic Coated
Steel Parts, Black Oxide
Thread Thread
Part Size Length
Number A N C D E F G H I J L M
40521 10-24 .59 .39 .51 .57 .94 .16 .59 1.16 1.31 1.85 .29
40522 10-24 .98 .39 .51 .57 .94 .16 .59 1.16 1.31 1.85 .29
40523 1/4-20 .78 .39 .51 .57 .94 .16 .59 1.16 1.31 1.85 .29
40524 1/4-20 .98 .39 .51 .57 .94 .16 .59 1.16 1.31 1.85 .29
40525 1/4-20 1.57 .39 .51 .57 .94 .16 .59 1.16 1.31 1.85 .29
40526 1/4-20 .78 .53 .70 .76 1.14 .25 .68 1.61 1.77 2.95 .37
40527 1/4-20 .98 .53 .70 .76 1.14 .25 .68 1.61 1.77 2.95 .37
40528 1/4-20 1.57 .53 .70 .76 1.14 .25 .68 1.61 1.77 2.95 .37
40529 5/16-18 .78 .53 .70 .76 1.14 .25 .68 1.61 1.77 2.95 .37
40530 5/16-18 .98 .53 .70 .76 1.14 .25 .68 1.61 1.77 2.95 .37
40531 5/16-18 1.57 .53 .70 .76 1.14 .25 .68 1.61 1.77 2.95 .37
40532 3/8-16 .98 .70 .84 .90 1.47 .39 .94 2.08 2.24 3.60 .43
40533 3/8-16 1.57 .70 .84 .90 1.47 .39 .94 2.08 2.24 3.60 .43
40534 3/8-16 1.96 .70 .84 .90 1.47 .39 .94 2.08 2.24 3.60 .43
40535 3/8-16 .98 .70 1.00 1.08 1.67 .39 1.06 2.40 2.55 4.25 .51
40536 3/8-16 1.57 .70 1.00 1.08 1.67 .39 1.06 2.40 2.55 4.25 .51
40537 3/8-16 1.96 .70 1.00 1.08 1.67 .39 1.06 2.40 2.55 4.25 .51
40538 1/2-13 .98 .70 1.00 1.08 1.67 .39 1.06 2.40 2.55 4.25 .51
40539 1/2-13 1.57 .70 1.00 1.08 1.67 .39 1.06 2.40 2.55 4.25 .51
40540 1/2-13 1.96 .70 1.00 1.08 1.67 .39 1.06 2.40 2.55 4.25 .51
40541 1/2-13 .98 .90 1.18 1.27 2.00 .47 1.29 2.85 3.05 4.97 .61
40542 1/2-13 1.57 .90 1.18 1.27 2.00 .47 1.29 2.85 3.05 4.97 .61
40543 1/2-13 1.96 .90 1.18 1.27 2.00 .47 1.29 2.85 3.05 4.97 .61
40544 5/8-11 1.37 .90 1.18 1.27 2.00 .47 1.29 2.85 3.05 4.97 .61
40545 5/8-11 1.77 .90 1.18 1.27 2.00 .47 1.29 2.85 3.05 4.97 .61
40546 5/8-11 2.16 .90 1.18 1.27 2.00 .47 1.29 2.85 3.05 4.97 .61
34360 M5 25 10 13 14 24.5 4 14.5 30 33 37 7
34361 M5 35 10 13 14 24.5 4 14.5 30 33 37 7

413
For adjustable clamping or tightening controls for limited

operating angles. Adjustment of handle position occurs by
pulling up on the handle, which disengages the teeth from
the locking mechanism, and turning to the desired position.
Releasing the handle allows for tightening or loosening.
• Handle: Zinc Die Cast,

Powder Coated, Satin Black
• Bolts & Internal Parts:
Steel Black Oxide Finish;
303 Stainless Steel
With Stainless Steel Stud

Thread Thread
Part Size Length
Number A N P B C D E F G H I J K L M
40621 10-24 .59 .15 .35 .39 .51 .57 .94 .15 .59 1.16 1.31 1.57 1.85 .29
40623 1/4-20 .78 .15 .35 .39 .51 .57 .94 .15 .59 1.16 1.31 1.57 1.85 .29
40625 1/4-20 1.57 .25 .47 .53 .70 .76 1.14 .25 .68 1.61 1.77 2.55 2.95 .37
40630 5/16-18 .78 .25 .47 .53 .70 .76 1.14 .25 .68 1.61 1.77 2.55 2.95 .37
40631 5/16-18 1.57 .25 .47 .53 .70 .76 1.14 .25 .68 1.61 1.77 2.55 2.95 .37
40632 3/8-16 .98 .39 .55 .62 .84 .90 1.47 .39 .94 2.08 2.24 3.14 3.60 .45
40634 3/8-16 1.96 .39 .55 .62 .84 .90 1.47 .39 .94 2.08 2.24 3.14 3.60 .45
40641 1/2-13 .98 .39 .66 .74 1.00 1.08 1.67 .39 1.06 2.40 2.55 3.74 4.28 .53
40643 1/2-13 1.96 .39 .66 .74 1.00 1.08 1.67 .39 1.06 2.40 2.55 3.74 4.28 .53
40644 5/8-11 1.57 .47 .90 .90 1.18 1.27 2.00 .47 1.29 2.85 3.05 4.32 4.97 .61
40646 5/8-11 2.36 .47 .90 .90 1.18 1.27 2.00 .47 1.29 2.85 3.05 4.32 4.97 .61
Adjustable Handle

• Finish: Body - Gray/Black Matte
Push Button - Orange
• Optional button colors available upon request
With Brass Insert
Brass Stainless
Insert Insert A B C D E F G H I J K
34401 — 1.73 2.05 .61 1.28 1.16 .24 .98 .47 .43 10-24 .39

34402 34412 1.73 2.05 .61 1.28 1.16 .24 .98 .47 .43 1/4-20 .39
34403 — 2.48 2.89 .75 1.69 1.48 .31 1.36 .59 .53 1/4-20 .47
34404 34414 2.48 2.89 .75 1.69 1.48 .31 1.36 .59 .53 5/16-18 .51
34406 — 3.07 3.56 .91 2.13 1.85 .47 1.73 .75 .63 3/8-16 .67
34407 34416 3.07 3.56 .91 2.13 1.85 .47 1.73 .75 .63 1/2-13 .67
34408 — 3.74 4.29 1.04 2.54 2.15 .51 2.09 .85 .71 3/8-16 .79
34409 — 3.74 4.29 1.04 2.54 2.15 .51 2.09 .85 .71 1/2-13 .79
Adjustable Handle With Stud


• Finish: Body - Gray/Black Matte
Push Button - Orange
• Stud: Zinc Plated Steel With Chamfered End.
• Optional button colors available upon request
Part
34421 1.73 2.05 .61 1.28 1.16 .24 .98 .47 .43 10-24 .75
34422 1.73 2.05 .61 1.28 1.16 .24 .98 .47 .43 1/4-20 .75
34423 1.73 2.05 .61 1.28 1.16 .24 .98 .47 .43 1/4-20 1
34424 2.48 2.89 .75 1.69 1.48 .31 1.36 .59 .53 5/16-18 .75
34425 2.48 2.89 .75 1.69 1.48 .31 1.36 .59 .53 5/16-18 1
34426 2.48 2.89 .75 1.69 1.48 .31 1.36 .59 .53 5/16-18 1.2
34427 3.07 3.56 .91 2.13 1.85 .47 1.73 .75 .63 3/8-16 1
34428 3.07 3.56 .91 2.13 1.85 .47 1.73 .75 .63 3/8-16 1.2
34429 3.07 3.56 .91 2.13 1.85 .47 1.73 .75 .63 3/8-16 1.5

415
Plastic Button Head Adjustable Handle With Stud

Part

34311 1.65 1.96 1.25 0.70 1.14 0.23 0.55 0.47 10-24 0.750
34312 1.65 1.96 1.25 0.70 1.14 0.23 0.55 0.47 1/4-20 0.500
34313 1.65 1.96 1.25 0.70 1.14 0.23 0.55 0.47 1/4-20 0.750
34314 1.65 1.96 1.25 0.70 1.14 0.23 0.55 0.47 1/4-20 1.00
34315 1.65 1.96 1.25 0.70 1.14 0.23 0.55 0.47 1/4-20 1.50
34321 2.48 2.87 1.69 0.90 1.45 0.31 0.66 0.60 1/4-20 0.750
34322 2.48 2.87 1.69 0.90 1.45 0.31 0.66 0.60 1/4-20 1.00
34323 2.48 2.87 1.69 0.90 1.45 0.31 0.66 0.60 1/4-20 1.50
34324 2.48 2.87 1.69 0.90 1.45 0.31 0.66 0.60 5/16-18
0.500
34325 2.48 2.87 1.69 0.90 1.45 0.31 0.66 0.60 5/16-18
0.750
34326 2.48 2.87 1.69 0.90 1.45 0.31 0.66 0.60 5/16-18 1.00
34327 2.48 2.87 1.69 0.90 1.45 0.31 0.66 0.60 5/16-18 1.25
34328 2.48 2.87 1.69 0.90 1.45 0.31 0.66 0.60 5/16-18 1.50
34329 2.48 2.87 1.69 0.90 1.45 0.31 0.66 0.60 5/16-18 2.00
34331 3.15 3.63 2.13 1.10 1.85 0.39 0.86 0.75 3/8-16 0.750
34332 3.15 3.63 2.13 1.10 1.85 0.39 0.86 0.75 3/8-16 1.00
34333 3.15 3.63 2.13 1.10 1.85 0.39 0.86 0.75 3/8-16 1.25
34334 3.15 3.63 2.13 1.10 1.85 0.39 0.86 0.75 3/8-16 1.50
Technopolymer Lever Body 34335 3.15 3.63 2.13 1.10 1.85 0.39 0.86 0.75 3/8-16 2.00
34337 3.15 3.63 2.13 1.10 1.85 0.39 0.86 0.75 1/2-13 1.25
34338 3.15 3.63 2.13 1.10 1.85 0.39 0.86 0.75 1/2-13 1.50
• Available with a Zinc Plated Steel Stud
with a chamfered flat end or with a Brass 34339 3.15 3.63 2.13 1.10 1.85 0.39 0.86 0.75 1/2-13 2.00
Insert with a tapped blind hole 34341 3.94 4.50 2.55 1.30 2.12 0.47 0.98 0.98 1/2-13 1.25
• Resistant to Solvents, Oils, Greases, 34342 3.94 4.50 2.55 1.30 2.12 0.47 0.98 0.98 1/2-13 1.50
and other Chemical Agents 34343 3.94 4.50 2.55 1.30 2.12 0.47 0.98 0.98 1/2-13 2.00
• Available In Ergostyle . See Ergostyle
®
Section.
Plastic Button Head Tapped Adjustable Handle
Part
34301 1.65 1.96 1.25 0.70 1.14 0.23 0.55 0.47 10-24 0.39
34302 1.65 1.96 1.25 0.70 1.14 0.23 0.55 0.47 1/4-20 0.39
34303 2.48 2.87 1.69 0.90 1.45 0.31 0.66 0.60 1/4-20 0.47
34304 2.48 2.87 1.69 0.90 1.45 0.31 0.66 0.60 5/16-18 0.51
34305 3.15 3.62 2.12 1.10 1.85 0.39 0.86 0.74 5/16-18 0.71
34306 3.15 3.62 2.12 1.10 1.85 0.39 0.86 0.74 3/8-16 0.67
34307 3.15 3.62 2.12 1.10 1.85 0.39 0.86 0.74 1/2-13 0.67
34308 3.94 4.48 2.55 1.30 2.12 0.47 0.98 0.98 3/8-16 0.79
34309 3.94 4.48 2.55 1.30 2.12 0.47 0.98 0.98 1/2-13 0.79
Plastic Adjustable Handle With Stainless Steel Stud

• Material: Lever Body, Glass-Fibre

Reinforced Technopolymer
• Finish: Lever Body, Black Matte
• Stainless Steel Stud with chamfered
flat end
• Retaining Pin, Glass-Fibre Reinforced
Technopolymer integrally molded with
the Locking Element
• Push Button, Black Matte Technopolymer
Part

34145 2.48 2.87 0.91 1.69 1.46 0.31 0.67 0.59 5/16-18 0.750
34146 2.48 2.87 0.91 1.69 1.46 0.31 0.67 0.59 5/16-18 1.000
34147 2.48 2.87 0.91 1.69 1.46 0.31 0.67 0.59 5/16-18 1.250
Metric
Part
Number* A B C D E F G H I J
34156 42 50 32 18 29 6 14 12 M6 16
34157 63 73 43 23 37 8 17 15 M8 20
34158 80 92 51 28 47 10 22 19 M10 20
34159 80 92 54 28 47 10 22 19 M12 30
Plastic Button Head Adjustable

Tapped Handle With Stainless Steel Insert
Metric
Technopolymer Lever Body
• Locking Element: Black, Glass-Fibre
• Insert: 303 Stainless Steel
Part
34151 42 50 32 18 29 6 14 12 M6 10
34152 63 73 43 23 37 8 17 15 M8 13
34153 80 92 54 28 47 10 22 19 M10 17

417
Plastic Button Head Adjustable Handle With Stud

Metric For adjustable clamping or tightening controls when the operating angle is
ELESA Original Design limited. To adjust during the locking operation, lift the lever in order to dis-
engage the teeth from the locking element and change lever position. The
return spring automatically engages the teeth again.
• Locking Element: Black, Glass-Fibre Reinforced Technopolymer
Part
34362 42 50 32 18 29 6 14 12 M6 16
34363 42 50 32 18 29 6 14 12 M6 20
34364 42 50 32 18 29 6 14 12 M6 30
34365 42 50 32 18 29 6 14 12 M6 40
34374 63 73 43 23 37 8 17 15 M8 16
34375 63 73 43 23 37 8 17 15 M8 20
34377 63 73 43 23 37 8 17 15 M8 30
34378 63 73 43 23 37 8 17 15 M8 40
34379 63 73 43 23 37 8 17 15 M8 50
34381 80 92 54 28 47 10 22 19 M10 20
34383 80 92 54 28 47 10 22 19 M10 30
34385 80 92 54 28 47 10 22 19 M10 50
34387 80 92 54 28 47 10 22 19 M12 30
34388 80 92 54 28 47 10 22 19 M12 40
34391 100 114 65 33 54 12 25 25 M12 30
34393 100 114 65 33 54 12 25 25 M12 50
Plastic Button Head Tapped Adjustable Handle

Metric
ELESA Original Design • Material: Glass-Fibre Reinforced
• Locking Element: Black, Glass-Fibre
• Insert: Brass
Part
34352 42 50 32 18 29 6 14 12 M6 10
34354 63 73 43 23 37 8 17 15 M8 13
34355 80 92 54 28 47 10 22 19 M8 20
34356 80 92 54 28 47 10 22 19 M10 18
34357 80 92 54 28 47 10 22 19 M12 17
34359 100 114 65 33 54 12 25 25 M12 20
Control Lever
• Material: Glass Fibre Reinforced

Technopolymer
• Removable Boss Caps
• Adaptable For Click Positioning
Applications
• Slot Provided For Angle Limit Stop Pins
• Optional cap colors available upon
request (Black, Grey, Yellow, Blue & Red)
Part
Number A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R
34460 1.46
3.35 1.56
1.04
1.02 .30 .20 .71 1.02 .20 .53 .79 1.02 .91 .54 .17 .315 .69

34461 1.81 4.33 2.13 1.38
1.42 .39 .31 .87 1.24 .24 .67 1.00 1.26
1.14 .69 .26 .472 .87
Machine Guard Handles

Closed Style Open Style
• Material: Glass-Fibre Reinforced Technopolymer

• Handle Shank, Matte Reinforced Polyamide Technopolymer
• Safety Cover Caps, Technopolymer Orange
• Cylindrical Socket Head (CH) or Countersunk Head (SH) Self-Tapping Screws (use 1/4-20 screws)
• Optional cap colors available upon request (Black, Grey, Yellow, Blue & Red)
Part Mounting
Number Style A B C D E F G H I J
34240 CH 4.49 3.68 1.30 1.38 .75 2.91 .37 .28 .26 .43
34241 SH 4.49 3.68 1.30 1.38 .75 2.91 .37 .28 .26 .43
34242* CH 4.49 3.68 1.30 1.38 .75 2.91 .37 .28 .26 .43
34243* SH 4.49 3.68 1.30 1.38 .75 2.91 .37 .28 .26 .43
* Open Style

419
Back Mounted Bridge Handle


• Inserts: Tapped with Blind Hole
• Optional cap colors available upon request (Black, Grey, Yellow, Orange, Blue & Red)
Part
33875 4.57 3.68 0.87 1.38 0.29 2.83 0.51 1/4-20 0.47
34469 5.67 4.61 1.02 1.54 0.33 3.62 0.53 5/16-18 0.51
33876 7.01 5.91 1.10 1.77 0.37 4.80 0.53 5/16-18 0.51
Front Mounted Bridge Handle


• Mounted by Two Through Holes in Front
(Black, Grey, Yellow, Orange, Blue & Red)
Part
34467 4.57 3.68 0.87 1.38 0.29 2.83 0.25 0.41 0.25 0.92
34468 5.67 4.61 1.02 1.54 0.31 3.62 0.33 0.53 0.33 1.04
34479 7.01 5.91 1.10 1.77 0.37 4.8 0.33 0.53 0.55 1.26
Plastic Handle
ELESA Original Design • Material: High Impact Strength Technopolymer
Part
Number A B C D E F G St lbs
33791 3.94 3.39 1.73 0.55 0.91 1/4-20 0.47 538
33792 5.28 4.61 1.93 0.59 0.98 5/16-18 0.51 594
33793 7.72 7.05 2.24 0.63 1.06 5/16-18 0.51 450
Metric
Part
Number* A B C D E F G H St N
33706 100 86 44 14 23 M6 12 73 2400
33705 134 117 49 15 25 M8 13 103 2650
33707 196 179 57 16 27 M8 13 105 2000

Plastic Handle
Metric
ELESA Original Design • Material: High Impact Strength Technopolymer
Part
Number* A B C D E F G H St N
33708 134 117 38 7.5 25 102 12 M6 2000
33709 134 117 38 7.5 25 102 12 M8 2000
D
C
G
H F
E B

421
Plastic Pull/Lift Handle


Polyamide Technopolymer
• Maximum Working Temp. 230°F
Part
Number A B C D E F G H I J St*
33701 4.21 1.42 2.91 0.83 0.24 0.26 0.51 0.41 0.28 3.68 560
33702 5.28 1.61 3.74 1.02 0.28 0.34 0.59 0.53 0.33 4.61 560
33703 5.90 1.77 4.25 1.06 0.28 0.34 0.63 0.53 0.33 5.20 560
33704 7.76 1.97 6.02 1.10 0.31 0.34 0.67 0.53 0.33 7.05 605
33710 10.31 2.13 7.95 1.22 0.35 0.41 0.79 0.65 0.41 8.25 784
* Denotes Stength Table
Aluminum Tubular Handle

Elesa Original Design
• Material: Tube, Aluminum Handle Shanks,

Reinforced Polyamide Technopolymer
• Finish: Tube, Polyurethane coat on an epoxy base
Color, Metalflake Graphite
• Handle Shank connection is axially knurled to
the tube to prevent tube rotation
• Reference pins for safer positioning of the shanks
• Resistant to wear, scratches, and chemical agents
Part
Number A B C D E F G H I J K L M N P
33725 12.76 3.07 1.50 10.00 2.24 .71 2.36 .59 .16 1.18 .41 .63 .98 .59 12
33727 16.69 3.07 1.50 13.94 2.24 .71 2.36 .59 .16 1.18 .41 .63 .98 .59 16
33728 20.63 3.07 1.50 17.87 2.24 .71 2.36 .59 .16 1.18 .41 .63 .98 .59 20
33730 28.50 3.07 1.50 25.75 2.24 .71 2.36 .59 .16 1.18 .41 .63 .98 .59 28
MISCELLANEOUS FASTENERS
Miscellaneous Fasteners
Bolts, Spinner-Grip™..................................................... 424
Clevis Pins....................................................................... 431
Leveling Mounts............................................................ 432
Nuts, Spinner-Grip™...................................................... 424
Pull Dowel Pins, Stainless Steel.................................. 427
Pull Dowels..................................................................... 428
Rod Ends......................................................................... 429
Washers, Heavy Duty Flat............................................ 433
Yokes....................................................................... 430–431
MISCELL ANEOUS FA S TENERS
423
Spinner-Grip Flange Lock Nuts ™
Part Number
• Free spinning installation eliminates the need to P
lain Finish Zinc Plated Stainless Steel Thread Size A B C
wrench the nut down the fastener.
19800 19820 19880 1/4-20 7/16 19/32 1/4
• Locks to the part, not to the threads.
19801 19821 19881 5/16-18 1/2 11/16 9/32
• Grade 8 strength and quality, and will work with
19802 19822 19882 3/8-16 9/16 3/4 11/32
any grade fastener.
19803 19823 19883 7/16-14 11/16 15/16 3/8
• Hardness of 28 - 38 HRC: more effective at
19804 19824 19884 1/2-13 3/4 1 7/16
maintaining clamp load under vibration.
19805 19825 19885 5/8-11 15/16 1 1/4 9/16
• Greater temperature range than nylon insert
19806 19826 19886 3/4-10 1 1/4 1 1/2 11/16
locknuts, and will not be effected by humidity.
Metric
• Flat washers are not needed, unless in a slotted
19807 19827 19887 M6-1.00 10 15.1 6.0
application.
19808 19828 19888 M8-1.25 13 19.0 8.8

• Spinner grips are not limited to 5 reuses, unlike
19809 19829 19889 M10-1.50 15 24.1 10.0
most prevailing torque lock nuts.
19810 19830 19890 M12-1.75 19 25.5 11.6
• Jergens maintains inventory of Zinc plated product,
19811 19831 19891 M16-2.00 24 38.0 17.2
as well as plain finished (un-plated) product so you
can specify your plating of choice. Note: Additional charges apply to plated product.
Charges vary by plating type.
(Please allow 2 – 3 weeks lead time for plating.)
Spinner-Grip Flange Locking Bolts ™
• Save time and money by eliminating the need for other locking hardware.
• Conical flange locks the bolt to the part for better holding power.
• Easily uninstalled and reused.
• Can be used in tapped holes, or through holes with the mating Spinner-Grip Nut.
• Spinner-Grip™ Bolts do not have serrations that mar the plating or surface finish of
your parts or cause rusting under the bolt head.
Note: Product available made-to-order only. Minimum product quantity applies.
Contact Specialty Fasteners 866-KWIK-LOK (594-5565) for details.
Why a conical flange?

Conical design locks the bolt to the part without the need for lock
washers, flat washers, locking elements, etc.
Alloy Steel Pull Dowel Pins

Jergens Offers 3 Styles of Precision Ground Pull Dowels
Spiral Groove Features, Applications & Benefits

(Grooves Help to Relieve Trapped Air) • Internally threaded hole allows
removal of pull dowels with a
standard screw.
• Standard Round Pull Dowels
are typically used in applications
featuring a through hole.
± • Spiral Groove Pull
±± Dowels feature a groove
cut to allow trapped air
to be released.
• Flat Vent Pull Dowels feature a

ground flat on one side to release
trapped air.

• Spiral Groove and Flat Vent Pull
Dowels are typically used in blind
Flat Vent hole applications.
(Ground Flat Helps to Relieve Trapped Air)
• All of Jergens Precision Ground
Pull Dowels are constructed of
heat treated alloy steel.
±
±±
Standard Round
(Non-Vented)
±
±±

425
Spiral Groove Flat Vent Standard Round Nominal Actual Length Internal Thread Technical Data
Material:
31800 31400 31600 1/4 .2502 1/2 8 - 32
31801 31401 31601 1/4 .2502 3/4 8 - 32 Alloy Steel
31802 31402 31602 1/4 .2502 1 8 - 32
Length Tolerance:
31803 31403 31603 1/4 .2502 1-1/4 8 - 32
31804 31404 31604 1/4 .2502 1-1/2 8 - 32 ± .010"
31805 31405 31605 1/4 .2502 1-3/4 8 - 32
Core Hardness:
31806 31406 31606 1/4 .2502 2 8 - 32
31807 31407 31654 1/4 .2502 2-1/4 8 - 32 47 - 58 Rockwell C
31808 31408 31607 1/4 .2502 2-1/2 8 - 32
Diameter Tolerance:
31809 31409 31608 5/16 .3127 3/4 10 - 32
31810 31410 31609 5/16 .3127 1 10 - 32 ± .0001"
31811 31411 31610 5/16 .3127 1-1/4 10 - 32
Surface Hardness:
31812 31412 31611 5/16 .3127 1-1/2 10 - 32
31813 31413 31612 5/16 .3127 2 10 - 32 60 - 64 Rockwell C
31814 31414 31613 5/16 .3127 2-1/4 10 - 32
31815 31415 31614 5/16 .3127 2-1/2 10 - 32
31816 31416 31615 3/8 .3752 3/4 10 - 32 .0005" under Nom. Dia.
31817 31417 31616 3/8 .3752 1 10 - 32
Surface Finish:
31818 31418 31617 3/8 .3752 1-1/4 10 - 32
31819 31419 31618 3/8 .3752 1-1/2 10 - 32 8 Micro-Inch

31820 31420 31619 3/8 .3752 1-3/4 10 - 32
Specification:
31821 31421 31620 3/8 .3752 2 10 - 32
31822 31422 31621 3/8 .3752 2-1/4 10 - 32 ASME B18.8.2
31823 31423 31622 3/8 .3752 2-1/2 10 - 32
31824 31424 31623 3/8 .3752 3 10 - 32
31825 31425 31624 7/16 .4377 1 1/4 - 20
31826 31426 31625 7/16 .4377 1-1/2 1/4 - 20
31827 31427 31626 7/16 .4377 2 1/4 - 20
31828 31428 31627 1/2 .5002 3/4 1/4 - 20 Spiral Groove
31829 31429 31628 1/2 .5002 1 1/4 - 20
31830 31430 31629 1/2 .5002 1-1/4 1/4 - 20
31831 31431 31630 1/2 .5002 1-1/2 1/4 - 20
31832 31432 31631 1/2 .5002 1-3/4 1/4 - 20
31833 31433 31632 1/2 .5002 2 1/4 - 20
31834 31434 31633 1/2 .5002 2-1/4 1/4 - 20
31835 31435 31634 1/2 .5002 2-1/2 1/4 - 20
31836 31436 31635 1/2 .5002 3 1/4 - 20
31837 31437 31636 1/2 .5002 3-1/2 1/4 - 20
31838 31438 31637 1/2 .5002 4 1/4 - 20
Flat Vent
31839 31439 31638 5/8 .6252 1-1/4 1/4 - 20
31840 31440 31639 5/8 .6252 1-1/2 1/4 - 20
31841 31441 31640 5/8 .6252 2 1/4 - 20
31842 31442 31641 5/8 .6252 2-1/4 1/4 - 20
31843 31443 31642 5/8 .6252 2-1/2 1/4 - 20
31844 31444 31643 5/8 .6252 3 1/4 - 20
31845 31445 31644 5/8 .6252 4 1/4 - 20
31846 31446 31645 3/4 .7502 1-1/2 5/16 - 18
31847 31456 31655 3/4 .7502 1-3/4 5/16 - 18
31848 31447 31646 3/4 .7502 2 5/16 - 18 Standard Round
31849 31448 31647 3/4 .7502 2-1/2 5/16 - 18
31850 31449 31648 3/4 .7502 3 5/16 - 18
31851 31450 31649 3/4 .7502 4 5/16 - 18
31856* 31451 31656 1 1.0002 1-3/4 5/16 - 18
31852* 31452 31650 1 1.0002 2 5/16 - 18
31853* 31453 31651 1 1.0002 2-1/2 5/16 - 18
31854* 31454 31652 1 1.0002 3 5/16 - 18
31855* 31455 31653 1 1.0002 4 5/16 - 18

Stainless Steel
Spiral Groove Standard Round Nominal Actual Length Internal Thread Technical Data
Material:
31800-SS 31600-SS 1/4 .2502 1/2 8 - 32
31801-SS 31601-SS 1/4 .2502 3/4 8 - 32 300 Series SS (18-8)
31802-SS 31602-SS 1/4 .2502 1 8 - 32
Length Tolerance:
31803-SS 31603-SS 1/4 .2502 1-1/4 8 - 32
31804-SS 31604-SS 1/4 .2502 1-1/2 8 - 32 ± .010"
31805-SS 31605-SS 1/4 .2502 1-3/4 8 - 32
Diameter Tolerance:
31806-SS 31606-SS 1/4 .2502 2 8 - 32
31807-SS 31654-SS 1/4 .2502 2-1/4 8 - 32 ± .0001"
31808-SS 31607-SS 1/4 .2502 2-1/2 8 - 32
31809-SS 31608-SS 5/16 .3127 3/4 10 - 32
31810-SS 31609-SS 5/16 .3127 1 10 - 32 .0005" under Nom. Dia.
31811-SS 31610-SS 5/16 .3127 1-1/4 10 - 32
Surface Finish:
31812-SS 31611-SS 5/16 .3127 1-1/2 10 - 32
31813-SS 31612-SS 5/16 .3127 2 10 - 32 8 Micro-Inch
31814-SS 31613-SS 5/16 .3127 2-1/4 10 - 32
Specification:
31815-SS 31614-SS 5/16 .3127 2-1/2 10 - 32
31816-SS 31615-SS 3/8 .3752 3/4 10 - 32 ASME B18.8.2
31817-SS 31616-SS 3/8 .3752 1 10 - 32
(Parts are not heat treated/hardened)
31818-SS 31617-SS 3/8 .3752 1-1/4 10 - 32

31819-SS 31618-SS 3/8 .3752 1-1/2 10 - 32
31820-SS 31619-SS 3/8 .3752 1-3/4 10 - 32
31821-SS 31620-SS 3/8 .3752 2 10 - 32
31822-SS 31621-SS 3/8 .3752 2-1/4 10 - 32
31823-SS 31622-SS 3/8 .3752 2-1/2 10 - 32
31824-SS 31623-SS 3/8 .3752 3 10 - 32
31825-SS 31624-SS 7/16 .4377 1 1/4 - 20
31826-SS 31625-SS 7/16 .4377 1-1/2 1/4 - 20
31827-SS 31626-SS 7/16 .4377 2 1/4 - 20
31828-SS 31627-SS 1/2 .5002 3/4 1/4 - 20 Spiral Groove
31829-SS 31628-SS 1/2 .5002 1 1/4 - 20
31830-SS 31629-SS 1/2 .5002 1-1/4 1/4 - 20
31831-SS 31630-SS 1/2 .5002 1-1/2 1/4 - 20
31832-SS 31631-SS 1/2 .5002 1-3/4 1/4 - 20
31833-SS 31632-SS 1/2 .5002 2 1/4 - 20
31834-SS 31633-SS 1/2 .5002 2-1/4 1/4 - 20
31835-SS 31634-SS 1/2 .5002 2-1/2 1/4 - 20
31836-SS 31635-SS 1/2 .5002 3 1/4 - 20
31837-SS 31636-SS 1/2 .5002 3-1/2 1/4 - 20
31838-SS 31637-SS 1/2 .5002 4 1/4 - 20
31839-SS 31638-SS 5/8 .6252 1-1/4 1/4 - 20
31840-SS 31639-SS 5/8 .6252 1-1/2 1/4 - 20
Standard Round
31841-SS 31640-SS 5/8 .6252 2 1/4 - 20
31842-SS 31641-SS 5/8 .6252 2-1/4 1/4 - 20
31843-SS 31642-SS 5/8 .6252 2-1/2 1/4 - 20
31844-SS 31643-SS 5/8 .6252 3 1/4 - 20
31845-SS 31644-SS 5/8 .6252 4 1/4 - 20
31846-SS 31645-SS 3/4 .7502 1-1/2 5/16 - 18
31847-SS 31655-SS 3/4 .7502 1-3/4 5/16 - 18
31848-SS 31646-SS 3/4 .7502 2 5/16 - 18
31849-SS 31647-SS 3/4 .7502 2-1/2 5/16 - 18
31850-SS 31648-SS 3/4 .7502 3 5/16 - 18
31851-SS 31649-SS 3/4 .7502 4 5/16 - 18
31856-SS* 31656-SS 1 1.0002 1-3/4 5/16 - 18
31852-SS* 31650-SS 1 1.0002 2 5/16 - 18
31853-SS* 31651-SS 1 1.0002 2-1/2 5/16 - 18
31854-SS* 31652-SS 1 1.0002 3 5/16 - 18
31855-SS* 31653-SS 1 1.0002 4 5/16 - 18

427
Pull Dowels
Metric

Flat ground on the side for air
release in blind holes.
Part Part
Number A L T Number A L T
31751 8 20 M5 x 1.0 31775 12 50 M6 x 1.0
31753 8 30 M5 x 1.0 31776 12 60 M6 x 1.0
31755 8 40 M5 x 1.0 31777 12 70 M6 x 1.0
31759 10 20 M6 x 1.0 31780 16 40 M8 x 1.25
31761 10 30 M6 x 1.0 31782 16 50 M8 x 1.25
31763 10 40 M6 x 1.0 31783 16 60 M8 x 1.25
31765 10 50 M6 x 1.0 31784 16 70 M8 x 1.25
31767 10 70 M6 x 1.0 31787 20 50 M10 x 1.6

31769 12 20 M6 x 1.0 31788 20 60 M10 x 1.6
31771 12 30 M6 x 1.0 31789 20 70 M10 x 1.6
31773 12 40 M6 x 1.0 Button head screw not included.
Rod Ends
Threaded Part Thread D Wt.
Number A B C Minimum E F (lbs)
35301* 1/4-20 2 3/16 3/4 1/4 1/2 .04
35302 1/4-20 2 1/4 3/4 1/4 1/2 .03
35318* 5/16-18 3 1/4 1 1/2 5/16 5/8 .08
• Material: Alloy Steel 35319* 5/16-18 3 5/16 1 1/2 5/16 5/8 .08
• Finish: Black Oxide 35303* 3/8-16 3 5/16 1 1/2 3/8 3/4 .11
• Heat Treat: 32-36 Rc 35320 3/8-16 4 5/16 1 3/4 3/8 3/4 .11
• Thread: Class 2A-UNC 35304 3/8-16 2 3/16 3/8 1 1/4 3/8 3/4 .08
* 150,000 PSI Tensile 35305* 3/8-16 3 3/8 1 1/2 3/8 3/4 .11
35306* 3/8-16 5 3/8 2 1/2 3/8 3/4 .12
Rod Ends are forged and finished for 35307* 1/2-13 3 3/4 3/8 1 1/2 1/2 1 .25
applications not requiring flat contact with 35308 1/2-13 2 11/16 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 1 .19
the head. All holes are reamed. Rod Ends can 35309 1/2-13 3 3/4 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 1 .24
be used with spherical flange assemblies, 35310 1/2-13 5 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 1 .31
flange nuts and clamp assemblies. 35311 5/8-11 3 11/16 5/8 2 5/8 1 1/4 .40
35312* 5/8-11 4 1/2 5/8 2 5/8 1 1/4 .46
35314* 5/8-11 6 5/8 2 1/2 5/8 1 1/4 .60
35315* 3/4-10 4 1/2 3/4 2 3/4 1 1/2 .73

35321* 3/4-10 6 3/4 2 1/2 3/4 1 1/2 1.00
35317 1-8 8 1 3 1 2 2.25
*Conforms to TCMA. Not to be used for lifting.
Rod Ends Part Ref. Ref.

Stainless Steel Number A B C D E F
35721 1/4-20 2 1/8 3/16 7/8 1/4 1/2
35722 1/4-20 2 1/8 1/4 7/8 1/4 1/2
35723 5/16-18 3 1/2 1/4 1 1/2 5/16 5/8
35724 5/16-18 3 1/2 5/16 1 1/2 5/16 5/8
35725 3/8-16 3 1/2 3/8 1 1/2 3/8 3/4
• Material: 303 Stainless 35726 3/8-16 5 3/8 2 1/2 3/8 3/4
• Thread Class 2A-UNC 35727 1/2-13 3 3/4 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 1
35728 1/2-13 5 1/2 2 1/2 1
35729 5/8-11 4 1/2 5/8 2 5/8 1 1/4
35730 5/8-11 6 5/8 3 5/8 1 1/4
35731 3/4-10 4 1/2 3/4 2 3/4 1 1/2
35732 3/4-10 6 3/4 2 1/2 3/4 1 1/2
Rod Ends
Part Number
Blank Forging
Standard
Stainless Ref. Wt.
Steel A B* E F (lbs)
35511 35701 1/4 2 1/4 1/2 .04
• Material: Standard, Alloy Steel Forging 35512 35702 3/8 5 3/8 3/4 .13
Stainless, 18-8 Forging 35513 35703 1/2 6 1/2 1 .44
* Not Heat Treated 35514 35704 5/8 6 5/8 1 1/4 .70
35515 — 3/4 6 3/4 1 1/2 1.8
35516 — 1 8 1 2 2.5
*B dimension indicates minimum length. Not to be used for lifting.
A F
Blank Rod Ends can be machined to your

specifications; please send prints for quotation.
B E
Maximum thread length 1/2" from head.

429
Yokes
Tapped

• Thread: 2B
Jergens offers these yokes for attaching to threaded

linkage at stem end. The forged holes are reamed and
faced-off parallel inside and outside the yoke ends.
Part
Number Part Wt.
Coarse UNC Number UNF (lbs)
Pitch J Fine Pitch J A B C D E F G H 10 Pcs.
45501 10-32 1 9/16 1 9/16 5/16 7/16 3/16 3/8 3/16 .21
45302 1/4-20 45502 1/4-28 2 1 1/4 3/4 7/16 5/8 9/32 1/2 1/4 .62
45303 5/16-18 45503 5/16-24 2 1/4 1 7/16 13/16 1/2 3/4 11/32 19/32 5/16 .94
45304 3/8-16 45504 3/8-24 2 1/2 1 5/8 7/8 5/8 7/8 7/16 11/16 3/8 1.45
45305 7/16-14 45505 7/16-20 2 7/8 1 7/8 1 23/32 1 1/2 13/16 7/16 2.35
45306 1/2-13 45506 1/2-20 3 1 7/8 1 1/8 13/16 1 1/8 9/16 15/16 1/2 3.10
45307 1/2-13 45507 1/2-20 4 3/16 3 1/16 1 1/8 13/16 1 1/8 9/16 15/16 1/2 4.35
45308 5/8-11 45508 5/8-18 4 15/16 3 11/16 1 1/4 1 1/16 1 3/8 11/16 1 3/16 5/8 8.10
45309 3/4-10 45509 3/4-16 4 2 3/4 1 1/4 1 1/8 1 1/2 11/16 1 3/8 5/8 7.50
45310 3/4-10 — — 6 1/16 4 9/16 1 1/2 1 1/4 1 5/8 13/16 1 7/16 3/4 15.00
45312 1-8 — — 8 6 2 1 5/8 2 1/8 1 1/16 1 15/16 1 32.50
Yokes
Threaded

• Thread: 2A-UNC
This style yoke is similar to the above except the

stem is threaded for attaching to tapped linkage.
Wt.
Part (lbs)
Number K A B C D E F G H J 10 Pcs.
45902 1/4-20 1 3/4 5/8 1 1/8 1/4 3/4 1/2 5/8 9/32 1/4 .47

45903 5/16-18 2 3/4 1 1/4 5/16 3/4 19/32 3/4 11/32 5/16 .85
45904 3/8-16 2 1/8 27/32 1 9/32 3/8 3/4 11/16 7/8 7/16 3/8 1.10
45906 1/2-13 2 1/2 1 1/8 1 3/8 1/2 3/4 15/16 1 1/8 9/16 1/2 2.35
45907 5/8-11 2 7/8 1 7/16 1 7/16 5/8 3/4 1 3/16 1 3/8 11/16 5/8 4.20
45908 3/4-10 3 5/8 1 11/16 1 15/16 3/4 1 1/4 1 7/16 1 5/8 13/16 3/4 7.35
45910 1-8 4 1/2 2 1/2 2 1 1 1/8 1 15/16 2 1/8 1 1/16 1 17.50
Clevis Pins

• All Clevis Pins supplied with cotter pins.
Wt.
Part (lbs)
Number A B C D E F G H J K 10 Pcs.
32701 3/16 37/64 29/64 31/64 41/64 1/16 5/16 5/64 1/16 1/2 .08
32702 1/4 49/64 41/64 43/64 55/64 3/32 3/8 5/64 1/16 1/2 .15
32703 5/16 15/16 49/64 13/16 1 1/32 3/32 7/16 7/64 3/32 1/2 .30
32704 3/8 1 1/16 57/64 15/16 1 3/16 1/8 1/2 7/64 3/32 5/8 .45
32705 7/16 1 3/16 1 1/64 1 1/16 1 11/32 5/32 9/16 7/64 3/32 5/8 .60
32706 1/2 1 23/64 1 9/64 1 13/64 1 33/64 5/32 5/8 9/64 1/8 1 1.00
32707 5/8 1 39/64 1 25/64 1 29/64 1 13/16 13/64 13/16 9/64 1/8 1 1.18
32708 5/8 1 3/4 1 33/64 1 19/32 1 63/64 13/64 13/16 9/64 1/8 1 1.82
32709 3/4 1 29/32 1 41/64 1 23/32 2 5/32 1/4 15/16 11/64 5/32 1 1/2 3.00
32711 1 2 13/32 2 9/64 2 7/32 2 3/4 11/32 1 3/16 11/64 5/32 1 1/2 7.00

431
Leveling Mounts • Material: 1214 Steel

• Non-Skid Material: Neoprene
• Available with non-skid on base
• Available in stainless steel, or with a
• Case hardened, file hard delrin pad, and in larger sizes upon
• Swivels 10° in all directions request.
Tapped

Flats (lbs)
Standard Non-skid A B C* D Standard Non-skid
32601 32651 10-32 3/4 17/32 3/8 700 550
32602 32652 1/4-20 1 45/64 1/2 1000 825
32606 32656 3/8-16 1 1/4 7/8 5/8 3750 2820
32608 32658 1/2-13 1 7/8 1 1/8 3/4 5000 3750
32610 32660 5/8-11 2 1/2 1 1/4 7/8 6000 5000

32612 32662 3/4-10 3 1 1/2 1 1/16 7400 6000
32616 32666 1-8 4 1 7/8 1 3/8 21000 16500
Threaded

Flats (lbs)
Standard Non-skid A B C* D E Standard Non-skid
32621 32671 10-32 3/4 1 17/32 3/8 1 700 550
32623 32673 1/4-20 1 1 61/64 1/2 1 1/4 1000 825
32626 32676 3/8-16 1 1/4 2 7/8 5/8 2 3750 2850
32629 32679 1/2-13 1 7/8 3 1/8 3/4 2 5000 3750
32632 32682 5/8-11 2 1/2 3 1/4 7/8 2 6000 4350
32635 32685 3/4-10 3 3 1/2 1 1/16 2 7400 5500
32640 32690 1-8 4 5 3/8 1 3/8 3 1/2 20000 16500

™
USS + SAE = USAE

What is a USAE Washer?
TM
• It is a simple but effective idea that is long overdue.
• The Outside Diameter conforms to USS standards. This provides a washer

that is up to 36% larger than standard hardened washers.
More Contact Area = More Holding Power
• The Inside Diameter conforms to SAE standards. The small ID provides a
more precise fit on bolts, studs, etc.
• USAE Washers are also up to 37% thicker than standard hardened washers
for greater strength.
• Washers are made from mild steel. They are case hardened to 60 HRc and
have a black oxide finish.
• Bolt size is stamped on each washer for easy identification.

™

Part No. Bolt Size A (OD) B (ID) C (Thickness)
FW00001 1/4 3/4 9/32 9/64
FW00002 5/16 7/8 11/32 9/64
FW00003 3/8 1 13/32 9/64
FW00004 1/2 1-3/8 17/32 5/32
FW00005 5/8 1-3/4 21/32 5/32
FW00006 3/4 2 13/16 1/4
FW00007 1 2-1/2 1-1/16 1/4
*Tolerances for all dimensions are +/- .010"

433
TH E DIF F ERENCE
Spinner-Grip ™
Flange Lock Nuts
OURS THEIRS
All-metal Construction
Nylon Locking Mechanism
Spinner-Grip Flange Lock Nut Nylon Insert Lock Nut

All-metal construction creates a Nylon locks to threads making it
free-spinning installation. necessary to wrench the nut down the bolt.
SPINNER-GRIP FLANGE LOCK NUTS VS. NYLON INSERT LOCK NUTS

Free-spinning design allows for easy installation. Must be wrenched down the bolt threads.
Locks to the base part, allowing better hold of Locks to bolt threads.
the entire fastener assembly.
All-metal construction is more effective in Heat, humidity, and moisture can soften nylon
harsh environmental conditions, such as high causing product failures.
temperatures and humidity.
Re-uses are virtually unlimited. Limited to 5 reuses or less.
15700 Waterloo Road • Cleveland, OH 44110 • 800-537-4367 • www.jergensinc.com

KWIK- LOK PINS
®
Kwik-Lok® Pins
Selection and Ordering................................................ 436
T-Handle Pins
Aluminum Handle............................................. 438–439
Stainless Handle................................................446–447
L-Handle Pins
Aluminum Handle.............................................440–441
Button Handle Pins
Aluminum Handle.............................................442–443
Recessed Stainless..................................................... 437
Ring Handle Pins
K wik- Lok PINS

Stainless Steel................................................... 444–445
Kwik-Lok® Lifting Pins
®
Stainless Steel.................................................... 450–451
Double Acting Pin
T, L & Ring............................................................ 452–453
Detent Pins............................................................454–455
Lanyards.................................................................456–457
Application Information..............................................460
Special Pin Quotation................................................... 461
Specifications and Materials..............................458–459
435
Kwik-Lok PINS ®
Kwik-Lok Pins – Selection and Ordering

®
1. Choose Handle Shape and Style: Material

T, L, or Button Aluminum
Heavy Duty T, L, or Button Stainless Steel
Ring Handle, Lifting Ring, or Recessed Button Stainless Steel
Double Acting (Push/Pull) T or L Stainless Steel
2. Select Pin Body Material

• 17-4-PH heat treated Stainless Steel for highest strength, corrosion and scratch resistance
• Alloy Steel heat treated and cadmium plating to military specifications
Diameter
Grip Length* *Grip Length is measured to edge of locking ball

Standard Grip Lengths: 1/2"– 6", 10 –100 mm
▲
Special Grip Lengths available on request
3. Specify Pin Diameter and Grip Length

K wik- Lok PINS
Double Shear Resistance (Minimum)

Standard Kwik-Lok Pin Diameters
®
Stainless Steel (17-4 PH) Alloy Steel (Cadmium Plated)

Nominal Min/Max (Inches) Min/Max (mm) lbs kN lbs kN
3/16" 0.1870 / 0.1885 4.75 / 4.79 5150 23 4600 20
®
— 5 mm 0.1937 / 0.1953 4.92 / 4.96 5395 24 4721 21

— 6 mm 0.2331 / 0.2346 5.92 / 5.96 7868 35 6969 31
1/4" 0.2470 / 0.2485 6.27 / 6.31 9200 41 8200 36
5/16" 0.3095 / 0.3110 7.86 / 7.90 14400 64 12800 57
— 8 mm 0.3118 / 0.3134 7.92 / 7.96 14695 65 13062 58
3/8" 0.3720 / 0.3735 9.45 / 9.49 20700 92 18400 82
— 10 mm 0.3906 / 0.3921 9.92 / 9.96 22480 100 19782 88
7/16" 0.4345 / 0.4360 11.04 / 11.07 28500 127 25000 111
— 12 mm 0.4693 / 0.4709 11.92 / 11.96 32371 144 28774 128
1/2" 0.4970 / 0.4985 12.62 / 12.66 36900 164 32800 146
9/16" 0.5595 / 0.5610 14.21 / 14.25 46700 208 41600 185
5/8" 0.6220 / 0.6235 15.80 / 15.84 57800 257 51400 229
— 16 mm 0.6268 / 0.6283 15.92 / 15.96 57774 257 51479 229
3/4" 0.7470 / 0.7485 18.97 / 19.01 83200 370 74600 332
— 20 mm 0.7843 / 0.7858 19.92 / 19.96 90594 403 57998 258
7/8" 0.8720 / 0.8735 22.15 / 22.19 112500 500 100000 445
— 25 mm 0.9811 / 0.9827 24.92 / 24.96 141849 631 126113 561
1" 0.9970 / 0.9985 25.32 / 25.36 147200 655 131000 583
See Page 458 for recommended mounting hole diameters and minimum locking ball tensile strength for estimating pullout resistance.
4. Locate Standard Part Numbers from Charts by Diameter and Grip Length.
5. Select Lanyards and Tabs on pages 456–457:

Specify Length of Cable (Stainless Steel) with Green Nylon Jacket (other colors available)
hoose Tab Style, Material and Mounting Hole Dimension
C
Specify if Lanyard is to be crimped to Pin without Split Ring
Kwik-Lok PINS ®
Recessed Button Handle Kwik-Lok Pin ®
G Grip
F Length
+0.02/-0.00 C
D H
(+0.5/-0.0mm)
ØE ¯A
ØA B
Recessed Button Handle Specifications – Inch

om
N +0.00/ Button
in
P ØA ±0.005 -0.04 Dia.
Dia Min Max B C D E F G H
3/16 (#10) .1870 .1885 .220 .260 1/4 15/32 13/16 1" 23/32
1/4 .2470 .2485 .289 .290 1/4 15/32 13/16 1" 23/32
5/16 .3095 .3110 .375 .330 1/4 15/32 13/16 1" 23/32
3/8 .3720 .3735 .440 .365 5/16 1/2 1 3/32 1 5/16 7/8
7/16 .4345 .4360 .509 .380 5/16 1/2 1 3/32 1 5/16 7/8
1/2 .4970 .4985 .594 .460 7/16 5/8 1 1/16 1 3/16 13/16
• The Recessed Button Handle
Recessed Button Handle Specifications – Metric
K wik- Lok PINS

Kwik-Lok Pin design helps prevent
®
accidental actuation of the pin. om

N +0.01/ Button
P
in ØA ±0.25 -1.0 Dia.
®
• Handle is stainless steel and the button
is stainless steel.
5 4.92 4.96 5.54 6 6.5 11.6 20 25 18
• Body is made from high Strength Stainless 6 5.92 5.96 6.99 7 6.5 11.6 20 25 18
Steel, 17-4 PH heat treated. 8 7.92 7.96 9.42 8 6.5 11.6 20 25 18
• Includes hole for easy attachment of 10 9.92 9.96 11.86 9 8.1 12.7 28 33 22
optional lanyard or ring. 12 11.92 11.96 14.45 10 10.1 15.9 28 33 22
Grip Length (Inches)

Pin
Dia 0.5 0.75 1 1.25 1.5 1.75 2 2.5 3* 4* 5* 6
P 3/16 803000 803001 803002 803003 803004 803005 803006 803008 803009 803011 803013 803015
a
r 1/4 803016 803017 803018 803019 803020 803021 803022 803024 803025 803027 803029 803031
t
N 5/16 803032 803033 803034 803035 803036 803037 803038 803040 803041 803043 803045 803047
U
M
B
3/8 803048 803049 803050 803051 803052 803053 803054 803056 803057 803059 803061 803063
E
R 7/16 803064 803065 803066 803067 803068 803069 803070 803072 803073 803075 803077 803079
S
1/2 803080 803081 803082 803083 803084 803085 803086 803088 803089 803091 803093 803095
Contact customer service for other sizes.
Grip Length (Metric)

Pin
Dia 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
P
a 5 853000 853001 853002 853003 853004 853005 853006 853007 853008 853009 853010 853011
r
t 6 853012 853013 853014 853015 853016 853017 853018 853019 853020 853021 853022 853023
N
U 8 853024 853025 853026 853027 853028 853029 853030 853031 853032 853033 853034 853035
M
B
E
10 853036 853037 853038 853039 853040 853041 853042 853043 853044 853045 853046 853047
R
S 12 853048 853049 853050 853051 853052 853053 853054 853055 853056 853057 853058 853059

437
Kwik-Lok PINS ®
T-Handle Kwik-Lok Pin ®
MS17985, NAS1333-NAS1343
A2=Aluminum T Handle
G Grip
Length
H +0.02/-0.00
(+0.5/-0.0mm)
F D ØE ØA B
T-Handle Specifications – Inch

Nom ØA +0.00/
Pin ±0.005 -0.04
K wik- Lok PINS
3/16 (#10) .1870 .1885 .220 .260 1/4 1/2 1 13/16 1 1/4 3/4
1/4 .2470 .2485 .289 .290 1/4 1/2 1 13/16 1 1/4 3/4
5/16 .3095 .3110 .375 .330 1/4 1/2 1 13/16 1 1/4 3/4
• The T-Handle Kwik-Lok Pin provides a firm, 3/8 .3720 .3735 .440 .365 5/16 19/32 2 1 7/16 15/16
®
even grip for smooth comfortable operation. 7/16 .4345 .4360 .509 .380 5/16 19/32 2 1 7/16 15/16
1/2 .4970 .4985 .594 .460 15/32 3/4 2 1 5/8 1
• Handle is black cast aluminum and the button
9/16 .5595 .5610 .666 .510 15/32 3/4 2 3/8 1 5/8 1
is blue anodized aluminum.
5/8 .6220 .6235 .750 .580 9/16 15/16 3 1/8 1 31/32 1 3/16
• Pin body available in: 3/4 .7470 .7485 .887 .670 5/8 15/16 3 1/8 1 31/32 1 3/16
Heat Treated 17-4 PH Stainless Steel 7/8 .8720 .8735 1.046 .760 3/4 1 1/4 3 1/2 2 1/4 1 11/32
or Heat Treated Alloy Steel, Cadmium plated. 1 .9970 .9985 1.209 .890 3/4 1 1/4 3 1/2 2 1/4 1 11/32
• Includes hole and split ring for easy
attachment of optional lanyard.
T-Handle Specifications – Metric
Nom ØA +0.0/
Pin ±0.25 -1.0
5 4.92 4.96 5.54 6 6.5 13.1 46.1 31.3 19.7
6 5.92 5.96 6.99 7 6.5 13.1 46.1 31.3 19.7
8 7.92 7.96 9.42 8 6.5 13.1 46.1 31.3 19.7
10 9.92 9.96 11.86 9 7.7 15.0 51.1 36.1 24.0
12 11.92 11.96 14.45 10 11.1 19.1 59.7 41.9 25.8
16 15.92 15.96 19.00 14 14.5 23.9 78.7 43.0 27.0
20 19.92 19.96 24.08 17 26.2 23.9 78.7 43.0 27.0
25 24.92 24.96 30.94 22 26.2 32.0 88.9 55.9 33.9
Dimensions in millimeters
Kwik-Lok PINS ®
T-Handle – Inch
Pin Grip Length (inches)

Dia 0.5 0.75 1 1.25 1.5 1.75 2 2.5 3 4 5 6
tainless Steel – High Strength Stainless Steel, 17-4 PH heat treated
S
3/16 801000 801001 801002 801003 801004 801005 801006 801008 801009 801011 801013 801015
P 1/4 801016 801017 801018 801019 801020 801021 801022 801024 801025 801027 801029 801031
5/16 801032 801033 801034 801035 801036 801037 801038 801040 801041 801043 801045 801047
a 3/8 801048 801049 801050 801051 801052 801053 801054 801056 801057 801059 801061 801063
r 7/16 801064 801065 801066 801067 801068 801069 801070 801072 801073 801075 801077 801079
1/2 801080 801081 801082 801083 801084 801085 801086 801088 801089 801091 801093 801095
t 9/16 801096 801097 801098 801099 801100 801101 801102 801104 801105 801107 801109 801111
5/8 801112 801113 801114 801115 801116 801117 801118 801120 801121 801123 801125 801127
3/4 801128 801129 801130 801131 801132 801133 801134 801136 801137 801139 801141 801143
n 7/8 801144 801145 801146 801147 801148 801149 801150 801152 801153 801155 801157 801159
u 1 801160 801161 801162 801163 801164 801165 801166 801168 801169 801171 801173 801175
Alloy Steel – High Strength Alloy Steel, 4130 heat treated and cadmium plated, yellow trivalent chromium passivation
m 3/16 800800 800801 800802 800803 800804 800805 800806 800808 800809 — — —
b 1/4 800816 800817 800818 800819 800820 800821 800822 800824 800825 800827 800829 800831
5/16 800832 800833 800834 800835 800836 800837 800838 800840 800841 800843 800845 800847
e 3/8 800848 800849 800850 800851 800852 800853 800854 800856 800857 800859 800861 800863
r 7/16 800864 800865 800866 800867 800868 800869 800870 800872 800873 800875 800877 800879
1/2 800880 800881 800882 800883 800884 800885 800886 800888 800889 800891 800893 800895
s 9/16 800896 800897 800898 800899 800900 800901 800902 800904 800905 800907 800909 800911
K wik- Lok PINS

5/8 800912 800913 800914 800915 800916 800917 800918 800920 800921 800923 800925 800927
3/4 800928 800929 800930 800931 800932 800933 800934 800936 800937 800939 800941 800943
®
7/8 800944 800945 800946 800947 800948 800949 800950 800952 800953 800955 800957 800959
1 800960 800961 800962 800963 800964 800965 800966 800968 800969 800971 800973 800975
Contact customer service for other sizes. Includes attachment ring.
T-Handle – Metric
Grip Length (mm)
Pin

Dia 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Stainless Steel – High Strength Stainless Steel, 17-4 PH heat treated
P 5 851000 851001 851002 851003 851004 851005 851006 851007 851008 851009 851010 851011
a 6 851012 851013 851014 851015 851016 851017 851018 851019 851020 851021 851022 851023
8 851024 851025 851026 851027 851028 851029 851030 851031 851032 851033 851034 851035
r
10 851036 851037 851038 851039 851040 851041 851042 851043 851044 851045 851046 851047
t 12 851048 851049 851050 851051 851052 851053 851054 851055 851056 851057 851058 851059
16 851060 851061 851062 851063 851064 851065 851066 851067 851068 851069 851070 851071
20 851072 851073 851074 851075 851076 851077 851078 851079 851080 851081 851082 851083
n
25 851084 851085 851086 851087 851088 851089 851090 851091 851092 851093 851094 851095
u Alloy Steel – High Strength Alloy Steel, 4130 heat treated and cadmium plated, yellow trivalent chromium passivation
m 5 850800 850801 850802 850803 850804 850805 850806 850807 850808 850809 850810 850811
b 6 850812 850813 850814 850815 850816 850817 850818 850819 850820 850821 850822 850823
8 850824 850825 850826 850827 850828 850829 850830 850831 850832 850833 850834 850835
e
10 850836 850837 850838 850839 850840 850841 850842 850843 850844 850845 850846 850847
r 12 850848 850849 850850 850851 850852 850853 850854 850855 850856 850857 850858 850859
s 16 850860 850861 850862 850863 850864 850865 850866 850867 850868 850869 850870 850871
20 850872 850873 850874 850875 850876 850877 850878 850879 850880 850881 850882 850883
25 850884 850885 850886 850887 850888 850889 850890 850891 850892 850893 850894 850895
Contact customer service for other metric sizes. Includes attachment ring.

439
Kwik-Lok PINS ®
L-Handle Kwik-Lok Pin ®
MS17986, NAS1333-NAS1343
A5=Aluminum L Handle
Grip
G
Length
+0.02/-0.00
(+0.5/-0.0mm) C
D ØE ØA B
F H
L-Handle Specifications – Inch

Nom +0.00/
K wik- Lok PINS
Pin ØA ±0.005 -0.04

3/16 (#10) .1870 .1885 .220 .260 1/4 1/2 1 3/4 1 1/4 3/4
1/4 .2470 .2485 .289 .290 1/4 1/2 1 3/4 1 1/4 3/4
®
• The L-Handle Kwik-Lok Pin provides a

® 5/16 .3095 .3110 .375 .330 1/4 1/2 1 3/4 1 1/4 3/4
firm grip for applications where a 3/8 .3720 .3735 .440 .365 5/16 19/32 2 1 7/16 15/16
T-Handle will not fit. 7/16 .4345 .4360 .509 .380 5/16 19/32 2 1 7/16 15/16
1/2 .4970 .4985 .594 .460 15/32 3/4 2 1/4 1 5/8 1
• Handle is black cast aluminum and the 9/16 .5595 .5610 .666 .510 15/32 3/4 2 1/4 1 5/8 1
button is blue anodized aluminum. 5/8 .6220 .6235 .750 .580 9/16 15/16 2 1/2 1 31/32 1 3/16
• Pin body available in: Heat Treated 17-4 PH 3/4 .7470 .7485 .887 .670 5/8 15/16 2 1/2 1 31/32 1 3/16
Stainless Steel or Heat Treated Alloy Steel, 7/8 .8720 .8735 1.046 .760 3/4 1 1/4 3 1/4 2 1/4 1 11/32
Cadmium plated. 1 .9970 .9985 1.209 .890 3/4 1 1/4 3 1/4 2 1/4 1 11/32
L-Handle Specifications – Metric
Nom ØA +0.0/
Pin ±0.25 -1.0
5 4.92 4.96 5.54 6 6.5 13.1 44.9 31.3 19.7
6 5.92 5.96 6.99 7 6.5 13.1 44.9 31.3 19.7
8 7.92 7.96 9.42 8 6.5 13.1 44.9 31.3 19.7
10 9.92 9.96 11.86 9 7.7 15.1 50.8 36.1 24.0
12 11.92 11.96 14.45 10 11.1 19.1 57.2 41.9 25.8
16 15.92 15.96 19.00 14 14.5 23.9 63.0 43.0 27.0
20 19.92 19.96 24.08 17 26.2 23.9 63.0 43.0 27.0
25 24.92 24.96 30.94 22 26.2 32.4 82.6 55.9 33.9
Kwik-Lok PINS ®
L-Handle – Inch
Dia 0.5 0.75 1 1.25 1.5 1.75 2 2.5 3 4 5 6
3/16 801400 801401 801402 801403 801404 801405 801406 801408 801409 801411 801413 801415
1/4 801416 801417 801418 801419 801420 801421 801422 801424 801425 801427 801429 801431
P 5/16 801432 801433 801434 801435 801436 801437 801438 801440 801441 801443 801445 801447
3/8 801448 801449 801450 801451 801452 801453 801454 801456 801457 801459 801461 801463
a
7/16 801464 801465 801466 801467 801468 801469 801470 801472 801473 801475 801477 801479
r 1/2 801480 801481 801482 801483 801484 801485 801486 801488 801489 801491 801493 801495
9/16 801496 801497 801498 801499 801500 801501 801502 801504 801505 801507 801509 801511
t
5/8 801512 801513 801514 801515 801516 801517 801518 801520 801521 801523 801525 801527
3/4 801528 801529 801530 801531 801532 801533 801534 801536 801537 801539 801541 801543
7/8 801544 801545 801546 801547 801548 801549 801550 801552 801553 801555 801557 801559
n
1 801560 801561 801562 801563 801564 801565 801566 801568 801569 801571 801573 801575
3/16 801200 801201 801202 801203 801204 801205 801206 801208 801209 — — —
m
1/4 801216 801217 801218 801219 801220 801221 801222 801224 801225 801227 801229 801231
b 5/16 801232 801233 801234 801235 801236 801237 801238 801240 801241 801243 801245 801247
3/8 801248 801249 801250 801251 801252 801253 801254 801256 801257 801259 801261 801263
e
7/16 801264 801265 801266 801267 801268 801269 801270 801272 801273 801275 801277 801279
r 1/2 801280 801281 801282 801283 801284 801285 801286 801288 801289 801291 801293 801295
9/16 801296 801297 801298 801299 801300 801301 801302 801304 801305 801307 801309 801311
s
K wik- Lok PINS

5/8 801312 801313 801314 801315 801316 801317 801318 801320 801321 801323 801325 801327
3/4 801328 801329 801330 801331 801332 801333 801334 801336 801337 801339 801341 801343
®
7/8 801344 801345 801346 801347 801348 801349 801350 801352 801353 801355 801357 801359
1 801360 801361 801362 801363 801364 801365 801366 801368 801369 801371 801373 801375
L-Handle – Metric

Pin Grip Length (mm)

Dia 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
P Stainless Steel – High Strength Stainless Steel, 17-4 PH heat treated
a
5 851400 851401 851402 851403 851404 851405 851406 851407 851408 851409 851410 851411
6 851412 851413 851414 851415 851416 851417 851418 851419 851420 851421 851422 851423
r 8 851424 851425 851426 851427 851428 851429 851430 851431 851432 851433 851434 851435
t 10 851436 851437 851438 851439 851440 851441 851442 851443 851444 851445 851446 851447
12 851448 851449 851450 851451 851452 851453 851454 851455 851456 851457 851458 851459
16 851460 851461 851462 851463 851464 851465 851466 851467 851468 851469 851470 851471
n 20 851472 851473 851474 851475 851476 851477 851478 851479 851480 851481 851482 851483
u 25 851484 851485 851486 851487 851488 851489 851490 851491 851492 851493 851494 851495
m
5 851200 851201 851202 851203 851204 851205 851206 851207 851208 851209 851210 851211
b 6 851212 851213 851214 851215 851216 851217 851218 851219 851220 851221 851222 851223
e 8 851224 851225 851226 851227 851228 851229 851230 851231 851232 851233 851234 851235
r
10 851236 851237 851238 851239 851240 851241 851242 851243 851244 851245 851246 851247
12 851248 851249 851250 851251 851252 851253 851254 851255 851256 851257 851258 851259
s 16 851260 851261 851262 851263 851264 851265 851266 851267 851268 851269 851270 851271
20 851272 851273 851274 851275 851276 851277 851278 851279 851280 851281 851282 851283
25 851284 851285 851286 851287 851288 851289 851290 851291 851292 851293 851294 851295

441
Kwik-Lok PINS ®
Button Handle Kwik-Lok Pin ®
MS17984, NAS 1333-1343

A3=Aluminum Button Handle
G Grip
Length
F +0.02/-0.00
H (+0.5/-0.0mm) C
D ØE ØA B
Button Handle Specifications – Inch

Nom +0.00/
Pin ØA ±0.005 -0.04
/16 (#10) .1870
3 .1885 .220 .260 1/4 7/16 13/16 13/16 5/8
1/4 .2470 .2485 .289 .290 1/4 7/16 13/16 7/8 5/8
5/16 .3095 .3110 .375 .330 1/4 7/16 7/8 29/32 5/8
3/8 .3720 .3735 .440 .365 5/16 9/16 1 1/8 1 1/32 3/4
K wik- Lok PINS
7/16 .4345 .4360 .509 .380 5/16 9/16 1 1/8 1 3/32 3/4
1/2 .4970 .4985 .594 .460 7/16 23/32 1 3/8 1 3/16 13/16
9/16 .5595 .5610 .666 .510 7/16 23/32 1 3/8 1 3/8 1
• The Button Handle Kwik-Lok Pin is ideal
®
5/8 .6220 .6235 .750 .580 37/64 27/32 1 5/8 1 1/2 1 1/16
®
for applications that have limited space 3/4 .7470 .7485 .887 .670 37/64 15/16 1 7/8 1 21/32 1 5/32
around the handle. 7/8 .8720 .8735 1.046 .760 3/4 1 1/8 2 3/16 1 31/32 1 1/2
• Light weight black anodized aluminum handle 1 .9970 .9985 1.219 .890 3/4 1 3/16 2 3/16 2 1/8 1 1/2
with blue anodized aluminum button.
• Pin body available in:
Heat Treated 17-4 PH Stainless Steel
or Heat Treated Alloy Steel, Cadmium plated. Button Handle Specifications – Metric
a
ttachment of optional lanyard. Nom ØA +0.0/
Pin ±0.25 -1.0
5 4.92 4.96 5.54 6 6.4 11.1 20.6 20.6 15.9
6 5.92 5.96 6.99 7 6.4 11.1 20.6 22.2 15.9
8 7.92 7.96 9.42 8 6.4 11.1 22.2 23.0 15.9
10 9.92 9.96 11.86 9 7.9 14.3 28.6 27.8 19.1
12 11.92 11.96 14.45 10 11.1 18.3 34.9 34.9 25.4
16 15.92 15.96 19.00 14 14.7 21.4 41.3 38.1 27.0
20 19.92 19.96 24.08 17 14.7 23.8 47.6 42.1 29.4
25 24.92 24.96 30.94 22 19.1 30.2 55.6 54.0 38.1
Kwik-Lok PINS ®
Button Handle – Inch


Dia 0.5 0.75 1 1.25 1.5 1.75 2 2.5 3 4 5 6
3/16 800600 800601 800602 800603 800604 800605 800606 800608 800609 800611 800613 800615
1/4 800616 800617 800618 800619 800620 800621 800622 800624 800625 800627 800629 800631
P 5/16 800632 800633 800634 800635 800636 800637 800638 800640 800641 800643 800645 800647
3/8 800648 800649 800650 800651 800652 800653 800654 800656 800657 800659 800661 800663
a 7/16 800664 800665 800666 800667 800668 800669 800670 800672 800673 800675 800677 800679
r 1/2 800680 800681 800682 800683 800684 800685 800686 800688 800689 800691 800693 800695
9/16 800696 800697 800698 800699 800700 800701 800702 800704 800705 800707 800709 800711
t 5/8 800712 800713 800714 800715 800716 800717 800718 800720 800721 800723 800725 800727
3/4 800728 800729 800730 800731 800732 800733 800734 800736 800737 800739 800741 800743
7/8 800744 800745 800746 800747 800748 800749 800750 800752 800753 800755 800757 800759
n 1 800760 800761 800762 800763 800764 800765 800766 800768 800769 800771 800773 800775
3/16 800400 800401 800402 800403 800404 800405 800406 800408 800409 — — —
m 1/4 800416 800417 800418 800419 800420 800421 800422 800424 800425 800427 800429 800431
b 5/16 800432 800433 800434 800435 800436 800437 800438 800440 800441 800443 800445 800447
3/8 800448 800449 800450 800451 800452 800453 800454 800456 800457 800459 800461 800463
e 7/16 800464 800465 800466 800467 800468 800469 800470 800472 800473 800475 800477 800479
r 1/2 800480 800481 800482 800483 800484 800485 800486 800488 800489 800491 800493 800495
9/16 800496 800497 800498 800499 800500 800501 800502 800504 800505 800507 800509 800511
s 5/8 800512 800513 800514 800515 800516 800517 800518 800520 800521 800523 800525 800527
K wik- Lok PINS

3/4 800528 800529 800530 800531 800532 800533 800534 800536 800537 800539 800541 800543
7/8 800544 800545 800546 800547 800548 800549 800550 800552 800553 800555 800557 800559
®
1 800560 800561 800562 800563 800564 800565 800566 800568 800569 800571 800573 800575
Button Handle – Metric


Dia 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
S
P
5 850600 850601 850602 850603 850604 850605 850606 850607 850608 850609 850610 850611
a 6 850612 850613 850614 850615 850616 850617 850618 850619 850620 850621 850622 850623
r 8 850624 850625 850626 850627 850628 850629 850630 850631 850632 850633 850634 850635
t
10 850636 850637 850638 850639 850640 850641 850642 850643 850644 850645 850646 850647
12 850648 850649 850650 850651 850652 850653 850654 850655 850656 850657 850658 850659
16 850660 850661 850662 850663 850664 850665 850666 850667 850668 850669 850670 850671
n 20 850672 850673 850674 850675 850676 850677 850678 850679 850680 850681 850682 850683
u
25 850684 850685 850686 850687 850688 850689 850690 850691 850692 850693 850694 850695
m 5 850400 850401 850402 850403 850404 850405 850406 850407 850408 850409 850410 850411
b 6 850412 850413 850414 850415 850416 850417 850418 850419 850420 850421 850422 850423
e
8 850424 850425 850426 850427 850428 850429 850430 850431 850432 850433 850434 850435
10 850436 850437 850438 850439 850440 850441 850442 850443 850444 850445 850446 850447
r 12 850448 850449 850450 850451 850452 850453 850454 850455 850456 850457 850458 850459
s 16 850460 850461 850462 850463 850464 850465 850466 850467 850468 850469 850470 850471
20 850472 850473 850474 850475 850476 850477 850478 850479 850480 850481 850482 850483
25 850484 850485 850486 850487 850488 850489 850490 850491 850492 850493 850494 850495

443
Kwik-Lok PINS ®
Ring-Handle Kwik-Lok Pin ®
MS17987, NAS1333-NAS1343
C6=Stainless Ring Handle
I Grip
G Length
+0.02/-0.00
(+0.5/-0.0mm) C
H
F D ØE ØA B
Ring-Handle Specifications – Inch

Nom ØA +0.00/
Pin ±0.005 -0.04
Dia Min Max B C D E F G H I
3/16 (#10) .1870 .1885 .220 .260 1/4 7/16 1 1/8 13/16 29/64 1 11/32
1/4 .2470 .2485 .289 .290 1/4 7/16 1 1/8 13/16 29/64 1 11/32
K wik- Lok PINS
5/16 .3095 .3110 .375 .330 1/4 7/16 1 1/8 27/32 29/64 1 11/32
3/8 .3720 .3735 .440 .365 5/16 9/16 1 1/8 1 19/32 1 1/2
7/16 .4345 .4360 .509 .380 5/16 9/16 1 1/8 1 19/32 1 1/2
1/2 .4970 .4985 .594 .460 7/16 11/16 1 3/8 1 1/4 5/8 1 7/8
®
9/16 .5595 .5610 .666 .510 7/16 11/16 1 3/8 1 1/4 11/16 1 7/8
• The Ring-Handle Kwik-Lok Pin is designed
®
5/8 .6220 .6235 .750 .580 1/2 15/16 1 5/8 1 11/16 7/8 2 7/16
for applications which require small 3/4 .7470 .7485 .887 .670 9/16 15/16 1 5/8 1 13/16 1 1/16 2 7/16
clearance area around the pin. 7/8 .8720 .8735 1.046 .760 3/4 1 3/16 1 3/4 2 3/16 1 13/32 2 29/32
• Stainless steel handle for tough 1 .9970 .9985 1.219 .890 3/4 1 3/16 1 3/4 2 1/8 1 13/32 2 29/32
environment with blue anodized
aluminum button (steel shanks), or
stainless button (stainless steel shanks).
• Pin body available in: Ring-Handle Specifications – Metric
Heat Treated 17-4 PH Stainless Steel
or Heat Treated Alloy Steel, Cadmium Nom +0.0/
ØA
Pin ±0.25 -1.0
plated. Dia Min Max B C D E F G H I
• Ring allows for easy attachment of 5 4.92 4.96 5.54 6 6.5 10.8 28.0 21.0 11.5 34.1
optional lanyard. 6 5.92 5.96 6.99 7 6.5 10.8 28.0 21.0 11.5 34.1
8 7.92 7.96 9.42 8 6.5 10.8 28.0 22.0 11.5 34.1
10 9.92 9.96 11.86 9 7.7 14.2 28.0 25.0 15.1 38.0
12 11.92 11.96 14.45 10 10.1 17.2 35.2 28.6 15.9 46.0
16 15.92 15.96 19.00 14 12.4 23.9 41.9 37.0 22.2 56.0
20 19.92 19.96 24.08 17 14.6 23.9 41.9 46.0 27.0 61.6
25 24.92 24.96 30.94 22 19.2 30.0 45.0 55.6 35.7 72.4
Kwik-Lok PINS ®
Ring-Handle – Inch
Dia 0.5 0.75 1 1.25 1.5 1.75 2 2.5 3 4 5 6
S
3/16 800200 800201 800202 800203 800204 800205 800206 800208 800209 800211 800213 800215
1/4 800216 800217 800218 800219 800220 800221 800222 800224 800225 800227 800229 800231
P
5/16 800232 800233 800234 800235 800236 800237 800238 800240 800241 800243 800245 800247
3/8 800248 800249 800250 800251 800252 800253 800254 800256 800257 800259 800261 800263
a 7/16 800264 800265 800266 800267 800268 800269 800270 800272 800273 800275 800277 800279
r
1/2 800280 800281 800282 800283 800284 800285 800286 800288 800289 800291 800293 800295
9/16 800296 800297 800298 800299 800300 800301 800302 800304 800305 800307 800309 800311
t 5/8 800312 800313 800314 800315 800316 800317 800318 800320 800321 800323 800325 800327
3/4 800328 800329 800330 800331 800332 800333 800334 800336 800337 800339 800341 800343
7/8 800344 800345 800346 800347 800348 800349 800350 800352 800353 800355 800357 800359
n 1 800360 800361 800362 800363 800364 800365 800366 800368 800369 800371 800373 800375
u
3/16 800000 800001 800002 800003 800004 800005 800006 800008 800009 — — —
m 1/4 800016 800017 800018 800019 800020 800021 800022 800024 800025 800027 800029 800031
b
5/16 800032 800033 800034 800035 800036 800037 800038 800040 800041 800043 800045 800047
3/8 800048 800049 800050 800051 800052 800053 800054 800056 800057 800059 800061 800063
e 7/16 800064 800065 800066 800067 800068 800069 800070 800072 800073 800075 800077 800079
r
1/2 800080 800081 800082 800083 800084 800085 800086 800088 800089 800091 800093 800095
9/16 800096 800097 800098 800099 800100 800101 800102 800104 800105 800107 800109 800111
s 5/8 800112 800113 800114 800115 800116 800117 800118 800120 800121 800123 800125 800127
K wik- Lok PINS

3/4 800128 800129 800130 800131 800132 800133 800134 800136 800137 800139 800141 800143
7/8 800144 800145 800146 800147 800148 800149 800150 800152 800153 800155 800157 800159
®
1 800160 800161 800162 800163 800164 800165 800166 800168 800169 800171 800173 800175
Ring-Handle – Metric


Dia 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
P
5 850200 850201 850202 850203 850204 850205 850206 850207 850208 850209 850210 850211
a
6 850212 850213 850214 850215 850216 850217 850218 850219 850220 850221 850222 850223
r 8 850224 850225 850226 850227 850228 850229 850230 850231 850232 850233 850234 850235
t 10 850236 850237 850238 850239 850240 850241 850242 850243 850244 850245 850246 850247
12 850248 850249 850250 850251 850252 850253 850254 850255 850256 850257 850258 850259
16 850260 850261 850262 850263 850264 850265 850266 850267 850268 850269 850270 850271
n 20 850272 850273 850274 850275 850276 850277 850278 850279 850280 850281 850282 850283
u 25 850284 850285 850286 850287 850288 850289 850290 850291 850292 850293 850294 850295
m
5 850000 850001 850002 850003 850004 850005 850006 850007 850008 850009 850010 850011
b 6 850012 850013 850014 850015 850016 850017 850018 850019 850020 850021 850022 850023
e 8 850024 850025 850026 850027 850028 850029 850030 850031 850032 850033 850034 850035
10 850036 850037 850038 850039 850040 850041 850042 850043 850044 850045 850046 850047
r
12 850048 850049 850050 850051 850052 850053 850054 850055 850056 850057 850058 850059
s 16 850060 850061 850062 850063 850064 850065 850066 850067 850068 850069 850070 850071
20 850072 850073 850074 850075 850076 850077 850078 850079 850080 850081 850082 850083
25 850084 850085 850086 850087 850088 850089 850090 850091 850092 850093 850094 850095
Contact customer service for other metric sizes.

445
Kwik-Lok PINS ®
Heavy Duty T&L Handle Pins

17985, 17986, NAS1333-NAS1343
C2=Stainless T Handle
C5=Stainless L Handle
G Grip
J H Length
C
+0.02/-0.00
(+0.5/-0.0mm)
ØA
M D B N
20
ØE
T-Handle Style L-Handle Style
METRIC GROUND HANDLE

• Also known
K wik- Lok PINS
as Ground Heavy Duty T&L Handle Specifications – Inch

Handling Pins
+0.00/
Pin Dia A
• Heavy Duty Nom ±0.005 -0.04
Pin Dia
Min Max B C D E G H J M N
®
welded handle
provides 3/16 (#10) .1870 .1885 .220 .260 1/4 7/16 1 1/4 13/16 3/16 1 15/16 1 3/4
additional impact 1/4 .2470 .2485 .289 .290 1/4 7/16 1 1/4 13/16 3/16 1 15/16 1 3/4
resistance 5/16 .3095 .3110 .375 .330 1/4 7/16 1 1/4 13/16 3/16 1 15/16 1 3/4
3/8 .3720 .3735 .440 .365 5/16 9/16 1 11/32 13/16 1/4 1 15/16 1 3/4
• Includes split
7/16 .4345 .4360 .509 .380 5/16 9/16 1 11/32 13/16 1/4 2 1/8 1 3/4
ring for easy
1/2 .4970 .4985 .594 .460 7/16 11/16 1 7/16 13/16 1/4 2 3/8 1 31/32
a
ttachment of
9/16 .5595 .5610 .666 .510 7/16 11/16 1 7/16 13/16 1/4 2 3/8 1 31/32
optional lanyard.
5/8 .6220 .6235 .750 .580 1/2 15/16 1 11/16 31/32 5/16 2 7/8 2 15/32
• All stainless steel 3/4 .7470 .7485 .887 .670 37/64 15/16 1 23/32 31/32 5/16 2 7/8 2 15/32
handle and 7/8 .8720 .8735 1.046 .760 3/4 1 3/16 2 5/32 1 1/4 3/8 3 1/4 2 13/16
button provide 1 .9970 .9985 1.219 .890 3/4 1 3/16 2 5/32 1 1/4 3/8 3 1/4 2 13/16
additional
corrosion
resistance Heavy Duty T&L Handle Specifications – Metric
Nom Pin Dia A ± 0.25 +0.0/- 1.0
• Body is made
from high Pin Dia Min Max B C D E G H J M N
Strength Stainless 5 4.92 4.96 5.54 6 6.5 10.8 31.7 20.4 4.76 49.5 44.5
Steel, 17-4 PH 6 5.92 5.96 6.99 7 6.5 10.8 31.7 20.4 4.76 49.5 44.5
heat treated. 8 7.92 7.96 9.40 8 6.5 10.8 31.7 20.4 4.76 49.5 44.5
• Meets or exceeds 10 9.92 9.96 11.86 9 7.7 14.2 34.1 21.0 6.35 49.5 44.5
NASM 23460 12 11.92 11.96 14.45 10 7.7 14.2 34.2 21.0 6.35 54.1 50.0
specifications 16 15.92 15.96 19.00 14 12.4 23.9 42.6 24.6 7.94 73.2 62.7
20 19.92 19.96 24.08 17 12.4 23.9 42.6 24.9 7.94 73.2 62.7
• May be ordered 25 24.92 24.96 30.94 22 19.2 30.0 53.4 30.2 9.53 82.3 71.0
with 4 locking Dimensions in millimeters
balls for
additional locking
element tensile
strength
Kwik-Lok PINS ®
Heavy Duty T-Handle – Inch


Dia 0.5 0.75 1 1.25 1.5 1.75 2 2.5 3 4 5 6
3/16 802600 802601 802602 802603 802604 802605 802606 802608 802609 802611 802613 802615
1/4 802616 802617 802618 802619 802620 802621 802622 802624 802625 802627 802629 802631
5/16 802632 802633 802634 802635 802636 802637 802638 802640 802641 802643 802645 802647
P 3/8 802648 802649 802650 802651 802652 802653 802654 802656 802657 802659 802661 802663
a 7/16 802664 802665 802666 802667 802668 802669 802670 802672 802673 802675 802677 802679
1/2 802680 802681 802682 802683 802684 802685 802686 802688 802689 802691 802693 802695
r 9/16 802696 802697 802698 802699 802700 802701 802702 802704 802705 802707 802709 802711
t 5/8 802712 802713 802714 802715 802716 802717 802718 802720 802721 802723 802725 802727
3/4 802728 802729 802730 802731 802732 802733 802734 802736 802737 802739 802741 802743
7/8 802744 802745 802746 802747 802748 802749 802750 802752 802753 802755 802757 802759
1 802760 802761 802762 802763 802764 802765 802766 802768 802769 802771 802773 802775
Heavy Duty L-Handle – Inch

3/16 805600 805601 805602 805603 805604 805605 805606 805608 805609 805611 805613 805615
n
1/4 805616 805617 805618 805619 805620 805621 805622 805624 805625 805627 805629 805631
u 5/16 805632 805633 805634 805635 805636 805637 805638 805640 805641 805643 805645 805647
m 3/8 805648 805649 805650 805651 805652 805653 805654 805656 805657 805659 805661 805663
7/16 805664 805665 805666 805667 805668 805669 805670 805672 805673 805675 805677 805679
b
1/2 805680 805681 805682 805683 805684 805685 805686 805688 805689 805691 805693 805695
e 9/16 805696 805697 805698 805699 805700 805701 805702 805704 805705 805707 805709 805711
K wik- Lok PINS

5/8 805712 805713 805714 805715 805716 805717 805718 805720 805721 805723 805725 805727
r
3/4 805728 805729 805730 805731 805732 805733 805734 805736 805737 805739 805741 805743
®
s 7/8 805744 805745 805746 805747 805748 805749 805750 805752 805753 805755 805757 805759
1 805760 805761 805762 805763 805764 805765 805766 805768 805769 805771 805773 805775
Heavy Duty T-Handle – Metric

Grip Length (mm)

Pin

Dia 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
5 852600 852601 852602 852603 852604 852605 852606 852607 852608 852609 852610 852611
6 852612 852613 852614 852615 852616 852617 852618 852619 852620 852621 852622 852623
P
8 852624 852625 852626 852627 852628 852629 852630 852631 852632 852633 852634 852635
a 10 852636 852637 852638 852639 852640 852641 852642 852643 852644 852645 852646 852647
r 12 852648 852649 852650 852651 852652 852653 852654 852655 852656 852657 852658 852659
t 16 852660 852661 852662 852663 852664 852665 852666 852667 852668 852669 852670 852671
20 852672 852673 852674 852675 852676 852677 852678 852679 852680 852681 852682 852683
25 852684 852685 852686 852687 852688 852689 852690 852691 852692 852693 852694 852695
Heavy Duty L-Handle – Metric

n 5 854200 854201 854202 854203 854204 854205 854206 854207 854208 854209 854210 854211
u 6 854212 854213 854214 854215 854216 854217 854218 854219 854220 854221 854222 854223
m 8 854224 854225 854226 854227 854228 854229 854230 854231 854232 854233 854234 854235
10 854236 854237 854238 854239 854240 854241 854242 854243 854244 854245 854246 854247
b
12 854248 854249 854250 854251 854252 854253 854254 854255 854256 854257 854258 854259
e
16 854260 854261 854262 854263 854264 854265 854266 854267 854268 854269 854270 854271
r
20 854272 854273 854274 854275 854276 854277 854278 854279 854280 854281 854282 854283
s 25 854284 854285 854286 854287 854288 854289 854290 854291 854292 854293 854294 854295

447
Kwik-Lok PINS ®
Heavy Duty Button Handle Pin

MS17984, NAS1333-NAS1343
C3=Stainless Button Handle
Grip
G Length
F H +0.02/-0.00 C
(+0.5/-0.0mm)
D ØA B
ØE
Heavy Duty Button Handle
Heavy Duty Button Handle Specifications – Inch

+0.00/
Nom Pin Dia A ±0.005 -0.04
Pin Dia Min Max B C D E F G H
3/16 (#10) .1870 .1885 .220 .260 1/4 7/16 13/16 13/16 5/8
K wik- Lok PINS
1/4 .2470 .2485 .289 .290 1/4 7/16 13/16 13/16 5/8
• Heavy Duty solid handle in 303
5/16 .3095 .3110 .375 .330 1/4 7/16 7/8 29/32 5/8
series stainless steel provides
3/8 .3720 .3735 .440 .365 5/16 9/16 1 1/8 1 1/32 3/4
additional impact resistance
7/16 .4345 .4360 .509 .380 5/16 9/16 1 1/8 1 3/32 3/4
®
• Includes hole and split ring for 1/2 .4970 .4985 .594 .460 7/16 23/32 1 3/8 1 3/16 13/16
easy attachment of optional 9/16 .5595 .5610 .666 .510 7/16 23/32 1 3/8 1 3/8 1
lanyard. 5/8 .6220 .6235 .750 .580 37/64 27/32 1 5/8 1 1/2 1 1/16
• All stainless steel 3/4 .7470 .7485 .887 .670 37/64 15/16 1 7/8 1 21/32 1 5/32
construction provides 7/8 .8720 .8735 1.046 .760 3/4 1 1/8 2 3/16 1 31/32 1 1/2
additional corrosion 1 .9970 .9985 1.219 .890 3/4 1 3/16 2 3/16 2 1/8 1 1/2
resistance
• Body is made from high Heavy Duty Button Handle Specifications – Metric
Strength Stainless Steel, 17-4 PH
heat treated Nom Pin Dia A ± 0.25 +0.0/- 1.0
Pin Dia
Min Max B C D E F G H
• Meets or exceeds NASM 23460
specifications 5 4.92 4.96 5.54 6 6.4 11.1 20.6 20.6 15.9
6 5.92 5.96 6.99 7 6.4 11.1 20.6 20.6 15.9
• May be ordered with 4 locking 8 7.92 7.96 9.42 8 6.4 11.1 22.2 23.0 15.9
balls for additional locking element 10 9.92 9.96 11.86 9 7.9 14.3 28.6 27.8 19.1
tensile strength 12 11.92 11.96 14.45 10 11.1 18.3 34.9 34.9 25.4
16 15.92 15.96 19.00 14 14.7 21.4 41.3 38.1 27.0
20 19.92 19.96 24.08 17 14.7 23.8 47.6 42.1 29.4
25 24.92 24.96 30.94 22 19.1 30.2 55.6 54.0 38.1
Kwik-Lok PINS ®
Grip Length (inches)

Pin
Dia 0.5 0.75 1 1.25 1.5 1.75 2 2.5 3 4 5 6
Heavy Duty Button Handle – Inch
3/16 806400 806401 806402 806403 806404 806405 806406 806408 806409 806411 806413 806415
1/4 806416 806417 806418 806419 806420 806421 806422 806424 806425 806427 806429 806431
P
a 5/16 806432 806433 806434 806435 806436 806437 806438 806440 806441 806443 806445 806447
r
t 3/8 806448 806449 806450 806451 806452 806453 806454 806456 806457 806459 806461 806463
N
U
7/16 806464 806465 806466 806467 806468 806469 806470 806472 806473 806475 806477 806479
M
B 1/2 806480 806481 806482 806483 806484 806485 806486 806488 806489 806491 806493 806495
E
R 9/16 806496 806497 806498 806499 806500 806501 806502 806504 806505 806507 806509 806511
S
5/8 806512 806513 806514 806515 806516 806517 806518 806520 806521 806523 806525 806527
3/4 806528 806529 806530 806531 806532 806533 806534 806536 806537 806539 806541 806543
7/8 806544 806545 806546 806547 806548 806549 806550 806552 806553 806555 806557 806559
1 806560 806561 806562 806563 806564 806565 806566 806568 806569 806571 806573 806575
Grip Length (mm)

Pin
Dia 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

P Heavy Duty Button Handle – Metric

a
r
t 5 855400 855401 855402 855403 855404 855405 855406 855407 855408 855409 855410 855411
N 6 855412 855413 855414 855415 855416 855417 855418 855419 855420 855421 855422 855423
U
M 8 855424 855425 855426 855427 855428 855429 855430 855431 855432 855433 855434 855435
B
E 10 855436 855437 855438 855439 855440 855441 855442 855443 855444 855445 855446 855447
R
S 12 855448 855449 855450 855451 855452 855453 855454 855455 855456 855457 855458 855459
K wik- Lok PINS

16 855460 855461 855462 855463 855464 855465 855466 855467 855468 855469 855470 855471
20 855472 855473 855474 855475 855476 855477 855478 855479 855480 855481 855482 855483
855484 855485 855486 855487 855488 855489 855490 855491 855492 855493 855494 855495
®
25

449
Kwik-Lok PINS ®
Kwik-Lok Lifting Pins ®
(+0.5/0.0mm)
Max Gap = (x)

(Maximum
allowable gap
for angled lifts)
Lifting Pin Specifications – Inches

• All stainless steel Nom Max.
ØA +0.00/ Max. Required
Pin Load Rating ±0.005 -0.04 Gap (X) Hole
Diameter (in)
construction and Dia (lbs)* Min Max B C (in) Max Min
components
1/4 400 .2470 .2485 .286 .290 0.06 0.2540 0.2500
• 17-4 PH stainless steel 5/16 700 .3095 .3110 .375 .330 0.06 0.3165 0.3125
forged, heat treated 3/8 1,000 .3720 .3735 .440 .365 0.06 0.3790 0.3750
lifting ring with large 1/2 1,250 .4970 .4985 .594 .460 0.06 0.5050 0.5000
K wik- Lok PINS
opening
5/8 1,400 .6220 .6235 .750 .580 0.06 0.6300 0.6250
• Lifting ring with
Load Spreader Bar Lifting Pin Specifications – Metric
• 5 to 1 strength factor Nom Max. +0.0/ Max. Required
®
ØA Hole Diameter (mm)

• 360° Swivel Pin Load Rating ±0.25 -1.0 Gap (X)
Dia (kN)* Min Max B C (mm) Max Min
• 180° Pivot 10 4.4 9.92 9.96 12.00 9 1.5 10.1 10.0
• Also chosen for lashing 12 5.5 11.92 11.96 14.27 10 1.5 12.1 12.0
applications 16 6.2 15.92 15.96 19.00 14 1.5 16.1 16.0
To add Lift ID to Hoist Ring

™ Important: Please review all oper-
Add “F” to the end of the part ating instructions that are included in
number Example: 23414F CE CERTIFIED
the packaging or online before use.
Kwik-Lok Lifting Pin – Inches

®
Note: If the required hole size
cannot be achieved; Jergens
Grip Length
recommends the use of our threaded

Dia. 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00
receptacle (see page 451); Please
1/4 807216 807217 807218 807219 807220 807222 807224 807225
Contact Customer Service with
5/16 807232 807233 807234 807235 807236 807238 807240 807241
any questions.
3/8 807248 807249 807250 807251 807252 807254 807256 807257
1/2 807280 807281 807282 807283 807284 807286 807288 807289
5/8 807312 807313 807314 807315 807316 807318 807320 807321
*Lifting load ratings are based on tests
with hardened tool steel plates or shoulder
Kwik-Lok Lifting Pin – Metric
®
bushings. Load ratings may be reduced

Grip Length if oversized holes or parent material

Dia. 15 20 25 30 35 40 50 75 under 80,000 psi tensile are used.
10 857237 857238 857239 857240 857299 857241 857242 857307
12 857249 857250 857251 857252 857300 857253 857254 857308 *Kwik-Lok Lifting Pins are not suited
®
16 857261 857262 857263 857264 857301 857265 857266 857309 for continuous rotation under load.
Kwik-Lok PINS
®
Threaded Receptacles
High Strength Stainless Steel, 17-4 PH heat treated
KLP Threaded Receptacles – Inch

For Use Thread Overall Head Head Install
Kwik-Lok Lifting Pin
®
Receptacle Size Length Height Flats Diameter Torque
Size Part Number Part Number A B C D E (ft-lbs)
1/4×0.5 807216 845100 1/2-13 0.930 0.16 .62 .75 7
5/16×0.5 807232 845101 3/4-10 1.100 0.28 .87 1.12 18
3/8×0.5 807248 845102 3/4-10 1.100 0.28 .87 1.12 25
1/2×0.5 807280 845103 1 1/8-7 1.625 0.37 1.25 1.62 47
5/8×0.5 807312 845104 1 1/8-7 1.625 0.37 1.25 1.62 53
KLP Threaded Receptacles – Metric

®
Size Part Number Part Number A B C D E (kg•m)
10×15 857237 855100 M20x2.5 29 7 26 34.8 3.6
12×15 857249 855101 M22x2.5 37 9 30 34.8 5.0
16×15 857261 855102 M27x3 41 10 32 41.2 6.9
K wik- Lok PINS

B D
LIFTING PIN
C
®
THREAD
RECEPTACLE
TAPPED
HOLE
OBJECT TO BE
LIFTED
A
Eø
Kwik-Lok Lifting Pin Kits – Inch

®
Kit Part Kwik-Lok Lifting

®
Receptacle Kwik-Lok Lifting
®
Threaded Receptacle
Number Pin Size Thread Size Pin Part Number Part Number
847216 1/4 x 0.5 1/2-13 807216 845100
847232 5/16 x 0.5 3/4-10 807232 845101
847248 3/8 x 0.5 3/4-10 807248 845102
847280 1/2 x 0.5 1 1/8-7 807280 845103
847312 5/8 x 0.5 1 1/8-7 807312 845104
*Each kit contains one Kwik-Lok lifting pin and one corresponding Threaded Receptacle.
®
Kwik-Lok Lifting Pin Kits – Metric

®

®
®
Threaded Receptacle
877237 M10 x 15 M20 x 2.5 857237 855100
877249 M12 x 15 M22 x 2.5 857249 855101
877261 M16 x 15 M27 x 3 857261 855102
®

451
Kwik-Lok PINS ®
Double Acting T, L, Ring Handles

MS17988, MS17989, MS17990
NAS1353-NAS1366
Push/Pull Activation
Grip
G Length
H +0.02/-0.00 C
(+0.5/-0.0mm)
K
20
F ØA B
ØE
J
RING HaNDLE
MS17990
ACTIVATION
Pull to
N
P N/2 Release
Push to
Release
M M
H H
K wik- Lok PINS
L L
• Double Acting Pins L-HaNDLE T-HaNDLE

are activated by push MS17989 MS17988
®
or pull motion
Double Acting Specifications – Inch
• All stainless steel
Nom Pin Dia A B C E F Max K Min Dia
construction provides Pin Dia Min Max ±0.005 Max Min Max Min Max G H J Min Max L M N P
additional corrosion
/16 (#10) .1870 .1885 .220 .410 .360 .450 1.000 1.125 1.945 1.030 .080 .415 .480 .780 .109 1.500 1.300
3
resistance
1/4 .2470 .2485 .289 .410 .360 .450 1.000 1.125 1.945 1.030 .080 .415 .480 .780 .109 1.500 1.300
• Body is made from high 5/16 .3095 .3110 .375 .440 .390 .505 1.000 1.125 1.945 1.030 .080 .415 .480 .780 .109 1.500 1.300
Strength Stainless Steel, 3/8 .3720 .3735 .440 .510 .510 .630 1.000 1.125 2.025 1.090 .080 .445 .540 .830 .156 2.000 1.500
17-4 PH heat treated. 7/16 .4345 .4360 .509 .510 .510 .630 1.000 1.125 2.025 1.090 .080 .445 .540 .830 .156 2.000 1.500
• Ideal for quick insertion 1/2 .4970 .4985 .594 .590 .640 .755 1.000 1.125 2.200 1.270 .080 .445 .540 .880 .218 2.250 1.655
and removal 9/16 .5595 .5610 .666 .660 .640 .755 1.000 1.125 2.200 1.270 .080 .445 .540 .880 .218 2.250 1.655
• Four ball options 5/8 .6220 .6235 .750 .750 .805 .870 1.312 1.500 2.690 1.465 .120 .510 .575 1.000 .250 2.500 1.810
available upon request 3/4 .7470 .7485 .887 .790 .890 .960 1.312 1.500 2.690 1.465 .120 .530 .595 1.000 .250 2.500 1.810
7/8 .8720 .8735 1.046 .950 1.070 1.150 1.312 1.500 2.860 1.640 .120 .665 .730 1.180 .250 2.875 2.250
• Includes split ring for easy
1 .9970 .9985 1.219 1.110 1.200 1.280 1.312 1.500 3.010 1.830 .120 .800 .865 1.320 .250 2.875 2.250
attachment of optional
lanyard.
• Meets or exceeds NASM
Double Acting Specifications – Metric
23460 specifications Nom Pin Dia A B C E F Max K Min Dia
Pin Dia Min Max ±0.25 Max Min Max Min Max G H J Min Max L M N P
• Drive Out feature
available upon request 5 4.92 4.96 5.54 10.41 9.14 11.43 25.40 28.58 49.40 26.16 2.03 10.54 12.19 19.81 2.78 38.10 33.02
6 5.92 5.96 6.99 10.41 9.14 11.43 25.40 28.58 49.40 26.16 2.03 10.54 12.19 19.81 2.78 38.10 33.02
8 7.92 7.96 9.42 11.68 9.91 12.83 25.40 28.58 49.40 26.16 2.03 10.54 12.19 19.81 2.78 38.10 33.02
10 9.92 9.96 11.86 13.21 12.95 16.00 25.40 28.58 51.44 27.69 2.03 11.30 13.72 21.08 3.97 49.21 38.10
12 11.92 11.96 14.45 13.72 12.95 16.00 25.40 28.58 51.44 27.69 2.03 11.30 13.72 21.08 3.97 49.21 38.10
16 15.92 15.96 19.00 19.18 20.45 22.10 33.32 38.10 68.33 37.21 3.04 12.95 14.61 25.40 6.35 61.91 45.97
20 19.92 19.96 24.08 20.57 22.61 24.38 33.32 38.10 68.33 37.21 3.04 13.46 15.11 25.40 6.35 61.91 45.97
25 24.92 24.96 30.94 28.83 30.48 32.51 33.32 38.10 76.45 46.48 3.04 20.32 21.97 33.53 6.35 71.45 57.15
Kwik-Lok PINS ®
Grip Length (inches)

Pin
Dia 0.5 0.75 1 1.25 1.5 1.75 2 2.5 3 4 5 6
Double Acting Ring Handle – Inch – MS17990

3/16 806200 806201 806202 806203 806204 806205 806206 806208 806209 806211 806213 806215
1/4 806216 806217 806218 806219 806220 806221 806222 806224 806225 806227 806229 806231
5/16 806232 806233 806234 806235 806236 806237 806238 806240 806241 806243 806245 806247
3/8 806248 806249 806250 806251 806252 806253 806254 806256 806257 806259 806261 806263
P 7/16 806264 806265 806266 806267 806268 806269 806270 806272 806273 806275 806277 806279
1/2 806280 806281 806282 806283 806284 806285 806286 806288 806289 806291 806293 806295
9/16 806296 806297 806298 806299 806300 806301 806302 806304 806305 806307 806309 806311
a 5/8 806312 806313 806314 806315 806316 806317 806318 806320 806321 806323 806325 806327
3/4 806328 806329 806330 806331 806332 806333 806334 806336 806337 806339 806341 806343
r 7/8 806344 806345 806346 806347 806348 806349 806350 806352 806353 806355 806357 806359
1 806360 806361 806362 806363 806364 806365 806366 806368 806369 806371 806373 806375
t
Double Acting T-Handle – Inch – MS17988
3/16 803400 803401 803402 803403 803404 803405 803406 803408 803409 803411 803413 803415
1/4 803416 803417 803418 803419 803420 803421 803422 803424 803425 803427 803429 803431
n 5/16 803432 803433 803434 803435 803436 803437 803438 803440 803441 803443 803445 803447
3/8 803448 803449 803450 803451 803452 803453 803454 803456 803457 803459 803461 803463
7/16 803464 803465 803466 803467 803468 803469 803470 803472 803473 803475 803477 803479
u 1/2 803480 803481 803482 803483 803484 803485 803486 803488 803489 803491 803493 803495
9/16 803496 803497 803498 803499 803500 803501 803502 803504 803505 803507 803509 803511
m 5/8 803512 803513 803514 803515 803516 803517 803518 803520 803521 803523 803525 803527
3/4 803528 803529 803530 803531 803532 803533 803534 803536 803537 803539 803541 803543
b 7/8 803544 803545 803546 803547 803548 803549 803550 803552 803553 803555 803557 803559
1 803560 803561 803562 803563 803564 803565 803566 803568 803569 803571 803573 803575
e
Double Acting L-Handle – Inch – MS17989
r 3/16 806000 806001 806002 806003 806004 806005 806006 806008 806009 806011 806013 806015
1/4 806016 806017 806018 806019 806020 806021 806022 806024 806025 806027 806029 806031
5/16 806032 806033 806034 806035 806036 806037 806038 806040 806041 806043 806045 806047
s 3/8 806048 806049 806050 806051 806052 806053 806054 806056 806057 806059 806061 806063
K wik- Lok PINS

7/16 806064 806065 806066 806067 806068 806069 806070 806072 806073 806075 806077 806079
1/2 806080 806081 806082 806083 806084 806085 806086 806088 806089 806091 806093 806095
9/16 806096 806097 806098 806099 806100 806101 806102 806104 806105 806107 806109 806111
®
5/8 806112 806113 806114 806115 806116 806117 806118 806120 806121 806123 806125 806127
3/4 806128 806129 806130 806131 806132 806133 806134 806136 806137 806139 806141 806143
7/8 806144 806145 806146 806147 806148 806149 806150 806152 806153 806155 806157 806159
1 806160 806161 806162 806163 806164 806165 806166 806168 806169 806171 806173 806175
Grip Length (mm)

Pin
Dia
10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Double Acting Ring Handle – Metric

P 5 855000 855001 855002 855003 855004 855005 855006 855007 855008 855009 855010 855011
6 855012 855013 855014 855015 855016 855017 855018 855019 855020 855021 855022 855023
a 8 855024 855025 855026 855027 855028 855029 855030 855031 855032 855033 855034 855035
10 855036 855037 855038 855039 855040 855041 855042 855043 855044 855045 855046 855047
12 855048 855049 855050 855051 855052 855053 855054 855055 855056 855057 855058 855059
r 16 855060 855061 855062 855063 855064 855065 855066 855067 855068 855069 855070 855071
20 855072 855073 855074 855075 855076 855077 855078 855079 855080 855081 855082 855083
t 25 855084 855085 855086 855087 855088 855089 855090 855091 855092 855093 855094 855095
Double Acting T-Handle – Metric
5 853400 853401 853402 853403 853404 853405 853406 853407 853408 853409 853410 853411
n 6 853412 853413 853414 853415 853416 853417 853418 853419 853420 853421 853422 853423
8 853424 853425 853426 853427 853428 853429 853430 853431 853432 853433 853434 853435
u 10 853436 853437 853438 853439 853440 853441 853442 853443 853444 853445 853446 853447
12 853448 853449 853450 853451 853452 853453 853454 853455 853456 853457 853458 853459
16 853460 853461 853462 853463 853464 853465 853466 853467 853468 853469 853470 853471
m 20 853472 853473 853474 853475 853476 853477 853478 853479 853480 853481 853482 853483
25 853484 853485 853486 853487 853488 853489 853490 853491 853492 853493 853494 853495
b
Double Acting L-Handle – Metric
e 5 854600 854601 854602 854603 854604 854605 854606 854607 854608 854609 854610 854611
6 854612 854613 854614 854615 854616 854617 854618 854619 854620 854621 854622 854623
r 8 854624 854625 854626 854627 854628 854629 854630 854631 854632 854633 854634 854635
10 854636 854637 854638 854639 854640 854641 854642 854643 854644 854645 854646 854647
s 12 854648 854649 854650 854651 854652 854653 854654 854655 854656 854657 854658 854659
16 854660 854661 854662 854663 854664 854665 854666 854667 854668 854669 854670 854671
20 854672 854673 854674 854675 854676 854677 854678 854679 854680 854681 854682 854683
25 854684 854685 854686 854687 854688 854689 854690 854691 854692 854693 854694 854695

453
Kwik-Lok PINS ®
Heavy Duty Detent Pins

MIL-P-45952/1
The Heavy Duty Detent Kwik-Lok Pin is a high quality shoulder style alignment pin for
®
applications that don’t require the positive locking ball feature.
• Heavy duty spring and 2 • Available in 300 Series Stainless steel or

spring loaded stainless heat treated alloy steel. Also in 17-4 PH
steel locking balls provide heat treated stainless steel upon request
high pull out force
• Includes split ring for easy
Heavy Duty Detent Specifications – Inch
Dia. Double Shear
Nom. +0.000/ +0.00/ Dia. Strength – (lbs) Pull Out Recommended
Pin -0.003 Min. -0.06 +/–0.015 Dia. Alloy Steel Stainless Force Hole Diameter
K wik- Lok PINS
Dia A B C E J K Heat Treated 300 Series (lbs) M

ax Min
3/16 (#10) .1885 .200 .250 .375 1.187 .50 4,700 2,530 2 to 7 0.1940 0.1900
1/4 .2480 .280 .344 .375 1.187 .50 8,500 4,500 2 to 7 0.2540 0.2500
5/16 .3105 .360 .359 .438 1.187 .50 13,400 7,100 2 to 7 0.3165 0.3125
®
3/8 .3730 .430 .390 .500 1.187 .50 19,600 10,300 6 to 14 0.3790 0.3750
7/16 .4355 .495 .469 .625 1.187 .55 26,700 14,050 6 to 14 0.4425 0.4375
1/2 .4980 .570 .516 .625 1.187 .55 34,900 18,400 10 to 22 0.5050 0.5000
9/16 .5605 .645 .593 .625 1.687 .55 44,300 23,300 15 to 30 0.5675 0.5625
5/8 .6230 .720 .672 .750 1.687 .55 54,900 28,900 15 to 30 0.6300 0.6250
3/4 .7480 .860 .750 .875 1.687 .55 79,300 41,800 15 to 30 0.7570 0.7500
7/8 .8730 1.030 .859 1.000 2.187 .55 108,000 57,000 20 to 35 0.8820 0.8750
1 .9980 1.160 .984 1.125 2.187 .55 141,500 74,600 20 to 40 1.0100 1.0000
Heavy Duty Detent Specifications – Metric

Dia. Double Shear
Nom. +0.000/ +0.0/ Dia. Strength – (kN) Pull Out Recommended
Pin -0.080 Min. -1.5 +/– 0.4 Dia. Alloy Steel Stainless Force Hole Diameter
Dia A B C E J K Heat Treated 300 Series N M
ax Min
5 4.95 5.23 6.35 9.53 30.15 12.7 23 12 9 to 31 5.1 5
6 5.95 6.88 8.74 9.53 30.15 12.7 33 17 9 to 31 6.1 6
8 7.95 9.35 9.12 11.13 30.15 12.7 60 32 9 to 31 8.1 8
10 9.95 11.58 9.91 12.70 30.15 12.7 96 50 26 to 62 10.1 10
12 11.95 13.84 13.11 15.88 30.15 14.2 138 73 44 to 97 12.1 12
16 15.95 18.54 17.07 19.05 42.85 14.2 248 130 66 to 133 16.1 16
20 19.95 22.91 19.05 22.23 42.85 14.2 388 204 89 to 155 20.15 20
25 24.95 29.18 24.99 28.58 55.55 14.2 609 321 89 to 178 25.15 25
Kwik-Lok PINS ®
Heavy Duty Detent Pins – Inch

Dia 0.5 0.75 1 1.25 1.5 1.75 2 2.5 3 4 5 6
Stainless Steel – Stainless Steel, 300 series
3/16 803800 803801 803802 803803 803804 803805 803806 803808 803809 803811 803813 803815
1/4 803816 803817 803818 803819 803820 803821 803822 803824 803825 803827 803829 803831
P 5/16 803832 803833 803834 803835 803836 803837 803838 803840 803841 803843 803845 803847
3/8 803848 803849 803850 803851 803852 803853 803854 803856 803857 803859 803861 803863
a 7/16 803864 803865 803866 803867 803868 803869 803870 803872 803873 803875 803877 803879
r 1/2 803880 803881 803882 803883 803884 803885 803886 803888 803889 803891 803893 803895
9/16 803896 803897 803898 803899 803900 803901 803902 803904 803905 803907 803909 803911
t 5/8 803912 803913 803914 803915 803916 803917 803918 803920 803921 803923 803925 803927
3/4 803928 803929 803930 803931 803932 803933 803934 803936 803937 803939 803941 803943
7/8 803944 803945 803946 803947 803948 803949 803950 803952 803953 803955 803957 803959
n 1 803960 803961 803962 803963 803964 803965 803966 803968 803969 803971 803973 803975
u
3/16 803600 803601 803602 803603 803604 803605 803606 803608 803609 803611 803613 803615
m 1/4 803616 803617 803618 803619 803620 803621 803622 803624 803625 803627 803629 803631
b 5/16 803632 803633 803634 803635 803636 803637 803638 803640 803641 803643 803645 803647
3/8 803648 803649 803650 803651 803652 803653 803654 803656 803657 803659 803661 803663
e 7/16 803664 803665 803666 803667 803668 803669 803670 803672 803673 803675 803677 803679
r 1/2 803680 803681 803682 803683 803684 803685 803686 803688 803689 803691 803693 803695
9/16 803696 803697 803698 803699 803700 803701 803702 803704 803705 803707 803709 803711
K wik- Lok PINS

s 5/8 803712 803713 803714 803715 803716 803717 803718 803720 803721 803723 803725 803727
3/4 803728 803729 803730 803731 803732 803733 803734 803736 803737 803739 803741 803743
®
7/8 803744 803745 803746 803747 803748 803749 803750 803752 803753 803755 803757 803759
1 803760 803761 803762 803763 803764 803765 803766 803768 803769 803771 803773 803775
Heavy Duty Detent Pins – Metric

Grip Length (mm)

Pin

Dia 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Stainless Steel – Stainless Steel, 300 series
P
5 853800 853801 853802 853803 853804 853805 853806 853807 853808 853809 853810 853811
a 6 853812 853813 853814 853815 853816 853817 853818 853819 853820 853821 853822 853823
r 8 853824 853825 853826 853827 853828 853829 853830 853831 853832 853833 853834 853835
t
10 853836 853837 853838 853839 853840 853841 853842 853843 853844 853845 853846 853847
12 853848 853849 853850 853851 853852 853853 853854 853855 853856 853857 853858 853859
16 853860 853861 853862 853863 853864 853865 853866 853867 853868 853869 853870 853871
n 20 853872 853873 853874 853875 853876 853877 853878 853879 853880 853881 853882 853883
u
25 853884 853885 853886 853887 853888 853889 853890 853891 853892 853893 853894 853895
m
5 853600 853601 853602 853603 853604 853605 853606 853607 853608 853609 853610 853611
b 6 853612 853613 853614 853615 853616 853617 853618 853619 853620 853621 853622 853623
e
8 853624 853625 853626 853627 853628 853629 853630 853631 853632 853633 853634 853635
10 853636 853637 853638 853639 853640 853641 853642 853643 853644 853645 853646 853647
r 12 853648 853649 853650 853651 853652 853653 853654 853655 853656 853657 853658 853659
s 16 853660 853661 853662 853663 853664 853665 853666 853667 853668 853669 853670 853671
20 853672 853673 853674 853675 853676 853677 853678 853679 853680 853681 853682 853683
25 853684 853685 853686 853687 853688 853689 853690 853691 853692 853693 853694 853695

455
Kwik-Lok PINS ®
Lanyard Specifications & Styles

Lanyard Specifications:
• 302/304 Stainless Steel cable, 1/16" (1.59 mm), with green nylon jacket, 1/8" (3.18 mm), meets Mil-DTL-83420
• Other cable diameters, other jacket colors (blue, black, clear) and special configuration styles by special order.
Standard (W/Tab)
(Fig. 1)
Stainless Steel Round Tab
F
Hold Down Side of Tab Length

G°
T (±0.5)
ØA
Standard (2 Loops)
ØE
(Fig. 2)
9 standard Tab Hole Diameters (ØA)
B
0.131-0.515" (3.3-13.1mm)
Radius
Length
D (±0.5)
C
Standard (1 Loop)
(Fig. 3)
Aluminum Oval Tab
Length
F Hold Down Side of Tab (±0.5)
G°
T
Loop/Eyelet, Stainless Steel
ØE (Fig. 4)
K wik- Lok PINS
ØA
0.978
B
3 standard Tab Hole Diameters (ØA) 0.46 Inch
0.131", 0.196", 0.257"
(3.3mm, 4.9mm, 6.5mm) Length
(±0.5) 0.19 (For #10 Screw)
D
C
25mm
®
11.7mm Metric
Consult Table 1, Page 457 for Options. Length
(±12mm) 5.2mm (For M5 Screw)
Tab Dimensions – Inch
Tab ±0.005 ±0.01 ±0.02 ±0.02 ±0.005 ±0.016 ±0.01 ± 5 deg. ±0.01
Style ØA B C D ØE Radius F G T Material
ound Tab See Table 1 0.688
R 1.316 1.004 0.125 0.160 0.406 12 0.048 300 Series Stain. Steel
Oval Tab See Table 1 0.375 1.130 0.945 0.125 — 0.500 12 0.060 Aluminum
Kwik-Lok PINS ®
Ordering Lanyards Attached to Pins Lanyard

Lanyard with a Tab (Fig. 1) Table 1 Tab Hole Size Lanyard without a Tab Loop/Eyelet (Fig. 4)

Length Stainless Aluminum Inch mm Size Letter Length 2 Loops 1 Loops (Pin) For Screw Size
inch mm Steel 0.131 3.3 P inch mm
(Fig. 2) (Fig. 3) #10 M5
4 102
(Pin#) A* (Pin#) M* 0.196 4.9 Q 4
102 (Pin#)EA
(Pin#)FA (Pin#)GA (Pin#)HA
6 152
B* N* 0.257 6.5 R 6 152 EB FB GB HB
8 203
C* P* 0.283† 7.1† S 8 203 EC FC GC HC
10 254 D* Q* 0.320† 8.1† T 10 254 ED FD GD HD
12 305 H* R* 0.379† 9.6† U 12 305 EE FE GE HE
16 406
J* S* 0.406† 10.3† V 16 406 EF FF GF HF
20 508 K* T* 0.468† 11.8† W 20 508 EG FG GG HG
24 610
L* U* 0.515† 13.1† Y 24 610 EH FH GH HH
Part Numbering:
Lanyards with Tab, attached to Pins Lanyards with 2 loops, 1 loop, or loop/eyelet
To order Kwik-Lok pins with attached lanyard and tab (fig. 1),
®
To order Kwik-Lok pins with lanyard and 2 loops (fig. 2), 1
®
photo on page 456. Specify the six digit pin number followed loop (fig. 3) or loop/eyelet (fig. 4), specify the six digit pin num-
by two letters from the tables above to define the lanyard ber followed by a two letter combination from above to define
length, type of lanyard and tab mounting hole diameter. The lanyard length, number of loops or loop/eyelet with mounting
first letter designates the length of the lanyard and the type of screw size.
K wik- Lok PINS

Tab. The second letter (from table 1) designates the size of the
Example B: For all Stainless Steel L Handle Pin, 1"x 6", with
hole in the tab for the mounting screw.
attached 24" (610 mm) lanyard and 2 Loops, the part number
®
Example A: For an Aluminum T-Handle with stainless steel is 805775EH.
pin body 1/2" x 1.0", with an attached 8" Lanyard and Round Example C: For all Stainless Steel Button Handle Pin, 6 x 40
Stainless Steel Tab with a mounting hole diameter of 0.257" mm, with attached 10" (254 mm) lanyard and Loop/Eyelet for
(6.5 mm), the part number is 801082CR. M5 screws, the part number is 855417HD.
Note: Split rings are not included when attaching lanyards, unless customer specified. In that case add an R as a third letter to the extension.
Ordering Lanyards When Supplied Separately Without Pins

Lanyard
Lanyards with Tabs (Fig. 1) Table 1 Tab Hole Size Lanyards without Tabs Loop/Eyelet (Fig. 4)

Length Stainless Inch mm Size Letter Length 2 Loops 1 Loops (Pin) For Screw Size
Steel Aluminum
inch mm 0.131 3.3 P inch mm (Fig. 2) (Fig. 3) #10 M5
4 102 890054* 890104* 0.196 4.9 Q 4 102 890204 890254 890304 890404
6 152 890056* 890106* 0.257 6.5 R 6 152 890206 890256 890306 890406
8 203 890058* 890108* 0.283† 7.1† S 8 203 890208 890258 890308 890408
10 254 890060* 890110* 0.320† 8.1† T 10 254 890210 890260 890310 890410
12 305 890062* 890112* 0.379† 9.6† U 12 305 890212 890262 890312 890412
16 406 890066* 890116* 0.406† 10.3† V 16 406 890216 890266 890316 890416
20 508 890070* 890120* 0.468† 11.8† W 20 508 890220 890270 890320 890420
24 610 890074* 890124* 0.515† 13.1† Y 24 610 890224 890274 890324 890424
Part Numbering: Lanyards to be Supplied Separately

For lanyards with tabs, ordered separately without pins (photo Example D: For a 24" (610 mm) lanyard with stainless steel
page 456), specify the six digit pin number followed by the round tab with a mounting hole diameter of 0.406" (10.3 mm),
hole size letter from Table 1. the part number is 890074V.

457
Kwik-Lok PINS ®
Kwik-Lok Pin Specifications

®
Kwik-Lok Pin Specifications – Inch

®
Kwik-Lok Pin Specifications – Metric
®
Double Shear Resistance Locking Double Shear Resistance Locking

Minimum (lbs)* Element Minimum (kN)* Element
Recommended Recommended
Pin Stainless Steel Alloy Steel Tensile Pin Stainless Steel Alloy Steel Tensile
Hole Diameter (in) Hole Diameter(mm)
Dia 17-4 PH Heat Treated Strength Dia 17-4 PH Heat Treated Strength
(in) Heat Treated Cadmium Plated Min (lbs)† Max Min (mm) Heat Treated Cadmium Plated Min (N)† Max Min
3/16 (#10) 5,150 4,600 200 0.1940 0.1900 5 24 21 890 5.1 5
1/4 9,200 8,200 230 0.2540 0.2500 6 35 31 890 6.1 6
5/16 14,400 12,800 510 0.3165 0.3125 8 65 58 2,250 8.1 8
3/8 20,700 18,400 575 0.3790 0.3750 10 100 88 2,280 10.1 10
7/16 28,500 25,000 710 0.4425 0.4375 12 144 128 3,150 12.1 12
1/2 36,900 32,800 1,160 0.5050 0.5000 16 257 229 9,200 16.1 16
9/16 46,700 41,600 1,420 0.5675 0.5625 20 403 358 13,100 20.15 20
5/8 57,800 51,400 2,070 0.6300 0.6250 25 631 561 23,400 25.15 25
3/4 83,200 74,600 2,950 0.7570 0.7500
7/8 112,500 100,000 3,900 0.8820 0.8750
1 147,200 131,000 5,480 1.0100 1.0000
* Double shear values are the minimum requirements according to NAS functionality tests.
† Locking element tensile strength values are the minimum requirements of NAS functionality tests. Pins may be
special ordered with 4 locking balls for additional locking element tensile strength.
K wik- Lok PINS
Military Specifications(MS) & National Aerospace Standards(NASM)

®
Jergens is a Department of Defense approved supplier of Quick Release Pins, under CAGE code 94882.
Certificate of Conformance is available upon request at time of order.
DFARS compliant material can be quoted upon request.
NAS Number 1333-1346 and 1353-1366 are available.
MS Numbers 17984-90 now refer to NASM 17984-90.

MS 17984 C 4 15
Grip Length in tenths of an inch
▲
Example: 15 = 1.5”
Pin Diameter in sixteenth of an inch

▲
Example: 4 = ¼”
Pin Material (Body Only)

▲
Example: C = Stainless Steel

S = Carbon Steel
Handle Style or Type

▲
17984 = Button Handle – Single Acting

17985 = T-Handle – Single Acting
17986 = L-Handle – Single Acting
17987 = Ring Handle – Single Acting
17988 = T-Handle – Double Acting
17989 = L-Handle – Double Acting
17990 = Ring Handle – Double Acting
Military Standard
▲
Special Military and Aerospace size and configurations are available. Please contact customer service 1-800-JERGENS (537-4367).
Kwik-Lok PINS ®
Material Specifications
Kwik-Lok Pin ®
Component Part Material

CRES 17-4 PH Stainless Steel
Bodies (Shank)
Alloy Steel 4130
Balls CRES 440C Stainless Steel*
CRES 17-4 PH Stainless Steel
Buttons
Aluminum Alloy 2024
Springs CRES 302 Stainless Steel
Handles
T & L Handles Aluminum (380) Casting
Button Handles Aluminum Alloy 2024
Ring Handles CRES 303 Stainless Steel
Heavy Duty T & L CRES 303 Stainless Steel
Heavy Duty Button Handle CRES 303 Stainless Steel
Recessed Button Handle CRES 300 Series Stainless Steel
Collar CRES 303 or 304 Stainless Steel

®

Bodies (Shank) CRES 17-4 PH Stainless Steel
K wik- Lok PINS

Buttons CRES 303 Stainless Steel
Lift Ring Forged 17-4 PH Stainless Steel
®
Detent Pins
CRES 303 Stainless Steel
Bodies (Shank)
Alloy Steel 4130
CRES 303 Stainless Steel
Head
Alloy Steel 4130
* Locking Balls also available in 302 Stainless Steel by special order.

Actual locking element tensile strength is reduced by lower strength alloys.
Ordering special pins with 4 balls will increase locking element tensile strength above NAS
functionality test requirements.
Heat Treatment:
• 17-4 PH Stainless Steel: Condition H-900, Rockwell C40 Min per MIL-H-6875
• 4130 Alloy Steel: Rockwell C36-40
Surface Treatment:
• CRES Parts: Passivate per AMS-QQ-P-35
• Alloy Steel Parts: Cadmium plate per QQ-P-416, Type II, Class 2
• Aluminum Alloy Parts: Anodize per MIL-A-8625 Type I or II per MIL-C-5541 Class 1A
• Aluminum Handles: Color Black
Jergens Kwik-Lok Pins are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed these standards.
®

459
Kwik-Lok PINS
®
Diverse Application Needs

Manufacturing: Medical Equipment:
Hospital Beds and Cots
Jigs and Fixturing
Packaging Machinery Medical Equipment
Paper Mills/Machinery Portable X-Ray Equipment
Conveyor Systems Wheelchairs
Material Handling Equipment
Textile Machinery Recreational Industry:
Forming and Fabricating Equipment Hot Air Balloons
Plastic Injection Molding Recreational Vehicles
Racing Cars
Aviation/Military: (hoods, transmissions,
Tank Doors and Lids steering wheels)
(Various process industries) Weight Machines
Landing Gear Jet Skis
Drop Tanks Hang Gliders
Ordinance Mountain Climbing Equipment
Cargo Nets
Marine Industry
K wik- Lok PINS
Aircraft Seating
Aerial Spraying Equipment (Recreation/Commercial):
Gliders Anchors
Bimini Covers
®
General Industrial: Outriggers

Scaffolding Equipment Boat Trailers
Mining Equipment Rudder/Tiller Attachments
Drilling Equipment Sailboat Rigging
Lifting Equipment Commercial Boat Rigging
(Hoists, Slings, Cables, etc.)
Trailer Beds
Need a Special Size or Configuration?

See page 461 and contact Jergens for more information.
3D solid models available in SolidWorks (.SLDPRT) and ®
other formats, downloadable from www.jergensinc.com.
®
SolidWorks is a registered trademark of SolidWorks Corporation.
Kwik-Lok PINS ®
Kwik-Lok Pin Special Application Information

®
Special
Kwik-Lok
®
Pins
If you don’t see the
exact Kwik-Lok Pin to
®
meet your application

requirements,
photocopy the form
below, indicate your
requirements, and
send to Jergens.
Quotation Request Worksheet (online at www.jergensinc.com/tools/pins_rfq.aspx)
K wik- Lok PINS

1. Pin Diameter

®

2
1 2. Grip Length
3
3. Overall Length

*For special Shank/Lanyard configurations – Please provide drawing or sketch.

Application (describe):
Handle Style: T L Ring Button Recessed Button Kwik-Lok Lifting Pins
®
Special
Body Material: 17-4 PH heat treated Stainless Steel Alloy Steel, heat treated, cadmium plated
Other (describe)
Number of Locking Elements: 2 balls(standard) 4 balls Attach Split Ring? (yes/no)
*Lanyard Length: (inch or mm) SS cable with nylon color (Green,Black,Clear or other)
Attach Lanyard directly to Pin without split ring? (yes/no) Attach to Split Ring? (yes/no)
Tabs: Round (Stainless Steel) Oval(Aluminum) Mounting Hole Size (inch or mm)
Loop/Eyelet (Stainless Steel) with Mounting Hole: 0.19" for #10 screw 5.2mm for M5 screw
Quantity Required: (pieces) Request date: Annual Requirements (pieces)
NAME: POSITION/TITLE:
COMPANY: ADDRESS:
CITY: STATE: COUNTRY: POSTAL CODE:
TELEPHONE: FAX: E-MAIL:

461
Precision Parts
for Military Applications
Jergens is an ISO 9001:2008 certified, government-approved manufacturer. We are your • MS, NAS, DFARS, and RoHS
complete source for mil-spec Kwik-Lok pins, spring-loaded devices, threaded inserts,
®
Compliant Parts Available
and threaded components and washers. We also offer workholding components, locating • Military Drawings Available in 3D
components, handles, knobs and handwheels, lifting products that include center-pull and Solid Models (Multiple Formats)
side-pull styles of hoist rings, and toggle clamps. from www.jergensinc.com
• Manufacturing #: 697830
Jergens can offer quick turnaround on special orders, low or no minimums, and engineering • FSCMI Cage Code: 94882
expertise that results in our ability to answer and help with technical questions. We offer the
advantages of relationship and know-how.
THREADED INSERTS
Threaded Inserts
Bolster Plate Bushings.................................................. 467
Installation and Removal
Instructions..................................................................464
Internal Locking Thread
Repair Insert....................................................... 470–471
Keylocking, Extra Heavy Duty
Industrial Style............................................................468
Keylocking, Heavy Duty
Keylocking, Metric/Inch............................................... 467
Keylocking, Solid Industrial Style...............................469
Keylocking, Thinwall
THRE ADED INSER TS

Miniature Metric
Mil Spec Inserts.................................................. 472–473
Thread Repair Kits................................................ 474–477
463
THREADED INSERTS
Installation Information
Removal Information
Jergens Keylocking Inserts can be removed
without damage to the parent material.
1. Drill the insert to the size and depth

shown under removal data in the
chart below.
2. Bend the keys down and break them off.
3. Remove the insert using an E-Z out or

1. Drill to allow full tap depth shown 2. Tap to depth shown in chart. similar tool.
in chart. Note: Tap drill is oversized;
see chart below. Countersink as
shown in chart.
THRE ADED INSER TS
3. Install insert .010" to .030" below 4. Drive keys down with proper
surface. installation tool.
Preparation of External Threads
Prior to Installation (For Keylocking Inserts Only)
Insert Installation Data Removal Data
C'sink
External Tap Dia. Minimum Drill
Thread Length Drill +.010 Tap
Class 2A L Size -.000 Depth Size Depth
5/16-18 .31 I .323 .37 7/32 1/8
3/8-16 .31/.37 Q .385 .37/.43 9/32 1/8
7/16-14 .31/.37/.43 X .447 .37/.43/.50 11/32 3/16
1/2-13 .37/.43/.50 29/64 .510 .44/.50/.56 13/32 3/16
9/16-12 .43/.50/.56 33/64 .572 .50/.56/.62 15/32 3/16
5/8-11 .50/.62 37/64 .635 .56/.68 17/32 3/16
3/4-16 .62/.81 45/64 .760 .68/.94 21/32 3/16
7/8-14 .68/.81/.87 53/64 .885 .75/.94/1.0 25/32 3/16
1-12 .87 15/16 1.020 1.0 27/32 5/16
1 1/8-12 1.12 1 1/16 1.145 1.31 31/32 5/16
1 1/4-12 1.12/1.25 1 3/16 1.270 1.31/1.44 1 3/32 5/16
1 3/8-12 1.25/1.37 1 5/16 1.395 1.44/1.56 1 7/32 5/16
1 1/2-12 1.37/1.62 1 7/16 1.520 1.56/1.84 1 11/32 5/16
1 5/8-12 1.81 1 9/16 1.640 2.06 1 15/32 5/16
1 7/8-12 2.00 1 13/16 1.890 2.28 1 23/32 5/16
THREADED INSERTS
Keylocking Inserts
Thinwall Industrial Style
• Material: Carbon Steel Inserts - C1215 or equivalent
Stainless Steel Insert - 303 Keys - 302
• Finish: Carbon Steel Inserts - Parkerized
Stainless Steel Inserts - Passivated
• Tolerances: Inch ±.010 Metric ±.25mm
• Keys: Inserts with internal thread size of 5/16-18 or larger
are furnished with four locking keys.
Inch Inserts - Thinwall

Part Number
Internal Installation
Thread Carbon Stainless External Length Tool Part
Class 2B Steel Steel Thread L Number
10-24 25921 26321 5/16-18 .31 24721
10-32 26121 26521 5/16-18 .31 24721
1/4-20 25922 26322 3/8-16 .37 24722
1/4-28 26122 26522 3/8-16 .37 24722
5/16-18 25923 26323 7/16-14 .43 24723
5/16-24 26123 26523 7/16-14 .43 24723
3/8-16 25924 26324 1/2-13 .50 24724
THRE ADED INSER TS

3/8-24 26124 26524 1/2-13 .50 24724
7/16-14 25925 26325 9/16-12 .56 24725
7/16-20 26125 26525 9/16-12 .56 24725
1/2-13 25926 26326 5/8-11 .62 24726
1/2-20 26126 26526 5/8-11 .62 24726
See chart on page 464 for installation information.
Metric Inserts - Thinwall

Part Number Insert Installation Removal
Internal External Length Installation Tap C’sink Thread Tap Drill
Carbon Stainless Thread Thread L Tool Drill Dia.
Steel Steel Class 6H Class 6g Part No. Size +.25 Size Min.
-.00 Class 6h Depth Size Depth
25951 26351 M 5x0.8 M 8x1.25 8.0 24751 6.9 8.25 M 8x1.25 9.5 5.50 4.00
25952 26352 M 6x1.0 M 10x1.25 10.0 24752 8.8 10.25 M 10x1.25 11.5 7.50 4.75
25953 26353 M 8x1.25 M 12x1.25 12.0 24753 10.8 12.25 M 12x1.25 13.5 9.50 4.75
26153 26553 M 8x1.0 M 12x1.25 12.0 24753 10.8 12.25 M 12x1.25 13.5 9.50 4.75
25955 26355 M 10x1.5 M 14x1.5 14.0 24755 12.8 14.25 M 14x1.5 15.5 11.50 4.75
26155 26555 M 10x1.25 M 14x1.5 14.0 24755 12.8 14.25 M 14x1.5 15.5 11.50 4.75
25956 26356 M 12x1.75 M 16x1.5 16.0 24756 14.75 16.25 M 16x1.5 17.5 13.50 4.75
26156 26556 M 12x1.25 M 16x1.5 16.0 24756 14.75 16.25 M 16x1.5 17.5 13.50 4.75

465
THREADED INSERTS
Keylocking Inserts Inch Inserts - Heavy Duty

Heavy Duty Industrial Style Installation
Part Number
Internal Tool
Thread Carbon Stainless External Length Part
Class 2B Steel Steel Thread L Number
8-32 25900 26300 5/16-18 .31 24719
10-24 25901 26301 3/8-16 .31 24701
10-32 26101 26501 3/8-16 .31 24701
1/4-20 25902 26302 7/16-14 .37 24702
1/4-28 26102 26502 7/16-14 .37 24702
5/16-18 25903 26303 1/2-13 .43 24703
5/16-24 26103 26503 1/2-13 .43 24703
3/8-16 25904 26304 9/16-12 .50 24704
3/8-24 26104 26504 9/16-12 .50 24704
7/16-14 25905 26305 5/8-11 .62 24705
7/16-20 26105 26505 5/8-11 .62 24705
1/2-13 25906 26306 3/4-16 .62 24706
1/2-20 26106 26506 3/4-16 .62 24706
9/16-12 25907 26307 3/4-16 .81 24707
9/16-18 26107 26507 3/4-16 .81 24707
• Material: Carbon Steel Inserts -
5/8-11 25908 26308 7/8-14 .87 24708
C1215 or equivalent 5/8-18 26108 26508 7/8-14 .87 24708
Stainless Steel Insert - 303 3/4-10 25909 26309 1 1/8-12 1.12 24709
Keys - 302 3/4-16 26109 26509 1 1/8-12 1.12 24709
• Finish: Carbon Steel Inserts - Parkerized 25910 26310 24710
THRE ADED INSER TS
7/8-9 1 1/4-12 1.25

Stainless Steel Inserts - Passivated 7/8-14 26110 26510 1 1/4-12 1.25 24710
• Tolerances: Inch ±.010 1-8 25911 26311 1 3/8-12 1.37 24711
Metric ±.25mm 1-12 26111 26511 1 3/8-12 1.37 24711
• Keys: Inserts with internal thread size of 1-14 26112 — 1 3/8-12 1.37 24711
1 1/8-7 25913 — 1 1/2-12 1.62 24713
5/16-18 or larger are furnished
1 1/8-12 26113 — 1 1/2-12 1.62 24713
with four locking keys. 1 1/4-7 25914 — 1 5/8-12 1.81 24714
1 1/4-12 26114 — 1 5/8-12 1.81 24714
1 1/2-6 25916 — 1 7/8-12 2.00 24716
1 1/2-12 26116 — 1 7/8-12 2.00 24716
Metric Inserts - Heavy Duty
Part Part Insert Installation Removal
Number Number Internal External Length Installation Tap C'sink Thread Tap Drill
Carbon Stainless Thread Thread L Tool Drill Diameter Size Min.
Steel Steel Class 6H Class 6g Part No. Size +.25 -.00 Class 6h Depth Size Depth
25963 26363 M 4x0.7 M 8x1.25 8.0 24763 6.9 8.25 M 8x1.25 9.5 5.50 4.00
25964 26364 M 5x0.8 M 10x1.25 10.0 24764 8.8 10.25 M 10x1.25 12.5 7.50 4.75
25965 26365 M 6x1.0 M 12x1.25 12.0 24765 10.8 12.25 M 12x1.25 14.5 9.50 4.75
25966 26366 M 8x1.25 M 14x1.5 14.0 24766 12.8 14.25 M 14x1.5 16.5 11.50 4.75
26166 26566 M 8x1.0 M 14x1.5 14.0 24766 12.8 14.25 M 14x1.5 16.5 11.50 4.75
25967 26367 M 10x1.5 M 16x1.5 16.0 24767 14.75 16.25 M 16x1.5 18.5 13.50 4.75
26167 26567 M 10x1.25 M 16x1.5 16.0 24767 14.75 16.25 M 16x1.5 18.5 13.50 4.75
25969 26369 M 12x1.75 M 18x1.5 18.0 24769 16.75 18.25 M 18x1.5 20.5 15.50 4.75
26169 26569 M 12x1.25 M 18x1.5 18.0 24769 16.75 18.25 M 18x1.5 20.5 15.50 4.75
25970 26370 M 14x2.0 M 20x1.5 20.0 24770 18.75 20.25 M 20x1.5 22.5 17.50 4.75
26170 26570 M 14x1.5 M 20x1.5 20.0 24770 18.75 20.25 M 20x1.5 22.5 17.50 4.75
25971 26371 M 16x2.0 M 22x1.5 22.0 24771 20.5 22.25 M 22x1.5 24.5 17.75 6.35
26171 26571 M 16x1.5 M 22x1.5 22.0 24771 20.5 22.25 M 22x1.5 24.5 17.75 6.35
26172 26572 M 18x1.5 M 24x1.5 24.0 24772 22.5 24.25 M 24x1.5 26.5 19.75 6.35
25973 26373 M 20x2.5 M 30x2.0 30.0 24773 28.0 30.25 M 30x2.0 34.5 25.75 6.35
26173 26573 M 20x1.5 M 30x2.0 30.0 24773 28.0 30.25 M 30x2.0 34.5 25.75 6.35
26174 26574 M 22x1.5 M 32x2.0 32.0 24774 30.0 32.25 M 32x2.0 36.5 27.75 6.35
25975 26375 M 24x3.0 M 33x2.0 33.0 24775 31.0 33.25 M 33x2.0 37.5 28.75 6.35
26175 26575 M 24x2.0 M 33x2.0 33.0 24775 31.0 33.25 M 33x2.0 37.5 28.75 6.35
NOTE: Install insert .25mm to .76mm below surface and drive locking keys down. See C'sink Diameter column above.
THREADED INSERTS
Keylocking Inserts
Metric/Inch Inserts
Create Metric Holes...

With Inch Taps!
This unique product allows you to create
a metric thread utilizing inch drills and
taps. The insert O.D. is inch sized, the
I.D. is metric.
Metric Internal/Inch External - Heavy Duty Industrial Style

Insert Installation Removal
Part
Number Internal External Installation Tap C'sink Thread Tap Drill
Carbon Thread Thread Length Tool Drill Diameter Size Min.
Steel Class 6H Class 2A L Part Number Size +.010 -.000 Class 2b Depth Size Depth
26243 M 6x1.0 3/8 - 16 .31 24843 Q .38 3/8 - 16 .37 9/32 1/8
THRE ADED INSER TS

26244 M 8x1.25 1/2 - 13 .43 24844 29/64 .51 1/2 - 13 .50 13/32 3/16
26245 M 10x1.5 5/8 - 11 .50 24845 37/64 .63 5/8 - 11 .56 17/32 3/16
26247 M 12x1.75 3/4 - 16 .62 24847 45/64 .76 3/4 - 16 .68 21/32 3/16
26248 M 14x2.0 7/8 - 14 .81 24848 53/64 .88 7/8 - 14 .94 25/32 5/16
26249 M 16x2.0 1" - 12 .87 24849 15/16 1.02 1" - 12 1.00 27/32 5/16
All dimensions are in inches except for internal thread, which is metric.
Bolster Plate Bushings
• Material: Stressproof
• Internal Thread: 2B-UNC
• External Thread: 2A-UNF
Repairs are made quickly, easily, and right on the machine. Wt.
Re-tap bolster plate hole, insert the threaded bushing to match, Part Internal External (lbs)
use a locking type sealant to lock the bushing in place. The Number Thread Thread L 10 Pcs.
Bolster Plate Bushings can also be used as threaded bush- 11701 3/8-16 3/4-16 1 1/2 1.25
ings in cast iron machine bases where greater thread strength 11702 1/2-13 1 -14 1 1/2 2.20
is necessary. Eliminates the problems of “pulled-out” cast iron 11703 5/8-11 1 -14 1 1/2 1.85
threads, reduces the need for bulky threaded cast iron sections. 11704 3/4-10 1 1/4-12 1 1/2 3.00
11705 1 -8 1 1/2-12 2 5.15

467
THREADED INSERTS
Keylocking Inserts
Extra Heavy Duty
Industrial Style
The increased wall thickness and greater external thread area of
these extra heavy duty threaded inserts offer greater pull-out strength,
stability, and longer life. These inserts should be used in materials
with lower ultimate shear strength to obtain maximum pull-out strength
and holding power.
• Greater Thread Area

• Increased Shear Engagement
• Offers Holding Power Comparable to Standard Heavy Duty Inserts in
High Shear Strength Material
Stainless Steel Insert - 303
Keys - 302
• Tolerances: ±.010
• Keys: Inserts with internal thread size of 5/16-18 or larger
THRE ADED INSER TS

Part Number Installation
Internal External Tool
Thread Carbon Stainless Thread Length Part
Class 2B Steel Steel
Class 2A L Number
6-32 25931 26331 5/16-18 .31 24731
8-32 25932 26332 3/8-16 .31 24732
10-24 25933 26333 7/16-14 .31 24733
10-32 26133 26533 7/16-14 .31 24733
1/4-20 25934 26334 1/2-13 .37 24734
1/4-28 26134 26534 1/2-13 .37 24734
5/16-18 25935 26335 9/16-12 .43 24735
5/16-24 26135 26535 9/16-12 .43 24735
3/8-16 25936 26336 5/8-11 .50 24736
3/8-24 26136 26536 5/8-11 .50 24736
7/16-14 25937 26337 3/4-16 .62 24737
7/16-20 26137 26537 3/4-16 .62 24737
1/2-13 25938 26338 7/8-14 .68 24738
1/2-20 26138 26538 7/8-14 .68 24738
9/16-12 25939 26339 7/8-14 .81 24739
9/16-18 26139 26539 7/8-14 .81 24739
5/8-11 25940 26340 1-12 .87 24740
5/8-18 26140 26540 1-12 .87 24740
3/4-10 25941 26341 1 1/4-12 1.12 24741
3/4-16 26141 26541 1 1/4-12 1.12 24741
7/8-9 25942 26342 1 3/8-12 1.25 24742
7/8-14 26142 26542 1 3/8-12 1.25 24742
1-8 25943 26343 1 1/2-12 1.37 24743
1-12 26143 26543 1 1/2-12 1.37 24743
THREADED INSERTS
Keylocking Inserts
Solid Industrial Style

Stainless Steel Insert - 303
Keys - 302
• Tolerances: Inch ±.010
Metric ±.25mm
• Keys: Inserts with internal thread size of M7 or larger
Installation
Part Number
External Tool
Thread Carbon Stainless
Length Part
Class 2A Steel Steel L Number
5/16-18 26001 26401 .31 24801
3/8-16 26002 26402 .31 24802
7/16-14 26003 26403 .37 24803
1/2-13 26004 26404 .43 24804
THRE ADED INSER TS

9/16-12 26005 26405 .50 24805
5/8-11 26006 26406 .62 24806
3/4-16 26007 26407 .68 24807
7/8-14 26008 26408 .87 24808
• Salvage expensive castings 1-12 26009 26409 .87 24809
• Relocate holes that have been drilled or 1 1/8-12 26010 26410 1.12 24810
tapped in the wrong location 1 1/4-12 26011 26411 1.25 24811
• Fill holes that are too large 1 3/8-12 26012 26412 1.37 24812
• No need to alter original bolt size See chart on page 464 for installation information.
Metric Inserts - Solid

Part C’sink Thread Tap Drill
Number External Installation Tap Dia.
Carbon Thread Length Tool Drill +.25 Size Min.
Steel Class 6g L Part No. Size -.00 Class 6h Depth Size Depth
26021 M 8x1.25 8.0 24821 6.9 8.25 M 8x1.25 9.5 5.50 4.00
26022 M 10x1.25 10.0 24822 8.8 10.25 M 10x1.25 12.5 7.50 4.75
26023 M 12x1.25 12.0 24823 10.8 12.25 M 12x1.25 14.5 9.50 4.75
26024 M 14x1.5 14.0 24824 12.8 14.25 M 14x1.5 16.5 11.50 4.75
26025 M 16x1.5 16.0 24825 14.75 16.25 M 16x1.5 18.5 13.50 4.75
26026 M 18x1.5 18.0 24826 16.75 18.25 M 18x1.5 20.5 15.50 4.75
26027 M 20x1.5 20.0 24827 18.75 20.25 M 20x1.5 22.5 17.50 4.75
26028 M 22x1.5 22.0 24828 20.5 22.25 M 22x1.5 24.5 17.75 6.35
26029 M 24x1.5 24.0 24829 22.5 24.25 M 24x1.5 26.5 19.75 6.35
26030 M 30x2.0 30.0 24830 28.0 30.25 M 30x2.0 34.5 25.75 6.35
26031 M 32x2.0 32.0 24831 30.0 32.25 M 32x2.0 36.5 27.75 6.35
26032 M 33x2.0 33.0 24832 31.0 33.25 M 33x2.0 37.5 28.75 6.35


469
THREADED INSERTS
Internal Locking Thread Repair Inserts
Material: Inserts - 303 stainless steel or equivalent

Keys - 302 stainless steel or equivalent
Finish: Passivated
Tolerances: ± .010 inch unless specified otherwise.
Dimensions: All dimensions below are in inches.
Keys: Inserts with an internal thread size of 5/16
and larger are furnished with 4 locking keys.
Smaller sizes have 2 locking keys.
Thinwall - Locking
Internal External Installation Tap C’sink Thread Tap Drill
Part Thread Thread (Mod.) G Tool Drill Dia Size Min.
Number Class 2B Class 2A Length (Ref.) Part No. Size +.010
-.000
Class 2B Depth Size Depth
24521 10 - 24 5/16 - 18 .31 .15 24721 “I” .32 5/16 - 18 .37 7/32 1/8
24621 10 - 32
24522 1/4 - 20 3/8 - 16 .37 .18 24722 “Q” .38 3/8 - 16 .43 9/32 3/16
24622 1/4 - 28
24523 5/16 - 18 7/16 - 14 .43 .21 24723 “X” .44 7/16 - 14 .50 11/32 3/16
24623 5/16 - 24
THRE ADED INSER TS
24524 3/8 - 16 1/2 - 13 .50 .25 24724 29/64 .51 1/2 - 13 .56 13/32 3/16
24624 3/8 - 24
24525 7/16 - 14 9/16 - 12 .56 .28 24725 33/64 .57 9/16 - 12 .62 15/32 3/16
24625 7/16 - 20
24526 1/2 - 13 5/8 - 11 .62 .31 24726 37/64 .63 5/8 - 11 .68 17/32 3/16
24626 1/2 - 20
Heavy Duty - Locking

Thread Tap Drill
Internal External Installation Tap C’sink
Part Thread Thread (Mod.) G Tool Drill Dia Size Min.
Number Class 2B Class 2A Length (Ref.) Part No. Size +.010 Class 2B Depth Size Depth
-.000
24500 8 - 32 5/16 - 18 .31 .15 24700 “I” .32 5/16 - 18 .37 7/32 1/8
24501 10 - 24 3/8 - 16 .31 .15 24701 “Q” .38 3/8 - 16 .37 9/32 1/8
24601 10 - 32
24502 1/4 - 20 7/16 - 14 .37 .18 24702 “X” .44 7/16 - 14 .43 11/32 3/16
24602 1/4 - 28
24503 5/16 - 18 1/2 - 13 .43 .21 24703 29/64 .51 1/2 - 13 .50 13/32 3/16
24603 5/16 - 24
24504 3/8 - 16 9/16 - 12 .50 .25 24704 33/64 .57 9/16 - 12 .56 15/32 3/16
24604 3/8 - 24
24505 7/16 - 14 5/8 - 11 .62 .31 24705 37/64 .63 5/8 - 11 .68 17/32 3/16
24605 7/16 - 20
24506 1/2 - 13 3/4 - 16 .62 .31 24706 45/64 .76 3/4 - 16 .68 21/32 3/16
24606 1/2 - 20
24507 9/16 - 12 3/4 - 16 .81 .40 24707 45/64 .76 3/4 - 16 .94 21/32 3/16
24607 9/16 - 18
24508 5/8 - 11 7/8 - 14 .87 .43 24708 53/64 .88 7/8 -14 1.00 25/32 5/16
24608 5/8 - 18
24509 3/4 - 10 1-1/8 - 12 1.12 .56 24709 1-1/16 1.14 1-1/8 - 12 1.31 31/32 5/16
24609 3/4 - 16
24510 7/8 - 9 1-1/4 - 12 1.25 .62 24710 1-3/16 1.27 1-1/4 - 12 1.44 1-3/32 5/16
24610 7/8 - 14
24511 1" - 8 1-3/8 - 12 1.37 .68 24711 1-5/16 1.39 1-3/8 - 12 1.56 1-7/32 5/16
24611 1" - 12

THREADED INSERTS
Metric Internal Locking Thread Repair Inserts
Material: Inserts - 303 stainless steel or equivalent

Keys - 302 stainless steel or equivalent
Finish: Passivated
Tolerances: ±.25 mm unless specified otherwise.
Dimensions: All dimensions below are in millimeters
Keys: Inserts with an internal thread size of M7
and larger are furnished with 4 locking keys.
Smaller sizes have 2 locking keys.
Thinwall - Metric - Locking

Part Thread Thread G Tool Drill Dia. Size Min.
Number Class 6H Class 6g Length (Ref.) Part No. Size +.25
-.00 Class 6h Depth Size Depth
24551 M 5x0.8 M 8x1.25 8.0 4.0 24751 6.9 8.25 M 8x1.25 9.5 5.50 4.00
24552 M 6x1.0 M 10x1.25 10.0 5.0 24752 8.8 10.25 M 10x1.25 11.5 7.50 4.75
24553 M 8x1.25 M 12x1.25 12.0 6.0 24753 10.8 12.25 M 12x1.25 13.5 9.50 4.75
24653 M 8x1.0
24555 M 10x1.5 M 14x1.5 14.0 7.0 24755 12.8 14.25 M 14x1.5 15.5 11.50 4.75
THRE ADED INSER TS

24655 M 10x1.25
24556 M 12x1.75 M 16x1.5 16.0 8.0 24756 14.75 16.25 M 16x1.5 17.5 13.50 4.75
24656 M 12x1.25
Heavy Duty - Metric - Locking

Part Thread Thread G Tool Drill Dia. Size Min.
Number Class 6H Class 6g Length (Ref.) Part No. Size +.25 Class 6h Depth Size Depth
-.00
24563 M 4X0.7 M 8x1.25 8.0 4.0 24763 6.9 8.25 M 8x1.25 9.5 5.50 4.00
24564 M 5x0.8 M 10x1.25 10.0 5.0 24764 8.8 10.25 M 10x1.25 12.5 7.50 4.75
24565 M 6x1.0 M 12x1.25 12.0 6.0 24765 10.8 12.25 M 12x1.25 14.5 9.50 4.75
24566 M 8x1.25 M 14x1.5 14.0 7.0 24766 12.8 14.25 M 14x1.5 16.5 11.50 4.75
24666 M 8x1.0
24567 M 10x1.5 M 16x1.5 16.0 8.0 24767 14.75 16.25 M 16x1.5 18.5 13.50 4.75
24667 M 10x1.25
24569 M 12x1.75 M 18x1.5 18.0 9.0 24769 16.75 18.25 M 18x1.5 20.5 15.50 4.75
24669 M 12x1.25
24570 M 14x2.0 M 20x1.5 20.0 10.0 24770 18.75 20.25 M 20x1.5 22.5 17.50 4.75
24670 M 14x1.5
24571 M 16x2.0 M 22x1.5 22.0 11.0 24771 20.5 22.25 M 22x1.5 24.5 17.75 6.35
24671 M 16x1.5
24672 M 18x1.5 M 24X1.5 24.0 12.0 24772 22.5 24.25 M 24x1.5 26.5 19.75 6.35
24573 M 20x2.5 M 30x2.0 30.0 15.0 24773 28.0 30.25 M 30x2.0 34.5 25.75 6.35
24673 M 20x1.5
24674 M 22x1.5 M 32x2.0 32.0 16.0 24774 30.0 32.25 M 32x2.0 36.5 27.75 6.35
24575 M 24x3.0 M 33x2.0 33.0 16.5 24775 31.0 33.25 M 33x2.0 37.5 28.75 6.35
24675 M 24x2.0

471
THREADED INSERTS
Miniature - Metric
Non-Locking Self-Locking
303 CRES Keylocking Threaded Inserts
Material: Inserts - 303 CRES
Keys - 302 CRES
Finish: Passivated
Tolerances: ±.25 mm unless specified otherwise
Internal Threads: Per Fed Std H28/21, MJ Form
Dimensions: All dimensions below are in millimeters
Keys: Miniature Inserts are furnished with 2 locking keys
Material Identification Mark: None
Lubrication: Dry Film Lube on Self-Locking Inserts only
Part Number* Insert Installation Removal

Internal External Thread Install Tap Drill C’Sink Thread Tap Drill
Non- Self- Thread Thread Length Length Tool Size Dia. Size Min.
Locking Locking Class 4H6H Class 4h G H Part No* +.080/ -.025 +.25/-.00 Class 6H Depth Size Depth
26382 27382 M 2x0.4 M 4x0.7 2.20 3.00 22682 3.4 4.1 M 4x0.7 4.0 2.8 2.00
26383 27383 M 2.5x0.45 M 4.5x0.75 2.70 3.81 22683 3.9 4.6 M 4.5x0.75 5.0 3.0 2.00
26384 27384 M 3x0.5 M 5x0.8 3.10 4.25 22684 4.4 5.1 M 5x0.8 5.5 3.5 2.25
26386 27386 M 4x0.7 M 6x0.75 4.11 5.25 22686 5.5 6.1 M 6x0.75 6.5 4.6 2.50
THRE ADED INSER TS
Miniature - Inch
303 CRES Keylocking Threaded Inserts
Material: Inserts - 303 CRES Non-Locking Self-Locking
Keys - 302 CRES
Finish: Passivated
Tolerances: ±.010 inch unless specified otherwise
Internal Threads: Per SAE AS8879
Dimensions: All dimensions below are in inches
Keys: Miniature Inserts are furnished with 2 locking keys
Material Identification Mark: None
Lubrication: Dry Film Lube on Self-Locking Inserts only
Part Number* Insert Installation Removal

Internal External G Install Tap Drill C’Sink Thread Tap Drill
Non- Self- Thread Thread Thread H Tool Size Dia. Size Min.
Locking Locking Class 3B Class 2A Length Length Part No* +.003/ -.001 +.010/-.000 Class 2B Depth Size Depth
26283 27283 2 - 56 8 - 32 .090 .120 22552 .134 .166 8 - 32 .140 #33 1/16
26284 27284 4 - 40 10 - 32 .125 .170 22554 .161 .194 10 - 32 .160 #29 3/32
26285 27285 6 - 32 12 - 28 .125 .170 22556 .187 .220 12 - 28 .160 #21 3/32
26286 27286 8 - 32 1/4 - 28† .175 .220 22558 .228 .255 1/4 - 28 .210 #8 1/8
†
Modified Minor Diameter
High Strength Materials Available: These miniature inserts are also manufactured in high strength stainless steel (A-286 with heat treatment)
and in alloy steel (4140 with heat treatment).
THREADED INSERTS
MS/NAS Style Insert

Jergens now offers Mil-Spec Keylocking Threaded Inserts
E W
N
THRE ADED INSER TS

Thread Inserts
• Inch and metric sizes available
• Material: 303 CRES
A286 CRES
4140 Alloy Steel
Insert Style Please contact Jergens

for cross reference and
Miniature & Lightweight ordering information.
MS 51830/NAS 1394 1-800-Jergens (537-4367)
Heavy Duty
MS 51831/NAS 1395
Extra Heavy Duty

MS 51832

473
THREADED INSERTS
Master Thread Repair Kits

Small Assortments
Coarse Series, Heavy Duty Kits
Internal External Quantity
Thread Thread (Mod) of Inserts
Class 2B Class 2A Length Per Kit
10 - 24 3/8 - 16 .31 5
1/4 - 20 7/16 - 14 .37 10
5/16 - 18 1/2 - 13 .43 10
3/8 - 16 9/16 - 12 .50 10
1/2 - 13 3/4 - 16 .62 10
5/8 - 11 7/8 - 14 .87 10
3/4 - 10 1-1/8 - 12 1.12 5
Total Inserts Per Kit 60 pcs.
Carbon Steel Kit Stainless Steel Kit

The Jergens Master Thread Repair
Kits include several different kinds of 25949 26349
inserts, installation tools and installation
and removal instructions.
The Kits are available with inch or Fine Series, Heavy Duty Kits
THRE ADED INSER TS
metric, carbon steel inserts or with

stainless steel inserts. Thread Thread of Inserts
10 - 32 3/8 - 16 .31 5
1/4 - 28 7/16 - 14 .37 10
5/16 - 24 1/2 - 13 .43 10
3/8 - 24 9/16 - 12 .50 10
1/2 - 20 3/4 - 16 .62 10
5/8 - 18 7/8 - 14 .87 10
3/4 - 16 1-1/8 - 12 1.12 5

26149 26549
Metric, Thinwall Kits

Thread Thread Length of Inserts
Class 2B Class 2A (mm) Per Kit
M 5x0.8 M 8x1.25 8.0 8
M 6x1.0 M 10x1.25 10.0 8
M 8x1.25 M 12x1.25 12.0 6
M 8x1.0 M 12x1.25 12.0 6
M 10x1.5 M 14x1.5 14.0 4
M 10x1.25 M 14x1.5 14.0 4
M 12x1.75 M 16x1.5 16.0 3
M 12x1.25 M 16x1.5 16.0 3
Metric Carbon Steel Kit Stainless Steel Kit

25999 25998
THREADED INSERTS
Master Thread Repair Kits

Large Assortments
Coarse Series, Heavy Duty Kits Metric, Thinwall Kits
Internal External Quantity Internal External Quantity
Thread Thread (Mod) of Inserts Thread Thread Length of Inserts
Class 2B Class 2A Length Per Kit Class 6H Class 6g (mm) Per Kit
1/4 - 20 7/16 - 14 .37 20 M 6x1.0 M 10x1.25 10.0 20
5/16 - 18 1/2 - 13 .43 15 M 8x1.25 M 12x1.25 12.0 15
3/8 - 16 9/16 - 12 .50 10 M 8x1.0 M 12x1.25 12.0 15
7/16 - 14 5/8 - 11 .62 10 M 10x1.5 M 14x1.5 14.0 10
1/2 - 13 3/4 - 16 .62 6 M 10x1.25 M 14x1.5 14.0 10
9/16 - 12 3/4 - 16 .81 5 M 12x1.75 M 16x1.5 16.0 6
5/8 - 11 7/8 - 14 .87 3 M 12x1.25 M 16x1.5 16.0 6
3/4 - 10 1-1/8 - 12 1.12 3 Total Inserts Per Kit 82 pcs.
7/8 - 9 1-1/4 - 12 1.25 3
1” - 8 1-3/8 - 12 1.37 2 Metric Carbon Steel Kit Stainless Steel Kit
Total Inserts Per Kit 77 pcs. 25997 25996

25945 26345 Coarse Series, Thinwall Kits
THRE ADED INSER TS

Thread Thread (Mod) of Inserts
Fine Series, Heavy Duty Kits Class 2B Class 2A Length Per Kit
10 - 24 5/16 - 18 .31 20
Thread Thread (Mod) of Inserts 1/4 - 20 3/8 - 16 .37 20
Class 2B Class 2A Length Per Kit 5/16 - 18 7/16 - 14 .43 15
1/4 - 28 7/16 - 14 .37 10 3/8 - 16 1/2 - 13 .50 10
5/16 - 24 1/2 - 13 .43 10 7/16 - 14 9/16 - 12 .56 10
3/8 - 24 9/16 - 12 .50 10 1/2 - 13 5/8 - 11 .62 6
7/16 - 20 5/8 - 11 .62 10 Total Inserts Per Kit 81 pcs.
1/2 - 20 3/4 - 16 .62 6
9/16 - 18 3/4 - 16 .81 5
5/8 - 18 7/8 - 14 .87 3
3/4 - 16 1-1/8 - 12 1.12 3
25948 26348
7/8 - 14 1-1/4 - 12 1.25 3
1” - 12 1-3/8 - 12 1.37 2
Fine Series, Thinwall Kits
Stainless Steel Kit Thread Thread (Mod) of Inserts
Carbon Steel Kit
26145 26545 10 - 32 5/16 - 18 .31 20
1/4 - 28 3/8 - 16 .37 20
5/16 - 24 7/16 - 14 .43 15
3/8 - 24 1/2 - 13 .50 10
7/16 - 20 9/16 - 12 .56 10
1/2 - 20 5/8 - 11 .62 6

25947 26548

475
THREADED INSERTS
Inch
Thread Repair Inch Thread Kits - Heavy Duty
Insert Kits Carbon Stainless Stainless Steel
Steel Steel Internal External Inserts Insert Insert Tool
Part Number Part Number Thread Thread Per Kit Part Number Part Number Part Number
75900 76300 8-32 5/16-18 9 25900 26300 24700
75901 76301 10-24 3/8-16 9 25901 26301 24701
76101 76501 10-32 3/8-16 9 26101 26501 24701
75902 76302 1/4-20 7/16-14 8 25902 26302 24702
76102 76502 1/4-28 7/16-14 8 26102 26502 24702
75903 76303 5/16-18 1/2-13 7 25903 26303 24703
76103 76503 5/16-24 1/2-13 7 26103 26503 24703
75904 76304 3/8-16 9/16-12 6 25904 26304 24704
76104 76504 3/8-24 9/16-12 6 26104 26504 24704
75905 76305 7/16-14 5/8-11 6 25905 26305 24705
76105 76505 7/16-20 5/8-11 6 26105 26505 24705
75906 76306 1/2-13 3/4-16 4 25906 26306 24706
76106 76506 1/2-20 3/4-16 4 26106 26506 24706
The Jergens Keylocking Inserts 75907 76307 9/16-12 3/4-16 3 25907 26307 24707
provide strong and durable threads 76107 76507 9/16-18 3/4-16 3 26107 26507 24707
in most types of material. They are 75908 76308 5/8-11 7/8-14 3 25908 26308 24708
easily installed using standard drills 76108 76508 5/8-18 7/8-14 3 26108 26508 24708
THRE ADED INSER TS
and taps. 75909 76309 3/4-10 1 1/8-12 3 25909 26309 24709

The Jergens Thread Repair Insert 76109 76509 3/4-16 1 1/8-12 3 26109 26509 24709
Kits include inserts, an installation 75910 76310 7/8-9 1 1/4-12 3 25910 26310 24710
tool, and installation and removal 76110 76510 7/8 -14 1 1/4-12 3 26110 26510 24710
instructions. 75911 76311 1 - 8 1 3/8-12 2 25911 26311 24711
76111 76511 1 -12 1 3/8-12 2 26111 26511 24711
The Kits are available with either 75913 — 1 1/8-7 1 1/2-12 2 25913 — 24713
inch, metric, or metric internal/inch 76113 — 1 1/8-12 1 1/2-12 2 26113 — 24713
external carbon steel inserts. 75914 — 1 1/4-7 1 5/8-12 2 25914 — 24714
Each Kit is comprised of one size 76114 — 1 1/4-12 1 5/8-12 2 26114 — 24714
of insert in various quantities. For 75916 — 1 1/2-6 1 7/8-12 2 25916 — 24716
Thread Repair Kits that include 76116 — 1 1/2-12 1 7/8-12 2 26116 — 24716
several different sizes, see
pages 474 – 475. Inch Thread Kits - Thin Wall
Carbon Stainless Carbon Steel Stainless Steel Installation
75921 76421 10-24 5/16-18 9 25921 26321 24721
76121 76521 10-32 5/16-18 9 26121 26521 24721
75922 76422 1/4-20 3/8-16 8 25922 26322 24722
76122 76522 1/4-28 3/8-16 8 26122 26522 24722
75923 76423 5/16-18 7/16-14 7 25923 26323 24723
76123 76523 5/16-24 7/16-14 7 26123 26523 24723
75924 76424 3/8-16 1/2-13 6 25924 26325 24724
76124 76524 3/8-24 1/2-13 6 26124 26524 24724
75925 76425 7/16-14 9/16-12 6 25925 26325 24725
76125 76525 7/16-20 9/16-12 6 26125 26525 24725
75926 76426 1/2-13 5/8-11 4 25926 26326 24726
76126 76526 1/2-20 5/8-11 4 26126 26526 24726
THREADED INSERTS
Metric
Thread Repair Metric Thread Kits - Heavy Duty
Insert Kits Carbon Stainless Stainless Steel
75963 76463 M4x0.7 M8x1.25 9 25963 26363 24763
75964 76464 M5x0.8 M10x1.25 8 25964 26364 24764
75965 76465 M6x1.0 M12x1.25 8 25965 26365 24765
75966 76466 M8x1.25 M14x1.5 6 25966 26366 24766
76166 76566 M8x1.0 M14x1.5 6 26166 26566 24766
75967 76467 M10x1.5 M16x1.5 4 25967 26367 24767
76167 76567 M10x1.25 M16x1.5 4 26167 26567 24767
75969 76469 M12x1.75 M18x1.5 3 25969 26369 24769
76169 76569 M12x1.25 M18x1.5 3 26169 26569 24769
75970 76470 M14x2.0 M20x1.5 4 25970 26370 24770
76170 76570 M14x1.5 M20x1.5 4 26170 26570 24770
75971 76471 M16x2.0 M22x1.5 3 25971 26371 24771
76171 76571 M16x1.5 M22x1.5 3 26171 26571 24771
The Jergens Keylocking Inserts 76172 76572 M18x1.5 M24x1.5 2 26172 26572 24772
provide strong and durable threads 75973 76473 M20x2.5 M30x2.0 3 25973 26373 24773
in most types of material. They are 76173 76573 M20x1.5 M30x2.0 3 26173 26573 24773
easily installed using standard drills 76174 76574 M22x1.5 M32x2.0 3 26174 26574 24774
THRE ADED INSER TS

and taps. 75975 76475 M24x3.0 M33x2.0 3 25975 26375 24775
76175 76575 M24x2.0 M33x2.0 2 26175 26575 24775
The Jergens Thread Repair Insert
Kits include inserts, an installation
tool, and installation and removal Metric Thread - Thin Wall
instructions. Carbon Stainless Stainless Steel
The Kits are available with either Part Number Part Number Thread Thread Per Kit Part Number Part Number Part Number
inch, metric, or metric internal/inch 75951 76451 M5x0.8 M8x1.25 8 25951 26351 24751
external carbon steel inserts. 75952 76452 M6x1.0 M10x1.25 8 25952 26352 24752
Each Kit is comprised of one size 75953 76453 M8x1.25 M12x1.25 6 25953 26353 24753
of insert in various quantities. For 76153 76553 M8x1.0 M12x1.25 6 26153 26553 24753
Thread Repair Kits that include 75955 76455 M10x1.5 M14x1.5 4 25955 26355 24755
several different sizes, see 76155 76555 M10x1.25 M14x1.5 4 26155 26555 24755
pages 474 – 475. 75956 76456 M12x1.75 M16x1.5 3 25956 26356 24756
76156 76556 M12x1.25 M16x1.5 3 26156 26556 24756
Carbon Steel Kits - Metric Internal/Inch External Threads - Heavy Duty

Insert Tool
Part Internal External Inserts Part Part
Number Thread Thread Per Kit Number Number
76243 M 6x1.0 3/8 - 16 8 26243 24843
76244 M 8x1.25 1/2 - 13 8 26244 24844
76245 M 10x1.5 5/8 - 11 6 26245 24845
76247 M 12x1.75 3/4 - 16 4 26247 24847
76248 M 14x2.0 7/8 - 14 3 26248 24848
76249 M 16x2.0 1" - 12 3 26249 24849

477
TH E DIF F ERENCE
Keylocking Inserts
OURS THEIRS
Jergens keylocking inserts are easy to Competitive thread repair devices

install with standard drills and taps. require special drills, taps, and
installation tools.
JERGENS KEYLOCKING INSERTS VS. THREAD REPAIR FROM OTHER MANUFACTURERS

Easy installation requires no special tools: uses Installation requires special drills, taps, and
standard drills and standard taps. installation tools.
“Keys” mechanically lock the insert into the Springs or locking patches do not mechanically lock
base material. the insert.
Rated among the highest in pullout strength of any Less pullout strength versus Jergens inserts.
thread repair device on the market.
Wide variety of styles, including thinwall, heavy duty, Limited offerings may force you to settle on a device
extra heavy duty, and solid inserts in both stainless that doesn’t meet all of your needs.
steel and carbon steel materials.
15700 Waterloo Road • Cleveland, OH 44110 • 800-537-4367 • www.jergensinc.com

LIFTING SOLUTIONS
Lifting Solutions
Center Pull Style................................................... 484-485
Envirolox™ Protective Finish....................................... 494
Eye Bolts..........................................................................500
Eye Nuts........................................................................... 499
Forged Center Pull...............................................487–488
Forged Center Pull Stainless Steel.............................486
Kwik-Lok® Lifting Pin...........................................495–496
Hold Down Clips............................................................ 494
Installation Information............................................... 481
LIFT ID™........................................................................... 503
Pivoting Lift Rings......................................................... 499
Quality Standard Information........................... 502–503
LIF TING SOLUTIONS

Shackle-Lok™ Hoist Rings....................................482-483
Shoulder Eyebolts.........................................................500
Side-Pull Style.......................................................489–490
Side Swivel...................................................................... 493
SP 2000 Side-Pull Style........................................ 491–492
Swivel Eyebolts..................................................... 497–498
479
LIFTING SOLUTIONS
LIFTING SOLUTIONS GROUP
Engineer The Lift!!

• Jergens recommends the use of swiveling and pivoting hoist rings.
• Conventional eye bolts should be used for straight vertical lifts only.
• Are you using the proper hoist ring for the application?
• Is the hoist ring free to swivel and pivot? Any movement restrictions?
• Are lifting hole(s) in the proper location?
• Do you have the correct hole size for the hardware - safe lift capacity?
• Are the holes tapped deep enough to assure full thread engagement?
(See figure #3 on Installation Information; page 481.)
• Recommended thread depth:
Steel – 1-1/2 times the bolt diameter (min.)
Aluminum – 2 times the bolt diameter (min.)
• RULE OF THUMB, IF IN DOUBT – DON’T!!!
Applied Load Changes With Sling Angle

Jergens swivelling hoist rings are designed and rated to be pulled at any angle at the rated load.
However, the applied load on a multipoint lift will increase if the sling angle is less than 90°.
So be sure to consider the sling angle when selecting lifting equipment. See illustration below.
LIF TING SOLUTIONS
Sample Calculation:
Sling Angle Applied Load

(Degrees) (Pounds)
90 1000
75 1040
60 1155
L = applied load on
each leg of sling 45 1410
30 2000
15 3860
DO’S DON’TS
1. Observe working load limitations (be especially careful 1. Never pull a Center Pull Style hoist ring bar from
with eyebolts used for angle lifts – see sling angle chart). the side.
2. Visually inspect hoist ring prior to use. 2. Never use an oversized hook in eyebolts or hoist rings
(See figure #1 on Installation Information; page 481).
3. Fully tighten hoist ring to recommended torque.
Full thread engagement is required (no space between 3. Never use excessive sling angle.
swivel bushing and lift).
4. Never steam clean or degrease hoist rings
4. Assure proper thread depth - do not shim. (could cause rusting and binding).
5. Make sure hoist rings have free travel - it must swivel 5. Never apply shock loads.
and pivot without restrictions.
6. Never allow the side of a hoist ring to make contact
6. When installing in soft metal, such as aluminum, the mini- with the lift. (See figure #2 on Installation
mum effective thread engagement should be two times the Information; page 481.)
diameter of the thread (1-1/2 times bolt diameter – steel).
INSTALLATION DATA
No Empty
Space
Never use a hook or other After installation, check the
LIF TING SOLUTIONS » INS TALL ATION DATA

lifting device which will pry hoist ring to be sure it swiv-
or tend to open the “U” els and pivots freely in all
directions. The side of the Always ensure full
shaped bar on Center-Pull
ring must not contact thread engagement when
Hoist Rings!
anything! installing hoist rings!
Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3
Select the proper Hoist Ring for the job. Do not attempt to apply more than
the rated load capacity. The load capacity is marked on the Hoist Ring.
Drill and tap the workpiece so that the hoist ring bolt is installed perpendicular
2000 2000
to the surface of the workpiece. Countersink the tapped hole to prevent
“swelling” of the top thread when the hoist ring bolt is torqued. The workpiece
surface must be flat, providing complete contact for the hoist ring bushing.
2000 lbs.
Do not use spacers between the hoist ring bushing and the workpiece surface.
When installing in soft metal, such as aluminum, the minimum effective thread
engagement should be two times the diameter of the thread. When installing in Depending upon the sling
steel, thread engagement should be 1-1/2 times the thread diameter. angle, the applied load
Always tighten the bolt to the proper torque value, which is stamped on the Hoist may be more than the
Ring. weight being lifted. Two
point lifting of a 2000
Loosening of the bolt may develop during use. Re-tightening to the required pound weight, with a sling
torque must be done whenever the bolt loosens. The proper tightening torque
is stamped on the Hoist Ring. angle of 30 , will result in
o
an applied load of 2000

When lifting, apply force gradually. DO NOT APPLY SHOCK LOADS. pounds to each hoist ring!
For through-hole applications, be sure that nut/washer are the same quality Fig. 4
grade as the Hoist Ring.
Periodic visual inspection and pull testing is recommended as damage

can occur from improper usage.

481
LIFTING SOLUTIONS
Shackle-Lok Shackle-Style Hoist Rings

™
Shackle-Lok™ combines the strength of a hoist ring

with the versatility of a shackle. Its unique, 3-piece
design is ideal for use with a variety of lift methods,
and shackles are interchangeable. Shackle-Lok™ is
simply the industry’s most efficient below-the-hook
lifting device from a weight to load rating ratio.
Features & Benefits:

• Internal ball bearings allow for smooth
LIF TING SOLUTIONS
rotation under load

• Full 360° swivel and 180° pivot action
• Easy to remove shackle
• Rated 5:1 strength factor in vertical pull
• Material: alloy steel
• Bolt and base finish: black oxide
• Bolt and base are magnetic particle inspected
• Shackle finish: zinc plated with gold colored
conversion coating
• Proof tested to 200% of rated load capacity
• Certificate of proof test provided
• 3D Solid models available in multiple formats
Conforms to:
• ASME B30.26
• CE certified
• RR-C-271F
Certified
LIFTING SOLUTIONS
Shackle-Lok Shackle-Style Hoist Rings

™
The Shackle-Lok was designed to work with numerous

™
thread sizes. Any straight thread size, pitch, or length can

be manufactured to meet application needs.
Note: When tightening the bolt, the shackle and pin must be removed.
Not intended for prolonged rotation
Part Number Length Width Weight

Inside Shackle Inside
Thread Load 1
With No Thread Shackle Diameter With No Shackle Pin Hole
With No Size Capacity Shackle Shackle Length Radius Size Shackle Shackle Clearance to Base Torque 2
With No
Shackle Shackle A (lbs) B1 B2 C D E F1 F2 G H (lbs*ft) Shackle Shackle Hex size
24400 24400NS 1/4-20 550 2.48 1.23 1/2 .38 1/4 1.57 .94 1.0 .95 3 0.26 0.15 5/32
24401 24401NS 5/16-18 800 2.48 1.23 1/4 .38 1/4 1.57 .94 1.0 .95 5 0.26 0.15 5/32
24402 24402NS 5/16-18 800 2.48 1.23 9/16 .38 1/4 1.57 .94 1.0 .95 5 0.27 0.16 5/32
24403 24403NS 3/8-16 1000 2.48 1.23 9/16 .38 1/4 1.57 .94 1.0 .95 7 0.27 0.16 5/32
24405 24405NS 1/2-13 2500 4.17 1.97 3/4 .71 1/2 2.96 1.50 1.7 1.42 23 1.32 0.62 1/4
LIF TING SOLUTIONS

24406 24406NS 1/2-13 2500 4.17 1.97 1 .71 1/2 2.96 1.50 1.7 1.42 23 1.34 0.63 1/4
24407 24407NS 1/2-13 2500 4.17 1.97 1 1/16 .71 1/2 2.96 1.50 1.7 1.42 23 1.34 0.64 1/4
24408 24408NS 1/2-13 2500 4.17 1.97 1 1/4 .71 1/2 2.96 1.50 1.7 1.42 23 1.35 0.65 1/4
24409 24409NS 5/8-11 4000 4.17 1.97 3/4 .71 1/2 2.96 1.50 1.7 1.42 46 1.35 0.64 1/4
24410 24410NS 5/8-11 4000 4.17 1.97 1 .71 1/2 2.96 1.50 1.7 1.42 46 1.37 0.66 1/4
24411 24411NS 5/8-11 4000 4.17 1.97 1 1/4 .71 1/2 2.96 1.50 1.7 1.42 46 1.39 0.69 1/4
24412 24412NS 3/4-10 5000 5.56 2.71 1 .94 5/8 3.72 2.30 2.2 2.06 69 3.42 1.98 3/8
24413 24413NS 3/4-10 5000 5.56 2.71 1 1/2 .94 5/8 3.72 2.30 2.2 2.06 69 3.48 2.04 3/8
24414 24414NS 7/8-9 8000 7.25 3.52 1 1.31 7/8 5.63 2.80 2.9 2.62 130 7.66 3.95 7/16
24415 24415NS 7/8-9 8000 7.25 3.52 1 1/4 1.31 7/8 5.63 2.80 2.9 2.62 130 7.70 3.99 7/16
24416 24416NS 1-8 10000 7.25 3.52 1 1/4 1.31 7/8 5.63 2.80 2.9 2.62 185 7.76 4.05 7/16
24417 24417NS 1-8 10000 7.25 3.52 1 1/2 1.31 7/8 5.63 2.80 2.9 2.62 185 7.81 4.10 7/16
24418 24418NS 1-8 10000 7.25 3.52 2 1/4 1.31 7/8 5.63 2.80 2.9 2.62 185 7.98 4.27 7/16
24419 24419NS 1 1/4-7 15000 8.25 3.99 1 7/8 1.38 1 6.08 3.06 3.3 2.94 345 11.3 5.89 1/2
24421 24421NS 1 1/2-6 24000 11.72 5.11 2 1/4 1.88 1 1/2 8.32 4.06 5.1 3.64 660 29.0 12.36 3/4
24424 24424NS 2-4 1/2 30000 11.72 5.11 3 1/8 1.88 1 1/2 8.32 4.06 5.1 3.64 1100 30.6 13.97 3/4
24426 24426NS 2 1/2-4 50000 14.22 6.52 4 2.25 1 3/4 9.57 5.25 6.0 4.47 2300 58.7 28.95 1
1
Stated load capacity based on recommended thread torques as shown in chart.
It is recommended that these torques be used when installing hoist rings.
2
Part Number Length Width Weight

Inside Shackle Inside
Thread Load 1
With No Thread Shackle Diameter With No Shackle Pin Hole
With No Size Capacity Shackle Shackle Length Radius Size Shackle Shackle Clearance to Base Torque 2
With No
Shackle Shackle A (kg) B1 B2 C D E F1 F2 G H (kg*m) Shackle Shackle Hex size
24450 24450NS M6 X 1.0 200 63.0 31.2 12 9.5 6.4 39.9 23.9 25 24.1 0.30 0.12 0.07 4
24451 24451NS M8 X 1.25 400 63.0 31.2 12.5 9.5 6.4 39.9 23.9 25 24.1 0.70 0.12 0.07 4
24452 24452NS M10 X 1.5 450 63.0 31.2 17.5 9.5 6.4 39.9 23.9 25 24.1 1.0 0.12 0.08 4
24453 24453NS M12 X 1.75 1050 105.9 50.0 19.5 18 12.7 75.1 38.1 43 36.1 2.8 0.60 0.28 8
24455 24455NS M16 X 2.0 1900 105.9 50.0 29 18 12.7 75.1 38.1 43 36.1 7.0 0.63 0.31 8
24456 24456NS M20 X 2.5 2150 141.2 68.8 32 23.8 15.9 94.4 58.4 57 52.3 10.6 1.57 0.92 10
24458 24458NS M24 X 3.0 4200 184.2 89.4 37 33.4 22.2 143.0 71.1 72 66.5 23 3.52 1.84 12
24459 24459NS M30 X 3.5 7000 209.6 101.3 46 34.9 25.4 154.3 77.7 83 74.7 50 5.10 2.63 14
24460 24460NS M30 X 3.5 7000 209.6 101.3 66 34.9 25.4 154.3 77.7 83 74.7 50 5.22 2.74 14
24463 24463NS M36 X 4.0 11000 297.7 129.8 54 47.8 38.1 211.3 103.1 130 92.5 90 13.07 5.52 19
24465 24465NS M42 X 4.5 12500 297.7 129.8 68 47.8 38.1 211.3 103.1 130 92.5 120 13.37 5.82 19
24466 24466NS M48 X 5.0 13500 297.7 129.8 88 47.8 38.1 211.3 103.1 130 92.5 145 13.87 6.32 19
24468 24468NS M64 X 6.0 22500 361.2 165.6 96 57.2 44.5 243.0 133.4 151 113.5 320 26.4 13.04 24
All dimensions are in millimeters.

1
2

483
LIFTING SOLUTIONS
Center-Pull Traditional Style

• Full 360° Swivel and 180° Pivot Action
• Rated at 5:1 Strength Factor
• Finish: Black Oxide (Except Washer)
• U-Bar, Bolt, Pins, Base, Washer and Bushing
are Magnetic Particle Inspected
• Washer: Zinc Plated with Gold Colored (Inch),
Clear/Blue (Metric) Conversion Coating
• Proof Tested to 200% of Rated Load Capacity
• Certificate of Proof Test provided
(See sample on page 501)
• 3D Solid Models available in multiple formats from www.
jergensinc.com
• Available with Envirolox™ protective finish. See page 494
for more information

™
Add “F” to the end of the part

number Example: 23414F
Black Oxide Envirolox™ Protected Coating

LIF TING SOLUTIONS
Standard U-Bar Long U-Bar Standard U-Bar Long U-Bar
Thread Load 1 Thread Std Long

Size Capacity Part Part Part Part length U-Bar U-Bar
A (lbs) Number B Number B Number 3
B Number B C D E F G H H Torque 2
Wt
1/4-20 550 23404 2.67 — — 23304 2.67 — — 1/2 .75 .43 .38 1.84 1 5/16 — 5 .3
5/16-18 800 23405 2.67 — — 23305 2.67 — — 1/4 .75 .43 .38 1.84 1 1/4 — 7 .3
5/16-18 800 23406 2.67 — — 23306 2.67 — — 9/16 .75 .43 .38 1.84 1 1/4 — 7 .3
3/8-16 1000 23408 2.67 — — 23308 2.67 — — 9/16 .75 .43 .38 1.84 1 1/4 — 12 .3
1/2-13 2500 23410 3.75 — — 23310 3.75 — — 1 1/16 1.20 .69 .50 2.56 1 25/32 — 28 1.0
1/2-13 2500 23411 4.78 23511 6.72 23311 4.78 23511-E 6.72 3/4 1.50 .88 .75 3.52 2 3/8 4 1/4 28 2.5
1/2-13 2500 23412 4.78 23512 6.72 23312 4.78 23512-E 6.72 1 1.50 .88 .75 3.52 2 3/8 4 1/4 28 2.5
1/2-13 2500 23413 4.78 23513 6.72 23313 4.78 23513-E 6.72 1 1/4 1.50 .88 .75 3.52 2 3/8 4 1/4 28 2.5
5/8-11 4000 23414 4.78 23514 6.72 23314 4.78 23514-E 6.72 1 1.50 .88 .75 3.52 2 1/4 4 3/16 60 2.7
5/8-11 4000 23415 4.78 23515 6.72 23315 4.78 23515-E 6.72 1 1/4 1.50 .88 .75 3.52 2 1/4 4 3/16 60 2.7
5/8-11 4000 23416 4.78 23516 6.72 23316 4.78 23516-E 6.72 3/4 1.50 .88 .75 3.52 2 1/4 4 3/16 60 2.7
3/4-10 5000 23417 4.78 23517 6.72 23317 4.78 23517-E 6.72 1 1.50 .88 .75 3.52 2 1/8 4 100 3.0
3/4-10 5000 23418 4.78 23518 6.72 23318 4.78 23518-E 6.72 1 1/2 1.50 .88 .75 3.52 2 1/8 4 100 3.0
3/4-10 7000 23420 6.52 23520 8.11 23320 6.52 23520-E 8.11 1 2.31 1.40 1.00 5.14 2 15/16 4 100 7.0
3/4-10 7000 23421 6.52 23521 8.11 23321 6.52 23521-E 8.11 1 1/2 2.31 1.40 1.00 5.14 2 15/16 4 100 7.0
7/8-9 8000 23423 6.52 23523 8.11 23323 6.52 23523-E 8.11 1 2.31 1.40 1.00 5.14 2 13/16 4 3/8 160 7.0
7/8-9 8000 23424 6.52 23524 8.11 23324 6.52 23524-E 8.11 1 1/4 2.31 1.40 1.00 5.14 2 13/16 4 3/8 160 7.0
1-8 10000 23425 6.52 23525 8.11 23325 6.52 23525-E 8.11 1 1/4 2.31 1.40 1.00 5.14 2 11/16 4 3/8 230 7.5
1-8 10000 23426 6.52 23526 8.11 23326 6.52 23526-E 8.11 1 1/2 2.31 1.40 1.00 5.14 2 11/16 4 3/8 230 7.5
1-8 10000 23427 6.52 23527 8.11 23327 6.52 23527-E 8.11 2 1/4 2.31 1.40 1.00 5.14 2 11/16 4 3/8 230 7.5
1 1/4-7 15000 23429 8.73 — — 23329 8.73 — — 1 7/8 3.19 1.75 1.25 6.50 4 1/4 — 470 14
1 1/4-8 15000 23429-08 8.73 — — — 8.73 — — 1 7/8 3.19 1.75 1.25 6.50 4 1/4 — 470 14
1 1/2-6 24000 23433 12.47 — — 23333 12.47 — — 2 3/4 4.19 2.25 1.75 8.55 6 1/2 — 800 33
1 1/2-8 24000 23433-08 12.47 — — — 12.47 — — 2 3/4 4.19 2.25 1.75 8.55 6 1/2 — 800 33
2-4 1/2 30000 23435 12.47 — — 23335 12.47 — — 3 1/8 4.19 2.25 1.75 8.55 6 — 1100 36
2-8 30000 23435-08 12.47 — — — 12.47 — — 3 1/8 4.19 2.25 1.75 8.55 6 — 1100 36
2 1/2-4 50000 23438 16.50 — — 23338 16.50 — — 4 5.75 3 2..25 11.72 8 1/4 — 2100 89
2 1/2-8 50000 23438-08 16.50 — — — 16.50 — — 4 5.75 3 2.25 11.72 8 1/4 — 2100 89
1
2
3
Available from stock as Standard Clevis.
LIFTING SOLUTIONS
Center-Pull Traditional Style

Metric
Black Oxide Envirolox™ Protected Coating
Standard U-Bar Long U-Bar Standard U-Bar Long U-Bar
Thread Load 1 Thread Std Long

Size Capacity Part Part Part Part length U-Bar U-Bar Torque
2
Wt.
A (kg) Number B Number B Number B Number3 B C D E F G H H (kg•m) (kg)
M6 x 1.0 200 23455 67.8 – – 23355 67.8 – – 12.0 19.0 10.9 9.7 46.7 34.0 – 0.6 0.17
M8 x 1.25 400 23456 67.8 – – 23356 67.8 – – 12.5 19.0 10.9 9.7 46.7 32.0 – 1.0 0.17
M10 x 1.50 450 23458 67.8 – – 23358 67.8 – – 17.5 19.0 10.9 9.7 46.7 30.0 – 1.7 0.17
M12 x 1.75 1050 23462 123.0 23562 170.7 23362 123.0 23562-E 170.7 19.0 38.1 22.4 19.0 89.4 60.5 108 3.8 1.1
M16 x 2.0 1900 23465 123.0 23565 170.7 23365 123.0 23565-E 170.7 29.0 38.1 22.4 19.0 89.4 56.5 106 8.2 1.1
M20 x 2.5 2150 23468 123.0 23568 170.7 23368 123.0 23568-E 170.7 34.0 38.1 22.4 19.0 89.4 52.5 101 13.6 1.2
M20 x 2.5 3000 23471 163.0 23571 206.0 23371 163.0 23571-E 206.0 32.0 58.7 35.6 25.4 130.6 73.0 101 13.6 3.0
M24 x 3.0 4200 23474 163.0 23574 206.0 23374 163.0 23574-E 206.0 37.0 58.7 35.6 25.4 130.6 69.0 111 31.0 3.1
M30 x 3.5 7000 23478 221.7 – – 23378 221.7 – – 46.0 81.0 44.5 31.7 165.1 107.4 – 60.0 6.3
M30 x 3.5 7000 23479 221.7 – – 23379 221.7 – – 66.0 81.0 44.5 31.7 165.1 107.4 – 60.0 6.4
M36 x 4.0 11000 23483 316.7 – – 23383 316.7 – – 68.0 106.4 57.2 44.4 217.2 166.5 – 100.0 15.5
M42 x 4.5 12500 23484 316.7 – – 23384 316.7 – – 68.0 106.4 57.2 44.4 217.2 160.5 – 100.0 16.0
M48 x 5.0 13500 23485 316.7 – – 23385 316.7 – – 88.0 106.4 57.2 44.4 217.2 154.5 – 100.0 16.8
M64 x 6.0 22500 23488 419.1 – – 23388 419.1 – – 96.0 146.0 76.2 57.1 297.6 210.0 – 290.0 40.0
All dimensions are in millimeters. Stated load capacity is based upon specific thread torques shown in chart.
LIF TING SOLUTIONS

1
2
It is recommended that these torques be used when installing hoist rings. Available from stock as Standard Clevis.
3
Bolt Replacement Kits - Inch threads Bolt Replacement Kits - Metric threads

Black Oxide Hoist Rings Envirolox™ Coated Black Oxide Hoist Rings Envirolox™ Coated
Kit Kit
U-Bar Long U-Bar Bolt Kit
Std. Std. U-Bar Long U-Bar Bolt Kit Std. U-Bar Long U-Bar Bolt Kit Wt.
Std. U-Bar Long U-Bar Bolt Kit Wt.
Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. (lbs) Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. (kg)
23404 23604 23304 23604-E 23655 23655-E .02
23405 23605 23305 23605-E 23456 23656 23356 23656-E .02
23406 23606 23306 23606-E .03 23458 23658 23358 23658-E .03
23408 23608 23308 23608-E .05 23462 23562 23662 23362 23562-E 23662-E .06
23410 23610 23310 23610-E .16 23465 23565 23665 23365 23565-E 23665-E .12
23411 23511 23611 23311 23511-E 23611-E .14 23468 23568 23668 23368 23568-E 23668-E .21
23412 23512 23612 23312 23512-E 23612-E .16 23471 23571 23671 23371 23571-E 23671-E .23
23413 23513 23613 23313 23513-E 23613-E .17 23474 23574 23674 23374 23574-E 23674-E .40
23414 23514 23614 23314 23514-E 23614-E .27 23478 23678 23378 23678-E .79
23415 23515 23615 23315 23515-E 23615-E .29 23479 23679 23379 23679-E .91
23416 23516 23616 23316 23516-E 23616-E 23483 23683 23383 23683-E 1.52
23417 23517 23617 23317 23517-E 23617-E .40 23484 23684 23384 23684-E 2.75
23418 23518 23618 23318 23518-E 23618-E .46 23485 23685 23385 23685-E 3.27
23420 23520 23620 23320 23520-E 23620-E .46 23488 23688 23388 23688-E 7.12
23421 23521 23621 23321 23521-E 23621-E .52
Bolt Kits contain bolt and retaining ring.
23423 23523 23623 23323 23523-E 23623-E .62
23424 23524 23624
• See page 494 for Hoist Ring hold down clips.
23324 23524-E 23624-E .66
23425 23525 23625 23325 23525-E 23625-E .92
23426 23526 23626 23326 23526-E 23626-E .97
™
23427 23527 23627 23327 23527-E 23627-E 1.13 Add “F” to the end of the part
23429 23629 23329 23629-E 2.90 number Example: 23414F
23429-08 23629-08 2.90
23433 23633 23333 23633-E 3.50
23433-08 23633-08 3.50
23435 23635 23335 23635-E 7.30
23435-08 23635-08 7.30
23438 23638 23338 23638-E 15.66
23438-08 23638-08 15.96

485
LIFTING SOLUTIONS
Forged Center Pull - Stainless Steel

Our new Forged Center Pull Hoist Ring integrates a solid center brace lift bail into our most popular
style product. This design eliminates the possibility of spreading the lift ring in misapplications.
Forged hoist rings are ideal for OEM and industrial use.
• Material: 17-4PH
• Full (over center) 360° swivel and 180° pivot action
• Capacities up to 5,000 lbs.
• Inch and metric
• 5:1 strength factor
• Same strength/load capacity as steel
• Maximum operating temperature 800°F Intermittent, 600°F continuous
U.S. Patent No. 6,652,012 • Made in U.S.A.
• 3D Solid Models available in multiple formats from www.jergensinc.com
M
™

number Example: 23414F J H
ØI
LIF TING SOLUTIONS
L
L
K
G
C
C B
A Thread Size
D F
E
Ring Bail
Inch

Load Thread Hex
Part Capacity Size Size Torque Weight
Number (lbs) A B C D E F G H I J K L M (ft.lbs) (lbs)
23906-SS 800 5/16-18 3/64 15/32 1/2 1 1 11/32 1/4 1 1/2 2 1/4 2 15/32 3 19/32 3/4 7 0.6
23907-SS 800 5/16-18 3/64 5/8 1/2 1 1 11/32 1/4 1 1/2 2 1/4 2 15/32 3 19/32 3/4 7 0.6
23908-SS 1000 3/8-16 3/64 9/16 1/2 1 1 11/32 1/4 1 1/2 2 1/4 2 15/32 3 19/32 3/4 12 0.6
23909-SS 1000 3/8-16 3/64 3/4 1/2 1 1 11/32 1/4 1 1/2 2 1/4 2 15/32 3 19/32 3/4 12 0.6
23910-SS 2500 1/2-13 1/16 11/16 1 2 1 1/2 9/16 3/4 3 4 7/16 4 6 3/8 1 1/4 28 3.6
23911-SS 2500 1/2-13 1/16 1 1 2 1 1/2 9/16 3/4 3 4 7/16 4 6 3/8 1 1/4 28 3.6
23914-SS 4000 5/8-11 1/16 15/16 1 2 1 1/2 9/16 3/4 3 4 7/16 4 6 3/8 1 1/4 60 3.6
23915-SS 4000 5/8-11 1/16 1 1/4 1 2 1 1/2 9/16 3/4 3 4 7/16 4 6 3/8 1 1/4 60 3.6
23917-SS 5000 3/4-10 1/16 1 1/8 1 2 1 1/2 9/16 3/4 3 4 7/16 4 6 3/8 1 1/4 100 3.6
23918-SS 5000 3/4-10 1/16 1 1/2 1 2 1 1/2 9/16 3/4 3 4 7/16 4 6 3/8 1 1/4 100 3.6
Metric

Load Thread Hex
Number (kg) A B C D E F G H I J K L M (N•m) (kg)
23956-SS 400 M8 X 1.25 1.2 12 12.7 25.4 25.4 8.7 6.3 38.1 57.2 62.7 91.3 19 10 0.27
23958-SS 450 M10 X 1.5 1.2 15 12.7 25.4 25.4 8.7 6.3 38.1 57.2 62.7 91.3 19 17 0.27
23962-SS 1050 M12 X 1.75 1.6 18 25.4 50.8 38.1 14.3 19 76.2 112.7 101.6 161.9 32 37 1.64
23965-SS 1900 M16 X 2.0 1.6 24 25.4 50.8 38.1 14.3 19 76.2 112.7 101.6 161.9 32 80 1.64
23968-SS 2150 M20 X 2.5 1.6 30 25.4 50.8 38.1 14.3 19 76.2 112.7 101.6 161.9 32 134 1.7
LIFTING SOLUTIONS
Forged Center Pull

Our new Forged Center Pull Hoist Ring integrates a solid center brace lift bail into our most popular
style product. This design eliminates the possibility of spreading the lift ring in misapplications.
Forged hoist rings are ideal for OEM and industrial use.
• Full (over center) 360° swivel and 180° pivot action

• Capacities up to 30,000 lbs.
• Inch and metric
• 5:1 strength factor-alloy steel
• Available in 17-4PH Stainless Steel (up to 5,000lbs/2,150kgs.) See page 486.
• Made in U.S.A.
U.S. Patent No. 6,652,012

™

M M
J H
LIF TING SOLUTIONS

J H
ØI
I
L
L
K
G
G
C B
C B
A Thread Size "A" Thread Size
D F
D F
E E
Large Bail Ring Bail

Inch

Load Thread Hex
Number (lbs) A B C D E F G H I J K L M (ft.lbs) (lbs)
23906 800 5/16-18 3/64 15/32 1/2 1 1 11/32 1/4 1 1/2 2 1/4 2 15/32 3 19/32 3/4 7 0.6
23907 800 5/16-18 3/64 5/8 1/2 1 1 11/32 1/4 1 1/2 2 1/4 2 15/32 3 19/32 3/4 7 0.6
23908 1000 3/8-16 3/64 9/16 1/2 1 1 11/32 1/4 1 1/2 2 1/4 2 15/32 3 19/32 3/4 12 0.6
23909 1000 3/8-16 3/64 3/4 1/2 1 1 11/32 1/4 1 1/2 2 1/4 2 15/32 3 19/32 3/4 12 0.6
23910 2500 1/2-13 1/16 11/16 1 2 1 1/2 9/16 3/4 3 4 7/16 4 6 3/8 1 1/4 28 3.6
23911 2500 1/2-13 1/16 1 1 2 1 1/2 9/16 3/4 3 4 7/16 4 6 3/8 1 1/4 28 3.6
23914 4000 5/8-11 1/16 15/16 1 2 1 1/2 9/16 3/4 3 4 7/16 4 6 3/8 1 1/4 60 3.6
23915 4000 5/8-11 1/16 1 1/4 1 2 1 1/2 9/16 3/4 3 4 7/16 4 6 3/8 1 1/4 60 3.6
23917 5000 3/4-10 1/16 1 1/8 1 2 1 1/2 9/16 3/4 3 4 7/16 4 6 3/8 1 1/4 100 3.6
23918 5000 3/4-10 1/16 1 1/2 1 2 1 1/2 9/16 3/4 3 4 7/16 4 6 3/8 1 1/4 100 3.6
23926 10000 1-8 1/16 1 1/2 1 7/8 3 25/32 3 1 1/16 1 1/4 3 19/32 5 13/16 8 5/32 9 21/32 2 1/2 230 15.7
23927 10000 1-8 1/16 2 1 7/8 3 25/32 3 1 1/16 1 1/4 3 19/32 5 13/16 8 5/32 9 21/32 2 1/2 230 15.9
23929 15000 1 1/4-7 1/16 1 7/8 1 7/8 3 25/32 3 1 1/16 1 1/4 3 19/32 5 13/16 8 5/32 9 21/32 2 1/2 470 16.0
23930 15000 1 1/4-7 1/16 2 1/2 1 7/8 3 25/32 3 1 1/16 1 1/4 3 19/32 5 13/16 8 5/32 9 21/32 2 1/2 470 16.2
23933 24000 1 1/2-6 7/64 2 1/4 2 1/2 4 7/8 4 1/2 1 7/16 1 3/4 4 1/2 7 23/32 11 7/16 13 27/32 3 1/4 800 42.3
23934 24000 1 1/2-6 7/64 3 2 1/2 4 7/8 4 1/2 1 7/16 1 3/4 4 1/2 7 23/32 11 7/16 13 27/32 3 1/4 800 42.7
23935 30000 2-4 1/2 7/64 3 2 1/2 4 7/8 4 1/2 1 7/16 1 3/4 4 1/2 7 23/32 11 7/16 13 27/32 3 1/4 800 43.8
23936 30000 2-4 1/2 7/64 4 2 1/2 4 7/8 4 1/2 1 7/16 1 3/4 4 1/2 7 23/32 11 7/16 13 27/32 3 1/4 800 44.7

487
LIFTING SOLUTIONS
Ring Bail Large Bail
Ring Bail Large Bail

Part Numbers: Part Numbers:
23906 thru 23918 (Inch) 23926 thru 23936 (Inch)
LIF TING SOLUTIONS
23956 thru 23968 (Metric) 23974 thru 23987 (Metric)
• Replace Stationary Eyebolt

™
• Lifting Tooling Columns & Large Fixtures Add “F” to the end of the part
• OEM Applications number Example: 23414F
• Lifting Die & Molds
Metric

Load Thread Hex
Number (kg) A B C D E F G H I J K L M (N•m) (kg)
23956 400 M8 X 1.25 1.2 12 12.7 25.4 25.4 8.7 6.3 38.1 57.2 62.7 91.3 19 10 0.27
23958 450 M10 X 1.5 1.2 15 12.7 25.4 25.4 8.7 6.3 38.1 57.2 62.7 91.3 19 17 0.27
23962 1050 M12 X 1.75 1.6 18 25.4 50.8 38.1 14.3 19 76.2 112.7 101.6 161.9 32 37 1.64
23965 1900 M16 X 2.0 1.6 24 25.4 50.8 38.1 14.3 19 76.2 112.7 101.6 161.9 32 80 1.64
23968 2150 M20 X 2.5 1.6 30 25.4 50.8 38.1 14.3 19 76.2 112.7 101.6 161.9 32 134 1.7
23974 4200 M24 X 3.0 1.6 35.7 47.6 96.0 76.2 27.0 31.7 91.3 147.6 207.2 245.3 63.5 305 7.1
23975 4200 M24 X 3.0 1.6 47.6 47.6 96.0 76.2 27.0 31.7 91.3 147.6 207.2 245.3 63.5 305 7.2
23978 7000 M30 X 3.5 1.6 44.8 47.6 96.0 76.2 27.0 31.7 91.3 147.6 207.2 245.3 63.5 590 7.3
23979 7000 M30 X 3.5 1.6 60.0 47.6 96.0 76.2 27.0 31.7 91.3 147.6 207.2 245.3 63.5 590 7.4
23982 11000 M36 X 4.0 2.8 53.6 63.5 123.8 114.3 36.5 44.5 114.3 196.1 290.5 351.6 82.55 960 19.1
23983 11000 M36 X 4.0 2.8 71.4 63.5 123.8 114.3 36.5 44.5 114.3 196.1 290.5 351.6 82.55 960 19.3
23984 12500 M42 X 4.5 2.8 62.7 63.5 123.8 114.3 36.5 44.5 114.3 196.1 290.5 351.6 82.55 980 19.4
23985 12500 M42 X 4.5 2.8 83.3 63.5 123.8 114.3 36.5 44.5 114.3 196.1 290.5 351.6 82.55 980 19.6
23986 13500 M48 X 5.0 2.8 71.4 63.5 123.8 114.3 36.5 44.5 114.3 196.1 290.5 351.6 82.55 980 19.7
23987 13500 M48 X 5.0 2.8 95.3 63.5 123.8 114.3 36.5 44.5 114.3 196.1 290.5 351.6 82.55 980 20.0
LIFTING SOLUTIONS
Side-Pull Traditional Style

Precision Cast Body

• Clevis, Ring, Bushing and Cap Screw
are magnetic particle inspected
• Clevis is x-rayed
• Bushing: Zinc Plated with conversion coating,
yellow (inch), clear blue (metric)
• Available with Envirolox™ protective finish. See page 494 for more information.
360° swivel plus pivot point moves around bolt

to provide greater clearances in side lifting and
when lifting rotating objects.

™
LIF TING SOLUTIONS

Inch
Envirolox™ Load 1
Part Part Capacity Torque Wt. 2
Number Number (lbs) A B C D E F G (ft. lbs) (lbs)

47311 47311-E 650 5/16-18 2 2 1/8 2 1 1/2 5/8 3/8 3.5 .25
47312 47312-E 800 3/8-16 2 2 3/8 2 1 1/2 3/4 3/8 4.5 .25
47313 47313-E 1800 1/2-13 3 3 3/8 3 3/16 2 3/8 1 5/8 15.0 3.25
47314 47314-E 2500 5/8-11 3 3 5/8 3 3/16 2 3/8 1 1/4 5/8 25.0 3.25
47315 47315-E 4100 3/4-10 4 5 5 3 3/4 1 1/2 1 50.0 11.25
47316 47316-E 7100 1-8 4 5 3/8 5 3 3/4 2 1 90.0 11.50
47317 47317-E 14000 1 1/4-7 6 6 7/8 6 13/16 4 5/8 2 1 3/8 150.0 27.75
47317-08 14000 1 1/4-8 6 6 7/8 6 13/16 4 5/8 2 1 3/8 150.0 27.75
47318 47318-E 17200 1 1/2-6 6 7 7/8 6 13/16 4 5/8 2 1/2 1 3/8 250.0 31.50
47318-08 17200 1 1/2-8 6 7 7/8 6 13/16 4 5/8 2 1/2 1 3/8 250.0 31.50
47319 47319-E 29000 2-4 1/2 5 1/4 x 10 1/2 10 6 13/16 4 5/8 3 1/8 1 1/2 300.0 42.00
47319-08 29000 2-8 5 1/4 x 10 1/2 10 6 13/16 4 5/8 3 1/8 1 1/2 300.0 42.00
1
Stated load capacity based on specific thread torques as shown in chart.
2

489
LIFTING SOLUTIONS
Side-Pull Traditional Style

Precision Cast Body
Metric
Envirolox™ Load 1
Part Part Capacity Torque Wt. 2
Number Number (kg) A B C D E F G (kg M) (kg) •

47351 47351-E 325 M 8 x 1.25 50.8 61.0 50.8 38.1 16.0 9.5 .43 .12
LIF TING SOLUTIONS
47352 47352-E 500 M 10 x 1.50 50.8 63.0 50.8 38.1 20.0 9.5 .60 .12
47353 47353-E 725 M 12 x 1.75 76.2 85.0 81 60.3 24.0 15.9 2.00 1.5
47354 47354-E 1400 M 16 x 2.0 76.2 94.0 81 60.3 31.0 15.9 3.50 1.5
47355 47355-E 2290 M 20 x 2.5 101.6 133.0 125.4 95.3 40.0 25.4 7.00 5.1
47356 47356-E 3050 M 24 x 3.0 101.6 147.0 125.4 95.3 47.0 25.4 12.50 5.2
47357 47357-E 4850 M 30 x 3.5 152.0 173.8 173.0 117.5 49.0 31.7 34.6 12.6
47358 47358-E 7500 M 36 x 4.0 152.0 191.0 173.0 117.5 67.5 35.0 55.0 14
Stated load capacity based on specific thread torques as shown in charts.
1

2
Bolt Replacement Kits

Inch Thread Metric Thread
Envirolox™ Envirolox™
Hoist Ring Bolt Kit Bolt Kit Thread Wt. Hoist Ring Bolt Kit Bolt Kit Thread Wt.
Part No. Part No. Part No. Size (lbs) Part No. Part No. Part No. Size (kg)
47311 47341 47341-E 5/16-18 .05 47351 47391 47391-E M 8 .02
47312 47342 47342-E 3/8-16 .06 47352 47392 47392-E M 10 .03
47313 47343 47343-E 1/2-13 .17 47353 47393 47393-E M 12 .07
47314 47344 47344-E 5/8-11 .28 47354 47394 47394-E M 16 .14
47315 47345 47345-E 3/4-10 .59 47355 47395 47395-E M 20 .32
47316 47346 47346-E 1-8 1.27 47356 47396 47396-E M 24 .53
47317 47347 47347-E 1 1/4-7 2.50 47357 47397 47397-E M 30 1.03
47317-08 47347-08 1 1/4-8 2.50 47358 47398 47398-E M 36 2.0
47318 47348 47348-E 1 1/2-6 4.70
47318-08 47348-08 1 1/2-8 4.70
47319 47349 47349-E 2-4 1/2 9.50 To add Lift ID to Hoist Ring
™

47319-08 47349-08 2-8 9.50 number Example: 23414F
Bolt Kits contain bolt and retaining ring.
Bolt Kits with -E are for use with Envirolox™ Hoist Rings.
• See page 494 for Hoist Ring hold down clips.
LIFTING SOLUTIONS
SP 2000 Side-Pull Style

™
Extended D Ring
The Jergens SP2000 Side-Pull Style Hoist Ring is ideal for flipping fixtures, dies and molds. It
swivels 360° and pivots around the center bolt providing the ring with greater clearances in side
lifting applications and when lifting rotating objects. The hoist ring is low profile and has a unique
bolt retention design. The oversized forged ring, and single piece forging, easily adapts to larger
hoist hooks. Its relatively light weight makes it easier to handle than similar hoist rings and the
installation is conveniently done with external wrenching (47531, 47532) or internal/external
wrenching (all other sizes). All parts are made in the U.S.A.
• Can Be Used for Top Lifting as well as side lifting applications

• Full Swivel & Pivot Action
• Rated at 5:1 strength factor at any angle
• Material: Heat Treated Alloy Steel
• Available in Metric sizes. See page 492.

™

LIF TING SOLUTIONS

Patent Nos. 6,068,310
and 409,895
*For Part Numbers: 47537, 47538, 47539
External Wrench Mounting Internal/External Wrench Mounting

Part Numbers: 47531 & 47532 Part Numbers: 47533 thru 47539
Inch Threads (Includes Gold Spacer)

Load Thread
Part Capacity Size Torque Hex Wt.

Number (lbs) A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O
(ft. lbs)
Size
(lbs)
47531 650 5/16-18 1 9/32 15/32 13/16 1/8 9/16 5/16 1 1 2 1/16 1 3/4 3 3/4 1/2 1/2 4 — .5
47532 800 3/8-16 1 9/32 5/8 13/16 1/8 9/16 5/16 1 1 2 1/16 1 3/4 3 3/4 1/2 1/2 5 — .5
47533 1800 1/2-13 1 7/8 3/4 1 3/8 5/32 13/16 1/2 1 3/4 1 1/2 3 3/8 2 4 3/4 1 1/4 3/4 7/8 15 1/4 2
47534 2500 5/8-11 1 7/8 15/16 1 3/8 5/32 13/16 1/2 1 3/4 1 1/2 3 3/8 2 4 3/4 1 1/4 3/4 7/8 25 5/16 2
47535 4100 3/4-10 2 5/16 1 1/8 1 7/8 1/4 1 1/32 5/8 2 1/4 2 4 2 5/8 5 11/16 1 3/4 1 1 1/8 50 3/8 4
47536 7100 1-8 2 5/16 1 1/2 1 7/8 1/4 1 1/32 5/8 2 1/4 2 4 2 5/8 5 11/16 1 3/4 1 1 1/8 130 1/2 4.5
*47537 14000 1 1/4-7 4 9/16 1 7/8 3 1/4 23/64 1 21/32 1 1/16 3 3/4 3 7 11/16 4 3/8 10 7/16 3 1 5/16 1 7/8 150 3/4 24.50
*47538 17200 1 1/2-6 4 9/16 2 1/4 3 1/4 23/64 1 21/32 1 1/16 3 3/4 3 7 11/16 4 3/8 10 7/16 3 1 5/16 1 7/8 250 3/4 30
*47539 29000 2-4 1/2 4 9/16 3 3 1/4 23/64 1 21/32 1 1/16 3 3/4 3 7 11/16 4 3/8 10 7/16 3 1 5/16 1 7/8 300 3/4 26.50

491
LIFTING SOLUTIONS
SP 2000 Side-Pull ™
Metric - Extended D Ring
SIDE PULL APPLICATION TOP PULL APPLICATION
*For Part Numbers: 47587, 47588, 47591, 47589

LIF TING SOLUTIONS
Patent Nos. 6,068,310

and 409,895
External Wrench Mounting Internal/External Wrench Mounting

Part Numbers: 47581 & 47582 Part Numbers: 47583 thru 47589, 47591
Metric Threads (Includes Blue Spacer)
Load Thread
Part Capacity Size Torque Hex Wt.
Number (kg) A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O (N•m) Size (kg)
47581 325 M8 x 1.25 33 16 21 3 14 8 25 25 52 44 76 19 13 13 5 — .25
47582 500 M10 x 1.5 33 20 21 3 14 8 25 25 52 44 76 19 13 13 10 — .25
47583 725 M12 x 1.75 48 24 35 4 21 13 44 38 86 51 120 32 19 22 20 6 1
47584 1400 M16 x 2 48 32 35 4 21 13 44 38 86 51 120 32 19 22 40 8 1
47585 2290 M20 x 2.5 59 40 48 6 26 16 57 51 102 67 145 44 25 29 70 10 2
47586 3050 M24 x 3 59 48 48 6 26 16 57 51 102 67 145 44 25 29 140 12 2
*47587 4850 M30 x 3.5 117 60 83 9 52 27 95 76 196 111 265 76 49 48 350 41.3 11.1
*47588 7500 M36 x 4 117 72 83 9 52 27 95 76 196 111 265 76 49 48 550 41.3 11.3
*47591 8700 M42 x 4.5 117 84 83 9 52 27 95 76 196 111 265 76 49 48 800 41.3 11.8
*47589 10000 M48 x 5 122 96 83 9 52 27 95 76 196 111 265 80 49 48 1200 41.3 12.5

™

LIFTING SOLUTIONS
Side Swivel
Jergens new Side Swivel™ Lifting Ideally suited for OEM applications
Ring is designed specifically for
OEM type applications. It replaces
potentially dangerous eyebolts on
commercial, military, and industrial
lifts requiring full swivel and
pivoting action.
• 5:1 strength factor-forged ring
• Unique 3 piece design
• Made in U.S.A.
• Capacities up to 4100 lbs.
• Inch and metric
• OEM Pricing
• 3D Solid Models available in multiple
U.S. Patent No. 6,443,514 formats from www.jergensinc.com
Small Side Swivel* Large Side Swivel
LIF TING SOLUTIONS

™


Load Thread Hex
Number (lbs) A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O (ft.lbs) (lbs)
47800* 650 5/16-18 15/16 15/32 5/8 1/16 9/32 5/16 1 1 2 1/16 1 3/4 2 31/32 1/4 1/2 1/2 3.5 0.6
47801* 800 3/8-16 15/16 9/16 5/8 1/16 9/32 5/16 1 1 2 1/16 1 3/4 2 31/32 1/4 1/2 1/2 4.5 0.6
47802 1800 1/2-13 1 37/64 3/4 1 5/64 7/16 1/2 1 5/8 1 1/2 3 1/4 2 4 3/4 3/8 25/32 15/16 15 2.5
47803 2500 5/8-11 1 37/64 15/16 1 5/64 7/16 1/2 1 5/8 1 1/2 3 1/4 2 4 3/4 3/8 25/32 15/16 25 2.5
47804 4100 3/4-10 1 37/64 1 1/8 1 5/64 7/16 1/2 1 5/8 1 1/2 3 1/4 2 4 3/4 3/8 25/32 15/16 50 2.5

* Small Side Swivel

Metric

Load Thread Hex
Number (kg) A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O (N•m) (kg)
47850* 325 M8 x 1.25 23.8 15.8 15.8 1.6 7.2 7.9 25.4 25.4 52.4 44.5 75.4 6 12.7 12.7 4.2 .27
47851* 500 M10 x 1.5 23.8 19.8 15.8 1.6 7.2 7.9 25.4 25.4 52.4 44.5 75.4 6 12.7 12.7 6 .27
47852 725 M12 x 1.75 40.1 23.8 25.4 2.0 11.1 12.7 41.3 38.1 82.6 50.8 120.7 10 20 24 20 1.14
47853 1400 M16 x 2.0 40.1 31.8 25.4 2.0 11.1 12.7 41.3 38.1 82.6 50.8 120.7 10 20 24 40 1.14
47854 2290 M20 x 2.5 40.1 39.7 25.4 2.0 11.1 12.7 41.3 38.1 82.6 50.8 120.7 10 20 24 70 1.18
*
Small Side Swivel


493
LIFTING SOLUTIONS
Envirolox Protective Finish

™
The Envirolox Protective Finish is a proprietary nickle based

™
coating that helps to prevent rusting and other

environmental hazards from affecting Jergens Hoist Rings. This
coating does not contain cadmium or chromium, is environmen-
tally friendly, and is proven to be effective in
extreme conditions. It provides surface hardness, lubricity and
more effective corrosion protection than paints.
Envirolox™ Protective Finish is available on Jergens
Center-Pull and Side-Pull Style Hoist Rings.
It is not recommended for the Swivel Eyebolt or the
SP 2000 products.
• Available on Center-Pull and Side-Pull Traditional
Style Hoist Rings (See pages 484-485 and 489-490 for
part numbers.)
• Available upon request for other selected Jergens
lifting products.
• Protects against rusting
• Environmentally safe
LIF TING SOLUTIONS
Hoist Ring Hold Down Clips

Two or more Hoist Ring Hold Down Clips should be used to prevent ring movement • Material: Spring, Steel
when the hoist ring is not in use. These simple spring steel clips prevent ring • Finish: Cadmium or Zinc
movement, provide an additional safety feature when used around machine
tools and give a neat finished appearance.

™

Clip
Part Diameter
Number A B C D E H W L
47331 3/8 .330 — .250 .125 .575 .320 .500
47332 1/2 .388 .250 .125 .151 .712 .385 .500
47333 5/8 .450 .250 .125 .151 .832 .385 .500
47334 3/4 .513 .312 .156 .151 1.000 .385 .625
47335 1 .683 .312 .188 .188 1.133 .510 .687
47336 1 1/4 .750 .625 .187 .162 1.370 1.330 1.000
47337 1 3/8 .880 .312 .188 .188 1.439 .510 .688
47338 1 7/16 .850 .937 .312 .103 1.560 1.560 1.500
47339 1 3/4 1.070 .312 .188 .130 1.830 .780 .688
LIFTING SOLUTIONS
Kwik-Lok Lifting Pins ®
Max Gap = (x)

(Maximum
allowable gap
for angled lifts)
Lifting Pin Specifications - Inches

• All stainless steel Nom Max.
ØA +0.00/ Max. Required
Pin Load Rating +/-0.005 -0.04 Gap (X) Hole
Diameter (in)
construction and Dia (lbs)* Min Max B C (in) Max Min
components
1/4 400 .2470 .2485 .286 .290 0.06 0.2540 0.2500
• 17-4 PH stainless steel 5/16 700 .3095 .3110 .375 .330 0.06 0.3165 0.3125
forged, heat treated
LIF TING SOLUTIONS

3/8 1,000 .3720 .3735 .440 .365 0.06 0.3790 0.3750
lifting ring with large 1/2 1,250 .4970 .4985 .594 .460 0.06 0.5050 0.5000
opening
5/8 1,400 .6220 .6235 .750 .580 0.06 0.6300 0.6250
• Lifting ring with
Load Spreader Bar Lifting Pin Specifications - Metric

• 5 to 1 strength factor Nom Max. +0.0/ Max. Required
ØA Hole Diameter (mm)
• 360° Swivel Pin Load Rating +/-0.25 -1.0 Gap (X)
Dia (kN)* Min Max B C (mm) Max Min
• 180° Pivot 10 4.4 9.92 9.96 12.00 9 1.5 10.1 10.0
• Also chosen for lashing 12 5.5 11.92 11.96 14.27 10 1.5 12.1 12.0
applications 16 6.2 15.92 15.96 19.00 14 1.5 16.1 16.0

™
Important: Please review all oper-
Add "F" to the end of the part ating instructions that are included in
the packaging or online before use.
Note: If the required hole size

Kwik-Lok Lifting Pin - Inches
®
cannot be achieved; Jergens

Grip Length
recommends the use of our
Dia. 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00
threaded receptacle (see page 496);
1/4 807216 807217 807218 807219 807220 807222 807224 807225
Please Contact Customer Service
5/16 807232 807233 807234 807235 807236 807238 807240 807241
with any questions.
3/8 807248 807249 807250 807251 807252 807254 807256 807257
1/2 807280 807281 807282 807283 807284 807286 807288 807289
5/8 807312 807313 807314 807315 807316 807318 807320 807321
*Lifting load ratings are based on tests
with hardened tool steel plates or shoulder
Kwik-Lok Lifting Pin - Metric
®
bushings. Load ratings may be reduced
Grip Length if oversized holes or parent material
Dia. 15 20 25 30 35 40 50 75 under 80,000 psi tensile are used.
10 857237 857238 857239 857240 857299 857241 857242 857307
12 857249 857250 857251 857252 857300 857253 857254 857308 *Kwik-Lok Lifting Pins are not suited®
16 857261 857262 857263 857264 857301 857265 857266 857309 for continuous rotation under load.

495
LIFTING SOLUTIONS
Threaded Receptacles
High Strength Stainless Steel, 17-4 PH heat treated
KLP Threaded Receptacles - Inch

®
Size Part Number Part Number A B C D E (ft-lbs)
1/4×0.5 807216 845100 1/2-13 0.930 0.16 .62 .75 7
5/16×0.5 807232 845101 3/4-10 1.100 0.28 .87 1.12 18
3/8×0.5 807248 845102 3/4-10 1.100 0.28 .87 1.12 25
1/2×0.5 807280 845103 1 1/8-7 1.625 0.37 1.25 1.62 47
5/8×0.5 807312 845104 1 1/8-7 1.625 0.37 1.25 1.62 53
KLP Threaded Receptacles - Metric

®
Size Part Number Part Number A B C D E (kg•m)
10×15 857237 855100 M20x2.5 29 7 26 34.8 3.6
12×15 857249 855101 M22x2.5 37 9 30 34.8 5.0
16×15 857261 855102 M27x3 41 10 32 41.2 6.9
LIF TING SOLUTIONS
B D
LIFTING PIN
C
THREAD
RECEPTACLE
TAPPED
HOLE
OBJECT TO BE
LIFTED
A
Eø
Kwik-Lok Lifting Pin Kits - Inch

®

®
®
Threaded Receptacle
847216 1/4 x 0.5 1/2-13 807216 845100
847232 5/16 x 0.5 3/4-10 807232 845101
847248 3/8 x 0.5 3/4-10 807248 845102
847280 1/2 x 0.5 1 1/8-7 807280 845103
847312 5/8 x 0.5 1 1/8-7 807312 845104
®
Kwik-Lok Lifting Pin Kits - Metric

®

®
®
Threaded Receptacle
877237 M10 x 15 M20 x 2.5 857237 855100
877249 M12 x 15 M22 x 2.5 857249 855101
877261 M16 x 15 M27 x 3 857261 855102
®
LIFTING SOLUTIONS
Swivel Eyebolt
The Jergens Swivel Eyebolt lifting product has a full swivel
TM
and pivoting action that allows for the flipping and turning of
®
the part without unhooking. The patented tamper resistant

design is ideal for permanent mounting on OEM applications TM
or on molds, dies and fixtures.
• Tamper Resistant Design

• Swivels 360°, Pivots 180°
• Eliminates Bending (of Eyebolt) Problem
• Forged, Oversized, One-Piece Lift Ring
• Load Capacities to 4000 Lbs / 2000 Kg
• Economically Priced
• Material: Alloy Steel, or 316 Stainless Steel
• Finish: Black Oxide, or Passivated (SS)
• 3D Solid Models available in multiple formats
MAX.
P Q N C’SINK DIA.
U.S. Patent Nos. 5,634,734
and 5,743,576
Foreign Patent Pending
R
LIF TING SOLUTIONS

™
Add “F” to the end of the part TO PREVENT BINDING, THE MOUNTING
L
number Example: 23414F Installation Tool
HOLE COUNTERSINK SHOULD NOT
EXCEED 'N' DIMENSION.
(2) HOLES FOR

Installation Tool Information
3/16 or 5mm DIAMETER PINS
ON INSTALLATION TOOL Installation Pin Head I INSIDE RADIUS
Hex Square
Tool Part Length Thickness Size Drive
Number L P Q R Installation Tool
K H 47641 11/16 .55 15/16 1/4
MAX.
C’SINK DIA. 47643 1 1/8 .65 1 1/4 3/8 Swivel
Eyebolt
Swivel Installation Maximum

Eyebolt J
Tool Countersink
Part M Part Recommended Diameter
Number Number Torque N
DING, THE MOUNTING
INK SHOULD NOT
47621 47641 7 ft. lbs. 1/2
G
NSION. B 47622 47641 20 ft. lbs. 5/8
47631 47641 7 ft.Flbs. 1/2
47632 47641 20 ft. lbs. 5/8
E
C 47671 47641 10 N•m 13 mm
47672 A THREAD SIZE
47641 25 N•m 16 mm Bolt
47681 D 47641 10 N•m 13 mm
47682 47641 25 N•m 16 mm
47625 47643 35 ft. lbs. 3/4
47626 47643 55 ft. lbs. 7/8
47633 47643 35 ft. lbs. 3/4
47634 47643 55 ft. lbs. 7/8
47675 47643 50 N•m 19 mm
47676 47643 80 N•m 22 mm
47683 47643 50 N•m 19 mm
47684 47643 80 N•m 22 mm

497
LIFTING SOLUTIONS
Small Swivel Eyebolt

®
TM
Note: Use Installation

Tool Part Number 47641
for this style Swivel To add Lift ID to Hoist Ring
™
Eyebolt on page 497. Add “F” to the end of the part

Swivel Eyebolt
Part Number Load Capacity (lbs) Thread
Alloy Stainless Alloy Stainless Size
Steel Steel Steel Steel A B C D E F G H I J K
47621 47631 1000 500 3/8 - 16 1 3/32 9/16 3/4 3/64 45/64 5/16 1 3/4 1/2 2 2 5/8
47622 47632 2000 1000 1/2 - 13 1 3/32 3/4 3/4 3/64 45/64 5/16 1 3/4 1/2 2 2 5/8
Metric Swivel Eyebolt

Part Number Load Capacity (Kg) Thread
LIF TING SOLUTIONS
47671 47681 500 250 M10 x 1.5 27.8 14.6 19.1 1.2 17.9 7.9 44.5 12.7 50.8 66.7
47672 47682 700 350 M12 x 1.75 27.8 19.1 19.1 1.2 17.9 7.9 44.5 12.7 50.8 66.7
Large Swivel Eyebolt
Note: Use Installation

Tool Part Number 47643
for this style Swivel
Eyebolt on page 497.

™

Swivel Eyebolt number Example: 23414F
Part Number Load Capacity (lbs) Thread

47625 47633 3000 1500 5/8 - 11 1 33/64 15/16 7/8 1/32 57/64 1/2 2 1/2 2 3/4 3 1/2 3 13/16
47626 47634 4000 2000 3/4 - 10 1 33/64 1 1/8 1 1/32 57/64 1/2 2 1/2 2 3/4 3 1/2 3 13/16
Metric Swivel Eyebolt

Part Number Load Capacity (Kg) Thread
47675 47683 1500 750 M16 x 2.0 38.5 23.8 22.2 .8 22.6 12.7 63.5 70 93 97
47676 47684 2000 1000 M20 x 2.5 38.5 30.2 25.4 .8 22.6 12.7 63.5 70 93 97
LIFTING SOLUTIONS
Pivoting Lift Ring

The Jergens Pivoting Lift Ring is a low profile lifting device that pivots 180 . It is °
one of the most economical lifting devices available and is ideal for applications
that do not require a swivel action. This Lift Ring is easy to install and is available
in five sizes. Load ratings range from 2,000 - 20,000 lbs. The product is manufac-
tured from alloy steel, heat treated and magnafluxed.
• Base: Precision Machined Alloy Steel

• Ring: Alloy Steel forging, heat treated, magnafluxed and certified
Pivoting Lift Rings
LIF TING SOLUTIONS

Ring Part Load Capacity Mounting Bolt Thread & Length
Number (lbs) A B C Part Number D E F G H
47411 2000 1 3/4 – 1 47421 5/16-18 x 1 1/4 2 1/2 5/16 3/4
47412 2500 2 1/4 – 1 1/8 47422 3/8-16 x 1 1/2 2 1/2 5/8 3/8 7/8
47413 5000 2 1/2 – 1 1/2 47423 1/2-13 x 1 3/4 3 3/4 1/2 1 1/8
47414* 12000 3 1/8 1 1/4 1 5/8 47424 1/2-13 x 2 1/2 4 7/8 3/4 1 3/8
47415* 20000 3 5/8 1 1/4 2 1/16 47425 5/8-11 x 2 1/2 5 1 1 1 7/8
* The larger load capacity rings have four mounting holes.
*Note: Mounting Bolts must be ordered separately.
Metric Pivoting Lift Rings

Part Number Load
Ring Part with Pull Test Capacity Mounting Bolt Thread & Length
Number & Metric Screws (kg) A B C Part Number D E F G H
47411 47411-PTMS 900 45 – 25.4 47471 M 8 x 1.25 x 35 mm 51 13 8 19
47412 47412-PTMS 1100 57 – 28.6 47472 M 10 x 1.5 x 40 mm 64 16 10 22
47413 47413-PTMS 2250 64 – 38.1 47473 M 12 x 1.75 x 45 mm 76 19 13 29
47414* 47414-PTMS 5400 80 31.8 41.3 47474 M 12 x 1.75 x 55 mm 102 22 19 35
47415* 47415-PTMS 9000 92 31.8 52.4 47475 M 16 x 2.0 x 65 mm 127 25.4 25.4 48
* The larger load capacity rings have four mounting holes.
*Note: Mounting Bolts must be ordered separately.
Eye Nuts • Material: C-1030 Forge

Inch
Load
Part Wt Capacity
Number A B C D E F G (lbs) (lbs)
18900* 1 1/4 2 2 1/2 5/8 7/8 3/8 .22 2700
18901 3/8-16 1 1/4 2 2 1/2 5/8 7/8 3/8 .22 2700
18902 1/2-13 1 1/4 2 2 1/2 5/8 7/8 3/8 .22 2700
18903 5/8-11 1 1/2 2 1/2 3 3/4 1 3/8 1/2 .50 5000
18904 3/4-10 1 1/2 2 1/2 3 3/4 1 3/8 1/2 .50 5000
18905* 1 1/2 2 1/2 3 3/4 1 3/8 1/2 .50 5000
*Blank

499
LIFTING SOLUTIONS
Shoulder Eye Bolts • Material: C-1030 Forge

Inch • Finish: Mill
• Thread: 2A
• Rated at 5:1 strength factor
For other than vertical loads, general practice is to

use 60% of the working load capacity for a load 30 °
from vertical; 33% of vertical load for load 45 from °
vertical; and 20% of vertical load for load 90 from °
vertical.
NOTE: 2 1/2 threads runout on threaded portion.

Load
Part C F Wt Capacity
Number A B (Ref.) D E (Ref.) G (lbs) (lbs)
18501 1/4-20 1 11/16 3/4 1 3/16 3/16 1/2 .05 500
18502 5/16-18 1 1/8 7/8 7/8 1 7/16 3/16 5/8 .10 900
18503 3/8-16 1 1/4 1 1/16 1 1 21/32 3/16 11/16 .16 1300
18504 1/2-13 1 1/2 1 5/16 1 3/16 2 1/16 1/4 7/8 .36 2400
18505 5/8-11 1 3/4 1 19/32 1 3/8 2 1/2 1/4 1 1/8 .65 4000
18506 3/4-10 2 1 23/32 1 1/2 2 13/16 5/16 1 1/4 1.00 5000
18507 7/8-9 2 1/4 2 3/16 1 11/16 3 1/4 3/8 1 7/16 1.70 7000
18508 1-8 2 1/2 2 13/32 1 13/16 3 9/16 13/32 1 9/16 2.36 9000
18509 1 1/8-7 2 3/4 2 23/32 2 4 15/32 1 11/16 3.41 12000
LIF TING SOLUTIONS
A
CLASS 18510 1 1/4-7 3 2 15/16 2 3/16 4 7/16 1/2 1 7/8 4.68 15000
6G THD.
18511 1 1/2-6 3 1/2 3 7/16 2 1/2 5 3/16 9/16 2 3/16 7.77 21000
18512 1 3/4-5 3 3/4 3 31/32 2 7/8 6 1/16 5/8 2 1/2 11.35 28000
18513 2-4 1/2 4 4 1/2 3 1/4 6 7/8 3/4 2 7/8 16.70 38000

Maximum permissible loads in lbs.
Metric - Short For one bolt firmly tightened For two bolts total
Loads given ensure a strength factor of • Material: C-15 Annealed (AISI 1015)
four against deformation of any kind and • Finish: Mill

strength factor of five against fracture. • Thread: 6g

Part C Wt.
Number A B (Ref.) D E G (kg)
18551 M6 x 1 13.0 17.5 19.1 36.5 20.0 .023 150 100
18552 M8 x 1.25 13.0 22.2 22.2 36.5 20.0 .045 300 200
18554 M12 x 1.75 20.5 33.3 30.2 52.4 30.0 .163 700 500
18555 M16 x 2 27.0 40.5 34.9 63.5 35.0 .295 1500 1100
All Dimensions in Millimeters.
Metric - Standard
• Material:
Load Load
Part C F Wt Capacity Capacity C-1030 Forge
Number A B (Ref.) D E (Ref.) G (lbs) (kg) (lbs) • Finish: Mill
• Thread: 6g
18561 M6 x 1.0 25.4 20.6 19 30.0 3.9 13.5 .06 210 462
18562 M8 x 1.25 31.7 29.4 25 43.0 4.8 17.5 .17 500 1110
18563 M10 x 1.5 35.0 33.3 27 46.0 5.2 19.8 .24 740 1628
18564 M12 x 1.75 38.0 36.5 30 54.0 5.6 22.2 .36 1030 2266
18565 M16 x 2.0 44.5 43.6 35 65.0 6.3 27.0 .69 1600 3520
18566 M20 x 2.5 57.0 55.6 41 81.0 9.5 36.5 1.51 2860 6292
18567 M24 x 3.0 63.5 61.1 44 90.4 10.3 39.7 2.36 3850 8470
18568 M30 x 3.5 76.0 74.6 55 112.7 12.7 47.6 4.68 6400 14080
18569 M36 x 4.0 89.0 87.3 63 131.8 14.3 55.6 7.77 8970 19734
18570 M42 x 4.5 95.0 93.6 73 152.4 15.1 60.3 11.10 11960 26312
18571 M48 x 5.0 101.6 107.9 82 174.6 17.5 69.8 15.90 16400 36080
QUALITY STANDARDS
Quality Standards
Center-Pull Traditional and
Side-Pull Traditional Style Hoist Rings
Load Bearing Member Components

• All material is domestically manufactured certified alloy steel.
• All components are machined prior to manufacture to remove any surface defects.
• All components are heat treated and certified to manufacturing specifications.
• Bolts are:
Inch Metric
Socket Screw Grade Grade 12.9
Tensile Strength Tensile Strength
LIF TING SOLUTIONS » QUALIT Y S TANDARDS

-180,000 psi - 1/2" or Smaller -1220 MPa
-170,000 psi - Over 1/2" - (177,000 psi)
100% Magnetic Particle Inspected 100% Magnetic Particle Inspected
to ASTM E709-08 to ASTM E709-08
• All other load bearing components are magnetic particle inspected based upon ASTM E709-08
and MIL-STD-105 with zero defects permissible.
• Bolt torque and hoist ring load limit permanently marked on washer.
• ISO 9001: 2008 Certified
Individual certificate of proof-test accompanies Center-Pull and

Side-Pull Traditional Style hoist rings in final packaging.
CERTIFICATE OF PROOF TEST

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Distinguishing Description of Quantity Date Load Rated
Mark Item Tested Tested Tested Applied Load
23408
BI 1 1/1/2003 2,000 LBS 1,000 LBS
HOIST RING
(7) Name and Address of Supplier: Jergens Inc., 15700 Waterloo Rd., Cleveland, OH 44110
(8) Name and Address of Company performing

Jergens Inc., 15700 Waterloo Rd., Cleveland, OH 44110
test:
(9) Position of Signatory in Company Quality Assurance Manager
Jergens Inc. certifies that all hoist rings have been proof tested and examined in accordance with Jergens QSWI
10.3D and that this test completes all procedures as required.
(Signature)
In substantial agreement with (OSHA) 29 CFR 1918, ANSI B30-26, MIL-STD-1365C, MIL-STD-209K

501
LIFTING SOLUTIONS
Quality Standards Multi-lingual safety data instructions

included in each package
For Center-Pull and Side-Pull
Traditional Style Hoist Rings
Assembly Data
• Traditional Center Pull and Side Pull hoist ring
assemblies are pull-tested and certified to 200% of
rated load capacity and stamped with identifying date
code.
• All hoist rings are designed for 5:1 strength factor.
• Hoist rings are color coded for easy identification:

gold washer denotes inch sizes, silver/clear blue
washer denotes metric sizes.
• Finished assembly is black oxide

LIF TING SOLUTIONS
(with the exception of the washer).
• The Jergens name or logo is prominently displayed

on assembly for identification of original manufac-
turer.
• Special plating or marking is available upon

customer's request.
• Proper warning label is affixed to each clevis.
• Proof load testing, magnafluxing and heat treating are

on file at Jergens, Inc.
• Material Certs available for nominal cost and must be

Jergens Way • 15700 S. Waterloo Rd.
requested with initial order. Cleveland, Ohio 44110-3898
Phone: (216) 486-5540 • Fax: (216) 481-6193
• The finished hoist ring product is Printed in the U.S.A.
© Copyright 2011
individually boxed.
NOTE: Specifications for side pull style hoist rings are

identical to center pull style with the exception that the
clevis is of precision cast alloy material which is
serialized and conforms to X-ray specifications.
Contact Jergens for quality standards on all other

lifting products.
LIFTING SOLUTIONS
Lift ID Automated Inspection and

™
Compliance System
Exclusively from Jergens, Lift ID™ combines the power of

RFID, the ease of mobile computers and the convenience
of the Internet to automate the entire tracking and reporting
process. This two part system combines rugged hardware
and powerful software to simplify your workplace safety
compliance program.
The embedded RFID tags on Jergens’ lifting products provide

a quick and efficient way to identify and track equipment in
the field. The RFID tag is scanned and Lift ID™ Software
accesses our secure website to track the manufacturing and
test data for that particular hoist ring. Safety testing, repair
histories, inspection certificates and more are immediately
accessible from anywhere using web-based administration.
LIF TING SOLUTIONS

®
Lift ID™ is available with all Jergens lifting products.

The rugged RFID tag is engineered for
service even in the most demanding Simply add an “F” to the end of the part number
environments. Lift ID™ is available with when ordering. Example: 23414F
all Jergens lifting products, including
Kwik-Lok Lifting Pins.
®
Easy identification using RFID technology
Perform one-click visual inspections
Perform non-destructive testing (proof tests, magnetic particle)
Generate electronic inspection certificates from the Web

Allow your customers online access to see the audit trail and
traceability
Automatic product registration
Use handheld client online and offline
Access to the safety network
Fully hosted solution with phone, Web and e-mail support packages
3 Compatible with N4 Systems’

FieldID Inspection and Safety
Compliance Suite
3 Compliant with the ISO 15693 air
interface standard

503
NOTES
LIF TING SOLUTIONS
PRODUCT INDEX
Ball Lock® Mounting System (Inch) Tooling Columns, 4 sided............................................... 33

Tooling Columns, T-Columns........................................ 32
Ball Lock® for Rotary Indexers................................20–21
Ball Lock® Accessories.................................................... 26 Zero Point Mounting System
Commonly Asked Questions About the Ball Lock®
Mounting System ...................................................... 8–9 Clamping Bracket............................................................ 55
Fast Acting Ball Lock® Shanks....................................... 26 Pull Studs & Engagement Screws.......................... 48–49
Fixture Kits for HAAS...................................................... 18 Clamping Plates............................................................... 47
Fixture Plates.....................................................................13 Clamping and Positioning............................................. 46
Fixture Plates for Multi-Purpose Subplates............... 10 Flange Type Installation Module............................55–56
Fixture Plates for Tooling Columns.............................. 16 Rapid-Clamping Cylinder.............................................. 57
Jigsaw Interlocking Plates..............................................11 Installation Clamping Modules..............................50–52
Liners................................................................................. 23 Raised/Mounted Clamping Module......................53–54
Liners, Stainless Steel..................................................... 25 System Overview.......................................................42–45
Modular Grid Fixture Plates...........................................11
Fixture Pro® 5-Axis Quick Change Fixturing
Multi-Purpose Subplates............................................... 10
Quick Change Kits............................................................17 Bushings, QLS (Quick Lock System)............................. 70
Receiver Bushings........................................................... 23 Chip Plug, QLS (Quick Lock System)............................ 70
Receiver Bushings, Stainless Steel............................... 25 ER Collett........................................................................... 68
Repair Kits......................................................................... 22 Fixture Plates, Blank....................................................... 65
Set-Up Reduction Worksheet....................................... 19 Locating Keys................................................................... 71
Shanks............................................................................... 22 Locating Pins.................................................................... 69
INDE X
Shanks, Stainless Steel................................................... 24
Machinable Blanks, Steel............................................... 65
Subplates...........................................................................12
Pallet Changers, Drop & Lock™..................................... 66
Subplates for Tooling Columns.................................... 16
Risers, Aluminum & Steel.........................................62–63
Tooling Columns, 4 sided............................................... 15
Self Centering 60mm Vise............................................. 66
Tooling Columns, T-Columns........................................ 14
Shoulder Screws, QLS (Quick Lock System)............... 71
Ball Lock® Mounting System (Metric) Subplates.......................................................................... 62
Top Plates, Riser............................................................... 64
Ball Lock® for Rotary Indexers................................35–36
Top Tooling, Dovetail Vises........................................... 67
Ball Lock® Accessories.................................................... 41
Fast Acting Ball Lock® Shanks....................................... 41 System Overview.......................................................58–61
Fixture Plates.................................................................... 30
Vises
Fixture Plates for Multi-Purpose Subplates............... 28
Fixture Plates for Tooling Columns.............................. 34 Introduction to Design............................................. 74–75
Jigsaw Interlocking Plates............................................. 28 VMC/HMC Solutions..............................................76–77
Liners................................................................................. 38 Ball Lock® Mounting System................................78–79
Liners, Stainless Steel..................................................... 40 Production Vises
Modular Grid Fixture Plates.......................................... 28 4” (100 mm) Production Vises................................ 80–81
Multi-Purpose Subplates............................................... 27 6” (150 mm) Production Vises.................................82–83
Quick Change Kits........................................................... 31 Self Centering Vises................................................. 84
Receiver Bushings........................................................... 38 4” (100 mm)................................................................ 84–85
Receiver Bushings, Stainless Steel............................... 40 6” (150 mm)................................................................ 86–87
Repair Kits......................................................................... 37 Accessories....................................................................... 87
Shanks............................................................................... 37 Production Vise Columns
Shanks, Stainless Steel................................................... 39 4” (100 mm) Production Vise
Subplates.......................................................................... 29 4 Sided............................................................................ 88
Subplates for Tooling Columns.................................... 34

505
PRODUCT INDEX
3 Sided............................................................................ 89 Power Clamping

6” (150 mm) Production Vise
Air Circuit Controls – 2-Hand No Tie Down.............. 191
4 Sided............................................................................ 90
Booster Clamping Kit.................................................... 181
3 Sided............................................................................ 91
Boosters, High Pressure/Volume............................... 179
12 Station Hex.................................................................. 92
Boosters Installation Kits............................................. 180
12 & 16 Station Multi Quads....................................93–94
Boosters, Pre-Fill............................................................ 176
Hydraulic Production Vises......................................95
Boosters, Pre-Fill Accessories...................................... 177
4” (100 mm)................................................................ 96–97
Boosters, Standard & Accessories.............................. 178
6” (150 mm).................................................................97–98
Clamps, Toe............................................................144–145
Hydraulic Vise Columns............................................99
4” (100 mm) 4 sided....................................................... 100 Cylinders, Block.....................................................158–159
4” (100 mm) 3 sided....................................................... 101 Cylinders, Double Acting............................................. 155
6” (150 mm) 4 sided....................................................... 102 Cylinders, Flange Mount.............................................. 160
6” (150 mm) 3 sided....................................................... 103 Cylinders, Hollow Rod..........................................148–149
Column Subplates......................................................... 104 Cylinders, Intensifier............................................. 161–162
Hydraulic Vise Accessories..................................105–106 Cylinders, Miniature...................................................... 150
Vise Accessories............................................... 107–112 Cylinders, Single Acting............................................... 154
Jaw Selections.................................................107–109 Cylinders, Swing....................................................136–141
Ball Lock® Shanks/Plates...................................... 110–111 Cylinders, Threaded..............................................150–152
Sine Fixture Keys/T-Slot Nuts.......................................112 Fittings.....................................................................198–199
Heavy Duty Machine Vise....................................... 113 Hoses – Air & Hydraulic................................................200
INDE X
Hydraulic Fluids............................................................. 195

Bock Quick Change Fixturing Hydraulic Gauges.......................................................... 191
Introduction....................................................................114 Hydraulic Intensifier..................................................... 182
System Overview................................................... 115–116 Inserts, Toe...................................................................... 144
Twin Vises.........................................................................117 Jam Nuts.......................................................................... 153
Jaw System......................................................................118 Manifolds........................................................................ 196
Twin Vise Data.................................................................119 Mounting Brackets - Cylinders.................................... 156
Locator Plates................................................................. 120 Mounting Plates............................................................ 143
DexLoc™ Locator Pins................................................... 120 Oil Reservoirs................................................................. 195
Mono-Quad System...................................................... 121 Pallet Decoupler Valve................................................. 188
Piston Buttons................................................................ 153
5-Axis Production Vises Pumps, Air – Breadbox™ .............................................. 184
Introduction................................................................... 122 Pumps, Manual.............................................................. 187
Self Centering................................................................. 123 Pumps, Shoebox™ ........................................................ 183
Jaws /Accessories................................................124–125 Power Pac, Pre-Fill......................................................... 181
Fixed................................................................................. 126 Quick Disconnects Air & Hydraulic............................200
Jaws/Accessories........................................................ 127 Repair Kits....................................................................... 201
Quick Clamping Block.................................................. 128 Rotary Couplers............................................................. 196
Super Compact Clamp.................................................. 129 Swing Cylinder Arms..................................................... 138
Jaws/Accessories................................................130–131 Swing Cylinder – Bottom Flange................................ 137
Vise with Reversible and Interchangeable Inserts....... 132 Swing Cylinder – Top Flange....................................... 136
Jaws/Accessories........................................................ 132 Tubing, Steel...................................................................200
Pallet Clamps.................................................................. 133 Valves, Air Circuit...................................................190–191
Valves, Flow Control.............................................189, 194
Valves, Flow Limit...........................................................174
PRODUCT INDEX
Work Supports.......................................................146–147 Workholding Components

Air-Powered Hydraulic Pumps............................183–184
Adjustable Clamp Heels............................................... 274
Block Clamp.................................................................... 172
Adjustable Clamp Rests............................................... 273
Breadbox™ Pump.......................................................... 184
Adjustable Step Blocks.................................................284
Proximity Switch....................................................168–169
Assemblies, Spherical Flange..................................... 260
Pump Kits and Accessories..................................183–186
Bolts, Dovetail................................................................ 258
Sensor Interlock............................................................. 167
Bolts, Swing.................................................................... 241
Shoebox™ Pump............................................................ 183
Bolts, T............................................................................. 258
Staylock Clamps.....................................................164–175
Bolts, T-Slot..................................................................... 257
Valves, Flow Limit...........................................................174
Bolts, T-Strap.................................................................. 253
Valves and Subplates for
Clamp Assemblies, Double Cam................................. 234
Air Powered Hydraulic Pumps.................................... 186
Clamp Assemblies, Flange Nut................................... 233
Locating Components Clamp Assembly, Heel Pad.......................................... 232
Clamp Assemblies, Hook............................................. 239
Adjustable Jack Screws................................................ 218
Clamp Assemblies, Knob............................................. 235
Adjustable Locating Buttons...................................... 218
Clamp Assemblies, Miniature Flat.............................. 232
Clamp Assemblies, Miniature Radius........................ 232
Bullet Nose Dowels....................................................... 225
Clamp Assemblies, Radius End Flange Nut.............. 233
Bullet Nose Pins............................................................. 226
Clamp Assemblies, Radius Swing............................... 233
Drift Handles.................................................................. 219
Clamp Assemblies............................... 232–235, 238–239
Fixture Jacks................................................................... 218
INDE X
Clamp Rests.................................................................... 236
Fixture Keys, Sine................................................. 220–221
Clamping Kits.................................................................286
Fixture Keys, Standard................................................. 219 Clevis Pins....................................................................... 252
Flat Feet........................................................................... 216 Collars, Steel Shaft........................................................ 253
Jig Feet............................................................................ 215 Double Cams.................................................................. 237
Jig Legs............................................................................ 216 Finger Handles............................................................... 236
Lanyards.......................................................................... 210 Forged Adjustable Clamp............................................ 282
Locating Pins......................................................... 222–223 Forged Straps, U Clamp............................................... 281
Locating Pin Liners........................................................ 224 Forged Straps, Finger Clamp....................................... 281
Locating Pin Lock Screws............................................. 224 Forged Straps, Gooseneck Clamp..............................280
Pilot Locating Pins......................................................... 225 Forged Straps, Heel Clamp..........................................280
Precision Expanding Dowels.......................................209 Guide Blocks................................................................... 236
Pull Dowel Pins, Alloy Steel................................ 206–207 Replaceable Grippers.......................................... 270–271
Pull Dowels.....................................................................208 Tapered Hardened Steel..................................... 270–271
Rest Buttons........................................................... 211–213 Tapered Carbide Steel.................................................. 270
Rest Buttons, Carbide Insert....................................... 213 I.D. Expansion Clamp.................................................... 291
Rest Buttons, Threaded................................................ 213 Leveling Mounts............................................................ 250
Rest Pads......................................................................... 214 Leveling Pads........................................................ 248–249
Screws, Adjustable Jack............................................... 218 Micro Clamps, Adjustable............................................290
Slotted Locator Bushings............................................. 210 Micro Clamps, Edge...................................................... 296
Stripper Bolts, Kwik-Strip.................................... 204–205 Micro Clamps, Expanding............................................ 293
Tooling/Inspection Balls......................................227–229 Micro Clamp, Knife Edge.............................................. 292
Work Support Jacks, Manual....................................... 217 Micro Clamp, Low Profile............................................. 289
Micro Clamps, Machinable Expanding.....................294
Micro Clamps.................................................................. 292
Micro Clamps, T-Slot..................................................... 295

507
PRODUCT INDEX
Micro Clamps, Toe......................................................... 295 Toe Clamps, Small......................................................... 287

Modular Mini Vise......................................................... 297 Toggle Pads.................................................................... 247
Nuts, Acorn..................................................................... 263 Toggle Screws, Adjustable Torque............................. 245
Nuts, Check..................................................................... 262 Toggle Screws, Hand Knob.......................................... 245
Nuts, Coupling............................................................... 262 Toggle Screws, Socket Toggle..................................... 246
Nuts, Equalizing Hex Head.......................................... 260 Toggle Screws, Thumb................................................. 246
Nuts, Flange.................................................................... 259 U-Straps, Long Slot....................................................... 276
Nuts, Heavy Duty Hex.................................................. 260 Washers, “C”...................................................................266
Nuts, Knurled Equalizing............................................. 263 Washers, Equalizing “C”...............................................266
Nuts, Knurled Lock........................................................ 262 Washers, Equalizing Swing “C” Assembly................ 267
Nuts, Spherical Flange.................................................. 261 Washers, Equalizing Swing “C”...................................266
Nuts, Spinner-Grip™...................................................... 261 Washers, Flat.................................................................. 265
Nuts, Stainless Steel...................................................... 263 Washers, Heavy Duty Flat............................................ 265
Nuts, T-Slot......................................................................264 Washers, Heavy Duty Square...................................... 267
Plastic Pad Covers.......................................................... 246 Washers, Self Aligning..................................................268
Revolving Clamp Assemblies, Long Bushing Type.......238 Washer, USAE................................................................. 269
Revolving Clamp Assemblies, Short Bushing Type......238 Yokes........................................................................251–252
Revolving Clamp Base.................................................. 238
Rod Ends......................................................................... 242 Spring Loaded Devices
Screw, Half Turn............................................................. 243 Plungers:
Screws, Hand Knob....................................................... 236 Plungers, Spring................................................... 302–303
INDE X
Screws, Quarter Turn.................................................... 243 Plungers, Spring, Metric......................................304–305

Screws, Socket Shoulder..................................... 240–241 Plungers, Shortie Spring..............................................306
Screws, Thumb...............................................................244 Plungers, Shortie Spring
Set-Up Kits, Die..............................................................286 Stainless Steel.............................................................306
Set-Up Kits............................................................. 285–286 Plungers, Shortie Spring, Metric................................ 307
Single Cams.................................................................... 237 Ball Plungers...................................................................308
Step Blocks.....................................................................284 Ball Plungers, Stainless Steel......................................309
Strap Pads....................................................................... 237 Ball Plungers, Metric.....................................................309
Straps, Heel..................................................................... 283 Plungers, Press Fit......................................................... 309
Straps, Miniature Flat................................................... 273 Plungers, Special Spring and Ball............................... 310
Straps, Miniature Radius.............................................. 272 Plungers, Hand Retractable Style...............................311
Straps, Padded............................................................... 275 Plungers, Pull Ring Retractable.................................. 312
Straps, Plain.................................................................... 274 Plungers, L Handle Hand
Straps, Radius................................................................. 277 Retractable Locking .................................................. 313
Straps, Slotted Radius.................................................. 277 Plunger Wrenches......................................................... 307
Straps, Taper Nose......................................................... 279 Quick Reference Index................................................. 301
Straps, Tapped Radius.................................................. 272 Spring Locating Pins.............................................314–315
Straps, Tapped............................................................... 278 Application Ideas........................................................ 315
Studs, Alloy Steel.................................................. 254–255 Installation Data............................................................ 315
Studs, Fixture................................................................. 256 Installation Tools........................................................... 315
Studs, Set-Up.................................................................. 256 Eccentric Liners.............................................................. 315
Studs....................................................................... 254–256 Spring Stops................................................................... 316
Tee Strap Bolts............................................................... 253 Button Type................................................................. 316
Toe Clamp, Kits...................................................... 287–288 Flat Button Type......................................................... 316
Toe Clamps, Large.........................................................288 Tang Type..................................................................... 316
PRODUCT INDEX
Toggle Clamps Knobs

Adjustable Spindle Assemblies.................................. 335 Aluminum Hand Knob..........................................375–376
Conversion Chart.................................................. 358–360 Aluminum Hand Knob With Stud............................... 375
Flush Mount.................................................................... 327 Aluminum Palmgrip Knob........................................... 377
Hold Down Horizontal......................................... 324–326 Brass Ball......................................................................... 379
Hold Down Vertical.............................................. 318–323 Cast Iron Hand Knob..................................................... 374
Pull Action...............................................................327–328 Knurled Knob................................................................. 392
Squeeze Action.............................................................. 334 Knurled Knob With Stud.............................................. 392
Straight Line.......................................................... 330–333 Knurled Steel Knob....................................................... 377
Vertical Pull Action........................................................ 329 Plain Steel Ball................................................................ 379
Heavy Duty Clamps Plastic Ball.......................................................................380
Heavy Duty Cam Push Clamps Plastic Fluted Grip Knob............................................... 391
(HDC Series)........................................................ 356–358
Plastic Fluted Grip Knob With Stud............................ 391
(HDC Series)........................................................ 355–356 Plastic Fluted Knob....................................................... 385
Heavy Duty Magna Force Cam Clamps Plastic Four Prong Knob............................................... 383
(HDC Series)........................................................ 353–358 Plastic Four Prong Knob With Extended Prong......... 383
Heavy Duty Push-Pull Clamps Plastic Knurled Torque Knob.......................................384
(HDP Series).........................................................347–351 Plastic Knurled Torque Knob With Stud....................384
Heavy Duty Vertical Clamps
Plastic Knurled Knob....................................................386
(HDV Series)........................................................336–344
Horizontal Latch Clamps Plastic Knurled Knob With Stud.................................386
INDE X
(HDL Series)................................................................. 352 Plastic Knurled Grip Knob............................................ 393
Vertical Cam Clamps Plastic Latch Type Lobe Knob..................................... 393
(JCV Series).........................................................345–346 Plastic Lift Knob............................................................. 395
Plastic Lobe Knob................................................. 387–389
Handwheels
Plastic Lobe Knob With Stud....................................... 390
Aluminum Angular Solid Handwheel....................... 363 Plastic Lobe Knob With Stainless Steel Stud............ 390
Aluminum Angular Spoked Handwheel................... 362 Plastic Oval Tapered Knob........................................... 396
Aluminum Finger Wheel.............................................. 370 Plastic Push/Pull Knob.................................................. 398
Nylon Angular Three-Spoked Handwheel............... 369 Plastic Tapered Knob.................................................... 395
Plastic Angular Solid Handwheel............................... 369 Plastic T-Handle............................................................. 394
Plastic Three-Spoked Handwheel.............................. 365 Plastic Three-Spoked Knob......................................... 398
Plastic Three-Spoked Handwheel Plastic Wing Knob......................................................... 381
Plastic Wing Knob With Stud...................................... 381
Plastic Two-Spoked Handwheel.................................364
Plastic Two-Spoked Handwheel Polished Steel Ball......................................................... 379
With Revolving Handles............................................364 Quick Lock Hand Knob................................................. 373
Plastic Two-Spoked Handwheel Soft Touch Ball...............................................................380
With Revolving Fold-Away Handle......................... 365 Soft Touch Oval Tapered Knob................................... 396
Plastic Solid Handwheel...............................................368 Soft Touch Tapered Knob............................................ 397
Plastic Solid Handwheel With Finger Grips and Speed Bar Knob............................................................. 378
Revolving Fold-Away Handle................................... 369
Steel Knurled Control Knob........................................ 372
With Revolving, Fold-Away Handle........................ 367 Steel Knurled Control Knob With Stud...................... 373
Plastic Solid Handwheel Thermoplastic Fluted Knob......................................... 385
With Revolving Handle.............................................366 Wing Nut......................................................................... 382
Plastic Solid Handwheel With Revolving, Wing Nut With Stud...................................................... 382
Spring Loaded, Fold-Away Handle......................... 367

509
PRODUCT INDEX
Handles, Levers & Cranks Miscellaneous Fasteners

Adjustable Handle........................................................ 415 Alloy Steel Pull Dowel Pins................................. 425–427
Adjustable Handle With Stud..................................... 415 Bolts, Spinner-Grip™..................................................... 424
Aluminum Balanced Crank Handle............................408 Clevis Pins....................................................................... 431
Aluminum Revolving and Solid Handle....................400 Leveling Mounts............................................................ 432
Aluminum Tubular Handle.......................................... 422 Nuts, Spinner-Grip™...................................................... 424
Aluminum & Malleable Clamping Levers..................411 Pull Dowel Pins, Stainless Steel.................................. 427
Aluminum & Malleable Offset Handle...................... 410 Pull Dowels..................................................................... 428
Aluminum & Malleable Speed Handle...................... 407 Rod Ends......................................................................... 429
Back Mounted Bridge Handle..................................... 420 Washers, Heavy Duty Flat............................................ 433
Balanced Crank Handle................................................408 Yokes....................................................................... 430–431
Control Lever.................................................................. 419
Double Handle Locking Lever.....................................411 Kwik-Lok® Pins
Ergonomic Style Steel Handles................................... 401
Selection and Ordering................................................ 436
Fold-Away Handle.........................................................405
Forged Crank Handle....................................................409 T-Handle Pins
Front Mounted Bridge Handle.................................... 420 Aluminum Handle............................................. 438–439
Handle With Steel Shank............................................. 402 Stainless Handle................................................446–447
Machine Guard Handles............................................... 419 L-Handle Pins
Metal Adjustable Handles...................................412–414 Aluminum Handle.............................................440–441
Plastic Adjustable Handle Stainless Handle................................................446–447
INDE X
With Stainless Steel Stud...........................................417

Button Handle Pins
Plastic Button Head
Tapped Adjustable Handle...........................416, 418 Aluminum Handle.............................................442–443
Plastic Button Head Stainless Handle................................................448–449
Adjustable Handle With Stud.......................416, 418 Recessed Stainless..................................................... 437
Plastic Button Head Adjustable Ring Handle Pins
Tapped Handle With Stainless Steel Insert............417
Stainless Steel................................................... 444–445
Plastic Crank With
Revolving Fold‑Away Handle.............................. 406 Kwik-Lok® Lifting Pins
Plastic Crank With Revolving Handle........................406 Stainless Steel.................................................... 450–451
Plastic Folding Handle..................................................400 Double Acting Pin
Plastic Fixed Handle......................................................400 T, L & Ring............................................................ 452–453
Plastic Handle................................................................. 421 Detent Pins............................................................454–455
Plastic Heavy Duty Tapered Handle..........................404 Lanyards.................................................................456–457
Plastic Light Duty Tapered Handle............................404
Application Information..............................................460
Plastic Pull/Lift Handle................................................. 422
Special Pin Quotation................................................... 461
Plastic Revolving Fold-Away Handle.........................405
Specifications and Materials..............................458–459
Plastic Revolving Heavy Duty
Handle With Steel Shank.......................................... 402
Plastic Revolving Handle With
Steel Through Shank................................................. 402
Plastic Revolving Handle With Steel Shank..............403
Revolving Handle..........................................................403
Single Handle Locking Lever....................................... 410
Steel Clamp Lever..........................................................409
Steel Solid and Revolving Balanced
Crank Handle...............................................................408
PRODUCT INDEX
Threaded Inserts
Bolster Plate Bushings.................................................. 467
Installation and Removal
Instructions..................................................................464
Internal Locking Thread
Repair Insert....................................................... 470–471
Keylocking, Extra Heavy Duty
Keylocking, Heavy Duty
Keylocking, Metric/Inch............................................... 467
Keylocking, Solid Industrial Style...............................469
Keylocking, Thinwall
Miniature Metric
Mil Spec Inserts.................................................. 472–473
Thread Repair Kits................................................ 474–477
Lifting Solutions
Center Pull Style................................................... 484-485
Envirolox™ Protective Finish....................................... 494
INDE X
Eye Bolts..........................................................................500
Eye Nuts........................................................................... 499
Forged Center Pull...............................................487–488
Forged Center Pull Stainless Steel.............................486
Kwik-Lok® Lifting Pin...........................................495–496
Hold Down Clips............................................................ 494
Installation Information............................................... 481
LIFT ID™........................................................................... 503
Pivoting Lift Rings......................................................... 499
Quality Standard Information........................... 502–503
Shackle-Lok™ Hoist Rings....................................482-483
Shoulder Eyebolts.........................................................500
Side-Pull Style.......................................................489–490
Side Swivel...................................................................... 493
SP 2000 Side-Pull Style........................................ 491–492
Swivel Eyebolts..................................................... 497–498

511
NOTES
NOTES
NOTES
NOTES

513
NOTES
NOTES
Setting the
WORKHOLDING SOLUTIONS Standard,
Worldwide
Support, Locate and Hold: Jergens is one of the world’s
From standard components like toggle screws and T-bolts to vises and largest manufacturers of
quick change fixture systems like Ball Lock and ZPS.
®
standard tooling components.

We have over 200 service
and off-the-shelf distributors
in manufacturing centers
internationally. Our staff of R&D
SPECIALTY FASTENERS
and applications engineers is
constantly working to provide
Fasten, Strengthen and Secure: the latest technology to improve
From threaded inserts and Spinner-Grip Flange Nuts & Bolts to
™
production around the world.
Kwik-Lok Pins.
®
LIFTING SOLUTIONS
Lift, Turn and Track:

From chain sling and eye bolts to hoist rings and our proprietary
Lift ID Automated Inspection and Compliance program.
™
MANUFACTURING EFFICIENCY

Master Catalog Jergens PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Master Catalog Jergens PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

www.jergensinc.

MASTER PRODUCT CATALOG

QUICK CHANGE FIXTURING..............................5 We manufacture over 80% of

HANDWHEELS, KNOBS & HANDLES.............361

So when it comes to lean

THREADED INSERTS...................................... 463

Jergens actively supports global, multinational

Jergens Tooling Component Division now comprises

have changed the way manufacturers worldwide think

Phone: 800-537-4367 or +1 216-486-5540 | Fax: +1 216-481-6193 | E-mail: info@jergensinc.com | www.jergensinc.com

Distribution of Jergens Products Bar Coding

Quality Policy Specials

the internet. steel bar. Produced by LaSalle patented process to obtain

* 3D Solid Models are available in multiple formats

4 Jergens, Inc. | 15700 S. Waterloo Road | Cleveland, Ohio 44110-3898 USA

QUICK CHANGE FIX TURING

WORKHOLDING SOLUTIONS GROUP

We Put It All Together… In Seconds.

Looking to realize the full benefits of lean manufacturing? Then

Ball Lock is the industry’s most popular quick-change, fixturing-

flexible mounting system that can be configured to create lean-

optimized solutions for your most demanding needs.

The Ball Lock Mounting System is used as

a Quick Change Solution on the following:

• CNC Machines • Packaging Machines

6 Jergens, Inc. | 15700 S. Waterloo Road | Cleveland, Ohio 44110-3898 USA

WORKHOLDING SOLUTIONS GROUP

Lean Manufacturing and Set Up Reduction Applications

Machining Cast Part

system provides +0.0005 (±0.013mm)repeatability.

QUICK CHANGE FIX TURING » BALL LOCK MOUNTING SYS TEM

CNC Machine Base:

Previous Set Up Method: Parts are pre-mounted on fixture plate, which is

Previous Set Up Time: Set Up Time with Ball Lock System:

CNC Vertical Machining Center

Machine.No Prior History. enables operator to mount two more vises on

Previous Set Up Time: Set Up Time With Ball Lock System: ®

New Set Up. 80 seconds setting up six vises.

Fixture located and bolted to tombstone. Had to shanks. No need to indicate.

Previous Set Up Time: Set Up Time with Ball Lock System:

Phone: 800-537-4367 or +1 216-486-5540 | Fax: +1 216-481-6193 | E-mail: info@jergensinc.com | www.jergensinc.com

WORKHOLDING SOLUTIONS GROUP

your fixtureplate with a repeatability of

plates to subplates with up to 20,000 lbs.

The Ball Lock Mounting System is designed

The Ball Lock Mounting System

machine tables. The Ball Lock ®

8 Jergens, Inc. | 15700 S. Waterloo Road | Cleveland, Ohio 44110-3898 USA

WORKHOLDING SOLUTIONS GROUP

Ball Lock® Ball Lock®

Fixture Plate Fixture Plate

Slip Fit Hole Socket Head Cap Press Fit Hole

QUICK CHANGE FIX TURING » BALL LOCK MOUNTING SYS TEM

Mounting Method With Mounting Method With

Phone: 800-537-4367 or +1 216-486-5540 | Fax: +1 216-481-6193 | E-mail: info@jergensinc.com | www.jergensinc.com

I N C H F I X T U R E /S U B P L AT E S WORKHOLDING SOLUTIONS GROUP

• Thickness: 1 1/4" ±0.005"

(18) 20MM FACE MOUNT

5/8" BORED HOLE 6.0000

(8) 25MM FACE MOUNT

8.0000 8.0000 8.0000 8.0000

Fixture Plate Options for Multi-Purpose Subplates – Aluminum or Steel

28713 (14 x 14)